Loading...
HomeMy WebLinkAboutLUA-09-151 Quendall TerminalsCITY OF RENTON 6 DEPARTMENT OF COMMUNITY AND © o y gQW40�p ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT HEARING EXAMINER DECISION, EXHIBITS Project Name: Project Number: Quendall Terminals LUA09-151, ECF, EIS, SA-M, SM, DA Date of Hearing Staff Contact Project Contact/Applicant Project Location April 18, 2017 Vanessa Dolbee, Current Campbell Mathewson, Parcel 2924059002. South Planning Manager Century Pacific, L. P., 1201 of the Seahawks VMAC Third Ave, suite 1680, Training Facility Seattle, WA 98101 The following exhibits were admitted during the hearing: Exhibits 1-18: Hearing Examiner Staff Report (April 2016) and Exhibits Exhibit 19 - 23: Memo to the Hearing Examiner (April 2017) and Exhibits Exhibit 24: Email from Examiner to Staff dated April 17, 2017 Exhibit 25: Email from Fred Warnock dated April 16, 2017 Exhibit 26: Email from Charles Taylor dated April 15, 2017 Exhibit 27: City of Renton COR reaps and GIS data: htto://ro.rentonwa.eov/SilveriiehtPubIicNiewer.htmI?Viewer=COR-Maps Exhibit 28: Google Maps: https://www.google.com/maps?hl=en&tab=wl Exhibit 29: City of Renton power point Exhibit 30: Notebook dated April 18, 2017 "Vested Development Regulations" Exhibit 31: Notebook dated April 18, 2017 "Supplemental Applicant Exhibits" Exhibit 32: Aerial Photograph with artist rendering of project site Exhibit 33: Larry Toedtli CV Exhibit 34: Bob Wells Resume Exhibit 35: Lance Mueller Resume Exhibit 36: Street B rendering Exhibit 37: June 6, 2016 Site Plan P1. 0 Exhibit 38: June 1, 2016 Site Plan P0.0 Exhibit 39: April 3, 2017 City Council Agenda Bill for Consolidation of Development Agreement with Land Use Applications DEPARTMENT OF COMMUNITY iryor AND ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT �0 M E M O R A N D U M DATE: April 11, 2017 TO: Phil Olbrechts, Hearing Examiner FROM: Vanessa Dolbee, Current Planning Manager SUBJECT: Quendall Terminal, LUA09-151 Following the canceled public hearing from April of 2016, the Applicants have requested the City consider a Development Agreement. As such, this memorandum addresses the Development Agreement and changes to the project which result from the proposed Development Agreement. This memo is intended to supplement the staff report to the Hearing Examiner which was issued in April of 2016, for the original scheduled hearing date of April 19, 2016. Only those items identified below have been changed and/or are proposed to be changed from the original staff report. Updated Project Description: The applicant has requested approval of Master Plan Review, Binding Site Plan, Shoreline Substantial Development Permit and a Development Agreement for a mixed - use development located at 4350 Lake Washington Blvd. The site is 21.46 ac and is zoned COR and located within the Urban Shoreline designation. The 21.46-acre site would be divided into 7 lots of which 4 would contain mixed -use buildings. The Enhanced Alternative would contain 692 residential units (resulting in a net residential density of 40.95 units/acre), 42,190 sq. ft. of commercial uses [retail and restaurant], 1,352 parking spaces and 12.9 acres of parks/open space. All buildings are designed to be constructed as 3 — 5 stories over one parking/commercial level. The applicant has proposed to dedicate 3.65 acres for public right-of-way, which would provide access to the 7 proposed lots. The site contains approximately 0.81 acres of wetlands and 1,583 linear feet of shoreline along Lake Washington. The subject site has received a Superfund designation from the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) and the property owners are currently working on a remediation plan with EPA. The proposed Development Agreement and associated Enhanced Alternative primarily include the following: 1.3 acres of public park space, additional retail/restaurant/office space and street activation (fountains, artwork, etc.), the addition of either a public dock/pier and/or an alternative approved by the EPA to allow for public access to Lake Washington, Building SW4 would be 4-stories, building SW3 would 5-stories, and all the remaining buildings would be 6-stories, and Extension of Land Use Permit approval term to 10-years with possible extension opportunities in which development regulation vesting would be maintained. Phil Olbrechts, Hearing Examiner Page 2 of 7 April 11, 2017 The following Exhibits should be added to the Recorded: Exhibit 19 — Memorandum to Hearing Examiner, April 11, 2017 Exhibit 20 — Draft Development Agreement Exhibit 21— Consistency Analysis Exhibit 22 — Notice of Issuance of Consistency Analysis Exhibit 23 — Councils Motion to defer the Development Agreement Public Hearing Findings of Fact (FOF1: (the following FOPs are identified with letters to eliminate and confusion with the original staff report) a. On March 16, 2017 an Enhanced Alternative and Development Agreement (Exhibit 20) was submitted to the City to consider. The Enhanced Alternative would contain 692 residential units (resulting in a net residential density of 40.95 units/acre), 42,190 sq. ft. of commercial uses [retail and restaurant], 1,352 parking spaces and 12.9 acres of parks/open space. All buildings are designed to be constructed as 3 — S stories over one parking/commercial level. The proposed Development Agreement and associated Enhanced Alternative primarily include the following: o The addition of 1.3 acres of public park space; o Additional retail/restaurant/office space and street activation (fountains, artwork, etc.) o The addition of either a public dock/pier and/or an alternative approved by the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) to allow for public access to Lake Washington; o Building SW4 would be 4-stories, building SW3 would 5-stories, and all the remaining buildings would be 6-stories; o Extension of Land Use Permit approval term to 10-years with possible extension of 5 years in which development regulation vesting would be maintained. G A SEPA transportation re-evaluation requirement at 5 year increments. b. The Enhanced Alternative and the associated Development Agreement is the sole proposal being advanced at this time. Because the Enhanced Alternative relies upon City Council approval of the Development Agreement, Exhibit 20, the Master Site Plan, Binding Site Plan and Shoreline Permit decision shall be contingent upon the City Council approval of the Development Agreement. If the Development Agreement is not approved by City Council, the record should be reopened and another public hearing for the purpose of reconsidering the decision utilizing the Preferred Alterative analyzed in the April 2016 staff report to the Hearing Examiner should be completed. c. On March 20, 2017 the Environmental Review Committee issued an EIS Consistency Analysis for Development Agreement and the associated Enhanced Alternative (Exhibit 21 and 22). The Environmental Consistency Analysis determines that the impacts of development under the Enhanced Alternative are within the impacts analyzed under the EIS alternatives in the past SEPA review. Phil Olbrechts, Hearing Examiner Page 3 of 7 April 11, 2017 No new mitigation measures are required beyond those identified in the 2015 FEIS and 2015 Mitigation Document, and there are no significant unavoidable impacts that cannot be mitigated. d. A detailed master site plan has not been provided incorporating the changes identified in the Enhanced Alternative. As such, staff recommends as a condition of approval that a final detailed master site plan shall be submitted to the City for Review and Approval by the Current Planning Project Manager that incorporates both the specific changes identified in the Enhanced Alternative and all the conditions of project approval. The final details master plan shall be approved prior to the approval of any site specific site plan review or recording of the binding site plan. e. Staff does not expect that the changes identified in the Enhanced Alternative would impact the analysis and associated recommended conditions of the April 2016 staff report for all Findings of Fact except as follows: L FOF 23, Zoning Development Standard Compliance, Parking: The total parking stalls proposed in the Enhanced Alternative is 1,352 stalls an increase from the 1,337 stalls proposed in the Preferred Alternative, a 15 stall increases. There is no change in the residential and restaurant space; however there is an increase in retail space from 20,025 SF to 33,190 SF which would result in a maximum of 133 stalls required for the retail space, up from 80 stalls. Together all three uses could require up to 1,469 parking stalls. ii. FOF23, Zoning Development Standard Compliance, Refuse and Recycling: Based on a proposal for a 9,000 SF of restaurant and 33,190 SF of retail a combined total of 210.95 SF for recyclables deposit areas and 421.90 Sf of refuse deposit areas shall be provided for the overall project. iii. FOF25, Critical Areas, b.: The reference to "NRD settlements" should be eliminated because the EPA does not approve and is not party to an NRD settlement. Therefore, Condition 44. IV, should be amended to remove the reference to "NRD settlements". iv. FOF 26, Master Site Plan Review, f. On Site Impacts, Structure and Scale: With the addition of retail/commercial space along the Lake Washington side of the development it is anticipated that the parking garage would no longer be the dominate structure viewed from the Lake or shoreline trail. V. FOF 26, Master Site Plan Review, j. Distinctive Focal Points: The "street activation" identified in the development agreement are anticipated to provide distinctive focal points throughout the development. However, the specifics have not been identified at this time. As such staff recommends as a condition of approval that Public Art, fountains, or other street activation features proposed to be located in the roadways shall be identified with the detailed master site plan and constructed and installed as a part of the associated roadway/infrastructure construction. Phil Olbrechts, Hearing Examiner Page 4 of 7 April 11, 2017 vi. FOF 26, Master Site Plan Review, Phasing: Staff recommends that the project duration be consistent with the time frames established in the Development Agreement, Exhibit 20. vii. FOF 28 Availability and Impact of Public Services, Storm water: The Development Agreement would extend the project beyond January 1, 2022, as such specific requirements tying compliance with an updated stormwater manual to this date are no longer applicable. Therefore staff recommends that condition of approval 32 of the staff report be removed. The project will be required to comply with all applicable stormwater requirements at the time of building and construction. viii. FOF 28 Availability and Impact of Public Services, Transportation: The Enhanced Alternative is estimated to generate 5,829 daily, 435 AM peak hour and 545 PM peak hour vehicular trips at full buildout. These would represent approximately 173 more daily trips, no net change in AM peak our trips and 15 more PM peak hour trips than the Preferred Alternative. Additionally, the center left -turn lane that was included as a part of Street 'A' is eliminated in the Enhanced Alternative. The removal of this turn lane was evaluated by TranspoGroup, in a memorandum dated January 12, 2017, Appendix A of the Consistency Analysis, Exhibit 21. The analysis concluded that the center turn lane is not needed under the Enhanced Alternative because single -lane approaches at each of the Street 'A' intersections would provide acceptable traffic operations. As a result condition of approval 44. XIV should be amended accordingly. Additional transportation analysis was included in the EIS Consistency Analysis to evaluate changes in trips from the Preferred Alternative. The Consistency Analysis concludes that transportation impacts of the Enhanced Alternative would be within the range of impacts identified in the DEIS, EIS Addendum and FEIS for the EIS alternatives. With implementation of the project mitigation measures, with or without the 1-405 improvements, significant transportation impacts are not anticipated ix. FOF 28 Availability and Impact of Public Services, Parks: The Development Agreement adds 1.3 acre Public Park to the proposal. The hours of public use of the park should be consistent with the public trail and should be determined by the City's Community Services Administrator. Currently public park hours are dawn to dusk, signage shall be installed identifying that the park is for public use and the hours of public use. The signage shall be reviewed and approved by the Current Planning Project Manager and Parks Planning and Natural Resources Director prior to insulation. An easement for public access shall be recorded on with the binding site plan. Similar to the trail, the park shall be installed prior to Temporary Occupancy of the first building on the site. Phil Olbrechts, Hearing Examiner Page 5 of 7 April 11, 2017 X. FOF 29 Shoreline Substantial Development Permit, Time Requirements for Shoreline Permits: The Draft Development Agreement extends the time for all land use permit applications including the Shoreline Substantial Development Permit. Time frames identified in the Development Agreement should be applied accordingly. Condition of Approval 14 should remove the word "east" as this has been included in error. g. Condition of Approval 22 contains a minor error, the word "East" should be "West". Condition of Approval 22 should be amended accordingly. h. Condition 43 requires an easement be recorded to all for public access for vehicles and pedestrians to cross the king County rail -road right-of-way. This requirement for an easement limits the type of legal documents that could be drafted to accomplish the intended purpose of the condition. As such, this condition should be amended as shown below. i. The word "Public Promenade" should be removed throughout the staff report and replaced with "fire lane and utility maintenance access road" to be consistent with the Consistency Analysis and Development Agreement. Therefore Condition of approval 41. and 44. XVI should be amended accordingly. Conclusions: All conclusions in the April 2016 staff report are to remain except as identified below: 10. The project Af► expiration date shall be as identified in the Development Agreement, Exhibit 20 . 12, The Development Agreement as drafted in Exhibit 20 is compliant with RCW 36-70B170. - New Staff Recommendation: Staff recommends approval of the Master Site Plan, Binding Site Plan, and Shoreline Substantial Permit for the Enhanced Alterative described in Exhibit 19, subject to all the conditions of approval of the April 2016 staff report and any new conditions or modified conditions below. Because the Enhanced Alternative relies upon City Council approval of the Development Agreement, Exhibit 20, staff recommends that the Hearing Examiner add a condition that if the Development Agreement is not approved by City Council, the Hearing Examiner will reopen the record and the public hearing for the purpose of reconsidering the decision utilizing the Preferred Alterative analyzed in the original April 2016 staff report to the Hearing Examiner. Amended Conditions of Approval: 14. The private access at the Barbee Mill Access shall include frontage improvements matching the south side of the access, including a landscaped planter and sidewalk to be provided on the east north side. The new private Phil Olbrechts, Hearing Examiner Page 6 of 7 April 11, 2017 access to be located at the Ripley Lane (Seahawks Way) access shall include 8 feet wide landscape planter and 6 foot wide sidewalk on south side of the access. These off -site improvements shall be designed, permitted, constructed, and substantial complete as determined by the Current Planning Project Manager and the Construction Inspector, prior to Temporary Occupancy of the first building on the project site 22. € 4 West elevations of the building proposed on Lots 2 and 5 shall be re- designed to reduce to the parking garage walls view from Lake Washington to ensure the structures on the lake maintain a relation to the natural characteristic and site amenities (trail, etc.). Design features could include landscape berming and/or architectural details. Detail design of these buildings shall be completed at site plan review. 1,2922 shall be to the � ed StGFrnwateF I iron+ at th �7csubject 'SG^ccvv[m-rrrrrQcci�iraTrvurni-cn czc-c�r�crrc 4#F}e: 41. A Public vemenade fire lane and utility maintenance access road along Lake Washington extending along the front of Lots 2 and 5, connecting to Road B terminus and the surface parking at either end shall be incorporated into the design of the buildings on Lots 2 and S. This ffemeRade fire lane and utility maintenance access road shall feature pedestrian amenities such as furniture, public art, water features, etc. Design of the fire lane and utility maintenance access road compliance with this condition shall be reviewed at the time of lot specific site plan review. 43. PFOpesed development ar;FeSS the Fight of way. The easemeRt_ shall be noted on the fpRal biRding site plan and shall be FeeeFded GORWFFeAtly With the WidAg sate Documentation shall be provided to the City of Renton identifying rights for public vehicular and pedestrian access to the proposed development across the right-of-way. This legal documentation shall be noted on the final binding site Ian and shall be recorded concurrently with the inding site 121an, if not already recorded. The City of Renton shall have final approval of acceptable legal access documentation. 44. IV. A site plan application, construction permit application or the recording of the Binding Site shall not be submitted to the City for Review and approval prior to a Record of Decision (ROD) -Ra NR_Q Settlement completed by the EPA. A copy of the final ROD aAd NRD Settlement issued by the EPA shall be submitted to the City of Renton to verify the assumed baseline assumptions were correct and additional SEPA review or major project changes are not necessary as required in Mitigation Measure C10. Phil Olbrechts, Hearing Examiner Page 7 of 7 April 11, 2017 44. XIV. A tFaAspeFtatien study shall be completed to analyze the need for- a r;eF;teF turn lane On Read A. O.,..eRd'Ro ,PO., t-1he .,..+,..,me of this s+..a..Road A street designs shall be amended to remove the center turn lane acGerdingly-and the design shall be reflected on the required updated site plan, as conditioned above under XIII. 44. XVI. If the EPA ROD and any NRD settlement eliminates the significant public access from the project, which includes: 1) A shoreline trial with viewpoints, interpretive signage, and amenities as identified in the Mitigation Document; 2) A publi ..,F8FR,,R;Wl„ fire lane and utility maintenance access road along the lake side of the development of Lots 2 and 5; 3) Large plazas at the terminus of Road B; and 4) Public parking a new public access plan shall be submitted identifying compliance with the significant public access standards of the Shoreline Master Program. The new public access plan shall be reviewed and approved by the Current Planning Project Manager New Conditions of Approval: (The following numbering picks up at the end of the April 2016 staff report.) 45. An easement for public park access shall be recorded with the binding site and public access shall be noted on the binding site plan prior to recording. 46. Public park signage shall be installed identifying that the park is for public use and the hours of public use. The park signage shall be reviewed and approved by the Current Planning Project Manager and the Community Services Administrator with the construction permit application. The park and associated signage shall be installed prior to Temporary Occupancy of the first building on the project site. 44. XVIII. A final detailed master site plan shall be submitted to the City for Review and Approval by the Current Planning Project Manager that incorporates both the specific changes identified in the Enhanced Alternative and all the conditions of project approval. The final detailed master plan shall be approved prior to the approval of any site specific site plan review or recording of the binding site plan. 44. XIX. Public Art, fountains, or other street activation features proposed be located in the roadways shall be identified with the detailed master site plan and constructed and installed as a part of the associated roadway/infrastructure construction. 44. XX, A detailed public park design, identifying compliance with the Development Agreement, shall be submitted for review and approval by the Current Planning Project Manager and the Community Services Department prior to the approval of any site specific site plan review or recording of the binding site plan. Vanessa Dolbee From: Phil Olbrechts <olbrechtslaw@gmail.com> Sent: Monday, April 17, 2017 5:52 PM To: Vanessa Dolbee Subject: Quendall Homes Vanessa, This communication will be disclosed at tomorrow's hearing. I want to give you a chance to prepare a response to a jurisdictional question I will be asking you tomorrow: RMC 4-7-230(H)(2), pasted below, provides that if a binding site plan is merged with a development agreement, the City Council applies the binding site plan standards. Consistent with this, RMC 4-7-230(I)(4), pasted below, authorizes the hearing examiner to hold public hearings on significant binding site plans ex eut when merged with development ajereements. From these provisions, it appears that once a binding site plan is merged with a DA, the City Council makes the final decision on the site plan and also holds the hearing on it. How did staff come to a different conclusion? Also, how does staff reconcile the one hearing rule of RCW 36.70B.060, pasted below, with the request to re -open the hearing if the DA is not adopted? What happens if the DA is revised instead of rejected? RMC 4-7-230(H)2. Review Authority: Pursuant to chapter 4=8 RMC, the Community and Economic Development Administrator is hereby authorized and directed to interpret and enforce all the provisions of this Section, unless the applicant elects to have the binding site plan application merged with a Type Ill permit site plan application or a development agreement under chapter 36.70E RCW. If a binding site plan application is to be processed with a Type III site plan, then the Hearing Examiner is hereby authorized and directed to interpret and enforce all the provisions of this Section. If a binding site plan application is to be processed with a development agreement, the City Council is hereby authorized and directed to interpret and enforce all the provisions of this Section. The final decision on a development agreement with an application for a binding site plan shall be made by City Council. No administrative appeal of the City Council decision shall be available. If a binding site plan is merged with a planned urban development application, the review authority shall be determined pursuant to RMC 4-9-150. (Ord. 5153, 9-26-2005; Ord. 5519, 12-14- 2009; Ord. 5676, 12-3-2012) RMC 4-7-230(1)4. Referral to the Hearing Examiner: Except when a binding site plan is merged with a development agreement, if the Administrator determines that there are sufficient concerns by residents in the area of the binding site plan, or by City staff, to warrant a public hearing, then he/she shall refer the minding site plan to the Hearing Examiner for public hearing and decision by the Hearing Examiner. Notice of the public hearing will be given as for a Type III permit hearing. Binding site plans merged with development agreements shall be approved by City Council pursuant to the requirements of RCW 36.7013.170 et seq. (Ord. 5519, 12-14-2009) RCW 36.70B.060 Local governments planning under the growth management act to establish integrated and consolidated project permit process --Required elements. Not later than March 31, 1996, each local government planning under RCW 36.70A.040 shall establish by ordinance or resolution an integrated and consolidated project permit process that may EXHIBIT 24 be included in its development regulations. In addition to the elements required by RCW 36.70B.050, the process shall include the following elements: (1) A determination of completeness to the applicant as required by RCW 36.70B.070; (2) A notice of application to the public and agencies with jurisdiction as required by RCW 36.7013.11 Q; (3) Except as provided in RCW 36.70B.140, an optional consolidated project permit review process as provided in RCW 36.7013.120. The review process shall provide for no more than one consolidated open record hearing and one closed record appeal. If an open record predecision hearing is provided prior to the decision on a project permit, the process shall not allow a subsequent open record appeal hearing; (4) Provision allowing for any public meeting or required open record hearing to be combined with any public meeting or open record hearing that may be held on the project by another local, state, regional, federal, or other agency, in accordance with provisions of RCW * 36.70B.090 and 36.7013.110; (5) A single report stating all the decisions made as of the date of the report on all project permits included in the consolidated permit process that do not require an open record predecision hearing and any recommendations on project permits that do not require an open record predecision hearing. The report shall state any mitigation required or proposed under the development regulations or the agency's authority under RCW 43.21 C.060. The report may be the local permit. If a threshold determination other than a determination of significance has not been issued previously by the local government, the report shall include or append this determination; (6) Except for the appeal of a determination of significance as provided in RCW 43.21 C.075, if a local government elects to provide an appeal of its threshold determinations or project permit decisions, the local government shall provide for no more than one consolidated open record hearing on such appeal. The local government need not provide for any further appeal and may provide an appeal for some but not all project permit decisions. If an appeal is provided after the open record hearing, it shall be a closed record appeal before a single decision -making body or officer; (7) A notice of decision as required by RCW 36.7013.130 and issued within the time period provided in RCW 36.7013.080 and * 36.7013.090; (8) Completion of project review by the local government, including environmental review and public review and any appeals to the local government, within any applicable time periods under *RCW 36.70B.090; and (9) Any other provisions not inconsistent with the requirements of this chapter or chapter 43.21 C RCW. EXHIBIT 25 Vanessa Dolbee From: FredWarnock <frednock@comcast.net> Sent: Monday, April 17, 2017 4:30 PM To: Vanessa Dolbee Cc: Denis Law; Chip Vincent; lay B Covington Subject: Re: Cugini Soil Stockpike at Quendall Terminal Site Follow Up Flag: Follow up Flag Status: Flagged Vanessa, Thanks for your quick response to my email. Unfortunately for us we were gone February through March and did not get your March notice of the meeting. We have our mail forwarded while we are gone, but it's hit and miss. Your document didn't get to us. We don't receive the Renton Reporter. so we didn't get that notice as well. All that being said, I would like you to put my comments into the record as follows ................. 1. How is the city or state going to deal with the addition of 600 plus cars pouring into Lake Washington Blvd, when we currently have back ups on the boulevard a mile long during rush hour? 2. It would appear that the majority of the traffic will use 43rd St as access to and from Quendall. Why not divert more of the traffic to the other two exits rather than 43rd St, which is the main entrance to Barbee Mill? Best regards Fred Warnock From: "Vanessa Dolbee" <VDolbee@Rentonwa.gov> To: "FredWarnock" <frednock@comcast.net> Cc: "Denis Law" <DLaw@ Rentonwa.gov7, "Chip Vincent" <CVincent @ Rentonwa.gov>, "Jay B Covington" <Jcovington @ Rentonwa.gov> Sent: Monday, April 17, 2017 1:42:04 PM Subject: RE: Cugini Soil Stockpike at Quendall Terminal Site Fred, Thank you for your e-mail. I am assuming you are referring to the Quendall Terminals Mixed Use Development Project, City File number LUA09-151. There are two projects going to public hearing tomorrow, so please let me know if my assumption is incorrect. In terms of public notice for the Quendall Terminal public hearing, the original notice was sent to all parties of record on March 16, 2017 as a part of the attached "off hold notice". Notice of the Public Hearing was also provided in the Renton Reporter, published on April 7, 2017. The letter sent out last week was simply providing a reminder to all parties of record of the hearing date and providing notice of the availability of an updated Staff Report transmitted to the Hearing Examiner. The project staff report to the Hearing Examiner describing the proposal has been available on the City's website for over a year, since the cancellation of the original proposed hearing date of April 19, 2016. Understanding, attending a Tuesday morning public hearing can be difficult due to work schedules, I am happy to enter your written public comments into the record if you cannot attend. Please e-mail me your comment prior to the start of the public hearing tomorrow at 10:00 am and I will ensure that they are submitted into the record for the Hearing Examiner to consider when making a decision on this project. Please let me know if you have any other questions. Vanessa Dofdee, Current Planning Manager Community & Economic Development Department Planning Division 1055 S Grady Way Renton, WA 98057 (425)430-7314 From: FreclWarnock [mailto:frednock@comcast.net] Sent: Sunday, April 16, 2017 11:11 AM To: CenturyLink Customer Cc: Vanessa Dolbee; hong clair; Mitchell, Mary; Denis Law; Len Reid; Connell, Carol; harrylharden Subject: Re: Cugini Soil Stockpike at Quendall Terminal Site Dear Ms Dolbee I guess what bothers me about this public hearing is the short notice. The letter notice is dated the 11th of April and we received it on Friday thel4th. That gives us one working day before the public hearing to try and prepare numerous questions about the Quendall project. In the past the meetings were set up with at least with one months notice, only to be cancelled at the last moment. I cannot attend the meeting because I can't adjust my schedule on such short notice. Along with the questions on the attached email from the the Taylors, I still can't find out how Renton intends to deal with the traffic problems that will be created by dumping close to 600 cars into a traffic pattern that is backed up at least one mile on Lake Washington Blvd during the morning commute. The other issues that concern our Barbee Mill residents are the impact on property values and traffic being diverted into the Barbee Mill development. So many questions so little time to get answers. Best regards Fred Warnock 1246 N 42nd PL. Renton, WA 98056 From: "CenturyLink Customer" <cw7mm@a.com> To: "Vanessa Dolbee" <vdolbee Q rentonwa.gov> Cc: "hong clair" <hon .clair@e a. ov>, "Fred & Cheryl Warnock" <frednock@comcast.net>, "Donohue Patrick"<presidentbarbeem_illhoa@outlook.com> EXHIBIT 26 Vanessa Dolbee From: Centuryl-ink Customer <cw7mm@q.com> Sent: Saturday, April 15, 2017 5:15 PM To: Vanessa Dolbee Cc: hong.ciair@epa.gov; Fred & Cheryl Warnock; Donohue Patrick Subject: Cugini Soil Stockpike at Quendall Terminal Site Follow Up Flag. Follow up Flag Status: Flagged Dear Ms. Dolbee: My wife and I are unable to attend the hearing on Tuesday morning regarding this topic so we are sending some thoughts/questions for consideration and response in lieu of our attendance. Please see items of concern/questions regarding Cugini Proposal to Stockpile Soil at Quendall Terminal Site Who will monitor the noise? - What will be the vibration and noise decibel sound limits? - Noise and vibration limits may need to be adjusted to meet community needs. - How will vibration affect the homes along the property lines during construction? Which homes will be monitored for structural cracks and settlement from vibration? - How much setback from the property lines of existing homes for start of sediment stockpile? Should be made known to owners but shouldn't come up against fence line separating properties. (Note: The property line is not the same as where the fence is located. It extends beyond the fenceline.) Wood rot will occur on the north side of the fence if soil is piled up against fence. Also, for aesthetic reasons, Barbee Mill residents are requesting that stockpile not exceed middle of fence in height. - Will stockpile be covered with plastic sheeting per regulation? - Please provide City of Renton contacts during construction and on site construction inspector for EPA. - Work hours should be the same as in Seattle 7:00 AM — 6:00 PM; Saturday work should be eliminated. - Construction access should have a wheel wash at exit point. How will contaminated soil track out be controlled during temporary sediment stockpile placement? Entry and exit should not be at N42nd PL where Barbee Mill residents exit to Lake Washington Blvd. What has EPA proposed as a preferred cleanup, and what will be done to mitigate the effect on Barbee Mill Community? I was informed earlier that no one could enter the site without proper HAZMAT Personal Protective Equipment (PPE). Does this still apply for temporary stockpile? Has the Feasibility Study been approved by EPA? Please provide their comments/ recommendations. I will await your responses to my questions. Thank you. Sincerely, Charles E. Taylor 1252 N 42"d PL Renton, WA 98056 @)E��c7�J0 HEX PuMic Heaftg City of )UL Community and Economic Development Presentation Overview • Project Description — Enhanced Alternative & Development Agreement • Background • Renton Municipal Code Analysis — Compliance — Conditions • Staff Recommendation 1x ., 8 RENTON AHEAD OF THE CURVE `I*I#Iif@ dIIIf—;ii:-]EME•I*+;IdIt { . 's ALI . ski' � a'�•�• . � 3. �� �. PI � 1,17 !_ Ie i f! Prppe /r SITE / �rr••� t WA lit 405 Nil. TBACx ACx Enhanced Alternativom- 44.4-,-• COR Zone and Urban Shoreline Environment • 21.24 acre site • 7 lots — 4 with mixed 14 Bev =�- AV,• , eri - ter• - � • j a ': .�i ;; h � � � � rr � � � . •e! • � � 4 �, �r• -- • '# 'i`,"#�'i _-;cy-.. • a r s € s .. • r . �, �1� . �� •i i . R r t. r 404 .' as •r •• a nv "Graphics were prepared for Preferred Altemative RE N T 0 N .%HEAD OF THE CURVL use buildings 692 multi -family residential units 33,190 SF of retail/Commercial 9,000 SF of restaurant • Density 40.95 dulac • Parking for 1,352 vehicles *Superfund site subject to EPA regulations Woe 4' �URN '3END 1 TIAND SETBACK MWN SETBACK WD EDGE 1 a0 ft. horeli !kS TA , s4. F ,+4 40 -jr r••••• r • ►.. a41 e« • •• • r ? t b 3.�a . �•ti �e��ry '!a h'9 4 Ire f oa 40 ow 18.E 6.0 7� i Y. •; :1 �. • ♦e •m%; 4W ' N 42nd Place RENTON AHEAD OF THE Ck I'VI C � -I die - 4,1/1iZ Access Point ., �I .aF.. 1 \G111 I VCIM I r r — 1 .11 q. vv. Ripley Lane (Seahawks Way) Pedestrian Trail Access Point Building Design — * Ground floor Parking or Retail/Restaurant along Road B and Lake Washington * 3, 4, or 5 stories above for residential units and semi -private plaza space \1!Q'/l flyJ YYGIG F11 Gt-/a1G4 !Vf f fGICi11 GV llllG!!lC1LIYG SUILDNG NW 2 BUiLDNG NVV 1 PARTIAL WEST ELEVATION FROM LAKE WASHINGTON *Final elevation design will be reviewed at Site Plan review. RENT0N' AHEAD OF THY CURVE ca it IIMIN 11 Y.i■ i�� as gl t7 ra la lot i i dF •ew vl it oa ("rs.q.!ei1 4M 4r ![ tr ;•a as f k Ip ■ ■■-N h. ��r 1-7 Opt �I 6ill r�+a �+ R+ •a..r,r prrd �'+'.-, i J U i yr, ' �- a ■+ •+ t:l! /�� if , P. i; it s. g�i`•fi"ri�'� i rr i^ j1f7rg1 4 11 III_' Flif 'Jfi kll psi:" ``>P last •' r.dll tl IUII' "Ilr9ar r�•t {{�� f� �- ' ar-.•,�-f a. di li It 116111i —jw " � �Y ��! �a-r -, ';r F3 '!di tom•- $'+ r�. is #( ; d�x, 1+_k ' i• De.... r. wtir.�",Sit .EdSyF��,F. i 4 g^a ir �-`.- " r � 3� P iTr:J : T: F.- I I M Ir A A i i Ili T-; 7i; ..� • � .' ��I _ +' . rt 11A!' �k q � ■,r it EF_� � d rrr - i N H [+ N d+ s• rl t+ ri!i •'! �- �]] ��� Z11 H :1`L Il1; IY sllk i fl1 k i Iiji aiwiii I I �"�Tf 4i:ii�i ,�„ 1111 ICI t/ 1U lil _� � �J N; kh Iii•�,1.,s�yA I�11;�+.R ` oil a{lr tflzMr1 r•i art��_ "Y�^I iZy�J:�! Dow i PF� Y•; r; f, ���'e, R i� q�p�iQ z Y! rrr Are am I w � .. Y r �.R 01.•f i . - �Nr r� i-•• NMI!, . iA. m a l� S 7 Development Ag Overview Applicant: Extended time frame beyond the 5 years permitted by code and associated vesting of development regulations City/Public: Project Enhancements — designed to provide a public benefit RENTON AHEAD of THE CURVE Development Agreement Provisions — Project Timing Following 5 years of the initial term a SEPA Transportation Update would be required. New transportation mitigation for the project may be required based on changed conditions and associated project impacts. Vest the development regulations effective on the vesting date, which is February 10, 2010 for the term of the agreement. Extends code authorized land use approval time lines from 5 years to 10 years from the earlier of: (i) the date of issuance of the EPNs Record of Decision, or (ii) The Hearing Examiners Decision and/or subsequent appeal decision dates Extension to the 10 years up to 5 additional years, could be authorized by the City if 51% of the residential and commercial space has been constructed and received Certificate of Occupancy, following a second SEPA Transporta Update. RENTON AiUAD OF THE CURVE ., -_'. �� ,f.• �f^aC,crs' wi:,.tw `e.i,�_aci"... SEND TLAND SETBACK KWN SETBACK NW EDGE RENTON AHEAD OF THE CURVE Enhanced Alternative EKE wasHiNcrQ,V Project Elements -Collaborate with the developer on a public docklpier `'�-- '" • Permitting — City • • • Funding, construction, mitigation - developer ••%•7 �it�• f r' MetriR- CGdt� S � * r � • � � � �� �,� '. ['Y� glow �� �. • : s ._ t � .� 2� "Graphics were prepared for Preferred Alternative 1.3 acres of a public park 1 in the southwest corner of the site 0 "�\ 44,orl- , 4S&J,V,G,r 04( ............. & • 7 7- 4o___ I Enhanced Alternative Project Elements Additional retail/restaurant/office space Minimum 50 percent of the building street frontage Minimum of 20 feet in depth • 4P Required along: Lakeside frontage 4, • Street B -.10 olt AN &.e Other street frontages as .4 necessary to meet 50% Street activation; such as 0 fountains and artwork will be provided along street 6 and "Graphics were prepared for Preferred Afternative lakeside frontage ,Y ^ , RENTON' AHEAD OF THE cl' IV] • Former creosote manufacturing facility that operated from 1917-1969 • Past coal tars and creosote have contaminated soil, groundwater, surface water and lake sediments • In 2005 DOE transferred the oversight to the EPA • The site received a Superfund designation from EPA • The EPA is conducting a remedial investigation and feasibility study. Which will lead to a ROD. RENTON- AHEAD . �. n*'A. Background • Clean up work is being conducted under the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act. (CERCLA; i.e. Superfund) • EPA Contact — Clair Hong, hong.claire@,epa.gov. RENTON AHEAD OF THE C1 RVE Background (baseline assum I Wetland D Continuous Wrve Attenuation Berm h� �Y" I OLWM I — 0MWM 1 i L _ - w:rand F o Wetland S Writand C WSMW AMMON Berm AL VWetINMA lb-ft BuA,ngSetbaci< Wettand Eft ` Wetiend Buffer Wetland H RENTON AHEAD OF THF CURVE Wetland Recreation J MlNmun 25-ft figure 2 7 wetland Buyer + Wetland 1 ions) Soil Cap r This figure shows a conceptual design �r with a 50 ft. buffer not a 100 ft. buffer, which was required by the EPA after Public Comment on the DEIS. • Assumptions are unchanged in the Addendum beyond 100 ft. setback. Figure 2-6 DEIS 1� Y Fi 9 � Shoreline Restoration Conceptual Design , Minimum 25-ft Wetl. G 1. 10-ft Building Setback � ~;._..� j .,. .:,.. a .. ., l .. _ _ � •r � ""'"'at A.as �M.-y;. � �. .. r Background (baseline assumptions) Wave Attenuation Berm OHWM ! Wetland Recreation Buffer Averaging Wetland D Trail with view points OLWW1 �� r Reduced Wetland Buller Area Wetland Buffer Area Wind f Increased Wetland Buffer Area Wetland S Figure 2-7 DEIS Buffer Width Averaging Wetland D RENTON ,M..,u 01, TII!`: (:UHV1-: • This figure shows a conceptual design with a 50 ft. buffer not a 100 ft. buffer, which was required by the EPA after Public Comment on the DEIS. • Assumptions are unchanged in the Addendum for the Preferred Alternative 'Y "GL�k a�, i.g 2�..'. i�4� ..,,rA �#,.4s5i y�x`r��`. ah ,-?%F�a'• 1 r._ :� i enu�r ��. Background ff ��' Process), Determination of Significance (DS) issued on February 19, 2010 — EIS Process began: Date I EIS Action see Exhibits 2 3 15 and 21. EIS Public Scoping Period, 70 days (extended) Public Scoping Meeting DEIS Issuance DEIS Public Comment Period, 50 days (extended) DEIS Public Hearing EIS Addendum Issuance EIS Addendum Public Comment Period FEIS Issuance EIS Public Appeal Period Appeal submitted to EIS, Appellant South End Gives Back Receipt of Joint Stipulation & Proposed Order Dismissing Appeal signed by the Appellant and Applicant Joint Stipulation & Proposed Order Dismissing Appeal signed by the Hearing Examiner. Appeal Dismissed. ly Consistency Analysis Issuance for Enhanced Alternative and Development Agreement RENTON AHEAD OF 7H£ ( I V% I y F a Renton Municipal Code Analysis • Comprehensive Plan Compliance • Zoning Compliance • Design District Review • Critical Areas • Master Site Plan Review • Binding Site Plan • Availability of Public Services • Shoreline Regulations -OON o� ,U RENTON' �'� off' AHEAD OF THE CURVL vIv Staff Analysis/Conditions 64 Conditions of Approval Recommend by Staff Primary: • Compliance with the Mitigation Document • Phasing/Site Plan Review • Design Standards Compliance • Access/Roadways (vehicular and pedestrian) • Binding Site Plan (recording) Secondary: • Utilities • Code/Landsca ping g �� RENTON o AHEAD OF THE [.l.'RVI. N� Staff Analysis/Conditions Condition 20 and 21: Setbacks from parent parcel edges shall be as follows: a. 100 ft. from the OHWM of Lake Washington b. 40 feet from the south (adjacent to Barbee Mill) c. 38 feet from the north (adjacent to Seahawks Training Facility) View Corridors — a. 74 ft. width for Road B b. 80 ft. width for semi -private plaza space. Site Plan RENTON AHEAD OF THE CURVU, 6-N i�)O- t, J � y Condition 6 and 27: Critical Areas Regulations Baseline Assumptions, assumed all recreated wetland and their associated buffers would fit within Binding Sit and 6. Baseline Assumptions RENTON AMFAD OF THE CURVE Staff Analysis/Conditions wR� �UM U� fN. isso- Mr low u !nrrl.r► raf +a K WWW e>r Y kMr3Mr 9.ff fa Ys OWW low WWW "*- / u nlnrnti fw' es ww ffl.rak' Mw' , M � Mw P MM' ?E 310. Y y1M'+R E O M ftiff^ i0.� / / full i'Ri V 1�� >•� A Yf/ YlNr NI• 1 ■ fw Y krr-Iwa Y nfnsf�t Nr Y frrM furor ax // ifft [or : fcw.a W Pk"—' r pM 1 Lop j I M]ildr `fit Y` Yr w IML44 arr.w s wa r s b • / �_ f If!llbY[ P 0 ®`, I ' .0 rrm _ ,� � � >��--"'�- y ¢ ■ `ria.�"'F -' f _--��cs[ 1! I! I p 1! f: 1! li■■1 li Ilk 1L 1 1� li■k ■:4i li li ki f f lus m aat tc �� 1 - t I . 1 ■■{■{■�-Pll��$$���f �1 I 1 Ik{k¢■■S■St��1[[gp 1� �MM , 1 1 our No. & ♦, U 1 - Staff Analysis/Conditions Condition 27: Critical Areas Regulations 1) The outcome of the ROD and NRD Settlement details are not known at this time. 2) This conditions is need so impacts of the proposed development will comply with the City's critical areas regulations following the ROD and NRD Settlement. RENTON 111'AD M I11� 1,l HVI. . i � Ay Staff Analysis/Conditions Condition 41: Requires a fire lane and utility maintenance access road along Lake Washington ~Y��"1 N►j4R iL Ar �.. *4.r W-.� dr 71: _ •• *' • r• f �. 41 v RENTON tiIiEAD OF THE CURVE Condition 41: Staff Analysis/Conditions Satisfies the following code requirements: 1. Fire Access is required along the Lake a. Required to be 20 ft. in width. b. Shall be constructed to support the weight of a fire apparatus. C. Critical Areas regulations may not permit the trail to be built to meet fire access standards. Maximum width permitted per code is 12 feet. (RMC4-3-050C7.a.) 2. Looped waterline required 1. Located along the west side of the 2 lake front buildings. 2. 15 feet minimum width needed for maintenance access. 3. Maintenance access shall be a paved surface. 4. Not permitted within wetlands, wetland buffers, or shoreline buffer. CCC41-my` RENTON AHEAD OF THE l UR%l Recommendation Staff recommends approval of the Master Site Plan, Binding Site Plan, and Shoreline Substantial Permit for the Enhanced Alterative described in Exhibit 19, subject to all the conditions of approval of the April 2016 staff report and any new conditions or modified conditions. Because the Enhanced Alternative relies upon City Council approval of the Development Agreement, Exhibit 20, staff recommends that the Hearing Examiner add a condition that if the Development Agreement is not approved by City Council, the Hearing Examiner will reopen the record and the public hearing for the purpose of reconsidering the decision utilizing the Preferred Alterative analyzed in the original April 2016 staff report to the Hearing Examiner. RENTON AHEAD OF 71iF CURVE - QUENDALL TERMINALS ENTITLEMENTS HEARING MASTER PLAN REVIEW BINDING SITE PLAN SHORELINE SUBSTANTIAL DEVELOPMENT PERMIT CITY OF RENTON APRIL 18, 2017 EXHIBIT BINDER #2: VESTED DEVELOPMENT REGULATIONS CITY OF� ` enton Entire Document Available Upon Request EXHIBIT 30 QUENDALL TERMINALS ENTITLEMENTS HEARING MASTER PLAN REVIEW BINDING SITE PLAN SHORELINE SUBSTANTIAL DEVELOPMENT PERMIT CITY OF RENTON APRIL 18, 2017 EXHIBIT BINDER 41: SUPPLEMENTAL APPLICANT EXHIBITS Renton Entire Document Available Upon Request EXHIBIT 31 Larry Toedtli, PE Principal (Retired) Expertise: Larry recently retired as a principal at Transpo with over 30 years of experience o Development traffic impact developing area -wide and corridor level transportation plans. He directed analyses under SEPA Transpo's efforts in GMA-based transportation plans, transportation financing o Transportation analyses of strategies, and concurrency programs. He also had project management large master planned developments responsibilities for transportation analyses supporting EISs for subarea plans, o Experience managing multiple planned action ordinances, and transportation corridor projects. He has a team members thorough knowledge of travel forecasting and traffic operation analyses e Experience managing on -call techniques. contracts o Multimodal transportation Larry also served local agencies in reviewing traffic impact studies for planning under GMA developments within and outside of their jurisdiction. He recently assisted the Y Experience in facilitating Cities of Duvall and Ferndale in this role. stakeholder engagement and public outreach programs Larry was appointed as a member of King County's Transportation Concurrency Years Employed by Transpo: 30 Expert Review Panel. The panel includes County staff, citizens, and representatives from the development community. The panel developed recommendations to Education: refine the Concurrency program to reflect the changes in King County to a more MS, Civil Engineering rural County and also to improve the interface between the County's concurrency (Transportation), University of program and SEPA processes. Washington,1983 BS, Civil Engineering, University of Tehaleh Employment Based Planned Community, Pierce County Colorado, 1977 Larry directed Transpo's transportation planning and traffic engineering Professional registrations assistance for this large master Planned Community located in Pierce County and licenses: between Bonney Lake and Orting. When fully developed, the community will have PE, Washington, #25888, 1989 over 6,500 residences, a retail center, business park, schools, and golf course. PE, Colorado, #23125, 1985 Transpo's assistance has included sizing of on -site roadways, design of roundabouts and street lighting, and roadway channelization for internal Professional Associations roadways. Transpo has also assisted in monitoring the transportation mitigation Institute of Transportation triggers based on the approved development agreement. Transpo has assisted Engineers (ITE) the project team and agency staff in defining the off -site roadway and mitigation strategies to support future development phases. Larry also led the initial tasks Contact larry.toedtli@comcast.net for the detailed transportation analyses to support the Phase 2 application for the development. Redmond Ridge/Trilogy/Redmond Ridge East Master Planned Communities E1Ss, King County, WA Larry managed the analysis of traffic impacts and development of a subarea transportation improvement program for the EIS for a large mixed -use community planned for rural King County. At buildout, the development will include 5,400 dwelling units, neighborhood retail, 1.2 million SF of business park, golf course and soccer fields. The analysis included assessing roadway improvement needs and non -motorized system facilities, transit opportunities, and financing. Key issues included accommodating urban traffic levels in an otherwise rural area and potential traffic impacts on other jurisdictions. Larry supported the projects through coordination with WSDOT and Redmond. EXHIBIT 33 19�transpoGRouF Orton Junction Urban Growth Area EIS, Sumner, WA Larry managed the transportation analysis for the EIS for this subarea located south of SR 410 in Sumner. The City proposed to increase densities and expand the Urban Growth Area (UGA) to accommodate a mix of residential, commercial, and industrial land uses. The analysis addressed impacts and transportation improvement needs in the immediate vicinity of the subarea. Overlake Urban Center Residential Traffic Impact Analysis, Redmond Larry managed an analysis of the potential traffic impacts of the additional multi- family residential development within the proposed Overlake Urban Center. The analysis focused on evaluating the impacts within the Overlake Transportation Management District (TMD) and surrounding area of Bellevue. The City of Redmond's proposal to change the designation for the Overlake area from a Manufacturing/Industrial Center to an Urban Center would not affect zoning or the potential for residential growth in the area. Actual development of additional residential units in the area would, however, result in some traffic impacts. The impacts would primarily be in the immediate vicinity of the Overlake Urban Center, with impacts decreasing further from the site. Transportation Concurrency Expert Review Panel; King County, Washington. Larry serves on the King County Transportation Concurrency Expert Review Panel. The panel provides policy and technical guidance to King County staff as part of their ongoing refinement of County policies and programs related to level of service standards and concurrency. The panel has assisted in defining changes to the programs as the County focuses on rural areas as annexations and incorporations have greatly reduced the suburban areas under the jurisdiction of King County. Ferndale Main Street Master Plan and Planned Action EIS, Ferndale, WA Larry managed the transportation analysis for the planned action EIS for Ferndale's Main Street near the 1-5 interchange. The planned action would allow over I million square feet of commercial developments. The EIS evaluated the use of roundabouts vs. traffic signal improvements to address potential traffic operations and safety impacts due to the increased level of development. The analysis included comparison of levels of service, corridor travel speeds and cost differences. The EIS also identified development mitigation strategies including potential updates to the City's transportation impact fee and concurrency programs. He also coordinated with WSDOT on improvements related to impacts on 1-5 and interchanges at Main Street and Slater Road. Pacific Ridge Subarea Plan and Planned Action EIS, Des Moines Larry assisted the City of Des Moines in evaluating the transportation -related impacts associated with 4,200 additional dwelling units and 6,900 additional employees located within the Pacific Ridge subarea. To mitigate impacts, a variety of strategies were identified, including a reduction in the amount of new development, creation of a transit and transportation demand management program, and/or funding and building necessary improvement projects through one or more Local Improvement Districts (LIDs) or Transportation Benefit Districts (TBDs). The Planned Action Ordinance took into account the City's impact fee requirements and street standard requirements. ly�transpoGRouF LANCE MUELLER & ASSOCIATES BOB WELLS ASSOCIATE Education: Bachelor of Architecture - 1969 University of Idaho, Moscow, ID Professional Registrations: Licensed Architect, State of Washington, USA - 1975 Experience: Bob has worked full-time in architecture since college graduation. Consequently, he has many years of varied experience in the Seattle area with project types including low and mid -rise commercial structures and industrial structures. Responsibility: Bob has been with Lance Mueller & Associates since 1973 and an associate since 1980. His responsibilities have been for the design, documentation and contract administration of numerous office, retail, flex -tech, industrial, residential, and corporate facilities. Representative Projects: ROCKWELL COLLINS, Wilsonville, OR This 221,000 sf manufacturing and office consolidated Rockwell's Portland area operations in one building in a wonderful natural setting. Our roll was shell architect and coordinating shell revisions with the TI Architect. Later we assisted Rockwell on a number of smaller tenant improvements. DWFRITZ PRECISION AUTOMATION, Wilsonville, OR From 2009 to 2017 we were the Architects on three separate projects totaling 273,000sf for this hi -tech manufacturer. The first two are new 2-story buildings and the last is a conversion of an existing industrial building into an office and manufacturing facility filled with natural light. EXHIBIT 34 LANCE MUELLER & ASSOCIATES B O B WE L L S PAGE 2' COMPACT INFORMATION SYSTEMS, Redmond, WA This 50,000 sf two story for a very sophisticated mailing label business. In addition to the usual office, warehousing, and expansion requirements, the facility included a nursery for the employee's children, a very high -end lunch area, and adjacent private park. If needs change, the park can convert to parking. ONVIA BUILDING, Seattle, WA The Onvia.com Building is a full block corporate development with 95,000 sf of office plus structured parking with many employee amenities in Seattle. The four-story office ells around a large naturally landscaped plaza and integrates with a separate conference center building at the street corner. The restful plaza includes a pond and seating for relaxing or strolling opportunities. The service area and parking are underground on two levels. ZETRON BUILDING, Redmond, WA Zetron centralized their office and manufacturing headquarters into this four-story 210,000 sf facility. The facility includes basement parking and storage area and substantial areas dedicated to greenbelt and wetlands. THE GILBERT, Seattle, WA A 3-story traditional brick apartment complex on top of bustling Queen Anne hill with 54 units and 9,500 sf of street front retail with the basement parking accessed from the alley. LANCE MUELLER & ASSOCIATES LANCE MUELLER, AIA PRESIDENT Education: University of Washington College of Architecture-1962-1967 Professional Registration: Licensed Architect, State of Washington, 1973_ Other States; California, Nevada, Idaho and Oregon. Certificate - National Council of Architectural Registration Boards, 1974. Professional Affiliations: Member - American Institute of Architects Lambda Alpha International Land Economics Honorary International Conference of Building Officials Experience: 1965 to 1970: Worked in three small Seattle architectural firms. 1970 to present: Joined Richard Bouillon & Assoc./Architects in 1970. Became owner of firm in 1973 upon death of R. Bouillon. Renamed firm in 1975. Experience covers a wide variety of project types including shopping centers, large retail stores, apartments, banks, business parks, distribution centers, manufacturing buildings, offices, parking garages and restaurants and planning of major office and business parks. Responsibility: Project conceptual and preliminary design and design development. Project administration, contractual agreements and general office administration. Honors: National Association of Industrial and Office Parks 2005 Hall of Fame Inductee EXHIBIT 35 , � . d c 1 r�', 4� ` ��3ff+r,a s' � �•1Fi►i.i+h :J�a++•�« _ . _ si rr r y vi lik JIM E sit. s Building Summar�r. WI-60 I.+..aT awLR �YT'wP Y�RI c�a. rTrP l 9+1+b+a l91 u� n a w[ 1w y 14,YE-wQS v{ L•ws•l,�IwYrteeer P+LW atatlatics: d4 �N c �� RwywR+I tAEb PaoPli o,q•bed (t- N co.� �jG r ru• wr • w.erx 0?1 G� 0 �h co O �Z 4't' !Z 7G�i. 9R9 wa m� : we •7 0. ' \J � 914E K! ,49t9 5 � Pam] ) WR• +�•d "� afir YW �'�- —^ � :; ` -\ a, r - / asrrticm>dpeweYaP4 xr•Pm+k sal miArF ItF AiiiM� rY 7A) \� ; , wF1FT sF _ Is, s.nFT WRF.m TI1ei 1,5AE OE -,.sea PATH e �_ _ �f � ,k\ nFsar it hu•.\iYn: Ati tIY MYiW(N..'( -.•- PAas 59,E st R �_;$ � r`\\ �WN X LME-i, r�>tY AX 11+ • Pti tie1��M• �:i•!si•y IIT" i S ,+SO f.A� 1 ESTAu Y Lbw ] s i ! r7A1S➢�MAQ PAP101G • ll_ P'"'�&19""'�I' ! {{s''�+ w ¢ry �. � �IIIIlIkll LEGEND . , Y _ �g � r- 5S � area[ ►•P•,9oe. G w.[.Y„eawn � PYxPt•a +�q .: � i wsPssss PMbb OH" � � Parb SO' OH" SETaAG1l w � [a" M'H 9'1M •.. I - I• I'I 100'OHWM SMACK ��� wse+Mi+_F},,$_ or�.t�.w mn _+'!1"A"O1_�rx'—•— �-�— _ - wrwraa� ,n �°'�•re a' Y J >m [ae ,� -RP P m •� 1Fw9sE I, -rr aairwPwF ® DUMP5TER/RECYCLE BiN i { ! uT � EC UTILITY AND ELECTRICAL SPACE b i I >✓ IF — 4 W •_n 3 ® LOBBYAREA AREA SUMMARY a � To' FROM COLOR LEGEND n y'O lsl[Lvm cwAaE P9faO:G s V ., � Ep�� 33,190 S.F.(RETAIL) Q RETAIL AND RESTAURANTS III I! III II ! II I ?ems; M:�: .� IIIII+I II II III ICI IIII 9,000 S.F.(RESTAURANTS) _ OPEN SPACE AREAS ---E ZN. EXISMN2 PROPEAn UNE 2L797 S.F. (0.50 AC.) ) © PEDESTRIAN PROMENADE - 65,565 S.F.(15 AC.) ) © PEDESTRIAN CIRCULATION sr. �E•w+ �p05 ''�I'Ap 129,3M S.F. (2.96 AC-) —) Q SITE LANDSCAPE PARK AND OPEN SPACE ra,r a sac•wT 146.170 S.F.(3.4AC.) 1D0'SNORELUNESETBACK C'�KE,'� `J �NCr PROPERn N LOT 7 50,725 S.F.(L2 AC.J LOT ISOLATED Q (ISOLATED) 50,725sf = oN GRADE LEVEL PLAN � r am FLOOR SITE LUCOWAPT (POLO) 148.574 S.F. (3,36 AC•) g� �/ ,, , / %/ j/ //' °P' b0' SSLSW S.F.(12.9 AC.) TOTAL ` G �" S scAicI' = ea N 7� i QUENDALL TERMINALS e ENHANCE® ALTERNATIVE RENTON, WASHINGTON EXHIBIT 37 CENTURY PACIFIC, LLLP w,sue iows�P,2Pa�owu�,�q zc) r o � ® Z.Ilr l J ZZ� co o �� DDT Q n t jo a,r20m s ilq s VAR p~G 4 m uwn 1 PmnwPn - �P,stm T ) , �S.r�11P11P1i . 1l,7Rq.l 7 7mnMPkF � ,s, 515.1 a r roansart. u,szq.r A � IES,fMMiRL � NiWOPS VAI PMPq,C SmWIWI - 2glm.l 2w s �anPi ,4 wn rggnwd,P . 2q-1 s s�nnoasmac m -m R 51 P IEZ') ML 5 il➢OR9 a" PM G 1 rn MNT . 2q.38W w i � nos � PN r. FmnWHI . 22jW.1 i nRggiS ONn PNWNO h u u u y SITE P�LANMq. „":A.; :°.6. o„T„ -1 QUENDALL TERMINALS p RENTON, WASHINGTON-- Q • :a zq. �:. CENTURY PACIFIC. LLLP ,w wgsmc . g.rem. ,ra ..,rwa ...,._ ... ....... .a. LANCE MUELLER & ASSOCIATES LANCE MUELLER, AIA PRESIDENT Education: University of Washington College of Architecture - 1962-1967 Professional Registration: Licensed Architect, State of Washington, 1973. Other States; California, Nevada, Idaho and Oregon. Certificate - National Council of Architectural Registration Boards, 1974. Professional Affiliations: Member - American Institute of Architects Lambda Alpha International Land Economics Honorary International Conference of Building Officials Experience: 1965 to 1970: Worked in three small Seattle architectural firms. 1970 to present: Joined Richard Bouillon S Assoc./Architects in 1970. Became owner of firm in 1973 upon death of R. Bouillon. Renamed firm in 1975. Experience covers a wide variety of project types including shopping centers, large retail stores, apartments, banks, business parks, distribution centers, manufacturing buildings, offices, parking garages and restaurants and planning of major office and business parks. Responsibility: Project conceptual and preliminary design and design development. Project administration, contractual agreements and general office administration. Honors: National Association of Industrial and Office Parks 2005 Hall of Fame Inductee EXHIBIT 35 1, . yf � I � A 3 I / ai '7 R n� -e 6' SgFf SA111:.Ux I� wano�n s• LEGEND DNWM SDe ONWM SETBACK 100' ONWM SETBACK �— ® DUMPSTER / RECYCLE BDI w EN URLITY AND ELECTRICAL SPLICE ® LOMAREA r �+ AREA SUMMARY'^ FROM COLOR LEGEND ti a 33AN S.F. {RETAIL) C] RETAIL AND RESTAURANTS d 9,000 S.F. {RESTAURANTS) OPEN SPACE AREAS _ 21.797 &F. 40,50 AC.) —) PEDESTRIAN PROMENADE 65,SeS S.F. {15 AC.) ) © PEDESTRIAN CIRCULATION 129.122 S.F. (2,96 AC,) ) STTE LANDSCAPE. PARK AND OPEN SPACE 14&170 &F.(3.4AC.) ) 100 ooREuNESETBmw W725 SF. (3.2 AC.) ) LOT 7 (ISOLATED) m ioz n �"°se : ^ I'm 0) �S�lI r�N g C VD GRADE LEVEL PLAN a s" s *merles amm ran uftfts� m w e""ftsrre pri.yi,Rraax �.... yam a�.a..e�...e,r..s w a,rwr Caei,rr ee.� oraey so.naerew Nw✓Yed u,r rco.: <., ereeae eeaip re rY•, e,er. Nr[rM 1`eerM NelirY b•e a.,.r+r !s IYei �r 11[F ee,ey sn iaen pfe !IQ iae N e ml/i Ten W.01 11e1 ee, a �em Nee n,i a® ve nee ,s N Ylte ■[ NIA a m E1 n9e e .5 M pfi TE, n Vw 6i S weir Nees —ear N >♦Nr„e. NvhrNr Aer•e r..rwrrga�wNr � ; +rr� eerna ,r.ieer sr. �•e,A w.ui wererwnrwi rare. ,e•x,e.•,r.rw[ SYA,�9.eeer err,re,� eo,rr •.r[wieNi m •wyu.[+rm rw weaer L.ra,r+.s ,[w wnm•.e„� •wr ��,n .eirrr Ivrwti a e[e�e�,.•. e..r.i .. •�re9.e..,, a®e s,nr ` 5BL953 S.F. (12.9 AC.) TOTAL C eo o' ec' Ly 1FII sc � •/• N�,d k O' i QUENDALL TERMINALS - ENHANCED ALTERNATIVE RENTON, WASHINGTON EXHIBIT 37 CENTURY PACIFIC, LLLP IBM x$o i mR x 9 0 IT 01 N I 3 m z mmD czz 0C/) Xz o=z �'-_ �G)> r-oz -�zC) m 0 x X r pp Q��aM W M OD z I C m 3 Wall lmullialli ,2 i� �! 9 l ---------- fil! r �YyEPy�Ri RyF// l� Silt PLAN «-�. _N. A.NCEAL: .a . .... _TERMINALS QUENDA.L[ .. { gg GYM wY. AB - 1881 CITY OF Renton 0 City Council Regular Meeting - 03 Apr 2017 SUBJECT/TITLE: Quendall Terminals Public Hearing RECOMMENDED ACTION: Council Concur DEPARTMENT: Community & Economic Development STAFF CONTACT: Vanessa Dolbee, Current Planning Manager EXT.: 7314 FISCAL IMPACT SUMMARY: SUMMARY QF ACsT10_N_: The proponents for the Quendall Terminals land use application have requested the City consider a Development Agreement. The Land Use application consists of a request for Master Site Plan, Binding Site Plan, a Shoreline Permit, and now a Development Agreement for the construction of a mixed -use development located at 4350 Lake Washington Blvd. The site is 21.45 acres and is zoned Commercial/Office/Residential (COR). The Enhanced Alternative would contain 692 residential units, 42,190 square feet of commercial uses (retail and restaurant), 1,352 parking spaces, and 12.9 acres of parks/open space. A Public Hearing is tentatively scheduled for the subject land use application on April 18, 2017. The requested Development Agreement establishes the new Enhanced Development Alternative and allows for an extended time frame for the land use entitlements and associated development standard vesting from 5 years to 10 years, with a possible 5 year extension, for a total of 15 years. A public hearing is required to be held by City Council when considering a Development Agreement. However, there is an opportunity to consolidate the required public hearing for the Development Agreement with the public hearing for the land use entitlements with the City's Hearing Examiner. By consolidating the public hearing process for both the land use entitlements and the development agreement, the public will be able to comment on both the development project and the associated development agreement at one public hearing. Second, the Hearing Examiner would have the benefit of considering all aspects of the project and associated public comments when making a decision on the land use entitlements and a recommendation to City Council. A consolidated public hearing process would streamline and simplify the public process for the overall project. The final decision authority on the Development Agreement would remain with City Council, following a recommendation provided by the City's Hearing Examiner. f A. Draft Development Agreement C�JU(nl►'lilRi9tilJ •. ';:'ir` :t t't'i:.tW_-','--ft, The Administration recommends consolidating the public hearing process for both the land use entitlements and the development agreement and deferring this process to the City's Hearing Examiner. a When Recorded, Return to: CITY CLERK'S OFFICE City of Renton 1055 S. Grady Way Renton, WA 98055 DEVELOPMENT AGREEMENT FOR QUENDALL TERMINALS Grantors: The City of Renton and Quendall Terminals Grantees: The City of Renton and Quendall Terminals Abbreviated Legal Description: To BE INSERTED Additional Legal Description on Page 15 of Document (Exhibit A) Assessor's Property Tax Parcel/Account Number: 2924059002 OR ❑ NOT YETA55IGNED THIS DEVELOPMENT AGREEMENT ("Agreement") by and between the CITY OF RENTON, a municipal corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Washington ("City"), and QUENDALL TERMINALS, a Washington joint venture, its successors and assigns ("Developer"), is made and entered into this day of , 2016 (the "Effective Date") pursuant to the authority of RCW 36.70B.170 et seq. The City and Developer are the Parties to this Agreement. RECITALS A. Developer is the developer of that certain real property comprising 20.3 acres more or less located between Lake Washington and Lake Washington Boulevard, and that certain real property comprising 1.2 acres more or less across the railroad right of way to the east, both within the municipal boundaries of the City of Renton in King County, Washington, and legally described on Exhibit A attached hereto and depicted on Exhibit A-1(the "Quendall Property" or "Property")). B. Developer intends to develop the Quendall Property as a mixed -use multi -family residential development (the "Project"), as more particularly described in land use applications, LUA09-151, on file with the City of Renton and, subject to this Agreement, including the Enhanced Alternative described herein. Project development may be phased, subject to the conditions of the Hearing Examiner's Decision. Draft Quendall Terminals Development Agreement Page 1 C. The Quendall Property has received a Superfund designation from the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency ("EPA") and Developer is currently working on a remediation plan with the EPA. This Agreement pertains to redevelopment of the remediated Property. The Parties intend that this Agreement be construed to enable development authorized by the Hearing Examiner's Decision on the Master Plan and subsequent necessary and/or appealed land use decisions. Such development shall contain at minimum the attributes identified as Project Elements in Section 3 and comply with all conditions and amenities identified in the approved Master Plan. Development would occur in a manner consistent with past-remediation site conditions and such controls as are imposed by or agreed to with the EPA. For instance, if remediation is undertaken in phases, then Project phasing may be coordinated to occur first on remediated areas of the Property, pending a City approved final phasing plan that is consistent with the phasing conditions of the Master Plan Decision or any subsequent land use actions. D. Developer submitted Project applications for a Master Plan approval, Binding Site Plan approval and Shoreline Substantial Development permit, which applications were deemed complete by the City on February 10, 2010 (together, the "Initial Project Applications"). E. Pursuant to the State Environmental Policy Act, Ch. 43.21C RCW ("SEPA"), the City issued a Draft Environmental Impact Statement (the "DEIS") on December 10, 2010, on the Initial Project Applications and alternatives. In response to comments on the DEIS, Developer developed a Preferred Alternative that was downsized from the DEIS, and office space was removed from the proposal. Key Project specifications of the Preferred Alternative are set forth in the Master Plan application materials, LUA09-151 and attached to the Staff Report to the Hearing Examiner as Exhibits. The City issued an addendum to the DEIS on October 19, 2012, which addressed the Preferred Alternative (the "Addendum"). A Final Environmental Impact Statement (the "FEIS") and Mitigation Document were issued on August 31, 2015. F. In January 2016, at the Citys request, Developer updated the Initial Project Applications plan sets to reflect the Preferred Alternative and incorporate plan set level components of the specified SEPA mitigation measures. G. Pursuant to the Revised Code of Washington Chapter 36.70B.170 et seq. ("the Development Agreement Statute"), the City may enter into a development agreement with an entity having ownership or control of real property within its jurisdiction. H. A development agreement can provide for an extended duration of approvals. The Developer is willing to incorporate more public benefits into the Project, as specified in the Enhanced Alternative set forth herein, in exchange for extended permit duration. Draft Quendall Terminals Development Agreement Page 2 I. It is the intent of this Development Agreement to provide for development of the Project using the Enhanced Alternative addressed herein, together with all other terms and conditions of this Agreement, provided, however, that the Parties acknowledge that Project applications for the Enhanced Alternative are subject to hearing and decision by the Renton Hearing Examiner as provided under Renton Municipal Code Sections 4-9-200(D)(1) and 4-8-070(J). J. The City's Responsible SEPA Official has reviewed the Project changes proposed under the Enhanced Alternative and this Development Agreement in accordance with SEPA, and has issued a determination of consistency with the existing SEPA review. The DEIS, Addendum, FEIS, and Determination of Consistency together constitute the "Project -level SEPA Review." K. The City Council held a public hearing on this Development Agreement on , 2017. L. The City has found that development of the Enhanced Alternative of all or portions of the Quendall Property consistent with this Agreement and the associated land use decisions will benefit the community at large including the Quendall Property. NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual agreements of the Parties set forth herein, as well as other valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the Parties hereby covenant and agree as follows: AGREEMENTS 1. ADDITIONAL DEFINITIONS. Development Regulations mean those regulations encompassed in Title IV of the Renton Municipal Code ("RMC") in effect on the Vesting Date. Enhanced Alternative means the Project substantially as described in the Project Elements at Section 3 and on the Master Plan and associated conditions of approval as approved by the Hearing Examiner. Land Use Policies and Regulations mean Renton Comprehensive Plan land use designations and policies, and the Development Regulations, in effect on the Vesting Date. Master Plan Decision means the decision of the Hearing Examiner on the Master Plan, Shoreline Substantial Development Permit, and Binding Site Plan applications under LUA09-151. RMC means the Renton Municipal Code. Draft Quendall Terminals Development Agreement Page 3 The Vesting Date is February 10, 2010, the date that the City determined that Developer's applications for a Master Plan approval, Binding Site Plan approval and Shoreline Substantial Development permit were complete. 2. BASIS OF AGREEMENT. 2.1 Intent. This Agreement establishes certain roles and responsibilities for the potential redevelopment of all or a portion of the Quendall Property under the Enhanced Alternative described in Section 3 herein, including but not limited to Developer commitments that development of the Master Plan small be consistent with the vested Land Use Policies and Regulations and the terms and conditions of this Agreement and any associated land use decisions for the project. It is the intent of this Agreement that redevelopment may be phased according to the principles set out in this Agreement, subject to City of Renton approval and the conditions set forth in the Master Plan Decision. 3. PROJECT ELEMENTS. The Project Enhanced Alternative shall include the Project Elements which includes the following: 3.1 Enhanced Alternative. The Parties agree that the following enhancements to the Preferred Alternative are in the public interest and support Project objectives. The Parties agree that the Project with the Enhanced Alternatives should be taken through the Hearing Examiner process in accordance with RMC 4-9-200(D)(1) and 4-8-070(J). 3.1.1 1.3 acres of the southwest corner of the Project shall be a public park constructed by the Developer and maintained by the Homeowners' Association, open for public use between the hours of dawn to dusk; 3.1.2 Retail/restaurant/office space and street activation (fountains, artwork, etc.) shall be required at street level along Street B and along the lakeside frontage of residential buildings and other street frontage as necessary to qualify for a minimum of 50 percent of the building street frontage at a minimum depth of 20 feet of the project site; 3.1.3 The developer and the City will collaborate in the development of a public dock/pier associated with the public park. The Developer and City shall jointly develop a future dock proposal for permitting and environmental review that addresses public and Project interests to the parties' mutual satisfaction ("Future Dock Proposal"). The City will be responsible for obtaining all required permits. The Developer shall fund permitting costs for the Future Dock Proposal and construct the dock and any required mitigation, provided that both the City and Developer approve of the final dock design, budget, and all dock permit conditions. Should the EPA or either party not approve the dock location and design the City and the developer will Draft Quendall Terminals Development Agreement Page 4 work together to develop an alternative proposal to allow for access to Lake Washington while meeting the requirements of the EPA. The Future Dock Proposal, design and permitting shall be completed within the first five (5) years of the term if this agreement. The Future Dock Proposal shall be constructed and completed for public access within this first ten (10) years of the term of this agreement. All work related to the Future Dock Proposal shall be permitted, constructed, and final inspection completed prior to final occupancy of the last building in the Master Plan, 3.1.4 The Parties agree that the City shall have the right and the Developer is required, following year five of the Initial Term of this Agreement as defined in Section 4, to conduct an updated transportation analysis in compliance with SEPA (the "SEPA Transportation Update"), which shall be subject to City review. In order to impose requirements of the SEPA Transportation Update, the property owner shall be required to provide written notice to the City, after the foregoing time trigger has occurred, that the SEPA Transportation Update (the "Update Notice") will be performed. The Transportation Update shall result in written findings and conclusions, and may result in a recommendation for reasonable new future permit conditions and mitigations for the Project, if required based on changed conditions and associated Project impacts. If the SEPA Transportation Update identifies significant adverse transportation impacts of the Project that are not mitigated in the original SEPA transportation analysis, then the City may impose additional mitigation to address such unmitigated Project impacts. 3.1.5 Building SW4 shall be constructed at no more than 3 floors over parking, building SW3 shall be constructed at no more than 4 floors over parking, and all other buildings shall be constructed at no more than 5 floors over parking. 3.2 Mitigation Plan. The Mitigation Plan consists of the mitigation document issued on August 31, 2015 and any mitigation conditions added by the Hearing Examiner in the Master Plan Decision. In addition the mitigation plan will include any new transportation permit conditions and transportation mitigation requirements for the Project as a result of the Transportation Update following year five. The Mitigation Plan also will include any new transportation permit conditions and transportation mitigation requirements for the Project as a result of the Transportation Update following year 10 of the Initial Term of this Agreement, if a permit extension under Section 4 of this Agreement is requested and permitted. 3.3 Project Phasing. Development of the Project may be phased consistent with the approved Master Plan and SEPA Mitigation Document and any subsequent land use approvals such as site plan review, both during remediation and for purposes of Developer's development program, including in response to market conditions. The City and the Developer acknowledge that, generally, site remediation under EPA's oversight will occur before Project development, provided, however, that during remediation the Developer may install certain Project infrastructure Draft Quendall Terminals Development Agreement Page 5 components. The Parties further agree to allow phasing according to the following phasing principles, provided, however, that the Parties may determine that a more detailed Project Phasing Plan will be prepared to govern Project Phasing: 3.3.1 A Project Phase may include one or more Project Lots. Alternatively, a Project Phase may include one or more Project Buildings, as such Buildings are defined and depicted in the Quendall Terminals Master Plan, LUA09-151. 3.3.2 Each Project Phase shall have all required infrastructure and mitigation for the phase in place at the time of certificate of occupancy, or final inspection if the phase or use does not require a certificate of occupancy, sufficient to provide pedestrian and vehicular access, utilities and public facilities including parking areas for bicycles and vehicles, site amenities identified for the phase and semi -private open space. 3.3.3 Development of Lots or Buildings abutting Street B may be prioritized to be the first Project Phase(s) of development, provided, however, that the Parties agree to consider alternative Project Phasing priorities if needed in response to sequenced remediation. 3.4 Duration of Project Permits. Provided that Project permits are approved by the Nearing Examiner, all City land use permits and approvals issued for the Project shall enjoy a duration through the term of this Agreement, including any extensions under Section 4. 4. TERM. The term of this Agreement shall begin on the Effective Date and continue for ten years from the earlier of (i) the date of issuance of the EPA's Record of Decision, or (ii) the Hearing Examiners Decision and/or any subsequent appeal decision dates ("Initial Term"). This Agreement shall remain in effect during its term unless and until Developer (owning at least 51 percent of the Quendall Property by assessed value ((excluding any City -owned land)) gives notice of termination. If 51 percent of the residential and commercial space has been constructed and received a Certificate of Occupancy (CO) then the City may extend this Agreement, following a second SEPA Transportation Update, upon Developer's request 30 days in advance of the sunset date, for one additional five-year period of time. S. VESTING. 5.1 Project Elements, Development Standards and Implementing Approvals. In accordance with the Development Agreement Statute, Developer is vested to the Development Regulations in effect on the Vesting Date, which extends to City of Renton ordnance number 5523. Draft Quendall Terminals Development Agreement Page 6 5.2 Vesting Exceptions. During the term of this Agreement, the City shall not impose on the Project any modified or new or additional Development Regulations, except any new federal or state statutes, rules, regulations, administrative interpretations or court decisions that add regulatory requirements on the City that it must enforce that are not subject to a "grandfather" or "safe harbor" clause that would delay the City's enforcement responsibility beyond the life of this Agreement. 5.3 City's Reserved Authority. In accordance with the Development Agreement Statute, RCW 36.706.170(4), the City reserves the authority to impose new or different Development Regulations to the extent required by a serious threat to public health and safety. 6. GENERAL PROVISIONS. 6.1 Authority; Severability. The City and Developer each represent and warrant it has the respective power and authority, and is duly authorized to execute, deliver and perform its obligations under this Agreement. The Parties intend this Agreement to be interpreted to the full extent authorized by law as an exercise of the City's authority to enter into such agreements, and this Agreement shall be construed to reserve to the City only that police power authority which is prohibited by law from being subject to a mutual agreement with consideration. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of Developer and the City. If any provision of this Agreement is determined to be unenforceable or invalid by a court of law, then (i) this Agreement shall thereafter be modified to implement the intent of the Parties to the maximum extent allowable under law, (ii) the Parties agree to seek diligently to modify the Agreement consistent with the court decision, and (iii) neither party shall undertake any actions inconsistent with the intent of this Agreement until the modification to this Agreement has been completed. 6.2 Amendment; Minor Modifications. Any amendment to this Agreement must be approved by the City and Developer so long as it owns any portion of the Quendall Property or retains any responsibility for off -site mitigation, other obligations under this Agreement, or obligations pursuant to any Record of Decision or any NRD settlement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, upon request of Developer, a designated City official may approve administrative minor modifications to the Development Standards, which administrative modifications shall not be deemed amendments to this Agreement. Administrative minor modifications mean those changes to the Development Standards that do not materially increase impacts on transportation or utility systems or the environment, taking into account agreed upon mitigation, and those modifications which do not materially reduce buffers or open space. Any modifications of Development Standards shall require the written consent of Developer and the City, including administrative minor modifications under this section. Draft Quendall Terminals Development Agreement Page 7 6.3 Recording; No Third Party Beneficiary. Pursuant to the Development Agreement Statute, RCW 36.70B.190, this Agreement or a memorandum thereof shall be recorded with the King County Recorder's Office. This Agreement is made and entered into for the sole protection and benefit of the Parties, their successors and assigns. No other person shall have any right of action based upon any provision of this Agreement. 6.4 Notices. All communications, notices and demands of any kind which a party under this Agreement requires or desires to give to any other party shall be in writing and either (i) delivered personally (including delivery by professional courier services), (ii) sent by facsimile transmission with an additional copy mailed first class, or (iii) deposited in the U.S. mail, certified mail postage prepaid, return receipt requested, to the addresses set forth with each signature. Notice by hand delivery or facsimile shall be effective upon receipt. If deposited in the mail, notice shall be deemed delivered 48 hours after deposited. Any party at any time by notice to the other party may designate a different address or person to which such notice or communication shall be given. If to the City of Renton: Renton City Hall Attn: Mayor Attn: Development Services Director 1055 S. Grady Way Renton, WA 98057 If to Quendall Terminals: Quendall Terminals Attn: Robert Cugini P.O. Box 359 Renton, WA 98057 and to J.M. Baxter & Co. Attn: Georgia Baxter P.O. Box 5902 San Mateo, CA 94402-0902 With a copy to: Campbell Mathewson CenturyPacific, LLLP Draft Quendall Terminals Development Agreement Page 8 1201 Third Avenue, Suite 1680 Seattle, WA 98101-3029 Davis Wright Tremaine Attn: Lynn Manolopolous 777 108th Avenue NE, Suite 2300 Bellevue, Washington 98004-5149 Cable Huston LLP Attn: James E. Benedict 1001 SW Fifth Avenue Suite 2000 Portland, Oregon 97204-1136 T. Ryan Durkan Hillis, Clark, Martin & Peterson P.S. 999 Third Avenue, Suite 4600 Seattle, WA 98101 6.5 Applicable Law and Venue. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Washington. Any action with respect to this Agreement shall be brought in King County Superior Court, Washington. 6.6 Multiple Originals. This Agreement may be executed in two (2) or more facsimile or .pdf counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one instrument. 6.7 Headings; Recitals and Attachments. The headings in this Agreement are inserted for reference only and shall not be construed to expand, limit or otherwise modify the terms and conditions of this Agreement. The recitals to this Agreement and Exhibits A are incorporated in this Agreement by this reference as if fully set forth. 6.8 Dispute Resolution. 6.8.1 If any dispute arises out of any aspect of this Agreement, the Parties must first try in good faith to settle the dispute through mediation. This mediation must commence within 60 days after any party to the Agreement notifies the other party requesting mediation to resolve a dispute. 6.8.2 If the Parties are not able to resolve their dispute through mediation, they agree to submit the matter for resolution through binding arbitration. The arbitrator shall be mutually chosen by both Parties. In no case may a mediator who Draft Quendal! Terminals Development Agreement Page 9 has mediated a claim serve as the arbitrator on the same claim. If the Parties cannot agree on an arbitrator, either party or the Parties jointly may apply to the presiding judge of the King County Superior Court to appoint an arbitrator. The arbitrator will consult with the Parties and establish the rules and procedures for the arbitration that, in light of the nature of the matter under dispute, will provide an efficient and fair means for each of the Parties to present its case. Among other things, the arbitrator will establish a schedule for completing the arbitration and issuing a decision. The decision of the arbitrator will be final and may be enforced by an action brought in King County Superior Court. In such an action, the prevailing party is entitled to recover all costs and expenses, including all legal fees, incurred in that action. 6.8.3 The Parties will bear the costs of retaining a mediator or an arbitrator equally. Draft Quendal! Terminals Development Agreement Page 10 Denis Law Mayor IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement has been entered into by the City and Developer effective on the last date of signature below. DATED this day of ^ , 2017 Joint Venture known as QUENDALL TERMINALS By: Altino Properties, Inc. Its:Authorized Representative By: Robert Cugini Its: Vice President Date: CITY OF RENTON By: Date: ATTEST: By: Jason A. Seth City Clerk Draft Quendall Terminals Development Agreement Page 11 ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS STATE OF } } ss: COUNTY OF ) On this day of , 2016, before me, a Notary Public in and for the State of , County of , personally appeared personally known to me (or proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence) to be the person who executed this instrument, who has produced sufficient proof of his/her power and authority to execute and sign the instrument in the name of and on behalf of QUENDALL TERMINALS, to be the free and voluntary act and deed of said association for the uses and purposes mentioned in the instrument. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and official seal the day and year first above written. NOTARY PUBLIC in and for the state of Notary (print): My appointment expires: Draft Quendal! Terminals Development Agreement Page 12 STATE OF ss: COUNTY OF ) On this day of , 2017, before me, a Notary Public in and for the State of Washington, County of King, personally appeared Denis Law, Mayor, personally known to me (or proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence) to be the person who executed this instrument, who has produced sufficient proof of his power and authority to execute and sign the instrument in the name of and on behalf of CITY OF RENTON, to be the free and voluntary act and deed of said association for the uses and purposes mentioned in the instrument. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and official seal the day and year first above written. NOTARY PUBLIC in and for the state of Notary (print): My appointment expires: Draft Quendal! Terminals Development Agreement Page 13 Exhibit A SURVEYOR'S METES AND BOUNDS LEGAL DESCRIPTION THAT PORTION OF GOVERNMENT LOT 5 IN SECTION 29, TOWNSHIP 24 NORTH, RANGE 5 EAST, W.M., AND SHORELANDS SECOND CLASS ADJOINING LYING WESTERLY OF THE NORTHERN PACIFIC RAILROAD RIGHT-OF-WAY AND SOUTHERLY OF A LINE, IN KING COUNTY, WASHINGTON, DESCRIBED AS FOLLOWS: BEGINNING AT THE QUARTER CORNER ON THE SOUTH LINE OF SAID SECTION 29; THENCE NORTH 89058'36" WEST ALONG THE SOUTH LINE OF SAID LOT 5, 1,113.01 FEET TO THE WESTERLY LINE OF SAID NORTHERN PACIFIC RAILROAD RIGHT-OF-WAY; THENCE NORTH 29044'54" EAST 849.62 FEET ALONG SAID RIGHT-OF-WAY LINE TO A POINT HEREINAFTER REFERRED TO AS POINT A; THENCE CONTINUING NORTH 29044'54" EAST 200.01 FEET TO THE TRUE POINT OF BEGINNING OF THE LINE HEREIN DESCRIBED; THENCE SOUTH 56028'50" WEST 222.32 FEET TO A POINT WHICH BEARS NORTH 59024'56" WEST 100.01 FEET FROM SAID POINT A; THENCE NORTH 59024'56" WEST TO THE INNER HARBOR LINE AND THE END OF SAID LINE DESCRIPTION; ALSO THAT PORTION OF SAID GOVERNMENT LOT 5 LYING SOUTHEASTERLY OF LAKE WASHINGTON BOULEVARD, WESTERLY OF SECONDARY STATE HIGHWAY NUMBER 2A AND NORTHWESTERLY OF THE RIGHT-OF-WAY OF PUBLIC STATE HIGHWAY NUMBER 1 AS ESTABLISHED BY DEED RECORDED JANUARY 15, 1964 UNDER RECORDING NO. 5687408; AND EXCEPT THAT PORTION THEREOF CONVEYED TO CITY OF RENTON, A MUNICIPAL CORPORATION BY DEED RECORDED JUNE 19, 2008 UNDER RECORDING NO. 20080619001.179. 11/11/2016 CENTURY PACIFIC, LLLP DAKIN A. BELL, PLS NO. 37546 BRH JOB NO. 2009050.03 11/11/16 BUSH, ROED & HITCHINGS, INC. 2009 MINOR AVENUE EAST SEATTLE, WA 98102 (206) 323-4144 Page 15 Exhibit A-1 SW 1/4 SECTION 29, T24N, R5E, W.M. _ N66-12'12"W TAX ACCT. NO. / 107.51 / �I 292405-9012-01 TAX ACCT. NO. 60 , / I % 292405900203 TRUE POINT/ 300 0 150 300 4 // OF BEGINNING ; ��0' / /• +A �y TAX ACCT. NO. `�8y3; 29 2405— 9001— 0 4/ i IN F'EgP 4 ^ O• _"°•� try ry/ 1 inch = 300 & 939 100.01' / 4v Z TAX ACCT. NO. POINT 7 N 292405-9002-0301 1491, ! �� •o��•�/ �p� GOV'T LOT 5 ORDINARY HIGH �� WATER MARK , to I AT 18.8' • �N30'56'16"E ELEVATION 90.80' IN3-56'16"E �� l SW 1 /4 'a4.30' 700 =,�o S E C TI 0 N 29 , DEEDED PER AFN (SE 80TH ST) CORNER 20080619001179 VAC N 44TH ST OF SEC. 29 T24N,45E R l5�1�\ /7sobs. REC. # 7602260427, N88.48 56 W 1016.36 L=57.25 v<v '00•44 w 1,113.05' — — I I I I PLAT OF BARBEE MILL S 9� 63.31' p,� _ j� Q 149.74' L � R VOLNO4 , PGS, 25-39, �.;h� 32.504,E ' VAC N 44 ST / 1 / N2$ 45 ' GOV T LOT 1 r ? , 1s.10 LEGAL DESCRIPTION EXHIBIT `.,/` BUSH, ROED & HITCHINGS, INC. �r CENTURY PACIFIC, LLLP. LAND SURVEYORS & CIVIL ENGINEERS / r 2009 MINOR AVE. EAST (206) 323-4144 BRIM SEATTLE, Washington DATE: 11/11/16 CITY OF RENTON, WASHINGTON 98102-3513 JOB NO.:2009050.03 Page 16 e Hillis H CMP Clark Martin & LaWOff _eL I Peterson P.S. April 21, 2017 Vanessa Dolbee, Current Planning Manager Planning Division 1055 S. Grady Way Renton, WA 98057 Re: Quendall Hearin,g4118117 Dear Ms. Dolbee: RECEIVED APR. 2 6 2017 CITY OF RFNTOjj PLANNING DIVL&Ot4 Ann Gygi asked me to you send you the enclosed thumb drive of the Quendall hearing on April 18. 2017. Please feel free to call us if you have any questions. Ve truly yauts, t Karla A. Holmes Assistant to Ann M. Gygi AMG:kah E-Mail. ann.pgi@hcmp.com Direct Diak (206) 470-7638 Fax: (206) 623-7789 Enclosure w 999 Third Avenue, Suite 4600 f Seattle, WA 98104 1 206.623.1745 1 f:206.623.7789 I hcmp.com TIT M E RITAS 4W RRIA M-FLUAIoc Quendall Terminals Exhibit Binder #2 Vested Development Regulations (Selected) Table of Contents 1. Renton Comprehensive Plan: COR Designation 2. Renton Zoning Code COR Provisions, 4-2-020 (Purpose) 3. Renton Zoning Code Use Table, 4-2-060 4. Renton Zoning Code Use Table Conditions, 4-2-080 5. Renton Shoreline Master Program, 4-3-090 6. Renton Zoning Code Design Guidelines for Design District C, 4-3-100 7. Renton Street Standards, 4-6-060 8. Renton Binding Site Plan Provisions, 4-7-230 9. Renton Shoreline Substantial Development Permit, 4-9-190 10. Renton Site Development Plan Review (Master Plan), 4-9-200 QT Exhibit Binder 2 Table of Contents page 1 AID: 19958.002 4814-3151-1878v1 Amended 11/25/09 3) Front setback without frontage street or driveway between building and sidewalk; and 4) Common signage and lighting system. Policy LU-265. Identify and map activity nodes located along principal arterials that are the foundation of the Corridors, and guide the development or redevelopment of these nodes as activity areas for the larger corridors so that they enhance their function. Policy LU-266. Development within defined activity nodes should be subject to additional design guidelines as delineated in the development standards. Policy LU-267. Structures in Commercial Corridor areas that front sidewalks abutting the principal arterial or are located at activity nodes should be eligible for a height bonus and therefore may exceed the maximum allowable height in the district. Policy LU-268. Public amenity features (e.g. plazas, recreation areas) should be encouraged as part of new development or redevelopment. Policy LU-269. Public amenity features (e.g. parks, plazas, recreation areas) should be encouraged (i.e. through incentives or similar means) as part of every high -intensity office development. COMMERCIAL/OFFICE/RESIDENTIAL LAND USE DESIGNATION Purpose Statement: The Commercial/Office/Residential (COR) designation provides opportunities for large-scale office, commercial, retail, and multi -family projects developed through a master plan and site plan process incorporation significant site amenities and/or gateway features. COR sites are typically transitions from an industrial use to a more intensive land use. The sites offer redevelopment opportunities on Lake Washington and/or the Cedar River. Commercial/Office/Residential zoning implements the COR land use designation. Objective LU-CM Development at Commercial/Office/Residential designations should be cohesive, high quality, landmark developments that are integrated with natural amenities. The intention is to create a compact, urban development with high amenity values that creates a prominent identity. Policy LU-270. Designate Commercial/Office/Residential in locations meeting the following criteria: 1) There is the potential for redevelopment, or a sufficient amount of vacant land to encourage significant concentration of development; 2) The COR site could function as a gateway to the City; 3) COR sites should be located on major transit and transportation routes; and 4) The COR location has significant amenity value, such as water access, that can support landmark development. Ix-49 Amended 11/25/09 Policy LU-271. Consistent with the location criteria, Commercial/Office/Residential designations may be placed on property adjacent to, or abutting, residential, commercial, industrial designations or publicly owned properties. COR designations next to higher intensity zones such as industrial, or next to public uses, may provide a transition to less intense designations in the vicinity. Site design of COR should consider the long-term retention of adjacent or abutting industrial or public uses. Policy LU-272. Uses in Commercial/Office/Residential designations should include mixed -use complexes consisting of office, and/or residential uses, recreational and cultural facilities, hotel and convention center type development, tech nology.research and development facilities; and corporate headquarters. Policy LU-273. Commercial uses such as retail and services should support the primary uses of the site and be architecturally and functionally integrated into the development. Policy LU-274. Commercial development, excluding big -box, may be a primary use in a Commercial/Office/Residential designation, if: 1) It provides significant economic value to the City; 2) It is sited in conjunction with small-scale, multiple businesses in a "business district;" 3) It is designed with the scale and intensity envisioned for the COR; and 4) It is part of a proposed master plan development. Policy LU-275. Individual properties may have a single use if they can be developed at the scale and intensity envisioned for the COR designation, or if proposed as part of a phased development and multi -parcel proposal that includes a mix of uses. Policy LU-275. Sites that have significant limitations on redevelopment due to environmental, access, and/or land assembly constraints should be granted flexibility of use combinations and development_ standards through the master plan process. Policy LU-277. Adjacent properties within a designated COR should be combined for master planning purposes and public review regardless of ownership. Policy LU-278. Master plans should coordinate the mix and compatibility of uses, residential density, conceptual building, site and landscape design, identification of gateway features, signs, circulation, transit opportunities, and phasing regardless of ownership of individual parcels. Policy LU-279. Residential densities at COR designated sites should provide the flexibility to allow for high density residential development, that could support the potential onsite commercial uses and, at the same time, provide for the opportunity for mixed -use developments that can support the City's employment goals. The same area used for commercial and office development may also be used to calculate residential density. IX-50 Amended 11/25/09 Policy LU-280. Commercial/Office/Residential master plans should be guided by design criteria specific to the location, context, and scale of the designated COR. CDR Design Guidelines should fully integrate signage, building height, bulk, setbacks, landscaping, and parking considerations for the various components of each proposed project within the COR development. COMMERCIAL NEIGHBORHOOD LAND USE DESIGNATION Purpose Statement. The purpose of the Commercial Neighborhood designation is to provide small scale, low -intensity commercial areas located within neighborhoods primarily for the convenience of residents who live nearby. Uses should be those that provide goods and services. In addition, a limited amount of residential opportunities should be provided. Objective LU-DDD: Commercial Neighborhood designated areas are intended to reduce traffic volumes, permit small-scale business uses, such as commercial/retail, professional office, and services that serve the personal needs of the immediate population in surrounding neighborhoods. Policy LU-281. The Commercial Neighborhood designation should be implemented by Commercial Neighborhood zoning. Policy LU-282. Commercial Neighborhood designated areas should be located: 1) Within one -quarter mile of existing and planned residential areas; - 2) To the extent possible, outside of the trade areas of other small-scale commercial uses offering comparable goods and services; and 3) Contiguous to a street no smaller than those classified at the collector level. Policy LU-283. Commercial Neighborhood designated areas should not increase in scale or size to the point of changing the character of the nearby residential neighborhood. Policy LU-284. The small-scale uses of Commercial Neighborhood designated areas should not increase in intensity so that the character of the commercial area or that of the nearby residential area is changed. Policy LU-285. A mix of uses (e.g. convenience retail, consumer services, offices, residential) should be encouraged in small-scale commercial developments within Commercial Neighborhood designated areas. Policy LU-285. Commercial Neighborhood designated areas should consist primarily of retail and/or service uses. Policy LU-287. Products and services related to large-scale motorized machinery, vehicles, or equipment should not be allowed in Commercial Neighborhood designated areas. Nor should Ix-51 Amended 11/25/09 uses that result in emissions, noise, or other potential nuisance conditions be allowed in such areas. Policy LU-288. Residential uses should be located above the ground floor, limited to no more than four units per structure and should be secondary to retail and services uses. Policy LU-289. Commercial structures in Commercial Neighborhood designated areas should be compatible with nearby residential areas in height, front yard setbacks, lot coverage, building design, and use. ix-s2 Section 4-2-020 Page 1 of 5 4-2-020 PURPOSE AND INTENT OF ZONING DISTRICTS: A.GENERAL. Reviewing Official approval of projects in the zones is contingent upon the determination that the proposed developments are consistent with the purpose of the zone and the purpose and intent of the land use designations and guiding policies of the Comprehensive Plan. The Comprehensive Plan Land Use Element policies for each corresponding zone classification and all the Elements of the Comprehensive Plan shall be used together. with the purpose statements for each zone and map designation set forth in the following sections to guide interpretation and application of land use regulations within the zones and designations and any changes to the range of permitted uses within each zone through amendments to the code. B. RESOURCE CONSERVATION ZONE (RC): The Resource Conservation Zone (RC) is established to provide a very low-derisity residential zone that endeavors to provide some residential use of lands characterized by extensive critical areas or lands with agricultural uses. It is intended to implement the Low Density Residential Comprehensive Plan designation. This zone promotes uses that are compatible with the functions and values of designated critical areas and allows for continued production of food and agricultural products. No minimum density is required. The Resource Conservation Zone is also intended to provide separation between areas of more intense urban uses; encourage or preserve very low -density residential uses; reduce the intensity of uses in accordance with the extent of environmentally sensitive areas such as floodplains, wetlands and streams, aquifers, wildlife habitat, steep slopes, and other geologically hazardous areas; allow for small-scale farming to commence or continue; and provide viable uses within urban separators. C. RESIDENTIAL-1 DU/ACRE (R-1): The Residential-1 Dwelling Unit Per Net Acre Zone (R-1) is established to provide and protect suitable environments for residential development of lands characterized by pervasive criticsill areas where limited residential development will not compromise critical areas. It is intended to implement the Low Density Residential Comprehensive Plan designation. The zone provides for suburban estate single family and clustered single family residential dwellings,. at a maximum density of one dwelling unit per net acre, and allows for small scale farming associated with residential use. It is further ! intended to protect critical areas, provide separation between neighboring jurisdictions through designation of urban separators as adopted by the Countywide Policies, and prohibit the development of incompatible uses that may be detrimental to the residential or natural environment. No minimum density is required. D. RESIDENTIAL-4 DU/ACRE (R-4): The Residential-4 Dwelling Units Per Net Acre Zone (R-4) is established to promote urban single family residential neighborhoods serviceable by urban utilities and containing amenity open spaces. It is intended to implement the Residential Low Density Comprehensive Plan designation. The Residential-4 Dwelling Units Per Net Acre Zone (R-4) will allow a maximum density of four (4) dwelling units per net acre. The R-4 designation serves as a transition between rural designation zones, and higher density residential zones. It is intended as an intermediate lower density residential zone. Larger lot subdivisions are preferred; however, "small lot clusters" are allowed on sites where open space amenities are created. Resulting development is intended to be superior in design and siting than that which would normally otherwise occur. Small iot.clusters may also meet objectives such as the provision of efficient sewer �.- services. (Ord. 5355, 2-25-2008) E. RESIDENTIAL-8 DUTACRE (R-8): http://www.codepublishing.com/wa/rentoDfhtmURenton04lRentonO4O2lRentonO4O2O2O.ht.., 2/24/2011 Section 4-2-020 Page 2 of 5 The Residential-8 Dwelling Units Per Net Acre Zone (R-8) is established for single family residential dwellings allowing a range of four (4) to eight (8) dwelling units per net acre. it is intended to implement the Single Family Land Use Comprehensive Plan designation. Development in the R-8 Zone is intended to create opportunities for new single family residential neighborhoods and to facilitate high -quality infill development that promotes reinvestment in existing single family neighborhoods. It is intended to accommodate uses that are compatible with and support a high -quality residential environment and add to a sense of community. F. RESIDENTIAL MANUFACTURED HOME PARK ZONE (RMH): The Residential Manufactured Home Park Zone (RMH) is established to promote development that is single family in character and developed to offer a choice in land tenancy. Standards provide for safe and high -quality manufactured home neighborhoods. It is intended to implement the Low Density, Single Family and Medium Density Land Use Comprehensive Plan designation. The RMH Zone is intended to protect established manufactured home parks and to expand the variety of affordable housing types available within the City. (Ord. 5332, 12-10-2007) G. RESIDENTIAL-10 DUTACRE (R-10): The Residential-10 Dwelling Units Per Net Acre Zone (R-10) is established for medium -density residential development that will provide a mix of residential styles including small lot detached dwellings or attached dwellings such as townhouses and small-scale fiats. Development promoted in the zone is intended to increase opportunities for detached dwellings as a percent of the housing stock, as well as allow some small-scale attached housing choices and to create high -quality infill development that increases density while maintaining the single family character of the existing neighborhood. Allowable base densities range from four (4) to ten (10) dwelling units per net acre. The zone serves as a transition to higher density multi- family zones. (Ord. 5286, 5-14-2007; Ord. 5520, 12-14-2009) H. RESIDENTIAL-14 DU/ACRE (R-14): The purpose of the Residential-14 Dwelling Units Per Net Acre Zone (R-14) is to encourage development, and redevelopment, of residential neighborhoods that provide a mix of detached and attached dwelling structures organized and designed to combine characteristics of both typical single family and small-scale multi -family i developments. Densities range from ten (10) to fourteen (14) units per net acre with opportunities for bonuses up to eighteen (18) dwelling units per net acre. Structure size is intended to be limited in terms of bulk and scale so that the various unit types allowed in the zone are compatible with one another and can be integrated together into a quality neighborhood. Project features are encouraged, such as yards for private } use, common open spaces, and landscaped areas that enhance a neighborhood and foster a sense of community. Civic and limited commercial uses may be allowed when they support the purpose of the designation. (Ord. 5286, 5-14-2007; Ord. 5520, 12-14- 2009) I. RESIDENTIAL, MULTI -FAMILY (RM): 1. Purpose: The RM Zone provides suitable environments for multi -family dwellings. It is further intended to conditionally allow uses that are compatible with and support a multi -family environment. 2. Classifications: The density allowed under this zone will be identified by the suffix that is applied. This zone will normally be applied with one of three (3) suffixes: a. "F" (Multi -Family): The RM-F suffix allows for the development of both infill parcels in existing multi -family districts with compatible projects and other multi -family development. Density ranges from ten (10) to twenty (20) du/acre. b. "T" (Traditional): The RM-T suffix occurs in areas where compact, traditional residential neighborhood development already exists, or in Comprehensive Plan designations where traditional residential neighborhoods are planned in the future. Density ranges from fourteen (14) to thirty five (35) du/acre. - http://www.codepublishing.com/wa/renton/haTiURentonO4lRentonO4O2lRentonO4O2O2O.ht... 2/24/201 I Section 4-2-020 Page 3 of 5 c. "U" (Urban Center): The RM-U suffix provides for high -density, urban - scale, multi -family choices. Development standards promote a pedestrian -scale environment and amenities. Density ranges from twenty five (25) to seventy five (75) dulacre. (Amd. Ord. 4971, 6-10-2002; Ord. 5286, 5-14-2007) J. COMMERCIAL NEIGHBORHOOD ZONE (CN): The purpose of the Commercial Neighborhood Zone (CN) is to provide for small- scale convenience retail/commercial areas offering incidental retail and service needs for the adjacent area. Uses serving a larger area may be appropriate if they also serve the residents of the immediate area and are compatible with the scale and character of the neighborhood. This designation is the smallest and least intensive of the City's ' commercial zones. K. CENTER VILLAGE ZONE (CV): 1. Purpose: The purpose of the Center Village Zone (CV) is to provide an opportunity for concentrated mixed -use residential and commercial redevelopment designed to urban rather than suburban development standards that supports transit - oriented development and pedestrian activity. Use allowances promote commercial and retail development opportunities for residents to shop locally. Uses and standards allow complementary, high -density residential development, and discourage garden - style, multi -family development. 2. Scale and Character: The Center Village Zone (CV) is intended to provide suitable environments for district -scaled retail and commercial development serving more than one neighborhood, but not providing City-wide services. (Ord. 5286, 5-14- 2007) i L. COMMERCIAL ARTERIAL ZONE (CA): The purpose of the Commercial Arterial Zone (CA) is to evolve from "strip commercial" linear business districts to business areas characterized by enhanced site planning and pedestrian orientation, incorporating efficient parking lot design, coordinated access, amenities and boulevard treatment with greater densities. The CA Zone provides for a wide variety of retail sales, services, and other commercial activities along high -volume traffic corridors. Residential uses may be integrated into the zone through mixed -use buildings. The zone includes the designated Automall District. (Ord. 5191, 12-12-2005; Ord. 5355, 2-25-2008; Ord. 5437, 12-8-2008) M. CENTER DOWNTOWN (CD): The purpose of the Center Downtown Zone (CD) is to provide a mixed -use urban commercial center serving a regional market as well as high -density residential development. Uses include a wide variety of retail sales, services, multi -family residential dwellings, and recreation and entertainment uses. N. COMMERCIAL.OFFICE ZONE (CO): The Commercial Office Zone (CO) is established to provide areas appropriate for professional, administrative, and business offices and related uses, offering high - quality and amenity work environments. In addition, a mix of limited retail and service uses may be allowed to primarily support other uses within the zone, subject to special conditions. Limited light industrial activities, which can effectively blend in with an office environment, are allowed, as are medical institutions and related uses. (Ord. 5355, 2- 25-2008)_ _- O. CO MMERCIALIOFFICE/RESIDENTIAL ZONE (COR): The purpose of the Commercial/Office/Residential Zone (COR) is to provide for a mix of intensive office, hotel, convention center, and residential activity in a high - quality, master -planned development that is integrated with the natural environment. Commercial retail and service uses that are architecturally and functionally integrated are permitted. Also, commercial uses that provide high economic value may be allowed if designed with the scale and intensity envisioned for the COR Zone. The scale and location of these sites will typically denote a gateway into the City and should be designed accordingly. (Amd. Ord. 5001, 2-10-2003; Ord. 5369, 4-14-2008) P. LIGHT INDUSTRIAL ZONE (IL): http://www.codcpublishing.cozn/walrenton/ht nURentonO4lRentonO4O2fRentonO4O2O2O.ht... 2/24/2011 Section 4-2-020 Page 4 of 5 i The purpose of the Light Industrial Zone (IL) is to provide areas for low -intensity manufacturing, industrial services, distribution, storage, and technical schools. Uses allowed in this zone are generally contained within buildings. Material and/or equipment used in production are not stored outside. Activities in this zone do not generate external emissions such as smoke, odor, noise, vibrations, or other nuisances outside the building. Compatible uses that directly serve the needs of other uses in the zone are also allowed. Q. MEDIUM INDUSTRIAL ZONE (IM): The purpose of the Medium industrial Zone (IM) is to provide areas for medium - intensity industrial activities involving manufacturing, processing, assembly and warehousing. Uses in this zone may require some outdoor storage and may create some external emissions of noise; odor, glare, vibration, etc., but these are largely contained on -site. Compatible uses that directly serve the needs of other uses permitted within the district are also allowed. R. HEAVY INDUSTRIAL ZONE (IH): The purpose of the Heavy Industrial Zone (IH) is to provide areas for high -intensity industrial activities involving heavy fabrication, processing of raw materials, bulk handling and storage, construction, and heavy transportation. Uses in this zone may require large outdoor areas in which to conduct operations. Environmental impacts may be produced that affect off -site areas, requiring isolation of the industrial activity from more sensitive land uses. Compatible uses that directly serve the needs of other uses permitted within the district are also allowed. (Ord. 5355, 2-25-2008) S. URBAN CENTER — NORTH ZONES (UC-N1 AND UC-N2): 1. Purpose: The Urban Center — North Zones are established to provide an area for pedestrian -scale mixed -use development that supports the residential and employment goals of Renton's Urban Center— North. The UC-N1 and UC-N2 Zones ` are intended to attract a wide range of office, technology, commercial, and residential i uses. The overall mix and intensity of uses within both zones will develop over time. ' Consequently, decisions made in early phases of redevelopment will need to take into consideration the potential for further inf ll and intensification of uses. The overall mix and intensity of uses is intended to create an urban rather than suburban character. The form of development is expected to use urban development standards and therefore, setbacks, heights, landscaping, parking, and design standards are to be urban in scale and configured in a layout utilizing the street system to create a human - scale, pedestrian -oriented new center. Uses that support urban center development are allowed. Development is expected to include amenities such as gateways, water access, and open space. High -quality development is anticipated, encompassing a mix of residential neighborhoods, shopping, and employment districts and public facilities. The designation is also intended to allow continuation of airplane manufacturing and accessory airplane manufacturing uses, as land area formerly occupied by those uses is transformed to combinations of retail, service, office, residential, and civic uses. 2. Classifications: The Urban Center North is divided into two zones: a. Urban Center-- North 1 (UC-N1): This zone is anticipated to be the first to redevelop from airplane manufacturing and its accessory uses. The district is intended to attract new retail, office, and technology -related uses that co -exist with continued airplane manufacturing in the short run, but provide a standard of development that stimulates further investment and transition of uses in the longer term. Large-scale retail uses are allowed as anchors, which, when combined with smaller pedestrian - oriented development, create a quality regional retail area. Residential uses are allowed in a mixed -use format to support the office/commercial mixed -use center. The UC-N1 Zone establishes a gateway to the overall UC-N designation and provides transition to industrial uses located to the east and low -intensity residential and commercial areas to the south. b. Urban Center — North 2 (UC-N2): This zone allows continued airplane manufacturing and its accessory functions. Upon redevelopment, the UC-N2 zone is http://www.codepublishing.comlwalrenton/htmURentonO4/RentonO4O2lReiatonO4O2O2O.ht... 2/24/2011 Section 4-2-020 Page 5 of 5 anticipated to become the core of the Urban Center — North. New development in the zone is anticipated to create distinctive urban neighborhoods, mixed use employment centers, and significant public open space and amenities. The UC-N2 Zone is distinguished by redevelopment that will be sensitive to and take advantage of proximity to the urban shorelines along Lake Washington and the Cedar River. (Ord. 3722, 4-25-1983; Ord. 4404, 6-7-1993; Ord. 4473, 9-12-1994; Ord. 4502, 3-13 -1995; Ord. 4523, 6-5-1995; Ord. 4537, 6-19-1995; Ord. 4614, 6-17-1996; Ord. 4631, 9-9-1996; Ord. 4649, 1-6-1997; Ord. 4773, 3-22-1999; Ord. 4802, 10-25-1999; Amd. Ord. 4963, 5-13-2002; Ord. 5027, 11-24-2003; Ord. 5100, 11-1-2004; Ord. 5450, 3-2- 2009) This page of the Renton Municipal Code is current City Website: http://rentonwa.gov/ through Ordinance 5556, passed October 11, 2010. (http://rentonwa.gov/) Disclaimer: The City Clerk's Office has the official version of the City Telephone: (425) 430-6502 Renton Municipal Code. Users should contact the City Clerk's Code Publishing Company Office for ordinances passed subsequent to the ordinance cited (http://www.codepublishing.com/) a bove. http://www.codepublishing. tonalwalrentonlhtmllRenton04/Renton04021R.enton0402020.ht... 2/24/2011 Section 4-2-060 Page 1 of 6 11'_N 4-2-060 ZONING USE TABLE - USES ALLOWED IN ZONING DESIGNATIONS: ZONING USE TABLE RESIDENTIAL ZONING DESIGNATIONS INDUSTRIAL COMMERCIAL ZONING DESIGNATIONS USES: RC R-1 R-4 R-8 :R:M]HR-10 R-14 RM IL IM IH CN CV CA CD CO CDR IC- UC-N2 A. AGRICULTURE AND NATURAL RESOURCES Agriculture 1P 1P Natural resource extraction/recovery H W H H II H H H H H59 H H H H H H H B. ANIMALS AND RELATED USES Beekeeping P35 IP35 P35 P35 Kennels AD371 P37 P37 P37 Stables, commercial AD37 AD37 (Amd. Ord. 5305, 9-17-2007; Ord, 5356, 2-25-2008) C. RESIDENTIAL Detaghed dwelling P IP IP P I IP P P19 I I I IP19 I I P19 Attached dwellings I IP19 IP19 IP19 I I P73 I P73 I P I I I IP18 IP73 jP1B IP16 I IP I P74 I P87 Manufactured Homes Manufactured homes P19 Manufactured homes, designated P19 P19 P19 P19 P19 P19 P19 Mobile homes I I P19 (Amd. Ord. 5018, 9-22-2003; Ord. 5191, 12-12-2005; Ord. 5520, 12.14-2009) D. OTHER RESIDENTIAL, LODGING AND HOME OCCUPATIONS Accessory dwelling unit AD7 AD7 AD7 AD7 AD7 AD7 AduItfamily home P IP P P P P P P P P3 Assisted living JAD AD P P P P3 P39 P P75 P88 Caretakers residence AC AC AC AC AG AC AC AC Congregate residence AD P P3 Group homes I AD H3 Group homes II for 6 or less AD P P P P P P P P P3 P Group homes II for 7 or more H H H H H H H P H H3 AD Home occupations AG6 AG6 AG6 AC6 AC6 AC6 A06 AC6 AC6 AC6 AC6 AC6 AG6 AG AC Live -work unit AD I AQ I AD (Amd. Ord. 5355, 2-25-2008; Ord. 5387, 6-9-2008; Ord. 5469, 7-13-2009; Ord. 5473, 7-13-2009; Ord. 5519, 12-14-2009) I-SCHOOLS K-12 educational institution (public or private) H9 119 119 �H9 H9 H9 H9 H9 H H H H9 IH9 H9 H9 H9 H76 1`169 K-12 educational institution (public or private), existing P9 P9 P9 �Pq P9 P9 P9 P9 P9 P9 P9 P9 P9 P9 P9 P9 Other higher education institution P38 P38 P38 P P P P21 P H88 Schools/studios, arts and crafts P P38 P38 P P P P Trade or vocational school P P H H H77 F.PARKS Parks, neighborhood P P P P IP P P P P P P P P IP P P P P IP Parks, regionallcommunity, existing P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P Parks, re ionallcommunity, new :AD: AD AD AD AD AD AD AD AD AD AD AD AD AD AD AD AD P P G. OTHER COMMUNITY AND PUBLIC FACILITIES Community Facllttles Cemetery H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H Religious institutions H H H H 114 IH H H IH H H H JH H H H H H H90 Service and social organizations H H H W H W H H H H H H H W H12 H21 H78 H90' http://www.codepublishing.comlwalrentonlhtmIlRentonO4lRentonO4O2lRentonO4O2O6O.htrW 2/25/2011 Section 4-2-060 Page 2 of 6 I,/ Public Facilities City government offices AD AD AB JAD AD AD AD AD AD AD JAD AD AD AD IP AO AD AD90 City government facilities H H H H M H H H H H H H H H H H H H H90 Jails, existing municipal P Secure community transition facilities H71 H71 Other government offices and facilities H H H H H H H H H H I H H H H N H H H H90 H. OFFICE AND CONFERENCE Conference centers P38 P38 IP38 H P38 P 1P P21 P P91 Medical and dental offices P42 P38 P38 P38 AD17 P112 P P P P P P92 Offices, general P42 P13 P13 P13 A017 P112 P P P P P P93 Veterinary offices/clinics P P42 P38 P38 P38 P112 P P P38 P P711 /�����• JJJ4, V'L�T'LVVOj I_ RETAIL Adult retail use P43 P43 P43 P43 P43 P43 P43 Big box retail P72 P72 P72 P72 P79 Drive-In/drive-through, retail AC AC AC AC AC28 AC AC28 AC78 AC80 Eating and drinking establishments P1 P1 Pi P1 P1 P1 AD33 P42 P P P P22 P P P P12 P27 P81 P94 Fast food restaurants P38 P112 P Pl 131 P81 Horticultural nurseries, existing AD AD AD AD AD AD AD AD AD AD AD AD AD AD AD AD AD Horticultural nurseries, new AD AD38 Retail sales A033 AD P34 P34 P34 P60 P P68 P P54 P21 P82 P95 Retail sales, outdoor P30 P30 P30 P15 P15 P15 P15 Taverns AD P20 AD P21 P82 P99 Vehicle sales, large P P P P41 Vehicle sales, small P P P P68 SrunJ. �. ', kiuuo, viu. a'Z"' L-r-4uuv; Vru. asyZ, v-13-2uuU; Ura. cif, t2.8.20US; Ord. 5519. 12-14-2009) J. ENTERTAINMENT AND RECREATION Entertainment Adult entertainment P43 P43 P43 P43 P43 P43 business Card room I P52 P52 P52 P52 Cultural facilities H H H H 1H H H H AD A❑ AD AD AD AD AD AD AD AD AD90 Dance clubs P38 P38 P38 Ail P20 AD P38 AD Dance halls P38 P38 P38 AD P20 AD P38 AD Gaming/gambling H38 H29 H38 H2O H38 facilities, not -for -profit Movie theaters P38 P38 P38 AD P20 P P12 P83 P94 Sports arenas, P38 P38 P38 P20 P i H84 H96 auditoriums, exhibition halls, indoor Sports arenas, P P38 P38 AD 2Q }{84 H96 auditoriums, exhibition halts, outdoor IJ. ENTERTAINMENT AND RECREATION fnnntlnuaril Marinas P I IP21 H97 Recreational faciiities, H P33 P38 P38 P38 P P P P65 P21 P78 P94 indoor, existing Recreational facilities, H H33 P38 P114 P P P94 P115 P21 P78 P94 indoor, new Recreational facllities, P33 P32 P32 P32 H2O H38 outdoor - - V. JYJ�, i c-o-cuVp, vru. �vo, r- i.7-GVUtl; l7ra. JD15, 12.14-ZUU9} K. SERVICES ueneral w C http://www,codepublfishing.com/wa/renton/htinllRentonO4lRentonO4O2lRenton O4O2O6O.html 2/25/2011 Section 4-2-060 Page 3 of 6 Bed and breakfast house, accessory AD AD AD AD I AD AD AD I I AD P Bed and breakfast house, professional AD AD AD5 AO P Hotel P38 P38 P38 P P20 P IP38 IP P P98 Motel P38 P38 P38 P P20 Off -site services P42 P38 P38 P38 P38 On -site services AD33 P42 P38 P38 P38 P63 P P69 P P54 P21 P78 P99 Drive-inldrive-through service AC62 AC62 AC62 AC AC28 AC AC70 AC61 AC61 AC78 AC80 Vehicle rental, small P P P AD P20 Vehicle and equipment rental, large n8 P29 P29 Day Care Services Adult day care i AC AC AC AC AC AC AC AC P55 P55 P55 P22 P P22 P P P P78 P100 Adult day care 11 H H H33 H AD AD AD P22 P P22 P P12 P21 P78 P100 Day care centers H25 H2525 kH tA H33 H25 P54 P54 P54 P22 P P22 P P P21 P7Famil da care AC AC AC ACC AC AC AC AC AC AC AC AC AC3 AC AC AC AC Healthcare Services Convalescent centers H H I H I I P JAD JP3 IP39 AD JAD851AD101 Medical institutions H JH JH IH H IH I H IH56 1-156 JH56 H H H H 1 P40 I H I H IH93 (Amd. Ord. 5519, 12-14-2009) L. VEHICLE RELATED ACTIVITIES Body shops P31 P31 P31 AD31 Car washes P P P AD2 P22 Express transportation services AD P AD20 Fuel dealers H59 P Industrial engine or transmission rebuild P31 P31 P31 Parking garage, structured, commercial or public P P P P P20 P3 P P P IP102 Parking, surface, commercial or public P38 P38 P38 P20 P3 AD Park and ride, dedicated P105 P105 Pi 05 P106 P105 P107 P105 P107 Park and ride, shared- use P108 P108 P108 P108 P106 Pi08 P P P P106 P109 P107 P P107 Railroad yards P Taxi stand P AD AD Tow truck operation/auto impoundment yard P36 H59 P Tow truck operations AD51 Transit centers IJH38 H38 H38 P H2O P 1-138 P P103 Truck terminals 1P Vehicle fueling stations P P 1P P IP P38 Vehicle fueling stations, existing legal P P P AD110 P P P38 Vehicle service and repair, large AD P P Vehicle service and repair, small P P- P AD2 AD2 q =F- Wrecking yard, auto H59 H I I Air Transportation Uses Airplane manufacturing H59 P Airplane manufacturing, accessory functions AC AC Airplane sales and repair P Airport, municipal P L. VEHICLE RELATED ACTIVITIES( ontinued) Airport -related uses AC Avlation-related uses AC Helipads P111 H H38 H38 H H H97 Helipads, commercial I I I H H97 http://www.codepublishing.con/walrentonlhtmilRentonO4lRentonO4O2fRentonO4O2O6O.htmi 2/25/2011 Section 4-2-060 Page 4 of 6 Amd. Ord. 5403, 7-21-2008; Ord. 5407, 9-15.2006; Ord. 5519, 12-14-2009; Ord. 5522, 12-14-2009) M.STORAGE Hazardous material H24 H24 H24 storage, on -site or off - site, including treatment Indoor storage P P P AC11 ACti AC11 AC11 AC11 AC11 Outdoor storage, P57 P57 P57 P64 existing Outdoor storage, new I P57 I P57 IP64 Self-service storage P8 P58 P59 P H26 IH26 Vehicle storage JAD38 Warehousing P P P (Amd, Ord. 5450, 3-2-20C N. INDUSTRIAL Industrial, General Assembly and/or P P P P86 P104 packaging operations Commercial laundries, P38 P38 P38 P4 existing Commercial laundries, P38 P38 P38 new Construction/contractor's P14 P P Office Laboratories: light P38 P38 P38 AD P20 P3 AD54 P P104 manufacturing Laboratories: research, P31 P P H P20 AD3 AD H P P104 development and testing Manufacturing and H59 P67 P23 fabrication, heavy Manufacturing and P67 P67 P23 fabrication, medium Manufacturing and P P P P fabrication, light N. INDUSTRIAL (Continued) Solid Waste/Recycling Recycling collection and P14 P38 P38 P36 processing center Recycling collection P P P P P P P P P station Blank=Not Allowed P#=Permitted AD: Adminisirative Conditional Use AC--AccessoryUse P=Permitted Use provided condition can be met H=Hearing Examiner Conditional Use #=Condition(s) Uses may he further restricted by: RMC 4-3-020, Airport Related Height and Use Restrictions; RMC 4-3-040C, Uses Permitted in the Automall Improvement District; RMC 4-3-050, Critical Areas Regulations; RMC 4-3-090, Shoreline Master Program Regulations ZONING USE TABLE RESIDENTIAL ZONING DESIGNATIONS INDUSTRIAL COMMERCIAL ZONING DESIGNATIONS USES: RC R-1 R-4 R e RMH R-10 R-14 RM IL [M IH CN CV CA CD CO COR UG UC N1 N2 N. INDUSTRIAL (Continued) Sewage disposal H59 H and treatment plants Waste recycling H59 P and transfer facilities O. UTILITIES Communication H H H H H H H 11 H29 H36 H H H H H broadcast and �H311 JH relay towers Electrical power H H66 H66 H66 H66 H66 H66 H66 H66 H66 generation and cogeneration Utilities, small P P P P P P P P P P P P IP P IP P P P P I r- C, http ://www. codepub lishing. comlwalrentonlhtmIlRento nO4lRent onO4O2lRen tonO4O2O6O. html 2/25/2011 Section 4-2-060 Page 5 of Utilities, medium AD AD JAD A❑ AD JAD JAD AD JAD AD Ap AD JAD JAD AI) AD AD AD AD Utilities, large IH IH H JH JH JH JH I H IH IH I H JH IH IH IH JH JH H H P. WIRELESS COMMUNICATION FACILITIES Lattice towers H48 AD47 AD47 AD47 H48 H48 AD47 H48 AD47 H48 support structures Macro facility AD46 AD46 AD46 AD46 AD46 AD46 AD48 P44 P44 P44 P44 P44 P44 P44 P44 P44 P44 H H antennas Micro facility P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P antennas Mini facility P44 P44 P44 P44 P44 P44 P44 P44 P44 P44 P44 P44 P44 P44 P44 P44 P44 AD AD antennas Minor P49 P49 P49 P49 P49 P49 P49 P49 P49 P49 P49 P49 P49 P49 P49 P49 P49 P P modifications to existing wireless communication facilities Monopole I AD45 A045 AD45 AD45 A045 AD45 AD45 AD46 P44 P44 P44 AD46 P44 P44 AD46 P44 AD46 support structures on private property Monopole I AD45 AD45 AD45 AD45 A1)45 AD45 AD45 AD45 P44 P44 P44 P46 P44 P44 AD46 P44 AD46 support structures on public right-of- way Monopolell H48 AD47 AD47 A047 H48 H48 AD47 H48 A047 H48 support structures Parabolic AD45 AD45 AD45 AD45 AD45 AD45 AD45 H46 P44 P44 P44 AD46 P44 P44 AD46 P44 AQ46 antennas— Large Q. GENERAL ACCESSORY USES Accessory uses AC AC AC AC AC AC AC AC AC AC AC AC AC AC AC AC AC AC AC per RMC 4-2-050 and as defined in chapter 4-1 1 RMC, where not otherwise listed in Use Table R. TEMPORARY USES Model homes in P53 P10 P53 P53 P53 P53 P53 P53 P53 P53 P53 P53 an approved residential development: one model home on an existing lot Sales/marketing P53 P53 P53 P53 P53 P53 P53 P53 P53 P53 P53 P53 P53 P53 P53 P53 P53 P10 P10 trailers, on -site Temporary or P10 P10 P10 P10 P10 P10 P10 P10 P10 P10 P10 P10 P10 P10 P10 P10 P10 P10 P10 manufactured buildings used for construction Temporary uses P53 P53 P53 P53 P53 P53 P53 P53 P53 P53 P53 P53 P53 P53 P53 P53 P53 P53 P53 leof P#=Permittod AD=Admstrative Conditional Use AC=Accessory Use iniprovided Ad Allowed condition can be met P=Permitted Use H=Hearing Examiner Conditional Use #=Conditian(s) Uses may be further restricted by: RMC 4-3-020, Airport Related Height and Use Restrictions; RMC 4-3-04DC, Uses Permitted in the Automall Improvement District; RMC 4-3-050, Critical Areas Regulations; RMC 4-3-090, Shoreline Master Program Regulations (Ord. 4736, 8-24-1998; Ord. 4773, 3-22-1999; Ord. 4777, 4-19-1999; Ord. 4786, 7-12-1999; Ord. 4802, 10-25-1999; Ord. 4803, 10-25-1999; Ord. 4827, 1-24-2000; Ord. 4840, 5-8-2000; Ord. 4857, 8-21-2000; Ord. 4915, 8-27-2001; Ord. 4917, 9-17-2001; Amd. Ord. 4963, 5-13-2002; Ord. 4971, 6.10-2002; Ord. 4982, 9-23-2002; Ord, 4999, 1-13-2003; Ord. 5027, 11-24-2003; Ord. 5080, 6-14-2004; Ord. 5100, 11-1-2004; Ord. 5190, 12-12-2005; Ord. 5191, 12-12-2005; Ord. 5201, 4-17-2006; Ord. 5241, 11-27-2006; Ord. 5286, 5-14-2007; Ord. 5361, 5-12-2008) http://www.codepub lishing.com/w a/rentonlhtnAlRentonO4lRentonO4O2lRentonO4O2O6O.html 2/25/2011 Section 4-2-080 Page 1 of 15 4-2-080 CONDITIONS ASSOCIATED WITH ZONING USE TABLES: A. SUBJECT TO THE FOLLOWING CONDITIONS: 1. Limited to locations within an existing or new golf course or regional park. 2. In addition to the criteria of RMC 4-9-030, Conditional Use Perfnits, the use must be sited in conjunction with a gas station. Size restrictions apply per use in RMC 4-2-120A. In the CN Zone, the use is limited to operations enclosed within a building, and sited in conjunction with an existing gas station. 3. These uses shall not be located on the ground floor along street frontage in the "Downtown Pedestrian District." See Downtown Pedestrian District Map in RMC 4-2- 080D. 4. Existing commercial laundry uses may be continued and may be re-established for purposes of rebuilding upon unintentional destruction of property. Existing commercial laundry uses may not expand beyond their'existing building footprint plus abutting easements, loading, or parking areas. Renovations or alterations within the existing building footprint are permitted. Existing commercial laundry uses may add to the height of buildings provided that the height of the building not exceed forty two feet (42'), and that additional height be used for accessory office to support the commercial laundry uses. Existing offsite warehousing uses accessory to existing commercial laundry uses may be continued but may not be expanded beyond their existing building footprint. E 5. Professional bed and breakfast houses are only allowed in the RM-U Zone. 6. Subject to the requirements of RMC 4-9-090, Home Occupations, with the written approval of the property owner, if tenant occupied. 7. Accessory dwelling units (ADUs) are allowed as an accessory use to a detached single-family dwelling. ADUs shall be subject to the development standards applicable to primary structures and consistent with the architectural character of the primary structure. The property owner shall file an affidavit affirming that the owner will occupy the principal dwelling or the ADU. Additionally, prior to the issuance of building permits the owner shall record a notice on the property title. The notice shall bear the notarized signature of all property owners listed on the property title and include: the legal description of the property, a copy of the approved site/floor plan, and the applicability of the restrictions and limitations regarding ADUs in RMC Title IV. No more than fifty (50) total ADUs may be permitted per calendar year. 8. Allowed only in the Residential Multi -Family suffix. Twenty-four (24) hour on -site i management required. The manager's unit is not subject to minimum density requirements. No estate, garage or other sales from any leasable spaces. No outdoor storage, including vehicle or trailer storage lots. Self-service storage uses in this zone are subject to the following special development standards: Side and rear setbacks subject to the Commercial Arterial Zone standards of RMC 4-2-120A, Development Standards for Commercial Zoning Designations, in lieu of the RM-F development standards. 9. Development consistent with an approved "Master Plan„ is considered to be a permitted use. Other activities which are outright permitted include the addition of up to four (4) new portables, or changes in facilities not exceeding ten percent (10%). of gross floor area. Other proposed activities require a Hearing Examiner conditional use permit. 10. Permitted when approved by the Development Services Division and associated with an active building or construction permit, for a period not to exceed the duration of construction. See RMC 4-9-240. 11. Limited to storage of products in conjunction with retail, service, or office uses. < Shall not be located along the building street frontage or in areas visible to the public. http://www. codepublishing. coin/walrenton/htmilRenton04lRenton0402lRenton040208 0.ht... 2/24/2011 Section 4-2-080 Page 2 of 15 12. Shall be developed as part of larger office structures. Shall not stand alone and shall not occupy more than twenty five percent (25%) per building whose primary use is office. 13. a. Administrative Headquarters Office: These offices shall be associated with a permitted industrial use listed in RMC 4-2-0601. The office uses may be developed in conjunction with, or subsequent to, the industrial use. b. General Offices: Excluding administrative headquarters offices, which are I permitted consistent with subsection (13)(a) of this Section, general offices are only allowed in the Employment Area Valley (EAV) land use designation; provided that general offices that are accessory to a primary use are permitted outside the EAV. See EAV Map in RMC 4-2-080B. 14. Except that when operations are predominantly conducted out-of-doors rather than completely enclosed within an enclosed structure, an administrative conditional use permit is required. 15. Use is limited to building, hardware, and garden. Except in the CD Zone, size restrictions apply per RMC 4•-2-120B and farmers markets are permitted. 16. Residential uses shall not be located along the street frontage on the ground floor in the "Downtown Pedestrian District." 17. a. General Office and Medical/Dental Offices: Size restrictions apply per RMC 4-2-120A. Additionally, the use may only be permitted via administrative conditional use permit subject to the following criteria in addition to conditional use criteria: (i) activities with a limited need for walk-in clientele and (ii) activities for which a reduction in parking standards to one space per five hundred (500) square feet of gross floor space could be justified. b. Administrative Headquarters Office: New administrative headquarters offices are not permitted. For existing, legal administrative headquarters offices greater than three thousand (3,000) square feet in size, and in existence prior to January 1, 1999, the following expansions may be allowed: (i) parking expansion may be allowed; (ii) a one-time expansion of building square footage, not exceeding three thousand five hundred (3,500) square feet, may be permitted subject to site development plan review. This provision allowing expansion of building square footage shall expire on December 1, 2006, consistent with any approved development agreements or covenants. l 18. a. General Requirements: Only permitted within a structure containing commercial uses on the ground floor. Commercial space must be reserved on the ground floor at a minimum of thirty feet (30') in depth along any street frontage. Residential uses shall not be located on the ground floor, except for a residential entry feature linking the residential portion of the development to the street. b. Employment Area Valley: Residential uses are not permitted in the Employment Area Valley (EAV) land use designation. See EAV Map in RMC 4-2-080B. 19. No new development of this use is allowed. However, existing uses of this type are permitted as an existing legal use per RMC 4-2-05008. 20. Not permitted within the Commercial Arterial (CA) Zone within the Northeast Sunset, Northeast Fourth (4th), and South Puget Commercial Corridor Comprehensive Plan designations. i 21. a. General Requirements: Allowed only in conjunction with offices, residences, hotels, and convention centers, or research and development facilities. ' b. Integration of Uses: The use shall be architecturally and functionally integrated into the development. Except for marinas, the use must be housed in a structure containing one or more of the uses listed in subsection (21)(a) of this Section. The requirements in subsection (21)(b) of this Section may be adjusted through the Master Plan process. 22. Size restrictions apply per use in RMC 4-2-120A. 23. Limited to existing uses. Only those modifications or expansions which do not increase production levels are permitted in the COR Zone. Major modifications, http://www.codepublishing. com/walrenton/hhnURenton04lRenton0402lRenton0402080.ht... 2/24/2011 Section 4-2-080 Page 3 of 15 �� production increases, or expansions of existing use require a Hearing Examiner conditional use permit in the COR Zone. 24. Use requires a Hearing Examiner conditional use permit, unless accessory in which case it is outright permitted. Use is not permissible in the area south of 1-405 and north of SW 16th Street, unless accessory, in which case it is outright permitted. Explosives and natural gas storage are not permissible in the IL Zone. 25. A preschool or day care center, when accessory to a public or community facility listed in RMC 4-2-060G, is considered a permitted use. 26. Size restrictions apply per use in RMC 4-2-120A. Must be part of a mixed use development. 27. Shall be architecturally and functionally integrated into the overall development. Freestanding establishments may be permitted only if they are five thousand (5,000) square feet or larger per establishment. These requirements may be adjusted through the Master Plan review process. 28. Accessory drive -through service is permitted only in association with multi- story buildings. The accessory drive -through service shall be located to the side anchor rear of the building, and integrated into the exterior wall. Drive -through lanes shall not be located between the street and the main pedestrian access to the buildings. These requirements may be adjusted through the Site Plan review process. 29. Only allowed in the Employment Area Valley (EAV) land use designation. See EAV Map in RMC 4-2-080B. Provided that the use is excluded within the area south of 1-405 and north of SW 16th Street. 30. a. Uses are limited to: Sales of mobile or manufactured homes, building/hardware/garden materials, lumberyards, and monuments/tombstones/gravestones. b. Location Restrictions: i. Building/hardwate/garden sales and monuments/tombstones/gravestones sales are only allowed in the Employment Area Valley (EAV) land use designation. However, they are excluded from the area south of 1-405 and north of SW 16th Street. See EAV Map in RMC 4-2-08013. ii. Lumberyards are only allowed in the IM and IH Zones. However, they are excluded from the area south of 1-405.and north of SW 16th Street. 31. Operations must be conducted entirely within an enclosed structure. 32. Outdoor recreation facilities are permitted only in the Employment Area Valley (EAV) land use designation. (See EAV map in RMC 4-2-080B.) However, amusement parks require a Hearing Examiner conditional use permit. 33. Project'size limitations of RMC 4-2-110F apply. A preschool or day care center, when accessory to public or community facilities listed in RMC 4-2-060G, is considered a permitted use and not a conditional use. Additional Restrictions within the CV Land Use Designation: Retail uses, eating/drinking establishments, and on -site service uses are prohibited in R-14 areas within the Center Village land use designation unless they are accessory to a school, park, or entertainment and recreational use as allowed in RMC 4-2-060E, F and J. 34. a. Accessory retail uses are permitted where ordinarily incidental to the permitted principal use. b. Principal retail sales uses are only permitted in the Employment Area Valley (EAV) land use designation. See EAV Map in RMC 4-2-080B. 35. Provided hives are established on lots a minimum of one acre in size. Setbacks and other limitations apply per RMC 4-4-010, Standards and Review Criteria for Keeping Animals. 36. Vehicles that have been towed must be kept in a building. When not in use, towing trucks must be kept in a building. Tow trucks are limited to Class A, B, and/or E. 37. a. General Requirements: Subject to requirements of RMC 4-4-010, Standards for Animal Keeping Accessory to Residential/Commercial Uses. Additional animals require an Additional Animals Permit per RMC 4-9-100. http://www.codepublishing.com/wa/renton/htmllRentonO4lRentonO4O2lRentonO4O2O8O.ht... 2/24/2011 Section 4-2-080 Page 4 of 15 b. IL Zone — Kennels: In the IL Zone, when operations are predominantly conducted out of doors rather than completely enclosed within an enclosed structure, t an administrative conditional use permit is required. c. IM Zone -- Kennels: Within the area south of 1-405 and north of SW 16th Street only indoor kennels are permitted. 38. Only allowed in the Employment Area Valley (EAV) land use designation. See EAV Map in RMC 4-2-080B. 39. Requirements for uses not associated with a medical institution: Use must be located within the Commercial Corridor Comprehensive Plan land use designation bordered by S. 37th St., Talbot Rd., Carr Rd., 89th Ave. SE, and the Valley Freeway. 40. Permitted when located within the Commercial Corridor (CC) Comprehensive 3 Plan land use designation. 41. Limited to the area south of 1-405 and west of SR-167/Rainier Avenue S. 42. Permitted only on the ground floor level as part of a residential project on RM- U zoned properties fronting on South 7th Street. (Amd. Ord. 4971, 6-10-2002) 43. Subject to the provisions of RMC 4-3-010, Adult Retail and Entertainment Regulations, and chapter 5-12 RMC, Adult Entertainment Standards. In the CO zone, uses shall be developed as part of larger office structures, shall not stand alone, and shall not occupy more than twenty five percent (25%) per building whose primary use is office. 44. Permitted; provided, that the facility has a minimum setback of one hundred feet (100') from any adjacent residentially zoned parcel; if the setback is less than 100' an administrative conditional use permit is required pursuant to RMC 4-9-030J decision criteria. 45. For Monopoles Proposed on Private Property: May be allowed via an administrative conditional use permit pursuant to RMC 4-9-030J decision criteria; provided, that the site is over one-half acre in size and the facility has minimum setbacks of one hundred feet (100') from any adjacent residentially zoned parcel; if the setback is less than one hundred feet (100') a Hearing Examiner conditional use permit is required. For Monopoles Proposed on Public Right -of -Way: May be allowed via an administrative conditional use permit pursuant to RMC 4-9-030J decision criteria, and ' right-of-way use permit, provided, the facility is located on a principal, minor, or collector arterial and has minimum setbacks of one hundred feet (100') from any adjacent residentially zoned parcel; if the setback is less than one hundred feet (100') a Hearing Examiner conditional use permit is required. 46. Eligible for an administrative conditional use permit pursuant to RMC 4-9-030J decision criteria; provided, that the facility has a minimum setback of one hundred feet i (100') from any adjacent residentially zoned parcel; if the setback is less than one hundred feet (100') a Hearing Examiner conditional use permit is required. 47. May be allowed by an administrative conditional use permit pursuant to RMC 4 -9-030J decision criteria, if the monopole If facility is to be constructed on property where wireless communication support structures presently operate, and the new monopole II facility will not exceed the height of the existing support structures. Prohibited if located within three hundred feet (300') of an RC, R-1, R-4, R-8, R-10, or R-14 zone unless the Reviewing Official determines that all residentially zoned property within three hundred feet (300') of the proposed facility is undevelopable due to critical areas regulations (RMC 4-3-050 ; then the administrative conditional use process shall apply. 48. A Hearing Examiner conditional use permit pursuant to RMC 4-9-030J decision criteria is required. This use is prohibited if located within three hundred feet (300') of an RC, R-1, R-4, R-8, R-10, or R-14 zone, unless the Reviewing Official determines that all residentially zoned property within three hundred feet (300') of the proposed facility is undevelopable due to critical areas regulations (RMC 4-3-050), in which case http://www.codepublishing.com/walrenton/htmIlRenton04lRenton0402lRenton040208O.ht... 2/24/2011 Section 4-2-080 Page 5of15 the new wireless support structure can be reviewed as a Hearing Examiner conditional use permit. 49. Emergency or routine modifications are permitted when there is minimal or no change in the visual appearance, as determined by the Reviewing Official. 50. Reserved. 51. Tow truck operations must be a shared use with either an auto body shop and/or a vehicle service and repair business. When not in use, towing trucks must be kept in a building. Tow trucks are limited to Class A, B, and/or E. 52. Permitted when ancillary to a permitted use where food and beverages are served on the premises and located in an area with an Employment Area Valley (EAV) land use designation as shown on the City's Comprehensive Plan Land Use Map, and located south of 1-405. In the case of the IM Zone, the location is further limited to IM- zoned areas south of SW 16th Street. Should any court of competent jurisdiction find that the City zoning for card rooms is unconstitutional or illegal, then the -City elects to permit the existing card rooms to continue operation as nonconforming legal uses and otherwise bans card rooms. 53. Provided a temporary use permit is obtained consistent with the provisions of RMC 4-9-240, Temporary Use Permits. 54. Allowed outright in the Employment Area Valley (EAV) land use designation. (See EAV Map in RMC 4-2-080B.) Outside the EAV, the use shall be developed as part of larger office structures. Such uses shall not stand alone and shall not occupy more than twenty five percent (25%) per building whose primary use is office. 55. a. Adult day care I on a property with a nonresidential facility is only allowed outright in the Employment Area Valley (EAV). See EAV Map in RMC 4-2-080B. ' Outside of the EAV, an administrative conditional use permit is required. b. Adult day care I on a property containing a residential use requires an administrative conditional use permit in any location. ' 56. Except not permissible within the Employment Area Valley (EAV). (See EAV Map in RMC 4-2-080B.) 57. Only allowed in the Employment Area Valley (EAV) land use designation, unless the use is accessory in which case it is allowed outside the EAV. See EAV Map in RMC 4-2-080B. 58. Only allowed in the Employment Area Valley (EAV) land use designation. See EAV Map in RMC 4-2-080B. Outside of the EAV, use is allowed as an administrative conditional use. 59. Excluded within the area south of 1-405 and north of SW 16th Street. 60. Subject to the size restrictions of RMC 4-2-120A. Retail sales uses are limited to: flowers/plants and flora[ supplies; mini -marts; crafts, including supplies and finished products, gift shops, and specialty markets. 61. No drive -through service shall be permitted, except for financial institutions which are permitted three (3) accessory drive -up windows that shall be part of the exterior wall of the financial institution structure. 62. Outside the Employment Area Valley (EAV) land use designation (see EAV Map in RMC 4-2-080B), drive -through is permitted only when accessory to a financial institution. Financial institutions are permitted three (3) accessory drive -up windows that shall be part of the exterior wall of the financial institution structure. Within the EAV, drive -through service is permitted. 63. Subject to the size restrictions of RMC 4-2-120A. On -site services excluding dry cleaning and real estate offices. 64. Limited to storage in association with rental services. In the CV Zone and within one thousand two hundred feet (1,200') of NE 4th Street within the NE 4th Corridor, an administrative conditional use permit is required. Not allowed within one l thousand two hundred feet (1,200') of Sunset Boulevard within the Sunset Corridor. Size restrictions apply per RMC 4-2"-120A. http ://www. codepublisb ing. com/wa/renton/html/Renton04lRentonO4O2lRentonO4O2O8O.ht... 2/24/2011 Section 4-2-080 Page 6 of 15 65. Allowed outright in the Employment Area Valley (EAV) land use designation. (See EAV Map in RMC 4-2-080B.) Outside the EAV, the use is limited to health clubslfitness centers/sports clubs, which shall be developed as part of larger office structures. Such uses shall not stand alone and shall not occupy more than twenty five } percent (25%) of any one floor of a building whose primary use is office. 66. Requires a Hearing Examiner conditional use permit, except that electrical power generation and co -generation is permitted as an accessory use when located more than one hundred feet (100') from any property zoned for residential use, i.e. RC, R-1, R-4, R-8, R-10, R-14, RM, and producing less than ten (10) megawatts of electricity. In the CO Zone, the use must be accessory to a medical institution. 67. Chemical and allied products manufacturing operations, or operations which are conducted predominantly out of doors, require a Hearing Examiner conditional use permit in the IM Zone, and an administrative conditional use permit in the lH Zone, except that these uses are not permissible in the area south of 1-405 and north of SW 16th Street. 68. Only permitted in the Automall District and Employment Area Valley land use t designations. See Automall Map in RMC 4-2-08OF and EAV Map in RMC 4-2-08013. 69. Reserved. 70. No drive -through service shall be permitted, except for multi -story financial institutions which are permitted three (3) accessory drive -up windows. The accessory F drive -through service shall be located to the side and/or rear of the building, and the windows shall be part of the exterior wall. Drive -through lanes shall not be located between the street and the main pedestrian access to the buildings. These requirements may be adjusted through the Site Plan review process. 71. Only allowed in the Employment Area Valley (EAV) land use designation south of 1-405 subject to a Hearing Examiner Conditional Use Permit. See EAV Map in RMC 4-2-080B_ No secure community transition facility (SCTF) shall: a. House more than six persons, excluding resident staff. Any increase in the number of resident beds shall require an entirely new application. b. Be allowed within three hundred thirty feet (330') of any residential zone located within or outside the City limits. c. Be allowed adjacent to, abutting, across a parking lot from, or within the "line of sight" from a "risk potential activity" as defined in RCW 71.09.020, now or as hereafter amended, or risk potential facilities in existence at the time a site is listed for consideration. For the purposes of granting a Conditional Use Permit for siting an SCTF, the Reviewing Official shall consider a permanent, unobstructed visual distance of six hundred feet (600') to be within "line of sight." The Reviewing Official may reduce the distance to less than six hundred feet (600') through the Conditional Use Permit process, if the applicant can demonstrate that a visual barrier exists or can be created r that would reduce the line of sight to less than six hundred feet (600'). Risk potential facilities currently include, but are not limited to: - Community and recreation centers, - Churches, synagogues, temples and mosques, - Licensed day care, - Licensed preschool facilities, - Public libraries, - Public parks, - Public and private schools, - School bus stops, Sports fields, or - Publicly dedicated trails. d. Be located within one mile from any SCTF, work release, prerelease, or similar facility. http://www.codepublishing.corn/wa/rentonlbtmURenton04lRentonO4O2lRentonO4O2O8O.ht_.. 2/24/2011 Section 4-2-080 Page 7 of 15 "Distance" referenced in paragraphs b, c, and d of this section is measured by following a straight line from the nearest point of the building in which the secure community treatment facility is to be located, to the nearest point of the zoning boundary line or property line of the lot on which the buffered use is located. The City may impose conditions to mitigate any potential adverse impact of the SCTF on surrounding uses, except that the Conditional Use Permit conditions may not impose restrictions on the SCTF greater than those set forth in RCW 71.09.285 through 71.09.340 inclusive. 72. All development within the CA Zone, including big -box retail uses, is subject to compliance with design regulations applicable to District'D' as detailed in RMC 4-3- 100. Except in the Employment Area Valley (EAV) south of Interstate 405, big -box retail uses are subject to compliance with design regulations applicable to District 'C' as detailed in RMC 4-3-100. Big -box retail uses in the EAV south of Interstate 405 outside of the CA zone are not subject to Urban Design Regulations. Big -box retail uses are not permitted within the Commercial Arterial (CA) Zone within the Northeast Sunset, Northeast Fourth (4th), and South Puget Commercial Corridor Comprehensive Plan designations. 73. Garden style apartments are prohibited. Within the Center Village Zone, ground floor commercial development at a minimum of seventy five percent (75%) of the frontage of the building is required for all residential projects on parcels abutting NE Sunset Boulevard east of Harrington Avenue NE. 74. Flats are only permitted if part of a mixed use structure with ground -floor commercial. 75. Only permitted west of Park Ave. and south of N. 8th Street. 76. Only Grades 9 through 12 permitted. 77. a. Only permitted north of N. 8th Street and as part of a mixed use structure. b. Limited to training related to research and development, arts, computer sciences, business, culinary arts, medical -related fields and/or other knowledge -based industries. 78. No freestanding structures permitted unless architecturally and functionally integrated into an overall shopping center or mixed use development. 79. a. Must function as an anchor to larger retail developments that are planned as part of an integrated and cohesive center. b. Big -box use must be connected to additional structures within a shopping center with supporting retail or service uses structures with common walls, or plazas, or other similar features, excluding pushcarts/kiosks. c. Buildings oriented along Park Avenue must have one or more pedestrian entries on Park Avenue. 80. Drive -through windows must abut a building facade or wall and must be located within the building footprint. 81. No stand-alone structures smaller than five thousand (5,000) square feet, except for pushcarts/kiosks, unless architecturally and functionally integrated into a shopping center or mixed use development. 82. a. Multi -story, stand-alone retail buildings greater than seventy five thousand (75,000) square feet are allowed only with structured parking and a maximum building footprint of sixty five thousand (65,000) square feet. b. No freestanding structures smaller than five thousand (5,000) square feet are permitted, unless architecturally and functionally integrated into overall shopping center or mixed use development. c. Buildings oriented along Park Avenue must have one or more pedestrian entries on Park Avenue. 83. a. Movie facilities with more than four (4) screens must be architecturally and functionally integrated into overall shopping center or mixed use development. b. Buildings oriented along Park Avenue must have one or more pedestrian entries on Park Avenue. http://www.codepublishing. com/walrenton/htmIlRentonO4lRentonO4O2lRentonO4O2O8O.ht... 2/24/2011 Section 4-2-080 Page 8 of 15 84. Permitted subject to the conditional use criteria regarding airport compatibility located in RMC 4-3-020, 85. Only permitted south of N. 8th Street. 86. Limited to airplane manufacturing, biotechnology, life science, information technology (i.e., hardware, software, computer components), or other high technology industry. 87. Not allowed within one thousand feet (1,000') of the centerline of Renton Municipal Airport runway. Permitted as mixed use structures with ground -floor commercial except that parcels may be developed exclusively for attached dwelling units if: a. The entire frontage of the block is residential; # b. Support facilities such as exercise facilities, lobbies, etc., face the street frontage and living areas are in the rear; or c. Entries to attached dwelling units are slightly elevated above the sidewalk level. 88. a. Not permitted within one thousand feet (1,000') of the centerline of Renton Municipal Airport runway. b. Structured parking is required north of N. 8th Street. c. Buildings oriented to pedestrian streets must have ground -floor commercial uses within them. 89. Not permitted within one thousand feet (1,000') of the centerline of Renton Municipal Airport runway. 90. Structured parking required north of N. 8th Street. 91. a. Not permitted within one thousand feet (1,000') of the centerline of Renton Municipal Airport runway. b. Structured parking required north of N. 8th Street. j c. If located north of N. 8th Street, then must be located in a mixed use structure. - d. Buildings oriented to pedestrian streets, must have ground -floor commercial uses within them. i 92. a. Structured parking required north of N. 8th Street. b. Buildings oriented to pedestrian streets must have ground -floor commercial uses within them. c. Must be located within a mixed use structure. 93. a. Structured parking required north of N. 8th Street. b. Buildings oriented to pedestrian streets must have ground -floor commercial uses within them. 94. a. Must be located within a mixed use structure. b. Structured parking required north of N. 8th Street. 95. a. Multi -story, stand-alone retail buildings greater than seventy five thousand (75,000) square feet are allowed only with structured parking and a maximum building footprint of sixty five thousand (65,000) square feet. b. Structured parking required north of N. 8th Street. c. Stand-alone retail buildings are not allowed east of Lake Washington E Boulevard North. 96. a. Not permitted within one thousand feet (1,000') of the centerline of Renton Municipal Airport runway. Beyond one thousand feet (1,000') of the centerline of the Renton Municipal Airport runway, this use is allowed subject to the conditional use criteria regarding airport compatibility located at RMC 4-3-020. b. Structured parking required north of N. 8th Street. c. Buildings oriented to pedestrian streets must have ground -floor commercial uses within them. 97. The use shall be architecturally and functionally integrated into a larger mixed -�use development. http://www.codepublishing.com/walrentonlhtn MentonO4lRentonO4O2lRentonO4O2O8O.hi... 2/24/2011 Section 4-2-080 Page 9 of 15 98. a. Not permitted within one thousand feet (1,000') of the centerline of Renton Municipal Airport runway. b. Structured parking is required. c. Buildings oriented to pedestrian streets must have ground -floor commercial uses within them. 99. Must be located within a mixed use structure. 100. a. Not permitted within one thousand feet (1,000') of the centerline of Renton Municipal Airport runway. b. Must be located within a mixed use structure. 101. a. Not permitted within one thousand feet (1,000') of the centerline of Renton Municipal Airport runway. b. Permitted only south of N. 8th Street. c. Buildings oriented to pedestrian streets must have ground -floor commercial uses within them. 102. Buildings oriented to pedestrian streets must have ground -floor commercial uses within them. 103. Structured parking is required. 104. a. Limited to airplane manufacturing and related accessory uses, biotechnology, life science, information technology (i.e., hardware, software, computer components), or other high technology industry. b. For uses other than airplane manufacturing and related accessory uses, structured parking required north of N. 8th Street. c. For uses other than airplane manufacturing and related accessory uses, buildings oriented to pedestrian streets must have ground -floor commercial uses within them. 105. Not permitted when west or north of 1-405. 106. Only structured park and rides are permitted in the Center Village Comprehensive Plan designation. 107. Only structured park and rides are permitted. 108. Permitted on existing parking required as accessory parking for a nonresidential use. 109. Not permitted in the area bounded by SW 7th Street, Shattuck Avenue, Airport Way and Hardie Avenue except when part of a mixed -use transit oriented development with structured parking. 110. Limited to existing fueling stations in the Commercial Neighborhood (CN) Zone. 111. Only permitted if the use and operation of the helipad is accessory to the primary residential use and it must comply with all of the following conditions: a. There shall be only one aircraft use per single family residence. b. The use shall be limited to properties abutting Lake Washington with a minimum lake frontage of seventy five feet (76) as measured at the ordinary high water mark. c. The weight of the aircraft in use on the site shall not exceed six thousand (6,000) pounds. d. The helipad shall be approved by the Federal Aviation Administration (FAA), documented with a letter stating -"no objection" or "no objection if certain conditions are met" for the establishment of the helipad site as the result of an FAA Aeronautical Study. If the FAA approval states "no objection if certain conditions are met," the property owner shall maintain documentation that the conditions have been met and shall obtain the proper permits or approvals to meet those conditions, if required by federal, State, or local regulation. Under no circumstances shall a helipad be permitted if the result of the FAA Aeronautical Study is "objectionable." e. The helipad shall be approved by the FAA for arrivals and departures from - the water side only. http://www.codepublishing.com/walrenton/latmURentonO4lRentonO4O2lRentonO4O2O8O.ht... 2/24/2011 Section 4-2-080 Page 10 of 15 f. Arrival or departure of the aircraft shall occur between the hours of 7:00 a.m. and 10:00 p.m. except in case of emergency. A flight log shall be kept to document the time of all flights arriving or departing from the helipad. g. Documentation of compliance with the above conditions shall be provided to the City by the property owner, at the property owners expense, at the City's request. 112. In the CV Zone, no office and conference uses are allowed for parcels fronting or taking primary access from Edmonds Avenue NE; and fast food restaurants are prohibited from accommodating drive-throughs. 113. Fast food restaurants are prohibited from accommodating drive-throughs. I 114. Any single indoor recreational use on a site shall not exceed a maximum gross floor area of three thousand (3,000) square feet. 115. The use is limited to health clubs/fitness centers/sports clubs, which shall be developed as part of larger office structures. Such uses shall not stand alone and shall not occupy more than twenty five percent (25%) of any one floor of a building whose primary use is office. (Ord. 4186, 11-14-1988; Ord. 4404, 6-7-1993; Ord. 4432, 12-20-1993; Ord. 4466, 8- 22-1994; Ord. 4631, 9-9-1996; Ord. 4736, 8-24-1998; Ord. 4773, 3-22-1999; Ord. 4777, 4-19-1999; Ord. 4786, 7-12-1999; Ord. 4802, 10-25-1999; Ord. 4803, 10-25- 1999; Ord. 4827, 1-24-2000; Ord. 4840, 5-8-2000; Ord. 4847, 6-19-2000; Amd. Ord. 4963, 5-13-2002; Ord. 4982, 9-23-2002; Ord. 5001, 2-10-2003; Ord. 5018, 9-22-2003; Ord. 5027, 11-24-2003, Ord. 5028, 11-24-2003; Ord. 5080, 6-14-2004; Ord. 5100, 11- ' 1-2004; Ord. 5124, 2-7-2005; Ord. 5191, 12-12-2005; Ord. 5241, 11-27-2006; Ord. 5286, 5-14-2007; Ord. 5305, 9-17-2007; Ord. 5355, 2-25-2008; Ord. 5356, 2-25-2008; 1 Ord. 5369, 4-14-2008; Ord. 5381, 5-12-2008; Ord. 5392, 6-23-2008; Ord. 5403, 7-21- 2008; Ord. 5407, 9-15-2008; Ord. 5432, 12-8-2008; Ord. 5436, 12-8-2008; Ord. 5437, 12-8-2008; Ord. 5466, 7-13-2009; Ord. 5471, 7-13-2009; Ord. 5473, 7-13-2009; Ord. 5520, 12-14-2009; Ord. 5529, 3-8-2010) B. EMPLOYMENT AREA VALLEY: http:/lwww.codepublishing.camwalrenton/htmURenton04/Renton0402/Renton0402080.ht... 2/24/2011 Section 4-3-090 Page i of 20 4-3-090 SHORELINE MASTER PROGRAM REGULATIONS: A. PROGRAM! ADOPTED: The Shoreline Master Program, as issued and prepared by City of Renton Planning Commission, of which one printed copy in book form has heretofore been fled and is now on file in the office of the City Clerk and made available for examination by the general public, is hereby adopted as the Shoreline Master Program by the City of Renton. (Ord. 3758, 12-5-1983, Rev. 7-22-1985 (Min.), 3-12-1990 (Res. 2787), 7-16- 1990 (Res. 2805), Rev. 9-12-1993 (Min.), Ord. 4716, 4-13-1998) The following is an excerpt from the officially adopted Shoreline Master Program. The complete Shoreline Master Program, including policies, should also be consulted. ' (Ord. 4722, 5-11-1998) B. AUTHENTICATION, RECORD OF PROGRAM: The City Clerk is hereby authorized and directed to duly authenticate and record a copy of the above mentioned Shoreline Master Program together with any amendments or additions thereto, together with an authenticated copy of this Section. (Ord. 3094, 1-10-1977, eff. 1-19-1977) C. AMENDMENTS: Any and all amendments, additions or modifications to said Master Program, shall be by ordinance. (Ord. 3758, 12-5-1983, Rev. 7-22-1985 (Min.), 3-12-1990 (Res. 2787), 7-16-1990 (Res. 2805), Rev. 9-12-1993 (Min.), Ord. 4716, 4-13-1998; Amd. j Ord. 4633, 9-16-1996) D. PURPOSES AND PRIORITIES: Each shoreline has its own unique qualities which makes it valuable, particularly Shorelines of Statewide Significance, which in Renton include Lake Washington and j the Green River. Preference is, therefore, given to the following uses in descending order of priority for shorelines of statewide significance (as established by RCW 90.58.020): 1. Recognize and protect the statewide interest over local interest for shorelines of statewide significance. 2. Preserve the natural character of the shorelines. 3. Result in long-term over short-term benefits. 4. Protect the resources and ecology of the shorelines. 5. Increase public access to publicly owned areas of the shorelines. (Ord. 3758, 12- 5-1983, Rev. 7-22-1985 (Min.), 3-12-1990 (Res. 2787), 7-16-1990 (Res. 2805), Rev. 9- 12-1993 (Min.), Ord. 4716, 4-13-1998) . 6. Increase recreational opportunities for the public in the shoreline. E. REGULATED WATER BODIES: Approximately eighteen (18) miles of shoreline in the City of Renton are under the jurisdiction of the Shoreline Management Act of 1971. These eighteen (18) miles of shoreline in the City of Renton are considered an extremely valuable resource not only to the City of Renton, but also to the State Metropolitan Area of which Renton is an integral part. In the City of Renton, the following bodies of water are regulated by the Act: 1. Cedar River. 2. Green River. 3, Lake Washington. 4, May Creek from the intersection of May Creek and N.E. 31st Street in the southeast quarter of the southeast quarter of Section 32-24-5E WM downstream in a northeasterly direction to its mouth at Lake Washington. 5. Springbrook Creek from the Black River on the north to SW 43rd Street on the south. 6. Black River. http:llwww.codepublis}zing.com/walrenton/htmURenton041Renton0403/Renton0403090.ht... 2/24/20 t 1 Section 4-3-090 Page 2 of 20 7. The jurisdiction of this Master Program includes shorelines of the State as defined in subsection F of this Section. (Ord. 3758, 12-5-1983, Rev. 7-22-1985 (Min.), 3-12- 1990 (Res. 2787), 7-16-1990 (Res. 2805), Rev. 9-12-1993 (Min.), Ord. 4716, 4.13- 1998) F. STATE OF WASHINGTON CLASSIFICATION OF WATER BODIES: 1. Shorelines of Statewide Significance: By State standards, the Green River and Lake Washington are classified as Shorelines of Statewide Significance, and comprise approximately 5.8 miles of the shorelines of the State regulated by the City of Renton. 2. Shorelines of the State: In addition, the shorelines of the Cedar River, Black River, Springbrook Creek, and May Creek are shorelines within the City. G. THREE (3) ENVIRONMENTS DESIGNATED BY CITY: 1. Names of Environments: Three (3) environments, Natural, Conservancy, and Urban, shall be designated to provide a uniform basis to apply policies and use regulations within distinctively different shoreline areas. 2. Basis for Designation: The environmental designation to be given any specific area shall be based on the existing development pattern, the biophysical capabilities and limitations of the area being considered for development and the goals and aspirations of local citizenry. Shorelines have been categorized according to the natural characteristics and use regulations have been designated herein. 3. Map of Environments: The above information is illustrated in the following map. (Ord. 3758, 12-5-1983, Rev. 7-22-1985 (Min.), 3-12-1990 (Res, 2787), 7-16-1990 (Res. 2805), Rev. 9-12-1993 (Min.), Ord. 4716, 4-13-1998) r r http://www. codepublishing. coin/walrentonlhtnAaentonO4lRentonO4O3lRentonO4O3 040.ht... 2/24/2011 Section 4-3-090 Page 3 of 20 I SHORELINE ENVIRONMENTS E NVIRONMENTS Urban Conservancy Natural 0" Fn J %J T-1 -7i C_— http://www.codepublishing.comlwalrentonlhtnllRentonO4lRentonO4O3lRcntonO4O3O9O.ht... 2/24/2011 Section 4-3-090 Page 4 of 20 r, - Lai I ■ r 7 � aFM �y� r rt'�r mom YF = MINtj9!*r vu w P Pop irtNrr ;� asVIVA U urball �mtrormari! vu o uaoabamum wam Q G. Conear++nrtay 1=Jsrtrnhmarrt * #t2ta■tl�t■, D.Ylaeul� Y. dalaae wouanda My Lkdto �r:A14��9ri�6 �,: �, ,�piQ r--+�+. �t19rO�11i9 BD'LLrltf7kTy Natty Tits map depid5lho sppr6dmato lacdw a61hs Springhroak Creek shonfoe bwndsrj vR essoo 3i tzd wetlands gsrremed by Me Rentm-shorelme rAester Program, A;plmatim a me Reninn Shoreline Master Prog'ern to s �raperty ea &1&"ned ern a Me-speeiE-, besls by the Deve4mwri SLvlees lYr-AV.ji atil'lslrtb I.`ie regul(ti og rand dertrtllicn,�. it the Rgimrh and fxrry $He vtreti(is erdvlreRshental unnWs. H. NATURAL ENVIRONMENT: http://www. codepublishing. com/wa/rentonlhttnURenton04/Renton0403/Renton0403 090.ht... 2/24/2011 Section 4-3-090 Page 5 of 20 1. Objective: The objective in designating a Natural environment is to protect and preserve unique and fragile shoreline or wetland environments in their natural state. The Natural environment is intended to provide areas of wildlife sanctuary and habitat preservation. (Ord. 3758, 12-5-1983, Rev. 7-22-1985 (Min.) 3-12-1990 (Res. 2787), 7- 16-1990 (Res. 2805) Rev. 9-12-1993 (Min.), Ord. 4716, 4-13-1998) 2. Areas to Be Designated as a Natural Environment: a. Areas that are unique or fragile. b. Floodway areas. 3. Extent of the Natural Environment: That portion of the north bank of the Black River lying west of its confluence with Springbrook Creek shall be designated Natural (see the Shoreline Environment Map in subsection G of this Section). 4. Acceptable Activities and Uses: The only human activity that is acceptable is for floodway drainage or storage. Ail other human activities including recreation are considered inappropriate. 5: Dedication for Flood Storage: The City of Renton recognizes that preservation of Natural shoreline areas can only be assured through public acquisition. Therefore, where private development is proposed in areas so designated, the City shall require dedication as necessary for flood storage. 1. CONSERVANCY ENVIRONMENT: 1. Objective: The objective in designating a Conservancy environment is to protect, conserve, and manage existing areas with irreplaceable natural or aesthetic features in essentially their native state, while providing for limited use of the area. The Conservancy environment is intended to provide a pleasant break in the surrounding urban community. This environment shall seek to satisfy a portion of the present and future needs of Renton. 2. Areas to Be Designated as a Conservancy Environment: a. Areas of high scenic value. i b. Valuable areas for wildlife habitat. c. Hazardous slope areas. d. Flood -prone areas. e. Areas which cannot provide adequate utilities for intense development. } f. Areas with unique or fragile features. 3. Extent of the Conservancy Environment: That portion of May Creek east of FAI -405 right-of-way and that portion of the south bank of the Cedar River, two thousand five hundred feet (2,500') east of FAI-405 right-of-way, and that portion of Springbrook Creek beginning from approximately S.W. 27th Street on the north to S.W. 31 st Street on the south, abutting City -owned wetlands in this area, and for that portion of the west side of the Creek in the vicinity of S.W. 38th Street abutting the City's recently acquired f Wetlands Mitigation Bank shall be designated Conservancy (see the Shoreline Environment Map and the Springbrook Creek Shoreline Boundary Map in subsection G of this Section). 4. Acceptable Activities and Uses: Activities and uses considered to be acceptable in a Conservancy environment are those of a nonconsumptive nature which do not degrade the existing character of the area. Uses that are to be predominant in a Conservancy environment are low -density residential, passive agricultural uses such as pasture or range lands, and passive outdoor recreation. 5. Use Regulations in the Conservancy Environment: a. Commercial Uses: Commercial uses shall be limited to home occupations, which shall be contained wholly within the dwelling unit. b. Fish and Game Reserve and Breeding Operations: Any such activity shall be allowed only by the Land Use Hearing Examiner. c: Industrial Uses: All industrial activities are prohibited in a Conservancy environment. d. Recreation Use: In the Conservancy environment, recreation uses shall be limited to passive recreation. http:llwww. codepublishing. comlwa/rentonlbtmIlRenton441Renton0403/Renton0403 090.ht... 2/24/2011 Section 4-3-090 Page 6 of 20 i. Permitted Uses: Public hiking and bicycle traits, nonmotorized public fishing, public wading and swimming spots, public areas for nature study, public picnic areas. ii. Uses Allowed by Hearing Examiner: Public overnight camping areas. L e. Residential Uses: i. Permitted Uses: Low -density single family residences. ii. Prohibited Uses: Multi -family residences of two (2) units or more. f. Utilities: L Local Service Utilities: The necessary local service utilities shall be permitted for approved activities and uses within the Conservancy environment and shall be underground per City Code requirements. ii. Major Utilities: Major utilities may be allowed only by approval of the Land Use Hearing Examiner and only if they cross the conservancy area in the shortest feasible route. g. Roads: Necessary roads are permitted subject to the standards of subsection L15 of this Section, Roads and Railroads. J. URBAN ENVIRONMENT: 1. Objective: The objective of the Urban environment is to ensure optimum utilization of shorelines within urbanized areas by providing for public use, especially access to and along the water's edge and by managing development so that it enhances and maintains shorelines for a multiplicity of viable and necessary urban uses. 2. Areas to Be Designated as Urban Environment: a. Areas of High Intensity Land Use: The Urban environment is an area of high -intensity land use including residential, commercial, and industrial development. The environment does not necessarily include all shorelines within an incorporated city, but is particularly suitable to those areas presently subjected to extremely intensive use pressure, as well as areas planned to accommodate intensive urban expansion. On certain shorelines planned for future urban expansion, there should be limitations based on the physical aspects of the site. 3. Extent of the Urban Environment: All shorelines of the State regulated by the City which are not designated as Conservancy or Natural are designated as Urban (see the Shoreline Environment Map in subsection G of this Section). 4. Acceptable Use and Activities: All uses shall be allowed as indicated by subsection L of this Section, Specific Use Regulations. 5. Use Regulations in the Urban Environment: a. Water -Oriented Activities: Because shorelines suitable for urban uses are a limited resource, emphasis shall be given to development within already developed areas and particularly to water -oriented industrial and commercial uses. b. Public Access: In this Master Program, priority is also given to planning for public visual and physical access to water in the Urban environment. ldentifying needs and planning for the acquisition of urban land for permanent public access to the water in the Urban environment shall be accomplished through the Master Program. To enhance waterfront and ensure maximum public use, industrial and commercial facilities shall be designed to permit pedestrian waterfront activities where practicable, and the various access points ought to be linked to nonmotorized transportation routes such as bicycle and hiking paths. K. GENERAL USE REGULATIONS FOR ALL SHORELINE USES: 1. Applicability: This Section shall apply to all shoreline uses whenever applicable. Items included here will not necessarily be repeated in subsection L of this Section, Specific Use Regulations, and shall be used in the evaluation of all permits. 2. Environmental Effects: a. Pollution and Ecological Disruption: The potential effects on water quality, water and land vegetation, water life and other wildlife (including, for example, C1 spawning areas, migration and circulation habits, natural habitats, and feeding), soil http://www.codepublishing.comlwalrenton/ht nURenton04lRentonO4O3lRentonO4O3O9O.ht... 2/24/201I Section 4-3-090 Page 7 of 20 quality and all other environmental aspects must be considered in the design plans for any activity or facility which may have detrimental effects on the environment. b. Burden on Applicant: Applicants for permits must explain the methods that will be used to abate, avoid or otherwise control the harmful effects. c. Erosion: Erosion is to be controlled through the use of vegetation rather than structural means where feasible. d. Geology: Important geological factors — such as possible slide areas — on a site must be considered. Whatever activity is planned under the application for the development permit must be safe and appropriate in view of the geological factors prevailing. 3. Use Compatibility and Aesthetic Effects: a. The potential impact of any of the following on adjacent, nearby, and possibly distant land and shoreline users shall be considered in the design plans and efforts made to avoid or minimize detrimental aspects: i. View Obstruction: Buildings, smokestacks, machinery, fences, piers, poles, wires, signs, lights, and other structures. ii. Community Disturbances: Noise, odors, night lighting, water and land traffic, and other structures and activities. M. Design Theme: Architectural styles, exterior designs, landscaping patterns and other aspects of the overall design of a site shall be a uniform or coordinated design, planned for the purpose of visual enhancement as well as for serving a useful purpose. iv. Visually Unpleasant Areas: Landscaped screening shall be used to hide from public view any area that may impinge upon the visual quality of a site, for example, disposal bins, storage yards, and outdoor work areas. v. Outdoor Activities: Work areas, storage, and other activities on a site in a residential area shall be in enclosed buildings, as is reasonably possible, to reduce distractions and other effects on surrounding areas. Outdoor activities of commercial and industrial operations shall be limited to those necessary for the operation of the enterprise. Outdoor areas shall not be used for storage of more than minimal amounts of equipment, parts, materials, products, or other objects. 4. Public Access: a. Where possible, space and right-of-way shall be left available on the immediate shoreline so that trails, nonmotorized bike paths, and/or other means of public use may be developed providing greater shoreline utilization. b. Any trail system shall be designed to avoid conflict with private residential property rights. c. No property shall be acquired for public use without just compensation to the owner. 5. Facility Arrangement — Shoreline Orientation: Where feasible, shoreline developments shall locate the water -dependent, water -related and water -enjoyment portions of their developments along the shoreline and place all other facilities inland. 6. Landscaping: The natural and proposed landscaping should be representative of the indigenous character of the specific types of waterway (stream, lake edge, marshland) and shall be compatible with the Northwest image. The scenic, aesthetic, and ecological qualities of natural and developed shorelines should be recognized and preserved as valuable resources. 7. Unique and Fragile Areas: Unique features and wildlife habitats should be preserved and incorporated into the site. Fragile areas shall be protected from development and encroachment. L. SPECIFIC USE REGULATIONS: 1. Airports and Seaplane Bases: a. Airport Location: A new airport shall not be allowed to locate within the shoreline. However, an airport already located within a shoreline shall be permitted to http: //www. codepublishing. corn/wa/renton/htm VRenton04lRentonO4O3lRentonO403 O 9O.ht... 2/24/2011 Section 4-3-090 Page 8 of 20 upgrade and expand its facilities provided such upgrading and expansion would not have a detrimental effect on the shoreline. b. Location of Seaplane Bases: i. Private Seaplane Bases: A single private seaplane is permitted per residence. ii. Commercial Seaplane Bases: New commercial seaplane bases may be allowed in industrial areas provided such bases are not contiguous to residential areas. c. Airport Facilities: i. Future hangars should be set back a minimum of twenty feet (20') from the ordinary high water mark of the shoreline and shall be designed and spaced to allow viewing of airport activities from the area along the water edge. H. Tie -down areas should be no closer than twenty feet (20') from the ordinary high water mark of the shoreline for aircraft. d. Seaplane Bases (Commercial): i. Docks and Tie Down Areas: Docks for the mooring of seaplanes are permitted. Seaplanes may be stored on the dock or ramps. ii. Tie -down areas may be provided on seaplane ramps. e. Landscaping: Landscaping shall be required around parking areas in accordance with City regulations. The landscaping shall be compatible with the activities and characteristics of aircraft in that it should be wind resistant, low profile, j and able to survive under adverse conditions. f. Services: Services or aircraft shall conform to FAA standards, which include fuel, oil spill clean-up, safety and firefighting equipment, and vehicle and pedestrian separation. 2. Aquaculture: a. Location: Aquaculture operations may be located on streams and rivers, i EXCEPT in Natural and Conservancy environments and along urban areas developed with residential uses. b. Time: Facilities shall be allowed on a temporary basis only. c. Design and Construction: All structures over or in the water shall meet the following restrictions: i. They shall be securely fastened to the shore. ii. They shall be designed for a minimum of interference with the natural systems of the waterway including, for example, water flow and quality, fish circulation, and aquatic plant life. iii. They should not prohibit or restrict other human uses of the water, such as swimming and/or boating. iv. They shall be set back appropriate distances from other shoreline uses, if potential conflicts exist. 3. Boat -Launching Ramps: a. Site Appropriateness — Water Characteristics: Water depth should be deep enough off the shore to allow use by boats. Water currents and movement and normal wave action shall be suitable for ramp activity. b. Site Appropriateness — Topography: The proposed area should not present major geological or topographical obstacles to construction or operation of the ramp. Site adaptation such as dredging shall be minimized. c. Dimensions and Location: The ramp should be designed so as to allow for ease of access to the water with minimal impact on the shoreline and water surface. d. Ramp Surface Material: The surface of the ramp may be concrete, precast concrete, or other hard permanent substance. The material shall be permanent and noncontaminating to the water. Loose materials, such as gravel or cinders, will not be used. The material chosen shall be appropriate considering the following conditions: Soil characteristics, erosion, water currents, waterfront conditions, and usage of the ramp. http://vvww. co depublishing. com/walrentonlhtiullRenton04/RentonO4O3lRentonO4O3 O9O.ht... 2/24/201 l Section 4-3-090 Page 9 of 20 e. Review Required: Engineering design and site location approval shall be obtained from the appropriate City department. 4. Bulkheads: a. Applicability and Exemption: All bulkheads are subject to the regulations set forth in this Master Program, except that bulkheads common to a single family residence are exempted from the permit system set forth in this Master Program and Building Code. b. When Permitted: A bulkhead may be permitted only when: i. Required to protect upland areas or facilities. ii. Riprap cannot provide the necessary protection. iii. The bulkhead design has been engineered by an appropriately State licensed professional engineer, and the design has been approved by the Renton Department of Public Works. c. Associated Fill: A bulkhead for the purpose of creating land by filling behind the bulkhead shall be permitted only when the landfill has been approved. The application for a bulkhead shall be included in the application for the landfill in this case. (See subsection L8 of this Section, Landfills.) d. General Design Requirements: i. The burden rests upon the applicant for the permit to propose a specific ` type of bulkhead design which has been engineered by an appropriately State licensed i professional engineer. ii. All approved bulkheads are to be constructed in such a manner as to F minimize damage to fish and shelf fish habitat. In evaluating the application for a proposed bulkhead, the Development Services Division shall consider the effect of the bulkheads on public access to publicly owned- shorelines. Where possible, bulkheads j are to be designed so as not to detract from the aesthetic qualities of the shoreline. iii. Bulkheads are to be constructed in such a manner as to minimize alterations of the natural shoreline and to minimize adverse effects on nearby beaches. iv. In cases where bulkheading permitted, ermitted, scientific information suggests a rock riprap design is preferred. The cracks and openings in such a structure afford suitable habitats for certain forms of aquatic life. if there is determined to be a severe rate population, consideration must be given to construction of a solid bulkhead to eliminate cracks and openings typical to a riprap structure. 5. Commercial Developments: j a. Location of Developments: i. New commercial developments are to be encouraged to locate in those areas where current commercial uses exist. ii. New commercial developments on Lake Washington which are neither water -dependent, nor water -related, nor water -enjoyment, nor which do not provide significant public access to and along the water's edge will not be permitted upon the shoreline. b. Incorporation of Public Recreational Opportunities: Commercial developments should incorporate recreational opportunities along the shoreline for the general public. c. View Impacts: The applicant for a shoreline development permit for a new commercial development must indicate in his application the effect which the proposed commercial development will have upon the scenic view prevailing in the given area. Specifically, the applicant must state in his permit what steps have been taken in the design of the proposed commercial development to reduce to a minimum interference with the scenic view enjoyed by any significant number of people in the area. d. Setback: A commercial building should be located no closer than fifty feet (50') to the ordinary high water mark; however, the Land Use Hearing Examiner may reduce this requirement through the variance process for good reason for those structures that allow public access to and along the water's edge. httpJ/www. codepublishing.comlwalrenton/htrnURenton04lRentoaO403lRenton04O3O90.ht... 2/24/2011 Section 4-3-090 Page f 0 of 20 6. Dredging: a. Definition: The removal of earth or sediment from the bottom or banks of a body of water. b. Permitted Dredging: Dredging is to be permitted only when: i. Dredging is necessary for flood control purposes, if a definite flood hazard would exist unless dredging were permitted. ii. Dredging is necessary to correct problems of material distribution and water quality, when such problems are adversely affecting aquatic life or recreational areas. iii. Dredging is necessary to obtain additional water area so as to decrease the intrusion into the lake of a public, private or marina dock. This type of dredging may only be allowed if the following conditions are met: The water of the dredged area shall not be stagnant or polluted; and the water of the dredged area shall be capable of supporting aquatic life. iv. Dredging may be permitted where necessary for the development and maintenance of public shoreline parks and of private shorelines to which the public is provided access. Dredging may be permitted where additional public access is provided and/or where there is anticipated to be a significant improvement to fish or wildlife habitat, provided there is no net reduction upon the surface waters of the lake. v. Dredging may be permitted to maintain water depth and navigability. vi. Dredging is performed pursuant to a remedial action plan, approved under authority of the Model Toxics Control Act or pursuant to other authorization by the Department of Ecology, U.S. Army Corps of Engineer or other agency with jurisdiction. c. Prohibited Dredging: i. Dredging is prohibited in unique or fragile areas (see RMC 4-11-210 except for the purposes identified in subsection L7a of this Section where appropriate Federal and/or State authorization has been received, and any required environmental review and mitigation is conducted. ii. Dredging solely for the purpose of obtaining fill or construction material, which dredging is not directly related to those purposes permitted in subsection L7a of this Section, is prohibited. d. Regulations on Permitted Dredging: L Report by Engineer Required: All proposed dredging operations shall be planned by an appropriate State licensed professional engineer. An approved engineering report shall be submitted to the Renton Development Services Division as part of the application for a shoreline permit. I Applicant's Responsibility: The responsibility rests solely with the applicant to demonstrate the necessity of the proposed dredging operation. iii. Minimal Adverse Effect: The responsibility further rests with the applicant to demonstrate that there will be a minimal adverse effect on aquatic life and/or on recreational areas. iv. Timing: The timing of any dredging operation shall be planned so that it has minimal impact or interference with fish migration. v. Adjacent Bank Protection: When dredging bottom material of a body of water, the banks shall not be disturbed unless absolutely necessary. The responsibility rests with the applicant to propose and carry out practices to protect the banks. If it is absolutely necessary to disturb the adjacent banks for access to the dredging area, the responsibility rests with the applicant to propose and carry out a method of restoration of the disturbed area to a condition minimizing erosion and siltation. vi. Adjacent Properties: The responsibility rests with the applicant to demonstrate a method of eliminating or preventing conditions that may: • Create a nuisance to the public or nearby activity. http://www.codepublishing.com/walrentonlhtmIlRentonO4lRentonO4O3lRentonO4O3 090. ht_.. 2/24/201 I Section 4-3-090 Page 11 of 20 • Damage property in or near the area. • Cause substantial adverse effect to plant, animal, aquatic or human life in or near the area. • Endanger public safety in or near the area. vii. Contamination: The applicant shall demonstrate a method to control contamination and pollution to water, air, and ground. viii. Disposal of dredged material: The applicant shall demonstrate a method of disposing of all dredged material. Dredged material shall not be deposited in a lake or stream except if the material is approved as part of a contamination remediation project approved by appropriate State and/or Federal agencies. In no instance shall dredged material be stockpiled in a shoreland area. if the dredged material is contaminant or pollutant in nature, the applicant shall propose and cant' out a method of disposal that does not contaminate or pollute water, air, or ground. 7, industrial Development: a. When Permitted: Industrial developments are to be permitted only when: i. They are water -dependent, water -related or they provide reasonable public access to and along the water's edge. New industrial developments on Lake Washington which are neither water -dependent, nor water -related shall provide significant public access. ii. They minimize and cluster those water -dependent and water -related portions of their development along the shoreline and place inland all facilities which are not water -dependent; and, iii. Any over -water portion is water -dependent, is limited to the smallest reasonable dimensions, and is approved by the Land Use Hearing Examiner; and, iv. They are designed in such manner as to enhance the scenic view; and, v. It has been demonstrated in the permit application that a capability. exists to contain and clean up spills or discharges of pollutants associated with the industrial development. b. Setbacks: Industrial structures shall be set back twenty five feet (25') minimum from the ordinary high water mark. 8. Landfills: a. When Permitted: Landfills shall be permitted in the following cases: i. For detached single family residential uses, when the property is located between two (2) existing bulkheads, the property may be filled to the line of conformity provided the fill does not exceed one hundred twenty five feet (125') in length along the ordinary high water mark and thirty five feet (35') into the water, and provided the provisions of RMC 4-9-19014b(i) through 4-9-19014b(vi) are satisfactorily met; or ii. When a bulkhead is built to protect the existing perimeter land, a landfill shall be approved to bring the contour up to the desired grade; or iii. When in a public use area, landfill would be advantageous to the general public; or iv. When repairs or modifications are required for existing bulkheads and fills; or v. When landfill is required for flood control purposes; or vi. When a landfill is part of a remedial action plan approved by the Department of Ecology pursuant to the Model Toxics Control Act, or otherwise authorized by the Department of Ecology, U.S. Army Corps of Engineers, or other agency with jurisdiction. vii. Justification for landfill for any other purpose than those listed in subsections L8a(i) through (vi) of this Section will be allowed only with prior approval of the Land Use Hearing Examiner, 9. Marinas: http://www.codepublishing.comlwalrentonlht nVRenton04lRentonO4O3lRentonO4O3090.ht... 2/24/2011 Section 4-3-090 Page 12 of 20 a. When Permitted: Marinas shall be permitted only when: i. Adequate on -site parking is available commensurate with the moorage facilities provided. (See subsection L9b(vi) of this Section.) ii. Adequate water area is available commensurate with the actual moorage facilities provided. iii. The location of the moorage facilities is convenient to public roads. b. Design Requirements: i. Marinas are to be designed in the manner that will minimize adverse effects on fish and shellfish resources and be aesthetically compatible with adjacent areas. ii. Marinas utilized to overnight and long-term moorage are not to be located in shallow -water embayments with poor flushing action. iii. Applications for permits for marina construction are to be evaluated for compliance with standards promulgated by Federal, State, and local agencies. iv. Marinas and other commercial boating activities are to be equipped with receptacles to receive and adequately dispose of sewage, waste, rubbish, and lifter from patrons' boats. v. Applications for development permits, for the construction of marinas must affirmatively indicate that the marina will be equipped to contain and clean up any spills or discharges of pollutants associated with boating activities. i vi. Parking should be provided in accordance with the following ratio: private and public marinas: two (2) per three (3) slips; private marina associated with residential complex: one per (3) slips. vii. Special designated loading areas should be provided near piers in the amount of one parking space per twenty five (25) slips; all other parking areas are to i be located one hundred feet (100') from the ordinary high water mark. c. Location of Marinas: i. Marinas shall be permitted only upon Lake Washington. Marinas must provide adequate access, parking, and surface water area in relation to the number of moorage spaces provided. 10. Mining: a. All mining, including surface mining, shall be prohibited. b. Surface mining shall mean all or any part of the process involved in i extraction of minerals by removing the overburden and mining directly from the mineral i deposits thereby exposed, including open pit mining of minerals naturally exposed at i the surface of the earth, mining. by the auger method, and production of surface mining refuse. The surface mining shall not include reasonable excavation or grading conducted for farming, on -site road construction, or on -site building construction. 11. Parking: i a. Public Parking: In order to encourage public use of the shoreline, public parking is to be provided at frequent locations. Public parking facilities should be discouraged along the water's edge. Public parking facilities are to be designed and landscaped to minimize adverse impact upon the shoreline and adjacent lands and upon the water view. b. Private Parking: Private parking facilities are to be located away from the water's edge where possible. 12. Piers and Docks: a. Purpose: To establish approval and design criteria. b. Fees Prohibited: No fees or other compensation may be charged for use by nonresidents of piers or docks accessory to residences. c. General Design Requirements: i. Minimize Interference: Piers and docks shall be designed to minimize interference with the use of the water surface and shoreline. public http ://www. co depublishing. corn/walrentonlht-nURenton04lRentonO4O3lRenton04O 3 O9O.ht... 2/24/2011 Section 4-3-090 Page 13 of 20 ii. Floating Docks: The use of floating docks in lieu of other types of docks is to be encouraged in those areas where scenic values are high and where substantial conflicts with recreational boaters and fishermen will not be created. iii. Expansion Encouraged: The expansion of existing piers and docks is encouraged over the construction of new facilities. iv. General Criteria for Approval of Docks and Piers: The responsibility rests upon the applicant to affirmatively demonstrate the need for the proposed pier or dock in his application for a permit. The approval of a new dock or pier or a modification or extension of an existing dock or pier shall include a finding that the following criteria have been met: • The dock or pier length does not extend beyond a length necessary to provide reasonable and safe moorage. The dock or pier does not interfere with the public use and enjoyment of the water nor create a hazard to navigation. • The dock or pier will not result in the unreasonable interference with the use of adjacent docks andlor piers; and • The dock or pier must comply with the design criteria specified in the following sections. v. Construction Type: All piers and docks shall be built of open pile construction except that floating docks may be permitted where there is no danger of significant damage to an ecosystem, where -scenic values are high, and where one or more of the following conditions exist: • Extreme water depth, beyond the range of normal length piling. • A soft bottom condition, providing little support for piling. • Ledge rock bottom that renders it not feasible to install piling. vi. Safety: All piers and docks shall be constructed and maintained in a safe and sound condition. vii. Protection from Toxic Materials: Applicants for the new construction or extension of piers and docks or the repair and maintenance of existing docks shall use materials and methods which prevent toxic materials, petrochemicals and other pollutants from entering surface water during and after construction. d. Allowable Types of Piers and Docks: Permits for the following construction of piers or docks will be allowed: i. Piers and docks which provide for public recreational access and use or marinas. ii. Community piers and docks in new major waterfront subdivisions. iii. Piers and docks which are constructed for private joint use by two (2) or more waterfront property owners. iv. Private single family residence piers and docks. v. Community piers and docks for multi -family residence including apartments, condominiums, or similar developments. vi. Water -dependent commercial and industrial uses. e. Design Criteria for Single Family Docks and Piers: L Number: There shall be no more than one pier per developed waterfront lot or ownership. ii. Dock Size Specifications: The following dock specifications shall be allowed: http:l/www. codepublishing.comJwa/rentonlhLtmllRentonO4lRentonO4O3lRentonO4O3O9O.ht... 2/24/2011 Section 4-3-090 Page 14 of 20 • Length. The dock may extend to a maximum of eighty feet (80') beyond the ordinary high water line into the water or until a depth of twelve feet (12`) below the mean low water mark, whichever is reached �. first. However, in no case shall a dock of less than fifty feet (50') in length be required. • Width: The maximum width of a dock shall be eight feet (8'). • Location: No portion of a pier or dock for the sole use of a private single family residence may lie closer than five feet (5) to an adjacent property line. • Extension: One extension of a dock parallel to the shoreline or one float may be allowed provided such extension is not located closer that five feet (5) from a side lot line or exceed one hundred (100) square feet in size. iii. Joint Use Piers and Docks: - Location: A joint use dock maybe constructed for two (2) contiguous waterfront properties and may be located on a side property line or straddling a side property line, common to both properties. Agreement: A joint use ownership agreement or covenant shall be prepared with the appropriate signatures of the property owners in question and recorded with the King County Assessor's Office. A copy of the recorded agreement shall be provided to the City. Such document should specify ownership rights and maintenance provisions. • Dock Size Specifications: Joint use docks and piers may extend to eighty feet (80) beyond the ordinary high water mark or to a depth of twelve feet (12'), whichever is reached first. • Joint use docks and piers may not exceed a maximum width of twelve feet (12`). • Joint use docks and piers may be allowed one pier extension or float a maximum of one hundred fifty (150) square feet in size for each own*- • Requests for greater dock length may only be submitted as specified below under subsection L12i of this Section once an individual has failed to work with an adjacent property owner in establishing a joint use dock. f. Design Criteria for Multi -Family Residence Docks: i. Resident Moorage: Moorage at the docks shall be limited to residents or owner of the subdivision, apartments, condominiums or similar developments for which the dock was built. ii. Maximum Number of Berthing Spaces: The ratio of moorage berths to residential units shall be one berth for every two (2) dwelling units. iii. Length of Multiple Family Pier or Dock: Multiple family piers and docks shall not exceed a length of one hundred eighty feet (180') into the water beyond the ordinary high water mark, except as may be allowed under subsection L12i of this Section. http://www.codepublishing.com/wa lrentonlhtmilRentonO4lRenton0403lRenton040309O.ht... 2/24/2011 Section 4-3-090 Page 15 of 20 g. Design Criteria for Recreational, Commercial and Industrial Docks: The following dock specifications shall be allowed: i. Length and Depth: Unless otherwise determined or directed by any State agency having jurisdiction, the dock may extend into the water one hundred fifty feet (150'); if the depth of thirty feet (30') is not reached, the dock may be extended until a depth of thirty feet (30') is reached, provided the dock does not exceed two hundred fifty feet (250'); and in the case of a marina adjacent to a designated harbor area, docks and associated breakwaters may extend to the greater of (a) the distance determined pursuant to the foregoing criteria, (b) the inner harbor line, or (c) such point beyond the inner harbor line as is allowed by the terms of a lease, license or other formal authorization approved by the Washington State Department of Natural Resources or other agency with jurisdiction. ii. Width: The maximum width shall be twelve feet (12'). iii. Location: Docks shall be placed no closer than thirty feet (30') to a side property line. iv. Piers or Docks Associated with City Trails: Docks or piers which are associated or linked with City trails shall be no greater than necessary to serve the . intended purpose and will be determined by the City on a case -by -case basis. h. Use of Buoys and Floats: L Buoys and Floats Encouraged: Where feasible, the use of buoys and floats for moorage, as permitted below under subsection L12h(ii) of this Section, may be allowed as an alternative to the construction of piers and docks. Such buoys and floats are to be placed as close to shore as possible in order to minimize hazards to navigation, including reflectors for nighttime visibility. In no case shall a buoy be located further from the shoreline than the allowable length for docks. il. Requirements: Floats shall be allowed under the following conditions: • Floats shall be anchored to allow clear passage on all sides by small watercraft. • Floats shall not exceed a maximum of one hundred (100) square feet in size. A float proposed for joint use between adjacent property owners may not exceed one hundred fifty (150) square feet per residence. • A single family residence may only have one float. • Floats shall not exceed a length of fifty feet (50) into the water beyond the ordinary high water mark, except public recreation floats. i. Variance to Dock and Pier Dimensions: Requests for greater dock and pier dimensions than those specified above may be submitted as variance applications to the City's Land Use Hearing Examiner. Any greater dimension than those listed above may be allowed by the land Use Hearing Examiner for good reason, which shall include, but is not limited to, conditions requiring greater dock dimensions. The Examiner, in approving a variance request, shall include a finding that a variance request compiles with: i. The criteria listed in subsection 1-12c of this Section when approving such requests; and ii. The criteria specified in RMC 4-9-19014. 13. Recreation: a. Definition: The refreshment of body and mind through forms of play, amusement or relaxation. The recreational experience may be active, such as boating, fishing, and swimming, or may be passive, such as enjoying the natural beauty of the shoreline or its wildlife. http ://www. codepublishing. com/walrentonlhtml/RentonO4/RentonO4 O3lRentonO4O3 O9O.ht... 2/24/2011 Section 4-3-090 Page 16 of 20 b. Public Recreation: Public recreation uses shall be permitted within the shoreline only when the following criteria are considered: i. Accessibility to the water's edge is provided consistent with public safety needs and in consideration of natural features. l H. Recreational development shall be of such variety as to satisfy the diversity of demands of the local community; and iii. Just compensation is provided to the owner for property acquired for the public use; and iv. It is designed to avoid conflicts with owner's legal property rights and create minimum detrimental impact on the adjoining property; and v. It provides parking spaces to handle the designed public use, and it will be designed to have a minimum impact on the environment. c. Private Recreation: Private recreational uses open to the public shall be permitted only when the following standards are met: i. There is reasonable public access to the recreational uses, including access along the water's edge where appropriate. In the case of Lake Washington, significant public access shall be provided. ii. The proposed facility will have no significant detrimental effects on adjacent parcels; and iii. Adequate, screened, and landscaped parking facilities that are separated from pedestrian paths are provided. 14. Residential Development: Floating residences are prohibited. Residential developments shall be allowed only when: a. Adequate public utilities are available; and b. Residential structures are set back inland from the ordinary High water mark a minimum of twenty five feet (26) or consistent with setback provisions of the Renton Municipal Code, whichever provides the greater setback; and c. Density shall not increase beyond the zoning density outlined in the Renton Comprehensive Plan and Zoning Code. d. New residential developments shall be encouraged to provide public access. Unless deemed inappropriate due to health, safety or environmental concerns, new multi -family, condominium, planned unit developments, and subdivisions except short plats, shall provide public access along the water's edge; in the case of Lake Washington, significant public access shall be provided. 15. Roads and*Railroads: a. Scenic Boulevards: Shoreline roadways should be scenic boulevards where possible b. SensitivF Design: Roadways located in shoreland ayeas should be limited and designed and gnaintained to prevent soil erosion and to permit natural movement of groundwater. c. Debris Disposal: All debris and other waste materials from construction are to be disposed of in such a way as to prevent their entry by erosion into any water body. d. Road Locations: Road locations are to be planned to fit the topography, . where possible, in order that minimum alteration of existing natural conditions will be necessary. 16. Stream Alteration: a. Definition: Stream alteration is the relocation or change in the flow of a river, stream or creek. A river, stream or creek is surface water runoff flowing in a natural or modified channel. b. Permitted Stream Alteration: i. Unless otherwise prohibited by subsection L16c of this Section, stream alteration may be allowed subject to the regulations in subsection L16d of this Section. http://www.codepubliskiing.comlwalrentonlht ullRenton04lRentonO4O3lRentonO4O3O9O.ht... 2/24/2011 Section 4-3-090 Page 17 of 20 ii. Stream alteration may be permitted if it is part of a public flood hazard reduction/habitat enhancement project approved by appropriate State and/or Federal agencies. c. Prohibited Stream Alteration: i. Stream alteration is prohibited in unique and fragile areas, except if the stream alteration is part of a public flood hazard reduction/habitat enhancement project approved by appropriate State and/or Federal agencies. ii. Stream alteration solely for the purpose of enlarging the developable portion of a parcel of land or increasing the economic potential of a parcel of land is prohibited. iii. Stream alteration is prohibited if it would be significantly detrimental to adjacent parcels. d. Regulations on Stream Alteration: i. Engineering: All proposed stream alterations shall be designed by an appropriately State licensed professional engineer. The design shall be submitted to the Development Services Division as part of the application. ii. Applicant's Responsibility: The responsibility rests solely with the applicant to demonstrate the necessity of the proposal. iii. Timing: The timing and the methods employed will have minimai adverse effects on aquatic fife. iv. Pollution: Pollution is to be minimized during and after construction. v. Low Flow Maintenance: The project must be designed so that the low flow is maintained and the escape of fish at low water is possible. vi. Over -Water Cover: No permanent over -water cover or structure shall be allowed unless it is in the public interest. 17. Trails: a. Definition: For the purposes of the Shoreline Master Program, trails are a nonmotorized transportation route designed primarily for pedestrians and bicyclists. b. Permitted Uses: Trail uses shall be permitted within the shoreline, when the following standards are met: i. Provisions for maintenance operation and emergency access have been provided ii. They link water access points along the shoreline, or they link water access points along the shoreline with upland community facilities. iii. They are designed to avoid conflict with private property rights and to create the minimum objectionable impact on adjacent property owners. (Ord. 3758, 12- 5-1983, Rev. 7-22-1985 (Min.), 3-12-1990 (Res. 2787), 7-16-1990 (Res. 2805), 9-12- 1993 (Min.), Ord. 4716, 4-13-1998) iv. Just compensation is provided to the owner for property to be acquired by the public. v. They insure the rights and privacy of the adjoining property owners. vi. Over -water structures required by the trails are determined to be in the public interest. vii. They are designed with a surface material which will carry the actual user loads and will have a minimum impact on the environment... 18. Utilities: a. Native Vegetation: The native vegetation shall be maintained whenever possible. When utility projects are completed in the water or shoreland, the disturbed area shall be restored and landscaped as nearly as possible to the original condition, unless new landscaping is determined to be more desirable. b. Landscaping: All vegetation and screening shall be hardy enough to withstand the travel of service trucks and similar traffic in areas where such activity occurs. c. Screening of Public Utilities: When a public utility building, telephone exchange, sewage' pumping operation or a public utility is built in the shoreline area, http://www.codepublishing.conwalrentonlhtmllRenton04lRentonO4O3lRentonO4O3O9O.ht... 2/24/2011 Section 4-3-090 Page 18 of 20 the requirements of this Master Program shall be met and the following screening requirements shall be met. If the requirements of subsection L18a of this Section, Native Vegetation, and the requirements of this subsection are in disagreement, the requirements of this subsection shall take precedence. i. If the installation is housed in a building, the building shall conform architecturally with the surrounding buildings and area or with the type of building that will develop due to the zoning district. ii. An unhoused installation on the ground or a housed installation that does not conform with subsection L18c(i) of this Section shall be sight screened with evergreen trees, shrubs, and landscaping planted in sufficient depth to form an effective and actual sight barrier within five (5) years. iii. An unhoused installation of a dangerous nature, such as an electrical distribution substation, shall be enclosed with an eight foot (8') high open wire fence. Such installations shall be sight screened with evergreen trees, shrubs, and landscaping planted in sufficient depth to form an effective and actual sight barrier except at entrance gate(s), within five (5) years. d. Special Considerations for Pipelines: Installation and operation of pipelines shall protect the natural conditions of adjacent watercourses and shorelines. i. Water quality is not to be degraded to the detriment of marine life nor shall water quality standards be violated. ii. Native soils shall be protected from erosion and natural conditions restored. Watercourse banks and bottoms shall be protected, where necessary, with suitable surface treatment. iii. Petro -chemical or toxic material pipelines shall have automatically controlled shutoff valves at each side of the water crossing. iv. All petro-chemical or toxic material pipelines shall be constructed in accordance with the regulations of the Washington State Transportation Commission and subject to review by the City Public Works Department. e. Major Utilities — Specifications: i. Overheat! High Voltage Power Lines: Structure of overhead power lines should be single -pole type or other aesthetically compatible design. Joint use docks and piers may extend to eighty feet (80') beyond the ordinary high water mark or to a depth of twelve feet (12'), whichever is reached first. ii. Electrical Distribution Substations: Electrical distribution substations shall be at a shoreland location only when the applicant proves there exists no other site out of the shoreland area and when the screening requirements of subsection i L18c of this Section are met. iii. Communicalions: This Section applies to telephone exchanges including radar transmission installations, receiving antennas for cable television and/or radio, and any other facility for the transmission of communication systems. Communications installations may be permitted in the shoreline area only when there exists no feasible site out of the shoreline and water area and when the screening requirements of subsection L18c of this Section are met. In an aesthetic interest, such installations shall be located as far as possible from residential, recreational, and commercial activities. iv. Pipeline Utilities: All pipeline utilities shall be underground. When underground projects are completed on the bank of a water body or in the shoreland or a shoreline, the disturbed area shall be restored to the original configuration. Underground utility installations shall be permitted only when the finished installation shall not impair the appearance of such areas. v. Public Access: All utility companies shall be asked to provide pedestrian public access to utility owned shorelines when such areas are not potentially hazardous to the public. Where utility rights -of -way are located near recreational or public use areas, utility companies shall be encouraged to provide said rights -of -way as parking or other public use areas for the adjacent public use area. http://www. codepubli shing. corn/wa/rentonlhfnl/Renton04lRenton0403lRenton0403 O90.ht... 2/24/2 011 Section 4-3-090 Page 19 of 20 vi. All -Inclusive Utility Corridor: When it is necessary for more than one major utility to go along the same general route, the common use of a single utility right -of-way is strongly encouraged. It would be desirable to include railroad lines within this right-of-way also. f. Local Service Utilities, Specifications: i. Waterlines: Sizes and specifications shall be determined by the Public Works Department in accordance with American Water Works Association (AWWA) guidelines. ii. Sanitary Sewer: The existence or use of outhouses or privies is prohibited. All uses shall hook to the municipal sewer system. There shall be no septic tanks or other on -site sewage disposal systems. Storm drainage and pollutant drainage shall not enter the sanitary sewer system. During construction phases, commercial sanitary chemical toilets may be allowed only until proper plumbing facilities are completed. All sanitary sewer pipe sizes and materials shall be approved by the Renton Public Works Department and METRO. (Ord. 5450, 3-2-2009) iii. Storm Sewers: A storm sewer drainage system shall be required. Pretreatment of storm runoff or diversion to sanitary sewers may be required to keep deleterious substances out of neighboring watercourses. Storm sewer sizes and specifications shall be determined by the Public Works Department in accordance with A.P.W.A. guidelines. iv. Discharges of Pollutants and Petroleum Products: • Agency Review: Discharges of pollutants into watercourses and groundwater shall be subject to the Washington State Department of Ecology, Corps of Engineers, and the Environmental Protection Agency for review of permits for discharge. Oil Separations: These units shall be required at sites that have oil _ waste disposal into sanitary or storm sewer. These units shall be built to Municipality of Metropolitan Seattle (METRO) or State of Washington Department of Public Health specifications. • Petroleum Bulk Storage and Distribution: Petroleum facilities shall hereafter not be allowed. g. All-inclusive Utility Tunnels: For the distribution of local utilities, utility tunnels under the street right-of-way are recommended to carry all local utility services. For new development, the tunnel could be built at the time of road construction. The tunnel would include all utility services, both public and private, necessary for use in the public right-of-way, such as wiring for street lighting and water lines for fire hydrants and all utility services necessary for the private uses of the area. (Ord. 3758, 12-5-1983, Rev. 7-22-1985 (Min.), 3-12-1990 (Res. 2787), 7-16-1990 (Res. 2805), 9- 12-1993 (Min.), Ord. 4716, 4-13-1998) M. VARIANCES AND CONDITIONAL USES: See RMC 4-9-1901. (Ord. 4722, 5-11=199$) N. AMENDMENTS TO SHORELINE MASTER PROGRAM: 1. Time: The City shall review this Master Program every four (4) years hereafter, or sooner if necessary. (Ord. 3758, 12-5-1983, Rev. 7-22-1985 (Min.), 3-12-1990 (Res. 2787), 7-16-1990 (Res. 2805), 9-12-1993 (Min.), Ord. 4716, 4-13-1998} 2. Review Process: Any amendments to this Master Program shall be reviewed first by the Planning Commission, which shall conduct one public hearing on the proposed amendment. The Planning Commission shall make a recommendation to the City Council, which may hold one public hearing before making a determination. Any proposed amendment shall be submitted to the Washington State Department of Ecology for approval in accordance with the Shoreline Management Act of 1971. (Ord. http://www.codepublishi.ng.con lwa/rentonlhtmllRentonO4lRentonO4O3lRentonO4O3O9O.ht... 2/24/2011 Section 4-3-090 Page 20 of 20 3758, 12-5-1983, Rev. 7-22-1985 (Min.), 3-12-1990 (Res. 2787), 7-16-1990 (Res. 2805), 9-12-1993 (Min.), Ord. 4716, 4-13-1998) O. VIOLATIONS OF THIS CHAPTER AND PENALTIES: Unless otherwise specified, violations of this Chapter are misdemeanors subject to . RMC 1-3-1. (Ord. 4722, 5-11-1998; Ord. 5159, 10-17-2005) P. APPEALS: See RMC 4-8-11 OH. (Ord. 4722, 5-11-1998) This page of the Renton Municipal Code is current City Wehsite: http://rentonwa.gov/ through Ordinance 5556, passed October 11, 2010. (http://rentonwa.gov/) Disclaimer: The City Clerk's Office has the official version of the City Telephone: (425) 430-6502 Renton Municipal Code. Users should contact the City Cleric's Code Publishing Company Office for ordinances passed subsequent to the ordinance cited (http://www.codepublishing.com/) above. http://www.codcpublishing.com/wa/renton/ht nURentonO4lRentonO4O3lRentonO4O3O9O.ht... 2/24/2011 4-3=090N N. AMENDMENTS TO SHORELINE MASTER PROGRAM: 1. Time: The City shall review this Master Program every four (4) years hereafter, or sooner if necessary. (Ord. 3758, 12-5-19 Rev. 7-22-1985 (Min.), 3-12-1990 (Res. 2787), 7-16-1990 (Res. 2805), 9-12-1 3 (Min.), Ord. 4716, 4-13-1998) 2. Review Process., Any ame dments to this Master Program shall be r sewed first by the Planning Commission, w,,loffich shall con- duct one p/ofl earing on a proposed amendmenPlannin Commission shall make a recendatio to the City Council, which mayone p lic hearing before making a dinati n. Any proposed amendmenll b submitted to the Wash- ington Stata ment of Ecology for ap- proval in ace with the Shoreline Managemet of 1971. (Ord. 3758, 12-5-1983,-22-1985 (Min.), 3-12-1990 (Res. 27876-1990 (Res. 2805), 9-12-1993, Ord. 4716, 4-13-1998) O. VtOLA ON5 OF THIS CHAPTER AND PENALT1 S: Unless of erwise specified, violations of this Chapter re misdemeanors subject to RMC 1-3-1. rd. 4722, 5-11-1998; Ord. 5159, 10-17 2005) P. APPEALS: S e RMC 4-8-110H. (Ord. 4722, 5-11-1998) 4-3-095 (Deleted by Ord. 5286, 5-14-2007) 4-3-100 URBAN DESIGN REGULATIONS: A. PURPOSE: The purpose of this Section is to: 1. Establish design review regulations in accordance with policies established in the Land Use and Community Design Elements of the Renton Comprehensive Plan in order to: a. Maintain and protect property values; b. Enhance the general appearance of the City; c. Encourage creativity in building and site design; d. Achieve predictability, balanced with flexibility; and e. Consider the individual merits of pro- posals. 2. Create design standards and guidelines specific to District `A' that ensure design qual- Ity of structures and site development imple- menting the City of Renton's Comprehensive Plan Vision for portions of the Urban Center -- Downtown zoned.Center downtown and Residential Multi Family Urban Center. This Vision is of a downtown that will continue to develop Into an efficlent and attractive urban city. The Vision of the Downtown Core is of. mixed uses with high -density residential liv- Ing supported by multi -modal transit opportu- nities, Redevelopment will be based on the pattern and scale of established streets and buildings. (Ord. 5355, 2.25-2008) 3. Create design standards and guidelines specific to District'8' (the South Renton Neighborhood) that ensure design quality of structures and site development implement- Ing the City's South Renton Neighborhood Plan. The South Renton Neighborhood Plan, for a residential area located within the Urban Center — Downtown, maintains the existing, traditional grid street plan and respects the scale of the neighborhood, while providing new housing at urban densitles. The South Renton Neighborhood Plan supports a resi- dential area that is positioned to capitalize on the employment and retail_ opportunities €n- dreasingly available in the Downtown Core. 4. Create design standards and guidelines specific to the Urban Center -- North (District 'C') that ensure design quality of structures and site development that implements the City of Renton`s Comprehensive Plan Vision for Its Urban Center— North. This Vision is of an urban environment that concentrates uses in a "grid pattern" of streets and blocks. The Vision Is of a vibrant, economically vital neighborhood that encourages use through- out by pedestrians. (Revisd 5108) 3 - 40 4-3-10013 5. Create design standards and. guidelines 2. This Section shall also apply to big -box applicable to the use of "big -box retail" as de- retail use where allowed in the Commercial fined In RMC 4-11-180, Definitions. Arterial (CA), Light Industrial (IL), Medium In- dustrial (IM), and Heavy Industrial (IH) zones, 6. Create design standards and guidelines except when those zones are located in the specific to the Center Village commercial Employment Area - Valley south of Interstate core (District'D') that ensure design quality of 405. Big -box retail uses within these zones, structure and site development that Imple- except in the Employment Area - Valley, meets the City of Renton's Comprehensive most comply with design standards and Plan Vision for the Center Village desfgna- guidelines specific to the Urban Center - tion. Uses within this district Include business North (District'C'). and professional offices, services, retail, res- taurants, recreational businesses, mixed -use 3. Where conflicts may be construed be - commercial and residential building, and tween the design regulations of this Section multl-family residential. This portion of the and other sections of the Renton Municipal Center Village is intended to provide a vital Code, the regulations of this Section shall business district serving the local neighbor- prevail. Where conflicts may be construed hood and beyond. between the map in subsection 134 of this Section and the text in this Section, the text 7. Create design standards and guidelines shall prevail. specific to the residential portion of the Cen- ter Village (District 'E') that ensure design quality of structure and site development that Implements the City of Flenton's Comprehen- sive Plan Vision for the Center Village desig- nation. A variety of housing options allows economic and lifestyle diversity in the Center Village, with design regulations to tie the range of styles and types together. 8. Establish two (2) categories of regula- tions: (a) "minimum standards" that must be met, and (b) "guidelines" that, while not man- datory, are considered by the Development Services Director in determining if the pro- posed action meets the Intent of the design guidelines. Set specific minimum standards and guidelines may apply to all districts; or certain districts only (Districts'A,"B,' 'G,' 'D,' or 'E'), as indicated herein. (Ord. 5029, 11-24-2003; Ord. 5124, 2-7-2005; Ord. 5286, 5-1 4-2007) S. APPLICABILITY: 1. This Section shall apply to all develop- ment In the Urban Center - Downtown and Urban Center -- North. For the purposes of the design regulations, the Center Downtown is District 'A,' South Renton is Dist riot 'B,' and the Urban Center - North is District 'C.' Dis- tricts'A' through'C' are depicted on the Urban Center Design Overlay District Map, shown in subsection B4 of this Section. c 3 - 41 (Revised 5108) 4-3-1008 4. Urban Design Districl: CE ff li, ell, i-M Urban Design Overlay District Map 1:conomic J),voolintou. N16glil-wiloods und Sirategh! I'lonning City Limits mck Kosch.Afl-I'Hitnim C.0 F-fd (Amd. Ord. 4991, 12-9-2002; Ord. 5029,11-24-2003; Ord. 5124, 2-7-2005; Ord. 5355, 2-25-2008) (Revised 5/08) 3-42 4-3-1 OOE 5. This. Section shall apply to all develop- ment In the Center Village Land Use Desig- nation as shown on the Comprehensive Plan Land Use Map. For the purposes of the de- sign regulations, areas within the Center Vil- lage Land Use Designation zoned Center Village (CV) shall comprise Dist rict'D.' Areas within the Center Village Land Use Designa- tion zoned Residential Multi -Family (RMF) and Rosidential-14 (R-14) shall be in District (E 6. This Section shall also apply to residen- tial and mixed -use residential projects lo- cated in the Sunset, Northeast Fourth Street, Rainier Avenue, and Puget Drive Business Districts. See RMC 4.3-040. 7. This Section shall apply to all develop- ment in the Commercial Office Residential (COR) Zone. For the purposes of the design regulations, the zone shall be in District'C.' (Ord. 5191, 12-12-2005; Ord. 5286, 5-14-2007; Ord. 5331, 12-10.2007; Ord, 5369, 4-14-2008) C. EXEMPTIONS: The design regulations shall not apply to: 1. Interior Remodels: Interior remodels of existing buildings or structures provided the alterations do not modlfy the building facade. 2. Aircraft Manufacturing: Structures re- lated to the existing use of aircraft manufac- turing in District 'C.' (Ord. 5124, 2-7-2006; Ord. 5286, 5-14-2007) D. ADMINISTRATION: 1. Review Process. Applications subject to design regulations shall be processed as a component of the governing land use pro- cess. 2. Authority: The Reviewing Official shall have the authority to approve, approve with conditions, or deny proposals based upon the provisions of the design regulations. In ren- dering a decision, the Official will consider proposals on the basis of individual merit, will consider the overall intent of the minimum standards and guidelines, and encourage creative design alternatives In order to achieve the purposes of the design regula- tions. (Amd. Ord. 4991, 12-9-2002; Ord. 5029, 11-24-2003; Ord. 5124, 2-7-2005; Ord. 5286, 5-14-2007) E. SITE DESIGN AND BUILDING LOCATION: Intent: To ensure that buildings are located In relation to streets and other buildings so that the Vision of the City of Renton can be real- ized for a high -density urban environment; so that businesses enjoy visibility from public rights -of -way; and to encourage pedestrian activity throughout the district. 1. Site Design and Street Pattern: intent: To ensure that the City of Renton Vi- sion can be realized within the Urban Center Districts; plan districts that are organized for efficiency while maintaining flexibility for fu- ture development at high urban densities and intensities of use; create and maintain a safe, convenient network of streets of varying di- mensions for vehicle circulation; and provide service to businesses. a. Minimum Standard for Districts 'A' and W: Maintain existing grid street pat- tern. b. Minimum Standards for Districts 'C' and 'D': L Provide a network of public and/ or private local streets in addition to public arterials. ii. Maintain a hierarchy of streets to provide organized circulation that promotes use by multiple transporta- tion modes and to avoid overburden- ing the roadway system. The hierarchy shall consist of (from great- est in size to smallest): (a) High Visibility Street. A highly visible arterial street that warrants special design treat- ment to improve its appearance and maintain its transportation function. (b) Arterial Street, A street classified as a principal arterial on the City's Arterial Street Plan 3 - 43 (Revised 5108) 4-3-100E (c) Pedestrian -Oriented Streets. Streets that are in- tanded to feature a concentratlon of pedestrian activity. Such streets feature slow moving traf- fic, narrow travel lanes, on -street parking, and wide sidewalks. (d) Internal or local roads (pub- lic or private). 27 Building Location and Orientation: Intent: To ensure visibility of businesses; as- tablish active, lively uses along sidewalks and pedestrian pathways; organize buildings in such a way that pedestrian use of the district is facilitated; encourage siting of structures so that natural light and solar access are avail- able to outer structures and open space; en- hance the visual character and definition of streets within the district; provide an appropri- ate transition between buildings, parking ar- eas, and other land uses and the street; and increase privacy for residential uses located near the street. a. Minimum Standards for Districts 'A', W and 'D': I. Orient buildings to the street with clear connections to the sidewalk. H. The front entry of a building shall not be oriented to a drive alsle, but in- stead a public or private street or landscaped pedestrian -only court- yard. b. Minimum Standards for District 'c': I. Buildings on designated pedes- trian -oriented streets shalt feature "pedestrian -oriented facades" and clear connections to the sidewalk (see illustration, RMC 4-3-100E7a). Such buildings shall be located adja- cent to the sidewalk, except where pedestrian -oriented space is located between the building and the side- walk. Parking between the building and pedestrian -oriented streets is prohibited. ii. Buildings fronting on pedestrian - oriented streets shall contain pedes- trian -'oriented uses. iii. Nonresidential buildings maybe located directly adjacent to any street as long as they feature a pedestrian-. oriented facade. iv. Buildings containing street -level residential uses and single -purpose residential buildings shall be sat back from the sidewalk a minimum of ten feet (10') and feature substantial landscaping between the sidewalk and the building (see illustration, RMC 4-3-100E7b). v if buildings do not feature pedes- trian -oriented facades they shall have substantial landscaping be- tween the sidewalk and building. Such landscaping shall be at least ten feet (10') in width as measured from the sidewalk (see illustration, RMC 4-3-100E7c). c. Guideline Applicable to District 'C': Siting of a structure should lake Into consideration the continued availability of natural light (both direct and reflected) and direct sun exposure to nearby build- ings and open space (except parking ar- eas). d. Guideline Applicable to, Districts 'C' and'D': Ground floor residential uses located near the street should be raised above street level for residents' privacy. 3. Building Entries: Intent: To make building entrances conve- nient to locate and easy to access, and en- sure that building entries further the pedestrian nature of the fronting sidewalk and the urban character of the district. a. Minimum Standards for Districts 'A', 113% 'D' and 'E': i. A primary entrance of each build- ing shall be located on the facade facing a street, shall be prominent, visible from the street, connected by (Revised s)ay) 3 - 44 4-3-100E a walkway to the public sidewalk, and Include human -scale elements. il. Multiple buildings on the same site shall provide a continuous net- work of pedestrian paths and open spaces that incorporate landscaping to provide a directed view to building entries. ii€. Ground floor units shall be df- irectly accessible from the street Oran open space such as a courtyard or 3 - 44.1 (Revised 5103) 4-3-100E garden that is accessible from the c. Guidelines Applicable to Districts street. 'A', 'B' and 'C': iv. Secondary access (not fronting I. Multiple buildings an the same on a street) shall have weather pro- site should provide a continuous net- tection at least four and one-half feet work of pedestrian paths and open (4-1/2') wide over the entrance or spaces that incorporate landscaping other similar Indicator of access. to provide a directed view to building entries. v. Pedestrian access shall be pro- vided to the building from property il. Ground floor units should be di - edges, adjacent lots, abutting street rectly accessible from the street or an intersections, crosswalks, and transit open space such as a courtyard or stops. garden that is accessible from the street. b. Minimum Standards for District `V: iii. Secondary access (not fronting on a street) should have weather pro- f. On pedestrian -oriented streets, tection at least four and one-half feet the primary entrance of each building (4-1/2') wide over the entrance or shall be located on the facade facing other similar indicator of access. the street. Iv. Pedestrian access should be ii. On non -pedestrian -oriented provided to the building from prop - streets, entrances shall be promi- erty edges, adjacent lots, abutting nent, visible from surrounding street Intersections, crosswalks, and streets, connected by a walkway to transit stops. the public sidewalk, and include hu- man -scale elements. v. Features such as entries, lob- bies, and display windows should be Ill. All building entries adjacent to a oriented to a street or pedestrian-orl- street shall be clearly marked with ented space; otherwise, screening or canopies, architectural elements, or- decorative features such as trellises, namenfal lighting, and/or iandscap-.. artwork, murals, landscaping, or Ing. Entries from parking lots should combinations thereof should be In - be subordinate to those related to the corporated into the street -oriented street for buildings with frontage on facade. designated pedestrian -oriented streets (see illustration, RMC d. Guidelines Applicable to Districts 4-3-10OUd). 'A' and 'D': iv. Weather protection at least four €. For projects that include residen- and one-half feet (4-1/2') wide and tial uses, entries should provide tran- proportional to the distance above sltion space between the public ground level shall be provided over street and the private residence such the primary entry of all buildings and as a porch, landscaped area, ter - over any entry adjacent to a street, race, common area, lobby, or similar feature. v. Pedestrian pathways from public sidewalks to primary entrances or ii. Features such as entries, lob - from parking lots to pr€mary en- bies, and display windows should be trances shall be clearly delineated. oriented to a street; otherwise, screening or art features such as trel- lises, artwork, murals, landscaping, or combinations thereof should be In- 3 - 45 (Revised 7107) 4-3- I OOE corporated into the street -oriented facade. Ili. Entries from the street should be clearly marked with canopies, archi- tectural elements, ornamental light- ing, or landscaping. Entries from parking lots should be subordinate to those related to the street for build- ings within district W. e. Guideline Applicable to Districts 'B' and 'E': Front yards should provide transition space between the public street and the private residence such as a porch, landscaped area, terrace, or similar feature. f. Guideline Applicable to District 'C': For projects that include residential uses, entries should provide transition space between the public street and the private residence such as a porch, land- scaped area; terrace, common area, lobby, or similar feature. 4. Transition to Surrounding Develop- ment: Intent: To shape redevelopment projects so that the character and value of Renton's long- established, existing neighborhoods are pre- served. a. Minimum Standards for Districts 'A' and'D': Careful siting and design treatment are necessary to achieve a compatible transition where new build- ings differfrorn surrounding development in terms of building height, bulk and scale. At least one of the following design elements shall be considered to promote a transition to surrounding uses: i. Setbacks at the side or rear of a building may be increased by the Re- viewing Official In order to reduce the hulk and scale of larger buildings and so that sunlight reaches adjacent yards; I!. Building proportions, Including step -backs on upper levels; III. Building articulation to divide a larger architectural element Into smaller Increments; or iv. Roof lines, roof pitches, and roof shapes designed to reduce apparent bulk and transition with existing de- velopment. b. Minimum Standards for Districts 'B' and `E': Careful siting and design treatment are necessary to achieve a compatible transition where new build- ings differ from surrounding development in terms of building height, bulk, and scale. At least one of the following design elements shall be considered to promote a transition to surrounding uses: i. Setbacks at the side or rear of a building maybe increased In order to reduce the bulk and scale of larger buildings and so that sunlight reaches adjacent yards; or ii. Building articulation provided to divide a larger architectural element into smaller pieces; or iii. Roof lines, roof pitches, and roof shapes designed to reduce apparent bulk and transition with existing de- velopment. c. Minimum Standards for District 'C': i. For properties along North 6th Street and Logan Avenue North (be- tween North 4th Street and North 6th Street), applicants shall demonstrate how their project provides an appro- priate transition to the long-estab- lished, existing neighborhood south of North 6th Street known as the North Renton Neighborhood. ii. For properties located south of North 81h Street, east of Garden Av- enue North, applicants must demon- strate how their project appropriately provides transitions to existing indus- trial uses. (Revised 7107) 3 - 46 4-3.100E= 5. Service Element Location and Design: Intent: To reduce the potentia€ negative im- pacts of service elements (i.e., waste recep- tacles, loading docks) by locating service and loading areas away from high -volume pedes- trian areas, and screening them from view in high visibility areas. a. Minimum Standards for All Dis- tricts: i. Service elements shall be located and designed to minimize the im- pacts on the pedestrian environment and adjacent uses. Service elements shall be concentrated and located where they are accessible to service vehicles and convenient for tenant use (see illustration, RMC 4-3-100E7e), ii. Garbage, recycling collection, and utility areas shall be enclosed, consistent with RMC 4-4-090, Refuse and Recyclables Standards, and RMC 4-4-095, Screening and Storage Height/Location Limitations. lli. In addition to standard enclosure requirements, garbage, recycling collection, and utility areas shall be enclosed on all sides, including the roof and screened around their pe- rimeter by a wall or fence and have self -closing doors (see illustration, RMC 4-3-100E7f). iv. The use of chain link, plastic, or wire fencing is prohibited. v. If the service area is adjacent to a street, pathway, or pedestrian -ori- ented space, a landscaped planting strip, minimum three feet (3') wide, shall be located on three (3) sides of such facility. b. Guideline Applicable to All Dls- , tricts: Service enclosure fences should be made of masonry, ornamental metal or wood, or some combination of the three (3). 6. Gateways: Intent; To distinguish gateways as primary entrances to districts or to the City; provide special design features and architectural ele- ments at gateways; and ensure that gate- ways, while they are distinctive within the context of the district, are compatible with the district In form and scale. a. Minimum Standards for Districts 'C' and `D': i. Developments located at district gateways shall be marked with visu- ally prominent features (see illustra- tion, subsection E7g of this Section). ii. Gateway elements shall be ori- ented toward and scaled for both pe- destrians and vehicles (see Illustration, subsection E7h of this Section). ill. Visual prominence shall be dis- tinguished by two (2) or more of the following: (a) Public art; (b) Monuments; (c) Special landscape treatment; (d) Open space/plaza; (a) Identifying building form; (f) Special paving, unique pedes- trian scale lighting, or bollards; (g) Prominent architectural fea- tures (trellis, arbor, pergola, or ga- zebo); (h) Signage, displaying neighbor- hood or district entry identification (commercial signs are not allowed). (1 3 - 47 (Revised 7107) 4-3-1 OOE 7. illustraltons. a. Pedestrian -oriented facades (see subsectlon E2b(i) of this Section). Pedestrian- oriented facade Property line rr Pedestrian-orlentedfacades: Primary building entry must be facing the street transparent window area or window display along 75% of the ground floor between the height of 2 to 8 feet above the ground weather protection at least 4 %a feet wide along at least 75% of the facade b. Street -level residential (see subsection E2b(iv) of this Section). - rivacy aiming i uniis Trees. (Revised 7107) 3 - 48 R-3-1 Ouh c, Buildings without pedestrian -oriented uses (see subsection E2b(v) of this Section). Combination of evergreen and deciduous shrubs and tress .-, Building -- Raised planter d. Building entries (see subsection E3b(111) of this Section). 3 - 48 (Revised 7107) 4-3-1 OOE e. Service elements located to minimize the impact on the pedestrian environment (see subsec- tion E5a(i) of this Section). DUMPS` LOCATE REAR O SITE f. Service enclosure (see subsection E5a(ili) of this Section). 001 enclosure keep birds out VVI it'l ClG FGLU (Revised 7107) 3 - 50 4-3-1UUI­ g. Distinguishable building form appropriate for gateway locations (see subsection E6a(i) of this Section). A7211 ■ e MMMOF mmmm mODWW Turret r� Illilllllllllllllllll Distlncfive use of m®ieriel6 I l I11111111 1il ll m m Elevation Corner amenivating roo! line Plan Note: Ensure that baltding does not block viewing triangle of Intersecuons „„��� Illllllllllllllllllillfl 0 Elevation Saywlndow h. Gateway landscaping, open space, pedestrian amenities and signage that identifies the com- mercial area (see subsection E6a(li) of this Section). (Ord. 5029, 11-24-2003; Ord. 5124, 2-7-2005; Ord. 5286, 5-14-2007) 3 - 51 (Revised 7107) 4-3-10OF F. PARKING AND VEHICULAR ACCESS: (c) On -street parallel parking shall be required on both sides of Intent: To provide safe, convenient access to the street. the Urban Center and the Center Village; in- corporate various modes of transportation, 11, All parking lots located between including public mass transit, in order to re- a building and street or visible from a duce traffic volumes and other impacts from street shall feature landscaping be - vehicles; ensure sufficient parking is pro- tween the sidewalk and building; see vided, while encouraging creativity in reduc- RMC 4-4-080F, Parking Lot Design ing the impacts of parking areas; allow an Standards. active pedestrian environment by maintaining contiguous street frontages, without parking ill. Surface Parking Lots: The ap- lot siting along sidewalks and building fa- plicant must successfully demon- cades; minimize the visual impact of.parking strafe that the surface parking lot is lots; and use access streets and parking to designed to facilitate future struc- maintain an urban edge to the district. lured parking and/or other inf ill devel- opment, For example, an appropriate 1. Location of Parking: surface parking area would feature a one thousand five hundred foot Intent: To maintain active pedestrian envi- (1,500') maximum perimeter area ronments along streets by placing parking and a minimum dimension on one lots primarily in back of buildings. side of two hundred feet (200% un- less project proponent can demon - a. Minimum Standard for Districts strafe future alternative use of the 'A', `B' and 'D': No surface parking shall area would be physically possible. be located between a building and the Exception: If there are size con- front property line or the building and side straints inherent in the original parcel property line on the street side of a'corner (see illustration, subsection l'5a of lot. this Section). b. Minimum Standards for District c. Minimum Standards for District ,C,: 'E,: I. On Designated Pedestrian -Ori- ented Streets: (a) Parking shall be at the side and/or rear of a building, with the exception of on -street parallel parking. No more than sixty feet (60') of the street frontage mea- sured parallel to the curb shall be occupied by oft -street parking and vehicular access. (b) On -street parallel parking spaces located adjacent to the site can be included in calcula- tion of required parking. For parking ratios based on use and zone,'see RMC-4-4-080, Park- ing, Loading and Driveway Reg- ulatlons. I. No surface parking shall be lo- cated between a building and the front property line or the building and side properly line on the street side of a corner lot. il. Parking shall be located off an al- ley if an alley is present. d. Guideline Applicable to Districts 'A', 'B', 'C' and 'D': In areas of mixed use development, shared parking is rec- ommended. e. ,Guidelines Applicable to District „ % i. If a limited number of parking spaces are rnade available In front of a building for passenger drop-off and pick-up, they shall be parallel to the building facade. - (Revised 7/07) 3 - 52 4-3-tool= ii. When fronting on streets not des- uses; and reduce the overall Impact of park- ignated as pedestrian -oriented, park- Ing garages when they are located in proxim- ing lots should be located on the ity to the designated pedestrian environment. Interior portions of blocks and screened from the surrounding road- a. Minimum Standards for Districts ways by buildings, landscaping and/ 'C' and 'D': or gateway features as dictated by lo- cation, 1. .Parking Structures Fronting Designated Pedestrian -Oriented 2. Design of Surface Parking: Streets: Intent: To ensure safety of users of parking (a) Parking structures shall areas, convenience to businesses, and re- provide space for ground floor duce the Impact of parking lots wherever pos- commercial uses along street sible. frontages at a minimum of sev- enty five percent (75%) of the a.. Minimum Standards for Districts frontage width (see Illustration, 'A', 'C' and 'D': subsection 175c of this Section). i. Parking lot lighting shall not spill (b) The entire facade must fea- onto adjacent or abutting properties ture a pedestrian -oriented fa - (see illustration, subsection F5b of cade. this Section). il. Parking Structures Fronting 11' All surface parking lots shall be Ikon -Pedestrian -Oriented Streets: landscaped to reduce their visual Im- pact (see RMC 4-4-080F7, Land- (a) Parking structures fronting scape Requirements). non -pede strlan-oriented streets and not featuring a pedestrian- b. Guidelines Applicable to Districts oriented facade shall be set back 'A', 'C' and 'D': at least six feet (6') from the side- walk and feature substantial I. Wherever possible, parking landscaping. This includes a should be configured into small units, combination of evergreen and connected by landscaped areas to deciduous trees, shrubs, and provide on -site buffering from visual ground cover. This setback shall Impacts. be increased to ten feet (10') ad- jacent to high visibility streets. 11. Access to parking modules should be provided by public or pri- (b) The Director may allow a vate local streets with sidewalks on reduced setback where the ap- both sides where possible, rather plicant can successfully demori- than internal drive aisles. strate that the landscaped area and/or other design treatment III. Where multiple driveways can- meets the intent of these stan- not be avoided, provide landscaping dards and guidelines. Possible to separate and minimize their im- treatments to reduce the setback pact on the streeiscape. Include landscaping components plus one or more of the following 3. Structured Parking Garages: integrated with the architectural design of the building: Intent; To more efftcienily use land needed for vehicle parking; encourage the use of (1) Ornamental grillwork (other structured parking throughout the Urban than vertical bars), Center and the Center Village; physically and visually integrate parking garages with other (2) Decorative artwork; 3 - 53 (Revised 7/07) 4-3-1 OOF (3) Display windows; (4) Brick, tile, or stone; (5) Pre -cast decorative panels; (6) Vine -covered trellis; (7) Raised landscaping beds with decorative materials; or (8) Other treatments that meet the intent of this standard. (c) Facades shall be articulated architecturally, so as to maintain a human scale and to avoid a solid wall. Vehicular entrances to nonresidential or milted use parking structures shall be artic- ulated by arches, lintels, ma- sonry trim, or other architectural elements and/or materials (see illustration, subsection F5d of this Section). b. Minimum Standards for District i. Parking structures shall provide space for ground floor commercial uses along street frontages at a min- imum of seventy five percent (75%) of the frontage width (see illustration, subsection Ho of this Section). it. The entire facade must feature a pedestrian -oriented facade. iii. Facades shall be articulated ar- chitecturally, so as to maintain a hu- man scale and to avoid a solid wail. Vehicular entrances to nonresidential or mixed use parking structures shall be articulated by arches, lintels, ma- sonry trim, or other architectural ele- ments and/or materials (see illustration, subsection F5d of this Section). c. Guidelines Applicable to Districts 'A', `C' and'D', 1. Parking garage entries should be designed and sited to complement, not subordinate, the pedestrian en- try. If possible, locate the parking en- try away from the primary street, to either the side or rear of the building. li. Parking garage entries should not dominate the streetscape. . ill. The design of structured parking at finished grade under a building should minimize the apparent width of garage entries, iv. Parking within the building should be enclosed or screened through any combination of walls, decorative grilles, or trellis work with landscaping. " v. Parking garages should be de- signed to be complementary with ad- jacent buildings. Use similar forms, materials, and/or details to enhance garages. vi. Parking service and storage functions should be located away from the street edge and generally not be visible from the street or side- walks. d. Guidelines Applicable to Districts `B' and '6'; 1. Attached personal parking ga- rages at -grade should be individual- ized and not enclose more than two (2) cars per enclosed space. Such garages should be architecturally in- tegrated into the whole development. H. Multiple -user parking garages at - grade should be enclosed or screened -from view through any combination of walls, decorative grilles, or trellis work with landscap- ing. ill, Personal parking garages should be individualized whenever possible with separate entries and architectural detailing in character with the lower density district. iv. Large multi-user parking ga- rages are discouraged in this tower density district and, if provided, (Revised 7107) 3 - 54 4-3-10OF should be Iocated below grade whenever possible. 4. Vehicular Access: Intent: To maintain a contiguous, uninter- rupted sidewalk by minimizing, consolidating and/or eliminating vehicular access off streets within pedestrian environments andl or designated pedestrian -oriented streets. a. Minimum Standard forDistricts'S' and'E': Parking lots and garages shall be accessed from alleys when available. b. Minimum Standards for District V: i. Parking garages shall be ac- cessed at the rear of buildings or from non -pedestrian -oriented streets when available. il. Surface parking driveways are prohibited on pedestrian -oriented streets. 111. marking lot entrances, drive- ways, dnd other veh€cular access points on high visibility streets shall be restricted to one entrance and exit lane per five hundred (500) linear feet as measured horizontally along the street. c. Guidelines Applicable to Districts 'A' and'D': €. Parking lots and garages should be accessed from alleys or side streets. ii. Driveways should be located to be visible from the right-of-way, but not impede pedestrian circulation on - site or to adjoining properties. Where possible, minimize the number of driveways and curb cuts. d. Guidelines Applicable to Districts '13' and'E': 1. Garage entryways and/or drive- ways accessible only from a street should not impede pedestrian clrcu- lation along the. sidewalk. ii. Curb cuts should be minimized whenever possible through the use of shared driveways. J 3-55 (Revised?107) 4-3-1 OOF 5. Illustrations. a. Parking and vehicUjaraCCess in bistrict'C' (see subsection Flb(lii) of this Section). PeOng fols are accessed by a System of local access 'Sveolsz', - nstmew A N f3 PaWng lots are ailed Cirft fr" Z g iwvords Me interior of the biotic to the; mW possV6- Visibility Ovols par"Irla tots are p conf4ured tD MUN t We L C ' t T Y !1 7 ell N awe Y V m i. Raid -Nock eANIIC- access and provide 0 good Daqj"" ror Wire InfIq dvidopme;M NO porkinq 101$ Or d6vexays od,,'acent 14D a pedestnan-crionled sUeel garege enimnce dod9ned to M'W*impact "- on WesWan ONAMIMOM (Revised W07) 3-56 4-3.100F b. Parking lot lighting (see subsection F2a(i) of this Section). r:`��� "JI':.rr7f ;�+�• *^.i^ >�F° t'iv':�'1".?:;il'..`: ;.�,;.:.yj;j,'r,�'Y.'^�::' :`!i:'.. �.+j';�„ ''. r'-� :,.N.y. .r � -E. �, s .�,�f'::%3� `% =3�' '!::.�.1�..,t �, 1 ,r. x �•r�%?"w�:>:+r ,i..?t��� � Trlf3 :ti•�::u;.�`�;: � �� n �', „'rr.i�J, s.� -,,} 1; l-?;:s_'s �a_ .i. •�z �; '.i3� i.yS=. rL,}` ,. .5�<'. '{ri `•�i£s!.;{'��;,-�;�_�o,l �-i;r'`:`�`",1�i�" ?^,7'!�it>,n!7�,��`k` ":' r'r�'� �5�1. ;ry s�j,,xl:;,—..,'•`r17.�.,.3 i7 l��y%�` - R. '�i���'.ti7i�;i �� E;'-�i�"E.�ti �+�1trai'`Cf`iy_i}���� �je 1�*r�'"Sj�rstF.� ��'�7i"r���r a°�r �tr_ ;i-s{rir�'Y.i���iv�' i.'r"k;•f Y`t�� ��� •Xr �. � rt,u}�� r tp -r r 1 S`{� J !'#qt��r ifs<'v j �,�3 ulrry�,{,.4 �r 3�� �Er- y.�t ,s 3%_�ea'�%s -gf,_ � -!!i_ �' .1 + �._._+y?,.+ ', .Y: f, a1:7�"ir•1�Jit+,t5S7'•� �� fir ri s'.ira` .1 t . T. ,�i� � � �Y_a� � y 3 � #. . i�, �.� �'ti3�t'�•h>'�y7'� 's�.ti`�; z, ;.,:�t�t;t, .t�}-�i,; jr.Fl, �513 ti°� J�?i'4't�r5;x .:sj�i•w•. .lr�llv?i:=: y.Y�s!i+�'i%�1•r �L�'�i���'•� .:z •• �' yl� d'. i , 2. a.E.xz^- �r•.. ... _ 3��.� .. l.k�., , - .''F? e..._ � 7 s� �. �r:4 � ..�' Ss`�,. r".i.F;•!+�.1 �`S°� .t�:�f'' � '-'�, r. r ;. 5 If.. a DO THIS DON'T DO THIS c. Parking structure fronting on pedestrian -oriented street with pedestrian -oriented uses and fa- cades along the ground floor (see subsection F3a(1)(a) of this Section). f._j 1 Parking garage on second boor Ground floor commercial spars with pedestrian -oriented facade 3-57 (Revised 7l07) 4-3-100G d. Parking structure designed to enhance streetscape (see subsection F3a(ii)(c) of this Section). Articulation of facade components to reduce scale and add visual interest Decorative trellis - structure for vines Raised planting bed adjacent to sidewalk (Ord. 5029, 11-24-2003; Ord. 5424, 2-7-2005; Ord. 5286, 5-14-2007) G. PEDESTRIAN ENVIRONMENT - Intent: To enhance the urban character of de- velopment in the Urban Center and the Cen- ter Village by creating pedestrian networks and by providing strong links from streets and drives to building entrances; make the pedes- trian environment safer and more convenient, comfortable, and pleasant to walk between businesses, on sidewalks, to and from ac- cess points, and through parking lots; and promote the use of multi -modal and public transportation systems In order to reduce other vehicular traffic. 1. Pathways through Parking Lots: Intent: To provide safe and attractive pedes- trian connections to buildings, parking ga- rages, and parking lots. a. Minimum Standards for Districts 'C' and 'D': 1. Clearly delineated pedestrian pathways and/or private streets shall be provided throughout parking ar- eas. it. Within parking areas, pedestrian pathways shall be provided perpen- dicular to [tie applicable building fa- cade, at a maximum distance of one hundred and fifty feet (150') apart (see illustration, subsection Goa of this Section), 2. Pedestrian Circulation: Intent: To create a network of linkages for pe- destrians to improve safety and convenience and enhance the pedestrian environment. a. Minimum Standards for Districts 'A', 'C' and 'D': ' I. Developments shall include an in- tegrated pedestrian circulation sys- tem that connects buildings, open space, and parking areas with the adjacent street sidewalk system and adjacent properties (see Illustration, subsection Gob of this Section). 11, Sidewalks located between buildings and streets shall be raised above the level of vehicular travel. (Revised 7/07) 3 - S8 4-3-10OG iii. Pedestrian pathways within parking lots or parking modules shall be differentiated by malarial or tex- lure from adjacent paving materials (see illustration, subsection G4c of this Section). iv. Sidewalks and pathways along the facades of buildings shall be of sufficient width to accommodate an- ticipated numbers of users. Specifi- cally: (a) Sidewalks and pathways along the facades of mixed use and retail buildings one hundred (100) or more feet in width (mea- sured along the facade) shall provide sidewalks at least twelve feet (12') in width. The walkway shall include an eight foot (8') minimum unobstructed walking surface and street trees (see il- lustration, subsection G4d of this Section). (b) To increase business visibil- Ity and accessibility, breaks in the tree coverage adjacent to major building entries shall be al- lowed. (c) For all other interior path- ways, the proposed walkway shall be of sufficient width to ac- commodate the anticipated num- ber of users. A ten to twelve foot (10'-12') pathway, for example, can accommodate groups of per- sons walking four (4) abreast, or two (2) couples passing one an- other. An eight foot (8') pathway will accommodate three (3) indi- viduals walking abreast, whereas a smaller five to six foot (6'— 6') pathway will accommo- date two (2) individuals. v. Locate pathways with clear sight lines to increase safety. Landscaping shall not obstruct visibility of walkway or sight lines to building entries. vi. All pedestrian walkways shall provide an all-weather walking sur- face unless the applicant can dem- onstrate that the proposed surface is appropriate for the anticipated num- ber of users and complementary to the design of the development. b. Guidelines Applicable to All Ols- trlcts: . i. Dellneation of pathways may be through the use of architectural fea- tures, such as trellises, railings, low seat walls, or similar treatment. II. Mid -block connections are desir- able where a strong linkage between uses can be established. ill. Decorative fences, with the ex- ception of chain link fences, may be allowed when appropriate to the situ- ation. c. Guidelines Applicable to district 'C' Only: i. Through -block connections should be made between buildings, between streets, and to connect sidewalks with public spaces. Pre- ferred location for through -block con- nections is mid -block (see illustration, subsection G4e of this Section). ii. Between buildings of up to and including two (2) stories in height, through -block connections should be at least six feet (6') In width. W. Between buildings three (3) sto- ries in height or greater, through - block connections should be at least twelve feet (12') in width. iv. Transit stops should be located along designated transit routes a maximum of one -quarter (0.25) mile apart. v. As an alternative to some of the required street trees, developments may provide pedestrian -scaled light fixtures at appropriate spacing and no taller than fourteen feet (14') In height. No less than one tree or light fixture per thirty (30) lineal feet of the 3 - 59 (Revised 7/07) 4-3-i OOG required walkway should be pro- vided. 3. Pedestrian Amenities: Intent: To create attractive spaces that unify the building and street environments and are inviting and comfortable for pedestrians; and provide publicly accessible areas that func= tion fora variety of activities, at all times of the year, and under typical seasonal weather conditions. a. Minimum Standards for District 'c': 1. On designated pedestrian-ort- ented streets, provide pedestrian overhead weather protectiornln the form of awnings, marquees, cano- pies, or building overhangs. These elements shall be a minimum of four and one-half feet (4-1/2') wide along at least seventy five percent (75%) of the length of the building facade fac- ing the designated pedestrian-ork ented street, a maximum height of fifteen feet (15') above the ground el- evation, and no lower than eight feet (8') above ground level. H. Site furniture provided in public spaces shall be made of durable, vandal- and weather -resistant mate- rials that do not retain rainwater and can be reasonably maintained over an extended period of time. ill. Site furniture and amenities shall not impede or block pedestrian ac- cess to public spaces or building en- trances. b. Minimum Standards for District V: 1. Provide pedestrian overhead weather protection in the form of aw- nings, marquees, canopies, or build- Ing overhangs. These elements shall be a minimum of four and one-half feet (4-1/2') wide along at least sev- enty five percent (75%) of the length of the building facade, a maximum height of fifteen feet (15') above the ground elevation, and no lower than eight feet (8') above ground level. ii. Site furniture provided in public spaces shall be made of durable, vandal- and weather-reslstant mate- rials that do not retain rainwater and can be reasonably maintained over an extended period of time. . iii. Site furniture and amenities shall not impede or block pedestrian ac- cess to public spaces or building en- trances. c. Minimum Standards for District'E' Only: i. Site furniture provided in public spaces shall be made of durable, vandal- and weather -resistant mate- riais that do not retain rainwater'and can be reasonably maintained over an extended period of time. R. Site furniture and amenities shall not Impede or block pedestrian ac- cess to public spaces or building en- trances. d. Guidelines Applicable to Districts 'c', 'D' and 'E': t. Transit shelters, bicycle racks, benches, trash receptacles, and other street furniture should be pro- vided. H. Street amenities such as outdoor group seating, kiosks, fountains, and public art should be provided. lil. Architectural elements that in- corporate plants, such as facade - mounted planting boxes or trellises or ground -related or hanging con- tainers are encouraged, particularly at building entrances, in publicly ac- cessible spaces, and at facades along pedestrian -oriented streets (see illustration, subsection 04f of this Section). (Revised 7l07) 3 - 60 4-3-1QUU 4, Illustrations, a. Pedestrian walkways within parking lots (see subsection G I a(! i) of this Section). PF-- VE -4— 184 � i 50'MAX � f4iiii7 Pedestrian walkways b. Integrated pedestrian access system (pathways are shown In solid black [Ines) (see subsection 02a(i) of this Section), 0 Hgh v;qblitf street (SCAdes " al leAsf f2'W" and inClUdeSMO VM Poe" lot pathvA V"Ock P09VA-ay C"ects uses and "Wtl - MA' eCYCe1%trs—.-' sl 1. it f r, s,;'A SC(465 -*:rmW erl�clo.$Ur,14 pede$Ton _,JW4'ed onatiosloneside Met With WAO slftar;�Xs' and *"t Vecs---/ Intedor PSITIVays Oal Nik slaefronts, pe= us es end r 3-61 (Revised 7/07) 4-3-100G c. Parking lot pedestrian interior walkway (see subsection G2a(III) of this Section). �O M d. Sidewalks along retail building facade (see subsection 02a(iv)(a) of this Section). Street trees and/or pedestrian street lamps every 30' Weather 11V (Revised 7/07) 3 - 62 4-;5-1 UUH e. Through -block pedestrian connections (see subsection G2c(i) of this Section). *o Pedestrian Corridor �o@H HO M a H H H a H a H H 00. 7T� gnoAb"°� m Pedeshim Corridor �WHWBHHHWHiinH� f. Pedestrian amenities Incorporated into development (see subsection Wd(fli) of this Section). Recessed entry seasonal landscaping Transparent windows Weather protection (Ord. 5029, 11-24-2003; Ord. 5124, 2-7-2005, Ord. 5286, 5-14-2007) H. LANDSCAPINGIRECREATION AREAS/COMMON OPEN SPACE; Intent; To provide visual relief in areas of ex- pansive paving or structures; define logical areas of pedestrian and vehicular circulation; and add to the aesthetic enjoyment of the area by the community. To have areas suit- able for both passive and active recreation by residents, workers, and visitors; provide these areas in sufficient amounts and in safe and convenient locations; and provide the op- destrian �rrented space sealing areas :es and street eatures used to define iestrian area Varied vement i estdan xiented >l9nage portunity for community gathering in places centrally located and designed to encourage such activity. 1. Landscaping: Intent: Landscaping is intended to reinforce the architecture or concept of the area; pro- vide visual and climatic relief in areas of ex- pansive paving or structures; channelize and define logical areas of pedestrian and vehic- C' 3 - 63 (Revised 7107) 4-3-100Fi ular circulation; and add to the aesthetic en- joyment of the area by the community. - a. Minimum Standards for All Dis- tricts: i. All pervious areas shall be land- scaped (see RMC 4-4-070, Land- scaping). ii. Street trees are required and shall be located between the curb edge and building, as determined by the City of Renton. III. On designated pedestrian-orl- ented streets, street trees shall be in- stalled with tree grates. For all other streets, street tree treatment shall be as determined by the City of Renton (see illustration, subsection H3a of this Section). iv. The proposed landscaping shall be consistent with the ,design intent and program of the building, the site, and use. v, The landscape plan shall demon- strate how the proposed landscap- ing, through the use of plant material and nonvegetative elements, rein- forces the architecture or concept of the development. vi. Surface parking areas shall be screened by landscaping in order to reduce views of parked cars from streets (see RMC 4-4-080F7, Land- scape Requirements). Such land- scaping shall be at least ten feet (10') in width as measured from the side- walk (see Illustration, subsection H3b of this Section). Standards for plant- Ing shall be as follows: (a) Trees at an average mini- mum rate of one tree per thirty (30) lineal feet of street frontage. Permitted tree species are those that reach a mature height of at least thirty five feet (35'). Mini- mum height or caliper at planting shall be eight feet (8') or two inch (2") caliper (as measured four feet (4') from the top of the root ball) respectively. (b) Shrubs at the minimum rate of one per twenty (20) square feet of landscaped area. Shrubs shall be at least twelve Inches (12") tall at planting and have a mature height between three feet (3') and four feet (4'). (c) Ground cover shall be planted in sufficient quantities to provide at least ninety percent (90%) coverage of the land- scaped area within three (3) years of installation. (d) The applicant shall provide a maintenance assurance de- vice, prior to occupancy, for a pe- riod of not less than three (3) years and in sufficient amount to ensure requ€red landscape stan- dards have been met by the third year following Installation. (e) Surface parking with more than fourteen (14) stalls shall be landscaped as follows: (1) Required Amount: Total Number of Spaces Minimum Required Landscape Area" 1510 50 15 square feet/parking space 51 to 99 25 square feet/parking space 100 or mare 35 square feet/parking space * Landscape area calculations above and !In'- ing requirements below exclude perimeterk- ing lot landscaping areas. (2) Provide trees, shrubs, and ground cover in the required inte- rior parking lot landscape areas. (3) Plant at least one tree for every six (6) parking spaces. Permitted,tree species'are those that reach a mature height of at least thirty five feet (35'). Mini- mum height or caliper at planting shall be eight feet (8') or two inch (2") caliper (as measured four (Revised7107) 3 - 64 4-3-100H feet (4') from the top of the root titularly at building entries and in ball) respectively. publicly accessible spaces. (4) Plant shrubs at a rate of five vi, Window boxes, containers for (5) per one hundred (100) plantings, hanging baskets, or other square feet of landscape area. planting feature elements should be Shrubs shall be at least sixteen made of weather -resistant materials inches (16") tall at planting and that can be reasonably maintained. have a mature height between three feet (3') and four feet (4'). vll. Landscaping should be used to screen parking lots from adjacent or (5) Up to fifty percent (50%) of neighboring properties. shrubs may be deciduous. c. Guidelines Applicable to Districts (6) Select and plant ground '13' and'E': coverso as to provide ninety per- cent (90%) coverage within three 1. Front yards should be visible from (3) years of planting; provided, the street and visually contribute to that mulch is applied until plant the streetscaps. coverage Is complete. 11. Decorative walls and fencing are (7) Do not locate a parking stall encouraged when architecturally in - more than fifty feet (50') from a tegrated into the project. landscape area. 2. Recreation Areas and Common Open v11. Regular maintenance shall be Space: provided to ensure that plant materi- als are kept healthy and that dead or Intent: To ensure that districts have areas dying plant materials are replaced. suitable for both passive and active recre- ation by residents, workers, and visitors and vil€. Underground, automatic irriga- that these areas are of sufficient size for the tion systems are required in all land- intended activity and in convenient locations; scape areas. create usable, accessible, and inviting open space that is accessible to the public; and b. Guidelines Applicable to all Dis- promote pedestrian activity on pedestrian-orl- trlcts: ented streets particularly at street corners. 1. Landscaping should be used to a. Minimum Standards for Districts soften and Integrate the bulk of build- 'A', 'C' and 'D': ings. i. . Mixed use residential and at- 1€. Landscaping should be provided Cached housing developments of ten that appropriately provides either (10) or more dwelling units shall pro - screening of unwanted views or fo- vide a minimum area of common cases attention to preferred views. space or recreation area equal to fifty (50) square feet per unit. The com- iii. Use of low maintenance, mon space area shall be aggregated drought -resistant landscape material to provide usable area(s) for resi- Is encouraged. dents. The location, layout, and pro- posed type of common space or iv. Choice of materials should re- recreation area shall be subject to flect the level of maintenance that will approval by the Director. The re - be available. quired common open space shall be satisfied with one or more of the ele- v. Seasonal landscaping and con- ments listed below. The Director may tainer plantings are encouraged, par- require more than one of the follow- 3 - 65 (Revised 7I07) 4-3-1 OOH ing elements for developments hav- ing more than one hundred (100) units. (a) Courtyards, plazas, or multi -purpose open spaces; (b) Upper level common decks, patios, terraces, or roof gardens. Such spaces above the street level must feature views or amenities that are unique to the site and are provided as an asset to the development; (c) Pedestrian corridors dedi- cated to passive recreation and separate from the public street systen t; (d) Recreation facilities includ- ing, but not limited to, tennis/ sports courts, swimming pools, exercise areas, game rooms, or other simllar facilities; or (e) Children's play spaces. ii. In mixed use residential and at- tached residential projects, required landscaping, driveways, parking, or other vehicular use areas shall not be counted toward the common space requirement or be located in dedi- cated outdoor recreation or common use areas, iii. In mixed use residential and at- tached residential projects required yard setback areas shall not count to- ward outdoor recreation and com- mon space unless such areas are developed as private or seml-private (from abutting or adjacent properties) courtyards, plazas or passive use ar- eas containing landscaping and fencing sufflcient to create a fully us- able area accessible to all residents of the development (see illustration, subsection H3c of this Section), iv. Private decks, balconies, and private ground floor open space shall not count toward the common space/ recreation area requirement. v. In mixed use residential and at- . aached residential projects, other re- quired fandscap€ng and sensitive area buffers without common access links, such as pedestrian trails, shall not be included toward the required recreation and common space re- quirement. . A. All buildings and developments with over thirty thousand (30,000) square feet of nonresidential uses (excludes parking garage floorplate areas) shall provide pedestrian -ori- ented space (see illustration, sub- section Had of this Section) according to the following formula: 1 % of the tot area + 1 % of the bui Id- Ing area = Minimum amount of pe- destrian -oriented space vil. To qualify as pedestrian -ori- ented space, the following must be included: (a) Vsual and pedestrian ac- cess'includ€ng. barrier -free ac- cess) to the abutting structures from the public right-of-way or a nonvehicular courtyard; (b) Paved walking surfaces of either concrete or approved unit paving; (c) On-slte or building -mounted fighting providing at least four (4) foot-candles (average) on the ground, and (d) At least three feet (Y) of seating area (bench, ledge, etc.) or one individual seat per sixty (60) square feet of plaza area or open space. viii. The following features are en- couraged in pedestrian -oriented space (see illustration, subsection Hie of this Section) and may be re- quired by the Director: (a) Provide pedestrian-orl- ented uses on the building fa - (Revised 7/07) 3 - 66 4-3-I OUH cade facing the pedestrian- be considered in relation to building ori- oriented space. entation, sun and light exposure, and lo- cal micro -climatic conditions. (b) Spaces should be posi- tioned In areas with significant d. Guidelines, Applicable to Dlstrfcts pedestrian traffic to provide inter- `A', 'C' and 'D':. est and security -- such as adja- cent to a building entry. I. Common space areas in mixed use residential and attached residen- (c) Provide pedestrian -oriented tial projects should be centrally lo- facades on some or all buildings cated so they are near a majority of facing the space. dwelling units, accessible and usable to residents, and visible from sur- d) Provide movable public rounding units. seating. il. Common space areas should be ix. The following are prohibited located to take advantage of sur- within pedestrian -oriented space: rounding features such as building entrances, significant landscaping, (a) Adjacent unscreened park- u n fq ue. topography or architecture, ing lots; and solar exposure. (b) Adjacent chain link fences; ill, In mixed use residential and at- tached residential projects children's (c) Adjacent blank walls; play space should be centrally lo- cated, visible from the dwellings, and (d) Adjacent dumpsters or ser- away from hazardous areas like gar - vice areas; and bage dumpsters, drainage facilities, streets, and parking areas. (e) Outdoor storage (shopping carts, potting soil bags, firewood, e. Guideline' Applicable to District etc.) that do not contribute to the 'C': Developments located at street inter - pedestrian environment. section corners on designated pedes- trian -oriented streets are encouraged to x. The minimum required walkway provide pedestrian -oriented space adja- areas shall not count as pedestrian- cent to the street corner to emphasize oriented space. However, where pedestrian activity (see illustration, sub - walkways are widened or enhanced section H3f of this Section). beyond minimum requirements, the area may count as pedestrian -ori- ented space if the Director deter- mines such space meets the definition of pedestrian -oriented space. b. Minimum Standard forDistrlcts'B' and 'E': Attached housing developments shall provide a minimum area of private usable open space equal to one hundred fifty (150) square feet per unit of which one hundred (1'00) square feet are con- tiguous. Such space may include porches, balconies, yards, and decks. c. Minimum Standard for D1strlct'C': The location of public open space shall 3 - 67 (Revised 7107) 4-3-1 OOH 3. Illustrations. a. Street tree installed with Iree grate (see subsection Hia(lil) of This Section). b. Parking tot landscaped Duffer (see subsection H1 a(vi) of this Section). One tree per I 30 lineal feet Parking, service, or storage areas 9 0' r r Landscapingr BrrPf�r (Revised W07) 3 - 68 4-3-'100H c. Visible and accessible common area featuring landscaping and other amenities (see subsec- tion H2a(lii) of this Section). d. Pedestrian -oriented space associated with a large-scale retail building (see subsection H2a(vi) of this Section). �r �• C"Y 1 �fff[s 3 - 69 (Revised 7/07) 4-3-1001 e. Pedestrian -oriented spaces, visible from the street, Including ample seating areas, movable fur- niture, special paving, landscaping components and pedestrian -oriented uses (see subsection 1­12a(viii) of this Section). f. Building setbacks increased at street corners along pedestrian -oriented streets to encourage provisions for pedestrian -oriented spaces (see subsection H2e of this Section). Corner entry — with increase setback d Pedestrian -oriented space (Ord. 5029, 11-24-2003; Ord. 5124, 2-7-2005; Ord. 5286, 5-14-2007) I. BUILDING ARCHITECTURAL 1, Building Character and Massing: DESIGN: Intent: To ensure that buildings are not bland Intent: To encourage building design that is and visually appear to be at a human scale; unique and urban in character, comfortable and ensure that all sides of a building, that on a human scale, and uses appropriate can be seen by the public, are visually inter - building materials that are suitable for the Pa- esting. cific Northwest climate. To discourage fran- chlse retail architecture. a. Minimum Standard for Districts `A' and'D': All building facades shall include (Revised 7107) 3 - 70 (Revised 7107) 3 - 70 modulation or articulation at intervals of d. Guidelines Applicable to Districts no more than forty feet (40'). 'A', 'e', 'D' and 'E': ^ b. Minimum Standard for Districts'B' i. Building facades should be mod- and'E': All building facades shall Include ulated and/or articulated with archi- modulation or articulation at intervals of tectural elements to reduce the no more than twenty feet (20'). apparent size of new buildings, break 'up long blank walls, add visual Inter- c. Minimum Standards for Distrlat est, and enhance the character of the IV: neighborhood, 1. All building facades shall Include I). Arficutation, modulation, and measures to reduce the apparent their intervals should create a sense scale of the building and add visual of scale Important to residential build - interest. Examples include moduia- ings. lion, articulation, defined entrances, and display windows (see illustration, iii. A variety of modulations and ar- subsection 15a of this Section). ticulations should be employed to add visual interest and to reduce the il. All buildings shall be articulated bulk and scale of large projects. with one or more of the following: e. Guideline Applicable to Districts (a) Defined entry features; `13' and 'E': Building modulations should be a minimum of two feet (2') in depth (b) Window treatment; and four feet (4') in width. (c) Bay windows and/or balco- f. Guidelines Applicable to Districts nies; 'A' and `D': (d) Roof line features; or I. Building modulations should be a f } minimum of two feet (2') deep, slx- (e) Other features as approved teen feet (16') in height, and eight by the Director. feet (8') In width. iii. Single purpose residential build- H. Alternative methods to shape a ings shall feature building modulation building such as angled or curved fa - as follows (see illustration, subsec- cade elements, off -set planes, wing tion 15b of this Section): walls, and terracing will be consid- ered; provided, that the intent of this (a) The maximum width (as Section is met. measured horizontally along the building's exterior) without build- g. Guidelines Applicable to District ing modulation shall be forty feet 'C': (40'). i. Although streelfront buildings (b) The minimum width of mod- along designated pedestrian streets blation shall be fifteen feet (15'). should strive to create a uniform street edge, building facades should (c) The minimum depth of mod- generally be modulated and/or arlic- ulatlon shall be the greater of six ulated with architectural elements to feet (6') or not less than two-' reduce the apparent size of new tenths (0.2) multiplied by the buildings, break up tong blank walls, height of the structure (finished add visual Interest, and enhance the grade to the top of the wall). character of the neighborhood. 3 - 71 (Revised 7107) 4-3-1001 II. Style: Buildings should be urban in character. iii. Buildings greater than one hun- dred and sixty feet (160') in length should provide a variety of tech- niques to reduce the apparent bulk and scale of the facade or Provide an additional special design feature such as a clock tower, courtyard, fountain, or public gathering place to add visual interest (see illustration, subsection 16o of this Section), 2. Ground -Level Details: Intent: To ensure that buildings are visually interesting and reinforce the intended hu- man -scale character of the pedestrian envl- ronment; and ensure that all sides of a building within near or distant public view have visual interest. a. Mlnfrnum Standards for Ali Dis- tricts: 1. Untreated blank wails visible from public streets, sidewalks, or interior pedestrian pathways are prohibited. A wall (Including building facades and retaining walls) is considered a blank wall if: (a) It is a ground floor wall or portion of a ground floor wall over six feet (6) in height, has a horizontal length greater than fif- teen feet (15'), and does not in- clude a window, door, building modulation or other architectural detailing; or (b) Any portion of a ground floor wall having a surface area of four hundred (400) square feet or greater and does not include a window, door, building modula- tion or other architectural detail- ing. If. Where blank walls are required or unavoidable, blank walls shall be treated with one or more of the fol- lowing (see illustration, subsection 15d of this Section): (a) A planting bed at least five feet (5') in width containing trees, shrubs, evergreen ground cover, or vines adjacent to the blank wail; (b) Trellis or other vine sup- ports with evergreen climbing vines; (c) Architectural detailing such as reveals, contrasting materials, or other special detailing that meets the intent of this standard; (d) Artwork, such as bas-relief sculpture, mural, or similar; or (e) Seating area with special paving and seasonal planting. w. Treatment of blank walls shall be proportional to the wall. iv. Provide human -scaled elements such as a lighting. fixture, trellis, or other landscape feature along the fa- cade's ground floor. v. Facades on designated pedes- trian -oriented streets shall have at least seventy five percent (75%) of the linear frontage of the ground floor facade (as measured on a true eleva- tion facing the designated pedes- trian -oriented street) comprised of transparent windows and/or doors. A, Other facade window require- ments include the following: (a) Building facades must have clear windows with visibility into and out of the building. However, screening may be applied to pro- vide shade and energy effi- ciency. The minimum amount of light transmittance for windows shall be fifty percent (50%). (b) Display windows shall be designed for frequent change of merchandise, rather than perma- nent displays. (Revised 7/07) 3 - 72 4-3-1001 (e) Where windows or store- (4) Street furniture (benches, fronts occur, they must princi- etc.). pally contain clear glazing. H. Artwork or building ornamenta- (d) Tinted and dark glass, tion (such as mosaics, murals, grill - highly reflective (mirror -type) work; sculptures, relief, etc.) should glass and film are prohibited, be used to provide ground -level de- tail. b. Guidelines Applicable to Districts 'A', 'C' and `R': ill. Elevated or terraced planting beds between the walkway and long 1. The primary building entrance building walls are encouraged, should be made visibly prominent by Incorporating a minimum of one of c. Guideline Applicable to Districts the following architectural features '13' and V: Use of material variations from each category listed (see iflus- such as colors, brick, shingles, stucco, tration, subsection 15e of this Sec- and horizontal wood siding Is encour- tion): aged. (a) Facade Features: S. Building Roof Lines: (1) Recess; - intent: To ensure that roof forms provide dis- tinctive profiles and interest consistent with (2) Overhang; an urban project and contribute to the visual continuity of the district. (3) Canopy; a. Minimum Standards for Districts (4) Trellis; 'A', `C' and V: (5) Portico; f. Buildings shall use at least one of the following elements to create var- (6) Porch; ied and Interesting roof profiles (see illustration, subsection 15f of this Sec- (7) Clerestory. tion): (b) Doorway Features: (a) Extended parapets; (1) Transom windows; (b) Feature elements project- Ing above parapets; (2) Glass windows flanking door; (c) Projected cornices; (3) Large on" doors; (d) Pitched or sloped roofs. (4) Ornamental lighting; ii. Locate and screen roof -mounted mechanical equipment so that the (5) Lighted displays. equipment is not visible within one hundred fifty feet (150`) of the struc- (c) Detail Features: ture when viewed from ground level. (1) Decorative entry paving; iil. 'Screening features shall blend with the architectural character of the (2) Ornamental building name building, consistent with RMC and address; 4-4-095E, Roof -Top Equipment. (3) Planted containers; 3 - 73 (Revised 5109) 4-3-1001 iv. Match color of roof -mounted me- chanical equipment to color of ex- posed portions of the roof to minimize visual impacts when equip- ment is visible from higher eleva- tions. (Ord. 5355, 2-25-2008) b. Guidelines Applicable to Districts 'S' and 'E': I. Buildings containing predomi- nantly residential uses should have pitched roofs with a minimum slope of one to four (1:4). Such roofs should have dormers or €ntersecting roof forms that break up the massive- ness of a continuous, uninterrupted sloping roof. II. Roof colors should be dark. a. Guideline Applicable to District `C': Building roof llnes'should be varied to add visual Interest to the building. 4. Building Materials: Intent,. To ensure high standards of quality and effective maintenance over time; encour- age the use of materials that reduce the vi- sual bulk of large buildings; and encourage the use of materials that add visual interest to the neighborhood. a. Minimum Standards for All Dis- tricts: €. All sides of buildings visible from a street, pathway, parking area, or open space shall be finished on all sides with the same building materi- als, detailing, and color scheme, or if different, with materials of the same quality. ii. Materials, individually or in com- bination, shall have an attractive tex- ture, pattern, and quality of.deta€ling for all visible facades. iii. Materials shall be durable, high quality, and reasonably maintained. b. Minimum Standard for Districts 'A', 'C' and 'D': Buildings shall employ material variations such as colors, brick or metal banding, patterns, or textural changes. c. Guidelines Applicable to All Dis- tricts: I. Building materials should be at- tractive, durable, and consistent with more traditional urban development.. Appropriate examples would include brick, integrally colored concrete ma- sonry, pre -finished metal, stone, steel, glass, and cast -In -place, con- crete. ii. Concrete walls should be en- hanced by texturing, reveals, snap - tie patterns, coloring with a concrete coating of admixture, or by incorpo- rating embossed or sculpted sur- faces, mosaics, or artwork. €€I. Concrete block walls should be enhanced with integral color, tex- tured blocks and colored mortar, dec- orative bond pattern and/or incorporate other masonry materials. iv. Stucco and similar troweled fin- ishes should be used in combination with other more highly textured f€n- Ishes or accents. They should not be used at the base of buildings be- tween the finished floor elevation and four feet (4') above. d. Guideline Applicable to Districts 'B' and'E': Use of material variations such as colors, brick or metal banding or patterns, or textural changes is encour- aged. (Revised 5108) 3 - 74 4-J-1 UUi 5. Illustrations. a. Building modulation and articulation (see subsection 11 c(1) of this Section). I 1 I { � i i INTERVAL INTERVAL �zt. dll,li l� �� � �� �� � ■� � 41� !I � li jig --?Ill€1m�Eitif.t���ar��':iri� C, 3 - 75 (Revised 7/07) 4-3-1001 c. Reducing scale of long buildings (see subsection 11 g(ili) of this Section). More than 180' Facade Is too tort th 1W or less 16V or ten meeo guideline Meats (Iuittefina d, Acceptable blank wall treatments (see subsection 12a(ii) of this Section). Min. 5' wide planting. bed and materials to cover 50% of wail within 3 years Trellis with vines or other plants Artwork (Revised 7107) 3-76 4-a-'1 VUI e. Building facade features (see subsection 12b(1) of this Section). 4`-6" min. RGk1r-00 TRELLIS PORTICO f. Preferred roof forms (see subsection 13a of this Section), Feature elements projecting Extended naranets r (Ord. 5029, 11-24-2003; Ord 5124, 2-7-2005; Ord, 5286, 5-14-2007) PORCH 3 - 77 (Revised 7107) 4-;3-1 UUJ J. SIGNAGE: Intent: To provide a means of identifying and advertising businesses; provide directional . assistance; encourage signs that are both clear and of appropriate scale for the project; encourage quality signage that contributes to the character of the Urban Center and the Center Village; and create color and interest. 1. Minimum Standards for Districts 'C' and'D': a. Signage shall be an integral part of the design approach to the building. b. Corporate logos and signs shall be sized appropriately for their location. c. Prohibited signs include (see Illustra- tion, subsection Ma of this Section); i. Pole signs; Il. Roof signs; iii. Back -lit signs with letters or graphics on a plastic sheet (can signs or illuminated cabinet signs). Exceptions: Back -lit logo signs less than ten (10) square feet are permit- ted as are signs with only the individ- ual letters back -lit. d. In mixed use and multi -use buildings, signage shall be coordinated with the overall building design. e. Freestanding ground -related monu- ment signs, with the exception of primary entry signs, shall be limited to five feet (5') above finished grade, including sup- port structure. All such signs shall include decorative landscaping (ground cover and/or shrubs) to provide seasonal Inter- est in the area surrounding the sign. Al- ternately, signage may in stone, brick, or other decorative materials as ap- proved by the Director. f. Entry signs shall be limited to the name of the larger development. (Revised M) 3 - 78 2. Guldel Ines Applicable to Districts 'C' and'D': a. Alteration of trademarks notwith- standing, corporate signage should not be garish in color nor overly lit, al- though creative design, strong ac- cent colors, and interesting surface materials and lighting techniques are encouraged. b. Front -lit, ground -mounted monu- ment signs are the preferred type of freestanding sign. c. Blade type signs, proportional to the building facade on which they are mounted, are encouraged on pedes- trian -oriented streets. 4-;3-1 UUK 3. Illustrations. a. Acceptable and unaccepiable signs (see subsection J1c of this Section). Typical "can signs" are not acceptable Plastic c. translucent sheet metal box Internally lit letters or graphics are acceptable (Ord. 5029, 11-24-2003, Ord. 5124, 2-7-2005; Ord. 5286, 5-14-2007) K. LIGHTING: • - Intent: To ensure safety and security; provide adequate fighting levels in pedestrian areas such as plazas, pedestrian walkways, park- ing areas, building entries, and other public places; and increase the visual attractiveness of the area at all times of the day and night. 1. Minimum Standards for Districts 'A', `C' and'D': a. Lighting shall conform to on -site ex- terior lighting regulations located in RMC 4-4-075, Lighting, Exterior On -Site. b. Lighting shall be provided on -site to increase security, but shall not be al- lowed to directly project off -site. c. Pedestrian -scale lighting shaft be provided, for both safety and aesthetics, along all streets, at primary and second - Only the individual letters are lit ary building entrances, at building fa- cades, and at pedestrian-orlented spaces. 2. Guidelines Applicable to Districts `C' and V: a. Accent lighting should be provided at focal paints such as gateways, public art, and significant landscape features such as specimen trees. b. Additional lighting to provide interest In the pedestrian environment may In- clude sconces on building facades, aw- nings with down -lighting, decorative street lighting, etc. (Ord. 5029, 11-24-2003; Ord. 5124, 2-7-2005; Ord. 5286, 5-14-2007) 3 - 79 (Retised7/07) 4-3-1 OUL L. MODIFICATION OF MINIMUM STANDARDS: 1. The Reviewing Official shall have the au- thority to modify the minimum standards of the design regulations, subject to the provi- sions of RMC 4-9-250D, Modification Proce- dures, and the following requirements: a. The project as a whole meats the in- tent of the minimum standards and guidelines in subsections E, F, G, H, 1, J, and K of the design regulations; b. The requested modification meets the intent of the applicable design stan- dard; c. The modification will not have a detri- mental effect on nearby properties and the City as a whole; d. The deviation manifests high quality design; and e. The modification will enhance the pe- destrian environment on the abutting and/or adjacent streets and/or pathways. 2. Exceptions for Districts'A' and `B% Modifications to the requirements in subsec- tions Eta and E3a of this Section are limited to the following circumstances: a. When the building is oriented to an interior courtyard, and the courtyard has a prominent entry and walkway connect- €ng directly to the public sidewalk; or b. When a building Includes an arch€- tectural feature that connects the building entry to the public sidewalk; or c. In complexes with several buildings, when the building is oriented to an Inter- nal integrated walkway system with prominent connections to the public side- waik(s). (Ord. 5124, 2-7-2005; Ord. 5286, 5-14-2007) M. VARIANCE: (Reserved). (Ord. 5124, 2-7-2005; Ord. 5286, 5-14-2007) N. APPEALS: For appeals of administrative decisions made pursuant to.the design regulations, see RMG 4-8-110, Appeals. (Ord. 4821, 12-20.1999; Amd. Ord, 4971, 6-10-2002; Ord. 5029, 11-24-2003; Ord. 5124, 2-7-2005; Ord. 5286, 5-14.2007) 4-3-105 (Deleted by Ord. 4992, 12-9-2002) 4-3-110 URBAN SEPARATOR OVERLAY REGULATIONS: A. PURPOSE: The purpose of this Section €5-to Implement the urban separators policies in the Community De- sign Element of the Comprehensive Plan and the King County Countywide Planning Policies. The intent is to provide physical and visual distinctions between Renton and adjacent communities, de- fine Renton's boundaries and create contiguous open space corridors within and between urban communities, which provide environmental, vi- sual, recreational and wildlife benefits. Urban separators shall be permanent low -density lands that protect resources and environmentally sensi- tive areas. (Ord. 5132, 4-4-2005) B. APPLICABILITY: This Section shall apply to subdiv€s€ons and build- ing permits on lands within designated urban sep- arators as shown in the urban separators maps. (Ord. 5132, 4-4-2005) (Revised 7107) 3-80 Print Preview Page 33 of 61 2. Zone 2 Requirements: r a. Wastewater Disposal — Zone 2: i. New developments (residential and nonresidential) shall, as a condition of the building permit, be required to connect to a central sanitary sewer system prior to occupancy. New single family residential development on existing lots may use an on -site sewage disposal system in lieu of connection to a central sanitary sewer system when the Wastewater Utility has determined that, according to its codes and policies, a central sanitary sewer is unavailable. Approval of the use of an on -site sewage disposal system for such development shall be conditional upon the signing of a covenant running with the land to connect to a central sanitary sewer within two (2) years of its availability as determined by the Wastewater Utility, according to its codes and policies. ii. Sanitary sewers shall be constructed in accordance with prevailing American Public Works Association (APWA) standards with respect to minimum allowable infiltration and exfiltration. b. Additional Zone 2 Requirements: For properties located in Zone 2 of an aquifer protection area, additional requirements pertaining to sewers are specified in the z' following sections of the Renton Municipal Code: RMC 4-3-050C1a, Aquifer Protection s Areas — Compliance with Regulations; RMC 4-3-050H6b, Pipeline Requirements — Zone 2; RMC 4-4-03007, Construction Activity Standards — Zones 1 and 2; and RMC 4-3- 050D2b, Potential to Degrade Groundwater. (Ord. 4367, 9-14-1992; Ord. 4851, 8-7- 2000) 4-6-050 STREET PLAN ADOPTED: That certain arterials and street plan is hereby adopted as a part of and in further implementation of the City's Comprehensive Plan for the physical development of the City of Renton. (Ord. 2199, 12-20-1965) 4-6-060 STREET STANDARDS: A. PURPOSE: It is the purpose of this Section to establish design standards and development requirements for street improvements to ensure reasonable and safe access to public and private properties. These improvements include appropriately scaled sidewalks related to the urban context, a range of landscape buffers, curbs, gutters, street paving, monumentation, signage, and lighting, to be developed with complete streets principles. Complete streets principles are to plan, design, and operate streets to enable safe and convenient access and travel for all users including pedestrians, bicyclists, transit riders, and people of all ages and abilities, as http://www.codepublishing.corn/wa/rentoiVcgi/menuCoi-npile.pi 6/9/2014 Print Preview Page 34 of 61 well as freight and motor vehicle drivers, and to foster a sense of place in the public realm with attractive design amenities. (Ord. 4521, 6-5-1995; Ord. 5517, 12-14-2009) B. ADMINISTERING AND ENFORCING AUTHORITY: The Community and Economic Development Administrator is responsible for the general administration and coordination of this section. (Ord. 5450, 3-2-2009; Ord. 5517, 12-14-2009; Ord. 5676, 12-3-2012) C. APPLICABILITY: The standards in this section will be used for all public and private street improvements within the City of Renton. Whenever a building permit is applied for or application made for a short plat or a full subdivision, the applicant for such permit and/or application shall build and install certain street improvements, including, but not limited to: lighting on all abutting rights -of -way, and all private street improvements on access easements. The minimum design standards for streets are listed in the tables set forth in subsection F2 of this Section. These standards will determine specific street improvement requirements for development projects, including short - plats and subdivisions. (Ord. 5450, 3-2-2009; Ord. 5517, 12-14-2009; Ord. 5676, 12-3-2012) D.. EXEMPTIONS: The following exemptions shall be made to the requirements listed in this Section: 1. New construction or addition with valuation less than fifty thousand dollars ($50,000.00). 2. Interior remodels of any value not involving a building addition. (Ord. 5676, 12-3-2012; Ord. 5703, 12-9-2013) E. RIGHT-OF-WAY DEDICATION REQUIRED: 1. Dedication Required for Development: Where the existing width for any right-of-way abutting the development site is less than the minimum standards listed in subsection F of this Section, additional right-of-way dedication will be required for the proposed development. 2. Amount of Dedication: The right-of-way dedication required shall be half of the difference between the existing width and the minimum required width as listed in subsection F of this Section. In cases where additional right-of-way has been dedicated on the opposite side of the right-of-way from the development site in compliance with this Section, then dedication of the remaining right-of-way width to obtain the minimum width as listed in subsection F of this Section shall be required. 3. Waiver of Dedication: The Administrator may waive the requirement for additional right-of- way dedication pursuant to RMC 4-9-250C, Waiver Procedures, where it is determined by the http://vA w.codepubtishing.com/wa/renton/cgi/axnenuCompile.pl 6/9/2014 Print Preview Page 35 of 61 Administrator that construction of full street improvements is not anticipated in the future. (Ord. 5517, 12-14-2009; Ord. 5676, 12-3-2012) F. PUBLIC STREET RIGHT-OF-WAY DESIGN STANDARDS: 1. Level of Improvements: The minimum level of street improvements required are listed in the following tables including but not limited to curbs, planting strips, sidewalks, and lighting. a. Street Lighting Exemption: No street lighting is required for the following smaller project sizes: two (2) to four (4) units for residential; zero (0) to five thousand (5,000) square feet commercial; or zero (0) to ten thousand (10,000) square feet industrial. b. Additional Walkway Requirement: A pedestrian walkway to the arterial is required for the following larger project sizes with more than: twenty (20) units residential; ten thousand (10,000) square feet commercial; or twenty thousand (20,000) square feet industrial. 2. Minimum Design Standards for Public Streets and Alleys: All such improvements shall be constructed to the City Standards for Municipal Public Works Construction. Standards for construction shall be as specified in the following table, and by the Administrator. MINIMUM DESIGN STANDARDS TABLE FOR PUBLIC STREETS AND ALLEYS: Minimum Design Standards Functional Classifications: Public Streets and Alleys I (see notes) Commercial - Mixed Use, Industrial, & Commercial Neighborhood -Mixed Use Limited Principal Minor Collector & Industrial Residential Residential Arterial Arterial Arterial Access Access Access Alleys Structural See Standard Drawing or Pavement section and may be designed using procedures Design described in the WSDOT Design Manual, latest edition. Average 14,000 — 3,000— 3,000 -- 14,000 0 -- 3,000 0-3,000 0 — 250 NIA Daily 40,000 20,000 Vehicle Trips (ADT) http://www.codepublishing.comlwalrentoi-degi/rnenuCompile.pl 6/9/2014 Print Preview Page 36 of 61 Right -of- 4 lanes — 4 lanes — 2 lanes — 83' Way (R-0- 91' 91, 3 lanes — 94' ? W) 5 lanes — 5 lanes — 103' 103' 6 lanes — 6 lanes — 113' 113' 7 lanes — 7 lanes — 125' 1 125' 2 lanes — 69' 2 lanes — 3 lanes — 80' 53' Sidewalks2 8 both 8' both 8' both sides3 6' both sides 5' both sides3 sided sides Planting 8' between 8' between 8' between Strips curb & curb & curb & walk walk both wails both both sides sides sides 1 lane -- 45' Res. — 16' Com. —16' 5' both None sides 8' between 8' between 8' between None curb & walk curb & walk curb & walk both sides both sides both sides Tree grates and hardscape may be substituted for May be reduced if planting strip area if approved by Administrator. approved by Administrators Street Required, see Street Trees Standards RMC 4-4-070 NIA Trees Curbs Curb both Curb both Curb both Curb both Curb both Curb both None sides sides sides sides sides sides Parking Allowed at Allowed at 8' both sides 8' both sides 6' one sides 6' one side Lanes 8' U' Bicycle All classifications of Arterials will have None None None NIA Facilities Class I, or Class 11, or Class III bicycle facility. Paved 4 lanes — 4 lanes — 2 lanes -- 30' 2 lanes — 20' 2 lanes — 1 lane — Res. — Roadway 54' 54' 3 lanes — 41' 3 lanes — 31' 20' 12 a 12' Width, not 5 lanes — 5 lanes — Com. including 66' 66' — 16' parking 6 lanes — 6 lanes — 76' 76' 7 lanes — 7 lanes — 88' 88, http://www.codeptiblisiiing.com/wa./renton/egi/menuCompile.pl 6/9/2014 Print Preview Page 37 of 61 /'r Lane 11' travel lanes, 5' bike 10' travel Widths lanes, and 12' center lanes, 5' bike left turn lanes. lanes, and 11' center left turn lanes. Center Center median allowed for boulevard Median treatment and center left turn lane. Width will be width of center left turn lane minus 1 foot from through traffic travel lanes on both sides. full -outs with a minimum 25 foot length required for maintenance and emergency vehicles within the median at intervals of 300 — 350' 10' travel lanes 1 travel Res. — lane —12'8 12' Com. —16' fLN►/1 Pedestrian Curb bulb -outs required where on -street parking is located. NIA NIA Bulb -outs Intersection 35' turning 35' turning 35' turning 25' turning 25' turning 25' turning NIA Radii10 radius radius radiusil radius11 radius radius At the intersection of two classes of streets, the radius for the higher class street is to be used. Where larger trucks, transit and school buses are anticipated, further design will be required to determine an adequate radius. The minimum curb radius is 15 feet. Cuk-de- Limited application per RMC 4-6-060H. Limited application. See NIA sacs RMC 4-6-060H for pavement and R-O-W widths when permitted. Maximum 0.5 — 8% 0.5 — 8% 0.5 —10% 0.5 —15%, greater than 15% only 0.5— Grades allowed within approved hillside 15% subdivisions. Site Determined 125' from 125' from NIA NIA NIA NIA Access on a case- intersection intersection by -case basis. Street & Street lighting required per RMC 4-6-0601, as it exists or may be amended. NIA Pedestrian Lighting http://www.codepublishing.com/wa/renton/cgi/menuCompile.pl 6/9/2014 Print Preview Page 3 8 of 61 NOTES AND CONDITIONS: MINIMUM DESIGN STANDARDS TABLE FOR PUBLIC STREETS AND ALLEYS: ' Minimum design standards may be altered to allow alternative stormwater management and low impact development techniques within the R-O-W by the Department. 2 Sidewalk width will be 12 feet both sides in the City Center Community Planning Area. This sidewalk width includes street tree grates for locating street trees. 3 Sidewalk areas maybe required at a wider width to accommodate required multi -use path facilities when a Class I multi -use path is required within a street R-O-W by the Department. The width of a required 5 foot bicycle lane will be transferred to the sidewalk area to create a Class I multi -use path. 4 Maintenance Responsibilities. Unless otherwise agreed upon by the City of Renton, maintenance of landscaping within the planting strip area, including but not limited to elements such as groundcover, turf, softscape, and hardscape, is the responsibility of the adjacent property owner. Maintenance for street trees within the public right-of-way shall be the responsibility of the City of Renton. 5 Planting strips may be reduced if one of the following conditions is met: (a) when R- O-W acquisition is problematic; or (b) when critical areas would be impacted. If approved, a permanent alternative landscaped area should be provided equal or greater than the allowed planting strip area reduction that is in addition to any minimum existing code requirements. 6 A second parking lane may be required by the Administrator. 7 Class II bicycle facilities (bike lanes) included in roadway width for both sides. Bicycle facilities that are shared travel lanes, Class III bicycle facilities, require less roadway width. Class III travel lanes are a minimum of 14 feet. http://www.codepublishing.corn/wa/rentol-/cgi/inenuCompile.pl 6/9/2014 Print Preview Page 39 of 61 8 Requirement: Either fire sprinklers shall be provided as approved by Fire & Emergency Services or a clear. roadway area shall be provided for emergency vehicles midblock. All of the clear area must be 20 feet in width for vehicular movement with a minimum length of 50 feet and maximum length of 100 feet, so as to provide emergency access to homes within 150 feet. Along the clear area only, the planting strip would not be required and the clear area will be in place of the landscaping area. 9 The City may require different lane width dimensions to address safety concerns or to meet state and federal requirements for state routes or grant funding. 10 Turning radius dimensions represent the vehicle turning path. The smallest curb radius should be used while maintaining the specified turning radius. Lane width and the presence of a bike lane and parking lane affect a vehicle's turning path. On streets with more than one lane in that direction of travel, large vehicles may encroach into no more than one-half of the adjacent travel lane to complete the turn. On Arterials and Collector Arterials, encroachment into oncoming travel lanes is unacceptable. The minimum curb radius is 15 feet. 11 Turning radius for streets which include industrial access may increase to 50 feet. (Ord. 5675, 12-3-2012; Ord. 5676, 12-3-2012) 3. Length of Improvements: Such improvements shall extend the full distance of such property to be improved upon and sought to be occupied as a building site or parking area for the aforesaid building of platting purposes and which may abut property dedicated as a public street. 4. Additional Alley Standards: Alleys may be used for vehicular access, but are not to be considered as the primary access for emergency or Fire Department concerns. Alley access is the preferred street pattern except for properties in the Residential Low Density land use designation. Refer to RMC 4-7-150. 5. Pavement Thickness: New pavement shall be a minimum of four inches (4") of asphalt over six inches (6") of crushed rock. Pavement thickness for new arterial or collector streets or widening of arterials or collector streets must be approved by the Department of Community and Economic Development. Pavement thickness design shall be based on standard engineering procedures. For the purposes of asphalt pavement design, the procedures described by the "Asphalt Institute's Thickness Design Manual" (latest edition) will be accepted by the Department. Alternate design procedures or materials may be used if approved by the Department through the process listed in RMC 4-9-250E. 6. Minimum Sidewalk Measurements: New sidewalks must provide a minimum of four feet (4') of horizontal clearance from all vertical obstructions. Sidewalk widths include the curb width for those sidewalks constructed abutting or attached to the curb. http://www.codepublishing.cony/wa/renton/egi/menuCompile.pi 6/9/2014 Print Preview Page 40 of 61 7. Curves: a. Horizontal Curves: Where a deflection angle of more than ten degrees (100) in the r alignment of a street occurs, a curve of reasonably long radius shall be introduced, subject to review and approval of the Administrator. b. Vertical Curves: All changes in grade shall be connected by vertical curves of a minimum length of two hundred feet (200') unless specified otherwise by the Administrator. c. Tangents for Reverse Curves: A tangent of at least two hundred feet (200') in length shall be provided between reverse curves for arterials; one hundred fifty feet (150) for collectors and one hundred feet (100') for residential access streets. (Ord. 5676, 12-3- 2012) 8. City Center Planning Area and Urban Design Districts —Special Standards: Greater sidewalk widths may be required in the City Center Planning Area and Urban Design Districts as part of site plan development review for specific projects. The Administrator may require that sidewalks be extended from the property line to the curb with provisions made for street trees and other landscaping requirements, street lighting, and fire hydrants. (Ord. 5676, 12-3- 2012) 9. Vehicular Access and Connection Points To and From the State Highway System: a. Chapter 47.50 RCW, Highway Access Management, is hereby adopted by reference to provide for the regulation and control of vehicular access and connection points of ingress to and egress from the state highway system within the incorporated areas of the City of Renton. b. Pursuant to Chapter 47.50 RCW, the provisions of Chapters 468-51 and 468-52 WAC, together with all future amendments, are hereby adopted and incorporated by reference. c. At least one copy of each law, rule or regulation adopted hereby is on file with the City Clerk and available for inspection by the public. (Ord. 5413, 10-13-2008,' rd. 5517, 12- 14-2009) G. COMPLETE STREETS: 1. Complete Streets: The City of Renton will plan for, design, and construct transportation projects to appropriately provide accommodations for pedestrians, bicyclists, and transit riders of all ages and abilities, and freight and motor vehicles, including the incorporation of such facilities into transportation plans and programs."` http://www.codepublishing.coil-i/wa/renton/cgi/menuCompile.pl 6/9/2014 Print Preview Page 41 of 61 2. Exemptions: Pedestrian and bicycle facilities are not required to be established when it is concluded by the Administrator that application of complete streets principles is unnecessary or inappropriate: a. Where their establishment would be contrary to public safety; or b. When the cost would be excessively disproportionate to the need or probable -use; or c. Where there is no identified long-term need; or d. Where the establishment would violate Comprehensive Plan policies; or e. Where the Administrator grants a documented exemption which may only be authorized in specific situations where conditions warrant. Such site -specific exemptions shall not constitute general changes to the minimum street standards established in this Section. (Ord. 5517, 12-14-2009; Ord. 5676, 12-3-2012)- H. DEAD END STREETS: 1. Limited Application: Cul-de-sac and dead end streets are limited in application and may only be permitted by the Administrator where, due to demonstrable physical constraints, no future connection to a larger street pattern is physically possible. 2. Cul-de-Sacs and Turnarounds When Permitted —Minimum Requirements: Minimum standards for dead end streets, if approved by the Department of Community and Economic Development, are as follows: LENGTH OF STREET TYPE OF TURNAROUND, For up to 150' in No turnaround required. length From 150' to Dedicated hammerhead 300' in length turnaround or cul-de-sac required. From 300' to Cukde=sac required. 500' In length From 500' to Cul-de-sac required. 700' in length Fire sprinkler system required for houses. Longer than Two means of access and 700' in length fire sprinklers required for all houses beyond 500'. http://www.codepublishing.com/wa/renton/egi/menuCompite.pl 6/9/2014 Print Preview Page 42 of 61 3. Turnaround Design: The hammerhead turnaround shall have a design approved by the Administrator and Fire and Emergency Services. 4. Cul-de-Sac Design: Cul-de-sacs shall have a minimum paved and landscaped radius of forty five feet (45) with a right-of-way radius of fifty five feet (55) for the turnaround. A landscaped center island with a radius of twenty feet (20) delineated by curbing shall be provided in the cul-de-sac. The landscaping shall be maintained by the homeowners' association or adjacent property owners. The cul-de-sac turnaround shall have a design approved by the Administrator and Fire and Emergency Services. 5. Secondary Access Requirement: Secondary access for emergency equipment is required when a development of three (3) or more buildings is located more than two hundred feet (200') from a public street. 6. Waiver of Turnaround: The requirement for a turnaround or cul-de-sac may be waived by the Administrator with approval of Fire and Emergency Services when the development proposal will not create an increased need for emergency operations pursuant to RMC 4-9- 250C, Waiver Procedures. (Ord. 5517, 12-14-2009; Ord. 5676, 12-3-2012) I. STREET AND PEDESTRIAN LIGHTING STANDARDS: 1. Lighting Design: Architectural street lighting standards will be established on a case -by - case basis for streets. 2. Lighting Location: Pedestrian lighting for sidewalks and pathways shall be installed between intersections along streets and at intersection corners for residential streets. All other streets shall meet the lighting levels listed in subsection 13 of this Section, as it exists or may be amended. 3. Average Maintained Illumination: The street lighting shall be constructed to provide average maintained horizontal illumination as illustrated below. The lighting levels shall be governed by roadway classification and area zoning classification. Residential streets shall have minimum light levels of 0.8 foot-candle within the intersections and 0.3 foot-candle along the sidewalks at a six to one (6:1) uniformity ratio. Values are in horizontal foot-candles at the pavement surface when the light source is at its lowest level. Intersection Non -Intersection Crosswalk I Uniformity Principal Arterial 1.5 1.3 0.8 4:1 Minor Arterial 1.5 1.2 0.8 4:1 Collector Arterial 1.2 0.9 0.8 4:1 Commercial Access Street 0.9 0.6 0.8 6.1 http://www. codepubIishing.cotn/wa/rentoti/cgi/menuCompiie.pi 6/9/2014 Print Preview Page 43 of 61 4. Uniformity Ratios: Uniformity ratios for the street lighting shall meet or exceed four to one (41) for light levels of more than 0.6 foot-candles and six to one (6:1) for light levels of 0.6 foot -candies and less. 5. Construction Standards: Street lighting systems shall be.designed and constructed in accordance with the City publication, "Guidelines and'Standards for Street Lighting Design of Residential and Arterial Streets." (Ord. 5517, 12-14-2009; Ord. 5675, 12-3-2012) J. PRIVATE STREETS: 1. When Permitted: Private streets are allowed for access to six (6) or fewer lots, provided at least two (2) of the six (6) lots abut a public right-of-way. Private streets will only be permitted if a public street is not anticipated by the Department of Community and Economic Development to be necessary foT-existing,or-future-traffrc-and/or-pedesirian circulationthrougl the subdivision or to serve adjacent property. 2. Minimum Standards: Such private streets shall consist of a minimum of a twenty six foot (26') easement with a twenty foot (20') pavement width. The private street shall provide a turnaround meeting the minimum requirements of this Chapter. No sidewalks are required for private streets; however, drainage improvements pursuant to City Code are required, as well as an approved pavement thickness (minimum of four inches (4") asphalt over six inches (6") crushed rock). The maximum grade for the private street shall not exceed fifteen percent (15%), except for within approved hillside subdivisions. The land area included in private street easements shall not be included in the required minimum lot area for purposes of subdivision. 3. Signage Required: Appurtenant traffic control devices including installation of traffic and street name signs, as required by the Department of Community and Economic Development, shall be provided by the subdivider. The street name'signs will include a sign labeled "Private Street." 4. Easement Required: An easement will be required to create the private street. 5. Timing of Improvements_ The private street must be installed prior to recording of the plat unless deferred. Ord. 5100, 11-1-20Q4�Ord. 5517, 12-14-2009; Ord. 5702, 12-9-2013) K. SHARED DRIVEWAYS — WHEN PERMITTED: A shared private driveway may be permitted for access up to a maximum of four (4) lots. Up to three (3) of the lots may use the driveway as primary access for emergencies. The remainder of the lots must have physical frontage along a street for primary and emergency access and shall only be allowed vehicular access from the shared private driveway. The private access easement shall be a minimum of sixteen feet (16') in width, with a maximum of twelve feet http://www.codepublishing.coin/wa/rentoj-i/egi/met-iuCoinpile.pl 6/9/2014 Print Preview Page 44 of 61 (12') paved driveway. Minimum turnaround requirements for emergency access to lots ban be found in subsection H of this Section. (Ord. 5517, 12-14-2009). L. TIMING FOR INSTALLATION OF IMPROVEMENTS: No building shall be granted a certificate of final occupancy, or plat or short plat recorded, until all the required street improvements are constructed in a satisfactory manner and approved by the responsible departments unless those improvements remaining unconstructed have been deferred by the Administrator and security for such unconstructed improvements has been satisfactorily posted. (Ord. 5156, 9-26-2005; Ord. 5450, 3-2-2009; Ord. 5517, 12-14- 2M; Ord. 5676, 12-3-2012) M. PLAN DRAFTING AND SURVEYING STANDARDS: The construction permit plans for street improvements shall be prepared and surveyed in conformance with the Department's "Construction Plan Drafting Standards", surveying standards and the City's "Standard Specifications for Municipal Construction", and standard detail documents. N. REVIEW OF CONSTRUCTION PLANS: 1. Submittal: All street improvement plans prepared shall be submitted for review and approval to the Department of Community and Economic Development. All plans and specifications for such improvements are to be submitted at the time application for a building permit is made or, for plats, prior to construction (streetlutility) permit issuance. 2. Fees and Submittal Requirements: All permits required for the construction of these improvements shall be applied for and obtained in the same manner and same conditions as specified in chapter 9-10 RMC, relating to excavating or disturbing streets, alleys, pavement or improvements. Fees shall be as stipulated in RMC 4-1-180. Money derived from the above charges shall be deposited to the General Fund. Half of the fee is due and payable upon submittal for a construction permit application, and the remainder is due and payable prior to issuance of the construction permit. 3. Cost Estimate Required: The applicant will be required to submit a cost estimate for the improvements. This will be reviewed by the Department of Community and Economic Development for accuracy. (Ord. 5517, 12-14-2009) O. INSPECTIONS: 1. Authority and Fees: The Department shall be responsible for the supervision, inspection and acceptance of all street improvements listed in this Section, and shall make a charge therefor to the applicant. P. LATECOMER'S AGREEMENTS: http://www.codepublishing.coni/wa/renton/egi/1nenuCompile.pl 619/2014 Print Preview Page 45 of 61 'I. Latecomer's Agreements Authorized: Any parry extending utilities that may serve other /01 than that party's property may request a latecomer's agreement from the City. Where a development is required to construct street improvements that may also be required by other developments or by future development of other parcels in the vicinity, then the developer may request establishment of a latecomer's agreement to reimburse the developer for all initial costs of the improvements. 2. Process for Latecomer's Agreements: The procedure to follow in making application for the latecomer's agreement and the steps to be followed by the City are as detailed in chapter 9-5 RMC. Q. VARIATIONS FROM STANDARDS: Alternates, Modifications, Waivers, Variances: See RMC 4-9-250. 2. Half Street Improvements: a. When Permitted: Half street improvements may be allowed for a residential access street by the Administrator when it is determined that the adjacent parcel of property has the potential for future development and dedication of the right-of-way necessary for the completion of the street right-of-way. (Ord. 5676, 12-3-2012) b. Minimum Design Standards: The right-of-way for the Ralf street improvement must be a minimum of thirty five feet (35') with twenty feet (20) paved. A curb, planting strip area, and sidewalk shall be installed on the development side of the street according to the minimum design standards for public streets. If the street is permitted a cul-de-sac, then the right-of-way for the half of the cul-de-sac shall be dedicated, with installation of a temporary hammerhead turnaround. The property shall also dedicate easements to the City for street lighting and fire hydrants. Additional easements shall be provided for the franchise utilities outside of the dedicated right-of-way. c. Standards for Completion of the Half Street: When the adjacent parcel is platted or developed, the additional right-of-way width needed to complete the type of street classification shall be dedicated from the developing property. The pavement shall then be widened to the width needed to complete the type of street classification, curb, planting strip, and sidewalk shall be installed on the developing side of the street. If the street is a dead end street requiring a cul-de-sac, then the developing parcel shall dedicate the remainder of the right-of-way for the cul-de-sac and construct the final complete cul-de-sac, including curb, sidewalk, and other required improvements. (Ord. 5517, 12-14-2009) R. DEFERRAL OF IMPROVEMENT INSTALLATION: See RMC 4-9-060. littp://www.codepublisl-iing.com/wa/rentorL/cgi/menuCoinpile.pi 6/9/2014 Section 4-7-230 Page 1 of 7 4-7-230 BINDING SITE PLANS: A. PURPOSE AND INTENT: The purpose of this Section is to allow for: 1. Optional Methods of Subdivision: To provide an optional process for the division of land classified for industrial, commercial, or mixed use zones CN, CV, CA, CD, CO, COR, UC-N1, UC-N2, II_, IM, and IH through a binding site plan as authorized in chapters 58.17 and 64.34 RCW. This method may be'employed as an alternative to the subdivision and short subdivision procedures in this Chapter. (Ord. 5369, 4-14- 2008) 2. Alternative Ownership Options or Alternative Standards: To allow for alternative ownership options and/or the ability to modify development standards that are otherwise required by the binding site plan process by allowing binding site plan application with a commercial condominium process pursuant to chapter 64.34 RCW, and/or planned urban development process pursuant to RMC 4-'9-150. 3. Procedural Requirements: To specify the administrative requirements for the ' review and approval of binding site plans that are in addition to the procedural requirements of chapter 4=8 RMC and other applicable provisions of the City development regulations. (Ord. 5100, 11-1-2004; Ord. 5153, 9-26-2005) B. APPLICABILITY: 1. All proposals for binding site plans shall be subject to the provisions of this Section. A binding site plan may be processed in one of thee ways: a. Standard Binding Site Plan: A standard binding site plan creates or alters existing lot lines, subject to the development standards of the underlying zoning district. b. Commercial Condominium with Binding Site Plan: Where the development standards of the underlying zoning district cannot be achieved through a binding site plan, a binding site plan with condominium ownerships allow for greater flexibility in the sale and lease of commercial and industrial sites. This alternative I allows the site in question to be treated as a single lot when applying the development standard for the underlying zone. c. Planned Urban Development with Binding Site Plan: Where the development standards of the underlying zoning district cannot be achieved through a binding site plan, a binding site plan merged with,a planned urban development allows for greater flexibility in the lot and infrastructure layout and development of the binding site plan provided planned urban development criteria are met including provision of a public benefit. 2. A binding site plan may be reviewed and approved: a. As a separate mechanism for the division of commercial and industrial land; b. Merged with a site plan review under RMC 4-9-200, development agreement under the authority of RCW 36.7013.170, or both a site plan and development agreement per the criteria listed in this Section. A development agreement may include standards and decision criteria that apply to a binding site plan application in lieu of the standards and criteria contained in this Section. Per RCW 36.708.170 through 36.708.210, a development agreement shall not be more permissive than the development standards of the underlying zoning district or other applicable development standards. c. Merged with a planned urban development per RMC 4-9-150. d. Independently for pre-existing developed sites, concurrent with or subsequent to a site development permit application for undeveloped land, or concurrent with or subsequent to a building permit application. (Ord. 5153, 9-26-2005) C. APPROVAL CRITERIA: http://www.codepublishing.conVwa/renton/htmllRenton04lRentonO4O7lRentonO4o723 0. ht... 2/24/2011 Section 4-7-230 Page 2 of 7 Approval of a binding site plan or a commercial condominium site shall take place only after the following criteria are met: 1. Legal Lots: The site that is subject to the binding site plan shall consist of one or more contiguous, legally created lots. Lots, parcels, or tracts created through the binding site plan procedure shall be legal lots of record_ The number of lots, tracts, parcels, sites, or divisions shall not exceed the number of lots allowed in the applicable zoning district. New nonconforming lots shall not be created through the binding site plan process. 2. If minimum lot dimensions and building setbacks for each newly created lot ` cannot be met, the binding site plan shall be processed as a commercial condominium site per subsection D of this Section or merged with a planned urban development E application per RMC 4-9-150. 3. Commercial or Industrial Property: The site is located within a commercial, industrial, or mixed -use zone. 4. Zoning Code Requirements: Individual lots created through the binding site plan shall comply with all of the zoning code requirements and development standards of the underlying zoning district. Where minimum lot dimensions or setbacks cannot be met, the binding site plan shall be processed as a commercial condominium site per RMC 4-7-230D. a. New Construction: The site shall be in conformance with the zoning code requirements and development standards of the underlying zoning district at the time the application is submitted. b. Existing Development: If the site is nonconforming prior to a binding site plan application, the site shall be brought into conformance with the development standards of the underlying zoning district at the time the application is submitted. In ' situations where the site cannot be brought into conformance due to physical limitations or other circumstances, the binding site plan shall not make the site more s nonconforming than at the time a completed application is submitted. c. Under either new construction or existing development, applicants for binding site plan may proposed shared signage, parking, and access if they are specifically authorized per RMC 4-4-08OE3, 4-4-08017, and 4-4-100E5, and other shared improvements as authorized in other sections of the City's development standards. 5. Building Code Requirements: All building code requirements have been met per RMC 4-5-010. 6. Infrastructure Provisions: Adequate provisions, either on the face of the binding site plan or in a supporting document, have been made for drainageways, alleys, streets, other public ways, water supplies, open space, solid waste, and sanitary wastes, for the entire property covered by the binding site plan. 7. Access to Public Rights -of -Way and Utilities: Each parcel created by the binding site plan shall have access to a public street, water supply, sanitary sewer, and utilities by means of direct access or access easement approved by the City. 8. Shared Conditions: The Administrator may authorize sharing of open space, parking, access, signage and other improvements among contiguous properties subject to the binding site plan and the provisions of RMC 4-4-08OE3, 4-4-08017, and 4 4-100E5. Conditions of use, maintenance, and restrictions on redevelopment of shared open space, parking, access, signage and other improvements shall be identified on the binding site plan and enforced by covenants, easements or other similar properly recorded mechanism. 9. Future Development: The binding site plan shall contain a provision requiring that any subsequent development of the site shall be in conformance with the approved and recorded binding site plan. 10. Dedication Statement: Where lands are required or proposed for dedication, the applicant shall provide a dedication statement and acknowledgement on the binding site plan. http://www.codepublishing_com/wa/rentonlhtmllRentoriO4lRentonO4O7lRentonO4O723O.ht... 2/24/201l Section 4-7-230 Page 3 of 7 11. Suitable Physical Characteristics: A proposed binding site plan may be .dam" denied because of flood, inundation, or wetland conditions, or construction of protective improvements may be required as condition of approval. (Ord. 5153, 9-26- 2005) D. ADDITIONAL CRITERIA FOR BINDING SITE PLANS PROPOSING COMMERCIAL CONDOMINIUM SITES OR MERGING WITH PLANNED URBAN DEVELOPMENT APPLICATION: 1. Condominium — Applicability: Where subdivision of a commercial or industrial site will result in individual lots which cannot meet the development standards of the underlying zoning district, the condominium option allows for the conversion of lease space to condominiums without further subdivision of land. These standards are in addition to the requirements of subsection C of this Section. 2. Condominium — Approval: Condominium developments are eligible for binding i site plan approval, when the purpose of such approval is to divide the property so that the parcel or tract, or a portion thereof, can be subject to chapter 64.34 RCW (Condominium Act). A condominium can only be recorded either when the development has already been constructed to City standards established through a binding site plan or a building permit for new development has been issued. Binding site plans for condominiums sites shall be in conformance with chapter 64.34 RCW and RMC 4-9-040. The binding site plan shall also include conditions requiring that the condominium is recorded per the provisions of chapter 64.34 RCW. i 3. Planned Urban Development: To allow for the ability to modify development standards that are otherwise required by the binding site plan process, a binding site plan application may be merged with a planned urban development application pursuant to RMC 4-9-150. (Ord. 5153, 9-26-2005) E. APPLICATION REQUIREMENTS: 1. General Requirements: All applications for binding site plans must conform to the requirements of RMC 4-8-120. (Ord. 5153, 9-26-2005) F. REQUIRED IMPROVEMENTS: 1. Improvements: The following tangible improvements shall be provided for, either by actual construction or a construction schedule approved by the City and bonded by the applicant, before a binding site plan may be recorded: grading and paving of streets and alleys, installation of curbs, gutters, sidewalks, monuments, sanitary and storm sewers, street lights, water mains and street name signs, together with all . appurtenances thereto to specifications and standards of this Code, approved by the Department and in accordance with other standards of the City. A separate construction permit will be required for any such improvements, along with associated 3 engineering plans prepared per the City Drafting Standards. 2. Phasing of Improvements: To satisfy these requirements, the Administrator is authorized to impose conditions and limitations on the binding site plan. If the Administrator determines that any delay in satisfying requirements will not adversely impact the public health, safety or welfare, the Administrator may allow requirements to be satisfied prior to issuing the first building permit for the site, or prior to issuing the first building permit for any phase, or prior to issuing a specific building's certificate of occupancy, or in accordance with an approved phasing plan, or in accordance with plans established by a development agreement or as otherwise permitted or required under City Code. (Ord. 5153, 9-26-2005) G. ACCESS REQUIREMENTS: Access requirements and street design and development standards shall be provided in accordance with RMC 4-6-060, unless superseded by the terms of a development agreement as provided by subsection J of this Section, Merger with Development Agreement. New public roads shall be provided for lot access where determined by the Administrator to be reasonably necessary as a result of the r proposed development or to make appropriate provisions for public roads. http J/www. codepubiishing. com/walrenton/htmURenton04/Renton0407/Renton040723 0.ht... 2/24/2011 Section 4-7-230 Page 4 of 7 Establishment of -public roads may also be proposed by the applicant. (Ord. 5153, 9-26 -2005) H. PERMIT PROCEDURES FOR BINDING SiTE PLAN APPROVAL: 1. Permit Type: Binding site plans shall be processed as Type II permits in accordance with the procedures in chapter 4=8 RMC for Type it permits and the standards and criteria set forth in this Section, unless the applicant elects to merge the binding site plan application with the site plan review process or combined site plan/planned action review process in which case the binding site plan shall be processed in accordance with the procedures set out in chapters 4-8 and 4=9 RMC. If a binding site plan permit is processed concurrently, but not merged with another permit process, then the binding site plan application shall be processed as a Type II permit. 2. Review Authority: Pursuant to chapter 448 RMC, the Responsible Official for a binding site plan application shall be the Administrator, unless the applicant elects to have the binding site plan application merged with a Type III permit site plan application or a development agreement under chapter 36.7013 RCW. If a binding site plan application is to be processed with a Type III site plan, then the responsible Reviewing Official shall be the Hearing Examiner. If a binding site plan application is to be processed with a development agreement, the responsible Reviewing Official shall be the City Council. The final decision on a development agreement with an application for a binding site plan shall be made by City Council. No administrative appeal of the City Council decision shall be available. If a binding site plan is merged with a planned urban development application, the review authority shall be determined pursuant to RMC 4-9-150. (Ord. 5153, 9-26-2005; Ord. 5519, 12-14-2009) 1. MERGER WITH SITE PLAN: 1. Review Standards for a Previously Approved Site Plan: If a previously approved site plan is submitted in conjunction with an application for binding site plan approval, the conditions and limitations imposed by the Administrator may, where appropriate, include any conditions and limitations contained in the previously approved site plan. Subsequent site development permits for the land will still be subject to compliance with the zoning, building, and other applicable land use codes " i and regulations existing at the time of development permit review, unless addressed as part of the binding site plan review and expressly depicted on the binding site plan. 2. Review Standards for Concurrent Site Plan Application: When a binding site plan is being considered concurrently with another land development application, the Administrator will incorporate all conditions and limitations imposed on the concurrent application into the binding site plan. Subsequent site development permits for the land will still be subject to compliance with the zoning, building, and other applicable land use codes and regulations existing at the time of development permit review, unless addressed as part of the binding site plan review and expressly depicted on the binding site plan. J. MERGER WITH DEVELOPMENT AGREEMENT: If a binding site plan is merged with a development agreement, in the event of a conflict between the terms of the development agreement and this Section, the terms of the development agreement shall control. Per RCW 36.70B.170 through 36.708.210, a development agreement shall not be more permissive than the applicable development standards. (Ord. 5153, 9-26-2005) K. REVIEW AUTHORITY DECISION: 1. Action: The responsible Reviewing Official shall review and act upon binding site plans based upon the general criteria in this Section and other criteria applicable to the site plan or development agreement with which the applicant elects to merge the binding site plan application. Every decision made under this Section shall include ' findings of fact and conclusions to support the decision, http://www.codepubli shing. com/walrentonlhtmIlRentonO4lRentonO4O 7lRentonO4O7230. ht... 2/24/2011 Section 4-7-230 Page 5 of 7 2. Approval: If the Reviewing Official finds the proposed binding site plan is in conformance to the standards and requirements of this Section, then it shall be approved. 3. Approval with Modifications: If modification(s) are deemed necessary by the Reviewing Official, then they may be added to the binding site plan or a revised binding site plan may be required. The applicant shall be notified of any such modification action. 4. Referral to the Hearing Examiner: Except when a binding site plan is merged with a development agreement, if the Reviewing Official determines that there are sufficient concerns by residents in the area of the binding site plan, or by City staff, to warrant a public hearing, then he/she shall refer the binding site plan to the Hearing Examiner for public hearing and decision by the Hearing Examiner. Notice of the public hearing will be given as for a Type III permit hearing. Binding site plans merged with t development agreements shall be approved by City Council pursuant to the requirements of RCW 36.70B.170 et seq. (Ord. 5519, 12-14-2009) 5. Denial: If the binding site plan is denied by the Reviewing Official, the applicant shall be notified in writing of the decision, stating the reasons therefor. 6. Reconsideration: Any party may request that an application, on which the Reviewing Official has made a decision, be reopened by the Reviewing Official if it is found that new information that was not previously available has come to light that might affect the action taken by the Reviewing Official. Requests for reconsideration must be fled within fourteen (14) days of the date of the decision. (Ord. 5153, 9-26- 2005) L. RIGHT-OF-WAY DEDICATION: Where dedication of right-of-way is required for the approved binding site plan or proposed by the applicant, the dedication shall require separate approval by City Council prior to recording of the binding site plan with record of survey. The dedication shall be effective upon recording of the binding site plan with record of survey. M. SURVEY AND RECORDING: Prior to recording, the approved binding site plan shall be surveyed and the final recording forms shall be prepared by a professional land surveyor, licensed in the State of Washington. In addition to the requirements of RMC 4-8-120C, surveys shall include those items prescribed by RCW 58.09.060, Records of survey, contents — Record of corner, information. 1. Administrator Approval: The binding site plan must be signed by the Administrator before it is filed. The final approved binding site plan shall remain with the City until such time as the applicant requests that the binding site plan be recorded. 2. Filing by City Clerk: The approved binding site plan will be sent to the City Clerk by the Department when the binding site plan is final and all prerequisites to filing have been completed. The binding site plan shall be filed by the City Clerk for record in the office of the King County Auditor and shall not be deemed approved until so filed. N. BINDING EFFECT: 1. Vesting: Upon filing of a complete application for a binding site plan, the application shall be considered under the binding site plan ordinance, the zoning, and other development regulations in effect on the date of application for the land uses and development identified in the binding site plan application or identified in a complete site plan review application fled in conjunction with or processed concurrently with a binding site plan application. 2. Legal Lots: Lots, parcels, or tracts created through the binding site plan procedure shall be legal lots of record. 3. Enforceable: Approved binding site plans shall be enforceable by the City. All provisions, conditions and requirements of the binding site plan shall be legally enforceable on the purchaser or on any person acquiring a lease or other ownership interest of any lot, tract, or parcel created pursuant to the binding site plan. The binding http: //www. codepubli shing. conVwa/renton/htmIlRentonO4lRentonO4O7lRentonO4O72 3 0. ht... 2/24/2011 Section 4-7-230 Page 6 of 7 site plan shall include a provision requiring that any subsequent development of the site shall be in conformance with the approved binding site plan. A sale, transfer, or lease of any lot, tract, or parcel created pursuant to the binding site plan that does not conform to the requirements of the binding site plan approval, shall be considered a violation of this Section, shall be a nuisance and may be subject to an injunction action in Superior Court or such other remedies provided by City Code. (Ord. 5153, 9-26- 2005) O. EXPIRATION AND EXTENSION: 1. Expiration Period: For binding site plans not merged with a site plan or development agreement, the approval shall lapse unless submitted for recording within five (5) years of the binding site plan approval. 2. Expiration Period for Merged Approvals: For binding site plans approved as part of merged application with a site plan or development agreement, the binding site plan shall lapse when the site plan or development agreement expires unless submitted for recording prior to the date of expiration for the merged application. 3. Extension of Expiration Period: Additional time extensions beyond the five (5) year time period may be granted by the Administrator if the applicant can show need caused by unusual circumstances or situations which make it unduly burdensome to file the binding site plan within the five (5) year time period_ The applicant must file a written request with the Administrator for this additional time extension; this request must be filed at least thirty (30) days prior to the expiration date. The request must ' include documentation as to the need for the additional time period. Additional time extensions may be granted in not greater than one year increments, up to a maximum of two (2) years. 4. Extension of Expiration Period for Phased Projects: In the case of a phased binding site plan, submittal for recording of any phase of the binding site plan will constitute an automatic one year extension for the submittal of the next phase of the binding site plan. P. APPEALS: See RMC 4-8-110H. Q. ALTERATION OR VACATION: 1. Alteration: Alteration of an approved binding site plan, excluding standard easements for utilities and lot line adjustments, shall be accomplished following the same procedures required for a new binding site plan application as set forth in this Section; provided, that only owners of lots within the binding site plan that are directly affected by the proposed alteration shall be required to authorize application for the alteration. If a binding site plan application was approved as part of a development agreement approval process as provided in subsection H2 of this Section or if property subject to a binding site plan approval is the subject of a development agreement, the alteration of the approved binding site plan shall not require an amendment to the development agreement or approval by the City Council and, after approval and recording, shall automatically be incorporated within the development agreement unless otherwise provided in the development agreement. 2. Vacation: Vacation of a recorded binding site plan shall be accomplished by following the same procedures required for a new binding site plan application as set forth in this Section. If a portion of a binding site plan is vacated, the property subject to the vacation shall constitute one lot, and the balance of the approved binding site plan shall remain as approved. If a binding site plan application was approved as part of a development agreement approval process or if property subject to a binding site plan approval is the subject of a development agreement, the vacation of the approved binding site plan, whether total or partial, shall not require an amendment to the development agreement or approval by the City Council and, after approval and recording shall automatically be incorporated within the development agreement unless otherwise provided in the development agreement. (Ord. 4954, 2-11-2002) http:/hvww.codepublishi_ng.com/wa/renton/htmURentonO4lRentonO4O7lRcntonO4O723 0.ht... 2/24/2011 Section 4-7-230 Page 7 of 7 This page of the Renton Municipal Code is current through Ordinance S556, passed October 11, 2010. /V41% I Disclaimer: The City Clerk's Office has the official version of the Renton Municipal Code. users should contact the City Clerk's Office for ordinances passed subsequent to the ordinance cited a bove. City Website: http://rentonwa.gov/ (http://rentonwa.gov/) City Telephone: (425) 430-6502 Code Publishing Company (http://www.codepublishing.com/) http://www. codepublishing.corn/wa/renton/htrnURentonO4lRentonO4O7lRentonO4O723O. ht... 2/24/2011 Section 4-9-190 Page 1 of 9 4-9-190 SHORELINE PERMITS: A. PURPOSE: (Reserved) B. APPLICABILITY: (Reserved) C. EXEMPTIONS FROM PERMIT SYSTEM: The following shall not be considered substantial developments for the purpose of this Master Program. 1. Any project with a certification from the Governor pursuant to chapter 80.50 RCW. 2. Any development of which the total cost or fair market value does not exceed two thousand five hundred dollars ($2,500.00), if such development does not materially interfere with the normal public use of the water or shorelines of the State. 3. Normal maintenance or repair of existing structures or developments, including damage by accident, fire or elements. a. "Normal maintenance" includes those usual acts to prevent a decline, lapse, or cessation from a lawfully established condition. b. "Normal repair" means to restore a development to a state comparable to its original condition, including but not limited to its size, shape, configuration, location and external appearance, within a reasonable period after decay or partial destruction, except where repair causes substantial adverse effects to the shoreline resource or environment. c. Replacement of a structure or development may be authorized as repair where such replacement is the common method of repair for the type of structure or development and the replacement structure or development is comparable to the original structure or development including, but not limited to, its size, shape, configuration, location and external appearance and the replacement does not cause - substantial adverse effects to shoreline resources or environment. 4. Construction of the normal protective bulkhead common to single family residences. A "normal protective" bulkhead includes those structural and nonstructural developments installed at or near, and parallel to, the ordinary high water mark for the sole purpose of protecting an existing single family residence and appurtenant structures from loss or damage by erosion. A normal protective bulkhead is not exempt if it is constructed for the purpose of creating additional dry land. Additional construction requirements are found in WAC 173-27-040(2)(c). 5. Emergency construction necessary to protect property from damage by the elements. a. An "emergency" is an unanticipated and imminent threat to public health, safety, or the environment which requires immediate action within a time too short to allow for full compliance with this program. b. Emergency construction does not include development of new permanent protective structures where none previously existed. Where new protective structures are deemed to be the appropriate means to address the emergency situation, upon abatement of the emergency situation, the new structure shall be removed or any permit which would have been required, absent an emergency, pursuant to chapter 90.58 RCW, chapter 17-27 WAC or this Shoreline Program shall be obtained. c. All emergency construction shall be consistent with the policies of chapter 90.58 RCW and this Program. d. In general, flooding or other seasonal events that can be anticipated and may occur, but that are not imminent are not an emergency. 6. Construction and practices normal or necessary for farming, irrigation, and ranching activities, including agricultural service roads and utilities on shorelands, and the construction and maintenance of irrigation structures, including, but not limited http://www.codepublishing. com/walrenton/htmIlRentonO4lRentonO4O9lRentonO4O9 l 9O.ht... 2/24/2011 Section 4-9-190 Page 2 of 9 to, head gates, pumping facilities, and irrigation channels. A feedlot of any size, all processing plants, other activities of a commercial nature, alteration of the contour of the shorelands by leveling or filling, other than that which results from normal j cultivation, shall not be considered normal or necessary farming or ranching activities. A feedlot shall be an enclosure or facility used or capable of being used for feeding livestock hay, grain, silage, or other livestock feed, but shall not include land for growing crops or vegetation for livestock feeding and/or grazing, nor shall it include normal livestock wintering operations. 7. Construction on shorelands by an owner, lessee or contract purchaser of a single ? family residence for his own use or for the use of his family, which residence does not exceed a height of thirty five feet (35) above average grade level and which meets all requirements of the State agency or local government having jurisdiction thereof, other than requirements imposed pursuant to this Section. a. 'Single family" residence means a detached dwelling designed for and occupied by one family including those structures and developments within a contiguous ownership which are a normal appurtenance. An "appurtenance" is necessarily connected to the use and enjoyment of a single family residence and is located landward of the ordinary high watef mark and the perimeter of a wetland. b. Construction authorized under this exemption shall be located landward of the ordinary high water mark. 8. Construction of a dock including a community dock designed for pleasure craft only, for the private noncommercial use of the owner, lessee, or contract purchaser of single and multi -family residences. a. This exception applies if either: i. In salt waters, the fair market value of the dock does not exceed two thousand five hundred dollars ($2,500.00). ii. In fresh waters, the fair market value of the dock does not exceed ten thousand dollars ($10,000.00); however, if subsequent construction having a fair { market value exceeding two thousand five hundred dollars ($2,500.00) occurs within five (5) years of completion of the prior construction, the subsequent construction shall be considered a substantial development permit. b. A dock is a landing and moorage facility for watercraft and does not include recreational decks, storage facilities or other appurtenances. 9_ Construction or modification, by or under the authority of the Coast Guard or a designated port management authority, of navigational aids such as channel markers ! and anchor buoys. 10. Operation, maintenance, or construction of canals, waterways, drains, reservoirs, or other facilities that now exist or are hereafter created or developed as part of an irrigation system for the primary purpose of making use of system waters, including return flow and artificially stored groundwater for the irrigation of lands. 11. The marking of property lines or comers on State-owned lands when such marking does not interfere with the normal public use of the surface of the water. 12.Operation and maintenance of any system of dikes, ditches, drains, or other facilities existing on September 8, 1975, which were created, developed, or utilized primarily as a part of an agricultural drainage or diking system. 13. Site exploration and investigation activities that are prerequisites to preparation of an application for development authorization under this program, if: a. The activity does not interfere with the normal public use of the surface waters. b. The activity will have no significant adverse impact on the environment including, but not limited to, fish, wildlife, fish or wildlife habitat, water quality, and aesthetic values. c. The activity does not involve the installation of a structure, and upon completion of the activity the vegetation and land configuration of the site are restored to conditions existing before the activity. http://www. codepublishing .comlwalrentonlhtm Menton04lRenton0409lRenton0409l 90.ht... 2/24/2011 Section 4-9-190 Page 3 of 9 d. A private entity seeking development authorization under this program first posts a performance bond or provides other evidence of financial responsibility to the Development Services Division to ensure that the site is restored to pre-existing ' conditions. e. The activity is not subject to the permit requirements of RCW 90.58.550. 14. The process of removing or controlling an aquatic noxious weed, as defined in RCW 17.26.020, through the use of a herbicide or other treatment methods . applicable to weed control that are recommended by a final environmental impact statement published by the Department of Agriculture or the Department of Ecology jointly with other State agencies under chapter 43.21 C RCW. 15. Watershed restoration projects as defined below: i a. "Watershed restoration project" means a public or private project authorized by the sponsor of a watershed restoration plan that implements the plan or a part of the plan and consists of one or more of the following activities: i. A project that involves less than ten (10) miles of streamreach, in which less than twenty five (25) cubic yards of sand, gravel, or soil is removed, imported, j disturbed or discharged, and in which no existing vegetation is removed except as minimally necessary to facilitate additional plantings. ii. A project for the restoration of an eroded or unstable stream bank that employs the principles of bioengineering, including limited use of rock as a stabilization only at the toe of the bank, and with primary emphasis on using native vegetation to control the erosive forces of flowing water. iii. A project primarily designed to improve fish and wildlife habitat, remove or reduce impediments to migration of fish, or enhance the fishery resource available for use by all of the citizens of the State, provided that any structure, other than a bridge or culvert or instream habitat enhancement structure associated with the project, is less than two hundred (200) square feet in floor area and is located above the ordinary high water mark of the stream. b. "Watershed restoration plan" means a plan, developed or sponsored by a State department, a federally recognized Indian Tribe, a city, a county or a conservation district, for which agency and public review has been conducted pursuant to chapter 43.21 C RCW, the State Environmental Policy Act. The watershed restoration plan generally contains a general program and implementation measures or actions for the preservation, restoration, re-creation, or enhancement of the natural resources, character, and ecology of a stream, stream segment, drainage area, or watershed. 16. A public or private project, the primary purpose of which is to improve fish or wildlife habitat or fish passage, when all of the following apply: a. The project has been approved in writing by the Department of Fish and Wildlife as necessary for the improvement of the habitat or passage and appropriately designed and sited to accomplish the intended purpose. b. The project has received hydraulic project approval by the Department of Fish and Wildlife pursuant to chapter 75.20 RCW. c. The Development Services Division has determined that the project is consistent with this Master Program. 17. Hazardous substance remedial actions pursuant to WAC 173-27-040(3). D. EXEMPTION CERTIFICATE PROCEDURES: 1. Any person claiming exemption from the permit requirements of this Master Program as a result of the exemptions specified in this Section shall make application for a no -fee exemption certificate to the Development Services Division in the manner prescribed by that division. 2. Any development which occurs within the regulated shorelines of the State under Renton's jurisdiction, whether it requires a permit or not, must be consistent with the intent of the State law. http://www. codepublishi.ng.com/walrentonlhtiiMenton04fRenton0409lRenton0409 l 90.ht... 2/24/2011 Section 4-9-190 Page 4 of 9 3. The City may attach conditions to the approval of exempted developments and/or uses as necessary to assure consistency of the project with the Shoreline Management Act and this Program. 4. If any part of a proposed development is not eligible for exemption, then a shoreline permit is required for the entire proposed development project. E. SHORELINE PERMIT APPLICATION PROCEDURES: 1. Information Prior to Submitting a Shoreline Substantial Development Permit Application: Prior to submitting an application for a shoreline permit or an exemption i from a shoreline permit, the applicant should informally discuss a proposed development with the Development Services Division. This will enable the applicant to become familiar with the requirements of this Master Program, Building and Zoning I procedures, and enforcement procedures. 2. Shoreline Substantial Development Permit Required: No shoreline development shall be undertaken on shorelines of the City without first obtaining a i "substantial development permit" from the Development Services Division. 3. Shoreline Substantial Development Permit Application Farms and Fees: Applications for such permits shall be made on forms and reviewed according to . 2 procedures prescribed by the Development Services Division. Application forms may be revised from time -to -time by the Development Services Division without prejudice to any existing applications. Such forms should be designed to provide such information as is necessary to determine whether such a permit is justified. Applications shall be made by the property owner, or his authorized agent, lessee, contract purchaser, or other person entitled to possession of the property and, except for applications fled by or on behalf of the City or other governmental agencies, shall be accompanied by a receipt issued by the Finance Department showing payment of the applicable fees which are established by RMC 4-1-170, Land Use Review Fees. Three (3) copies of a notice of development application shall be posted prominently on the property concerned and in conspicuous public places within three hundred (300) feet thereof. The notice of development application shall also be mailed to property owners within three hundred (300) feet of the boundaries of the subject property. The required contents of the notice of development application are detailed in RMC 4-8-090B, Public Notice Requirements. Each such notice of development application shall include a statement that persons desiring to present their views to the Development Services Division with regard to said application may do so in writing to that Division and persons interested in the Development Services Division's action on an application for a permit may submit their views in writing or notify the Development Services Division in writing of their interest within thirty (30) days from the last date of publication of such notice. Notice of development application for a substantial development permit regarding a limited utility extension as defined in RCW 90.58.140 (11)(b) or for the construction of a bulkhead or other measures to protect a single family residence and its appurtenant structures from shoreline erosion shall include a twenty (20) day comment period. Such notification or submission of views to the Development Services Division shall entitle those persons to a copy of the action taken on the application. 4. Review Guidelines: Unless exempted or authorized through the variance or conditional use permit provisions of this Master Program, no substantial development permit and no other permit shall be granted unless the proposed development is consistent with the provisions of this Master Program, the Shoreline Management -Act of 1971, and the rules and regulations adopted by the Department of Ecology thereunder. S. Conditional Approval: Should the Development Services Division Director or his/her designee find that any application does not substantially comply with criteria imposed by the Master Program and the Shoreline Management Act of 1971, he may deny such application or attach any terms or condition which he deems suitable and reasonable to effect the purpose and objective of this Master Program. http://www.codepublishing. coml wal rentonlhtmIlRenton04lRenton0409lRenton0409 l 90.ht... 2/24/2011 Section 4-9-190 Page 5 of 9 6. Notification of City Departments: It shall be the duty of the Development Services Division.tg timely furnish copies of all applications and actions taken by said ' division unto such other officials or departments whose jurisdiction may extend to all or any part of the proposed development. F. REVIEW CRITERIA: 1. General: The Development Services Division shall review an application for a permit based on the following: a. The application. b. The environmental impact statement, if one is required. c. Written comments from interested persons. d. Information and comments from other City departments affected. e. Independent study by the Development Services Division and the Policy Development Department. f. Evidence presented at a public hearing should the Development Services Division and the Policy Development Department decide that it would be in the public interest to hold a public hearing. The Development Services Division and the Policy Development Department shall have powers to prescribe rules and regulations for such hearings. 2. Additional Information: The Development Services Division may require an t applicant to furnish information and data in addition to that contained or required in the 3 application forms prescribed. Unless an adequate environmental statement has previously been prepared for the proposed development by another agency, the City's Environmental Review committee shall cause to be prepared such a statement, prior to granting a permit, when the State Environmental Policy Act of 1971 would require such a statement. 3. Procedural Amendments: In addition to the criteria hereinabove set forth in this E Section, the Planning/Building/Public Works Department may from time -to -time promulgate additional procedures or criteria and such shall become effective, when reduced to writing, and filed with the City Clerk and as approved by the City Council and the Department of Ecology. 4. Burden of Proof on Applicant: The burden of proving that the proposed substantial development is consistent with the criteria which must be met before a permit is granted shall be on the applicant. G. BONDS: The Development Services Division may require the applicant to post a bond in favor of the City of Renton to assure full compliance with any terms and conditions imposed by said department on any shoreline permit. Said bond shall be in an amount to reasonably assure the City that any deferred improvement will be carried out within the time stipulated. H. ADMINISTRATIVE APPEALS: The Department of Community and Economic Development shall have the final authority to interpret the Master Program for the City of Renton. Where an application is denied or charged, per subsection E6 of this Section, an applicant may appeal the decision denying or changing a substantial development permit" to the Shoreline Hearings Board for an open record appeal in accordance with RMC 4-8-110. See RMC 4-8-11 OH for appeal procedures to the Shoreline Hearings Board. (Ord. 5450, 3-2- 2009) I. VARIANCES AND CONDITIONAL USES: 1. Purpose: The power to grant variances and conditional use permits should be utilized in a manner which, while protecting the environment, will assure that a person will be able to utilize his property in a fair and equitable manner. 2. Authority: a. City Hearing Examiner: The Renton Land Use Hearing Examiner shall have authority to grant conditional use permits and variances in the administration of the Renton Master Program. http://Www.codepublishing.corn/wa/renton/htmllRenton04lRentonO4O9lRentonO4O9 l 9O.ht__. 2/24/2011 Section 4-9-190 Page 6 of 9 b. State Department of Ecology Decision: Both variances and conditional i use permits are forwarded to the Department of Ecology and the Attorney General's office for approval or denial. c. Time Limit, Permit Validity, and Appeals: Conditional permits and variances shall be deemed to be approved within thirty (30) calendar days from the date of receipt by the Department of Ecology and the Attorney General's office unless i written communication is received by the applicant and the City indicating otherwise. i. Conditional use permits and variances shall be filed with the State in accordance with RCW 90.58.140(6) and WAC 173-27-130. ii. Permit validity requirements of subsection J of this Section shall apply to conditional use and variance permits. iii. Appeals of conditional use or variance permits shall be made in accordance with RMC 4-8-11 OH. 3. Interpretation: It shall be recognized that a lawful use at the time the Master Program is adopted is to be considered a permitted use, and maintenance and restoration shall not require a variance or a conditional use permit. # 4. Variances: a. Purpose: Upon proper application, a substantial development permit may be granted which is at variance with the criteria established in the Renton Master Program ' where, owing to special conditions pertaining to the specific piece of property, the literal interpretation and strict application of the criteria established in the Renton Master Program would cause undue and unnecessary hardship or practical difficulties. b. Decision Criteria: The fact that the applicant might make a greater profit by using his property in a manner contrary to the intent of the Master Program is not, by itself, sufficient reason for a variance. The Land Use Hearing Examiner must find each of the following: i. Exceptional or extraordinary circumstances or conditions applying to the ' subject property, or to the intended use thereof, that do not apply ? generally to other properties on shorelines in the same vicinity. ii. The variance permit is necessary for the preservation and enjoyment of a substantial property right of the applicant possessed by the owners of other properties on shorelines in the same vicinity. iii. The variance permit will not be materially detrimental to the public welfare or injurious to property on the shorelines in the same vicinity. iv. The variance granted will be in harmony with the general purpose and intent of this Master Program. v. The public welfare and interest will be preserved; if more harm will be done to the area by granting the variance than would be done to the applicant by denying it, the variance will be denied, but each property owner shall be entitled to the € reasonable use and development of his lands as long as such use and development is in harmony with the general purpose and intent of the Shoreline Management Act of 1971, and the provisions of this Master Program. vi. The proposal meets the variance criteria in WAC 173-27-170. 5. Conditional Use: a. Purpose: Upon proper application, a conditional use permit may be granted. The objective of a conditional use provision is to provide more control and flexibility for implementing the regulations of the Master Program. With provisions to control undesirable effects, the scope of uses can be expanded to include many uses. b. Decision Criteria: Uses classified as conditional uses can be permitted only after consideration and by meeting such performance standards that make the use compatible with other permitted uses within that area. A conditional use permit will be granted subject to each of the following conditions: i. The use must be compatible with other permitted uses within that area. ii. The use will not interfere with the public use of public shorelines. http://www.codepublishing. com/walrenton/htrnl/Renton04/Renton0409/Renton0409190.ht... 2/24/2011 Section 4-9-190 Page 7 of 9 iii. Design of the site will be compatible with the surroundings and the City's Master Program. iv. The use shall be in harmony with the general purpose and intent of the City's Master Program. v. The use meets the conditional use criteria in WAC 173-27-160. J. TIME REQUIREMENTS FOR SHORELINE PERMITS: 1. Applicability and Modification at Time of Approval: a. The time requirements of this Section shall apply to all substantial development permits and to any development authorized pursuant to a variance or conditional use permit authorized under this Program. b. If it is determined that standard time requirements of subsections J2 and J3 of this Section should not be applied, the Development Services Division shall adopt appropriate time limits as a part of action on a substantial development permit upon a ' finding of good cause, based on the requirements and circumstances of the project proposed and consistent with the policy and provisions of this Master Program and RCW 90.58.143. If it is determined that standard time requirements of subsections J2 and J3 of this Section should not be applied, the Hearing Examiner, upon a finding of good cause and with the approval of the Department of Ecology, shall establish appropriate time limits as a part of action on a conditional use or variance permit. "Good cause" means that the time limits established are reasonably related to the time actually necessary to perform the development on the ground and complete the project that is being permitted. c. Where specific provisions are not included to establish time limits on a permit as part of action on a permit by the City or the Department of Ecology, the time limits in subsections J2 and J3 of this Section apply. d. Requests for permit extension shall be made in accordance with subsections J2 and J3 of this Section. 2. Construction Commencement: a. Unless a different time period is specified in the shoreline permit as authorized by RCW 90.58.143 and subsection J1 of this Section, construction activities, or a use or activity, for which a permit has been granted pursuant to this Master Program must be commenced within two (2) years of the effective date of a shoreline permit, or the shoreline permit shall terminate, and a new permit shall be necessary. However, the Development Services Division may authorize a single extension for a period not to exceed one year based on reasonable factors, if a request for extension has been filed with the Division before the expiration date, and notice of the proposed extension is given to parties of record and the Department of Ecology. b. Construction activities or commencement of construction referenced in subsection J2a of this Section means that construction applications must be submitted, E permits must be issued, and foundation inspections must be completed before the end of the two (2) year period. 3. Construction Completion: A permit authorizing construction shall extend for a term of no more than five (5) years after the effective date of a shoreline permit, unless a longer period has been specified pursuant to RCW 90.58.143 and subsection J1 of j this Section. If an applicant files a request for an extension prior to expiration of the shoreline permit the Development Services Division shall review the permit and upon a showing of good cause may authorize a single extension of the shoreline permit for a period of up to one year. Otherwise said permit shall terminate. Notice of the proposed permit extension shall be given to parties of record and the Department of Ecology. To maintain the validity of a shoreline permit, it is the applicant's responsibility to maintain valid construction permits in accordance with adopted Building Codes. 4. Effective Date: a. For purposes of determining the life of a shoreline permit, the effective date of a substantial development permit, shoreline conditional use permit, or shoreline http://www. codepublishing. com/waJrenton/htmIlRentonO4lRentonO4O9lRentonO4O9 l 9O.ht... 2/24/201 I Section 4-9-190 Page S of 9 variance permit shall be the date of filing as provided in RCW 90.58.140(6). The permit time periods in subsections J2 and J3 of this Section do not include the time during which a use or activity was not actually pursued due to the pendency of administrative appeals or legal actions, or due to the need to obtain any other government permits IF and approvals for the development that authorize the development to proceed, including all reasonably related administrative or legal actions on any such permits or approvals, i b. It is the responsibility of the applicant to inform the Development Services Division of the pendency of other permit applications Fled with agencies other than the City, and of any related administrative or legal actions on any permit or approval. If no notice of the pendency of other permits or approvals is given to the Division prior to the expiration date established by the shoreline permit or the provisions of this Section, the 3 expiration of a permit shall be based on the effective date of the shoreline permit. t i c. The City shall issue permits within applicable time limits specified in the Type III and Type VI review processes in RMC 4-8-080H. Substantial development permits for a limited utility extension as defined in RCW 90.58.140(11)(b) or for the construction of a bulkhead or other measures to protect a single family residence and ' its appurtenant structures from shoreline erosion shall be issued within twenty one (21) days of the last day of the ' comment period specified in RMC 4-9-190E3. f 5. Review Period -- Construction Authorization: a. No construction pursuant to such permit shall begin or be authorized and no building, grading or other construction permits or use permits shall be issued by the City until twenty one (21) days from the date the permit was fled with the Department of Ecology and the Attorney General, or until all review proceedings are completed as were initiated within the twenty one (21) days of the date of filing. Filing shall occur in accordance with RCW 90.58.140(6) and WAC 173-27-130. i b. If the granting of a shoreline permit by the City is appealed to the Shoreline (� - Hearings Board, and the Shoreline Hearings Board has approved the granting of the i permit, and an appeal for judicial review of the Shoreline Hearings Board decision is filed, construction authorization may occur subject to the conditions, time periods, and other provisions of RCW 90.58.140(5)(b). K. RULINGS TO STATE: Any ruling on an application for a substantial development permit under authority of this Master Program, whether it is an approval or denial, shall, with the transmittal of the ruling to the applicant, be filed concurrently with the Department of Ecology and the Attorney General by the Development Services Division. Filing shall occur in accordance with RCW 90.58.140(6) and WAC 173-27-130. L. TRANSFERABILITY OF PERMIT: + If a parcel which has a valid shoreline permit is sold to another person or firm, such permit may be transferred to the new owner. NI. ENFORCEMENT: ' All provisions of this Master Program shall be enforced by the Development Services I Division. For such purposes, the Director or his duly authorized representative shall have the power of a police officer. N. RESCISSION OF PERMITS: 1. Noncompliance with Permit: Any shoreline permit issued under the terns of this Master Program may be rescinded or suspended by the Development Services Division of the City upon a finding that a permittee has not complied with conditions of the permit. 4 2. Notice of Noncompliance: Such rescission and/or modification of an issued permit shall be initiated by serving written notice of noncompliance on the permittee, which notice shall be sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, to 4 "d the address listed on the application or to such other address as the applicant or permittee may have advised the City; or such notice may be served on the applicant or http://www.codepublishing.corn/walrenton/htnIlRentonO4lRentonO4O9lRentonO4O9l 9O.ht... 2/24/2011 Section 4-9-190 Page 9 of 9 L.0+ permittee in person or his agent in the same manner as service of summons as provided by law. 3. Posting: In addition to such notice, the Development Services Division shall cause to have notice posted in three (3) public places of which one posting shall be at or within the area described in the permit. 4. Public Hearing: Before any such permit can be rescinded, a public hearing shall be held by the Land Use Hearing Examiner. Notice of the public hearing shall be made in accordance with RMC 4-8-090D, Public Notice Requirements. 5. Final Decision or Recommendation: The decision of the Land Use Hearing Examiner shall be the final decision of the City on all rescinded applications. A written decision shall be transmitted to the Department of Ecology, the Attorney General's office, the applicant, and such other departments or boards of the City as are affected thereby and the legislative body of the City. For conditional uses or variances, the Department of Ecology has thirty (30) days to make a final decision followed by a twenty one (21) day appeal period. (Amd. Ord. 4999, 1-13-2003) O. APPEALS: ' See RMC 4-8-11OH. P. VIOLATIONS OF THIS CHAPTER AND PENALTIES: 1. Violations of This Chapter and Penalties: Unless otherwise specified, violations of this Section are misdemeanors subject to RMC 1-3-1. (Ord. 5159, 10-17-2005) 2. Injunction: The City Attorney may bring such injunctive, declaratory or other actions as are necessary to insure that no uses are made of the shorelines of the State the City's jurisdiction which are in conflict with the provisions and programs of this Master Program or the Shoreline Management Act of 1971, and to otherwise enforce provisions of this Section and the Shoreline Management Act of 1971. 3. Public and Private Redress: Any person subject to the regulatory program of this Master Program who violates any provision of this Master Program or the provisions of a permit issued pursuant thereto shall be liable for all damages to public or private property arising from such violation, including the cost of restoring the affected area to its condition prior to such violation. The City Attorney may bring suit for damages under this subsection on behalf of the City. Private persons shall have the right to bring snit for damages under this subsection on their own behalf and on behalf ' of all persons similarly situated. if liability has been established for the cost of restoring an area affected by violation, the Court shall make provision to assure that restoration will be accomplished within a reasonable time at the expense of the violator. In addition to such relief, including monetary damages, the Court in its discretion may award attorney's fees and costs of the suit to the prevailing party. (Ord. 3758, 12-5- 1983, Rev. 7-22-1985 (Min.); 3-12-1990 (Res. 2787); 7-16-1990 (Res. 2805); Rev. 9- t 12-1993 (Min.); Ord. 4716, 4-13-1998) This page of the Renton Municipal Code is current City Website: http://rentonwa.gov/ through Ordinance 5556, passed October 11, 2010. (http://rentonwa.gov/) ? Disclaimer: The City Clerk's Office has the official version of the City Telephone. (425) 430-6502 Renton Municipal Code. Users should contact the City Clerk's Code Publishing Company Office for ordinances passed subsequent to the ordinance cited(http://www.codepublishing.com/) above. http://www.codepublishing.comlwa/renton/hbnllRenton04lRentonO4O9lRentonO4O9l 9O.ht... 2/24/2011 Section 4-9-200 Page 1 of 12 i 4-9-200 SITE DEVELOPMENT PLAN REVIEW: A. PURPOSE AND INTENT: The purpose of site development plan review shall be to assure that proposed development is compatible with the plans, policies and regulations of the City of Renton as outlined in the City's Comprehensive Plan and the City's Business Plan Goals. Site development plan review may be used to analyze plans -at varying levels of detail to ensure continuity of project concept and consistent implementation. Elements subject to this Section include, but are not limited to, site layout, building orientation and design, pedestrian and vehicular environment, signage, landscaping, natural, features of the site, screening and buffering, parking and loading facilities, and illumination. Site development plan review is divided into two types: Master Plan and Site _P_Ia�n. �'''1:�Itlaster Plan: The purpose of the Master Plan process is to guide phased planning of development projects with multiple buildings on a single large site. The Master Plan is required to demonstrate how the major elements of a development are proposed on the site at sufficient detail to demonstrate the overall project concept. In addition, the Master Plan must illustrate how the major project elements, combined, create an urban environment that implements City goals. An additional purpose is to allow consideration and mitigation of potential impacts that could result from large- scale site and facility development, and to allow coordination with City capital improvement planning. Master Plan review should occur at an early stage in the development of a project, when the scale, intensity and layout of a project are known. 2. Site Plan Review: The purpose of the Site Plan process is the detailed arrangement of project elements so as to be compatible with the physical characteristics of a site and with the surrounding area_ An additional purpose of Site Plan is to ensure quality development consistent with City goals and policies. For those developments that do not require Master Plan first, Site Plan Review should occur at an early stage in the development of a project, when the scale, intensity and layout of a project are known. The intent of the tiered site development plan review process is to provide an opportunity to review projects at broad levels for the Master Plan and with increased specificity as development plans becomes refined to the level of Site Plan. Intent statements below shall guide review of the plans at a specificity appropriate to the level of review. 1. To promote the orderliness of community growth, protect and enhance property values and minimize discordant and undesirable impacts of development both on- and off -site; 2. To promote high quality design meeting criteria set forth in the City's Urban Center Design Overlay, where applicable; 3. To protect and enhance the desirable aspects of the natural landscape and environmental features of the City; 4. To ensure convenience and safety of vehicular and pedestrian movement within the site and in relation to adjacent areas, and ensure that road and pedestrian circulation systems implement land use objectives for the zone in which the project occurs; 5. To promote coordination of public or quasi -public elements, such as walkways, driveways, paths, and landscaping within segments of larger developments and between individual developments; 6. To protect neighboring owners.and uses by assuring that reasonable provisions have been made for such matters as sound and sight buffers, light and air, and those other aspects of site plans which may have substantial effects on neighboring land uses; http://www. codepubli shing. coiTdwa/renton/htmIlRentonO4lRentonO4O9lRentono4O920O.ht... 2/24/2 011 Section 4-9-200 Page 2 of 12 7. To minimize conflicts that might otherwise be created by a mix of uses within allowed zones; 8. To provide for quality, multiple family or clustered housing while minimizing the impacts of high density, heavy traffic generation, and intense demands on City utilities and recreational facilities; 9. To provide a mechanism to more effectively meet the purposes and intent of the } State Environmental Policy Act; 10. To supplement other land use regulations by addressing site plan elements not ' adequately covered elsewhere in the City Code and to avoid violation of the purpose and intent of those codes. (Ord. 3981, 4-7-1986; Amd. Ord. 4802, 10-25-1999; Ord. i 5028, 11-24-2003) �B. APPLICABII! iTY: 1.Mister"Plan Review — Applicability: a. UC-N1 and UC-N2 Zones: Master Plan review is required for all development within the UC-N1 and UC-N2 Zones that is not specifically exempted in I subsections C1a and b of this Section. All Master Plans within these zones must be consistent with the conceptual plan required by development agreement(s) applicable to the UC-N1 and UC-N2 Zones for the specific district(s) where they are located. When existing parcels are twenty five (25) acres or smaller, a master plan F incorporating all abutting lots in common ownership as of December 1, 2003, is required. No Site Plan Review within an area shall be approved until such a time as a Master Plan is approved for the same area. Master Plan and Site Plan Review for the same area may occur concurrently. cam. e—...Mas EP an-r-vjew-s-requwec--for-alkdevelopimmt m-th cG ave"tbatismcFt--speciflcally:exempted--by:subsection_C=4ij-tiis_Section=(Fhdz=:;, 1-44008L. ' c. All Other Zones: Master Plans are optional. 2.-Site Plan- Review: Pursuant to this section, no building permit shall be issued for any use until the Reviewing Official has approved, or approved with conditions, the Site Plan Review application. All building permits issued shall be in compliance with ' the approved Site Plan. a. Site Plan Review is required for: - i. All development in the IL, CO, CN, CD, CA, CV, COR, UC-N1, UC-N2, R -10, RMH, RM, and R-14 Zones. ii. K-12 educational institutions. iii. Parks. iv. Outdoor recreation facilities. v. Rental services with outdoor storage. vi. Hazardous !Haste Facilities: All hazardous waste treatment and storage facilities. vii. Development within the Employment Area Valley: All development within the Employment Area Valley (EAV) land use designation. See EAV Map in RMC 4-2-080B. b. Site Plan Review may also be used, as required by the Planning Division or requested by the applicant, for those developments that are exempt from Site Plan Review in order to propose modifications to development standards allowed in RMC Title 4, Chapter 2, Zoning Districts — Uses and Standards, using the Site Plan Review process. (Ord. 4404, 6-7-1993; Ord. 4636, 9-23-1996; Ord. 4773, 3-22-1999; Ord. 4802, 10- 25-1999; Amd. Ord. 4963, 5-13-2002; Ord. 5028, 11-24-2003; Ord. 5467, 7-13-2009) C. EXEMPTIONS: 1. Development Exempt from Master Plan Review: a. UC-N1 and UC-N2 Zones Only: L Airplane Manufacturing and Airplane Manufacturing Accessory Functions: New structures, rehabilitation of existing structures, or lot line adjustments http: //www.codepublishing. com/walrenton/htmilRentonO4/RentonO4O9lRenton O4O9200.ht... 2/24/2011 Section 4-9-200 Page 3 of 12 for airplane manufacturing and airplane manufacturing accessory functions within the UC-N1 and UC-N2 Zones. ii. Other Uses: Subdivision, lot line adjustment or other method of adjusting lot configurations that result in lots larger than twenty five (25) acres in size. iii. Other Exemptions in the UC-N1 and UC-N2 Zones: Other exemptions are listed in subsection C1b of this Section. b. COR, UC-NI, and UC-N2 Zones: i. Interior remodels. ii. Facade Modifications: Facade modifications such as the location of entrances/exits, the location of windows, changes in signage, or aesthetic alterations. iii. Exterior remodeling or expansion of an existing detached home and/or primary residence, excluding the addition of a new dwelling unit(s). j iv. All development categorically exempt from the State Environmental Policy Act (chapter 43.21 C RCW and chapter 197-11 WAC) and under RMC 4-9-070, Environmental Review Procedures. v. Utilities: Underground utility projects. vi. Additional exemptions for the R-10 Zone are listed in subsections C2c and C2d of this Section, j vii. Additional exemptions for the R-14 Zone are listed in subsections C2c and C2d of this Section. 2. Development Exempt from Site Plan Review: a. In the RC, R-1, R-4, R-8, RMH, RM, CO, CA, CN, CV, CD, IL, IM, and IH Zones, the following types of development shall be exempt from the requirements of site plan review: i i. Interior remodel of existing buildings or structures. 1 ii. Facade modifications such as the location of entrances/exits; the location of windows; changes in signage; or aesthetic alterations. iii. Planned unit developments. -- iv. All development categorically exempt from review under the State Environmental Policy Act (chapter 43.21 C RCW and chapter 197-11 WAC) and under RMC 4-9-070, Environmental Review Procedures. v. Underground utility projects. b. In the R-10, R-14, COR, and UC-N1 and UC-N2 Zones, the following types of development shall be exempt from the requirements of site plan review: i. Interior remodel of existing buildings or structures. ii. Facade modifications such as the location of entrances/exits, the location of windows, changes in signage, or aesthetic alterations. iii. Exterior remodeling or expansion of an existing detached or semi - attached home and/or primary residence, excluding the addition of a new dwelling unit (s). iv. All development categorically exempt from the State Environmental Policy Act (chapter 43.21 C RCW and chapter 197-11 WAC) and under RMC 4-9-070, Environmental Review Procedures. v. Underground utility projects. c. In the R-10 and R-14 Zones, the following types of development shall be exempt from the requirements of Site Plan Review: i. New or replacement detached homes on a single previously platted lot. ii. Planned unit developments. iii. Development of detached dwelling units on legal lots where part of a subdivision application. d. In the R-10 Zone, the following types of development shall be exempt from the requirements of site plan review: all development categorically exempt from the State Environmental Policy Act (chapter 43.21 C RCW and chapter 197-11 WAC) and under RMC 4-9-070, Environmental Review Procedures, excluding shadow platting of two (2) or more units per RMC 4-2-11 OF. http://www.codepublishing.comlwal rento nlhftnMentonO4lRentonO4O9lRentonO4O9200_ht... 2/24/2011 Section 4-9-200 Page 4 of 12 (Ord. 3981, 4-7-1986; Ord. 4008, 7-14-1986; Ord. 4614, 6-17-1996; Ord. 4773, 3-22 -1999; Ord. 4802, 10-25-1999; Amd. Ord. 4963, 5-13-2002; Ord. 5028, 11-24-2003; Ord. 5520, 12-14-2009) _ D. CRITERIA O DETERMINE IF PUBLIC HEARING REQUIRED: In all cases, the public hearing for Master Plan or Site Plan Review should be conducted concurrently with any other required hearing, such as rezone or subdivision, i if the details of the development are sufficiently defined to permit adequate review. A public hearing before the Hearing Examiner shall be required in the following cases: 1. Master Plans: a. All Master Plans proposed or required per subsection B of this Section, Master Plan Review, Applicability. Where a Master Plan is approved, subsequent Site Plans submitted for future phases may be submitted and approved administratively without a public hearing. I b. Exception for Planned Actions: A hearing before the Hearing Examiner is not required if both of the following criteria are met: i. One or more public hearings were held where public comment was solicited on the proposed Planned Action Ordinance, and ii. The environmental impact statement for the planned action reviewed preliminary conceptual plans for the site which provided the public and decision- ; makers with sufficient detail regarding the scale of the proposed improvements, the quantity of the various types of spaces to be provided, the use to which the structure will be put, and the bulk and general form of the improvements. ' 2. Site Plan Review: a. Significant Environmental Concerns Remain: The Environmental Review Committee determines that based on departmental comments or public input there are significant unresolved concerns that are raised by the proposal; or b. Large Project Scale: The proposed project is more than: i. One hundred (100) attached residential units; or (Ord. 5520, 12-14- - 2009) ii. One hundred thousand (100,000) square feet of gross floor area (nonresidential) in the IL or CO Zones or other zones in the Employment Area Valley (EAV) land use designation (see EAV Map in RMC 4-2-08013); or iii. Twenty five thousand (25,000) square feet of gross floor area (nonresidential) in the CN, CD, CA, CV, or CO Zones outside the Employment Area Valley (EAV) land use designation (see EAV Map in RMC 4-2-08013); or iv. Four (4) stories or sixty feet (60) in height; or v. Three hundred (300) parking stalls; or vi. Ten (10) acres in size of project area. c. Commercial or industrial property lies adjacent to or abutting the RC, R-1, R- 4, R-8 and R-10 Zones. i (Ord. 4551, 9-18-1995; Ord. 4773, 3-22-1999; Ord. 4802, 10-25-1999; Amd. Ord. 4963, 5-13-2002; Ord. 5028, 11-24-2003) � E— CISID-C�i"E�iA FOR-SITE-PLI�F�'"Ai�D�,Q'�'iS�E1�� The Reviewing Official shall review and act upon plans based upon a finding that the proposal meets Comprehensive Plan objectives and policies and the criteria in this subsection and in subsection F of this Section, as applicable. These criteria also provide a frame of reference for the applicant in developing a site, but are not intended to discourage creativity and innovation. Review criteria include the following: 1. General Review Criteria for Both Master Plans and Site Plan Review: a. Conformance with the Comprehensive Plan, its elements, goals, objectives, and policies. In determining compliance with the Comprehensive Plan, conformance to the objectives and policies of the specific land use designation shall be given consideration over city-wide objectives and policies; b. Conformance with existing land use regulations; c. Mitigation of impacts to surrounding properties and uses; r, http://www. codepublishing.corn/walrenton/htmIlRentonO4lRentonO4o9lRentonO4O92O 0.ht... 2/24/2011 Section 4-9-200 Page S of 12 d. Mitigation of impacts of the proposed site plan to the site; e. Conservation of areawide property values; f. Safety and efficiency of vehicle and pedestrian circulation; g. Provision of adequate light and air; h. Mitigation of noise, odors and other harmful or unhealthy conditions; i. Availability of public services and facilities to accommodate the proposed use; and �. Prevention of neighborhood deterioration and blight. 2, dit�naL Special k ieia� Cri ers COR-U_qrN1, and UC-N2 Zones Only: a. The plan is consistent with a Planned Action Ordinance, if applicable; i b, The plan creates a compact, urban development that includes a compatible mix of uses that meets the Comprehensive Plan vision and policy statements for the Commercial/Office/Residential or Urban Center North Comprehensive Plan designations; c. The plan provides an overall urban design concept that is internally consistent, and provides quality development; d. The plan incorporates public and private open spaces to provide adequate areas for passive and active recreation by the occupants/users of the site, and/or to protect existing natural systems; ce_—Ti:>�lan-pravades-view-co+�ndarsrto�_shoreline-area-and=•Mt`Rairrie �rh re�, capplicab+Ete f. Public access is provided to water and/or shoreline areas; g. The plan provides distinctive focal points such as public area plazas, prominent architectural features, or other items; h. Public and/or private streets are arranged in a layout that provides reasonable access to property and supports the land use envisioned; and i. The plan accommodates and promotes transit, pedestrian, and other alternative modes of transportation. 3. Additional Criteria for the UC-N1 and UC-N2 Zones Only: a. The plan conforms to the approved conceptual plan required by development agreement for the subarea in question, if applicable. b. The plan conforms with the intent and the mandatory elements of the design guidelines located in RMC 4-3-100. The Master Plan clearly identifies the urban design concept for each district enunciated in the Urban Center North Comprehensive Plan policies. c. The proposed interconnected circulation network must demonstrate the function and location of required circulation elements required in RMC 4-3-100. Internal or local roads shall provide adequate edges and buffers to parking lots. A sufficient number of pedestrian -oriented streets are designated to implement the vision for each district in the Urban Center North Comprehensive Plan designation. d. Gateways are designated consistent with the Comprehensive Plan and conceptual plans for the gateway demonstrate the design concept for gateway treatment and identify significant gateway features to be provided. e. The Master Plan includes a sequencing element that explains what phases of the Master Plan will be built -out first, and in what order the phases will be built, and an estimated time frame. 4. Additional Criteria for the Airport Influence Area: The plan conforms to RMC 4 3-020: Airport Compatible Land Use Restrictions. 5. Waiver of Further Consideration of Site Plan Criteria: Approval of a Master Plan that was not combined with a Site Plan application may have satisfied portions of subsection- F of this Section. The Reviewing Official or his or her designee has discretion to waive those portions of the requirements that have been satisfied by the Master Plan approval. Whenever the Zoning Administrator or his or her designee has discretion to note those http://www.codepublishing-corn/walrentonlhtm IlRentonO4lRentonO4O9lReDtonO4O9200.ht... 2/24/2011 Section 4-9-200 Page 6of12 portions of the requirements as having been satisfied by the Master Plan approval, such sections of the Code shall be detailed and that portion of the approved Master Plan wherein the requirements were satisfied shall be cited by the Reviewing Official or his or her designee in the approval of subsequent phases and further consideration of them waived. (Ord. 4802, 10-25-1999; Amd. Ord. 5028, 11-24-2003; Ord. 5100, 11-1-2004) F. ADDITIONAL REVIEW CRITERIA FOR SITE PLAN REVIEW: The interpretation of the following criteria, particularly references to the "intent of the zoning code," shall consider the purpose and intent of the applicable land use designation of the hand Use Element and the Objectives and Policies of the Community Design Element of the Comprehensive Plan. The Community Design Element is specifically intended to guide the interpretation of issues concerning the site planning, architectural fit, landscaping, and the context of the project relative to the existing neighborhood. Approval of plans subject to these criteria requires the additional finding that the project complies with the intent and policies of the Land Use and Community Design Element of the Comprehensive Plan. 1. Review of Impacts torSurrounding Properties and'Uses: a. Mitigation of undesirable impacts of proposed structures and site layouts that could impair the use or enjoyment or potential use of surrounding uses and structures and of the community; b. Mitigation of undesirable impacts when an overscale structure, in terms of size, bulk, height, and intensity, or site layout is permitted that violates Zoning Code standards and the policy direction adopted in the Comprehensive Plan and impairs the use, enjoyment or potential use of surrounding properties; c. Provision of a desirable transition and linkage between uses and to the street, utility, walkway, and trail systems in the surrounding area by the arrangement of landscaping, fencing and/or other buffering techniques, in order to prevent conflicts and to promote coordinated and planned benefit from, and access to, such elements; d. Consideration of placement and scale of proposed structures in relation to the natural characteristics of a site in order to avoid overconcentration of structures on a particular portion of a site such that they create a perception of greater height or bulk than intended under the spirit of the Zoning Code; e. Promotion of the efficient function of parking and service areas by effective location, design and screening, to provide integrated facilities between uses when beneficial, to promote urban layouts in appropriate zones, and to prevent unnecessary repetition and conflict between uses and service areas or facilities; f. Mitigation of the unnecessary and avoidable impacts of new construction on views from existing buildings and future developable sites, recognizing the public benefit and desirability of maintaining visual accessibility to attractive natural features and of promoting urban settings in appropriate zones; g_ Provision of effective screening from public streets and residential uses for all permitted outdoor storage areas (except auto and truck sales), for surface -mounted utility equipment, for rooftop equipment, and for all refuse and garbage containers, in order to promote an urban setting where appropriate and to preserve the effect and intent of screening or buffering otherwise required by the Zoning Code; and h. Consideration of placement and design of exterior lighting in order to avoid excessive brightness or glare to adjacent properties and streets. 2. Review of Impacts of a Proposed Site Plan to the Site: a. Provision for privacy and noise reduction by building placement and spacing; orientation to views and vistas and to site amenities, to sunlight and prevailing winds, and to pedestrian and vehicle needs; b. Consideration of placement and scale of proposed structures in relation to the openness and natural characteristics of a site in order to avoid overconcentration or the impression of oversized structures; http://www.codepublishing.com/wa/renton/htmIlRentonO4/R.entonO4O9lRentonO4O9200.ht... 2/24/2011 Section 4-9-200 Page 7 of 12 c. Preservation of the desirable natural landscape through retention of existing vegetation and limited soil removal, insofar as the natural characteristics will enhance ' the proposed development; d. Use of existing topography to reduce undue cutting, filling and retaining walls in order to prevent erosion and unnecessary stormwater runoff, and to preserve stable natural slopes and desirable natural vegetation; e. Limitation of paved or impervious surfaces, where feasible, to reduce runoff and increase natural infiltration; f. Design and protection of planting areas so that they are not susceptible to damage from vehicles or pedestrian movements; g. Consideration of building form and placement and landscaping to enhance year-round conditions of sun and shade both on -site and on adjacent properties and to promote energy conservation. 3. Review of Circulation and Access: a. Provision of adequate and safe vehicular access to and from all properties; b. Arrangement of the circulation pattern so that all ingress and egress movements may occur at as few points as possible along the public street, the points being capable of channelization for turning movements; c. Consolidation of access points with adjacent properties, when feasible; d. Coordination of access points on a superblock- basis so that vehicle conflicts and vehiclelpedestrian conflicts are minimized, e. Orientation of access points to side streets or frontage streets rather than directly onto arterial streets, when feasible; f. Promotion of the safety and efficiency of the internal circulation system,. including the location, design and dimensions of vehicular and pedestrian access points, drives, parking, turnarounds, walkways, bikeways, and emergency access ways; g. Separation of loading and delivery areas from parking and pedestrian areas; h. Provisions for transit and carpool facilities and access where appropriate; and i. Provision for safe and attractive pedestrian connections between parking areas, buildings, public sidewalks and adjacent properties. 4. Review of Signage: a. Employment of signs primarily for the purpose of identification; b. Management of sign elements, such as size, location and arrangement so that signs complement the visual character of the surrounding area and appear in proportion to the building and site to which they pertain; c. Limitation of the number of signs to avoid visual clutter and distraction, d. Moderation of surface brightness or lighting intensity except for that necessary for sign visibility; and e. Provision of an identification system to allow for quick location of buildings and addresses. 5. Special Review Criteria for Hazardous Waste Treatment and Storage Facilities: a. Above -ground hazardous waste treatment and storage facilities shall be constructed with containment controls which will prevent the escape of hazardous wastes in the event of an accidental release from the facility. Such controls shall conform with all adopted Federal, State and local design and construction standards; b. Underground hazardous waste treatment and storage facilities shall comply with RMC 4-5-120, Underground Storage Tank Secondary Containment Regulations; c. Hazardous waste treatment and storage facilities shall comply with article 80 i of the Uniform Fire Code as adopted by ordinance by the City of Renton; d. A hazardous waste spill contingency plan for immediate implementation in the event of a release of hazardous wastes at the facility shall be reviewed and approved by the Renton Fire Department prior to issuance of any permits; and http:I/www.codepublishing.comlwalrentonlhtml/Renton04lRenton0409lRenton0409200.ht... 2/24/2011 Section 4-9-200 Page 8 of 12 e. The location of all on -site and off -site facilities must comply with the State siting criteria as adopted in accordance with RCW 70.105,210. 6. Review of Street Frontage Landscape: A mix of hard surfaces, structured planters, and terraces may be incorporated into street frontage landscape buffers where such features would enhance the desired streetscape character for that particular neighborhood_ 7. Review of Compliance to Design Guidelines for Development in CD, RM-U, RM-T, UC-N1, and UC-N2 Zones: Development proposed in the zones where design guidelines are in effect must show how they comply with the intent and the mandatory elements of the design guidelines located in RMC 4-3-100. (Ord. 3981, 4-7-1986; Ord. 4186, 11-14-1988; Amd. Ord. 4802, 10-25-1999; Ord. 4851, 8-7-2000; Ord. 4854, 8-14-2000; Ord. 5028, 11-24-2003; Ord. 5100, 11-1-2004) G: SITE DEVELOPMENT PLAN REVIEW PROCEDURES: �1..'°General: All site development plan applications shall be reviewed in the manner described below and in accordance with the purposes and criteria of this Section. The Development Services Division may develop additional review procedures to supplement those required in this subsection. 2. Preapplication Conference: Applicants are encouraged to consult early and informally with representatives of the Development Services Division and other affected departments. This consultation should include a general explanation of the requirements and criteria of site development review, as well as the types of concerns that might be anticipated for the proposed use at the proposed site. 3. Sufimittal Requirements and Application -Fees: Submittal requirements and application fees shall be as listed in RMC 4-8-120C, Land Use Applications, and 4-1- 170, Land Use Review Fees. Consistent with subsection B of this Section, an applicant may submit: a. A Master Plan; or b. A Site Plan; or c. A combined Master Plan and Site Plan for the entire site; or d. A Master Plan addressing the entire site, and a Site Plan(s) for one or more phases of the site that address(es) less than the entire site. ' 4. Public Notice and Comment Period Required: Whenever a completed site development plan review application is received, the Development Services Division shall be responsible for providing public notice of the pending site plan application, pursuant to RMC 4-8-090, Public Notice Requirements. 5. Circulation and Review of Application. Upon receipt of a completed application, the Development Services Division small route the application for review ' and comment to various City departments and other jurisdictions or agencies with an interest in the application. This routing should be combined with circulation of environmental information under RMC 4-9-070, Environmental Review Procedures. Comments from the reviewing departments shall be made in writing within fourteen (14) days. Unless a proposed master plan or site plan is subsequently modified, the recommendations of the reviewing departments shall constitute the final comments of the respective departments with regard to the proposed master plan or site plan. Lack of comment from a department shall be considered a recommendation for approval of the proposed plan. However, all departments reserve the right to make later comments of a code compliance nature during building permit review. This includes such requirements as exact dimensions, specifications or any other requirement specifically detailed in the City Code. 6. City Notification of Applicant: After the departmental comment period, the Development Services Division shall notify the applicant of any negative comments or conditions recommended by the departments. When significant issues are raised, this notification should also normally involve a meeting between the applicant and appropriate City representatives. The applicant shall have the opportunity to respond to the notification either by submitting a revised site plan application, by submitting http://www.codepub lishing. corn/wa/renton/htmIlRentonO4lRentonO4O9lRentonO4O920O.ht... 2/24/2011 Section 4-9-200 Page 9 of 12 additional information, or by stating in writing why the recommendations are considered unreasonable or not acceptable. 7. Revisions or Modifications to Site Development Review Application: Whenever a revised site development plan or'new information is received from an applicant, the Development Services Division may recirculate the application to concerned departments. Consulted departments shall respond in writing within ten (10) days with any additional comments. In general, the City's environmental determination of significance or nonsignificance pursuant to RMC 4-9-070, Environmental Review Procedures, will not be issued until after final departmental comments on the site development plan or revised site development plan are received. 8. Special Review for Planned Actions: A consistency review shall be conducted by the Zoning Administrator for proposals submitted under the authority of an adopted Planned Action Ordinance. If found consistent with the Planned Action Ordinance, including required conditions and mitigation measures, the Zoning Administrator shall notify the applicant of the departmental comments and the consistency analysis consistent with subsection G6 of this Section. Revisions or modifications may be made in accordance with subsection G7 of this Section. If found inconsistent with the Planned Action Ordinance, the Zoning Administrator shall notify the applicant of the departmental comments and the consistency analysis consistent with subsection G6 of this Section. Revisions or modifications may be made in accordance with subsection G7 of this Section. If the application is still found to be inconsistent once these steps have been completed, the Zoning Administrator shall forward the findings to the Environmental Review Committee to determine if additional environmental review is required. The application shall then follow the process, in r subsection D of this Section, to determine if a public hearing is necessary. 9. Environmental Review Committee to Determine Necessity for Public Hearing: Upon receipt of final departmental comments and after the close of the public comment period, the Environmental Review Committee shall determine the necessity for a public hearing pursuant to subsection D2a of this Section. 10. Environmental Review Committee Decision Appealable to Hearing Examiner: The final decision by the Environmental Review Committee on whether a site development review application requires a public hearing may be appealed within fourteen (14) days to the Hearing Examiner pursuant to RMC 4-8-110E, Appeals. 11. Administrative Approval of Site Development Plan: For projects not requiring a public hearing, the Reviewing Official shall take action on the proposed site development plan. Approval of a site development plan shall be subject to any environmental mitigating measures that may be a part -of the City's declaration of significance or nonsignificance. 12. Hearing Examiner Approval of Site Development Plan: For projects requiring a public hearing pursuant to subsection D of this Section, the Hearing Examiner shall take action on the proposed site development plan following the hearing process in subsection G13 of this Section. 13. Hearing Process and Examiner Authority for Modification of Plans: a. Date of Hearing: Whenever a public hearing is required, the Development Services Division shall coordinate with the Hearing Examiner in setting a hearing date for the site development review application. b. Examiner's Decision: After conducting at least one public hearing on the site development plan application, the Hearing Examiner shall render a written decision. The time limits for a Type VI review process in RMC 4-8-080H shall apply. The Hearing Examiner shall approve a site development plan if the applicant demonstrates that the proposed site development plan is consistent with the general purposes of this Section and with the review criteria. `-� c. Authority for Conditions and Plan Modifications: The Hearing Examiner shall have the power to place reasonable conditions on or modify a site development http:llwww. codepublishing. coinlwalrentonlhtmllRenton04/Renton0409/Renton04092 00.ht... 2/24/2011 Section 4-9-200 Page 10 of 12 plan in order to satisfy the general purposes of this Section and to achieve consistency i with the review criteria. However, strict compliance with any one or more particular criterion may not be necessary or reasonable. Such conditions or modifications may include, but are not limited to, screening, buffering, building location and orientation, paving, landscaping, vegetation removal, grading and contouring. The Hearing Examiner shall also have the power to fix the location and configuration of driveways, walkways, parking and loading areas, emergency access, curbs, planting areas, and signs. When only a portion of a site is proposed for development, such power to condition, modify or fix shall be exercised only for that area which is directly related to or may be impacted by the actual proposed development. To the extent necessary to meet the site review criteria and to the extent necessary to compensate for the impacts attributable to the proposed development, the Hearing Examiner may impose additional requirements, including: i. Preparation of a landscape plan by a licensed landscape architect; ii. Preparation of a grading, drainage and erosion control plan; iii. Preparation of a vegetation preservation plan; iv. Improvements to identified or planned public rights -of -way, including paving, curbs, gutters, sidewalks, lighting, turn lanes, signalization, bikeways or pedestrian paths; and v. Provision of or improvements to public facilities and utilities. d. Modification of Site Development Plan Subsequent to Public Hearing and Prior to Decision: In all cases, if an applicant can demonstrate that a site development plan can be made consistent with the review criteria and general purposes by alternative modifications to the site development plan, the Hearing Examiner shall accept the alternative modifications as conditions of approval and ' approve the site development plan. If a public hearing on the site development plan application has already been closed, the modifications proposed by the.applicant shall be administered according to subsection J of this Section. - e. Denial of Site Development plan: If the Hearing Examiner finds that the site development plan application cannot be made consistent with the general purposes and review criteria of this Section by requiring reasonable conditions, then the site development plan shall be denied. (Ord. 3981, 4-7-1986; Ord. 4008, 7-14-1986; Ord. 4551, 9-18-1995; Amd. Ord. 4802, 10-25-1999; Ord. 5028, 11-24-2003) { H. MERGER WITH BINDING SITE PLAN: 1. The applicant may request that the site development plan submitted for site plan review under this Chapter constitute a binding site plan pursuant to chapter 58.17 RCW, subject to the requirements of this subsection. 2. In order to constitute a binding site plan, a site development plan submitted for site development plan review shall comply with all applicable requirements and standards set forth in RMC 4-7-230. 3. All approved site development plans, including those constituting a binding site plan, shall comply with the applicable requirements, procedures, and review criteria for site development plan review set forth in this Section. 4. An approved site development plan that constitutes a binding site plan shall be recorded with the King County Department of Records and Elections and shall be subject to all other approval conditions included in RMC 4-7-230. 5. Upon the approval and recording of an approved site development plan that constitutes a binding site plan, the applicant may develop the property in conformance with that binding site plan and may sell or lease parcels subject to that binding site plan. (Ord. 4954, 2-11-2002; Amd. Ord. 5028, 11-24-2003) I. MINOR ADJUSTMENTS TO AN APPROVED SITE DEVELOPMENT PLAN: � Minor modifications may be permitted by administrative determination. To be considered a minor modification, the amendment must not: http://www.codepublishing.cornlwalrenton/htrnllRentonO4lRentonO4O9lRentonO4O9200.ht... 2/24/2011 Section 4-9-200 Page 11 of 12 1, involve more than a ten percent (10%) increase in area or scale of the development in the approved site development plan; or 2. Have a significantly greater impact on the environment and facilities than the approved plan; or 3 3. Change the boundaries of the originally approved plan. (Ord. 4802, 10-25-1999; Amd. Ord. 4954, 2-11-2002; Ord. 5028, 11-24-2003) J. MAJOR ADJUSTMENTS TO AN APPROVED SITE DEVELOPMENT PLAN: Major adjustments to an approved site development plan require a new application pursuant to subsection G of this Section_ The review and approval shall rest with the approval body which approved the original site development plan. Major adjustments involve a substantial change in the basic site design plan, intensity, density, use and the like generally involving more than a ten percent (10%) change in area or scale. (Ord. 4008, 7-4-1986; Amd. Ord. 4802, 10-25-1999; Ord. 4954, 2-11-2002; Ord. 502$; 11-24-2003) K. TIMING OF BUILDING PERMITS: Building permits shall not be issued until the appeal period for an approved site development plan has expired. (Ord. 4802, 10-25-1999; Amd. Ord. 4954, 2-11-2002; Ord. 5028, 11-24-2003) L. EXPIRATION AND EXTENSION OF SITE PLAN APPROVAL: 1. Master Plan: For a nonphased Master Plan or a nonphased Master/Site Plan combined approval the Hearing Examiner shall determine an appropriate expiration date for the Master Plan which may exceed two (2) years, but shall not exceed five (5) years, and shall document in writing. An applicant shall submit a complete Site Plan application for the development within the specified time frame if a Site Plan was not combined with the Master Plan application. The Zoning Administrator may grant a one- year extension for good cause; provided, the applicant submits a request forty five (45) days in advance of the original expiration date. 2. Site Plan: The final approval of a Site Plan shall expire within two (2) years of the date of approval. A single two (2) year extension may be granted for good cause by the approval body that approved the original Site Plan. The approval body may, however, determine at its discretion that a public hearing may be required for such extension. (Ord. 4008, 7-14-1986; Amd. Ord. 4802, 10-25-1999; Ord. 4954, 2-11-2002, Ord. 5028, 11-24-2003) M. EXCEPTION TO TIME LIMIT FOR SITE DEVELOPMENT PLAN PROJECTS i THAT ARE PHASED: } 1. Phasing Permitted: For development proposed on only a portion of a particular site, an applicant may choose to submit a site development plan application for either the entire site or the portion of the site. In the latter case, the application shall state clearly the area of the site and the proposed development, including phases, for which site development plan approval is being requested. In every case, the site development plan application and review shall cover at least that portion of the site which is directly related to or may be impacted by the actual proposed development, as determined by the Environmental Review Committee. 2. Authority for Extension of Time: The Reviewing Official may grant site development plan approval for large projects planned to be developed or redeveloped in phases over a period of years exceeding the normal time limits of subsection L of i this Section. Such approval shall include clearly defined phases and specific time limits for each phase. 3. Expiration of Phase(s): If the time limits of a particular phase are not satisfied, then site development plan approval for that phase and subsequent phases shall expire. The Hearing Examiner shall also determine if such a phased project will be eligible for any extensions of the time limits. 4. Vested for the Purposes of Zoning: As long as the development of a phased project conforms to the approved phasing plan, the zoning regulations in effect at the time of the original approval shall continue to apply. However, all construction shall http://www.codepublishing.cornlwalrenton/htmIlRentonO4lRentonO4O9lRentonO4O9200.ht... 2/24/2011 Section 4-9-200 Page 12 of 12 conform to the International Building Code and Uniform Fire Code regulations in force at the time of building permit application. (Ord. 3981, 4-7-1986; Amd. Ord. 4802, 10-25 -1999; Ord. 4954, 2-11-2002; Ord. 5028, 11-24-2003; Ord. 5450, 3-2-2009) N. APPEALS: Any decision on an administrative site development plan approval shall be appealed as an administrative decision pursuant to RMC 4-8-110, Appeals. Any appellant must be seeking to protect an interest that is arguably within the zone of interest to be protected or regulated by this Section, must allege an injury in fact, and that injury must be real and present rather than speculative. (Ord. 4551, 9-18-1995; Amd. Ord. 4802, 10-25-1999; Ord. 4954, 2-11-2002; Ord. 5028, 11-24-2003) This page of the Renton Municipal Code is current through Ordinance S556, passed October 11, 2010. Disclaimer: The City Clerk's Office has the official version of the Renton Municipal Code. Users should contact the City Clerk's office for ordinances passed subsequent to the ordinance cited above. City Website: http-.//rentonwa.gov/ (http://rentonwa.gov/) City Telephone: (425) 430-6502 Code Publishing Company (http://www.codepublishing.com/) http://www.codepublishing.com/walrenton/htmURentonO4lRentonO4O9lRentonO4O9200.ht... 2/24/2011 QUENDALL TERMINALS ENTITLEMENTS HEARING MASTER PLAN REVIEW BINDING SITE PLAN SHORELINE SUBSTANTIAL DEVELOPMENT PERMIT CITY OF RENTON APRIL 18, 2017 EXHIBIT BIDDER #1: SUPPLEMENTAL bxhlbil 6 1® QUENDALL TERMINALS ENTITLEMENTS HEARING MASTER PLAN REVIEW BINDING SITE PLAN SHORELINE SUBSTANTIAL DEVELOPMENT PERMIT CITY OF RENTON APRIL 18, 2017 EXHIBIT BINDER #1: SUPPLEMENTAL APPLICANT EXHIBITS TABLE OF CONTENTS 1. Quendall Terminals Land Use, Shoreline and Master Plan Permit Application Update, December 2015 2. Quendall Terminals Drainage Report, November 2009 3. Quendall Terminals Report, November 2009 4. Title Report 5. Quendall Terminals Preliminary Geotechnical Study, November 2009 6. Quendall Wetlands Assessment, November 2009. 7. Larson Anthropological Archaeological Services, 1997 8. Notice of Complete Application from City of Renton, 2/5/10 9. Off Hold Notice from City of Renton, 2/3/16 10. Letter from HCMP to Renton HE Requesting Continuation of Public Hearing Date, 5/20/16 11. Letter from City of Renton to Quendall Granting Continuation of Public Hearing Date, 5/23/16 12. Letter from City of Renton to Quendall re Project Remaining "On Hold" Until Further Notice. 13. Letter from City of Renton to Quendall re "Off Hold" Notice, 3/16/17 Quendall Hearing Exhibil Binder No. I page I ND: 19958.002 4840-321 1-1430v 1 C M P Hillis Clork \ Mor#in &. J LawOMC88 Peterson PS, January 13, 2016 Ms. Vanessa Dolbee City of Renton Community and Economic Development 1055 South Grady Way Renton, WA 98057 Re: Quendall Terminals, Plan Set Updates LUA09-151, ECF, S11 M, SM, DSP Dear Vanessa: We represent CenturyPacific LLLP, applicant on behalf of the owners of the Quendall Terminals site for the above referenced Master Site Plan Approval, Binding Site Plan, and Shoreline Substantial Development Permit. Following the City's completion of the project SEPA review and 'issuance of the Mitigation Document, the City requested updated drawings to show project plans conforming to the Mitigation Document published for the preferred alternative of the EIS Addendum (October 2012) and Final EIS (August 2015). In response to the City, the applicant submits the enclosed December 2015 plan revisions, updated to reflect applicable mitigation conditions. Also at the City's request, in addition to the revised materials, this submittal package includes for your convenience the full set of existing application materials and supporting reports, as identified on the enclosed table of contents. With the published SEPA documents, the project Mitigation Document, -and the requested supplemental submittal, the City should have everything required to proceed with the staff report and bearing examiner proceedings on the Quendall Terminals applications referenced above. We note that in addition to conditions reflected in this submittal, we anticipate that the Master Site Plan approval will incorporate all Mitigation Document conditions, including those for off -site improvements, construction mitigation, and any details not relevant here but applicable to future site plan and building permit applications. Enclosed are 5 sets and one digital copy of the updated project plans and previous materials in support of the upcoming permit proceedings for the referenced applications. We ask that the City contact us at your earliest convenience if you have any questions. The 1221 Second Avenue, Suite 500 Seattle, WA 98101 1206.623.1745 1 f: 206.623.7789 I hernp.corn i 1T M E R I TA 5 :A,4 fIRMS'ana: MV Ms. Vanessa Dolbee January 13, 2016 Page 2of2 applicant team looks forward to completing this comprehensive permit review process. ;ry yours, - 4'� Ann M. Gygi AMG:kah Mai! ann.gygi@hcmp.com Direct Dial (206) 470-7638 Fax (206) 623-7789 Enclosures cc: CampbeA Mathewson, w/out encl. Larry Warren, w/out encl- ND; 19958.0024833-7547-678ovi Hillis Clark Martin & Peterson P.S. Quendall Terminals Master Site Plan Update December 2015 TABLE OF CONTENTS Five copies of each Item below and an electronic copy of each UPDATED DocuMENTS o Project Narrative o Density Worksheet o Tree Retention Worksheet UPDATED PLANS o Site Plan • Parking Level Plans a Typical Architectural Elevations o Conceptual Landscape Plan a Tree Inventory Plan o Topographic Survey (from zoog) o Conceptual Grading and Drainage Plans o Conceptual Utility Plans PREVIOUSLYSUBmaTED REPORTS FOR REFERENCE o Original Environmental Checklist (SEPA) o Urban Center Overlay District C Statement o Neighborhood Detail Map o Flood Hazard Map o Preliminary Geotechnical Study o Storm Drainage Report (TIR) o Sewer Report o Title Report o Historical and Cultural Report (Larson, March 1997) C Wetland Assessment, Lake Study, Habitat Data, and Conceptual Restoration Report Table of Contents December 2015 Yroject Narrative, Revised Project Overview The QuendalITerminals project is being updated following the completion of the Final EIS and mitigation document dated August 203.5.The attached supplemental materials have been revised to conform to the mitigation document. TEAM This updated entitlement submittal has been prepared for property owners Altino Properties, Inc. and J.H. Baxter & Co. The project developer and applicant is: [3 Century Pacific, LLLP. Contact: Campbell Mathewson The following consultants contributed to preparation of the plans and documents: 13 KPFF Consulting Engineers —Entitlement Lead, Civil Site Development Contact: Tom Jones 0 Lance Mueller & Associates —Architecture and Landscaping Contact: Lance Mueller o TranspoGroup—Transportation and Traffic Contact: LarryToedtli (retired) o AnchorClEA—Environmental Contact: Peter Hummel o Aspect Consulting — Geotechnical PROJECT SIZE AND LOCATION The Quendall Terminals project is located at 435o Lake Washington Boulevard in the northern portion of Renton, Washington. The project site is bordered by Lake Washington to the west, the Seahawks Training Facility to the north, Ripley Lane North to the east, and the Barbee Mill site to the south. The site area is approximately 21.46 acres (20.3 acre main parcel and an isolated 1.15 acre parcel east of Ripley Lane). The site includes approximately 1,583 feet of shoreline along Lake Washington. Century Paclflc, LP Quendall Terminals Project Narrative— December 2025 '� EPA ROLE Environmental remediation and mitigation of the property will be conducted prior to development. The Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) is the lead agency for all site remediation, and mitigation actions, which are to be performed at the Quendall Terminals site under Superfund. The actions selected by EPA must comply with substantive elements of SEPA and other applicable, relevant, and appropriate environmental reviews and permitting requirements, though the remediation and mitigation actions are exempt from procedural requirements of SEPA. The Quendall Terminals Final EIS (August 2o1,5) addresses the current status of the EPA proceedings. PERMITS AND ZONING As identified in the Final EIS for the Quendall Terminals project, issued August 2015, the following permits and approvals are required to complete redevelopment of the site.The permits shown in italics are those anticipated to complete the City of Renton Land Use Shoreline and Master Site plan entitlement for the Quendall Terminals project: City of Renton Permits ❑ Master Site Plan Approval 13 Shoreline Substantial Development Permit ❑ Binding Site Plan e ❑ Site Plan Review ❑ Construction Permits ❑ Building Permits ❑ Utility Approvals ❑ Property Permits & Licenses The FEIS also identifies the following state and federal permits and approvals required to complete redevelopment of the site: Federal ❑ CERCLA Rem ediation (for site cleanuplremediation prior to redevelopment) State of Washington ❑ Dept. of Ecology, Construction Stormwater General Permit o Dept. of Ecology, NPDES Stormwater Discharge Permit o Dept. of Fish and Wildlife, Hydraulic Project Approval i� Century Pacific, LP Duendall Terminals Project Narrative —December 2.oi5 2 Zoning The applicable zoning classification and comprehensive plan designation forthe site is (COR) Commercial/Office/Residential. The applicable shoreline master program designation forthe site is "urban." The Seahawks Training Facility to the north and the Barbee Mill site to the south have the same COR zoning classification and designation per the City of Renton comprehensive plan. ACCESS Interstate 405 provides regional access to the project site via the Lake Washington Boulevard/44th Street interchange. Lake Washington Boulevard and Ripley Lane (aka Seahawks Way) front the eastern boundary of the site. Two entrances to the project are proposed from these public rights of way. To the south an existing entrance to the Barbee Mill site will be used as a primary site access. A second site access will be provided at the northeast end of the site by connection to Ripley Lane. Both site access points cross a now abandoned Burlington Northern Santa Fe at -grade railroad line. New on -site public streets and private access tracts will be constructed to provide site access to the buildings. CURRENT USE The site is currently vacant with the exception of a small shed used during past logging operations. The site has been used for various industrial purposes in the past, most recently as a log sorting and storage yard. Historical industrial uses have included a refinery, and have resulted in hazardous substances and soil contamination. Various small docks, structures, and pilings are located atthe west edge of the project site along Lake Washington. Adjacent Uses [3 Seahawks Training Facility, a football training facility, to the north. o Barbee Mill, a residential development, to the south. o Pan Abode, an existing cedar home manufacturing facility, to the southeast (as of December 2o15, no longer on site). Future planning includes a hotel (Hawks Landing). ❑ Lake Washington Boulevard, Ripley Lane, and Interstate 405 are to the east. ❑ Lake Washington is located to the west. PROPOSED USES The proposed development includes construction of four mixed -use buildings with structured and surface parking for 1,366 vehicles. The development will include 692 residential units, office space, 2o,o25 square feet of retail, and 9,000 square feet of restaurant, and public trails/paths. Density The gross site area totals 883,350 SF (20.28 Ac) Century Pacific, LP Quendall Terminals Project Narrative — December 2015 3 Deductions for Public Streets total 98,600 SF (2.26 Ac) Deductions for Private Access total 13,800 SF (0.32 Ac) This results in a Net Site Area of 770,950 SF (27.7o Ac) Based on a proposed density of 692 dwelling units provides a net density of 39.1 units/Ac SPECIAL SITE FEATURES The site contains approximately 0.82 acres (35,181 square feet) of wetlands and has approximately 2,583 feet of shoreline along Lake Washington. Site slopes are generally o to 5 percent with localized slopes up to 2H:rV at debris piles and up to aH:zV at the bank of the lake. PROPOSED OFF -SITE IMPROVEMENTS WSDOT has identified future improvements to the 1-405/Northeast 44th Street interchange as part of the WSDOT 1-405 Renton to Bellevue improvement project. Project contributions with and without the 1-405 improvements are set forth in the EIS. Several additional improvements are proposed or identified by the project to mitigate project generated impacts. These include: ❑ A southbound left -turn lane, a dedicated westbound right -turn lane, and an eastbound left -turn lane at the Ripley Lane/Lake Washington Boulevard intersection. ❑ A northbound left -turn lane at the Main ProjectAccess/Barbee MilllConner Homes Access intersection with Lake Washington Boulevard. ❑ Installation of anew traffic signal at the Main Project Access/Barbee Mill/Conner Homes Access intersection with Lake Washington Boulevard, or at the intersection of Ripley Lane with lake Washington Boulevard, as determined by the City. ❑ A westbound left -turn lane at the Hawks Landing Access/Lake Washington Boulevard intersection. ❑ Traffic calming on Lake Washington Boulevard south of N. 41st Street to encourage primary trips to use 1-405 corridor. ❑ Implementation of programs that reduce auto travel to/from the site, including access to future transit on 1-405 or Lake Washington Boulevard. ❑ Construct pedestrian and bicycle facilities in the vicinity of the site. Note: Improvements listed are based on full build -out, initial phased development will not require all improvements. SOILS AND DRAINAGE CONDITIONS Soils Site soils consist of highly heterogeneous shallow alluvial and lacustrine silts, sands and peat underlain by a coarser sand -gravel alluvium. The shallow alluvial deposits are overlain by years of fill. deposits. Century Pacific, LP Quendall Terminals Project Narrative — December 2oi5 6-1 Drainage Conditions Stormwater runoff from the existing site either infiltrates orflows overland to Lake Washington with no known flooding problems. Stormwater runoff from the proposed development will be collected and conveyed via a piped stormwater system to new outfalls at Lake Washington. Runoff from pollution - generating surfaces will be treated prior to discharge to the lake. SHORELINE The project site includes approximately 1,583 feet of shoreline along Lake Washington. The existing shoreline varies from gently sloping wetlands to steep (2H:iV) banks. Various docks and structures are located along the bank and in the water along the shore. The shoreline includes a zoo -foot average width riparian buffer,upland from the ordinary high water mark. A shoreline restoration plan is being designed and approved under EPA direction. The following work is anticipated within zoo feet of the Lake Washington shoreline: Activities related to shoreline restoration, contaminant remediation and mitigation, including capping of the site, and construction of mixed -use buildings, roads, utilities, retaining walls, hardscape/landscape areas. VIEW CORRIDORS The site is currently vacant, so construction of the proposed development will create potential partial obstructions from certain vantage points around the site. The design of the project will maintain view corridors between -the proposed buildings. TREE RETENTION The Quendall Terminals site will undergo environmental remediation and mitigation for on -site contaminated soils after Master Site Plan submittal and prior to final design and construction of the development included in this proposal. The site remediation is under the direction of the EPA and will include significant removal of on -site trees and placement of fill. The assumed existing conditions for Master Site Plan design are the post remediation and mitigation conditions. CONSTRUCTION MITIGATION DESCRIPTION Construction is anticipated to commence following EPA approval of a site cleanup action plan. Full project buildout is expected two years following the commencement of site remediation and mitigation construction. The following construction mitigation measures are anticipated: No special hours of construction activity are anticipated outside what is allowed under the current City of Renton Municipal Code. Century Pacific, LP Quendall Terminals Project Narrative — December 2oi5 I . _ „Molr o A proposed haul route plan will be developed priorto construction. o ATemporary Erosion Sedimentation Control Plan will be developed priorto construction to minimize erosion. o A traffic control plan will be developed priorto construction to address traffic and transportation impacts. CONSTRUCTION ESTIMATE Estimated Fill: A fill cap is anticipated to be placed over the site as part of EPA site remediation and mitigation. The combined volume of the fill cap and additional fill required to achieve building grades is estimated to be approximately 5o,000 to 2oo,000 cubic yards. Actual volumes will be determined by the final EPA site remediation plan and final site design. Estimated Costs: Total estimated construction cost and estimated fair market value: • Construction is estimated to total s390 million o Project Fair Market Value is s390 million MIA Century Pacific, LP Quenclall Terminals Project Narrative —December aol5 J W � - City of Renton Planning Division 1055 South Grady Way -Renton, WA 98057 Phone: 425-430-7200 Fax: 425-430-7231 1. Gross area of property: 1. 925,376 square feet (21.24Ac) 2. Deductions: Certain areas are excluded from density calculations. These include: Public streets** (Streets A,B & C) 1611,243 square feet (3.70Ac) Private access easements** (D,& E) _ 28,165 square feet (0.65Ac) Critical Areas* square feet Total excluded area: 3. Subtract line 2 from line 9 for net area: 4. Divide line 3 by 43,560 for net acreage 5. Number of dwelling units or lots planned 6. Divide line 5 by line 4 for net density: 2. 189,408 square feet (4.35Ac) 3. _ 735,968 square feet 4. 16.90 acres 5. 692 units/lots 6. 40.9 = dwelling units/acre *Critical Areas are defined as "Areas determined by the City to be not suitable for development and which are subject to the City's Critical Areas Regulations including very high landslide areas, protected slopes, wetlands or floodways." Critical areas buffers are not deductedlexcluded. ** Alleys (public or private) do not have to be excluded. 12/2015 City of Renton "AIN A.-I-MINAWK. rv"W, 1. Total number of trees over 6" in diameter' on project site: 1. 463* trees 2. Deductions: Certain trees are excluded from the retention calculation: Trees that are dead, diseased or dangerous trees Trees in proposed public streets trees. Trees in proposed private access ease mentsltracts trees Trees in critical areas3 and buffers trees Total number of excluded trees: 2. trees 3. Subtract line 2 from line 9: 3. trees 4. Next, to determine the number of trees that must be retained4, multiply line 3 by: 0.3 in zones RC, R-1, R-4, or R-8 0.1 in all other residential zones 0.05 in all commercial and industrial zones 4. trees 5. List the number of 6" or larger trees that you are proposing5 to retain 4: 5. trees 6. Subtract line 5 from line 4 for trees to be replaced: 6. trees (If line 6 is less than zero, stop here. No replacement trees are required). 7. Multiply line 6 by 12" for number of required replacement inches: 7. inches 8. Proposed size of trees to meet additional planting requirement: (Minimum 2" caliper trees required) 8. inches per tree 9. Divide line 7 by line 8 for number of replacement treess: (if remainder is .5 or greater, round up to the next whole number) 9. trees '"Measured at chest height. 'Note: The Quendall Terminals site will undergo environmental remediation and mitigation after Master Site Plan submittal and prior to final design and construction. The remediationlmitigation work is under the direction of EPA and will include significant removal of on -site trees and placement of fill. The assumed existing conditions for Master Site Plan design are the post remediation/ mitigation conditions. Therefore this tree retention worksheet is not applicable to the project. XA109000-109250\109118 (Quendall Tertninals)TROJECT DOCUMENT51City of Rentonl5ubmittal DocumentslTmcRetention W orksheet.doc 12l08 Quendall Terminals A. 1. 2. 3. • s'-11:0, z City of Renton Planning Division 1055 South Grady Way, Renton, WA 98057 Phone: 425-430-7200 Fax: 425-430-7231 BACKGROUND Name of proposed project, if applicable: Quendall Terminals Name of applicant: Campbell Mathewson Executive Vice President Century Pacific, L.P. Address and phone number of applicant and contact person: Campbell Mathewson Executive Vice President Century Pacific, L.P 1201 Third Ave, Suite 1680 Seattle, WA 98101 Phone: (206) 757-8893 cmathewson@centurypacificlp.com 4. Date checklist prepared: November 2009 S. Agency requesting checklist: City of Renton, Washington S. 7. Proposed timing or schedule (including phasing, if applicable): SEPA / Master Plan Approval / Shorelines EPA Timeline — Feasibility Study Site Remediation and Cap Building & Infrastructure Construction November 2009 — February 2010 Early 2011 2011 following EPA selected site remediabon 2 years following site remediation Do you have any plans for future additions, expansion, or further activity related to or connected with this proposal? If yes, explain. No plans for future additions or expansion are anticipated with this proposal. Development activity is expected to include remediation/mitigation of site contaminants along with final design, permitting, and construction of the proposed Master Plan. MrPortbAlCREAWATHSMU I.DOC - t - 02M Quendall Terminals 8. List any environmental information you know about that has been prepared, or will be prepared, directly related to this proposal. A Wetiand Assessment, Standard Lake Study, Habitat Data Report, and Conceptual Restoration Plan have .been prepared for the Quendall Terminals property. These have been prepared in accordance with City criteria (RMC Section 4-3-050) to support the development proposed and evaluated in this SEPA checklist. Prior to selection of a remediation remedy by EPA, the Quendall Terminals owners (Altino Properties, Inc. and J.H. Baxter & Company) will submit a Remedial Investigation (RI) Report and a Feasibility Study (FS) Report to the EPA. The RI Report will summarize the results of environmental investigations on the property and is anticipated to be submitted to the EPA In summer 2010. The FS Report is anticipated to be submitted to EPA in early 2011, after which, EPA will select a preferred remedy. 9. Do you know whether applications are pending for governmental approvals of other proposals directly affecting the property covered by your proposal? If yes, explain. The Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) is the lead agency for all remediation, site remediation and mitigation actions which are to be performed at the Quendall Terminals site under Superfund. The remediation actions selected by EPA will comply with substantive elements of SEPA and other applicable, relevant and appropriate environmental reviews and permitting requirements, though the remediation actions are exempt from prodedural requirements of SEPA. 10. List any governmental approvals or permits that will be needed for your proposal, tf known. City of Renton Land Use approvals and permits: Master Plan Approval Shoreline Substantial Development Permit Crltical Areas Review Environmental Review (SEPA) Binding Site Plan Review Remaining site remediation and mitigation will be performed under Consent Decrees between EPA and the Quendall Terminals ownership as part of the initial work on the property. As a result, certain state and local permits are preempted although substantive requirements of those statutes and regulations will be satisfied by the remediation and mitigation approval. 11. Give brief, complete description of your proposal, Including the proposed uses and the size of the project and site. Proposed Uses A mixed use development with the following: 800 residential units 245,000 SF office 21,600 SF retail 9,000 SF restaurant Size of the Site C:\NrPortbl%CRE41MATHS16558 1.DOC . 2 - 02108 Quendall Terminals The project site is approximately 21.46 acres (934,874 square feet) in size. This includes the main parcel and an isolated parcel (50,052 Square feet) east of Ripley Lane that will be improved as a mitigation site. Parking 2,171 cars in structures and on grade 12. Location of the proposal. Give sufficient Informatiop for a person to understand the precise location of your proposed project, including a street address, U any, and section, township, and range if known. If a proposal would occur over a range of area, provide the range or boundaries of the site(s). Provide a legal description, site,plan, vicinity map, and topographic map, If reasonably available. While you should submit any plans required by the agency, you are not required to duplicate maps or detailed plans submitted with any permit applications related to this checklist. Location The property is located at 4350 Lake Washington Boulevard in the northern portion of Renton, Washington. It is located within the Southwest % of Section 29, Township 24 North, Range 5 East, King County. The main site occupies approximately 20.3 acres adjacent to Lake Washington and has approximately 1,583 feet of shoreline. The site is located 3.5 miles south- southwest of the junction of Interstate Highways 405 and 90. The legal description is provided below. Site Plan, Vicinity Map, and Topographic Map . Please refer to the attached site plan, vicinity map, and topographic survey for additional detail. Access interstate 405 provides regional vehicle access to the site via the 4,e Street/Lake Washington Boulevard interchange' " Direct site access is provided by Lake Washington Boulevard and Ripley Lane, both located to the east of the site. Legal Description THAT PORTION OF GOVERNMENT LOT 5 IN SECTION 29, TOWNSHIP 24 NORTH, RANGE 5 EAST, W.M., AND SHORELAND ADJOINING LYING WESTERLY OF THE NORTHERN PACIFIC RAILROAD RIGHT-OF-WAY AND SOUTHERLY OF A LINE,, IN KING COUNTY, WASHINGTON, DESCRIBED AS FOLLOWS: BEGINNING AT THE QUARTER CORNER ON THE SOUTH_ LINE OF, SAID SECTION 29: THENCE NORTH 89058'36" WEST ALONG THE SOUTH LINE OF SAID LOT 5, 1,113.01 FEET TO THE WESTERLY LINE OF SAID NORTHERN PACIFIC RAILROAD RIGHT-OF-WAY; THENCE NORTH 29044'54" EAST 849.62 FEET ALONG SAID RIGHT-OF-WAY LINE TO A. POINT HEREINAFTER REFERRED TO AS POINT A; THENCE CONTINUING. NORTH 29044'54" EAST 200.01 FEET TO THE TRUE POINT OF -BEGINNING OF THE LINE HEREIN DESCRIBED; THENCE SOUTH 56-28'50" WEST 222.32 FEET TO A POINT WHICH BEARS NORTH 59024'56" WEST 100.01 FEET FROM SAID POINT A; THENCE NORTH 59024'56" WEST TO THE INNER HARBOR LINE AND THE END OF SAID LINE DESCRIPTION; ALSO THAT PORTION OF SAID GOVERNMENT,LOT. 5 LYING SOUTHEASTERLY OF LAKE WASHINGTON BOULEVARD, WESTERLY OF SECONDARY STATE HIGHWAY NUMBER 2A AND NORTHWESTERLY OF THE RIGHT-OF-WAY OF PUBLIC STATE HIGHWAY NUMBER 1 C:WrPortb1XCREAIMATHS%558 1_DOC 3 - 02/08 Quendall T&minels AS ESTABLISHED BY DEED RECORDED JANUARY 15, 1964 UNDER RECORDING NO. 5687408; AND EXCEPT THAT PORTION THEREOF CONVEYED TO CITY OF RENTON, A MUNICIPAL CORPORATION BY DEED RECORDED JUNE 19, 2008 UNDER RECORDING NO. 20080619001179. B. ENVIRONMENTAL ELEMENTS 1. EARTH _ .. a. General description of the site (circle one); flat, rolling, hilly; steep slopes, mountainous, other. The site is located on the shore of Lake Washington and is generally fiat. b. What is the steepest slope on the site (approximate percent slope?) Site slopes are generally 0-5% with localized slopes up to 2HAV at debris piles and up to 1 H:1V at the bank of the lake. C. What general types of soils are found on the site (for example, clay, sand, gravel, peat, muck)? If you know the classification of agricultural soils, specify them and note any prime farmland. Site soils consist of highly heterogeneous shallow alluvial and lacustrine silts, sands and peat underlain by a coarser sand -gravel alluvium. The shallow alluvial deposits are overlain by years of fill deposits. Refer to the geotechnical study submitted with this Environmental Checklist for additional detail. d. Are there surface indications or history of unstable soils in the immediate vicinity? If so, describe. Surface and near surface conditions are especially variable across the site. Soils from the surface to a depth of 25 feet contain Fill and Shallow Alluvium soils which are relatively weak with variable compressibllity, permeability and contain a low. bearing capacity. Refer to the geotechnical study'submitted with -this Environmental Checklist for additional detail. e. Describe the.purpose, type, and approximate quantities of any filling or grading proposed. Indicate source of fill.. Filling. and grading will proceed pursuant to the Consent Decrees and Cleanup Action Plan as subject to review and approval by the EPA. Filling will also be required to achieve proposed site grades. It is assumed that fill will be imported. f. Could erosion occur as a result of clearing, construction, or use? If so, generally describe. C:WrPortblkCREMMATH516558_1.DOC - 4 - 02108 Quendall Terminals The relatively flat grade of the site will minimize the potential for erosion as a result of site construction. The near -surface soils are considered to have moderate to high moisture sensitivity If disturbed by construction activity. Soils with -high moisture sensitivity tend to degrade easily upon exposure to weather. While these soils have the potential for erosion during wet weather conditions, mitigation will be accomplished with the use of appropriate best management practices (BMPs). r g. About what percent of the site will be covered with impervious surfaces after project construction (for example, asphalt or buildings)? Approximately 75% of the site is considered impervious surface which includes buildings, roads and sidewalks. h. Proposed measures to reduce or control erosion, or other impacts to the earth, if any: Approved best management practices (BMPs) shall be specified and used during construction to minimize- soil, erosion and environmental impacts as a result of development activity. 2. AIR a. What types of emissions to the air would result from -the proposal (i.e., dust, automobile, odors, Industrial wood smoke) during construction and when the project is completed? If any, generaily describe and give approximate quantities if known. Construction activities may generate dust. Construction equipment and hauling.vehicles will create emissions from internal combustion engines. b. Are there any off -site sources of emission or odor that may affect your proposal? If so, generally describe. There are no known off -site sources of emission or odor that may affect this proposal. C. Proposed measures to reduce or control emissions or other impacts to air, If any: Dust suppression techniques, including water sprinkling, will be used during construction as necessary. Stockpiles will be covered to the extent practicable to minimize construction -related dust. Emissions impacts during construction will be minimized through efficient use of.equipmeht and minimizing equipment idling. 3. WATER a. Surface Water: 1) Is there any surface water body on or in the -immediate vicinity of the site (including year-round and seasonal streams, saltwater, lakes, ponds; wetlands)? If yes, describe type and provide names. If appropriate, state what stream or river It flows into. The project site includes approximate] y - 1. 583 feet of shoreline along Lake Washington. 2) Will the project require any work over, In; or adjacent to (within 200 feet) the described waters? If yes, please describe and attach available plans. The following work is anticipated within 200 feet of the Lake Washington shoreline: C:INrPorttIf CREAIMATHS16558 1.DOC - 5 - 02l08 Quendall Terminals Activities related to shoreline restoration, contaminant remediation and mitigation, including capping of the site. Construction of mixed -use buildings, roads, retaining walls, hardscapellandscape areas. 3) Estimate the amount of fill and dredge material that would be -placed In or removed from surface water or wetlands and indicate the area of the site that would be affected. Indicate the source of fill material. Earthwork impacts. to surface waters and wetlands will be determined through the EPA directed site remediation effort that precedes development. No additional filling is proposed by the Master Plan. 4) Will the proposal require surface water withdrawals or diversions? Give general description, purpose, and approximate quantities If known. The proposal will not require surface -water withdrawals or diversions. 5) Does the proposal lie within a 100-year flood plain? If so, note location on the site plan. The proposal does not lie within a 100-year flood plain. G) Does the proposal Involve any discharges of waste materials to surface waters? If so, describe the type of waste and anticlpated volume of discharge. The proposal does not involve any discharges of waste materials to surface waters. b. Ground Water. - 1) Will ground water ber withdrawn, or will water be discharged to ground water? Give general description, purpose, and approximate quantities if known. The project does not propose groundwater withdrawal or discharge. 2) Describe waste material that will be discharged Into the ground from septic tanks or other sources, if any (for example: Domestic sewage; industrial, containing the following chemicals...; agricultural; etc.). Describe the general size of the system, the number of such systems, the number of houses to be served (If applicable), or the number of animals or humans the system(s) are expected to serve. No waste materials as identified above are anticipated. c. Water Runoff (including storm water): 1) Describe the source of runoff (including storm water) and method of collection and disposal, if any (include quantities, if known). Where will this water flow? Will this water flow Into other waters, If so, describe. Stormwater runoff will be collected from impervious. surfaces and will be conveyed to Lake Washington through a piped storm drainage system. Pollution -generating impervious surfaces will be treated prior to discharge to Lake Washington in accordance with City of Renton and Washington State Department of Ecology (WSDOE) stormwater regulations. Best management practices will be used in accordance with WSDOE. C:INrPortbACREA\MATHS16558_1.DOC - 6 - 02108 Quendall Terminals 2) Could waste material enter ground or surface waters? If so, generally describe. Waste material is not anticipated to enter ground or surface waters. d. Proposed measures to reduce or control surface, ground, and runoff water impacts, if any: Runoff from pollution -generating impervious surfaces will be treated prior to discharge to Lake Washington. Best management practices will be used to prevent erosion and sedimentation during construction and at project completion. Stonnwater conveyance and treatment systems will be designed in accordance with City of Renton and WSDOE requirements. 4. PLANTS a. Check or circle types of vegetation found on the site: _x_ deciduous tree: alder, maple, aspen, other evergreen tree: fir, cedar, pine, other _x shrubs _x grass pasture crop or grain x wet soil plants: cattail, buttercup, bullrush, skunk cabbage, other _x water plants: water lily, eel grass, milfoil, other other types of vegetation Please refer to the Wetland Assessment, Standard Lake Study, Habitat Data Report. b. What kind and amount of vegetation will be removed or altered? Site vegetation planting and removal will be determined per the future EPA approved site remediation,,mitigation and shoreline restoration plan. C. List threatened or endangered species known to be on or near the site. No threatened or endangered species were observed or are known to occur on or near the project site. d. Proposed landscaping, use of native plants, or other measures to preserve or enhance vegetation on the site, if any: - As part of the development project, native and regional climate zoned ornamental plants will be installed as landscaping throughout the development. The intent is to create a landscape- that is functional, aesthetically pleasing, diverse, and .water efficient. Plant material will be selected for hardiness, size, texture and color. The development will be adjacent to a riparian buffer along Lake Washington that averages 100-feet-in width. The buffer will be enhanced with native vegetation as a result of remediation-related impacts to existing wetlands through the EPA. Revegetation will focus on species diversity, species density allowing for varied light penetration, and the creation of different successive stages along the lake. Willow and water -tolerant shrub vegetation along the shoreline and in existing and restored wetland habitat would provide shade for aquatic species. Deciduous -dominated forests would include open areas where sunlight can penetrate to the forest floor. Coniferous -dominated forests would provide important habitat for upland species. The proposed development will not impact. CANrPort 1\CRF_A\MATHSM6A 1.DOC - 7 - 02/06 S. 6. Quendall Terminals any of the areas of enhanced vegetation within the 100-foot average width riparian buffer along Lake Washington. Please refer to the Wetland Assessment, Standard Lake Study, Habitat Data Report and qW Conceptual Restoration Plan prepared by Anchor QEA. ANIMALS a. Circle any birds and animals, which have. been observed on or near the site or are known to be on or near the site: Birds: hawk, heron, eagle, songbirds, other Mammals: deer, bear, elk, beaver, other Fish: bass, Salmon, grout, herring, shellfish, other Please refer to the Wetland Assessment, Standard Lake Study, Habitat Data Report and Conceptual Restoration Plan prepared by Anchor QEA. b. List any threatened or endangered species known to be on oe near the site. Puget Sound Chinook salmon (Oncorhynchus tshawytscha), steelhead (0. mykiss), and bull trout (Safvelinus confluentus) use Lake Washington as part of their migration corridor.- C. Is the site part of a migration route? If so, explain Yes, it lies within the Pacific flyway. Also, anadromous sahonids, steelhead, and bull trout migrate through Lake Washington. d. Proposed measures to. preserve or enhane wildlife, if any: Measures to improve and restore wildlife habitat will be conducted as part of remediation activities prior to development of the property. The riparian buffer and the creation/restoration of existing wetland habitat will provide detritus inputs, insect drop, and woody debris inputs for aquatic species to support prey resources and provide cover for juvenile salmon. In addition, woody debris and substrate enhancement of the shoreline would support these aquatic ecological functions in the short term. ENERGY AND NATURAL RESOURCES a. What kinds of energy (electric; natural gas; oll; wood -stove, -solar) will be used to meet the completed projects energy needs? Describe whether It will be used for heating, manufacturing, etc. Electricity is anticipated to be used for heating, cooling, lighting, and other energy demands. Natural gas is anticipated to be used primarily for heating and cooking. Oil and woodstoves are not anticipated to be energy sources for the site. b. Would your project affect the potential use of solar energy by adjacent properties? If so, generally describe. The project will not affect the potential use of solar energy by adjacent properties. c. What kinds of energy. conservation features are Included in the -plans of this proposal? List other proposed measures to reduce or control energy impacts, if AML any: CANrPortbnCREAWWTHS%6558_1.D0C - B - 02l08 Quendali Terminals Specific conservation measures have not been identified at this time but are anticipated to be included on a limited basis as building programming is developed. 7. ENVIRONMENTAL HEALTH a. Are there any environmental health hazards, including exposure to toxic chemicals, risk of fire and explosion, spill, or hazardous waste, that could occur as a result of this proposal? If so, describe. The site is contaminated with hazardous substances as a result of past industrial uses. As part of this development, a site remediation/mitigation plan will be executed to prevent the exposure and spread of hazardous substances to humans and the surrounding environment. Proposed measures to prevent environmental health hazards include minimal disturbance to contaminated soils and capping of the site. 1) Describe special emergency services that might be required. Emergency services will be provided by the City of Renton. No special emergency services are anticipated. 2) Proposed measures to reduce or control environmental health hazards, If any: As part of this development, a site remediation/mitigation plan will be executed to prevent the exposure and spread of hazardous substances to humans and the surrounding environment. Proposed measures to prevent environmental health hazards include minimal disturbance to contaminated soils and capping of the site. b. Noise 1) What types of noise exist In the area which may affect your project (for example: traffic, equipment, operation, other)? There are no known noises in the area that may affect the project. Traffic noise from Interstate 405, which is located. approximately 500 feet east of the site's east boundary, is not expected to adversely affect the project. 2) ' What types and levels of noise would be created by or associated with the project on.a short-term or a long-term basis (for example: traffic, construction, operation, other)? Indicate what hours noise would come from the site. Short -Term Construction equipment and activity. will generate noise during daylight .hours. During initial construction, noise will be generated outside. Once the buildings are enclosed, construction noise will be contained within the buildings. Normal construction noise is not anticipated to have a significant impact to adjacent uses. Impact -type noises and other high -noise activities will be limited and will occur during restricted hours to minimize impact to adjacent uses. Hours of construction operation are anticipated to be 7:00 AM- 5:00 PM, Monday -Friday. Adjoining property owners will be notified In advance of any weekend work that may take place. Long -Term Low -speed vehicle traffic noise is anticipated in the long-term and is not anticipated to adversely impact adjacent uses. C:WrPortbRCRE=AV ATHS16558 1.DOC - 9 - 02/08 Quendall Terminals 3) Proposed measures to reduce or control noise Impacts, if any: Exterior construction hours are anticipated to be 7:00 AM-5:00 PM, Monday -Friday. Adjoining property owners will be notified in advarice of any weekend work that may take place. Impact -type noises and other high -noise activities will be limited and will occur during restricted hours to minimize impact to adjacent uses. Contact with adjacent neighbors who may be adversely impacted will be made and.infarmation provided when loud noises, if any,.will occur. S. LAND AND SHORELINE USE a. What Is the current use of the site and adjacent properties? The site is currently vacant. Adjacent uses: Seahawks Training Facility, a football training facility, to the north Barbee Mill, a residential development, to the south Pan Abode, an existing cedar home manufacturing facility, to the southeast. Future planning includes a hotel Lake Washington Blvd, Ripley Lane, and Interstate 405 are to the east Lake Washington is located to the west b. Has the site been used for agriculture? If so, describe. The site has not been used for agriculture. C. Describe any structures on the site. , A wooden platform with metal stairs, a shack, a one-story brick building of approximately 835 square feet, and a sewer pump station are located at the east edge of the project site. Various small docks, structures, and pilings are located at the west edge of the project site along Lake Washington. d. Will any structures be demolished? N so, what? No, site is vacant, with exception of the sewer pump station which is to remain. e. What is the current zoning classification of the site? The site is zoned (COR) CommerciaVOffrcetResidential per the City of Renton. E What is the current comprehensive plan designation of the site? The site currently has the designation COR-Commercial-Office-Residential. g. If applicable, what is the current shoreline master program designation of the site? The current shoreline master program designation of the site is "urban." h. Has any part of the site, been classified as an "environmentally sensitive" area? If so, specify. C:wrPonbrCREAWATHS\6668_1.00C _ 1a- 02108 Quendall Terminals Areas on the site are currently identified as Critical Areas by the City of Renton, based on the proximity to Lake Washington and the presence of wetlands. However, existing wetlands will be impacted as part of remediation activities that will be conducted as part of a separate project prior to development. The riparian buffer and wetlands along the Lake Washington shoreline will be enhanced and restored as part of remediation-related activities. Following remediation activities, no environmentally sensitive or Critical Areas will be present within the development area, but the riparian buffer along Lake Washington would qualify as an environmentally sensitive area that contains wetlands and shoreline buffers. I. Approximately how many people would reside or work in the completed project? The office space will most likely accommodate up to about 1,000 workers. The retail and restaurants would have 40 to 50 employees, and the apartments are estimated to have 1,200 to 1,300 residents. This would be with 100% occupancy which is rarely achieved, so the totals may be up to 1 0% less than noted with normal vacancy rates. Approximately how many people would the completed project displace? The completed project will not displace people since the site is currently vacant K. Proposed measures to avoid or reduce displacement Impacts, It any: Not applicable --see response to line j, above. I. Proposed measures to ensure the proposal is compatible with existing and projected land uses and plans, ff any: ` Landscape buffers and potential fencing will be used to provide a visual separation and buffer between the project and adjacent sites. 9. HOUSING a. Approximately how many units would be provided, if any? indicate whether high, middle, or low -Income housing. Approximately 800 middle- to high -income units will be provided. b. Approximately how many units, if any, would be eliminated? Indicate whether high, middle, or low-income housing. No units will be eliminated, as the site is currently vacant. C. Proposed measures to reduce or control housing impacts, if any: Not applicable —see response to line c, above. 10. AESTHETICS a. What is the tallest height of any proposed structure(s), not including antennas; what Is the principal exterior building material(s) proposed. C:WrPvftACREAIMATHS16558 1.noC - 11 - 42108 Quendall Terminals We expect the tallest building to be 5 stories over 2 floors of parking. Assuming there is some roof modulation, we would estimate the tallest building would be approximately 85 to 90 ft from grade to top of roof or parapet. The parking structures will be concrete with some structure exposed, some painted and with some walls or -structure clad with brick or other masonry. The office building will be concrete and glass in the upper floors and concrete, brick or other masonry around the base and retail shops. The residential. portions will have a combination of brick or other masonry, stucco, architectural factory finished metal panels with aluminum framed windows and metal railings at outdoor decks and balconies. b. What views In the Immediate vicinity would be altered or obstructed? The site is currently, vacant so construction: of the proposed development will create potential partial obstructions from certain vantage points around the site such as surface streets and 1-405 to the east, adjacent residential development to the south and the Seahawks facility to the north. The design of the project will maintain view corridors between the proposed buildings. C. Proposed measures to reduce or control aesthetic impacts, if any: The proposed buildings will not be taller than allowed per the zoning requirements; this will minimize potential for any view obstructions. The buildings will have a variety of materials and textures and modulation of wall surfaces or other grills, screens or trellises that will add visual interest. Roof lines will be varied for modulation and interest as well. Plaza or courtyard areas over the residential garages will feature landscape planters and pavers for color, texture and pattern. There may be small water features incorporated in the final landscaped courtyard designs. The shoreline zone will be landscaped during the site remediation- process. Other streetscape landscaping, sidewalks, perimeter landscaping and street trees will be designed to enhance the building designs, provide a pleasant sidewalk experience and buffer between the Quendall development and the adjacent properties. . 11. LIGHT AND GLARE a. What type of light or glare will the proposal produce? What time of day would it mainly occur? Sources of light and glare will include interior lights shining through windows, street lights along roads, outdoor pedestrian lights along sidewalks/hardscape areas, and lighted signage- at retaillrestau rant areas. - Light and glare from these sources will occur from sundown until sunrise and are not expected to be significant. b. Could light or glare from the finished project be a safety hazard or Interfere with views? Light or glare from the completed project is not expected to be a safety hazard or interfere with views. C:WrPortbRCREAWATHS%6558_1.DOC - 12 - 02/08 Quendall Terminals C. What existing off -site sources of light or glare may affect your proposal? There are no known existing off -site sources of light or glare that may affect the proposal. The Seahawks Training Facility located to the north of the project site does not have permanent field lighting. d. Proposed measures to reduce or control light and glare Impacts, if any: Not applicable. 12. RECREATION a. What designated and ' informal recreational opportunities are in the immediate vicinity? Lake Washington borders the west side of the project site and provides informal recreational opportunities such as boating, swimming, fishing, and other lake -related recreational activities. Other potential recreation opportunities have not been identified at this time and will be addressed with the future EPA site remediation 1 mitigation action. plan. b. Would the proposed project displace any existing recreational uses? H so, describe. The proposed project will not displace any existing recreational uses. c. Proposed measures to reduce or control Impacts on recreation, including recreation opportunities to be provided by the project or applicant, If any: Not applicable —see response to line b, above. 13. HISTORIC AND CULTURAL PRESERVATION a. Are there any places or objects listed on, or proposed for, national state, or local preservation registers known to be on or next to the site? If so, generally describe. There are.no known places or objects on or next to the site that are listed on or proposed for national, state, or local preservation registers. b. Generally describe any landmarks or evidence of historic, archaeological, scientific, or cultural importance known to be on or next to the site. A Cultural Resource Assessment (Larson, 1997) was performed for the project site in 1997. This assessment did not identity any cultural resources eligible for listing on the National Register of Historic Places. The report concludes that the historic mouth of May Creek was likely located at the Port Quendall Log Yard and that a Duwamish site may have been located there. All portions of the Port Quendall Log Yard are identified as an area that may contain archeological deposits. Please refer to the Cultural Resource Assessment prepared by Larson Anthropological Archaeological Services (March, 1997). C. Proposed measures to reduce or control impacts, if any: Monitoring for archeological materials will be included ifiwhere native site soils are disturbed. However, previous geotechnical explorations have indicated that the project C:\NrPortbhCREA\MATHSX655ELl.DOC .13 - 02108 Quendall Terminals site is overlain with fill, and the project's grading approach includes minimal disturbance to existing site soils due to the presence of hazardous substances. A fill cap will "be added to the site as part of remediation/mitigation efforts, and.buildings will use piling foundation systems. 14. TRANSPORTATION a. Identify public streets and highways serving the site, and describe proposed access to the existing street system. Show on site plans, if any. The site is principally served by the following three roads: Interstate 405 — Located approximately 500 feet east of the site. Lake Washington Blvd — Located at the southeast comer of the site. Ripley Lane — Located at the eastern edge of the site. Interstate-405 provides regional access to the project site via the Lake Washington Blvd 1 447' Street interchange. Lake Washington Blvd provides access at the southeast comer of the site where it runs east to Interstate 405 or south to the City of Renton. At the southeast comer of the site, Ripley Lane runs north from Lake Washington Blvd and serves the east side of the site. Greater detail on all transportation and parking issues can be found in the Transportation Impact Anelysis prepared by The Transpb Group. b. Is site currently served by public transit? If not, what is the approximate distance to the nearest transit stop? The site is not currently served by public transit. The nearest transit stop is located approximately 0.9 miles east-northeast at 1160' Ave SE and SE 76t' St (Metro Route 219). C. How many parking spaces would the completed project have? How many would the project eliminate? The completed project would have parking for approximately 2,171 cars in structures and on grade. The project would not eliminate any parking. d. Will the proposal require any new roads or streets, or improvements to existing roads or streets, not including driveways? If so, generally describe (indicate whether public or private? Yes. In addition to the improvements to the I-4051NE 44th Street interchange identified as part of the planned WSDOT 1-405 Renton to Bellevue improvement project, several additional improvements are needed to mitigate project impacts. These include: A southbound left-tum lane, a dedicated westbound right -turn lane, and an eastbound left-tum lane would be needed at the Ripley LanelLake Washington Blvd intersection A northbound lest tum lane at the Main Project Access/Barbee Mills/Conner Homes Access intersection with Lake Washington Blvd, and A westbound left -turn lane would be needed at the Hawks Landing Access/Lake Washington Blvd intersection. Note: Improvements listed are based on full build -out, initial phased development will not require all improvements. C: W rPortbhCREAWIATHS18668_1 DOC -14 = 02/08 Quendall Terlrv>linals e. Will the project use (or occur in the immediate vicinity of) water, rail, or air transportation? If so, generally describe. The project will not use water, rail, or air transportation. The project site is in the immediate vicinity of water transportation (Lake Washington borders the site to the west) and an existing BNSF railroad track which borders the site to the east and is no longer used for rail transport. How many vehicular trips per day would be generated by the completed project? If known, indicate when peak volumes would occur. The proposed project is anticipated to generate approximately 8,570 net new off -site daily trips, with approximately 837 occurring during the AM peak hour (446 inbound trips and 391 outbound trips), and 905 occurring [luring the PM peak hour trips (410 inbound trips and 495 outbound trips). g. Proposed measures to reduce or control transportation impacts, if any: Consistent with the Transportation Impact Analysis prepared by Transpo and attached to this submittal, traffic mitigation measures considered include.additional turn lanes, channelization and traffic calming measures. In addition, a transportation management plan (TMP) for the site will be prepared. 15. PUBLIC SERVICES a. Would the project result in an increased need for public services (for example: fire protection, 'police protection, health care, schools, other)? If so, generally describe. An increased need for public services is anticipated as a result of the project. b. Proposed measures to reduce or control direct impacts on public services, if any. Coordination of the development plan and future phasing with public service personnel. Coordination and timing of future development will assist public services in determining when additional demand will be needed as result of development. 16. UTILITIES a. Circle or underline utilities currently available at the site: electricity, natural gas. water, refuse service telephone. sanitary sewer septic system, other. b. Describe the utilities that are proposed for the project, the utility providing the service, and the general construction activities on the site or In the Immediate vicinity which might be needed. The following utilities are proposed for the project Water — City of Renton Sewer — City of Renton Electricity — Puget Sound Energy Natural Gas — Puget Sound Energy C:WrPortb11CREAIMATHS1655e_1.DOC -Is- 02108 Quendell Terminals Phone, DSL, and Fiber -Optic Communications — Owest C. SIGNATURE I, the undersigned, state that to the best of my knowledge the above information is true and complete. It is understood that the lead agency may withdraw any declaration of non -significance that it might issue In reliance upon this checklist should there be any willful misrepresentation or willful lack of full disclosure on my part. Proponent: Name Printed: Campbell Mathewson, Century Pacific, L.P. Date: November 12, 2009 D. SUPPLEMENTAL SHEETS FOR NONPROJECT ACTIONS Not Used CANrPortbRCRF111MATHS%558_1.D0C .16 - 02/08 k Y r a� �•� -.� Y! s {,� v' i e i,� °` L i' i {� 1 c•'. ' , 7 i I Compliance Statement The Quendal I Terminals master site plan submittal and all supporting documents shall meet or exceed the minimum compliance requirements included in the Overlay Design District C. This includes the following: 13 Site design and building location 13 Building location, character, massing, roofiines and materials 0 Transition to surrounding development 0 Parking and vehicular access t7 Location of surface and structured parking o Pedestrian building entries 0 Pedestrian circulation o Landscaping 0 Common space 13 Signage 0 Lighting As specific site development plans are prepared the applicant and design team will continue to coordinate the proposed design with the City of Renton to ensure compliance. Century Pacific, LP Quendal! Terminals Project Narrative — December 2015 NEIGHBORHOOD DETAIL MAP QUENDALL TERMINALS 5MAC034OF 03W '0355F 530 ©03bW "PANEL NOT PRINTED -OPEN WATERAREA ALL IN Z PANEL NOT PRINTED -AREA IN ZONE X 4?4r�� Seattle 0329E 0334E 0354E -, .. PANEL NOT PRINTED - AREA IN ZONE D �® . "" PANEL NOT PRINTED - PANEL 53033CI490 IS SHOW 25F ZONE X ' Areas of 500-year flood; areas of 100- y N year flood with average depths of less 5MC037OF TION than 1 foot or with drainage areas less 53033CO320 than 1 square mile; and areas protected E:O390G �'0'P INDEX City Of by levees from 100-year floor. Seattle 0368F 0369E I )U)51S Tawn of M 19�9 Town of yew, gam, FLOOD INSURANCE RATE W Pb'iiit $ HO ` air LTG COUNTY, F.IllOi&lY 007F WASHINGTON I Nf tof rTowst of AND INCORPORATED AREAS 1 05E 53033C061 F 53O33 ,� r Beauz Aits y; e 53033COU0F (WE usnNQ OF COwr MUNMes TASW Civ Of N so sty "Am INF`EX w Is�d - 0658E o659F H_11 61 d U I cs 1 ti ,� PANFLs PRtitIID m, ,A 4% 44 0. 94 ea, 0% � 90, 9a, 9e,11S,12o,194 21a, 214 ato, a20, a1rr, a29. �Z Q ,+�„a " 53033C0111, O I M. Mi. SM aaa, N4 W. a82, W4. M. 386, ae9. ae9, M. a» are, Mi. aaa, see, NO. sea, 4M, 4 6. 410, 41e. 418, 419, 420. 439, 4a8 M. en2, SW W. � 181 I eo9, W. M an. eaa, 6101 GI& M. on, aae. sae. i 0838E 0666E QSB,�TF '„�Q886� 0887E e40, ae. sez, ee4 eee. eer, ees, ese, eea. ees. eer, M. M. eao, ese, ear. eae, eaa, �1, saz, eaa. aer, QUENDALL TERMINALSroe, roe. 710.71e,716,rir.r18,719,728,7ae M, 741, 743, raa. ref, raa, Sae, I J 53033C0630F `Q ea. 03. 067, 2K 9e4 eee, 9e7, 9b9.9eo. 961, 9e2.98a, 9a4, 987, 969, 9K M M. err, er8. ere. 981. M 9Ba. 984, M, 98r. M NI, 0% Ma, 9041001, IM t00a,1004.100b, 0664E �1 �' MW 0M _ N 0886E 06W ` "U,100% 100% 1015.1020,10Q8.1034,1036,19a8, a0e2.196 IN7,10a.1076.10W. WI 8.1076.1= i=.12s2.12M 1242.1260,191i1,1482 1M, [� Al2P,1269,1291.12e$12ea,12e4, I^ In% IS?.12M t is ,� ` Citylod �y of 1=9.1780.1290.129e, 1315. I=, 14N. 100. 148k 14m, ins.1515. ins, ism Tltkvn7aNs' \j( �Rentan MAP NUMBER C F % 097� 097TF OMF OW1001F ICON 5=CIND0A City of 44 �` �g �P REVISED 53033C�O935F aBaF� -� APRIL 19, 2005 � 0954E 0959E 09T$F 0979E 0983E 0984E 1008E 1004E Federal Em ergeltey Managelneot Agenq ` aj of ... This Es an ollt:ial copy of a Portion of the alxne referenced flood map. a was extracted using F-Mff On{lne. This map does not releet changes or amendments which may has been made subsequent to the date an the � ��� f10R1C rKR=1 ! 1 _i�$iF 09$ 09 R OMF jpm/ Yptp Program good maapsi check the FEMMA Flood Map Store at w#.w.mscJemaa gc Quendall Terminals Renton, Washington Drainage Report November 2009 1 Preliminary Report am09 CarrSufrrng Enprrreers Drainage Report November 2009 Prepared for: CenturyPacific, LP 1201 Third Avenue, Suite 1680 Seattle, WA 98101 Prepared by: Tom Jones Kris Koski, EIT KPFF Consulting Engineers 1601 Fifth Avenue, Suite 1600 Seattle, WA 98101 (206) 622-5822 KPFF Job No. 109118.10 Property owners: Altino Properties, Inc., and J.H. Baxter & Company �- v / I Y P CenturyPaelfic, LP Quendall 'terminals /k Table of Contents at) Project Overview............................................................................................................................I ProjectLocation.............................................................................................. ProjectDescription.......................................................................................................................... 1 Predeveloped Site Conditions........................................................................................................ 1 Developed Site Conditions............................................................................................................. 2 �j CSC Conditions and Requirements Summary......................................................................................3 �o Off -Site Analysis............................................................................................................................4 UpstreamAnalysis........................................................................................................................... 4 DownstreamAnalysis.............................................................•........................................................ 5 eta Flow Control and Water Quality Facility Analysis and Design.......................................................5 FlowControl..................................................................................................................................... 5 WaterQuality.......................................................................................................... 5 on Conveyance System Analysis and Design....................................................................................5 VaSpecial Reports and Studies.........................................................................................................6 Lfo Other Permits................................................................................................................................6 0 0 a Erosion and Sedimentation Control (ESC) Analysis and Design..................................................6 0 'Eva Bond Quantities, Facility Summaries, and Declaration of Covenant...........................................7 a0a Operations and Maintenance Manual..........................................................................................7 CenturyPaciflc, LP Quendall Terminals 6�� List of Tables 2-1 Conditions and Requirements Summary.......................................................................................3 Appendices Appendix A - Site and Project Information Figure 1A: Project Location Figure 2A: Existing Site Conditions Figure 3A: Proposed Site Conditions Figure 4A: NRCS Soils Map Figure 5A: FEMA Flood Insurance Rate Map Figure 6A: TIR Worksheet Appendix B - Calculations and Proposed Strom Drainage System Figure 1B: Conceptual Storm Drainage Plan Figure 213: Isopluvial Maps (2 Year, 25-Year, 100 Year, and Annual Runoff) Figure 36: Conveyance Calculations Figure 413: Water Quality Calculations Figure 513: StormFilter Product Information C CanturyPacltic, LP IV Quendall Terminals 6 ' �! 1 o Project Overview This Technical Information Report (TIR) addresses the conceptual design of the storm drainage conveyance and water quality facilities for Quendall Terminals Master Site Plan entitlement. Site drainage will be conveyed to on -site water quality treatment facilities prior to discharge to Lake Washington. See Figure 6A (Appendix A) for the TIR Worksheet. PROJECT LOCATION The Quendall Terminals project is located at 4350 lake Washington Boulevard North within the City of Renton in King County, Washington. The project is located west of Ripley Lane North and northwest of the intersection of Lake Washington Boulevard North and Ripley Lane North. The project is located in a portion of Section 29, Township 24 N, Range 5 E, W.M. See Figure 1A in Appendix A for the project location. An additional parcel located east of the main project site across Ripley Lane North is included in project planning considerations but is not part of this drainage report. No Improvements are planned for this additional parcel. PROJECT DESCRIPTION Quendall Terminals is a proposed mixed -use development including five stories.of residential or office space above two levels of above -grade parking or retail and restaurant space. The development project anticipates entitlement of the following: ❑ Residential 800 Units o Office 245,000 Square Feet ❑ Retail 21,600 Square Feet ❑ Restaurant 9,000 Square Feet ❑ Parking 2,215 Spaces PREDEVELOPED SITE CONDITIONS The existing site is vacant and is under the direction of the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA). The site is partially vegetated with areas of grass, shrubs, brush, and trees where the site has been undisturbed for an extended amount of time. Other areas used more recently contain bare soil and debris from log yard operations. Debris piles from log yard operations are located on the site. The site is contaminated with hazardous substances as a result of past industrial uses, including a creosote processing facility. CantveyPacifle, LP Quendall Terminals The main site is approximately 20.3 acres in size with approximately 1,583 feet of shoreline along Lake Washington. Site slopes are generally 0 to 5 percent with localized slopes up to 2H:1V at debris piles and up to 1H:1V at the bank of the lake. The site slopes gradually from east to west. Wetlands are located along and near the lakeshore on the west side of the site. There are approximately 34,959 square feet of existing wetlands on the site. The parcel east of the main project site and Ripley Lane North Is approximately 1.2 acres in size and is not part of this drainage report. No improvements are planned for the east parcel. Manmade stormwater conveyance, water quality, and detention facilities on the site consist of swales and berms constructed in accordance with the Quendall Terminals Interim Stormwater Management Plan (Aspect, October 2008) in conjunction with a previously existing small sediment pond (approximately 1,722 square feet including rock check dams). The purpose of the Interim Stormwater Management Plan is to control site runoff and erosion prior to future environmental mitigation. Surface runoff currently infiltrates or is conveyed to Lake Washington via surface flow or swales. There are no creeks or streams located on the site. See Figure 2A in Appendix A for existing conditions. The Natural Resources Conservation Service (NRCS) Soils Map indicates that the site is underlain with Norma sandy foam and Bellingham silty loam. See Figure 4A in Appendix A. The site does not lie within a 100-year floodplain per Federal Emergency Management Act (FEMA) Flood Insurance Rate Map. See Figure 5A in Appendix A. DEVELOPED SITE CONDITIONS The proposed site improvements include a mixed -use development consisting of residential, office, retail, restaurant, and parking spaces. Proposed site slopes are anticipated to be 3:1 (horizontaLvertical) or less. Piped storm drainage systems will collect and convey surface runoff from pollution -generating surfaces to water quality treatment facilities then to outfalls at Lake Washington. Treated stormwater will discharge to Lake Washington during normal flows. During high flows that exceed the capacity of the water quality treatment facilities, stormwater will bypass the water quality facilities, discharging directly to the lake. To the greatest extent possible, roof drainage will be conveyed directly to Lake Washington, bypassing water quality treatment facilities, via dedicated storm drainage systems for non -pollution -generating surfaces. Surface water collection, conveyance, and treatment will be maintained separately from any groundwater activity. Prior to this development, a site remediation/mitigation plan will be executed under the direction of the EPA to prevent the exposure and spread of hazardous substances to humans and the surrounding environment. Proposed measures to prevent environmental health hazards include minimal disturbance to contaminated soils and capping of the site. CenturyPaciffe, LP 2 Quendall Terminals 2. Conditions and Requirements �lllllill l,.11\ This report supports City of Renton entitlement processing for Master Site Plan Approval. This report is intended to be amended in conjunction with future construction documents. Future report amendments will be in accordance with the 2009 King County Surface Water Design Manual (KCSWDM). The 2009 KCSWDM outlines eight core requirements and five special requirements that must be addressed. A summary of the requirements is shown in Table 2-1. The table shows which requirements are applicable to this project and where requirements are addressed within this report. Table 2-1: Conditions and Reaulrements Summary , awl - • , � Core Requirement No. 1 Discharge at the Natural Location Required 2 Core Requirement No. 2 Off -Site Analysis Required 3 Core Requirement No. 3 Flow Control Exempt 4 Core Requirement No. 4 Conveyance System Required 5 Core Requirement No. 5 Erosion and Sediment Control Required 8 Core Requirement No. 6 Maintenance and Operations N/A 10 Core Requirement No. 7 Financial Guarantees and Liability N/A 9 Core Requirement No. 8 Water Quality Required 4 Special Requirement No. 1 Other Adopted Area -Specific Requirements N/A 2 Special Requirement No. 2 Flood Hazard Area Delineation N/A 2 Special Requirement No. 3 Flood Protection Facilities N/A 2 Special Requirement No. 4 Source Control Required 2 Special Requirement No. 5 Oil Control N/A 2 CenturyPecific, LP Quendall Terminals 3 Core and Special Requirements not addressed below are discussed in other sections of this report. Table 2-1 provides a summary of the requirements and where they are addressed within this report. Core Requirement No.1: Discharge at the Natural Location Stormwater runoff from the existing site either infiltrates or is conveyed to Lake Washington via surface flow or swales. Stormwater runoff from the proposed improvements will be collected and conveyed by a piped stormwater system to new outfalls at Lake Washington. Runoff from the existing and proposed sites both discharge to Lake Washington. See the "Existing Site Conditions" and "Proposed Site Conditions" exhibits in Figures 2A and 3A, Appendix A. Special Requirement No.1: Other Adopted Area -Specific Requirements Does not apply. The proposed project is not in a Critical Drainage Area or in an area included in an adopted master drainage plan, basin plan, salmon conservation plan, stormwater compliance plan, flood hazard reduction plan, lake management plan, or shared facility drainage plan. Special Requirement No. 2: Flood Hazard Area Delineation Does not apply. The proposed project does not contain and Is not adjacent to a flood hazard area. Special Requirement No. 3: Flood Protection Facilities Does not apply. The proposed project does not rely on existing flood protection facilities or construct a new flood protection facility. Special Requirement No. 4: Source Control The proposed project will require a commercial building and commercial site development permit; therefore, water quality source controls will be implemented in accordance with the King County Stormwater Pollution Prevention Manual. Special Requirement No. 5: Oil Control Does not apply. None of the proposed land uses generate average daily traffic of 100 or more vehicles per 1,000 square feet of gross building area. 3. 01 Site Analysis A Level 1 qualitative off -site analysis is required per Core Requirement No. 2. The off -site analysis assesses potential off -site drainage and water quality impacts associated with development of the project site, and proposes appropriate mitigation of the impacts, if necessary. UPSTREAM M ANALYSIS There is no upstream tributary area contributing to site stormwater runoff. CenturyPacltic, LP Quendall Terminals DOWNSTREAM ANALYSIS Runoff from the proposed site will be collected and conveyed via a piped storm drainage system and discharge to Lake Washington. The water level in Lake Washington is maintained at the Hiram M. Chittenden Locks. Outfalls at the lake will require armoring to prevent erosion. 4. Flow Control and Wager Quality Facility Analysis and Desicr . FLOW CONTROL The project is exempt from flow control requirements by the "direct discharge exemption" as defined in Section 1.2.3.1 of the 2009 KCSWDM. The project will feature a piped conveyance system of adequate capacity that discharges directly to Lake Washington. WATER QUALITY Runoff from pollution -generating surfaces will be collected and conveyed to water quality treatment facilities for treatment prior to discharge to Lake Washington. A water quality design flow of 60 percent of the developed 2-year peak flow rate will be used in accordance with the 2009 KCSWDM. The water quality treatment facilities will discharge to Lake Washington. Flows greater than the water quality design flow rate will bypass the water quality facilities and discharge directly to Lake Washington. See Figure 4B for water quality calculations, Figure 18 for the water quality facility layout, and Figure 5B for StormFilter product information, Appendix B. 5. Conveyance System Analysis and The proposed conveyance system will be designed to convey and contain (at minimum) the 25-year peak flow, assuming developed conditions for on -site tributary areas. Potential overflow from a 100- year runoff event is not anticipated to create or aggravate a severe flooding problem or severe erosion problem. There is no upstream tributary area draining to the site or the proposed storm drainage system. Outfalls at the discharge points of the stormwater systems will be designed to prevent erosion. CenturyPaclflc, LP Quendall Terminals 5 The conveyance system design is based on the following assumptions: ❑ The peak flows used to design the conveyance system were calculated using the Rational Method. ❑ Runoff coefficients ("C" values) for the Rational Method are based on Table 3.2.1.A in the KCSWDM: o C=0.90 for impervious surfaces, roofs, and paving. o C=0.25 for pervious surfaces and lawns. ❑ The minimum time of concentration is assumed to be 6.3 minutes. ❑ Drainage areas are based on the current site plan and grading plan. ❑ Manning's roughness coefficients are based on Table 4.2.1.1D in the KCSWDM for PVC pipe. A coefficient of 0.013 is used in the uniform flow analysis. ❑ A hydrologic analysis is performed for the 25-year storm event. A precipitation amount of 3.43 inches was used based on Figure 3.1.2.0 of the KCSWDM. ❑ Twenty -five-year uniform flow calculations were performed in order to calculate design flows and to choose preliminary pipe sizes. ❑ The minimum full flow pipe velocity is 3 feet per second, per KCSWDM Figure 4.2.1.F. This report will be amended in conjunction with future construction documents to include backwater calculations for final storm drain design. 6. Special l \ l 'p oi and d Studies The following reports have been prepared as part of the Quendall Terminal's Master Site Plan: ❑ Geotechnical Study, Aspect Consulting, LLC ❑ Wetland Assessment, Standard Lake Study, Habitat Data Report, and Conceptual Restoration Plan, Anchor QEA, LLC (one document) This report supports City of Renton entitlement processing for Master Site Plan Approval, which includes the following permits.- 0 Master Site Plan ❑ Land Use ❑ Shoreline Substantial Development CanturyPaclflc, LP e Quendall Terminals v Prior to this development, a site remediation/mitigation plan will be executed under the direction of the EPA. �. Erosion and Sedimentation Control (ESC) Analysis and Design A temporary sediment and erosion control plan designed by a professional civil engineer will be included with the project's construction documents (to be produced in the future) conforming to the requirements of the 2009 KCSWDM. 9. Bond Quantities, ]Facility Summaries, and Declaration of Covenant Bond quantities and facility summaries are not required for Master Site Plan Approval. These items will be provided with the project's future construction documents. 40. Operations and Maintenance An operations and maintenance manual is not required for Master Site Plan Approval_ This item will be provided with the final project design. CanturyPecific, LP Quendall Terminals Appendix A Site and Project Information Figure 1A: Project Location Figure 2A: Existing Site Conditions Figure 3A: Proposed Site Conditions Figure 4A: NRCS Soils Map Figure 5A: FEMA Flood Insurance Rate Map Figure 6A: TIR Worksheet CenturyPacific, LP Quendall Terminals Appendix A KPFF Consulting Engineers 11 /2009 a p NE 4 T 3 b r- r WI Z � 40 w R ECT 4S O ATION 3 VICINITY MAP NTS Quendall Terminals Storm Drainage Report Figure 1A: Project Location 7" 'w SAKE IN ON. < 877,085-SQ Fr,.'1'-.A, 20J4 AC? ^- j., t,—•-I -- — — — — — — - - — — — — — — — — — — — — — 7 -7 m.1D �fT W4 1J� (NOT- tNOLUDED - Y IN THIS.TI scsS 1ILMALL TEMUS 1w 4M UR WAMM Mrla:6 NXW NOWN LAND USE, SHORELINE & MASTER PLAN PERMIT APPLICATION FIG 2, w DRAINAGE REPORT - EXISTING CONDMONL___,,, vhl Z4, �11. W" X ------ 75-:Z-, QUAD Nw- quAu wo B Will SQ, III NE Id I I I I I 111 1 1 PROPOSED SITE TOTAL BASIN. 20.19 AC IMPERVIOUS: 15.58 AC (77%) PERVIOUS: 4.61 AC (23%) SE-1 QUAD - wo BY ASSAD' —7flE,9wmlwaNG PGIS— WQ -BYPASS ASSUMPTIONS BUILDINGS; 100% IMPERVIOUS STREETS: 90% IMPERVIOUS LAKE SNORE AREA: 0% IMPERVIOUS C i W WEMALL TmWW m WAUT" WWAM am WASHMM MR MAV LAND USE, SHORELINE & MASTER PLAN PERMIT APPLICATION FIG 3. DRAINAGE REPORT - PROPOSED CONDITIONS .>•„ r� a ,e em.e �.,.,. w wren. IRAi4 rpinKon e,hrl,l'r t>7 rNrt A N ee C.-� $ ;I. Web 8W 9wey Nee W C000p "A Swv" Figure 4A: NRCS Soils Map W, PWe Soil Map —King Cour, , ea, Washington (Quendall Terminals) MAP LEGEND MAP INFORMATION Area of Interest (A0I) 4Z Very Stony Spot Map Scale: 1:2,070 if printed on B size (11" x 17") sheet. --1 Area of Interest (AOI) 1t Wet Spot The soil surveys that comprise your AOI were mapped at 1:24,000. Soils Soil Map Units h Other Please rely on the bar scale on each map sheet for accurate map ' Special Line Features measurements. Special Point Features Gully Source of Map: Natural Resources Conservation Service Q.; Blowout Short Steep Slope Web Soil Survey URI_: http://websoiisurvey.nres.usda.gov ® Borrow Pit •.e Coordinate System: UTM Zone 10N NAD83 clay spot Other ` This product is generated from the USDA -MRCS certified data as of Political Features the version date(s) listed below. p Closed Depression 0 Goes Soil Survey Area: King County Area, Washington x Gravel Pit Water Features Survey Area Data: Version 5, Jun 12, 2009 Gravelly Spot 0 Oceans Date(s) aerial images were photographed: 7/24/2006 Landfill — Streams and Canals The orthophoto or other base map on which the soil lines were r� Lava Flow Transportation complied and digitized probably differs from the background Rails imagery displayed on these maps. As a result, some minor shifting Marsh or swamp of map unit boundaries may be evident. R Mine or Quarry Interstate Highways Miscellaneous Water M US Routes ® Perennial Water Major Roads Rock Outcrop Loral Roads t Saline Spot Sandy Spot Severely Eroded Spot Q Sinkhole Slide or Slip 0 Sodic Spot Spoil Area Stony Spot LISDA Natural Resources Web Soli Survey Conservation Service National Cooperative Soil Survey Figure 4A: WRCS Soils Hap 911/2009 Page 2 of 3 Soil Map --King County Area, Washington Quendall Terminals Map Unit Legend King County, Ares, WaAlneton (WA633) ma' p•Urilt symbol lSAap dnit•Nama " ' Acres In A011 'Parcbrtl,"`of,Abl�, i Bh Bellingham silt loam 5.3 22.7% No Norma sandy loam 18.2 77.3% Totals for Area of interest 23.6 100.0% Figure 4A: NRCS Soils Ma USDA Natural Resources Web Soil Survey 9/1/2009 Conservation Service National Cooperative Soil Survey Page 3 of 3 "�' 11 �. .. zowF x --- -- ` PANEL NOT PRINTED - OPEN WATER AREA ALL IN Z1 Areas of 500-year flood; areas of 100- � �. PANEL NOT PRINTED - AREA IN ZgNE X year flood with average depths of less .,, PANEL NOT PR#NTED -AREA IN ZONE D than 1 foot or with drainage areas less than 1 square mile; and areas ` PANE- NOT PRINTED - PANEL 5303MI490 18 SHM x Sam* kod z� protected by levees from 100-year y floor. nom 58033CO3 59DS3 M" INDEX Cily of _ �SeattleOCi69F)0.331003M:::� 1 I j� 513 Town•af j11S Town of y DW FLOOD INSURANCE RATE MAP g MRPo>.»i G COUNTY, E7i1D7 &tX : of s�F cow WASHINGTOil l IN im � TO of AND INCORPORATED AREAS � r •Alfa 03EE Llsi'M of cbRIL1AtA+ MEs TABLE) Y�gs City Of Cyof flap AID 0 >� I CC.7 I PAM$ PIBUrED- 20, 411. 43, 44. M K 88, M M931r9kilk W.iK213,214,31%32%,n,T.3M �Z Dmrk 3C067330, 331 47; 3SS.'J34. 3e2, 3d4, 3e0 36e, 3e6, 53035F t . SM 3". V% 3a1, 383, See. 3e% M. 4N, 4K / 410. 416. 418.41% 420, 436. 434 46a. eat, M a", 0 f W .w f W, W 85M 6e4, � 65T, saes, � ee�4. M 88�7, V W96 em em am so. 08Asa, s31, eat. ems. SK 706, 708. 7% 713, 718. 747, 719. 71a, 72a, 759. 737. j + F 739. 741, 741r 743, M 701, M e2'3, 04 6aa, a% OK bee, 867, 9aB, NO, 061, M W3, e34. WY, = i 668. SM 077, GM MS. 62111, W2, CA W4. e38r OV, [►r M M. e92. M ea4. 10011 to62,10oo.18p4,1o63. c 0 QUENDALL TERMINALS +1W."MiMMilk aM102a,IM10M"3% �� 1De2,10K [�}jl 10".106fi, WM 19".1076,1071k UM Ms. 723�, I= im tm 112M. UMin% i484, rr� !k ♦ UP,120k 12B1, I=12e3,1204, US% I237,1298, I=. Ta 60.1=120% MS. 1457,1480, UW of u6s,18p5.181s,:aaa,lsso � ' E � FCity R�tiE1n MAP HUI�R �(,�S3F City of 098'IF i1981F IMF 4� 0957F� Q9T.6F 53MMMA 330�COMM5 milm MAP REdl3ED Anm 19r 25 OMF E1984F 10(DF 1ftmifticy 004E t ftemy City ofj {���� �+=55F Nam mdy Ciy LOW of This is an official copy of a portion of the above referenced flood map. It was exbVcted ruing F-MITOn-tine. This map does Trot retect changes may hwe been made subesquwd o the dmft on the ts lluteat For or_ - 1 0 I -wo��%F OMF titlor e b[ocnkn the product informationb Natih onal Flood Inau Lax p P.pgrpftt food maps check the FEMA Flood Map Stare at vwwn.mac.fwna.gov Figure 5A: FEMA Map KPFF KING COUNTY, WASHINGTON, SURFACE WATER DESIGN MANUAL 1112009 TECHNICAL INFORMATION REPORT (TIR) WORKSHEET Part 1 PROJECT OWNER AND PROJECT ENGINEER Project Owner Century Pacific, L.P. Phone (206) 757-8899 Address 1201 Third Ave, Suite 1680 Seattle, WA_98101 Project Engineer Tom Jones Company KPFF Consulting Engineers _ Phone (206) 622-5822 Part 3 TYPE OF PERMIT APPLICATION D Landuse Services Subdivison 1 Short Subd. ! UPD L] Building Services MIF 1 Commerical / SFR 0 Clearing and Grading ® Right -of -Way Use ® Other Master Site Plan Entitlement Part 2 PROJECT LOCATION AND DESCRIPTION Project Name Quendall Terminals DDES Permit # NIA Location Township T29N Range R5E Section SW29 Site Address 4350 Lake Washington Blvd Renton, WA 98056 Part 4 OTHER REVIEWS AND.PERMITS IJ DFW HPA M Shoreline COE 404 Management ® DOE Dam Safety IJ Structural Floodplain RackeryNaultl FEMA Ll ESA Section 7 ® GOE Wetlands Other EPA Superfund Part 5 PLAN AND REPORT INFORMATION Technical Information Report Site Improvement Plan (Engr. Plans) Type of Drainage Review Fuli 1 Targeted ! Type (circle one): Full / Modified 1 (circle): ge Site all Site Date (include revision November, 2009 Date (include revision November, 2009 dates): dates): Date of Final: Date of Final: Part 6 ADJUSTMENT:APPROVALS Type (circle one): Standard Complex 1 Preapplication / Experimental 1- Blanket Description: (include conditions in TIR Section 2) Date of Quendall Terminals Storm Drainage Report Figure 6A: TIR Worksheet KPFF KING COUNTY. WASHINGTON, SURFACE WATER DESIGN MANUAL 1112009 TECHNICAL INFORMATION REPORT (TIR) WORKSHEET Part 7 MONITORING REQUIREMENTS Monitoring Required: Yes No Start Date: NIA for Master Site Plan Completion Date: NIA Part 8 SITE COMMUNITY AND DRAINAGE BASIN Describe: NIA Community Plan: Special District Overlays: Overlay Design District C Drainage Basin: Lake Washington Stormwater Requirements: 2009 King County Surface Water Desi n Manual Part 9 ONSiTE AND ADJACENT SENSITIVE AREAS LJ River/Stream I� Lake Lake Washington ® Wetlands ® Closed Depression El Floodplain 13 Other Part 10 SOILS LJ Steep Slope Ll Erosion Hazard ® Landslide Hazard Ll Coal Mine Hazard ® Seismic Hazard Liquefaction ® Habitat Protection Q Soil Type Slopes Erosion Potential Bellingham Silt Loam 0-5% typical Low Norma Sandy Loam 0-5% typical Low ® High Groundwatel Table (within 5 feet) U. Sole Source Aquifer U Other ® Seeps/Springs Additional Sheets Attached Quendal€ Terminals Storm Drainage Report Figure 6A:' TIFF Worksheet KPFF KING COUNTY, IVASHINGTON, SURFACE IATATER DESIGN MANUAL 1112009 TECHNICAL INFORMATION REPORT (TIR) WORKSHEET Part11 DRAINAGE DESIGN LIMITATIONS REFERENCE LIMITATION / SITE CONSTRAINT ® Core 2 — Offsite Analysis .Sensitive/Critical Areas D SEPA D Other L3 13 Additional Sheets Attached Part 12 TIR SUMMARY SHEET rovide one TIR Summary Sheet per Threshold Discharge Area Threshold Discharge Area: Entire site discharges to Lake Washington. (name or description) Core Requirements (all 8 apply) Discharge at Natural Location Number of Natural Discharge Locations: 1 Offsite Analysis Level: U 2 / 3 dated: Flow Control Level: 1 / 2 / 3 or Exemption Number Direct Discharge Incl. facility summary sheet) Small Site BMPs NIA Conveyance System Spill containment located at: NIA for Master Site Plan Erosion and Sediment Control ESC Site Supervisor: NIA Contact Phone: NIA Not applicable for Master After Hours Phone: NIA Site Plan Entitlement. Maintenance and Operation Responsibility: Private / Public If Private, Maintenance Lo2 Required: Yes / No Financial Guarantees and Provided: Yes / No Liability Water Quality Type: asi 1 Sens. Lake 1 Enhanced Basicm / Bog (include facility summary sheet) or Exemption o. Landscape Management Plan: Yes / No Special Requirements as applicable) Area Specific Drainage Type: CDA / SDO 1 MDP I BP I LMP / Shared Fac. None Requirements Name: Floodplain/Floodway Delineation Type: Major 1 Minor 1 Exemption I(None) 100-year Base Flood Elevation (or range): Datum: Flood Protection Facilities Describe: NIA Source Control Describe landuse: Mixed -Use Residential/Office/Commercial (comm./industrial landuse) Describe any structural controls: NIA for Master Site Plan Quendall Terminals Storm Drainage Report Figure 6A: TIR Worksheet KPFF KING COUNTY, WASHINGTON, SURFACE WATER DESIGN MANUAL 11 /2009 TECHNICAL INFORMATION REPORT (TIR) WORKSHEET Oil Control High -use Site: Yes I o Treatment BMP: Maintenance Agreement: Yes / No with whom? Other Drainage Structures Describe: Part 13 EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL- REQUIREMENTS MINIMUM ESC REQUIREMENTS MINIMUM ESC REQUIREMENTS DURING CONSTRUCTION AFTER CONSTRUCTION ® Clearing Limits ® Stabilize Exposed Surfaces ® Cover Measures I ❑ Remove and Restore Temporary ESC Facilities ❑ Perimeter Protection ❑ Clean and Remove All Silt and Debris, Ensure ® Traffic Area Stabilization Operation of Permanent Facilities ® Sediment Retention ❑ Flag Limits of SAO and open space preservation areas ® Surface Water Collection ®Other ® Dewatering Control Dust Control ❑ Flow Control Part 14 STORMWATER FACILITY DESCRIPTIONS (Note: include Facility Su mary and Sketch Flow Control T e/Descri tion Water Quality Type/Description ❑ Detention ❑ Infiltration ❑ Regional Facility ❑ Shared Facility ❑ Flow Control BMPs ❑ Other ❑ BioNtration ❑ Wetpool ❑ Media Filtration ❑ Oil Control ❑ Spill Control ❑ Flow Control BMPs ❑ Other Presettling Vault _ StormFilters Quendall Terminals Storm Drainage Report Figure 6A: TIR Worksheet KPFF KING COUNTY, WASHINGTON, SURFACE WATER DESIGN MANUAL 1112009 TECHNICAL INFORMATION REPORT (TIR) WORKSHEET Part 15 EASEMENTS/TRACTS Part 16 STRUCTURAL ANALYSIS Drainage Easement Cast in Place Vault Covenant Retaining Wall ® Native Growth Protection Covenant Rockery > 4' High D Tract ® Structural on Steep Slope ® Other ® Other Part 17 SIGNATURE OF PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER 1, or a civil engineer under my supervision, have visited the site. Actual site conditions as observed were incorporated into this worksheet and the attached Technical Information Report. To the best of my knowledge the information provided here is accurate. Quendall Terminals Storm Drainage Report Figure 6A: TOR Worksheet Appendix B Calculations and Proposed Strom Drainage System Figure 16: Conceptual Storm Drainage Plan Figure 213: Isopiuvial Maps (2-Year, 25-Year, 100-Year, and Annual Runoff) Figure 313: Conveyance Calculations Figure 413: Water Quality Calculations Figure 5B: StormFilter Product Information CenturyPacltic, LP Quendali Terminals Appendix B m .� 1 � �dfaC � Y- �M Aw�4 � al RN 9 l -q ,• r � ' 6 u—1-��7'_.✓. i `� III � �� I ra w rA.anr'' snn' arwaa 'r4.`� � �vrmoaen •• �1 "-' tie sdvraism' - -'� �., �.' y'ss• r - � mvY�.�W a, lil l�lr oeiu Aurb/.am n v r a / wa _ rwssa _p p_ _ _ - • _- # • '.( m �l' I I ,!-n ya '.0 o-lb rt.gan � ... - o .._ •.r[ .uvWb/t1Ci Y4riA Ww3Ix 1 Al - lM Ana[ 11[ 6A1n'IYnr llln f r [aar r omA - � IT l-ax nuu Nw m[[r �II�V avra/[rn Rvrbia .ti'^' - a ,rn/i>q' .. \, �. IT r•an/�. V .. - �-- =. 'S - 'm ass ! 041 r Ill r [-bn 1 - r'.. IT [arse + r N ii avra/urr u � _ • u'; _ � I j;!I : 11.101 to rl 96.6aaSAi b[rz.m R:JC. `rl1 ' runaa' '•\ .av Al/lore all •1_ -� `1All / IT ',l �~-'C: , f _ aura.' riivvrm.laos" tm �. msNanalsa ImrmYa(n .w [rIMAIInA MPA019nu000K1mMmA a nmavwa M tlNnia'i Ill . 'i-� ...� '. .7'• IQMC! Y HIZAiNrrrm. A ri :uAAaM WI Iuml(Sr IR Lim YPm m 2 KMd1N kkm ALL nHYN tliP[LIAHl - � y .W lI1IR WFN NONm tW xx / NOT FOR CONSTRUCT& s~ils w,IAIA-1 Gai1G QKWAIL TO MW vm aDT Wi[ 10G IC aw LAU [l eaun'Fm. WM wimamo[ A �� Y�v I M0 WA" 1° LANO USE, SHORELINE & MASTER PLAN PERMIT APPLICATION FIG 1 I CONCEFPJAL STORM DRAINAGE AND GRADING r �.� .. �.1. .sa.. an.src.. 1oi x. �loalu ri� (aaq 6ff-lBII far iNnl 6lSM1la '�, •• .LAKE W HINGTIDN ' ,T -' ..- c'I'r ausr.miaai' 1•,{%r.. �'>4rt:.. Y��`'�Z _ alwwrr xw saxi'Iwr �.:" • � '-•//;F'_ - =;,. � ,r. aw �1 NVAL i rmw .l IT,r m 4 Anil e`,��IS F7u7} aer Mt _; Lr — wVb esi aqi-. - gm F�l it r _ rm ner pssirm v, Pif a 6 umI� 5 d: _ s rr: ntr evirm.wo: nv,u•AeM1b�:� - :l i;: .Y}o�MAU J\r�J�, ��1_.._ _.'. .� � Q� S ,i i,• ..ti .Iruse ••6n� � .�I. SON AM KATA ti w a- Q t. it e�.Ln -- G/� - � '�? , ,•� % -I.d 1S _ __ WTS �+ 4 • L orrQedlAa l M r r M Q K I.K. W Q COEYCm Ile°I m QWQY�rT IXF °1lebamlK RrQCIl.1 lmICY AKIIIM MiN Im RL 0ATK=Am M rla K m Q r°r°aIm AT K 4i+Pr.1 IAmrlf 91E 46fe NITI.UG Q K iMOw = W ePQ°9LLeTT I'Se) w a 9Md6dr Y°MA L•sE n..rlal A,eeMK a" .°MW15L ■Rlta °fA9.1D RICH K �MRf Ig11Mk11 °IIRY fi IOGA➢ YCm IK 9Q1aK. A pC�K eManL I0103 ftM %NI II QMp x.rr r wmla.vM I)ti 5milrmml .pe euAMr mraYr Tarrea rw fM.II Im a.L O5 PowpWf ♦ Wmm Yi IMQ YLrr GQROr lIC I.If WT Q MlpAlm, LEON to M°[ A) amo=m fY1Wvkm lMm mM V 6[�LC a°l k:I°.116 AM rypQp �7 rrvnllxaky } a r taAl ls.a•.-� NOT FOR CONSTRUCTIOP otumm TENAnW L T LAND USE, SHORELINE do MASTER PLAN PERMIT APPLICATION FIG 1 CONCEPTUAL STORM DRAINAGE AND GRADING SECTION 3.2 RUNOFF COMPUTATION AND ANALYSIS METHODS FIGURE 3.2.1.A 2-YEAR 24-HOUR ISOPLU171ALS ��44��11LL — T� —• KING CDu NTY .,NON I✓.[ 111/r �L1N[ i , T• ••._ . •'`' wOry aYl.,L. %r V ,ter . u ... �- ,, l ���! _' ' __ ' � • air- N { CN 2. `i�if 4 ATI • ar L[ P1lLl ��'• rP � � - �,., ou � •':... ;' :ate'.- • -�:�. a .�;_� � ��1�� '�•-r -I v: lae sY.r • QUENDALL TERMINALS SITE P = 2.0 INCHES W. - i � 3 . ,- ;i., .• ; •q'�:'A i. .� r; �. ',�d '� ��areraaiwrc r CY his ter ii.l 'i ' '� "6 �, a It 'rw , iri.,o�.,^ i _ �._ � r►r' _ a �:��� 1'is '"' t[ . � ,.�ti, '.q. `. 't .Il I LI `'\ � 'r•� Sam f•,� •rl �: .NAYIOY N_� •` I � 11�' �\P .- Y' rNa 'fla,r ri rJK Olt" �� � ,pl - `� r 1 '•e r 'Y• `.:4 iiceilliY�': i:jii:�• r`lY•:%r_� J _ ^; CU'M_TY. '� J r" PR 18cE-CCUNTY \ p' WESTERN ACING COUNTY- 2-Year 24-Hour �ti 1 Precipitation `� t �, �=��� � `�0 in Inches ""`es Figure 2B: Isopluvial Maps 1/9/2009 2009 Surface Water Design Manual 3-14 SECTION 3.2 RUNOFF COMPUTATION AND ANALYSIS METHODS FIGURE 3.2.1.0 25-YEAR 24-HOUR ISOPLUVIALS _ _ 1 K K_ soe11a_M eovay KING COU17TY _ QUENDALL TERMINALS SITE P 3.43 INCHES_ f a J.L .gym•rj�.r ° �-., �-� Is? '.� _'.:�•� � � L.r""L ./�/��' fir; r: .L of NJ �• ii 11• � ; %1 ® �' r r• V��..i�`li ..'..,..:.,..•.7�:-: 3� GV� •+ _..:�srrL 7KIMO•COUfITI` - /4.r PIERCE CPUNTY WESTERN I KING COUNTY 0 4.5 25-Year 24-Hour Precipitation in inches 0 2 — 4Miles " �. vie Figure 213: Isopluviai Maps 1/9/2009 2009 Surface Water Desib Manual 3-16 MRM DRAIN LINE 91 D'I"g.G Wk.-Cenw C- zy I [ ruc qm� u.w�. n...�+b•M w]H Wrwwwu'axa+•wy ]s. A tlw ]SnxrnMp�IWMNw Ixlr A] 1,11 IalwnMwI tYM f] t N mty C�•r• .x1•.yl � r•rva+• Iwl •ryi ry... tivcM'm?eq..�atrl STORY OPAN LINE 92 o.w�.a. crd.+w.. c....+,r+a a.r fr a. air••. smm e...i ,rw.n.• wo r.crwwr.rr�+ r aafww�`.:r�� airw.xxiq pu.tanwelwufl+b M1• haxn.. 1+1 e+s..w.• .ca.o-�I...ff+tww....wrwr ry..a+rl wwa I...ua a..e. aw.� r. fr ��• STORM DRAIN LINF @3 a�....ww�+•w.,rar su i.7r19�f°�i3FL1•�:�=tL"�I.�:-111D:7�.L'cif.SEf11•E.3I�®EII.1rLT:lrl"14ERr' 'im_ I.��AFiEl�rttr"tl'�f:YSt�LI�E�iIF��1I1lli�^!=Yit��EfI1flL'�T1lf:�R� '�'wrfih��,�'f E1t� 1[� A�Aiii—�A��—A�� i�Af� FL4'-[iA�%i iFllIrSEL711t31dA�i I:=CAI: sESFr.� tliLzf EI:1i1�1�.11�.'wlii•YiAl171riD3'a�.��. - rrrrrel�rrr !Ai'iEE—itFi:i'�12fi�E:L�I�F:�rIF1AiT•� �:il� t1:L'>•�i.SEIA])♦ilII1�fID.�Flfi{FJ.giS�1�ICAr111[:'"Ilil:"f as.=.u���i,_�sa-r.�rr�nx>•�., �I�r�A�A[[rlrAiRra:lRsic.��cs� �s1E��i�.�la:�rfac��.nt•E.�:� - iilillFlRw�li Ai-f11i,ICa�'AIiiA4�fiE1�tF-f^7�71Fi�3iY.[�iiAnilr�iIlLlf:�IFCI.'"�2.'�ii'i t:'Si I�iEEiii•Et�i�SFT'iR�4��:f�h��IfifiII^.u7ix.i� "i;�EC1Ei1Q�l�r•:I1-��llIIIE�t _ !sr ii Eififi/1i�rSism'�A1L•!�!�itl� �7f!3M� tb�:�:� F11•i�fSL7l.']liC��lL'J.YiF:G>il.'1�.� l�ri•riiiSQ'fiifiGllsa'>♦ES�CEi['. �iilill�ti�TEtE31fiT:�E�iL4' �1:rtRA;f:.7S�'�'f�ltil>'�i3I�A:"r,SFm.4iFirJ'�fi: '.�liil�+1EI,G(�Ea..��}�[iili�F);f �L1f=�7fi73�IT'�S�t'�.'� it'�.^� ElL��E�iiJ•iTLiTi11L'i=SII"!•<�F=i [.'illlFr/i/.iliNliL�-!^i11i1.YiE1��)�i��lF1lA[I^.,�i�L.'lt.4i.�EiF]ti�J11r(P_'•-�KF:Il'I�IIIS'ilS�:i �2�i!!.^7S[Fr''�'�iII:lilflf�iA.�f,�l,,,f!ffi=F'S.�'E;;7 <S�_•:� E� L'� {���E���i[r1ytI�"lwll�r. F�i���OAAi�i�Z1A�E1•iI2�9�:ilIT..:I `..'�T��7��I:�F�RLT!•�ilwE7fig�i�Yf1!#l'^ua� �iIII�I�L1l7�^7. EITJ=i]LS1'7F7•i7�A7f aL.=ii.7tllefi [�>��3.^a��i1�.'1�lIIIT'1� wR� vIIf�RIIA�I� ��f!iiI'-17EC�li•it!f��'.111t7i11L1�.iEr't��"I�r�.11l�II�E� � t�.Fl.= '7Q�i 4'i P®3:1�.�",.� KPFF Conwlling Engineers November, 2009 BASIN AREAS SYORMFILTER [:ALCULATIONS Basin areas amfor Storm Drain Lines #1, #2, and #3, which carry PGIS StarmFi ter design per Section 6.5.5 of 2009 KCSWDM. from streets and open-air parking to water quality treatment facRdies. Treatment now it 35% 01 the developed 2�yaer peak new rate detemilnad using KCRTS and 15-minute 0nwe steps. See.Tac 1.0 scale factor used in KCRTS. Cvtrkga design flows per Table 8.5.5.A 012009 KCSWDM. STORM DRAIN LINE #1 TOT 57810 JSFJ 1.33 A NUMBER OF CARTRIDGES IMP 90% 52029 CSFJ 1.19 A 2-VR FLOW WQ FlDW 12' 5 GPM 1B" 7.5 GPM 27" 11.3 GPM PERV 10% 5781 SF 0.13 A SO LINE #1 0.572 CFS 35% 0.2002 CFS • 89.8 GPM 18 12 8 SD LINE 02 1.23 CFS 35% • 0.4305 CFS • 183.2 OP 39 1 25 1 18 STORM DRAIN LINE 02 ISO LINE #3 1.20 CFS • 35% 0.42 CFS In 155.5 [QPMj 38 28 17 TOT 124228 [Sffj 2.85 AC IMP 90% 111803 SF 2.57 AC PERV 10% 12423 S 0.29 JACI' STORM GRAIN LINE #3 INCLUDES NE QUAD PARKING TOT 114770 [SF AC IMP 05.6% 109687 F1 2.52 jAq ' PERV 4.4% 5083 S 0.12 AC i PRESB'TTI.ING TANK VOLUMES Protecting prier to StannFdtar per Section 65.1 of 2009 KCSWDM. ' PRESMLING VOLUME - 0.75•V, V,a(0.9'Ay+0.25"Aia+0.10'Ar+0.01'A,)'R (Eq 8-13,200E KCSWDM) A, • IMP Ay = PERV A •0 A..•0 R 0,039 (Fl7 (Fig 8.4. I.A. 2009 KCSWDM) SD LINE 01 180 LINE #21 SO LINE #3 ' V, )CF] 1883 404$ 3900 0.75"V, )CF) 1412 1 3034 2925 Quendall Terminals Drainage Report Figure 4B: Water Quality Calculallone KPFF Consulting Engineers 1112009 Flow Frequency Analysis Time series File:sd line #1.tsf Project Location:Sea-Tac ---Annual Peak Flow Rates --- Flow Rate Rank Time of Peak (CFS) 0.572 6 0.399 8 1.11 2 0.460 7 0.613 5 0.647 4 0.780 3 1.48 1 computed Peaks 8/27/01 18:00 9/17/02 17:45 12/08/02 17:15 8/23/04 14:30 10/28/04 16:00 10/27/05 10:45 10/25/06 22:45 1/09/08 6:30 SD Line #1.pks -----Flow Frequency Analysis - - Peaks - - Rank Return Prob (CFS) Period 1.48 1 100.00 0.990 1.11 2- 25.00 0.960 0.780 3 10.00 0:900 0.647 4 ' 5.00 0.800 0.613 5 3.00 0.667 0.572 6 2.00 0.500 0.460 7 1.30 0.231 0.399 8 1.10 0.091 1.36 50.00 0.980 Page 1 I Quendall Terminals Storm Drainage Report Figure 4B: WQ Calcs KPFF Consulting Engineers 11 /2009 F1Ow Frequency Analysis Time series File:sd line #2.tsf Project Location:5ea--Tac ---Annual Peak Flow Rates --- Flow Rate Rank Time of Peak (CFS) 1.23 6 0.854 8 2.38 2 0.986 7 .1.31 5 1.39 4 1.67 3 3.18 1 computed Peaks 8/27/01 18:00 9/17/02 17:45 12/08/02 17:15 8/23/04 14:30 10/28/04 16:00 10/27/05 10:45 10/25/06 22:45 1/09/08 6:30 SD Line #2.pks -----Flow Frequency Analysis - - Peaks - - Rank Return Prob (CFS) Period 3.18 1 100.00 0.990 2.38 2 25.00 0.960 1.67 3 10.00 0.900 1.39 4 5.00 0.800 1.31 5 3.00 0.667 1.23 6 2:00 .0.500 0.986 7 1.30 0.231 0.854 8. 1.10 0.091 2.91 50.00 0.980 Page 1 Quendall Terminals Storm Drainage Report Figure 48: WQ Calcs KRFF Consulting Engineers 1112009 SD Line #3.pks Flow Frequency Analysis Time series File:sd line #3.tsf Project Location:Sea-Tac ---Annual Peak Flow Rates--- -----Flow Frequency Analysis------- FlowRate Rank Time of Peak - - Peaks•- - Rank Return Prob (CFS) (CFS) Period 1.20 6 8/27/01 18:00 3.03 1 100.00 0.990 0.838 8 9/17/02 17:45 2.30 2 25.00 0.960 2.30 2 12/08/02 17:15 1.63 3 10.00 0.900 0.966 7 8/23/04 14:30 1.35 4 5.00 0.800 1.28 5 10/28/04 16:00 1.28 5 3.00 0.667 1.35 4 10/27/05 10:45 1.20 6 2.00 0.500 1.63 3 .10/25/06 22:45 0.966 7 1.30 0.231 3.03 1 1/09/08 6:30 0.838 8 1.10 0.091 computed Peaks 2.79 50.00 0.980 Page 1 Quendall Terminals Storm Drainage Report Figure 413: WQ Calcs INLET PI (5EE NOTE5 5 BALLAST �T (5ff NOTE 8) MANHOLE STORMFILTER - PLAN VIEW 1 1 030" FRAME AND COVER (STD) CONCRETE Of NOTE 4) GRADE RING 5TEP (M) INLET T t'IPE NDPE OUTLET (SEE NOTES 5 * G) : + RISER WITH SCUM BAFFLE 4'-V MIN ME NOTE 7) )UTL ET E55 G) BALLAST (SEE NOTE 8) � r ,MDTll ------�--� 5EE DETAIL W2 UNDERDRAIN 5TORMPILTER CARTRIDGE MANIFOLD (TYP) (SEE NOTE 2) MANHOLE STORMFILTER - SECTION VIEW �A1 ®2MISOMMO Mormwater solutions 0-4111P, H,D STORMWATER SOLUTIONS- contachetnmrwater.com Y THE 5TORMWATER MANAGEMENT 5torml`dW® U.5. PATENT No. 5,922.G29, No, 5,707.527, No. 4;.027.G59 No. G.G49.048, No. 5.G24.57G. AND OTHER U.S. AND FD PATENT5 PENDING PRECAST 96" MANHOLE STORMFILTER DR,..A PLAN AND SECTION VIEWS STANDARD DETAIL 1/2 DATE:6f16106 SCALE: NONE FILE NAME: MHSF14.86PC4OT- DRAWN:JHR CHECKED: DK GENERAL NOTES 1) 5TORMFILTER BY CONTECH 5TORMWATER SOLUTIONS; PORTLAND, OR (800) 548-4GG7; 5CAR50ROUGH, ME (877) 907-8G7G; LINTHICUM, MD OGG) 740-3318. 2) FILTER CAP,TKIDGE(5) TO BE SIPHON -ACTUATED AND 5ELF-CLEANfNG. 5TANDARD DETAIL SHOWS MAXIMUM NUMBER OF CARTRIDGE5. ACTUAL NUMBER REQUIRED TO 13E SPECIFIED ON SITE PLANS OR IN DATA TABLE BELOW. 3) PRECAST MANHOLE STRUCTURE TO BE CONSTRUCTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH A5TM C478. DETAIL REFLECTS DE51GN INTENT ONLY, ACTUAL DIMENSIONS AND CONFIGURATION OF 5TRUCTURE WILL BE SHOWN ON PRODUCTION SHOP DRAWING. 4) 5TRUCTURE AND ACCE55 COVER5 TO MEET AA5HTO H-20 LOAD RATING. 5) FOR LOW DROP CARTRIDGE, DROP REQUIRED 15 1 .8', FOR 15" CARTRIDGE, DROP REQUIRED 15 23, FOR 27" CARTRIDGE DROP REQUIRED 15 3.05'. MINIMUM ANGLE BETWEEN INLET AND OUTLET 15 45°. G) INLET PIPING TO BE SPECIFIED BY ENGINEER AND PROVIDED BY CONTRACTOR. PRECAST MANHOLE STORMFILTER EQUIPPED WITH'A DUAL DIAMETER HDPE OUTLET STUB AND SAND COLLAR. EIGHT INCH DIAMETER OUTLET SECTION MAY BE SEPARATED FROM OUTLET STUB AT MOLDED -IN CUT LINE TO ACCOMMODATE A 12 INCH OUTLET PIPE. CONNECTION TO DOWNSTREAM PIPING TO BE MADE USING A FLEXIBLE COUPLING OR ECCENTRIC REDUCER, AS REQUIRED. COUPLING BY FERNCO OK EQUAL AND PROVIDED BY CONTRACTOR. 7) PROVIDE MINIMUM CLEARANCE FOR MAINTENANCE ACCESS. IF A SHALLOWER SYSTEM 15 REQUIRED, CONTACT CONTECH 5TORMWATER 50WTION5 FOR OTHER OPTIONS. 8) ANTI -FLOTATION BALLAST TO BE SPECIFIED BY ENGINEER AND PROVIDED BY CONTRACTOR, IF REQUIRED. BALLAST TO BE SET AROUND THE PERIMETER OF THE STRUCTURE. 9) ALL 5TORMPILTER5 REQUIRE REGULAR MAINTENANCE. REPER TO OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE GUIDELINES POP, MORE INFORMATION. 030' FRAME "v AND COVER (STD) MANHOLE STORMFILTER - TOP VIEW rl OUTLET SAND COLLAR R15ER /--- 01 2" OUTLET STUB a") / "'-/ r— MOLDED -IN CUT LINE ,,— 05" OUTLET STUB PRECAST MANHOLE STORMFILTER DATA STRUCTURE ID XXX WATER QUALITY FLOW RATE cfs X.XX PEAK FLOW RATE < 1 .8 cFs X.XX RETURN PERIOD OF PEAK FLOW ) XXX # OF CARTRIDGE5 REQUIRED XX CARTRIDGE FLOW RATE XX MEDIA TYPE C5P PEKLITE, ZPG X)000( RIM ELEVATION XXX.XX' PIPE DATA: It. ORIENTATION MATERIAL DIAMETER INLET PIPE # i XXX.XX' )w XXX )XI INLET PIPE #2 XXX.XX' I XX° XXX w, OUTLET STUB XXX.XX' O° XXX 8" / 1 2" ECCENTRIC REDUCER (BY CONTRACTOR) YE51NO 51ZE XXX XX" x XX' ANTI -FLOTATION BALLAST WIDTH HEIGHT XX" XX" NOTES/511ECIAL REQUIREMENTS: PIPE ORIENTATION KEY: 90° 1800— --�— —0° 270° kKOUT OUTLET PIPE (BY CONTRACTOR) COUPLING (BY CONTRACTOR) (5EE NOTEBALLAST (SEE NOTE 8) (BY CONTECH 5TORMWATER SOLUTIONS) MANHOLE STORMFILTER - OUTLET DETAIL 2 C'AmS T901liKkormwater Solutions THE 5T0RMWATER MANAGEMENT 5tormPdter U.5. PATENT No, 5,322,625, No. 5.707.527. No. G,027,539 No, 6,649,048, No. 5,G24,57G, AND OTHER U.5. AND FORHGN PATENr5 PENDING ® PRECAST 96" MANHOLE STORMFILTER U�'�NU %p%pKlvECmTOP AND SECTION VIEWS, NOTES AND DATA 2 STORATER STANDARD DETAIL S0WTI0NS_ u2 oontechatormwater.com DATE--&Ia OB I SCALE: NONE FILE NAME: MHSF14-902PC-DTL DRAWN: JHR CHEOKED: DK COMICH STORMFILTER DESIGN TABLE Stoimfilter• . THE W a IR aTOSIMFILTER TREATMENT CAPACITY VARIES SY NUMBER OF FILTER CARTREIQEB W STALL® AND BY MOM SPECIFIC BITERN LFLOW CONTROLS. CONYBYANCl CAPADTYISRATEPAYISCPS. . THE STARGA D CONFIDURMTION IS SHOW". AORTAL CONFIGURATION OF THE SPECIFIED SDBICTL1REtS) PER CNLENGWEEA TRILL DE $LOWN ON SIBBSTTAL 1PMWNG(SI. . ALL PARTS PROVIDED AND INTERNAL ASSEMBLY BY CONTECH STORWWATER SOLUTIONS UNLESS OMWAY SE NOTED. W. FAVEME U 1a INSPECT10NANO A L� WtB0 RIFE IEEE NOTE 1) ALTERNATE LOCATION (TYP (LEE IlOIE 1) FRAME AND COVER TTYP OF 7I IsEE NOTE B) STEP SII iLAN (AQCE'/S FRAME AND COVERS ONlrMD MR CLAR M GRADE RINO RYP ar m EMROY mal-ATOR `A` im I OUTLET PIPE (SEE NOTE t) 6-YNN (ALE Nam E) STCRIIRME J \_ NPCUNaEDRAN `— OUTUET TM MANIFOLD BuMP (SEE NOTES S. S) SECTION A - A GENERAL NOTES 1, MET AND OUTLET PR'NO SHALL BE SPECIFIED BY BITS CIVIL M40WJM(BEE PLANS) AND PROVIDED BY CONTRACTOR. STOWLTER ro PROVIDED WITH OPENWOSAT SLET MD OUtL.ET LOfATDNS 2 f=THE PEAK FLOW RATE, AS DIFTWINIMED RY THE SITE CIVIL ENOINEER, HEEDS THE PEAR HYDRAULIC CAFACRY OF THE PRODUCT. ANUPSTFlFMBYAABBSTRUCTLI *REQUIRED. MEAN CONTACTCONTEOI BTORWNATERSOLUTIONS FORS, QTRIONB. a. THE FILTER CARTRIDaM) AM 8PHON4CTUATT31 AND REIF-MMIVBNIL TI@ STAOMMOETAIL DRAWMD>ODMS Tw MA1fMUM NUMBEAQFCNrRM PA.THHACTUALMIMBE &4AUBEBFICIFIEDBYTM RECMLENOWEERCNBITE PLANS OR W DATA TART P BELOW. PRECAST STFd CTURE TO BE CONSTRUCTED N A00=19110E W M ASTM CM AND CSBS. A. SEE ST WFLTBR DESIGN TABLE FOR REOIINIEO HYDPAUWC DROP, FOR SHALLOW, LOW DROP OR SPECIAL DEMON ODINF WMB, CONTACTCONT6(s1 WOMMlATE1 SOLUTIONS FOR LESION OPTION!, B. ALL WATER QUALITY PRODUCTS REOURIE PERIODIC MAWTEMk%cE AS OLITUNED INIE TOBM morel INES PRO'S CL Lamm APANCE FOR MAINTENANCE ACCESS. S. STRUCTURE AND ACCESS COVERS TO MEET AAW TO"LOAD RATING T. THE STRUCTURE THE •EB KNOWN ARE FOR NEPRESENTATIONAL PURPOSES AND VARY REOIONALLY. S. ANY BAC161LL CBPNIL SUMMATE, AND OR ANTFROTATIQN PF40VOONS ARE SITE-BPEC FZ DESIGN CONSIDER AIL SHALL BE SPECIFIED BY SFTE CIVIL ENGINEER, S. STANDARD CARTRIDGE HBIQHT 13 Yi' W*WN). CARTRIDGE HEIGHT AND ASSOCIATED CUM PARAIkMRS VER STDRMFE.TERMOON TABLE TB STMWLTEl BY CONTWK SMRMWATER SOLunot :mm ER am N -PER SITE CML ENDEE:ER THE STORMINATER MANAGEMENT STORMFILTER • y� 8' x 16' STORMFILTER STANDARD DETAIL ,.,M.e..ebr.Y®VMo M.n.1 n.I M mwnm wWW a wc�r M wnTlmi erx,.U.r MYYw. TM weaw�.rF M ne.Iq..4w rew of ele AMwri WOeF��6.TiaAi0. ER.FTCe,TIi.,At>il,MA,iAY�P,MIAlfP; 0.EMe.OAl: lelel�b.M Crrtt..n�err Wlelln Quendall 'Terminals Renton, Washington Sewer Report November 2009 1 Preliminary Report 0 Og Consulting Ertgrneers Sewer Report November 2009 Prepared for: CenturyPacific, f_P 1201 Third Avenue, Suite 1680 Seattle, WA 98101 Prepared by: Tom Jones Kris Koski, EIT KPFF Consulting Engineers 1601 Fifth Avenue, Suite 1600 Seattle, WA 98101 (206) 622-5822 KPFF Job No. 109118.10 Property owners: Aftino Properties, Inc., and J.N. Baxter & Company WMl 9/14/10 CenturyPacific, LP Quendall Terminals Table of Contents noIntroduction .......................................................................................................1 CSo Predeveloped Site Conditions...........................................................................1 313 Developed Site Conditions................................................................................2 esoBasis of Design.................................................................................................2 allDesign Criteria...................................................................................................3 Pointsof Connection...........................................................................................3 Existing Baxter Lift Station..................................................................................4 List of Tables Table 1-1: Proposed Development..................................................................................1 Table5-1: Design Criteria.................................................................................................3 Table 5-2: Building Area Summary and Sanitary Sewer Flows......................................3 Table 5-3: Lift Station Design Assumptions for Quendall Terminals .............................4 Appendix Figure 1: Project Location Figure 2: Existing Site Conditions Figure 3: Site Plan Figure 4: Proposed Sewer Plan Figure 5: Calculations Figure 5: Baxter Lift Station Sewer Report CenturyPaclfic, LP Quendall Terminals �6 1 a Introduction Quendall Terminals is a proposed mixed -use development in Renton, Washington. The development includes five stories of residential or office space above two levels of above -grade parking or retail and restaurant space. The development project anticipates entitlement of the following: Table 1.1: Proposed Development Residential 800 Units Office 245,000 Square Feet Retail 21,600 Square Feet Restaurant 9,000 Square Feet Parking 2,215 Spaces Note: All areas shown are gross building areas (GBA). The project site is located west of interstate 405 near the northern city limits of Renton. The site is bounded by the Seahawks Training Facility to the north, BNSF railroad tracks to the east, and the Barbee Mill residential community to the south. Ripley Lane is located east of the BNSF railroad tracks and lake Washington Boulevard is located southeast of the project site. See Figure 1 in the Appendix for the site location. This report is intended to support City of Renton entitlement processing for Master Site Plan Approval. The scope of this report is to address the sanitary sewer system for the proposed development. Design criteria will be outlined and a sewerage approach will be evaluated. 2. Predevke;1oped Site Conditions The existing site is vacant and is the former location of a log sorting and storage yard. The main site is approximately 20.30 acres in size, and the parcel east of the main project site across Ripley Lane North is approximately 1.15 acres in size. An existing 1.2-inch sanitary sewer main runs from south to north along the east side of the site within a 60-foot roadway and utility easement. The invert elevation of the existing sewer pipe is generally 10 to 1.3 feet below the existing ground surface. The existing Baxter Lift Station serves Quendall Terminals as well as the Seahawks Training Facility to the north and Barbee Mill to the South. There are no other sewers located on the project -site. An 84-inch Metro sewer main is located approximately 100 feet east of the site's east property line. See Figure 2 in the Appendix for existing site conditions. C GenturyPacliic, LP Quendall Terminals g Lk 15— 3. Developed Site Conditions The proposed site improvements include a mixed -use development consisting of residential, office, retail, and restaurant uses, as well as new public and private streets and parking. Sewer mains will be constructed within the proposed public streets. Sewage from the buildings will discharge to the new sewer mains via side sewers. The new sewer mains will discharge to the existing 12-Inch sewer main at the east side of the project site at a new manhole constructed over the existing main. No improvements are planned for the 1.15-acre parcel east of Ripley Lane. See Figures 3 and 4 in the Appendix for proposed site plan and proposed sewer plan, respectively. 4. Basis ®f Design An on -site sanitary sewer system will collect and convey flows from Quendall Terminals. Adjacent sites are already developed and served by separate sanitary sewer systems. This report has utilized programmed project areas and Department of Ecology (DOE) criteria to establish projected sewer flows without provisions for future growth or connections. See Figures 3 and 4 in the Appendix for proposed site plan and proposed sewer plan, respectively. Gross building areas have been used for this report. An allowance of 1,100 gallons/acre/day (gpad) has been made for infiltration and inflow since the proposed sanitary sewer system is expected to be below seasonal high groundwater elevations. The 1.15-acre parcel east of Ripley Lane has not been included in the infiltration calculation. A peaking factor of 4.0 was included in the design flows. This factor should account for the daily and seasonal fluctuations in waste generation. This factor should also mitigate the impact of the varying flow generations for the different uses proposed with this project. The sanitary sewer system was designed to convey the estimated peak flows by gravity to the project discharge location at a new manhole installed on an existing City of Renton sanitary sewer pipe. The sewer capacities were established using Manning's Equation, with an "n" factor of 0.013. Sewer lines have been designed using the minimum slope requirements of the Washington State DOE. The pipe slopes used in the final design and future construction documents may be greater than the minimum slope to accommodate potential settlement, depending on the recommendation of the geotechnical engineer. CenturyPaclfic, LP quendalI Terminals 2 F 5 o Design Criteria Table 5-1: Design Criteria U a' 1 'T PGOV0017 Residential Per Unit 175 4 Office Per Square Foot 0.2 4 Retail Per Square Foot 0.3 4 Restaurant Per Seat 50 4 V1 Per Acre 1,100 1 Table 5-2: Building Area Summary and Sanitary Sewer Mows Jl 11 Residential unit 800 389 Office Square Feet 245,000 136 Retail Square Feet 21,600 18 Restaurant' Seat 396 55 I/I Acre 20.3 16 Total 614 'Assumes 1 seat per 22.7 square feet See Figure 5 in the Appendix for calculations. POINTS OF CONNECTION Points of connection are available along an existing City of Renton 12-inch concrete sanitary sewer line that flows south to north within a 60-foot roadway and utility easement along the east side of the project site to the existing Baxter Lift Station. The point of connection for the proposed development will be a new manhole constructed over the existing sanitary sewer pipe. CenturyPaclfle, LP Quentlall Terminals 3 H EXISTING BAXTER LIFT STATION The Baxter Lift Station is an existing sewer lift station located at the northeast corner of the project site within a sanitary sewer easement. The lift station was designed in 2006 and was constructed in 2009. The lift station was designed for an overall peak flow of 594 gpm for the Seahawks Training Facility, Barbee Mill community, and the Quendall Terminals site. The lift station was designed and constructed with the following assumptions for future development of the Quendall Terminals site: Table 5-3: lift Station Design Assumptions for Quendall Terminals (per Figure 6) Developable Acres 5 Tributary Area 5.0 Acres Flow Rate 2,800 gpad Number of Units 75 Tributary Area 3.0 Acres Persons/Unit 2.4 Flow bate 100 gpad Average Sewerage Flow 22.2 gpm Design I/i Rate 1,500 gpad Peaking Factor 4 Design Sewage Flow 88.9 gpm Design 1/1 Flow 8.3 gpm Total Design Flow 97.2 gpm Total Design Flow Q peak hourly The sewer lift station was designed for a flow of 97.2 gpm from the Quendall project site. The anticipated flow from the Quendall project site is 614 gpm. The sewer lift station capacity will need to be increased by approximately 517 gpm to 1,111 gpm to accommodate development of the Quendall Terminals site. Per discussion with the City of Renton Public Works, the existing lift station has the ability to be modified to increase capacity by changing pump impellers and increasing the wet well capacity. See Figure 6 in the Appendix for Baxter Lift Station design details and Figure 7 for a record of discussion with the City. CenturyPaclfie, LP Quendall Terminais Appendix Figures Figure 1: Project Location Figure 2: Existing Site Conditions Figure 3: Site Plan Figure 4: Proposed Sewer Plan Figure 5: Calculations Figure 6: Baxter Lift Station Sewer Report Figure 7: Telephone Record (Lift Station Flows) C CenturyPaclilc, LP Quendall Terminals AppendIn KPFF Consulting Engineers November, 2009 p NE 4 ST s N W 4Q Q � w R ECT o ~ 0 ATION 3� s VICINITY MAP NTS Quendall Terminals Sewer Report Figure 1: Project Location a�. I Z 884-,923--SQ FT 20.3 Ac EX 12 SS - — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — - Z— w ­2 NNA4 Wj OA "V N-mr-l" "ol scgLv. ma j ftow'a �(m Ell BAVER SEWER LIFT STAlION M Z 7 50,052'So% FT OLUDAU TUMNALS A WASN"m JOLMMD. MMK ymm. a ISTING SU COMMONS FIG _ -• A' � �Itl ' •,i _ 4' L� ���, 1 � J ,.ti Yar.l. � . ,•1 ,are r. r L�•t, it r� e :. r .� [ _. .. ... r �4w'r r ' b, �'j•�• i i • �'}�' � - • i� _rye �.:. .'::� �. A z i LAKE WASMNGTON �- r wou,er wur um. uuu r 5LI\[: roe x. , loam ——�LAKE I I WASWRGTON I I I • • )t 1� I � �3 I f NI •�. TRIBUTARY NW TRIBUTARY A EA 1 AREA 2 ( i r 1 I I pM04L TEbmws {Iy0 [IK[ WI[Nmlm eOV oo. trwoN, M, PROPOSED SEWER P1AN umeR 9Sf� IG 4 F] KPFF Ca. alting Engineers BUILDING USE AND DISCHARGE POINT PER TRIBUTARY AREA Trib. Area ID Resid. [UNITS] Office [SF] Retail [SF] Rest. [SF] Discharge To NE Trib. Area 0 117500 4800 0 Reach 3 _SE Trib. Area 175 _ _107500 46000_ _0 _ Reach 2_ SW Trib. Area 1 360 0 0 0 Reach 2 SW Trib. Area 2 90 10000 Y 6300 4500 Reach 4 -Reach NW Trib. Area 1 100 0 0 0 3 NW Trib. Area 2 75 10000 6000 4500 Reach 4 Total 800 245000 21600 9000 Reach 1 BUILDING USE PER REACH Reach ID Resid- Office Retail Rest. Rest. [UNITS] [SF] [SF] [SF] [SEATS,] Reach 800 �535 - 245000 21600 9000 �0- 396 - - Reach 2 107500 450D 0 Reach 3 J 100 117500 J - 4800 __0 _ _0 _ Reach 4 165 20000 12300 9D00 396 INFILTRATION/INFLOW Site Size [AC] Flow [GPDIAC] Flow [GPM] 20.3 1100 16 PIPE CALCULATIONS UNIT FLOW AND PEAK FACTOR PER BUILDING USE Use Unit Flow, [GPD] Peak Factor -Residential- ` 175 - [perunitj] 4 Office-- 0.2 [per sq ft] - - 4 - Retail_ _ 0.3 [per sq_ft] 4 [per seat] 4 Restaurant, 50 1114 1100 [per acre] 1 NOTES r Unit flows include normal infiltration Assumes 1.75 residents per unit - - Restaurant conversion: 1 seat = 22.7 square feet of restaurant Infiltration due to high groundwater FLOW PER REACH Reach ID Resid. Office Retail Rest. 111 Total ]GPM] [GPM] [GPM] [GPM] [GPM] [GPM] Reach 1 -Reach 389 - 136 - 18 55 16 - 614 260 - 60 - -- 4 - -- p 2' 4 328 Reach 3 49 65 4 0 4 122 Reach 4 80 11 10 55 4 161 November, 2009 Reach ID Upstrm. MH Downstrm. MH Length Inner Dia Upstrm. I Downstrm. IE Slope n Qr p Q%d Qd..V % Cap. Vr r Origin of Flow [FT] [IN] [FT] [FT] [FT/FT] [CPS] [GPM] [GPM] [FPS] REACH 1 REACH 2, REACH 3, REACH 4 SSMH #2 SSMH #1 335 12 19.23 18.49 0.0022 0.013 1.68 754 614 81% 2.14 REACH 2 SE Trib. Area, SW Trib. Area 1 2.19 SSMH 43S-2 SSMH #3S-1 278 8 21.88 2077 0.0040 0.013 0.77 344 328 95% SSMH #3S-1 SSMH #2 278 8 20.67 19.56 0,0040 0.013 0.77 344 328 95% 2.19 REACH 3 - _ _ - - _ - - - _ -0.0040 _ _ - _ - - _ _ _ NE Trib. Area, NW Trib. Area 1 -- -_ SSMH #3N SSMH #2- 340 8 20.92 19.56 0,013 0.77- 344 122 35% 2.20 REACH 4 SW Trib. Area 2, NW Trib, Area 2 SSMH #3W SSMH #2 271 8 20.64 19.56 0.0040 0.013 0.76 343 161 47% 2.19 Quendall Terminals Sewer Report Figure 5: Calculations KPFF Consulting Engineers 11/2009 nH£ GNGINE LRING. INC htrpa1vnm.rh2.can mallbox¢mh2.com 1.600.720.8052 WESTERN WAS HrNGTON 12700 NE 1951h St.. Sulte 100 8otine0, WA 96011 (lei) 475,951.5400 (fax) 425.398.2774 454 West Hnrton Road Nelfingliam, WA 96226 (tcl) 360.576.083G (fax) 360.616.0837 One Pacifir. Building 621 Pacific Avenue. Suite 104 Tacoma, WA 98402 (lcl) 253 272.3059 EASTERN WASHINGTON 300 Simon Street SE. Suite 5 East Wenatchee, WA 96B02 (lei) 509,885.2003 (fax) 509.896.2313 HITSAP PENINSULA 600 ttitsep RICC1. Suite 101 Port Orchard, WA 98366 (leQ 360.876.7960 (AX) 360.876.7088 August 30, 2006 Mr. Gordon Wagster Omega Contractors P-0. Box 430 Duvnil, WA 98019-0430 ,Sew lira: h-Mail and CIS A+tars Subject: Baxter Lift Station Replacement Project Sewage Flows for Proposed Lift Station Dear Gordy: We have completccl out Flow calculations for the proposed lift station that would replace the City -owned Baxter Lift. Station, and serve the proposed Connor Homes Development, the f iture 5eahawk 1~a6lity and the 8 acres of mixed density* property that flits between the tzvo facilities. Rl-l2 ingincer.ing has followed the recommended Renton design standards :Inc! the Department of l wcology guidcbries for lift station sizing to calculate the expected peak ho+.1r flow at the station when all properties are completely built. out. The results of the calculations are as follows. o When the Seahawk football team is not using their proposed facility- the pcalc hour flow will he 307 gpm. l: When the Sexhawk football team is usuig their proposed practice facility the peak hour flow will be 594 gpm. With such a high variability is expected peak hour flow to the lift station we are recommending that you consider using a triplex pumping systenn that could snatch the projected 594 gptn flowrate with two pumps operating at the same time. A single pu3np in operation would be expected to pu3np the projected 307 Urn. A copy of the calculations has been attached for your review. l� c Quendall Terminals Sewer Report Figure 6: Baxter Lift, eAl.i11.'n6 ;;59 eAd );WorklO hZD6•pAI,.oR25 M•Itr•C,1VStation Sewer Report t KPFF Consulting Engineers 1112009 Mr. Gordon Wagstet Augu,a 30, 2006 Page 2 If you have any questions or we can be of further assistance please do not hesitate to Contact us. We appreciate the oppoxtunity to assist you with this project and we look forward to working with you on the design and construction of the facility. Sincerely, RH2 ENGINEERING, INC. 4 Mark Mier, ILL r ILI Project N-1anager 38613 Eaciosure: Flow Calculations ExnRES .... . .... 7115N7 cc: Mr. Dave Christensen, City of Rcntc)" SIGNED: i EXPiRFS 3r'19108 Quendall Terminals 081?0/0 3.44 P\d Sewer Report Figure 6: Baxter Lift .(Station Sewer Report I. KPFF Consulting Engineers 11/2009 RH2 ENGINEERING, INC. BAXTER LIFT STATION - FLOW CALCULATIONS Project: Baxter Lift Station 4 Jab No.: OCIMar 2 filler, %� Designer. Mark Miller, P.E. 4/./p-.+I�� Date: August 30, 2006 Version: Final !DESIGN FLOW CALCULATIONS Development Calculations - Barbee Mill Connor Homes Number of Units 140 Tributary Area: 19.3 Acres PersonslUnil 2.7 per Renton guidelines Flow Rate 100 (gal/person/day) Average Sewage 26.3 gpm Design I!I Rate: 1500 gallacrelday Flow: Peaking Factor; 4 (based on basin size) Design Sewage Flow: 105.0 gpm Design Ill Flow: 20.1 gpm Total Design Flow:l 125A gpm Total Design Flow: Q peak hourly (max. rate of wastewater flow) Notes: 1 •21 of the 161 dwellings in the development will flow to Lake We. No. 2. 2 Soahawk Facility _ Number of Employees 75 Tributary Area: 3.0 Acres Flow Rate 15 (gallpersonlday) Design Ill Rate: 1500 gallacrelday Average Sewage Flow: 2.3 gpm Peaking Factor: 4.0 Design Sewage Flow w/o Team present: 12.5 -Design Sewage Flow: 300.0 gpm Design Ill Flow: 3.1 gpm Total Design Flow: 303.1 gpm Total Design Flow: Q peak hourly (max. rate of wastewater now) Notes: 1 'Design sewage flow was given by Mechanical Engineer with Flak and Kurtz 2 Average Sewage Flow is calculated based on an 8 hr per day flow duration (Development Calculations - Mixed Density between Barbee Mill Site and Seahawk Facility Developable Acres 8 Tributary Area: 5.0 Acres Flow Rate 2600 (galslacre/day fgpad)) Number of Units 75 Persons/Unit 2.4 per Renton guidelines Flow Rate 100 (gal)person/day) Average Sewage 22.2 gpm Flow: Peaking Factor: 4 (based on basin size) Design Sewage Flow: 88.9 gpm Total Design Flow: 97.2 gpm Tributary Area: 3.0 Acres Design IA Rate: 1500 gallacrelday Design ill Flow: 8.3 gpm Total Design Flow: 4 peak hourly (max. rate of wastewater flow) Notes: 1 8 acres between Barbee Mill and Sea hawk Facility is expected to be mixed use density 2 Contribution Flow from Misty Cove Lift Station Average Sewage Flow: 18.0 gpm From telemetry data averages from 2003 - Present Peaking Factor: 4 (based on basin size) 813012006,11:36 AM 1 of 2 Quendall Terminals Sewer Report Figure 6:. Baxter Lift Station Sewer Report r] KPFF Consulting Engineers 11/2009 Notes: RH2 ENGINEERING, INC. BAXTER LIFT STATION - FLOW CALCULATIONS Design Sevrage Flow, 72,0 gpm Total Design Flow: 72.0 gpm t Existing tiff station pump capacity is 200 gpm, 2 Total Design Flow. Q peak hourly (max. rate of wastewater flow) Contribution Flow from Existing Baxter Lift Station Average Sewage Flow: 0.0 gpm Currently no services exist on the Baxter LS with the exception of Peaking Factor: 4 (based on basin size) Misty Cove, Design Sewage Flow: 0.0 gpm Notes: Total Design Flow: 0.0 gpm 1 Currently no services exist on the Baxter LS. 2 The Misty Cove LS pumps to Baxter at approximately 200 gpm Total Design Flow: Q peak hourly (max. rate of wastewater flow) Total Flows from all sources Average Sewage Flow: 58.8 gpm Barbee + Misty Cove + Mixed Density + Seahawk offseason Total III Flow: 31.6 gpm Barbee + Seahawk + Mixed Density Peaking Factor: 4 (based on population) Design Sewage Flow: 275 gpm Seahawk Peak Flow: 300.0 gpm Total Design Flow: 307 Expected design flowwith Seahawks in the offseason. Total Design Flp wlSeahawk: 694 Expected design flow with Seahawks practice at the facility. 8130I2006,11:35 AM 2 of 2 Quendall Terminals Sewer Report Figure 6: Baxter Lift Station Sewer Report [Ho-) gg cpr'suili!io Fn'rir)f')&1s Telenhone r%ecord Dotes gy, Tom Jones Date: 6/16/09 Time Begin: Time End: With: Dave Christensen Company: City of Renton Public Works Address: Phone: Fax: Regarding: Quendall Sewer Capacity, Anticipated Sewer Flows KPFF Protect #:109118 CC: Campbell Mathewson, Mark Veldee Conversation: I called Dave to discuss the existing Baxter Sewer Pump Station capacity and its ability to handle the anticipated flows from the Quendall Terminals development currently being planned. Existing Baxter Pump Station: • The existing sewer pump station was designed to include conservative flows from the Quendall site (hotel & office only 100gpm). The conservative approach was based on the information at the time related to traffic constraints that would limit development for the site. o The current location of the Baxter Pump Station is within the center of the access drive between the Seahawks and Quendall, which will require street access between the two sites to "meander" around the PS. Dave indicated when the PS was planned the access between these two sites did not exist. Proposed Quendall Flows: n KPFF has run estimated peak flows based on the 517/09 and 6/16/09 lance Mueller layouts in the range of 500gpm based on a peaking factor of 4.0. The City uses a peaking factor of 2.0 for individual site masterplans where specific site density is being planned and the change in peak flow (change is useldensity) is not anticipated to be a major divergence in the future over.the original masterplan. A 2.0 peaking factor would provide an estimated sewer demand of 250gpm less the 100gpm available results in a 150gpm capacity deficit. • Dave indicated the existing pump station has the ability to be modified to increase the existing pump station capacity by 300+-gpm. This would include changing pump impellers and adding additional wet well capacity, relatively minor modifications (less than $100k) that would be a Quendall developer cost. 1601 Fifth Avenue, Susie 1600 Seattle, WA 96101 (206) 622-5822 Fax (206) 622.8130 Seattle Tacoma Portland Everett San Francisco Oakland Sacramento Los Angeles Irvine San Diego Phoenix St. Louis Figure 7 Fees: Other available options are installing larger pumps but Dave did not believe that would be necessary as the existing pumps were specifically chosen to allow impeller modifications as they anticipated the need for additional capacity in the future. Quendall has recently been assessed a capacity charge of $166k for their "fair share" of the Baxter Pump Station. This assessment was based on 111gpm of capacity. I asked Dave if future assessments would be required if the flows exceeded the 111gpm. Dave indicated there would be NO additional capacity charge assessments for the Quendali site only mechanical pump station upgrades to increase the pump station capacity to meet our proposed site demand. KPFF Consulting Engineers Page 2 Telephone Record November 17, 2009 Figure 7 Form WA-5 (6176) Commitment Face Page Fite No.: NCS-380710-WAI COMMITMENT FOR TITLE INSURANCE Issued by 1-7RS'T'AKEWCAN i%)""LL`%NS RANCE COMPANY First American Title Insurance Company, herein called the Company, for valuable consideration, hereby commits to issue its policy or policies of title insurance, as identified in Schedule A, in favor of the proposed Insured named in Schedule A, as owner or mortgagor of the estate or interest covered hereby in the land described or referred to in Schedule A, upon payment of the premiums and charges therefor; all subject to the provisions of Schedules A and B and to the Conditions and Stipulations hereof. This Commitment shall be effective only when the identity of the proposed Insured and the amount of the policy or policies committed for have been inserted in Schedule A hereof by the Company, either at the time of the issuance of the Commitment or by subsequent endorsement. This Commitment if preliminary to the issuance of such policy or policies of title insurance and all liability and obligations hereunder shall cease and terminate six (6) months after the effective date hereof or when the policy or policies committed for shall issue, whichever first occurs, provided that the failure to issue such policy or policies is not the fault of the Company. This Commitment shall not be valid or binding until countersigned by an authorized officer or agent. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this commitment to be signed and sealed, to become valid when countersigned by an authorized officer or agent of the Company, all in accordance with its By -Laws. This Commitment is effective as of the date shown in Schedule A as "Effective Date." FlmtAlmerfcan Title Insurance Campany St�tE lydr� .. By: President s l4if i Attest: Secretary By: - f64.,-- Countersigned First American Title Insurance Company Form WA-5 (6/76) Commitment n Mist American rifle Insurance Company National Commercial Services 818 Stewart Street, Suite 800, Seattle, WA 98101 (206)728-0400 - (800)526-7544 FAX (206)448-6348 Donna F. Koerber (206)615-3021 dkoerber@firstam.com To: CenturyPacific LP 1201 Third Avenue, Suite 1680 Seattle, WA 98101-3029 Attn: Campbell Mathewson SECOND REPORT SCHEDULE A File No.: NCS-380710-WAl Page No, 1 Ce Nedra Van Why (206)615-3131 cvanwhy@firstam.com File No.: NCS-380710-WAl Your Ref No.: Quendall Terminals 1. Commitment Date: May 28, 2009 at 7.30 A.M. 2. Policy or Policies to be issued: AMOUNT PREMIUM TAX Standard Owner's Coverage $ To Follow $ To Follow $ To Follow Proposed Insured: To Follow 3. The estate or interest in the land described on Page 2 herein is Fee Simple, and title thereto is at the effective date hereof vested in: Quendall Terminals, a Washington joint venture comprised of Puget Timber, Inc., a Washington corporation and Altino Properties, Inc., a Washington corporation 4. The land referred to in this Commitment is described as follows: The land referred to in this report is described in Exhibit "A" attached hereto. Ffl3tAmedean Title Insurance Company Form WA-5 (6/76) Fife No.: NCS-380710-WA1 Cornmitrnent Page No. z — LEGAL DESCRIPTION: THAT PORTION OF GOVERNMENT LOT 5 IN SECTION 29, TOWNSHIP 24 NORTH, RANGE 5 EAST, W.M., AND - SHORELAND ADJOINING LYING WESTERLY OF THE NORTHERN PACIFIC RAILROAD RIGHT OF WAY AND SOUTHERLY OF A LINE, IN KING COUNTY, WASHINGTON, DESCRIBED AS FOLLOWS: BEGINNING AT THE QUARTER CORNER ON THE SOUTH LINE OF SAID SECTION 29; THENCE NORTH 89058'36" WEST ALONG THE SOUTH LINE OF SAID LOT 5, 1,113.01 FEET TO THE WESTERLY LINE OF SAID NORTHERN PACIFIC RAILROAD RIGHT OF WAY; THENCE NORTH 29044'54" EAST 849.62 FEET ALONG SAID RIGHT OF WAY LINE TO A POINT HEREINAFTER REFERRED TO AS POINT A; THENCE CONTINUING NORTH 29044'54" EAST 200.01 FEET TO THE TRUE POINT OF BEGINNING OF THE LINE HEREIN DESCRIBED; THENCE SOUTH 56028'50" WEST 222.32 FEET TO A POINT WHICH BEARS NORTH 59024'56" WEST 100.01 FEET FROM SAID POINT A; THENCE NORTH 59024'56" WEST TO THE INNER HARBOR LINE AND THE END OF SAID LINE DESCRIPTION; ALSO THAT PORTION OF SAID GOVERNMENT LOT 5 LYING SOUTHEASTERLY OF LAKE WASHINGTON BOULEVARD, WESTERLY OF SECONDARY STATE HIGHWAY NUMBER 2A AND NORTHWESTERLY OF THE RIGHT OF WAY OF PUBLIC STATE HIGHWAY NUMBER 1 AS ESTABLISHED BY DEED RECORDED JANUARY 15, 1964 UNDER RECORDING NO. 5687408; AND EXCEPT THAT PORTION THEREOF CONVEYED TO CITY OF RENTON, A MUNICIPAL CORPORATION BY DEED RECORDED JUNE 19, 2008 UNDER RECORDING NO. 20080619001179. RlstAm&7ean Title Insurance Company Form WA-5 (6/76) Commitment SCHEDULE B - SECTION 1 RLQUIUMNTS The following are the Requirements to be complied with: File No.: NCS-380710-WAl Page No. 3 Item (A) Payment to or for the account of the Grantors or Mortgagors of the full consideration for the estate or interest to be insured. Item (B) Proper instrument(s) creating the estate or interest to be insured must be executed and duly filed for record. Item (C) Pay us the premiums, fees and charges for the policy. Item (D) You must tell us in writing the name of anyone not referred to in this Commitment who will get an interest in the land or who will make a loan on the land. We may then make additional requirements or exceptions SCHEDULE B - SECTION 2 GENERAL PLCEPTIONS The Policy or Policies to be issued will contain Exceptions to the following unless the same are disposed of to the satisfaction of the Company. A. Taxes or assessments which are not shown as existing liens by the records of any taxing authority that levies taxes or assessments on real property or by the public records. B. Any facts, rights, Interest, or claims which are not shown by the public records but which could be ascertained by an inspection of said land or by making inquiry of person in possession thereof. C. Easements, claims of easement or encumbrances which are not shown by the public records. D. Discrepancies, conflicts in boundary lines, shortage in area, encroachments, or any other facts which a correct survey would disclose, and which are not shown by public records. E. (1) Unpatented mining claims; (2) reservations or exceptions in patents or in acts authorizing the issuance thereof; (3) Water rights, claims or title to water; whether or not the matters excepted under (1), (2) or (3) are shown by the public records; (4) Indian Tribal Codes or Regulations, Indian Treaty or Aboriginal Rights, including easements or equitable servitudes. F. Any lien, or right to a lien, for services, labor, materials or medical assistance theretofore or hereafter furnished, imposed by law and not shown by the public records. G. Any service, installation, connection, maintenance, construction, tap or reimbursement charges/costs for sewer, water, garbage or electricity. H. Defects, liens, encumbrances, adverse claims or other matters, if any, created, first appearing in the public records or attaching subsequent to the effective date hereof but prior to the date the - proposed insured acquires of record for value the estate or Interest or mortgages thereon covered by this Commitment. FirstAmerrcan Title Insurance Company Form WA-5 (6/76) File No.: NCS-380710-WA1 Commitment Page No. 4 SCHEDULE B - SECTION 2 (continued) — SPECIAL EXCEPTIOFIIS 1. Lien of the Real Estate Excise Sales Tax and Surcharge upon any safe of said premises, if unpaid. As of the date herein, the excise tax rate for unincorporated area of Iting.County is at 1.78%. Levy/Area Code: 2151 For all transactions recorded on or after July 1, 2005: A fee of $10.00 will be charged on all exempt transactions; — A fee of $5.00 will be charged on all taxable transactions in addition to the excise tax due. 2. Facility Charges, if any, including but not limited to hook-up, or connection charges and latecomer charges for water or sewer facilities of IQng County Water District No. 107 as disclosed by instrument recorded April 1, 1981 under Recording No. 8104010618. 3. Relinquishment of all existing and future rights to light, view and air, together with the rights of access to and from the State Highway constructed on lands conveyed by document in favor of the State of Washington: Recorded: October 16, 1951 Recording No.: 4178247 4. Easement including terms and provisions contained therein: Recording Information: March 20, 1963 under Recording No. 5562896 _ In Favor of: Puget Sound Power and Light Company, a corporation, its successors and assigns For: Power line Affects: The Northwesterly portion of the property herein described Westerly of Railroad right of way 5. Easement, including terms and provisions contained therein: Recording information: November 20, 1964 under Recording No. 5814320 In Favor of: Municipality of.Metropolitan Seattle,. itssuccessors and assigns For: Utility easement Affects: The Northeasterly portion of the property herein described Westerly of Railroad right of way 6. A lease dated July 1, 1974, executed by Quendall Terminals, a Joint Venture of Puget Timber Company and Altino Properties, Inc., as lessor and Turbo Energy Leasing, Inc., a corporation as lessee, for a term of a month -to -month tenancy commencing with the date of this lease - recorded November 8, 1974 as Recording No. 7411080549 of Official Records. 7. Covenants, conditions, restrictions and/or easements: _ Recorded: July 16, 1975 Recording No.: 7507160536 First American Tide Insurance Company Form WA-5 (6176) File No.: NCS-380710-WAl Commitment Page No. 5 8. Easement, including terms and provisions contained therein: Recording Information: July 7, 1980 under Recording No. 8007070459 In Favor of: City of Renton, a municipal corporation For: Public utilities (including water and sewer) Affects: Portion of the property herein described Westerly and adjacent to Railroad right of way 9. Subject to the terms of the Joint Venture Agreement between Puget Timber Company and Altino Properties Inc., dated June 15, 1971, amendment thereto dated September 12, 1980, both appearing under Recording No. 8102190531, recorded February 19, 1981. According to rectical on easement under Recording No. 9602150689, recorded February.15, 1996; J.H: Baxter & Co., a California limited partnership appears to have succeeded Puget Timber Company, a joint venturer. All amendments to said Joint Venture Agreement must be submitted prior to closing to determine the current signatories. 10. Easement, including terms and provisions contained therein: Recording Information: February 15, 1996 under Recording No. 9602150689 In Favor of: Barbee Mill Co,, Inc., a Washington corporation, and J,H. Baxter & Co., a California limited partnership For: Roadway and utilities Affects: The East 60 feet adjacent to West margin of Railroad right of way 11. The terms and provisions contained in the document entitled "Land Comer Record" recorded May 29, 1997 as Recording No. 9705290636 of Official Records. 12. Conditions, notes, easements, provisions contained and/or delineated on the face of the Survey recorded February 9, 2000 under Recording No. 20000209900005, recorded in Volume 135 of surveys, at Page(s) 176, in King County, Washington. 13. Easement, including terms and provisions contained therein: Recording Information: September 2, 2008 under Recording No. 20080902001178 In Favor of: City of Renton, a municipal corporation, its successors and assigns For: Sanitary sewer utilities and utility pipelines Affects: as described therein 14. Private access to said premises is across a railroad right of way. This company will require that the "Private Roadway and Crossing Agreement", and any assignments or modifications thereof which were issued by the Railroad Company, be submitted for examination. The coverage then afforded under any policy(ies) issued, relative to access to said premises, will be limited by the restrictions, conditions and provisions as contained therein. If no "agreement" exists, the forthcoming policy(ies) will contain the following exception: The lack of right of access to and from the land across a railroad right of way. 15. Any question as to the true location of the lateral boundaries of the said 2nd Gass Shorelands. 16. Right of the State of Washington in and to that portion, if any, of the property herein described which lies below the line of ordinary high water of Lake Washington. First American Tide 117Surance Company Form WA-5 (6/76) File No.: NCS-380710-WA1 Commitment Page No. 6 17. Rights of the general public to the unrestricted use of all the waters of a navigable body of water not only for the primary purpose of navigation, but also for corollary purposes, including (but not - limited to) fishing, boating, bathing, swimming, water siding and other related recreational purposes, as those waters may affect the tidelands, shorelands or adjoining uplands and whether the level of the water has been raised naturally or artificially to a maintained or fluctuating level, all as further defined by the decisional law of this state. (Affects all of the premises subject to ., such submergence) 18. Terms, conditions, provisions and stipulations of the Joint Venture Agreement of Quendali Terminals, a Washington joint denture. A copy of the current agreement and any amendments must be submitted gf o� r to g1gsing. Any conveyance or encumbrance of the Joint Venture property must be executed by all of the Joint Venturer. 19. Title to vest in an incoming owner whose name is not disclosed. Such name must be fumished to us so that a name search may be made. 20. Unrecorded leaseholds, if any, rights of vendors and security agreement on personal property and rights of tenants, and secured parties to remove trade fixtures at the expiration of the term. c FistAmenhan Title Insurance Company Form WA-5 (6/76) Commitment INFORMATIONAL NOTES A. General taxes for the year 2009 which have been paid. Tax Account No. 292405-9002-03 Amount: $25.20 Assessed Land Value: $1,000.00 Assessed Improvement Value: $0.00 Fife No.: NCSS-380710-WAI Page No. 7 B. Effective January 1, 1997, and pursuant to amendment of Washington State Statutes relating to standardization of recorded documents, the following format and content requirements must be met. Failure to comply may result in rejection of the document by the recorder. C. Any sketch attached hereto is done so as a courtesy only and is not part of any title commitment or policy. It is furnished solely for the purpose of assisting in locating the premises and First American expressly disclaims any liability which may result from reliance made upon it. D. If this preliminary report/commitment was prepared based upon an application for a policy of title insurance that identified land by street address or assessor's parcel number only, it is the responsibility of the applicant to determine whether the land referred to herein is in fact the land that is to be described in the policy or policies to be issued. E. The description can be abbreviated as suggested below if necessary to meet standardization requirements. The full text of the description must appear in the document(s) to be Insured. Ptn Govt. Lot 5, Sec 29 Twp 24N Rge 5E APN: 292405-9002-03 F. A fee will be charged upon the cancellation of this Commitment pursuant to the Washington State Insurance Code and the filed Rate Schedule of the Company. END OF SCHEDULE B First American Title Insurance Company Form WA-5 (6/76) Fife No.: NCS-380710-WAI Camm9tment Page No. 8 % First American Title Insurance Company Naffona/ commercial Services COMMITMENT Conditions and Stipulations 1. The term "mortgage" when used herein shall include deed of trust, trust deed, or other security instrument. 2. If the proposed Insured has or acquires actual knowledge of a defect, lien, encumbrance, adverse claim or other matter affecting the estate or interest or mortgage thereon covered by _ this Commitment, other than those shown in Schedule 8 hereof, and shall fail to disclose such knowledge to the Company in writing, the Company shall be relieved from liability for any loss or damage resulting from any act or reliance hereon to the extent the Company is prejudiced by failure to so disclose such knowledge. If the proposed Insured shall disclosure such knowledge to the Company, or if the Company otherwise acquires actual knowledge of any such defect, lien, encumbrance, adverse claim or other matter, the Company at its option, may amend Schedule B of this Commitment accordingly, but such amendment shall not relieve the Company from liability _ previously incurred pursuant to paragraph 3 of these Conditions and Stipulations. 3. Liability of the Company under this Commitment shall be only to the named proposed Insured and such parties included under the definition of Insured in the form of Policy or Policies committed for, and only for actual loss incurred in reliance hereon in undertaking in good faith (a) to comply with the requirements hereof, or (b) to eliminate exceptions shown in Schedule l3, or (c) to acquire or create the estate or interest or mortgage thereon covered by this Commitment. In no event shall such liability exceed the amount stated in Schedule A for the Policy or Policies committed for and such liability is subject to the Insuring provisions, exclusion from coverage, and the Conditions and Stipulations of the form of Policy or Policies committed for in favor of the proposed Insured which are hereby incorporated by references, and are made a part of this Commitment except as expressly modified herein. 4. Any claim of foss or damage, whether or not based on negligence, and which arises out of the status of the title to the estate or interest or the lien of the Insured mortgage covered hereby or any action asserting such claim, shall be restricted to the provisions and Conditions and Stipulations of this Commitment. Fast American Tide Insurance Company Form WA-5 (6/76) Commitment The First American Corporation FirstA►nerican Title Insurance Company National Commercial Services PRIVACY POLICY We Are Committed to Safeguarding Customer Information File No.: NCS-380710-WAI Page No. 9 In order to better serve your needs now and in the future, we may ask you to provide us with certain information. We understand that you may be concerned about what we will do with such information particularly any personal or financial Information. We agree that you have a right to know how we will utilize the personal information you provide to us. Therefore, together with our parent company, The First American Corporation, we have adopted this Privacy Policy to govern the use and handling of your personal Information. Applicability This Privacy Polley governs our use of the Information which you provide to us. It does not govern the manner In which we may use Information we have obtained from any other source, such as information obtained from a public record or from another person or entity. First American has also adopted broader guidelines that govern our use of personal information regardless of Its source. First American rails these guideline, Its Fair Information Valuesr a copy of which can be found on our website at www.firstam.com. Types of Information Depending upon which of our services you are utilizing, the types of nonpublic personal Information that we may collect include: Information we receive from you on applications, forms and in other communications to us, whether in writing, in person, by telephone or any other means; Information about your transactions with us, our affiliated companies, or others; and• Information we receive from a consumer reporting agency. Use of Information We request Information from you for our own legitimate business purposes and not for the benefit of any nonaffiliated party. Therefore, we will not release your Information to nonaffiliated parties except (1) as necessary for us to provide the product or service you have requested of us; or (2) as permitted by law. We may, however, stone such Information indefinitely, Including the period after which any customer relationship has ceased. Such Information may be used for any internal purpose, such as quality control efforts or customer analysis. We may also provide all of the types of nonpublic personal information listed above to one or more of our affiliated companies. Such afflllated companies include financial service providers, such as title Insurers, property and casualty insurers, and trust and Investment advisory companies, or companies involved in real estate services, such as appraisal companies, home warranty companies, and escrow companies. Furthermore, we may also provide all the Information we collect, as described above, W companies that perform marketing services on our behalf, on behalf of our affiliated companies, or to other financial institutions with whom we or our affiliated companies have joint marketing agreements. Former Customers Even if you are no longer our customer, our Privacy Policy will continue to apply to you. Confidentiality and Securtty We will use our best efforts to ensure that no unauthorized parties have access to any of your Information. We restrict access to nonpublic personal Information about you to those individuals and entities who need to know that Information to provide products or services to you. We will use our best efforts to vain and oversee our employees and agents to ensure that your information will be handled responsibly and in accordance with this Privacy Policy and First Amerk:an`s Fair Information Values. We currently maintain physical, electronic, and procedural safeguards that comply with federal regulations to guard your nonpublic personal Information. c 20f11 The First American Corporation - All Rights Reserved First American Tide Insurance Company i :� 1• 1 1.e�t ax. WARRANTY DEED In the Matta of lm= State IIighu►cy No. 1, Rmli+orl To D7G> mus zi, �. KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, That the Grantor REILLY TAR It OR I M OORPOUTIONp forwrly SE&tWO 0Rgg6 a'lla(1 0WANTj 4lhdUM earporatioan, for and in consideration of the sum of t] M NO/00-------------------- Dollars, and othar Taluablo oonsidoreAon hereby convey and warrant to the State of Washington, the following described real estate silo• ated in 1109 County. in the State of Washington: All that portion of the fol lvtrirng deacribod parcel "An Xying oouthe&atcr3,v of the folluving dosoribod Lines Beginning at a Poirot oppaaita titg w&7 Saginoerie Station 6+00 (464+06.9) end 125 font Xorthttesterly, vhon twostwed at right angles and/or radially treat the center 31M of Primary 9tato RL#wV No. 1, Renton to KomVdalo, thence Soutbmaterly in a atraight 11m to a point apponite Rtglteivpr Enginoeria Station 461*50 and 275 toot Nort1westerly tlterefroa; thenaa Northireater3y in a atraight line at right angles to the bhatorly right of way line of lake Uuehitngtan D% eTAH to a point of ire teroeotion with said right -of wq, ;Iim j theme Sati Uzasticrly along Bald Easterly right at vay 11,ns of Inba llaohirgt= Batslaaard to a point of intorsootion with the Northerly right of way line of Southeast 80th Street, trod the and of thin 11ro don- cription. r Parcel. "A%t That portion of Oorerutont; Let $, Soction 29, Town3hip 24. North, Range 5 Raab .V.M., k"08 caotor],y of the oaatarU right of wtnr l.itw of the North Ora Pacific WIMJ Rlimept 00vi%'.y Roadts; And Mmept those portican conned to tba State of UstthingtM for higher p�r� sea t r deed recorded under Auditor'o File Hon. ,3229177 and 4178,M and 50496u2, recorda of King Cotinty j aituato in the Copunty of King, Stone of UQMhingttgt.----- �� (' �a�e:F 1•e•4C'1'4S� tSl(�.7C°�' /tee[ T37�rrryfJS IIICh i I andCCt C dQtaiCs concur d 1 °� 93 c"3 f` 4-.-q ac aware orf, leas f r p g a a w tc are o be qnn we sn t at eertatn ma o do finite hKvetimt 11010 of record and on file in the office of the Director of highways of Otyinpin and bruring date n1 ali- prorai +Twee lj, 1963, and tho center line at vbioh In also ahowa at record in volum 3, of Ida may Plate, pass $1, records of soil aCw4o 61.ao, the grantor herein aottveya and tiarratnt to the State of ltoialnitsgtast all richtis of it ;,teas cud cases (iuolatdirrg all exacting, rutaxm . or aotantiah eacementa of : aacosa, lights vicar wA air) to, fran arA between Primu T State Highwey No. 1, SalMoa Creek to iioodlasd anti the retxaintter of acid Ptaml nA". The undervigned agrees to varToWer posaoaoion cf the prauison conve7ed heroin on or botoro FFB, W Ajry /p / f,44t. It is understood and agreed that the delivery of this deed is hereby tendered and that the lucre and oblig cams hereof shall not become binding upon the State of Washington unless and etntil arrepted and apFrnard IICTCan in writing for the ,State of Washington, Department of Highways. bft the Chfrf !tight of Way Agent. Daird this ..f .Q. ._.... day ri b 3, :4eceptcd and approved"=l : . STATE OF WASHINGTON or Hianw,%ys gY r � .C`G�*7 Chirl Right of My Ap fist f Parcel. 1-2896 .r .•rha�. �ti., � , REILLY TO Ar CHEMICAL UOJIP RA t RM'BLTC i7i1:•O5i�'t'M CCI�ANT i+"" •�' _- u �T,/T. t+eiiir •+" Pr;iii C 4 6 _ (- (tnlilridutl acknowtodsmeni t+mm) STAT% or WAtntmaran, ss. Couitty 00 I, the undetrttigned, a notary public in and for the State of Washington, hereby certify that an this ........... of,...._.....•_............__.... . ...... ..................,.._...,_.... personally opfxured before ule V) to 111E knMn t" till the individ+tai..._ described in and who exmted the foregoing instrument, alui fie. tcnowledged that_._ r.-.signed and scaled the same as_...__......._...frcc and voluntary act and deed, for the rocs and pur"ce therein ntt3niiQtit'.J. Given under my hand avid official seal the day and year last above written, NVa; a in rn.1 jcr the Ste.: cf i'•'=t' `"._^ . ttesidIng at........ DIDIAHA Murpmetlm rcknowledament turml ,STAiI` or MUmnitmW 1 County llATtiQll _ r ea, On this.Any of..,,.��.�+-+,�+.�-o--, bcjore »Ic persmtn!!y nplsenrrtl T•.,�r., p��l]!, ---- _..... ..... _............_...and............. to tnc knaLrn to be the ._.......'lice Yreaident avid.__., of the corporation flint exectitc:I the forepoivly instrument, and acknowledged said iaslnsmylti•au.be• thou free and voluntary act and deed of said corporation, for the uses and purposes therciu rgc4i��os ��+qyd ho was `t. "� 1 `tU on oath slated rivet...._..,_._....,..„_,�......_....._.,._ ..—authariaed to execute said instrunien✓f aAd Rat i�i.�}�' :•jJxed is the corporate scat of said corporation. '=I '+; ', rjs ►4i - Givell tinder mu hand and official seal the dau and wear Inse nhnnn Gr � x � Nil v � w M t ral:tcrto:n � � VOL...................... � c �51 $ M4 „ AN 15 Al 11 36 E;�Ut�;. . .. •�t:ItSlii � � �: liihy :'L''•. Y WASH. i tol 20000519001179.; Return Address: City Clerk's Office City of Renton 1055 South Grady Way Renton, WA 98057 111111111111 900 48-00 E13511 23 KINpD9COKNrtY!4lJA SALE $l0.00 $0.00 pAGis001 OF 001 DEED OF DEDICATION Pmperty Tax ]Parcel Number. 2924059DO2 Project File #:LUA-02-040 Street Intersection: N 42 place and N 00 St. Reference Number(s) of Documents assigned or released: Additional reference munbers are on page Grantor(s): Grantee(s): 1. Quendall Terminals, a Washington joint 1. City of Renton, a Municipal Corporation venture LEGAL DESCRIPTION: That portion of Goveminent Lot 5, Section 29, Township 24 North, Range 5 East, W.M., as described on attached Exhibit A. The Grantor, for and in consideration of mutual benefits conveys, quit claims, dedicates and donates to the Grantees) as named above, for public road right of way purposes, the above described real estate situated in the County of King, State of Washington. This Dedication is located within a Federal Superfund Site regulated by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. Grantee shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless Grantor, its successors and assigns, from any damage, liability, claim, lien, or loss, including attorney's fees and costs, arising out of use of the Dedication by Grantee, its agents, contractors, successors in title, assigns, authorized persons, andlor all others acting on its behalf, except to the extent such damage, liability, claim, lien, or loss, is due to the negligence or intentional misconduct of the Grantor or an agent, contractor, successor in title, authorized person, assign of Grantor. Grantee shall be solely responsible for the management and disposal of any waste generated as a result of operation or maintenance within the dedicated area by Grantee or its authorized representative and Grantee shall be the generator of any waste resulting from those activities. Grantee shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless Grantor, its successors and assigns, from any damage, liability, claim, lien, or loss or any costs of expenses, including auorney's fees and costs, associated with the generation, management, disposal of hazardous substances by Grantee or contact with or exposure to hazardous substances resulting from subsurface activities authorized or permitted by Grantee within the Dedication after the medication. Grantor hereby reserves the temporary right to use the dedicated area to complete any environmental testing, remediation or other activities required by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, the Washington State Department of Ecology, or any other agency with authority pursuant to state or federal environmental laws ("Environmental Agencies"), without the requirement for a street use permit or other approval from the City and without payment of any fee to the City. Grantor reserves a right of access over the dedication arcs for Environmental Agencies and their authorized contractors in connection with its regulation of the Federal Superfund Site. Any work by the City or other person in the dedication area shall be done in compliance with requirements of the Environmental, Agencies and only after 30-day notice to the appropriate Environmental Agency, and Grantee shall indemnify and hold Grantor harmless from any cost, liability or obligation relating to construction in or use of the dedicated area by Grantee or anyone authorized by Grantee, including but not limited to compliance with the requirements of any of the Environmental Agencies. [signatures on following page] 20080619001179- _:: - IN WITNESS WHEREOF, said Grantor has caused this instrument to be executed this -(Q _,day o(J4k 2008. Approved and Accepted By: Grantor(s): QUENDALL TERMINALS, a Washington joint venture By Altino Properties, Inc., a Washington - corporation, joint venturer By P Robert Cugini, ViQ President By 1. H. Baxter & Co., a California limited partnership, joint venturer By J. H. Baxter & Co., a California Corporation, general partner By �& L UtLo Georgia B ter, President and CEO Exhibit A Legal Description STATE OF WASE NOTON } } ss. COUNTY OF KING ) Grantee(s): City of Renton By Lu- J. Denis Law, Mayor SEAL W Michele Neumann, Deputy City Clerk On this - Oh _ day of �., 2008, before me, the undersigned, a Notary Public in and for the state of Washington, duly commissioned a sworn, personally appeared ROBERT CUOINI to me known to be the Vice President of ALTINO PROPERTIES, INC. a Washington corporation, which is a joint venturer of QUENDALL TERMINALS, a Washington joint venture, that executed the foregoing instrument, and acknowledged the said instrument to be the free and voluntary act and deed of said corporation and joint venture, for the uses and purposes therein mentioned, and on oath stated that Ae is authorized to execute the said instrument. IN WITNESS`, T have hereunto set my hand and official seal the day and year first above written. ���� Hey, �Illf i Q4 s �tAR} �it`N4ed NOTARY "UC in an for die State of u - Washington, residing at Ws s C AU$%' �b-rz My appointment expires Print Name las OF DW r 2237339v 1 0032695fill, i 1.OQO( % % 1 Page 2 -y 20080619001179. Project: Exhibit A WO# Legal Description P1D GRANTOR: Street: EXHIBIT "A" NORTH 42MD PLACE LEGAL DESCRIPTION 11mr portion of Govermnent Lot 5, Section 29, Township 24 Worth, Range 5 Feat, W,M., City of Menton, King County, Washington, described as follows: 114uning at the intemecdou of the south line of ssid Govemment Lot 5 And the westerly margin of the 100 foot wide Butlington Northera ROmd Co. tight -of. way; Thence N.3054'57"E. Along the wesaedr mu& of said -railroad rigbtrof-way,150.00 feet, T%mct ; lrsvntg said right-of-way magin, N.59'05'03"W., 60.00 feet; Tbcnce S.10°54'5 i WL parallel to tatid right-of-way margin 184.25 feet to dte south tine of said Gnvcmmcnt Lot 5; Thence S88°48'2rE, 69.09 feet to the Point of lieg}ttning. Conuirting an area of 10,027 square feet, more or less. tof2 DWr2237339v10032605-000004 page 3 20080619001179.-- i A Map Exhibit W50VM -!L— Go OT - ES W48'22 E R5L. W.M. vPOB do A0 40- ol 4V so' Pq SCALE IN FEET D4Q, . 2007 _Barbee MM ACCESS ROADWAY 'KLQ RENTON, WASHINGTON OLS siry 9 pftpd " 30788. co HjQff A S7§8)M6j AfNQ fl"M 2 OF 2 am 'AR RIG 04W DEDICATION DVIlT 2237339vl 00326"-OW004 Page 4 200$061 soo11179. -_ CALIFORNIA ALL-PURPOSE l �:a '•�i%%�!:j,i.7S<.:)iA i;stix�aiM1'+���?,'��v..�T,Y�:..��SG'•:�i=ii,..=\✓:>Ns»; �S£�ia:c,v�i 'v��GsiS�yiG.=� t 4;�.�!:ii.�< t L���,..�iG:�{G��Sk��..'��%VY�.iG � �ii State of California County of o On before me, R fl Hera Ins Name and nue of she Qeioer personally appeared who proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the person( whose name(d) is/am subscribed to the within . instrument .and acknowledged to me that lOs;l j: UmpF W8helthaly executed the same in Walher/tt-ir authorized Comm-fton # 15350 4 capacity( ), and that by 12�0her/Wir signature(e) on the NO" 14 • Colit nia instrument the person(a), or the entity upon behalf of sen MOW county - which the person(p) acted, executed the instrument. MVC0WEVbWDeC24. I certify under PENALTY OF PERJURY under the laws of the State of California that the foregoing paragraph is true and correct. MY ftC4 Notary Seal Above OPTIONAL seal. Though the information below is not required by law, it may prove valuable a document and could prevent fraudulent removal and reattachment of this form to another document. Description of Attached Document Title or Type of Document: Document Date: i `3 I - oT _ Number of Pages: Signer(s) Other Than Named Above: Capacity(ies) Claimed by Signer(s) Signer's Name: _ ❑ Individual pYessdawr� 12- Corporate Officer — Title(s): 2 ❑ Partner — ❑ Umited ❑ Qeneral _ ❑ Attorney in Fact e 0 Trustee Tap of ltulrrib heria ❑ Guardian or Conservator ❑ Other: Signer is Representing: Signer's Name: ❑ Individuai ❑ Corporate Officer—Thle(s): ❑ Partner -- ❑ Umited ❑ General ❑ Attorney in Fact e • • [I Trustee Tap of thumb here ❑ Guardian or Conservator ❑ Other: Signer is Representing: !/:\%'�J:�tJ,iiUG��::��!:�✓5�'�iv1f!':�Gi:i'�ii eY:'er:�el, :�'l 'Yi�Y:�•lr\r�:'.�%�'�G<'i :� f�.vi.:J_1y��!S`d�:�S4'!i s�J,L:Sr:G�/::�:ti!:�=\✓p:Yn'J.:"i:"="+.J:�!iG�:1C�'l 2 1 20080619001 i Plat Lot Layout BA9 T- ZIV H 42W PL j7� ---------- Ak 0 so, grm O'K k JAM SIR LVVVVV .� •• PORTION OF GOWT. LOT 1, SECTM 32, 7.24 9, R,5. E, W.M. CITY OF RENTON, DING COUNTY, WASHINGTON WRIGHT OF WAY DEDICATION SITE" a ,gym UNPLATTED SW. 29— 24— 05` o kV, 0 MIL'ro ti i 22' W 1085.58' ` \ Q ---36.00' 80.23' r 23.6 23.68' \ S.F, 3,834 S.F, 3,828'S.F, 33,,8822 S.F.3,816 :S.F. 3.783 S.F.% . 8.81' - N 88'48'22; W 5,189 S.F.Ln N t d B a 5 �' 4 3 �' ±? 2In ' I /�i -ram ��.-_----•..tJ_ =L---- ry ^ Ary, / -SEE PUBLIC WATER ESM'T, SHT.9 _ DETAIL 'C' SHT.9 N 89'04'39' W 240.98' N. 42ND PEACEWool -36.0 4,510 S.F. �+ d 0, m M w ;84 S.F. 3,384 S.F, 3,384 S.F. 3.384 S.F. � 73 72 bN TRACT�75 74 P�s�g;••. �o z ir .To. q p 8. 3fi. z JO. JS9' W 138.84' N 8 04'3P" W LESS & PUBLIC5MJ7 9t•34 - 4 102.84' 5,895 S.F. eN. PUBLIC ^h .F. 2 UTILITY ESM'T. w 69 . 0 70 J a so,~ O ' 1y 5.663 S.F. 0 vs ' � $ 11.55' N .4' �0 S 875,989» CIO$ Y QUIT CLAIM DEED F THE GRAHTOR,RBILLY TAR AND CHBFIICAL CORPORATION, an Indiana corporation, for and in consideration of TEN DOLLARS 1510.00) and other valuable consideration conveys and quit claims to OUENDALL } r 7'PRNMAf,S, a Joint Venture comprised of Puget Timber, Inc., a 10 Washington corporation and Altino_Properties. Inc., a Washington 1 corporation, the following described real estate, situate in the County,of King " State of Washington: That portion of Government Lot 5 in Section 29, Township 24 North, Range 5 East, W.M. and shoreland adjoining lying Westerly of the Northern Pacific Railroad Right of Way and' Souther]; of a line described as follows: Beginning at the quarter corner on the Sout7, line of said section 29;.thence :forth 89058136" West along the South line of said Lot 5,.1,113.01 feet to the Westerly line of said Northern Pacific. Railroad Right of Way; thence North 29944'54' East 849.62 feet along said Right of Way line to a point hereinafter referred to as Point A. thence continuing North 29044154' East 200.01 feet to the true point of beginning of the line herein described; thence South 56°2V S0" West 222.32 feet to a point which bears Worth 59124'56' West 100.01 feet from said Point A; thence North 59024'56• West to the inner harbor line and the end of said line description; Also that portion of said Government Lot 5 lying Southeasterly of Lake Washington Houlevar9, Westerly of Secondary State Highway Number 2A and Northwesterly of the Right of Nay of Public State Highway Number 1 as established by teed recorded under Auditor's File No. 5687408, containing 31.7 acres more or less (accuracy to one acre) of which 12.8 acres are underwater shorelands. TOGETHER with the following: The Harbor Area Lease dated the 30th day of November, 1943, between the Port of Seattle and Peter C. Reilly for that area between the inner and outer harbor lines lying adjacent to the area described above in Lake Washington. All rights and interest in and to that certain lease between Foss 'fug s Barge for booming and rafting of logs on Lake Washington dated the 1st day of December, 1962, between Reilly Tar i Chemical and Foss Tug i Barge. All rights and permits, if any, from the Army Corps of Engineers for placing and locating structures, wharves, dolphins, piers and other devices that are in interference with navigation and require permits from the Army Corps of Engineers located in that area described in the Harbor Area Lease referred t0 above. THE GRANTOR, REILLY TAR AND CHEMICAL CORPORATION, warrants that it has not created any encumbrances on the subject property since the M11 =1 III date of closing of the Real Estate Contract between Grantor and Grantee herein dated June 15, 1971, but expressly disclaims any and all other warranties, express- or implied. This deed is given in fulfillment af•that..ceiiaie Real Estate Contract between the parties hereto, dated June 15. 1971. and conditioned for the conveyanceofthe above described property, and"the covenants of - warranty herein contained shali'not•apply to any title, interest or enc=brance arising by, through or under the purchaser in said contract, J � • and shall not apply to any taxes, assessments or other charges levied, ti assessed or becoming due subsequent to the date of said contract. Real Estate Sales Tax was paid on this sale under Rec. No. 14856D. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, said corporation has caused this instrument to be executed by its proper pfficers and its corporate seal to be he p� affixed this day of _ 17U✓ 19;5. d s R REI9Y TAR AND REr1IM CORPORATION :r c i Ay Ll i� rlGE reside t `,•fn61a By Secretary STATE OF INDIANA � f ss: On this day of 1975, personally appeared A'r d ° + io Ine known to e t �resi ent and Secretary o REILLY TAR AND CHEMICAL CORPORATION, the orporation that executed the within and foregoing QUIT CLAIM DEED, and acknowledged said instrument to be the free and voluntary act and deed of said corporation, for the uses and purposes therein mentioned, and on oath stated that they were authorized to execute said instrument and that the seal affixed is the corporate seal of said corporation. IN.WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and affixed my official seal the day and year first above written. J NOTARY PUBLIC in an t4~ tat o :' Indiana, residing at � �i � a • _ :.r,i ..}. u u �. v V - - .i Iitl L�1MU ��+ ,`_ ' i 1 };I\G COUNTY WATER VISTRICT i:0. KING COUNTY, WASHINGTON NOTICE ill' ADDITIONAL TAP OR C`XMECTION CHARGE Notice is herewith given that fang County Water District No. 107, King County, Wa:hington, has, on March 25, 1981, under Resulution No. - .f , determined 'hat a tap or connection charge, to be determined priox to construction of neon water facilities, :gill be assessed against the zeal estate described on Exhibit "A" hereto attached. DATED this day of March, 1981. 30ARD OF'COMMISSIONERS KING COU Y WATER DISTRICT NO. 107 a- 4 By Henr F. McCullough, President STATE OF WASHINGTON) :ss COUNTY OF KING j On this day personally appeared before me, a duly commissioned Notary Public in and for the State of Washington, HENRY F. McCULLOUGH, to me known to be the President of the Board of Commissioners of King County Water District No. 107 i and, being duly authorized, acknowledged to me that he signed the foregoing document as his free and voluntary act and deed for the uses and purposes therein mentioned. ; r I f •' GIVEN under my hand and seal this day of 1981. NOTARY PUBLIC in and--ftr o`f Washington, residing at Seate2e. .77 _ .._.... _....a t 1 KING COUNTY WATER PISTRICT 40.107 LFr4L DESCRIPTION 440 SRADIENT SERVICE AREA H PORTIONS f'i' SEC."IONS 9, 16, 17, 20, 21, 21. "A. 29, 37, 33 AND 34, ALL G IN TOWNSHIP 24 NORT11, RANGE 5 EAST, W.N. AND PORTIONS OF SECTION 4, C G TOWNSHIP 23 NORTH, RANGE 5 EAST, W.M. ALL IN KING COUNTY, WASHINGTON tiz] DESCRIBED AS FOLLOWS: BEGINNING AT THE INTERSECTION OF THE CENTERLINE OF PRIMARY STATE HIGHWAY NC.2 AND THE CENTERLINE OF SECONDARY STATE H1GHW4Y NO.2A IN THE SOUTHWEST QUARTER OF SECTION 9. TOWNSHIP 24 NORTH, RANGE 5 EAST, W.M.; THENCE SOUTHERLY ALONG THE CENTERLINt OF SECONDARY STATE HIGHWAY NO.2A TO THE INTERSECTION WITH THE NORTH LINE OF THE SOUTH HALF OF THE NORTHWEST QUARTER OF SECTION 16, TOWNSHIP 25 NORTH, RANGE 5 EAST, W.M.; THENCE EAST ALONG SAID NORTH LINE TO THE EAST LINE OF SAID NORTHWEST QUARTER; THENCE SOUTH ALONG SAID EAST LINE AND ALONG THE WEST LINE OF THE SOUTHEAST QUARTER OF SAID SECTION 16 TO THE INTERSECTION WITH THE CENTERLINE OF COAL CREEK PARKWAY; THENCE SOUTHEA5fERLY ALONG SAID CENTERLINE TO THE , CENTERLINE INTERSECTION WITH S.E. NEWPORT WAY; THENCE NORTHERLY ALONG THE t CENTERLINE OF S.E. NEWPORT WAY TO STATION P.T. 79+66.95 ON THE NEWPORT- ISSAQUAH ROAD NO.941; THENCE NORTHWESTERLY TO THE WESTERLY MARGIN OF SAID S.E. NEWPORT WAY; THENCE NORTHERLY ALONG SAID MARGIN TO A POINT WHICH LIES SOUTH 22029'23" WEST 544.58 FEET FROM THE NORTH LINE OF THE i SOUTHEVT QUARTER OF T"E NORTHEAST QUARTER OF SAID SECTION 16; THENCE NORTH 81057' WEST 115.59 FEET; THENCE NORTH 22°29'23" EAST, PARALLEL 4 WITH THE WESTERLY MARGIN OF SAID S.E. NEWPORT WAY TO THE NORTH LINE Of THE SOUTHEAST QUARTER OF THE NORTHEAST QUARTER OF SAID SECTION 16; THENCE EAST ALONG SAID NORTH LINE TO THE EAST LINE OF SAID SECTION 16; THENCE SOUTHERLY ALONG SAID EAST LINE AND ALONG THE EAST.LINE OF f SLCTIONS 21 AND 28 IN TOWNSHIP 24 NORTH, RANGE 5 EAST, W.M. TO THE CENTERLINE OF COAL CREEK PAMAY S.E.; THENCE NORTHWESTERLY ALONG SAID CENTERLINE TO THE CENTERLINE INTERSECTION WITH S.E. 60TH STREET; _ -1- .._r7 CN King wunt, 'dater Disvict No.107 Legal Description 440 Gradient Service Area co Page Two 0 s mt U THENCE WESTERLY ALONG THE CENTERLINE Of S.E. BOTH STREET TO THE CENTERLINE OF THE PUGET SOUND POWER AND LIGHT CCMPANY TRANSMISSION LINE (BEVERLY-RENTON) EASEMENT; THENCE NORTHEASTERL° ALONG SAID CENTERLINE TO THE EASTERLY CORNER OF LOT 7, BLOCK 2 OF NEWPORT HILLS N0:9 AS RECORDED IN VOLUME 69 OF PLATS, PAGE 17, RECORDS OF KING COUNTY, WASHINGTON; THENCE NORTHERLY ALONG THE EAST LINE OF SAID BLOCK 2, TO THE NORTHEAST CORNER THEREOF; THENCE WEST ALONG THE NORTH LINE OF SAID BLOCK 2 TO THE EAST LINE OF NEWPORT HILLS NO.5 AS RECORDED IN VOLUME 66 OF PLATS, PAGE 90, RECORDS OF SAID COUNTY; THENCE NORTHERLY ALONG SAID EAST LINE TO THE NORTHEAST CORNER THEREOF; THENCE WEST ALONG THE NORTH LINE OF SAID NEWPORT HILLS ND.5 TO THE SOUTHEAST CORNER OF BLOCK 4, NEWPORT HILLS NO.13 AS RECORDED IN VOLUME 73 OF PLATS. PAGES 53 AND 54, RECORDS OF SAID COUNTY; THENCE NORTH ALONG THE' EAST LINE OF SAID BLOCK 4 TO THE NORTHEAST CORNER THEREOF; THENCE WEST ALONr THE NORT'� LINE OF SAID BLOCK 4. AND ALONG THE WESTERLY EXTENSION THEREOF TO THE SURVEY LINE OF THE MERCER ISLAND PIPE LINE RIGHT-OF-WAY (128TH AVENUE S.E.); THENCE SOUTHERLY ALONG SAID SURVEY LINE TO THE CENTERLINE OF 127TH PLACE S.E.; THENCE NORTHWESTERLY ALONG SAID CENTERLINE TO THE EASTERLY EXTENSION OF THE SOUTH LINE OF LOT 13, BLOCK 3 OF SAID NEWPORT HILLS NO.13; THENCE WESTERLY ALONG SAID SOUTH LINE TO THE SOUTHEAST CORNER OF LOT 28 IN SAID BLOCK 3; THENCE NORTHWESTERLY ALONG THE SOUTHWESTERLY LINE OF SAID LOT 28 AND ALONG THE NORTHWESTERLY EXTENSION THEREOF TO THE CENTERLINE OF 126TH AVENUE S.E.; THENCE NORTHERLY ALONG SAID CENTERLINE TO THE EASTERLY EXTENSION OF THE SOUTHERLY LINE OF LOT 5, BLOCK 1, OF SAID NEWPORT HILLS NO.13; THENCE WESTERLY ALONG SAID EASTERLY EXTENSION AND ALONG THE SOUTH LINE THEREOF TO THE SOUTHWEST -4- 4 �1 LD a) F..inq 'ointy ~later District "'o.107 Leqal .ascription 440 Gradient Servile Area Page Three CORNER OF SAID LOT 5; THENCE SOUTHWESTERLY AND WESTERLY ALONG THE SOUTHEASTERLY AND SOUTHERLY 0 NES OF LOTS 22, 23, 24 IN SAID BLOCK 1, AND WESTERLY ALONG THE WESTERLY EXTENSION OF THE SOUTH LINE OF SAID LOT 24 TO THE CENTERLINE OF 125TH AVENUE THENCE SOUTH ALONG SAID CENTERLINE TO THE EASTERLY EXTENSION OF THE SOUTH LINE OF LOT 14 OF NEWPORT HILLS NO.19 AS RECORDED IN VOLUME 77 OF PLATS, PAGE 66, RECORDS OF SAID COUNTY; THENCE WESTERLY ALONG SAID EASTERLY EXTENSION AND ALONG THE SOUTH LINE OF SAID LOT 14 TO THE WEST LINE OF THE NORTHEAST QUARTER OF SECitON 21, TOWNSCIP Z4 NORTH, RANGE 5 EAST, W.N.; THENCE SOUTH ALONG SAID WEST LINE AND ALONG THE EAST LINE OF THE SOUTHWE51 QUARTER OF SAID SECTION 21 TO A POINT ON A LINE PARALLEL WITH AND 150 FEET NORTH OF (MEASURED AT RIGHT ANGLES TO) THE CENTERLINE OF S.E. 60TH STREET; THENCE WEST ON SAID PARALLEL LINE TO THE NORTHERLY EXTENSION Or THE CENTERLINE OF 123RO AVENUE S.E.; THENCE SOUTHERLY ALONG SAID NORTHERLY EXTENSION AND ALONG SAID CENTERLINE TO THE EASTERLY EXTENSION OF THE V ITH LINE OF BLOCK 4 OF NEWPORT HILLS NO.10 AS RECORDED IN VOLUME 70 OF PLATS, PAGE 4, RECORDS OF SAID COUNTY; THENCE WEST ALONG SAID EASTERLY EXTENSION AND ALONG THE NORTH LINE OF SAID BLOCK 4 TO THE NORTHWEST CORNER THEREOF; THENCE SOUTH ALONG THE WEST LINE OF SAID BLOCK 4 TO THE NORTH LINE OF BLOCK 1, NEWPORT HILLS NO.15 AS RECORDED IN VOLUME 72 ;F PLATS, PAGE 94, RECORDS OF SAID COUNTY; THENCE. WESTERLY ALONG SAID NORTH LINE TO THE NORTHWEST CORNER OF SAID BLOCK 1; THENCE SOUTHERLY ALONG THE WEST LINE OF BLOCK 1 AND SCUTHERLY ALONG TAE WEST LINE OF BLOCK 2 OF NEWPORT HILLS NO.17, AS RECORDED IN VOLUME 77 OF PLATS, PAGE 65, RECORDS OF SAID COUNTY, AND ALONG THE SOUTHERLY EXTENSION THEREOF TO THE CENTERLINE OF S.E. 60TH STREET; THENCE WESTERLY ALONG SAID CENTERLINE TO THE EkST LINE "— -3- e :_•e7u�.S1�lC�:q�MF.1�rmY4wi... '..�.�- • Ying Cnur;y Water District No.107 Legal Description 440 Gradient Service Area Page Four 0 WEST 742.,3 FEET OF THE SGJTHWEST QUARTEk OF THE NORTHWEST QUARTER OF SECTION 28, TOWNSHIP 24 NORTV. RANGE 5 EAST, WJM. (ALSO KNOWN AS THE EAST LINE OF TAX LOT 46 OF SAID SUBDIVISION); THENCE SOUTH ALONG SAID EAST LINE TO THE NORTH LINE OF THE SOUTH 504.02 FEET OF SAID SUBDIVISION; THENCE WEST ALONG SAID NORTH LINE TO THE CAST LINE JF THE WEST 300 FEET OF SAID SECTION 28; THENCE SOUTH ALONG SAID EAaT LINE TO THE SOUTH LINE OF SAID SECTION 29 ; THENCE EAST ALONG SAIL SOUTH LINE TO THE NORTHERLY EXTENSION OF THE WEST LINE OF LOT 1, BLOCK 5 OF E.D. HILLMAN'S LAKE WASHINGTON GARDEN OF EDER ADDITION TO SEATTLE. DIVISION NO.8 AS RECORDED IN VOLUME 16 OF PLATS, PAGE 67, RECORDS OF SAID COUNTY; THENCE SOUTH ALONG SAID NORTHERLY EXTENSION AND ALONG THE WEST LINE OF - SAID LOT I, AND ALONG THE WEST LINE OF LOT 4 OF SAID BLOCK 5 TO THE NORTHWEST CORNER OF LOTS 5 OF SAID BLOCK 5; THENCE EAST ALONG THE NORTH LINE OF SAID LOT 5, AND ALONG THE EA- :RLY EXTENSION THEREOF TO THE CENTERLINE OF 120TH AVENUE S.E.; THENCE SOUTH ALONG SAID CENTERLINE TO THE CENTERLINE OF S.E. 84TH STREET; THENCE EAST ALONG THE CENTERLINE OF S.E. 84TH STREET TO THE NORTHERLY EXTENSION OF THE NEST LINE OF LOT 1, BLOCK 9 OF 5AID C.D. HILLNAH'S PLAT; THENCE SOUTHERLY ALONG SAID NORTHERLY EXTENSION AND ALONG THE WEST LINE OF SAID LOT 1 A,'iD ALONG THE WEST LINES OF LOTS 4, 5 AND 2 IN SAID BLOCK 9 TO THE _ SOUTHWEST CORNER OF SAID LOT 8; THENCE EAST ALONG THE SOUTH LINE OF SAID LOT 8, AND ALONG THE EASTERLY EXTENSION OF SAID SOUTH LINE TO THE CENTERELINE OF 122ND AVENUE S.E.; THENCE NORTH ALONG SAID CENTERLINE TO THE CENTERLINE OF S.E. 84TH STREET; THENCE EAST ALONG THE CENTERLINE OF S.E. 84TH STREET TO A LINE PARALLEL WITH AND 3DO FEET EAST OF 7. (MEASURED AT RIGHT ANGLES TO) THE CENTERLINE OF 122NO AVENUE S.E.; THENCE SOUTH ALONG SAID PARALLEL LINE TO THE SOUTH LIME OF LOT 2, _4- R I W. 0 c C. cx; K.-9 County Water District No.107 Legal Description 440 Gradient Service Area Page Five BLOCK 10 OF SAID C.D. H1LLMAN'S PLAT; THENCE EAST ALONG THE SOUTH LTNE OF SAID LOT 2 AND ALONG THE NORTH LINE OF LOT 6, BLOCX 12 OF SAID C.O. HILLMAH'S PLOT TO A POINT ON A LINE PARALLEL WITH AND 300 FEET NORTHEASTERLY OF (MEASURED AT RIGHT ANGLES TO) THE CENTERLINE OF S.E. b9TH PLACE; THENCE SOUTHEASTERLY ALONG SAID PARALLEL LINE TO THE SOUTHEAST QUARTER OF SECTION 33, TOWNSHIP 24 NORTH, RANGE 5 EAST, W.M.; THENCE SOUTH ALONG SAID CENTERLINE TO THE WESTERLY EXTENSION OF THE NORTH LINE OF PCL 3 IN SHORT PLAT NO.877107 AS RECORDED UNDER KING COUNTY AUDITOR'S FILE NO.7809110889; w. THENCE EAST ALONG SAID WESTERLY EXTENSION AND ALONG THE NORTH LINE OF SAID PCL 3 TO THE NORTHEAST CORNER THEREOF; THENCE SOUTHEASTERLY ALONG THE NORTHEASTERLY LINES OF PCL 3 AND PCL 2 OF SAID SHORT PLAT TO THE NORTHWEST CORNER OF PCL ' IN SAID SHORT PLAT; THENCE NORTHEASTERLY AL01. THE NORTHERLY LINE OF SAID PCL 1 AND ALONG THE NORTHERLY EXTENSION THEREOF TO THE WESTERLY LINE OF THE RIGHT-OF-WAY OF THE ABANDONED PACIFIC COAST RAILROAD IN THE SOUTHEAST QUARTER OF SAID SECTION 33; THENCE SOUTHERLY ALONG SAID RIGHT-OF-WAY TO THE CENTERLINE OF S.E. 89TH PLACE; THEI!',E NORTHEASTERLY ALONG SAID CENTERLINE TO THE CENTERLINE OF THE MERCER ISLAND PIPE LINE RIGHT-OF-WAY IN SAID SECTION 33; THENCE SOUTHEASTERLY ALONG SAID PIPE LINE RIGHT-OF-WAY TO THE WEST LINE OF SECTION 34, TOWNSHIP 24 NORTH, RANGE 5 EAST, M.M.; THENCE SOUTH ALONG SA?' :.ST LINE TO THE NORTH LINE OF THE SOUTHWEST QUARTER OF THE SOUTHWEST QUARTER OF SAID SECTION 34; THENCE EAST ALONG THE NORTH LINE OF.SAID SUBDIVISION TO THE WEST LINE OF THE EAST 416 FEET OF SAID SUBDIVISION; THENCE SOUTH ALONG SAID WEST LINE TO THE SOUTH LINE OF THE NORTH 208 FEET OF Si'D SUBDIVISIDN; THENCE EAST ALONG kwj w T ' ling County Water District Nt,.107 Legal Description AAO Gradient Service Area Page Six SAID SOUTH LICE TO THE BEST LINE OF THE SOUTHEAST QUARTER OF THE SOUTHWEST QUARTER OF SAID SECTION 34; THENCE NORTH ALONG SAID WEST LINE TO A POINT ON A LINE PARALLEL WITH AND 30C FEET NORTHEASTERLY OF (MEASURED AT RIGHT ANGLES TO) THE CENTERLINE OF S.E. RAY VALLEY ROAD; THENCE SOUTHEASTERLY ALONG SAID PARALLEL LINE TO THE EAST LINE OF THE SOUTHWEST QUARTER OF THE SOUTHEAST QUARTER OF SAID SECTION 34; THENCE SOUTH ALONG SAID EAST LINE TO THE SOUTH LINE OF SAID SECTION 34; THENCE WEST ALONG SAID SOUTH LINE TO TH£ EAST LINE OF SHORT PLAT NO.677007 AS RECORDED UNDER KING COUNTY AUDITOR'S FILE NO.7712090795; THENCE NORTH, WEST 4ND SOUTH ALONG THAT PORTIf.1N OF LOT I IN SAID SHORT PLAT LYING WITHIN THE SOV7MWEST QUARTER OF THE SOUTHEAST QUARTER OF SAID SECTION 34 TO THE SOUTH LINE OF SAID SECTION 34; THENCE WEST ALONG SAID SOUTH LINE TO THE NORTHEAST CORNER OF THE NORTHWEST QUARTER OF SECTION 3, TOWNSHIP 23 NORTH, RANGE 5 EAST, W.M.; THENCE SOUTH ALONG THE EAST LINE OF THE NORTHWEST QUARTER OF SAID SECTION 3 TO THE SOUTH LIKE OF THE NORTH 530 FEET OF SAID SUBDIVISION; THENCE WEST ALONG SAID SOUTH LINE TO THE CENTERLINE OF 136TH AVENUE S.E.; THENCE NORTHWESTERLY ALONG SAID CENTERLINE TO THE CENTERLINE OF COAL CREEK PARKWAY S.E.; THENCE NORTHWESTERLY ALONG THE CENTERLINE OF COAL CREEK PARKWAY S.E. TO THE NORTH LINE OF SAID SECTION 3; THENCE WEST ALONG SAID NORTH LIKE AND ALONG THE NORTH LINE OF SECTION 4, TOWNSHIP 23 NORTH, RANGE 5 EAST, W.M. TO THE NORTHEAST CORNER OF THE NORTHWEST QUARTER OF SAID SECTION 4; THENCE SOUTH ALONG THE EAST LINE OF THE NORTHWEST QUARTER OF SAID SECTION 4 TO THE SOUTHEAST CORNER PARADISE ESTATES NO.2 AS RECORDED IN VOLUME 102 OF PLATS, PAGE 31, RECORDS OF SAID COUNTY; THENCE WESTERLY ALONG THE SOUTH LINE Or SAID PLAT AND ALONG THE SOUTH LINE OF PARADISE ESTATES AS RECORDED IN VOLUME 95 OF PLATS, PAGE 93, RECORDS OF SAID COUNTY TO THE SOUTHWEST CORNER OF SAID PARADISE ESTATES; THENCE NORTH ALONG THE WEST LINE OF -6- C Cx) King County Water District No.107 Legal Description 440 Gradient Service Area CD Page Seven Q O SAID PLAT AND ALONG THE NORTHERLY EXTENSI+IH T.,EREOF TO THE NORTHERLY MARGIN OF S.E. 95TH WAY; THENCE EASTERLY ALONG SAID NORTHERLY MARGIN TO THE EASTERLY LINE OF THE WESTERLY 122 FEET OF TRACT 387 OF C.D. HILLMAN'S LAKE WASHINGTON GARDEN OF EDEN DIVISION NO.6 AS RECORDED IN VOLUME 11 OF PLATS, PAGE 84, RECORDS OF SAID COUNTY; THENCE NORTH ALONG SAID EASTERLY LINE AND ALONG THE NORTHEASTERLY EXTENSION THEREOF TO THE CENTERLINE OF GENSING AVENUE; THENCE EASTERLY ALONG SAID CENTERLINE TO THE EAST LINE OF THE SOUTHWEST QUARTER OF SECTION 33, TOWNSHIP 24 NORTH, RANG,: 5 EAST, W.M.; THENCE NORTH ALONG SAID EAST LINE TO THE NORTH LINE OF IHE SOUTHEAST QUA,. -ER OF THE SO+.lTHWEST QUARTER OF SAID SECTION 33; THENCE WEST ALONG SAID NORTH LINE TO THE WEST LINE OF SHORT PLAT NO.978054 AS RECORDED UNDER KING COUNTY AUDITOR'S FILE NO.80042BO744. THENCE SOUTH ALONG SAID WEST LINE TO THE NORTH LIKE OF THE RIGHT- OF-WAY OF THE ABANDONED PACIFIC COAST RAILROAD; THENCE WESTERLY ALONG SAID RIGHT-OF-WAY TO THE WEST LINE OF SAID SECTION 33; THENCE NORTH ALONG SAID WEST LINE TO THE NORTH MARGIN OF S.E. 91ST STREET, BEING THE SOUTHEAST CORNER OF THE BOUN. IY OF WATER DISTRICT NO.107 ACCORDING TO RESOLUTION NO.332; THENCE FOLLOWING THE BOUNDARY OF HATER DISTRICT NO.107 IN A GENERAL NORTH4STERLY DIRECTION THROUGH SECTION 32, TOWNSHIP 24 NORTH, RANGE 5 EAST, W.M. TO THE SOUTHEAST CORNER OF THE NORTHEAST QUARTER OF THE NORTHWEST QUARTER OF SAID SECTION 32; THENCE WEST ON THE SOUTH LINE OF SAID SUBDIVISION TO THE WEST LINE OF THE EAST 180 FEET OF SAID SUBDIVISION; THENCE NORTH ALONG SAID WEST LINE TO THE NORTH LINE OF SAID SECTION 32; THENCE WEST ALONG SAID NORTH LINE TO THE INNER HARBOR LIN: ON -7. f King County Darer District No.107 co Legal )ascription %0 440 Gradient Service Area O Page Eight `J W THE EAST SHORELINE OF LAKE WASHINGTON; THENCE NORTHERLY ALONG SAID INNER HARBOR LINE TO THE CENTERLINE OF PRIMARY STATE HIGHWAY NO.2; THENCE EAST ALONG SAID CENTERLINE TO THE POINT OF BEGINNING. -8- 1 • � �..:a:�:,rj}.:i' ..Y,•: ..� :Pi-" '+:. ''h". •'..': :,-��.:i :`�.Yt�a4'sa.: ,w�^. ,;"Y.�.''�y�i� •. } :��. �.... 3« •.tier •, r� - 'G'.'" Igatx t}Jy s,Mate tliph> tg-`I4 O, k-3: r;a-4'dal. ,kmh t f' oj the`surt. of Arr.. �,- j -r J ~J' _1.1!��2t�?3�6, gf7lsa.=...`,::.r.:••,;,, .is+/ .. .. ...:� ulhet$of is hereby �:eL dw;,?dr a. 1M��e'r• r"�ri:���' : � y arrirF#„ w the ,. uu-deacribed,+rx.:.:tiL�tc kit-,A=.s '�'7j-`.'✓A�r..L?:1'.AfOl'^: .r.,�.... "s - i� ) ,-,• .,�:'."S .:tt,� + �"(�1}i+l:.tl; � tr[1 , a�owr� "':r: -tRy..'i LT 4aCl� wt;:{;; :'. •: �N(::".. .... _ ..'L':.a.:, _-� ' ._,::i 68�.'—.i.�71d�''�. .,^iC'�z r=31t.' .,rt:• ,. .- .. :�` -_ '.. t _ _°... t. �'1�- .. �:.. ^. ��C c.•...` �.sR..'IIrq'. . aR%'i1Ot J t, 5IV}.ry. 2Li6F�li�si-wi.-}-.•/: w: iSi' li�'.•�ef•S�f��,` �i" i 1'_. •�,� '-4i. .. - 3 F�,•'Sly,�{ ..�• { ..�-t�� •'ii�r'�r;;.�e.2:.. r3;" _. ',—,'{ .. ., �:. - .. _ .. .,... .•,Tir'1Ff?"'6kcw'^7.�. , I 'e •: .5 '••:'���: ii: l' }.:.`'a�•i'e ii 'r '.J : iS'. i.`i•,', ot: .. �=•.� .. .. - ': ; ., .' '... .... V..r .�t::.�ic'. _. '. •.3 -.ad'!�t'�r •t''yrrs°I i:st :.f• •-t:t:, tr�'n:+�+-::= �uuri✓;-- ...;Exv�•,yc-s.''.� :[,"rJ�.,`�.Fr{. �•x-'3::r��osv a�+�+. ;� ...K:G:a. � •fs�F�V'a;} :t:� .::2.ir::g`.::si: ::t' :•f.- ':�' r•: r..,,. °bra �,� - 'pi,�r.* :s.'�+. ..ram.:.•. :.:�:.ls:r:: � t,•7" ' y rig*Rt}jrfor ,{ Leta: '{( fF4L'GtJ'CtF`Fut�g tiit O lD�tWh el}.h t0 hr,€rxlr}.i: i;';''.�s:rt ch:�; cx^7'Ain r:u,pt - �•:i••;c.: ;'ck:t::i; •�� :a+i�-�3i-a� 13;t# •:+� r+- ..r,'�stiCtet;- , Ifir tt;+�. ... f., •t, a � I' w,'Sr '�';f.u:":l�iid:li."..1.`.'.'E�,•J"..r, ,t -..r:. '. :. ..o•� U:.. '. "'. :. :�... +r:+'t. ;•. •;A' , � .. � p � �.3. •i:r;�,"�C �:i l,^. �}Yt7•'-!.1'li�" C•: ... .::lri c :�.. r .. �,; ,I�!�7r�]7�`.177lS14T:�iy iri] 737�.'361 '�,i'.;c11Y,zS.1:r1:'.:..i-•fa;.'r. 3 ., n : f:'::., .. 's, ed'tku the tf*htvn y of this dt!ed .2 Iiartibv tordatvr,i mi iliac}tits, trrr l y; the SYa[r 91 W>ttli±errwtd Vnf;i GCtt}+►i ,'' r'�:' y' ..�' � is . J'i - r •��i � � fe + •� rFY���i. a' ` a � l'J �• � t i. ' S. Y �n•l'. r . _..►'.," rp--�T"'T �eT ....'"'r" "' �_.".."'7T.' - '�'�_e' 1r7"T`gn•,� "° "r '� � ��y ir,��*.�. C'?4 f • "ti+i4.trd, �en i�r' �? �', ��j 7 G"..,�uf3 , r..el�l�� �� L� i>c+ilt4s it �.vy _� „s , r }�,. �-,;,z S" 'R!'�1'�"�Eur � r . , '� r '71 A'..i•+f�,, ,elr"kel ��. a". 1Y�J i t`'',�e$, •;�� t, r) r3C3 x; • �e4•,te, 1'ge r 1"C�"A,'� M . "•/. @v.r�r", q•].' 1,n�q. e y 'L f iJn3 a � 4 y. w3 �eLea..r��'r. . •�lrc • r .,S f���ti r�r� tl3•+� r �.,- i+ •wi H vi.q�, .�w� Sr `r'a,>-'ram 't'�rr' - ':�.. ��^' pF 1 ,•°•w,,,ixr crH;v km: ,r, •+.fir �.. �,,� •� 7, :2 c i 4 Il � ;� { {�l�L�!•��i",�,f�47"r 1q. !a' FY%.. .J.-.T .w,:..r • ��a .. . . r x. ' . t'.. �; J n t a•�r > 'I< r yti...�� .•e r ,,�+s7a - - - !+Mfr r r•."pl� f s' wr-, f M !,i+ •h I.t.s ',� it t ' � ib• •�� Y-a W � ,, , •` i � ' y.ti.. + � �` may' "+y"'�is~w�o fi {k. •. �ti>~s �� S171y.,y��c Y i L-I ar,* Y �,y�yS",, �N's - t•r�ss.e-filer r ]�'`.�''�� c li" A ltk, Ar ..'}}1 �•Y'?,!4rr.•E '�. iL'h 8'a1F!'bs. L-.,'�fp ��irrfr;#t i ; mrt r e7 1xi" -, I unamm m PC= zim J Jbo gamer, MIIU afar a CbMdcol Ob 94mtien, a corpora- tion, for and in oonoilorotion of tho mm of Dm bollar al,00) and othor Good and voluoblo concidorattom, in bond paid, rocaipt aharoof to haraby ochmalodMd, do horoby grant, W11 and convoy to Pint Sound Pomr D Light, Cm mrA r, o corpototion, its sucaas- sore and 000igao, a po cent oommat for a puror Tina over and across the following doaaribod rool•yroporty nituotod in Ming County, Vanhington, to -edit: That portico of Gmromant Lot 5. Section 29, Tomwhip 24 x Range 5 E, U.N., and adjacant shore lands of the second class In front.thoroof lying Uly of tho Portherg Pacific Railway Cospan*ls rlght-of-emy, deooribod oo follma: Beginning of the quarter•*ofWr of tho 3 Ilm of said Section 29; thence O 89 58,36" if along tho 3 lino of cold Lot 5, a distance of 1113.01' to tbo lily 11c:3 of cold Dorthorn Pacific Railway CQq*A 'a ridht-of-cusp; thence N 29*44'$V E along said right - of -nay liar, 949.63 foot to.an iron pipa nhich point is the true point of baginnlag; thanoo 3 29.44154" W along the lily lino of tho ubrthorn Maine Railway Cc:pOny'a riGht-of-way 109.011; thence p 591!24036" V 100.011; thence N 56'28150" L. 111-.161.to a -point from nbich tbo true point of befinning beera S 59'84 ".16° E a diotanco of 50,; thence 5 59 24136 F 50' to tho true point of boglnang; subject to the following tern* and conditions: That esid power linos shall bo constructod and operated at such o height os to no: In- terforo filth tho installation and operation of a spur MLirood track over and across the above property end/or tho operation of stoop crorws In eonnoation tharowith, providad that void power r lima choll not bo roquirod to bo constructed core taon seventy- five (75) foot above ground loval; that grant** agrees to con- struct no porconent otructuros on the above deperibed real Prop- erty but In tho ovont that poaor poloo ore required to be con. structod, thon said poloo oholl bo constructed along the easterly mrgin of tho above dooerib*d property. RAND this day of c'a 1)631 at Idles alls, RFILLY TAR h CHNNICAL CORPORATION IOto SAAMB IM/• r � real e3 nF"T 1 CA tUlo cmu cl We= tho. U40KAG=3. a C460 Fln=- 9G C O= stow cr r—M— o� c=a c=*m* pmr.=Ily opv=rod c=5 a' to ca hv=lm to W tbo lruicmOa Of tbo corpmtlon ttO%'*=Oc3j:d t�-pcpboAc* J=trm�nt, and a0w=lcdC--J the Get amd flood of cold COVOWOUga, fW the 4=o w6 purp000n tboroln c3ntICRA, odd oa con 9 c= Outborlt*6 to'exacuto tho cold instru=R% Oz:l thot tha C301 affixed lo "ho corporato ocal of cold "FASM0119. 1i�0 ';w nArD AM 09MM ML horoto affixed the day and roar f1rot obova twitto". !I v� W;1lu" 5814320 UTILITY RABRMENT The underoigned Grantor, ate hairs, successora and &signs, (hereinafter together reforrod t,� 3a "Qraptbr"). for and in con- sideration of the bum of THN 6 IM/109 AO1�J1J18 no-.00} and other valuable consideration, the raceipt of Which is heseby acknowledged, :St hereby conveys and granto to tho MUNICIPALITY OF MBTAOPOLITAN sEAT=Z, its successors and assign, (hereinafter together ' referred to as "MUNICIPALITY), a permanent easement over, across, along, in, ,;)on and under the following leacribed property: A portion of Government Lot 5, Section 29, Township 24 North, Range 5 East, w.M., Xing County, Washington. said portion being a strip of land 10 feet in k'.4Ath lyine 5 feet on each side of the following described center line: Beginning et a point on the south line of Government Lot 5 at the intersection of said south line with the west line of the Right of way of :he Northern Pacific Railway Companyr :hence North 29 44154" East 854.62 feet along said vast liea to the True Point of Beginntng; thence North 89 24'36' west to point of Terminua on a line which bear& South 5f. 20150' Went from a point on said nest line of the Right of Way of the Northern Pacific Railway Company distant 195.01 feet northerly along said west line from the True Point of beginning. Said easement being for the purpose of installing, constructing, operating, maintaining, removing, repairing, replacing and using a sewer line with all coai,e<-tions, manholes and appurtenances thereto, together with the right of ingress to and egress from said described property for the Oregoing purposes. By accepting and recording this easement, MMd1P1t.LITY covenants as follows: 1. MUNICIPALITY shall upon completion of any construction of any facilities described herein, remove all debris and restore the surface of the above -described property as nearly as possible to the condition in which it existed at the date of this agreement. i. MUNICIPALITY agrees to indemnify and save harmless Grantor from and against any and all damage to the above -described property or any building located thereon at the date of this agreement, arising out of the construction, operation, maintenance, repair and replacement of the facilities described above. 3. All right, title and interest which may be used and enjoyed without 1nterferiag with the easement rights nerein conveyed are reserved to the Grantor. The construction, installation or main- tenance, after the date of this agreement, of structures of a per- manent nature within the above-deucri,pod easement shall be deemed an interference with said easement rights and as to such structures the provisions of Paragraphs 1 and 2 hereof shall not apply. 4. MUNICIPALITY agrees to provide extra-atrongth pip* acrona the Grantor's property to protect the pipo ohould a railroad spur be routed through this area. Grantor shall have the sight to uco the abovo-described property for roadway purpooea and to Lmpravm the surface thereof by paving any time after July 1, 1965. In the evont that repair or replacement of the above-describod facilities by MUNICIPALITY -1- t d t V(4 46OU isu') Ii' i - damages the roadway surface, MMICIPALITY agrees, following completion of ouch repair or raplaeocant, to reatore said surface as nearly as practienblo to the condition in which it existed prior to said repair or replace=nt. =ALSO. Grantor horeby coo-.eys and grants to xw1cIPALI-ry a temporary construction caomont deross, along, in, aver, upon and under the following described property. - A strip of land 49 feet in width lying 20 feet on each side 17 of the center line described in the permanent easement above, r EXCEPY�,any portior thereof lying within said permanent uasemnnt. ALSO, a strip rf laud 15 feet in width, the nw•th line of said strip being described as follows: Beginning at a point on the treat 1_ne of the right of way of the northern Pacific Railway Company distant 849.62 feet northerly along said westerly line from the intersection of said westerly0line with the south line of Government Lot 51 thence North 59 241361, west 100.01 feet to the True point of Beginning of the north line of said 15-foot-w1dg strip of land being herein described,, thence continuing North 59 24136" west 480 feet to terminus. Sai,; easement being for the purpose of using the above -described area during construction and installation of a sewer line with all connections, manholes and appurtenances thereto on the adjoin- ing or adjacent property herelnbefore described in the permanent easement, together with the right of ing .04 to and agrees from said described property for the foregoing poses. By accepting and recording this easement, MUNICIPALITY covenants as followst MUNICIPALITY shall upon completion of construction of any facilities described herein, and upon the completion of any repairs to any such facilities following construction, remove all debris and restore the surface of the above -described property as nearly as possible to the condition in which it existed at the date of this agreement. 2.. KUNICIPALITY agrees to indemnify a..d save kasmlesa Gran,or from and against +ny and all damage to the above -described ir.overty or'any building located thereon at the date of this agreement. arising gut of the construction, operations maintenance,repair an: replacement of the facilities described above. 3. This temporary construction easement shall caumnce and be in e_fect on the date of this instrument and shall terminate on tle date actual use of said easement area shall terminate or upnn July 1 1965, whichever date shall first occur. 4, payment for said temporary construction easement shall be made at the rate of FIVR 6 NO/100 LLk" (55.001. per calendar -:reek, or fraction thereof, that said temporary construction easement area is in actual use by MUNICIPALITY. Payment shall be made on or before the Isat day of the. calendar month naccooding thr calendar month when said temporary construction eaoe=nt area is in actual use, 5. Actual use as used in this romporary construction easement shall be construed to include only the period from the start of construction Of said $ewer line in the above-danexibad temporary construction ease- ment area until completion theroof including reconstruction of fencing end curbing and resurfacing of Approved areas. - 2- i , i. aE q .. 1^I+rT-• s-�-v"'°- Jam' r--,..'d.-.r•�r.,.,.�-s-,,-r,.mr^".+��-•-i "'n"'F'i`!�Y!a`.?^�t ,.�.--rr--, t` _ q��i '?'fir -t j #j ..ni WILt,Y TAA AM CMICAL C'OAMUTION �1 RY 7 ' I: 1behvlert Sscratary STAYS OF INUIMA 1 ». aotarryt or rw 1aa on this _LTL day of Itoraabor . 1964, bNefore me the undersignod, a notary fublic in and for the State if Indiana. duly cendasionod and aworno peroonally appeared P. C,RR4ijjY asd A. J. toehalor , to me known to be the Providmt woe Sse-tR!X respectively, of tho =MY TAA MW COMICAL CORPOIRATI08, the corporation that exacuted tree foregoing inatnwa t and acknowledged the said .aatrument to be the freo and voluntary act and deed of said corporatbn for tho urea and purposes thoroin Rantioned and on oath stated that they were authorised to oxocute the said inatru- went and that the coal affixod is the corporate seal of said corpora- tion. WITMSS my hand and official seal hereto affixed the day an,t ytar in this certificate above written. tw public ir, and for t of�i. diana, residing at Iaeians" acre l3W, Chd W Rwwd krar�a.l d M.ho WORT A AO" Caudr A14oe LEASE' THIS LEASE, made and entered.into this Ist day of July, 1974, by and between 013ENDALl, TERMINALS, a Joint Ventura of PUGET TIMBER COMPANY and ALTINO PROPERTIES, it ' "1 INC., hereinafter referred to as Lessor, and TURBO ENERGY y t? LEASING, INC., a corporation, herein::fter'r4iferred to as Lessee. ' 67 I T N F. S' S 9 T H: For and in voneideration of the mutual covenants herinafter set forth, the parties hereto do hereby agree as follows 1. LEASED PREMISES: The Lessor does hereby lease and demise until the Lessee those certain premises situated in King County, Washington, described as follows: gee 4ttached Exhibit "A" incorporated herein by reference. The Lessor has already entered into Various leases concerning portions of the above —described premises. Copies of these leases are attached to and incorporated herein by reference. This Lease is subject to and subordinate to those prior leases and all other encumbrances on property. Lessor hereby assigns to the Lessee the Lessor's rights under said leases, and Lessee hereby assumes all obligations of Lessor under said leases and agrees to indemnify and hold Lessor harmless for any liability arising out of those subleases. In the event of termination of this Lease for -1- :i f �M any reason whatsoever, the assignment -of the subleases shall -become immediately null and void and Lessee thereafter shall have no interest whatsoever in said subleases. In addition, all now subleases shall be assigned immediately by'Lessee-to Lessor. �. 'TERM: The tenancy created herein is a month - to -month tenancy-commencing'with the'date of this Lease. The tenancy may be terminated at'any time by either party upon thirty (30) days' written notice sent to the other party by certified mail at the respective addresses desig,,ated herein. The Lease may be terminated for any reason whatsoever or for no reason and there shall be no requirement whatsoever of good cause or good faith as justification for any termination of this Lease. 3. RENT: The Lessee agrees to pay Lessor as rental herein, fifty (50%) per cent of all rentals received by Lessee under any subleases, including but'not limited to the subleases attached hereto and assigned herein, and any future subleases of any portion of the leased premises whatsoever. Rental shall be paid to Lessor by Lessee immediately upon receipt. The Lessee agrees to use its best efforts at all time to maintain the premises fully subleased at, the best rate of return the Lessee is able to negotiate. All future subleases of the premises shall be subject to the prior written approval of the Lessor, which approval nhail not be unreasonably withheld. Lessor shall have the right to inspect Lessee's books of account relating to this Lea -Z- ' �•r,Ri ;,, '.�• .. ..s ..� ..ter CT. I at any time: in addition to the rental.stated above, the Lessee shall pay as additional rental one-half (1/2) of all taxes on khe premisesgand expenses in'maintaining the premisesJl <<% ,• 4. COMPLIANCE WITH APPLICASLE LAWS AND ORDINANCES: The Lessee herein covenants and agrees that it will comply with all the applicable terms, ordinances, rules, laws and regulations govdrning the use of property herein demised as provided,by the State of Washington, the united states Government, and appropriate municipal agencies, including without limitation of the generality thereof all laws and ordinances and regulations enacted under the shoreline Management Act and the W_shington State Environmental Pro- tection Act. 5. LIABILITY FOR DAMAGE: The Lessee assumes all risk of damage to persons or properties incurred by reason of this tease and it agrees it shall promptly pay all costs incurred in connection with any damage to any and all persons I or property that it is legally responsible for, and Lessee further agrees that it shall indemnify and save Lessor harmless from any and all claims for damage arising from the exercise by Lessee of the privileges lawfully granted by this lease. The Lessee further agrees that it shall secure and retain in force liability insurance policies in the minimum amount of $3,000,000,00, together with adequate fire insurance naming Lessor and Lessee as co -insureds according to their respective interests. The Lessee shall provide the -3- ra N1 Lessor with certificates evidencing such insurance coverage. , All insurance •oliries'sha11 be s8ti'ect t the ' p ) p prior wrfLten approval of Lessor. p. 6. ASSIGNMENT: The Lessee shall not assign any � -- E i t� of its rights under this Lease, nor sublet any portion of N the l-eased•promises without first obtaining the written 'f rJ• consent of the Lessor, but such consent shall not be on- I ! reasonably withheld. P 7. INDEMNI@ICATION AND INSURANCE: Lessee agrees 6 that Lessor or its agents shall not be held liable for any damage to the Lessor's or Lessee's property, or any personal • s. injury to any person caused by defects now in the premises, i u o• or hereafter occurring on the premises or operations of Lessor or Lessee. Lessee agrees to indemnify and hold Lessor, Lessor's employees and/or agents, wholly harmless 8 8• from any damages, claims, demands or suits by any parson or persons including Lessee arising out of any acts or omissions by Lessee, its agents, servants or employees arising as a; result of any activity Bone. In addition, the Lessor has in .L connection with the issuance of crossing permits with Bur- jl. lington Northern Railroad, agreed, among other things, as � follows: "9. Permittee shall and hereby does �1 release and discharge Railroad of and from any and ,all liability for damage to or destruction of said roadway, or any property of Permittee thereon; and shall and hereby does assume any and all liability for f injury to or death of persons, or loss of `f or damage to property in any manner arising from or during the use, maintenance, repair or removal of said roadway, however such _ injury, death, loss, damage or destruction I CZ 1.mn_ �S:.fS:.if..d++i++TI'+^�ktlitl��gYc+.',.Wry.:wacu.�6�w...ara.rr.l:�r,..sY,W1.AL1�rmI.J�+. ... ._'.a: :i�i::�:at•iL•._ 1 . rT u; aforesaid may occur or be caused; and shall and hereby does indemnify and save harmless Railroad of and from any and all claims, demands, suits,.actions, dnmages, recoveries, judgments, coats or expenses arising or growing out of or in'cornnection with any such injury, -death, lose, damage or destrkiction aforesaid. ,Permittee further agrees to appear and defend in'the name of Railroad any suits or actions at law brbught against it on account of any ouch personal injuries, death or damage to property, and to pay and satisfy any final judgment that may be rendered against the -Railroad in any such suit or action. The liability assumed by Permittee herein shall not be affected ur diminished by the fact, if it be a fact, that any such suit or action brought against Railroad may arise out of negligence of Railroad, its officers, agents, servants or employees, or be contributed to by such negligence, 10. In the event Railroad shall require the use of its premises occupied by the said roadway or any part thereof for any purpose whatsoever, or if Permittee shall fail to keep and perform any of the terms and conditions of this agreement herein agreed by Permittee to be kept and performed, Railroad shall have the right to terminate this agreement at any time upon giving to Permittee thirty (30) days' written notice of its intention so to do and shall, upoI expiration of said thirty (30) days, have the right to remove said crossing and barri- cade said roadway at the cost and expense of Permittee. Said notice shall be good if served personally upon Permittee or posted upon the premises or deposited post-paid in a United States Post office, addressed to Permittee at Permittee's'Post office address above stated. No portion of any payments"made hereunder will be refunded upon termination of this agreement. 11. Permittee shall not assign this agreement or permit any other person or persons to use or occupy any portion of the premises of,Railroad•occupied by the said roadway without first having obtained the written consent of Railroad. -5- • � M B 12. This agreement shall inure to the benefit of and",be bindinq'upon the parties hereto,and their respective executors, administrators, successors, and assigns." ,the Leseca specifically agrees that any -use of Said railroad crossing or future crossing shall be subject to the prior consent of Burlington -Northern, and further Lnn agrees to indemnify the Lesser for any liabil.ity'ty Burlin4- -ton under. the above paragraph as a.resul't of -any activities -7 of Lessee, its agents, assigns, visitors, or anyone else coming onto the premises in furtherance of Lessee's business or at their direction or with-thel.r permission. 8. INVOLUNTARY ASSIGNMENT: This Lease shall not be subject to involuntary assignment, transfer or .sale, or to assignmont, transfer or sale by operation of law in any manner whatsoever by the Lessee, and any such attempted involuntary assignment, transfer or sale shall be void and o.`. no'effect. The Lessor'shall have the right to assign its interests under this Lease without the prior consent of the Lessee and upon such assignment the assignee will become solely responsible for any duties to the Lessee.hergunder. 9. EFFECT OF HANHRuPTCY% Without limiting the . generality of the provisions of the preceding Bections,-if a proceeding is undar-the Bankruptcy Act flr'any amendment i-:reto shall be commenced by or against the LeSsec;, and, if against the Lessee, such proceedings shall not be.dismissed before either an adjudication in bankruptey.or, the confor- mation -of a composition, arrangement, or plan of reorgani-` zation, or in the event the Lessen'ie adjudged insolvent,o.r makes an assignment for the benefit of its crediinrs; or if a ieceiver is appointed in any proceeding or action to which the Lessee is a party, with authority to take possession or control of the demised premises, and such receiver is not,• discharged, within ., period of thirty (30) days after his l appointment, any such event or involuntary assignment pro- hibited by the provisions of this Section shall be deemed to constitute a breach of this Lease by tho Lessee and shall, at the election of Lessor, terminate this Lease and all rights of any and all persons claiming under the Lease. 10. WAIVER OF BREACH -'"It is agreed that no waiver by either Lessor or Lessee of the breach by either of any'covenant, agreement, stipulation or condition of this Lease shall be construed to be a waiver of any succeeding breach of the same covenant, agreement, stipulation or condition or a breach of any other covenant, agreement, r stipulation or condition; also that all the covenants, stipulations, conditions and agreements herein contained shall extend to and be binding on the heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns of the parties hereto. 11. IMPROVEMENTS: The Lessee shall not make any alterations, additions or improvements in the premises or equipment or facilities thereon, without the consent of the Lessor in writing first had and obtained, and all alterations, additions and improvements shall become the property of the Lessor, and shall remain in and be surrendered with the premises as a part thereof at the termination of this Lease, .]- 651i1 Mi r�ati..`: T M1 Without disturbance,, molestation 'or injury, and free oE. all mechanics', liens and encumbrances bf any nature whatsoever. The cost of all Alterations, repairs and improvements shall be split equally between Lessor and Lessee. 12S TERMrNATION OF THE LEASE: If the Lessor or the Lessee's use of the premises as currently understood, that As, for industrial tank storage purposes, -shall be restrained or enjoined by judicial -.process, terrinated by municipal, coast Guard or other government -authority, ter- minated by law or terminated by the right of eminent domain, the Lessor may terminate this Agreement on tesn,(30) days' written notice to the Lessee and shall not be liable far any damage whatsoever resulting from said termination. 13. EASEMENTS, AGREEMENTS AND ENCUMBRANCES: The parties shall be bound by all existing easements,agreements and encumbrances either of record, or specified herein, or any others to which the parties have actual notice. 14. DEFAULTS; In the event of any breach of this Lease by the Lessee, the Lessor shall give written notice to the Lessee of the specific default and shall provide in that written notice that the Lessee has ten (10) days in which to cure the default or vacate the premises as provided herein. Redelivery of the premises to the Lessor shall in no way relieve the Lessee of any of its obli-gations to pay rent or other obligations or liability for breach under this Lease. if the premises are relet by the Lessor, the amounts re- ceived from the new Lessee shall be applied, first, to the payment of any expenses of such reletting and of an; altera- IF 'i 7 •' ti iss -6• 1 tune or repair nocessitated by the default of the Lessee and subsequent reletting: second, to the payment of rent due and unpaid hereunder, and the residue, if any, shall be held by the lessor and applied in payment of future rent as the same may become due and payable hereunder. No such re-entry or taking possession of the premises by the Lessor shall be U% Lfl construed as an election on the part of Lesso: to terminate 7 ,D this Lease unless a written notice of such intention is -r given to the Lessee, or unless the termination is decreed by r , a court of competent jurisdiction. Notwithstanding any such reletting without termination, the Lessor may at any time thereafter elect to terminate this Lease for such previous breach. In the event of breach, the Lessor shill have all rights provided by law. Specifically, Lessor may recover from Lessee any and all damages incurred or suffered by reason of such breach. 15. This Lease shall be construed according to the laws of the State of Washington. In the event of any litigation involving this Lease brought by Lessor in which Lessor prevails, the Lessee agrees to pay on demand all costs incurred by the Lessor, including but not limited to all attorney's fees and costs of title search. 16. All notices under this Lease shall be sent to the parties at the addresses indicated below unless other- wise agreed. 17. This agreement contains the entire under- standing of the parties and cannot be modified -except in writing, signed by all parties hereto. 7 I. �M QUENDALL 'TERMIrALS 9y tA[f•C�, ��/t nald 0,`N�rman, Manager P. 0. Box 477 Renton, Washington 98055 TURBO ENERGY LRASING, INC. By PjF7 v Qy Plaza 600 Building Seattle, Washington STATE OF WASHINGTON) Y ) SS: COUNTY OF K I N G ) On this day of f�',. -�' 1 1974, before me, the undersigned, a Notary Public in and for the State of Washington, duly commissioned and sworn, personally appeared DONAa O. NORMAN, to me known to be the Manager of QUENDALL TERMINALS, the Joint Venture that executed the foregoing instrument, and acknowledged the said instrument to be the free and voluntary act and Heed of said Joint Venture for the uses and purposes therein mentioned, and ci oath stated that he is authorized to execute the said instrument on behalf of said Joint Venture. WITNESS my hand and official seal hereto affixed the day and year first above wr.i�'en. J (Notary Public in and fttho ya w6shington, residing 4 i -10- STATE OF WASHINGTON) i SS. COUNTY OF R I N G ] On this 1 Z day of 1974, before me, the undersigned, i No6bry rublic in and for the �? State of Washington, d�ul' ticammisainned and sworn, pip/rsonally appeared i _14aaD G. _Ja, g3Tand ;rAMMIr L� gd 0 to,me known to'be the President and Secretary, respectively, Q of TURBO ENERGY LEASING, INC., the corporation that executed '- the foregoing instrument, and acknowledged the said instru- v ment to be the free and voluntary act and deed of said r` corporation, for the uses and purposes therein mentioned, and on oath stated that they are authorized -to execute the said instrument and that the seal affixed is the corporate seal of said corporation. WITNESS any hand and official seal hereto affixed ".day and year first above written. 7,' ' ;r= Notary Public in and for the State of Washington, residing at N p cr% Q tl1 C1 t7 Tr uci t1tc fal lc'A 11 ; :w0plirt ior; .a 'i'!t:a:' h•rrtirl,t nr Gnvarnra^nt Lvl i LEI S^cl:iur't 29, ecr.',a2aLp 21, !�rtiy, Rsnye 5 Iavr c, W;l, anti sltoro- frrn;! adjuinira;, 1yi.ni; VILsterly of Lhu Norrhz�r., I':S,:i .iQ C.:IIr•n:ul Pl ht oi' !•Jay tlndr Sou rh-2rI lvv;uribe(l as folLot... i!. ,innh.,, nt the quarter corner on the S0111:.11 line or t:r:iel SvorArm ?9; thence rlorr.h 89058'36" ! -n.t rain:::;' the Suuth 1 Lne o' s:e Ld l.ur 5 1,113.01. Fert ro Jv.- We:;terly line of rvif.l Norrhern n=rciFic . r;::f-lr•lur:l Right of W.'ly; thoncc Barth 29()44. 54.. F::r..; 8,0,9,62 Tu,-4 n?ol::, 5-161 Ki.g; t of Way I1.nr•. co rr fenLrv. 'u:ri:1.!:•_:fte, rr:Lerred to as Point A; rh::nce ,.w.r:.in:Lniy nirt:h 29ohr1'54" Fast 7.0f�.01 feet' Lie t'�t:: ::-w-- poi„r of hc•;i.nntn• oP Lh.: Li tv hvvi:in Humca South 55�'1.V S7" West 12'L. Y' t',y :: f,,li,I vr`+i.ch b4�arr. i'r.,r1A, 59"P,,56,, 1r.'+ r.0 IQU.U1. ir.cC fors ;-iid Yoine ?,; away.r. f:nrtfr Sir°"l.rl'iLi" f;cst: to :io•.- i-::r., c !:xrhnr line md ii:, and or: r;aio li!,2 dc,.:rip;.iuw, !also lilat: portion or unid Covcrnmt-rtL Lnl ; ly?. r; 5a:cr_h,::::Cr rly of: Lv!;e !Inshin:;Cnr, v uk'' Sexo•+:I:try' SI'a�.0 H:^,h!•rr;/ :!<: a:,!:: 'iA nn;laY:>rrhs-vr!.Yct Ly cl[ Ow K7;;ht of l•,ny r,i PtOpti. SCat•re !!L;h:aay 1:unhc2r 1 ,as c:Cnbti.sh-:!d hq de,--d r•,•co:•,lr.c: u:N!C?" Audi_tur's F'i.l<: ::o. i58i�llu. r _ 11 , N 377 • AAq .rw..r .r.re.+.• k 1 J '�+ C. w REdi!! ,,T _.1tcanhau fa'nlnlau Inl n",,,I 1?1.1 jai B Aq 12 AO In o� DVtECTGR ca .-a RECORDS A £l.EdTXM 'i K1;7 CCUNTY, W"14* f' an a ' a 0 0 F,T m I i ac ti y yi .A yy fi I QUIT CLAM DUD THE GRMTOi;, REILLY TAR MID CR3a' UCAL COMPORATION, an Indiana corporation, for and in consideration of TEN DOLLARS ($10.00) and other valuable consideration conveys and quit claims to QUEkDALL r 'Ii'R41NALS,'a Joint Venture ccapris6l of Puget Timtier, Inc., a Washington trot .p g Horatian and Altina_Praperties. Inc., a Washington i t corporation, the following described real estate, situate in the i ,17 1 County.of King,'State of Washington: That portion of Government Lot 5 in Section 29, Township 24 North, Range 5 East, W.M. and shoreland adjoining lying Westerly of the Northern Pacific Railroad Right of Way and - Southerly of a line described as follows: Beginning at the quarter corner on the Sout', line of said Section 29;•thence ;forth 89"58'36" West along the South line of said Lot 5, 1.113.01 feet to the Westerly line of said Northern Pacific Railroad Right of way; _hence North 29044154' East 849.62 feet along said Right of Way line to a point hereinafter referred to as Point A. thence continuing North 29044154" East 200.01 feet to the true point of beginning of the line herein described; thence South 56016'50' West 222.32 feet to a point which bears :forth 59124'56" West 100.01 feet from said Point A; thence Borth 59024'56" Test to the inner harbor line and the end of said line description: Also that portion of said Government Lot 5 lying Southeasterly of Lake Washington 9oulevar3, westerly of Secondary State Highway Number 2A and Northwesterly of the Right of Way of public State Highway Number 1 as established by feed recorded under Auditor's File No. 5687408, containing 31.7 acres more or less (accuracy to one acre) of which 12.8 acres are underwater shorelands. TOGETHER with the following: The Harbor Area Lease dated the 30th day of November, 1943, between the Port of Seattle and Peter C. Reilly for that area between the inner and outer harbor lines lying adjacent to the area described above in Lake Washington. All rights and interest in and to that certain lease between { Foss Tug z Barge for booming and rafting of logs on Lake Washington dated the 1st day of December, 1962, Letween Reilly 'tar i Chemical and Foss Tug 6 Barge. All rights and permits, if any, from the Army Corps of Engineers for placing and locating structures, wharves, dolphins, piers and other devices that are in interference with navigation and require permits from the Army Corps of Engineers located in that area described in the Harbor Area Lease referied to"above. THE GRANTOR, REILLY TAR AND CHEMICAL CORPORATION, warrants that it has not created any encumbrances on the subject property since the R date of closing of the Real Estate Contract between Grantor and Grantee herein dated June 1S, 1971, but expressly disclaims any and all other warranties, express or implied. 1 This deed is given in fulfillment of•that;certafe Real Estate Contract between the parfies hereto, dated Jwie 15, 1971, and conditioned for -the conveyance of the above described property, and'the covenants of warranty herein contained shall'mt-apply to any title, interest or encumbrance arising by, through or under the purchaser in said contract, J and shall not apply to any taxes, assessments or other charges levied, assessed or becoming due subsequent to the date of said contract. ~ Real Estate Sales Tax was paid on this sale under Rec. No, 148560. 1% WITNESS WHEREOP, said corporation has caused this instrument to be executed by its proper officers and its corporate seal to be h6fixed this �19,5. 6 a (} �. day of REIaY TAR AND E}lMAX. CORPORATION By ! ylLf esi t 4•/fs01t' 6y - Secretary STATE OF INDIANA ) r ss: County of i on this day of A pr-• 1975, personally appeared me known tobe t 'Ljresi t nand Secretary o REI Y TAR AND CFEEkiCAI, CORPORATION, the orporation that executed the within and foregoing QUIT CLAIM DEED, and acknowledged said instrument to be the free and voluntary act and deed of said corporation, for the uses and purposes therein mentioned, ,and on oath stated that they were authorized to execute said instrument, and that the seal affixed is the corporate seal of said corporation. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and affixed my official seal the day and year first above written. NOTARY-FMUIC in and tVt Y Stat o Indiana, residing at fly C:-•... : i .:1'-.2°. l9T8 No Ra Cam* 4 i III 11 It 45 FIEEIar Recor at Requeg of f r�lr� "ECCRCF6 ......REOi1EST Of go JiL EB pa E 37 DIRCOTCR RECORDS d LUCTM f S KWG CCUNTY, *Aft ;11 m w • .. _ ' ' ii71LIT1E5 di E A S E M E N 7 M Tti N li�11 e this day of I g1(�• T a b and between r � Y je3nt venture c�!grised of ad_ ' ALTIIaO PRIES, INC., a 1VaeluVton - -- corporation, and AM TSl4M, INC., a Washi,goon aticn ; -� hereinafter called "G�antor(s)", and the CITY'oF REHTON. a Munlclpa)'C6rporition of King County, Washington, Hereinafter called, "Grantee". '+ WIfNESSETN: That said Graiktor(s), for and in consideration of the sum of $One Dollar ---- paid by Grantee. -and other valuable consideration, do by - LN "these presents,.geaot, bargain, sell, convey, and warrant unto the said Grantee. Its successors and assigns, an easement for public utilities (including water and sewer} with -, necessary appurtenances over, through; across and upon the following described property i.n King Courity, Washirigton, more patticularly described as follows.. •k --' Rt►at portion of Uoverrsnent Lot S, Section 29, 7+owr►stiip 24 North, RU ge 5 East, W.M. , Ring Cbtmty, %d 6h ncjton. 'lying Westerly of the NOrth?1n� Pacific Railway right -of - may (now•B=lingtbn�Narthe n) tcgeti-es with second cLms shoreland abutting thereon" described as follows: C= enmiq at the intersection of the Sauth lane of said GDvernmerrt Iat 5 %,ith the Westerly line of said railway right- —wa ,, throe North 306t5' 53' `hast- ialong` 6JA riclht-of-jay•iine 435,00 feet to the truie� poii►t of beginning_; thence Ni nth 68044'15" West 350.00 feet; thence South 21°15'45r West 150.04 tent; t]l a Na¢'th 68°44'15"- Wbst 15.00 feet; tii&m-Nnith 21015'45" -Ekt 265 fe2tf •tliet►ce South 68°44'1S". East' T MM feet; thenae.South 21015'45" iciest Z00 feet," thence South 6804.4'15" East. tt7 352.56 feet to the Westerly line of said tar road right -of -sway: thecae Swth 30055153' Welk alaitq said Westerly lixie :]5.22 feet to 'the true point of bsgizuuTg. y'Iilr2tFASES4 NT'SIIWb :'�ONTIlUit SO IbNG AS THE WATER LINE IS-MAIWAINE13 V ON "E LOCATICIN $TAm$D IMMIN. §110 1D .SAID 14A'fER• LINE 6E 12> -MVED OR khbGATED, T1W EASF: "T' W1LL-TERNlFNATE: IN14tDIATELY AND SHALL REVERT N To THE• -GRANTOR AND/61 HIS SUCCE:S°SORS IN INTEREST. Grantor reserves the right to relocate or remove'said water lines -at its sole'discretion. .. ,: KIDT.,REQUERED 1Sirg Co. Recdads 01-adn D*u9 !;� 7 li Rsl [1KI ' :[:I; i �(lli5 . u _ .. _ ,K _..�►.`.cict �. y. _ _ � .._ . �.. .. .i � �� .........•. i.w ail.. • - V • . . Said heretofore Oentioned, grantee, its surpessors or assigns,; shall h have the right,: witho-Ut.prior' notice or'peding'at -law, at such tiies as may be necessary 'to Pater upon racesaid above d2scribed`property .for .the -purpose 'r ` of' constructing, mail-,aining, repairing: altering or reconstructingsai4 utility;,or making,any connections therewith, without incurring any legal •obligations• or liability therefore, provided, 'that, such construction, main- taining; repair�ing,'alteri.ng or reconstruction of such utility shall be T accomplished in such a manner that. the private •-vrovemants existing In the right right(s)-of-way shall not be disturted . or damaged,.or in the event they are disturbed or damaged, they will be replaced in as good a condition os they were• -immediately before the property wa"s entered upan by the Grantee. The Grantor shall fully use and'enjoy the aioredescribed premises, dff inculdl 9 the right td retain the •right to use he- surface of said right=of-way if such use does not interfere with installation and maintenance of the utility line. However, the•grantor shall not erect buildings or structures over, under or across the right-of-way during the existence of •such utility. This iasemant, shall be a covenpnt running with the land and shall be bind- ing on the Grantor, hftluccessors, heirs and assigns. Grantors coverian't that they are -the' lawful owners of the. above properties: and that they have a good and T I ]awful right to eiecute this agreement. ; T'i(.�r✓�// /tom^.i��/, and �eEd and,.-. - and t STATrw'OF WAS91RGTON } — q Own OF KING ] 55 I, the 'undersigned, a notary .public in sod==for the State of Washington, hereby certify that on -this -?day of '19':8o personally itppea-reed -before me and• ' and and and - --- ram D -indi :: § • --'-- M ma ya s c �� ' iil-an o execute a orego n n s-frument,`•and acknchrledgad`that "i$ signed'arid seel'ed the same 'as free and voluntary act any agedr t uses 'arid purposes therein mentioned: — rY Public ffti ra r hington, residing at r►LE D fQ! RUOrd at -• RE:� fCr� �1.X Ctt'.!i• liLrrL. _ UENI-2a i ASSIGNMENT OF LEASES AND CASH COLLATERAL THIS ASSIGNMENT OF LEASES AND CASH COLLATERAL (hereinafter referred to as the "Assignment") is made by and between DOUGLAS E. MCKEEN and OLIVE S. McKEEN, husband and wife (hereinafter jointly and severally referred tq as the "Assignor"); and O'DONNELL, BRIGHAM & PARTNERS - NORTHWEST PROPERTIES, a general partnership. ► REC4?M ft1 ii 1srn°0, W 1 T N E 5 S E T H: 3--"Tf-!ED:::Ss' .•rs': Y - - - - - RECORDS 4 U C�..3; ' FOR VALUE RZCEIVED, Assignor does hereby ABSOLUTELY AND IMMEDIATELY SELL, ASSIGN, TRANSFER, CONVEY, SET OVER and DELIVER unto Assignee any and all existing and future leases (including subleases thereof), whether wAtten or oral, and all future agreements for use and occupancy, and any and all t extensions, renewals and replacements thereof, upon all or relating to any part of the real property described as i follows; 1} Lot 5, Block 5, Southcenter Corporate Park, as per Plat recorded in the records of King County, Washington, under Record- i ing'No. 9003140871. F i TOGETHER WITH all buildings and improvements thereon (which ' real property, buildings and improvements are referred to r herein as the "Premises"), but excluding any trade fixtures, ' inventory, equipment or other property owned or leased by the tenant under any lease'assigned hereby. The identified r Leases, if any, are either presently existing or future 4 leases, and are as shown in the Schedule of Leases attached i'.�IG: 17.:1r •: f:lFI:J ;`.r;. =.p ij;: FLOOR � 186 :.'l::LL"C .['f • :,Ir'^ :; { YCi�1'.F:T !• k I hereto and made a part hereof as "Exhibit A." All such leases, subleases, tenancies, agreements, extensions, re- newals and replacements are hereinafter jointly and col- lectively referred to as the "Leases;" provided, that any and all leases set forth in the Schedule of Leases may be sometimes referred to herein as the "Identified Leases." T'OGEMR with any and all guaranties of tenants' 00 performance under any and all of the Leases. TOGETHER with the immediate and continuing right to collect and receive all of the rents, income, receipts, revenues, issues, profits and other income of any nature now d:ie or which may become due or to which Assignor may now or shall hereafter bete:^e entitled to of may make demand or claim for, (including any income of any nature coming due during any redemption period) arising or issuing from or out of the Leases or from or out of the Premises or any part thereof, including but not limited to, mininam rents, addi- tional rents, percentage rents, parking or common area maintenance contributions, tax and insuzance contributions, deficiency rents and liquidated damages following default in any Lease, and all proceeds payable under any policy of insurance covering loss of rents resulting from untenant- ability caused by destruction or damage to the Premises, together with any and all rights and claims of any kind which Assignor may have against any tenant under the Leases or any subtenants or occupants of the Premises (all such monies, rights and claims described in this paragraph being hereir,aftez jointly and severally referred to as the "Cash Collateral"), EXCEPTING THEREFROM, any sums which by the 2 0 express provisions of any of the Leases are payable directly to any governmental authorit or to any other person, firm -_ or corporation other than the landlord under the Leases. �n TO HAVE AND TO HOLD the same unto the Assignee, 0 M. its successors and assigns forever, or for such shorter 0 period as hereinafter may be indicated. Q] SUBJECT, however, to a license hereby granted by Assignee to Assignor, hut limited as her.._nafter provided, to collect and receive all of the Cash Collateral. THIS ASSIGNMENT IS GIVEN FOR THE PURPOSE OF SECUR- ING the payment of the indebtedness evidenced by a certain Deed of Trust Note or Promissory Note (hereinafter referred to as the "Note") of even date herewith, made by Assignor, payable to the order of Assignee in the amount of SIX HUN- DRED THIRTY THOUSAND AND NO/100 DOLLARS ($630,000.00), and presently held by Assignee, including any extensions, modi- fications and renewals thereof and any supplemental note or notes increasing such indebtedness, as well as the payment, observance, performance and discharge of all other obliga- tions, covenants, conditions and warranties contained in an All -Inclusive Deed of Trust of even date herewith (herein- after called "Mortgage") made by Assignor, recorded or to be recorded in the real property records of King County, Wash- ington, and in any extensions, modifications, supplements and consolidations thereof, covering the Premises and secur- ing the Note and supplemental notes, if any. TO PROTECT THE SECURITY OF THIS ASSIGNMENT IT IS COVENANTED AND AGREED AS FOLLOWS: 1. Assignor's Warranties concerning Leases and Cash Collateral. That Assignor represents and warrants: 3 Lm 0 i (a) That it has good right, title and interest in and to the Leases and Canh Collateral hereby assigned and gang right to assign the same, and that no other person, partnership entity or corporation has any right, title or cr} Ln interest therein. (b) That Assignor has duly and punctually per- formed all and singular the terms, covenants, conditions and W warranties of the Leases on Assignor's part to be kept, observed and performed. (c) That the Identified Leases, if any, and all other existing Leases are valid and unmodified except as indicated herein and are in full force and effect. (d) That Assignor has not previously sold, assigned, transferred, mortgaged, pledged or granted a security interest in the Identified Leases or Cash Colla- teral from the Premises, whether now due or hereafter to become due. (e) That none of the Cash Collateral due and issuing _rom the Premises or from any part thereof has been collected for any period in excess of two (2) months from the date hereof, and that payment of any of same has not otherwise been anticipated, waived, released, discounted, set off, or otherwise discharged or compromised. (f) That Assignor has not received any funds or deposits from any tenant for which credit has not already been made on account of accrued Cash Collateral. (g) That the t04 fts'under the Ide`ritified Leases, if any, are not in default of any of the terms or provisions thereof. 2. Assignor's Covenants of Performance. The Assignor 4. covenants and agrees: 4 4 i ----_----- W—W (a) To observe, perform and discharge, duly and punctually, all and singular, the obligations, terms, cove- nants, conditions and warranties of the Note and Mortgage, of the Identified Leases, if any, and of all future Leases affecting the Premises on the part of Assignor to be kept, observed and performed; and to give prompt notice to Assignee of any fail -ire on the par* of Assignor to observe, perform and discharge same. (b) To notify and direct in writing each and every present or future tenant or occupant of the Premises or of any part thereof that any security deposit or other deposits heretofore delivered to Assignor have been retained by Assignor or assigned and delivered to Assignee as the case may be. (c) To enforce or secure in the name of Assignee (upon notice to Assignee) the performance of each and every obligation, term, covenant, condition and agreement in the Leases by any tenant to be performed, and to notify Assignee of the occurrence of any default under the Leases. (d) To appear in and defend any actin or pro- ceeding arising under, occurring out of, or in any manner connected with the Leases or the obligations, duties or liabilities of Assignor or any tenant t.iereunder, and upon request by Issignee, Assignor will do so in the name and on behalf of Assignee, but at the expense of Assignor. (e) To pay all costs and expenses of Assignee, including attorneys' fees in a reasonable sum, in any action or proceeding in which Assignee may appear in connection herewith. (f) To neither create nor permit any lien, charge 5 1F .1, �7 or ancumbranco upon its interest as lessor of the Z,:ases except the lien of the Mortgage or as .- ovided in the Mort- gage. Assignor further covenants•and agrees that this Assign- ment creates and constitutes an equitable and specific lien 0 upon the cash collateral, 'and that this Assignment does not create or constitute a pledge of or conditional security interest in such Cash Collateral. 00 3. Prior -Approval For Actions A€fectingTLeaSes. That Assignor, without the prior written consent of the Assignee, further covenants and agrees: (a) Not to receive or collect any Cash Collateral from any present or future tenant of the Premises or any ; part thereof for a period of more, than two (2) months in r advance (whether in cash or by promissory note), nor pledge, _ transfer, mortgage, grant a security interest in, or other- wise encumber or -assign future payments of Cash Collateral. } (b) Not to waive forgive, excuse, condone, dis- count, set off, comprom!se or in any manner release or jischarge any tenant under any Leases of the Premises of and 1 from any obligation, covenant,' condition and agreement by tenant to be kept, observed and performed, including the obligation to pay the Cash Collateral thereunder in the manner and at the place and time specified therein. (c) Not to cancel, terminate or consent to any surrender of any of the Leases, nor coinmence any action of ejectment or any summary proceedings for dispossession of _ .. the tenant under any of the Leases, nor exercise any right ; of recapture of the Premises provided in any Leases, nor , modify or in any way alter the terms thereof.' (di Not to lease any part of the Premises, nor renew or extend the term of any Leases of the Premises unless an option therefor was originally so reserved by tenants in the Leases for a £i:,ed and definite rental. (e) Not to relocate any tenant withii.the Premises, nor consent to any modification of the express purposes for t7 which the Premises or any part thereof is to be used, or to any assignment of the Leases by any tenant thereunder or to d any assignment or further subletting of any sublease. 00 (f) Not to assign, pledge, encumber or place any security agreement against the Leases or Cash collateral_ 4. Rejection of Leases. That Assignor further cove- nants and agrees as follows: (a) That in the event any tenant under the Leases should become the subject of any proceeding under Lhe Federal Bankruptcy Act or any other federal, state ol• local statute which provides for the possible termination or rejection of the Leases assigned hereby, Assignor covenants and agrees that in the event any of the Leases are so rejected, no damages settlement shall be made without the prior written consent of the Assignee. (b) That any check in payment of damages for rejection or termination of any such Lease will be made payable both to the Assignor and Assignee. (c) Assignor hereby assigns any such payment to Assignee and further covenants and agrees that upon request of Assignee, it will duly endorse to the order of Assignee any such check, the proceeds of which will be applied to any portion of the indebtedness secured by this Assignment in such manner as Assignee may elect. 5. Default Deemed Default 11nder Deed of Trust. The Assignor hereby covenants and agrees that in the event any representation ur-warranty herein )f Assignor shall be found to be untrue or Assignor shall default in the observance or performance of any obligation, term, covenant, condition or 1f� warranty herein, then in each such instance, the same shall . CVO Constitute and be deemed to be a default under the Note and Mortgage, thereby entitling Assignee to declare all sums secured thereby 'and hereby immediately due and payable and to exercise any and all of the rights and remedies provided thereunder, and herein, as well as those provided by law or W in equity. 6. License to Collect Cash Collateral. The parties C agree that as long as there shall exist no default by Assignor in the payment of any indebtedness secured hereby or in the _ observance and performance of any other obligation, term, covenant, condition or warranty herein or in the Note and/or Mortgage or contained in the Leases, Assigner shall have the ,right under a license granted hereby (but limited as provided in the following section) to collect, but not prior to _. accrual, all of the Cash Collateral arising from or out of said Leases, or any renewals, extension, and replacements thereof, or from or out of the Premises or any part.thereaf; j and Assignor shall receive such Cash Collateral and hold the Cash Collateral, together with the right and license herein — granted, as a trust fund to be applied, and Assignor hereby covenants to so apply them, as required by Assignee, first _ to the payment of taxes and assessments upon said Premises s before penalty or interest is clue thereon; second to the t E costs of insurance, maintenance and repairs required by the i terms of said Mortgage; third to the satisfaction of all obligations under the Lt3ses; and fourth to the payment of interest, principal and any other sums becoming due under the Note and Mortgage, before using any part of the same for any other purposes. 7. Performance and Termination of License. CD (a) The parties agree that upon the conveyance by CO Assignor and its successors and ass,gns of the fee title of the Premises, all right, title, interest and powers granted under the license described above shall automatically pass to and may be exercised by each subsequent owner; and that upon or at any time after default in the payment of any indebtedness secured hereby or in the observance or perfor- mance of any obligation, term, covenant, condition or warranty contained herein, in the Note, Mortgage or in the Leases, the Assignee, at its option and without notice, shall have the complete right, power and authority hereunder to exercise and enforce any or all of the following rights and remedies at any time. (1) To terminate the license granted to Assignor to collect the Cash Collateral without taking possession of the Premises or the Leases, and to demand, collect, receive, sue for, attach and levy against the Cash Collateral in Assignee's name; to give proper receipts, releases and acquittances therefor; and after deducting all necessary and proper costs and expenses of operation and collection as determined by Assignee, including reasonable attorneys' fees, to apply the net proceeds thereof, together with any funds of Assignor deposited with Assignee, upon any indebtedness secured hereby and in such order as Assignee may determine. 9 ,i. IM i W (2) 'ro declare all sums secured hereby imme- diately due and payable and, at its option, exercise all or any of the rights and remedies contained in the Note and/or Mortgage or other instrument given to secure the indeoted- M ness secured hereby. Ln O z (3) without regard to the adequacy of the CD security or the solvency of Assignor, with or without any action or proceeding through any person, agent, trustee or receiver under the Mortgage, or by a receiver to be appointed by court, and without regard to Assignor's possession, to enter upon, take possession of, manage and operate the Premises or any part thereof; make, modify, enforce, cancel or accept surrender of any Leases now or hexea£ter in effect on said Premises or any part thereof; remove and evict any tenant, increase or decrease rents; decorate, clean, repair and otherwise do any act or incur any costs or expenses as Assignee shall deem proper to protect the security hereof, as fully and to the same extent as Assignee could do if in possession; and in such event, to apply the Cash Collateral so collected in such order as Assginee shall deem proper to the permanent operation and management: fees and costs, brokerage and attorneys' fees; payment of the indebtedness under the Note and Mortgage and payment to a reserve fund "for replacements and capital improvements, which fund shall not bear idt-zest, (4) Require Assignor to transfer all security deposits to Assignee, together with all. records evidencing such deposits. (b) Assignor further agrees and covenants that for the purposes hereinabove enumerated in this section, 10 Assignee shall have constructive possession, whether or not it is in actual possession, in order to effectuate such purposes, and in no event shall Assignee accrue any liabilty by reason of 'such constructive possession. Assignee shall M not be required to give notice, or make demand, to Assignor to M or any tenants under then existing Leases of its actions to 0 effectuate such purposes; provided, however, that the W acceptance by Assignee of this Assignment, with all of the rights, powers, privileges and authority created hereunder shall not, prior to entry upon and taking possession of the Premises by Assignee, be deemed or construed to constitute the Assignee a "Mortgagee in Possession," nor thereafter or at any time or in any event obligate Assignee to appear in or defend any action or proceeding relating to the Leases or the Premises, or to take any action hereunder or thereunder, or to expend any money or incur any"expenses or perform or discharge any obligation, duty or liability under the Leases, or to assume any obligation or responsibility for any secur- ity deposits or other deposits delivered to Assignor by any tenant thereunder and not assigned and deli-ered to Assignee; nor shall Assignee be liable in any way for injury or damage to person or property sustained by any person or persons, partnership, firm or corporation in or about the Premises. (c) That the collection of the Cash Collateral and application thereof as aforesaid and/or the entry upon and taking possession of the Premises shall neither cure or knave any default nor waive, modify or affect any notice of default required under the Note and/or Mortgage nor invali- date any act done pursuant to such notice. The enforcement of any right or remedy by Assignee, once exercised, shall 1 P r 7:6ev'I�4w��[.e7"E:L.'S.�F�.LFI. RSI"::?C Ih�.•' .Ti3.: •:-..�'i - continue until Assignee shall have collected and applied such Cash Co_ aterK as may be necessary to cure the then existing default and for so long thereafter as Assignee may, in its sole discretion, deem necessary to secure the in- debtedness. Although the original default be cured and the :n 0 �p exercise of any such right or remedy be discontinued, the 0 same or any other right or remedy hereunder shall not be d7 exhausted and may be reasserted at an-- time and from time to time following any subsequent default. (d) The rights and powers conferred upon Assignee hereunder are cumulative of and not in lieu of any other rights and powers otherwise granted by Assignee. 8. Appointment of Attorney. The Assignor hereby constitutes and appoints Assignee its true and lawful attor- ney -in -fact, coupled with an interest; and in the name, place and stead of Assignor, to subordinate at any time and from time to time, any Leases affecting the Premises or any part thereof to the lien of the Mortgage or any other mort- gage or deed of trust, security interest, lien or encum- brance of any kind encumbering the Premises, or to any ground lease of the Premises; and to request or require such subordination where such option or authority was reserved to Assignor under any such Leases, or in any case where Assignor otherwise would have the right, power or privilege so to do. This appointment shall be irrevocable and continuing and these rights, powers and privileges snail be exclusive in Assignee, its su=cessors and assigns as long as any yart of the indebtedness secured hereby shall remain unpaid. As- signor hereby warrants that it has not, at any time prior to f the date hereof, exercised any right to subordinate any such 4 12 {4 s Leases to the Mortgage or to any other mortgage, deed of trust, interest, lien or encumbrance of any kind, or ground lease (except the ground lease or leases creating the Prem- ises, if any) and further covenants not to exercise any such right. 9. Indemnification. The Assignor, shall indem '., and ;n • 0 hold Assignee harmless from and shall defend Assignee against, any and all liability, loss, damage or expense which Assignee L13 may incur under or by reason of this Assignment, or for any action taken by Assignee hereunder, or by reason or in defense of any and all claims and demands whatsoever which may be asserted against Assignee arising out of the Leases, including but not limited to, any claims by any tenants of credit for rent,. for any period under any Leases for more than two (2) months in advance of the due date thereof and security deposits paid to and received by Assignor, but not delivered tc, Assignee. Should Assignee incur any such liability, loss, damage or expense, the -,cunt thereof (including reasonable attorneys' fees) with interest thereon at the maximum rate permitted by law shall be payable by ! Assignor immediately without demand, and shall be secured as a lien hereby and by said Mortgage. 10. Records. Until the indebtedness secured hereby t shall have been paid in full, Assignor shall deliver to Assignee executed copies of the Leases and any and all {{� renewals of existing Leases and future Leases upon all or any part of the Premises, and will transfer and assign such Leases upon the same terms and conditions as herein con- tained. Assignor hereby covenants and agrees to make, execute and deliver unto Assignee, upon-demand'nd at any time, any ` 13 a) and all assig•mentb and other records and instruments, including but not limited to, rent rolls, tenant financial statements and books of account sufficient for the purpose that Assignee may deem to be advisable for carrying out the purposes and intent. of this Assignment. 11. No Waiver. The failure of Assignee to avail itself of any of the terms, covenants and conditions of this Assignment fog- any period of time or at any time shall not be, nor anything done or omitted to be done by Assignee pursuant hereto shall be deemed, a waiver by Assignee of any of its rights and remedies under the Note and/or Mortgacc or of the benefit of the laws of the State in which the said Premises are situated. The rights of Assignee to collect the said indebtedness, to enforce any security therefor, or to enforce any other right or remedy hereunder may be exer- cised by Assignee, either prior to, simultaneously with, or subsequent to, any such other action hereinbefore described, and shall not be deemed an election of remedies. 12. Primary Security. This Assignment is absolute, unconditional and primary in nature to the obligation evi- denced and secured by the Note, Mortgage and any other document given to secure and collateralize the indebtedness secured hereby. Assignor agrees that Assignee may enforce this Assignment without first resorting to or exhausting any other security or collateral; provided however, that nothing herein contained shall prevent Assignee from suing on the Note, foreclosing the Mortgage judicially as a mortgage or non -judicially as a deed of trust, or exercising any other right or remedy under any other document evidencing or collateralizing the indebtedness secured hereby. 14 i c c� LO N W A.. 13. Meter. The fact that (i) the Lease or the leasehold estate created thereby may be held directly or indirectly by or for the account of any person or entity which shall have an interest in the fee estate of the Prem- Ises, ,ii] the operation, of law, or (iii) any other event shall not merge any Leases or the leasehold estates created thereby with the fee estate in the Premises so long as nny of the indebtedness secured hereby and by the Note and Mortgage shall remain unpaid, unless Assignee shall consent in writing to such merger. 14. Termination of Assignment. Upon payment in full of all of the indebtedness evidenced by the Note and secured by the Mortgage and payment of all sums payable hereunder, this Assignment shall be void and of no further effect and no judga,ent or decree entered as to said indebtedness shall operate to abrogate or lessen the effect of this Assignment until such indebtedness has actually been paid; provided, that the affidavit, certificate, letter or statement of any officer of Assignee showing that any portion of said in- debtedness or sums remains unpaid shall be, and shall con- stitute, conclusive evidence of the validity, effectiveness and continuing force of this Assignment. Any person, firm or corporation may, and is hereby authorized by Assignor to, rely on such affidavit, certificate, letter or statemene. A demand by Assignee of any tenant for payment of Cash Col- lateral by reason -�f any default claimed by Assignee shall be sufficient direction to said tenant to make future pay- ments of Cash Collateral to Assignee without the necessity for further consent by or notice to Assignor. 15. Notice.*" All notices, demands, requests or docu- 15 a ments of any kind which Assignee may be required or may desire to serve --upon Assignor -hereunder-shal-1. -be -suffi ciently delivered by delivering same to Assignor personally or by leaving a copy of same addressed to Assignor at AEsignor's address herein set forth, or by Assignee deposit- LO c'7 ing a copy of same =n a regularly maintained receptacle of aJ the United States mails, pnst-ge prepaid, certified or O registered mail, addressed to Assignor at said address. CO Notices, demands, requests and documents given in such manner shall be deemed sufficiently delivered, served or given for all purposes hereunder at the time such notice, demand, request or document shall have been delivered to or mailed as hereinbefore provided to the addressee. Any party hereto may, by delivery to the other party of notice, desig- nate a different address. 16. AssioMent Binds Successor, The terms, covenants, conditions and warranties contained herein, and the powers granted hereby, shall run with the land and shall inure to the benefit of, and bind all parties hereto and their respec- tive heirs, executors, administrators, marital communities (if any), successors and assigns and all tenarts and their subtenants and assigns and all subsequent owner� f the Premises and subsequent holder of the Note and/or Mortgage. 17. Additional Ri hts and Remedies. in addition to, but not in lieu of, any other rights hereunder, Assignee shall have the .right to institute suit and obtain a protec- tive or mandatory injunction to prevent a breach or default of, or to enforce the observation by such Assignor of, the agieements, covenants, terms and conditions contained herein, and shall have the right to attorneys' fees, costs, expenses, 16 am (77 and ordinary and punative damages _=asioned by any such breach or default by Assignor. 18. Location of Performance. Assignor expressly agrees that this Assignment is performable at the county in t) which the Premises is located and waives the right to be sued elsewhere. The Assignor agrees and consents to the CV jurisdiction of any court of competent jurisdiction located 0 W in the covity in which the Premises is located. 19. Severability. If any provision of this Assignment or the application thereof to any entity, person or circum- stance shall be invalid or unenforceable to any extent, the remainder of this Assignment and the application of such provisions to 'other entities, persons or circumstances shall not be affected thereby, and shall not be affected thereby, and shall be enforced to the greatest extent permitted by law. 20. No Third Party Assignees. It is expressly agreed by Assignor that this Assignment shall not be construed or deemed made for the benefit of any third party or parties. 21. Entire Agreement. This Assignment conta.._5 the entire agreement concerning the Assignment of Leases and Cash Collateral between the parties hereto. No variations, modifications or changes herein or hereof shall be binding upon any party hereto"unless set forth in a document duly executed by or 3n behalf of such party. 22. construction, Whenever used herein, whenever the -context so requires, the singular number shall include the plural, the'plural the singular, and the 'use of any gender shall -include all genders. The word, "Mortgage," as used herein shall mean Mortgage, Deed of Trust, Trust Deed, 17 ..Y A ' 1 Security Deed or Deed to Secure Debt. All obligations of each Assj^^.or hereunder shall be joint and several. 23. Multi le Counterparts. This instrument may be executed in multiple counterparts, all of which shall be deemed originals and with the same effect as if all parties OLO hereto had signed the same document. All of such counter- M parts shall be construed together and shall constitute one N 0 instrument, but in making proof, it shall only be necessary �J to produce one such counterpart. 24. Governing Law. The parties agree that the law of the. State in which the Premises is located shall govern the performance and enforcement of this Assignment. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Assignment on this 1' 3 day of .: , •J .; Z E . Mc ,EEN OLI S. Mc KEEN Husband and wife Address: 6203 South 194th Street Kent,_ Washington ASSIGNEE O'DONNELL, BRIGHAM & pARTNEpS - NORTHWEST PROPERT ES, l P t er 'p y anag ng artner Address: Dove Street Suite 760 Newport Beach, CA 92660 18 a I STATE OF GAL/GcV2,V/.} } } ss. COUNTY OF 0X JAJ*,' } On this per' day of ,�15�(tg� !98 before me, the undersigned, a Notaiy� P�licand for the State of duly commissioned and sworn, person- ally appeared Qp/y,��,h, to me known to be the Managino Partner o O DONNELL, BRIGPIAM & PARTNERS - NORTH- WEST PROPERTIES, a General'Partnership, the partnership that j executed the foregoing instrument, and acknowledged the said 7C] instrument tQ be the free and voluntary act and deed of said partnership, for the uses and purposes therein mentioned, :D and on oath stated that he was authorized to execute the said instrument. UO WITNESS my hand and official seal hereto affixed the day and year first above written. r� OFPICIAL SEAL MARSHA L. AI1SnN Notaiy Public n an for a Stafe e N07111" PUBLIC - CALIFORNIA , a ocular of «rrco,�„4 , residing at M1 ownaL L*rn jot 2. 1!ffi STATE OF ,./,rn � ] 55. COUNTY OF } 1 On this 1'r/`day of :: Z ±�tJ-1•.4 19ci�, before me, t/hh"e un/ e�rsigned, a Notary Public an for tTie State of !.p:k {Li .z , personally appeared DOUGLAS E. MclMEN and OLIVE S.- CKEEN, to me known to be the persons named in the foregoing document, and acknowledged to me that they executed the same freely and voluntarily for%the uses and purposes therein mentioned. Witness my hand and official seal the tray 4nd'lyear; in this certificate first a"e written. ; ,��;.•�;,',' .;. Notj�y Public in an or the: of r_. , _ L`< _, resf ing WDS/31B 19 v --.,,; . d __ w •-_ .-ter A ASSIGNMENT OF LEASES AND CASH COLLATERAL THIS ASSIGNMENT OF LEASES AND CASH COLLATERAL (hereinafter referred to as the "Assignments') is made by and O 'O between DOUGLAS E. McKEEN and OLIVE S. McKEEN, husband and 0 wife (hereinafter jointly and severally referred to as the "Assignor"); and O'DONNELL, BRIGHAM & PARTNERS - NORTHWEST r PROPERTIES, a general partnership. g P p • RECD?DES 7+"' ': • • . fd i8 1119 V'n'8'. W I T N E S S E r H: g^'T[`.EI3-::51' 'rN: �•• REiDRDS is Cl c,. l � � r FOR VALUE RECEIVED, Assignor does hereby ABSOLUTELY AND IMMEDIATELY SELL, ASSIGN, TRANSFER, CONVEY, SET OVER and DELIVER unto Assignee any and all existing and future leases (including subleases thereof), whether written or oral, and E all future agreements for use and occupancy, and any and all r extensions, renewals and replacements thereof, upon all or relating to any part of the real property described as i follows: i jqq Lot 5, Block 5, Southceriter Corporate t Park, as per Plat recorded in the records ! of King County, Washington, under Record- ing'No: 8003140871. 1 TOGETHER WITH all buildings and improvements thereon (which s• real property, buildings and improvements are referred to 1 herein as the "Premises"), but excluding any trade fixtures, !' (v inventory, equipment or other property owned or leaRed by 4 the tenant under any lease assigned hereby. The identified V, Leases, if any, are either presently existing or future leases, and are as shorbn in the Schedule of Leases attached MAUN FLOOR AT !?.:r. ;'� -(Yi;1 F.'T ,• l,.iYf14:.11,i'[!iY,':';,hi i MW hereto and made a part hereof as "Exhibit A." All such leases, subleases, tenancies, agreements, extensions, re- newals and replacements are hereinafter jointly and col- lectively referred to as the "Leases;" provided, that any and all leases set forth in the Schedule of Leases may be sometimes referred to herein as the "Identified Leases." TOGETHER with any and all guaranties of tenants' Performance under any and all of the Leases. TOGETHER with the immediate and continuing right to collect and receive all of the rents, income, receipts, revenues, issues, profits and other income of any nature now dap or which may become due or to'which Assignor may now or shall hereafter beccne entitled to oz may make demand or claim for, (including any income of any nature coming due during any redemption period) arising or issuing from or out of the leases or from or out of the Premises or any part thereof, including but not limited to, mininum rents, addi- tional rents, percentage rents, parking or common area maintenance contributions, tax and insurance contributions, deficiency rents and liquidated damages following default in any Lease, and all proceeds payable under any policy of insurance covering loss of rents resulting _from_ untenant- ability caused by destruction or damage to the Premises, together with any and all rights and claims of any kind which Assignor may have against any tenant under the Leases or any subtenants or occupants of the Premises (all such monies, rights and claims described in this paragraph being hereinafter jointly and severally referred to as the "Cash Collateral"), RXCRPTING THEREFROM, any sums which by the express provisions of any of the Leases are payable directly to any governmental authorir or to any other pc --son, firm -_ or corporation other than -the landlord under the Leases. TO HAVE AND TO HOLD the same unto the Assignee, �0 its successors and assigns forever, or for such shorter period as hereinafter may be indicated. cO I SUBJECT, however, to a license hereby granted by Assignee to Assignor, but limited as her.._nafter provided, to collect and receive all of the Cash Collateral. THIS ASSIGNMENT IS GIVEN FOR THE PURPOSE OF SECUR- ING the payment of the indebtedness evidenced by a certain Deed of Trust Note or Promissory Note (hereinafter referred to as the "Note") of even date herewith, made by Assignor, payable to the order of Assignee in the amount of SIX HUN- DRED THIRTY THOUSAND AND N01100 DOLLARS ($630,000.DO), and presently held by Assignee, including any extensions, modi- fications and renewals thereof and any supplemental note or notes increasing such indebtedness, as Well as the payment, observance, performance and discharge of all other obliga- tions, covenants, conditions and warranties contained in an All -Inclusive Deed of Trust of even date herewith (herein- after called "Mortgage") made by Assignor, recorded or to be recorded in the real property records of King County, Wash- ington, and in any extensions, modifications, supplements and consolidations thereof, covering the Premises and secur- ing the Note and supplemental notes, if any. TO PROTECT THE SECURITY OF THIS ASSIGNMENT IT IS COVENANTED AND AGREED AS FOLLOWS: I. Assignor's Warranties Concerning Leases and Cash Collateral. That Assignor represents and warrants: 3 f o-s�x _{ F i i t..tL i• (a) That it has good right, title and interest in and to the Leases and Cash Collateral hereby assigned and gong' right to assign the same, and that no other person, _ partnership entity or corporation has any right, title or V) interest therein. N (b) That Assignor has duly and punctually per- formed all and singular the terms, covenants, conditions and N warranties of the Leases on Assignor's part to be kept, — observed and performed. (c) That the Tdentifidd Leases, if any, and all other existing Leases are valid and unmodified except as indicated herein and are in full force and effect. (d) That Assignor has not previously sold, assigned, transferred, mortgaged, pledged or granted a security interest in the identified Leases or Cash Colla- teral from the Premises, whether now due or hereafter to become due. (e) That none of the Cash Collateral due and 4 issviny -rom the Premises or from any part thereof hap been - collected for any period in excess of two (2) months from the date hereof, and that payment of any of same has not otherwise been anticipated, waived, released, discounted, F _ set off, or otherwise discharged or compromised. (f) That Assignor has not received any funds or i deposits from any tenant for which credit has not already been made on account of accrued Cash Collateral. (g) That the telMts-"dfider the ideiitiii'ed Leases, i if any, are not in default of any of the terms or provisions thereof. �. 2. AssiSMorls Covenants of Performance. The Assignor i [, covenants and agrees: 4 s (a) To observe, perform and discharge, duly and punctually, all and singular, the obligations, terms, cove- nants, conditions and warranties of the Note and Mortgage, of the Identified Leases, if any, and of all future Leases affecting the Premises on the part of Assignor to be kept, ;n jo observed and performed; and to give prompt notice to Assignee j of any fail,ire on the part of Assignor to- observe, perform and discharge same. (b) To notify and direct in writing each and every present or future tenant or occupant of the Premises or of any part thereof that any security deposit or other deposits heretofore delivered to Assignor have been retained by Assignor or assigned and delivered to Assignee as the case may be. (c) To enforce or secure in the name of Assignee (upon notice to Assignee) the performance of each and every obligation, term, covenant, condition and agreement in the Leases by any tenant to be performed, and to notify Assignee of the occurrence of any default under the Leases. (d) To appear in and defend any action or pro- ceeding arising under, occurring out of, or in any manner connected with the Leases or the obligations, duties or liabilities of Assignor or any tenant Uereunder, and upon request by Fssignee, Assignor will do so in the name and on behalf of Assignee, but at the expense of Assignor. (e) To pay all costs and expenses of Assignee, including attorneys' fees in a reasonable sum, in any action or proceeding in which Assignee may appear in connection herewith. (f) To neither create nor permit any lien, charge 5 - w F L u or Pncumbranc;! upon its interest as lessor of the �, rases except the lien of the Mortgage or as %rovided in the Mort- gage. Assignor further covenants and agrees that this Assign- ment creates and constitutes an equitable and specific lien upon the Cash Collateral, -and that this Assignment does not create or constitute a pledge of or conditional security interest in such cash Collateral. 3. Prior Approval For Actions Affecting Leases. That Assignor, without the prior written consent of the Assignee, further covenants and agrees: (a) Not to receive or collect any Cash Collateral from any present or future tenant of the Premises or any part thereof for a period of more than two (2) months in advance (whether in cash or by promissory note), nor pledge, transfer, mortgage, grant a security interest in, or other- wise encumber or assign future payments of Cash Collateral. (b) Not to waive forgive, excuse, condone, dis- count, set off, compromise or in any manner release or 9itcharge any tenant under any Leases of the Premises of ar_d from any obligation, covenant, condition and agreement by tenant to be kept, observed and performed, including the obligation to pay the Cash Collateral thereunder in the manner and at the place and time specified therein. (c) Not to cancel, terminate or consent to any surrender of any of the Leases, nor coinmence any action of ejectment or any summary proceedings For dispossession of the tenant under any of the Leades nor ar r i e c se any right of recapture of the Premises provided in any Leases, nor 4 modify or in any way alter the terms thereof. — I E (di Not to lease any part of the Premises, nor renew or extend the term of any Leases of the Premises unless an option therefor was originally so reserved by tenants in the eases for a fi:ted and definite rental. (e) Not to relocate any tenant withii. the Premises, nor consent to any modification of the express purposes for Owhich the Premises or any part thereof is to be used, or to any assignment of the Leases by any tenant thereunder or to O any assignment or further subletting of any sublease. CO (f) Not to assign, pledge, encumber or place any security agreement against the Leases or Cash collateral. 4. Rejection of Leases. That Assignor further cove- nants and agrees as follows: (a) That in the event any tenant under the Leases should become the subject of any proceeding under the Federal Bankruptcy Act or any other federal, state of local statute which provides for the possible termination or rejection of the Leases assigned hereby, Assignor covenants and agrees that in the event any of the Leases are so rejected, no damages settlement shall be made without the prior written consent of the Assignee. (b) That any check in payment of damages for rejection or termination of any such Lease will be made payable both to the Assignor and Assignee. (c) Assignor hereby assigns any such payment to Assignee and further covenants and agrees that upon request of Assignee, it will duly endorse to the order of Assignee any such check, the proceeds of which will be applied to any portion of the indebtedness secured by this Assignment in such manner as Assignee -may elect. 7 9 �m - =i•-. -¢ :_,rt�; t: e,rm'.�.. .e^�l ��tl.. . .w�f+s�.:wi%uvG...s �..�..��.�•�r 2".- c 5. Default Deemed Default Under Deed of Trust. The Assignor hereby covenants and agrees that in the event any representation ur warranty herein if Assignor shall be found to be untrue or Assignor shall default in the observance or performance of any obligation, term, covenant, condition or 0 warranty herein, then in each such instance, the same shall 0 constitute and be deemed to be a default under the Note and 00 Mortgage, thereby entitling Assignee to declare all sums secured thereby and hereby immediately due and payable and to exercise any and all of the rights and remedies provided thereunder and herein, as well as those provided by law or in equity. ' 6. License to Collect Cash Collateral. The parties agree that as long as there shall exist no default by Assignor in the payment of any indebtedness secured hereby or in the observance and performance of any other obligation, term, covenant, condition or warranty herein or in the Note and/or Mortgage or contained in the Leases, Assignor shall have the right under a license granted hereby (but limited as provided j in the following section) to collect, but not prior to I accrual, all of the Cash Collateral arising from or out of said Leases, or any renewals, extension, and replacements thereof, or from or out of the Premises or any part thereof; and Assignor shall. receive such Cash Collateral and hold the Cash Collateral, together with the right and license herein granted, as a trust fund to be applied, and Assignor hereby covenants to so apply them, as required by Assignee, first to the payment of taxes and assessments upon said Premises before penalty or interest - is due thereon; second to the costs of insurance, maintenance and repairs required by the a 7 Lr) 0 N 0 R terms of said Mortgage; third to the satisfaction of all obligations under the Lasses; and fourth to the payment of interest, principal and any other sums becoming due under the Note and Mortgage, before using Any part of the same for any other purposes. 7. Performance and Termination of License. (a) The parties agree that upon the conveyance by Assignor and its successors and ass.Lgns of the fee title of the Premises, all right, title, interest and powers granted under the license described above shall automatically pass to and may be exercised by each subsequent owner; and that upon or at any time after default in the payment of any indebtedness secured hereby or in the observance or perfor- mance of any obligation, term, covenant, condition or warranty contained herein, in the Note, Mortgage or in the Leases, the Assignee, at its option and without notice, shall have the complete right, power and authority hereunder to exercise and enforce any or all of the following rights and remedies at any time. (1) To terminate the license granted to Assignor to collect the Cash Collateral without taking possession of the Premises or the Leases, and to demand, collect, receive, sue for, attach and levy against the Cash Collateral in Assignee's name; to give proper receipts, releases and acquittances therefor; and after deducting all necessary and proper costs and expenses of operation and ; collection as determined by Assignee, including reasonable attorneys' fees, to apply the net proceeds thereof, together ; with any funds of Assignor deposited with Assignee, upon any indebtedness secured hereby and in such order as Assignee j .. may determine. 3 ; 9 0 ML !!Elf (2) ro declare all sums secured hereby imme- diately due and payable and, at its option, exercise all or any of the rights and remedies contained in the Note and/or Mortgage or other instrument given to secure the indel)ted- U-) ness secured hereby. 0 (3) Without regard to the adequacy of the 0 security or the solvency of Assignor, with or without any action or proceeding through any person, agent, trustee or receiver under the Mortgage, or by a receiver to be appointed by court, and without regard to Assignor's possession, to enter upon, take possession of, manage and operate the Premises or any part thereof; make, modify, enforce, cancel or accept surrender of any Leases now or hereafter in effect on said Premises or any part thereof; remove and evict any Ox tenant; increase or decrease rents; decorate, clean, repair and otherwise do any act or incur any costs or expenses as Assignee shall deem proper to protect the 3ecurity hereof, as fully and to the same extent as Assignee could do if in possession; and in such event, to apply the Cash Collateral so collected in such order as Assginee shall deem proper to the permanent operation and management fees and costs, brokerage and attorneys' fees; payment of the indebte'dness under the Note and Mortgage and payment to a reserve fund --for replacements and capital improvements, -which fund shall not bear iftt,zest, (4) Require Assignor to transfer all security deposits to Assignee, together with all records evidencing such deposits. �b) Assignor further agrees and covenants that for the purposes hereinabove enumerated in this section, 10 ERhIBIT A [7 0 Lot 5, Block 5, Southcenter Corporate Park, � as per Plat recorded in Volume 114 of Plats, N pages 3b-42 inclusive, records of King County, p Washington. RE ... - ...a.. �,4. u�.. :w, r 222 Assignee shall have constructive possession, whether or not it is in actual possession, in order to effectuate such purposes, and in no event shall Assignee accrue any'liabilty by reason of such constructive -possession. Assignee shall CT not be required to give notice, or make demand, to Assignor JOor any tenants under then existing Leases of its actions to effectuate such purposes; provided, however, that the CO acceptance by Assignee of this Assignment, with all of the rights, powers, privileges and authority created hereunder shall not, prior to entry upon and taking possession of the Premises by Assignee, be deemed or construed to constitute the Assignee a "Mortgagee in Possession," nor thereafter or at any time or in any event obligate Assignee to appear in or defend any action or proceeding relating to the Leases or the Premises, or to take any action hereunder or thereunder, or to expend any money or incur any expenses or perform or discharge any obligation, duty or liability under the Leases, or to assume any obligation or responsibility for any secur- ity deposits or other deposits delivered to Assignor by any tenant thereunder and not assigned and delivered to Assignee; nor shall Assignee be liable in any way for injury or damage to person or property sustained by any person or persons, partnership, firm or corporation in or about the Premises. (e) That the collection of the Cash Collateral and application thereof as aforesaid and/or the entry upon and taking possession of the Premises shall neither cure or waive any default nor waive, modify or affect any notice of default required 'under the Note and/or Mortgage nor invali- date any act done pursuant to such notice. The enforcement of any Light or remedy by Assignee, once exercised, shall la 11 L continue until Assignee shall have collected and applied such Cash Cc-,ateral as may he necessary to cure the then existing default and for so long thereafter as Assignee may, in its sole discretion, deem necessary to secure the in- S� Ln debtedness. Although the original default be cured and the joexercise of any such right or remedy be discontinued, the CV same or any other right or remedy hereunder shall not be W exhausted and may be reasserted at an-- time and from time to time following any subsequent default. (d) The rights and powers Conferred upon Assignee hereunder are cumulative of and not in lieu of any other rights and powers otherwise granted by Assignee. 8. Appointment of Attorney. The Assignor hereby constitutes and appoints Assignee its true and lawful attor- ney -in -fact, coupled with an interest; and in the name, f place and stead of Assignor, to subordinate at any time and _ from time to time, any Leases affecting the Premises or any part thereof to the lien of the Mortgage or any other mort- gage or deed of trust, security interest, lien or encum- brance of any kind encumbering the Premises, or to any ground lease of the Premises; and to request or require such subordination where such option or authority was reserved to Assignor under any such Leases, or in any case where Assignor otherwise would have the right, power or privilege so to do. This appointment shall be irrevocable and continuing and i these rights, powers and privileges shall be exclusive in'' Assignee, its successors and assigns as long as any _,art of the indebtedness secured hereby shall remain unpaid. As- signor hereby warrants that it has not, at any time prior to the date hereof, exercised any right to subordinate any such i i F I ' 12 =_{ Leases to the Mortgage or to any other mortgage, deed of trust, interest, lien or encumbrance of any kind, or gxnund lease (except the ground lease or leases creating the Prem- ises, if any) and further covenants not to exercise any such right. 9. Indemnification. The Assignor shall indem. '1 and 01. hold Assignee harmless from and shall defend Assignee against, 'T any and all liability, loss, damage or expense which Assignee J CO may incur under or by reason of this Assignment, or .for any action taken by Assignee hereunder, or by reason or in defense of any and all claims and demands whatsoever which may be asserted against Assignee arising out of the Leases, including but not limited to, any claims by any tenants of credit for rent.,. for any period under any Leases for more than two (2) months in advance of the due date thereof and security deposits paid to and received by Assignor, but not delivered tc, Assignee. Should Assignee incur any such liability, loss, damage or expense, the `count thereof (including reasonable attorneys' fees) with interest thereon at the maximum rate permitted by law shall be payable by Assignor immediately without demand, and shall be secured as a lien hereby and by said Mortgage. 10. Records. Until the indebtedness secured hereby shall have been paid in full, Assignor shall deliver to Assignee executed copies of the Leases and any and all renewals of existing Leases and future Leases upon all or any part of the Premises, and will transfer and assign such �. Leases upon the same terms and conditions as herein con- tained. Assignor hereby covenants and agrees to make, execute i and deliver unto Assignee, upon demand and at any time, any k . i i 13 and all assig-mentu and other records and instruments, including but not limited to, rent rolls, tenant financial statements and books of account sufficient for the purpose that Assignee may deem to be advisable for carrying out the purposes and intent, of this Assignment. 11. No Waiver.. The failure of Assignee to avail itself of any of the terms, covenants and conditions of this cv Assignment fo- any period of time or at any time shall not be, nor anything done or omitted to be done by Assignee co pursuant hereto shall be deemed, a waiver by Assignee of any of its rights and remedies under the Note and/or Mortgacv or of the benefit of the laws of the State in which the said Premises are situated. The rights of Assignee to collect the said indebtedness, to enforce any security therefor, or to enforce any other right or remedy hereunder may be exer- cised by Assignee, either prior to, simultaneously with, or 3ubseguent to, any such other action hereinbefore described, and shall not be deemed an election of remedies. 12. Primary Secuzity, This Assignment is absolute, unconditional and primary in nature to the obligation evi- denced and secured by the Note, Mortgage and any other document given to secure and collateralize the indebtedness secured hereby. Assignor agrees that Assignee may enforce this Assignment without first resorting to or exhausting any other security or collateral; provided however, that nothing herein contained shall prevent Assignee from suing on the Note, foreclosing the Mortgage judicially as a mortgage or non -judicially as a deed of trust, or exercising any other right or remedy under any other document evidencing or collateralizing the indebtedness secured hereby. 14 c p.. sy.,���.� ^"_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ... war, r •,,.r_. ,» w 13. Merger. The fact that (i) the Lease or the -- leasehold estate created thereby may be held directly or indirectly by or for the account of any person or entity which 'shall have an interest in the Fee estate of the Prem- Oices, ji) the operatior, if law, or (iii) any other event shall not merge any Leases or the leasehold estates created CV O thereby with the fee estate in the Premises so long as ^ny of the indebtedness secured hereby and by the Note and Mortgage shall remain unpaid, unless Assignee shall consent in writing to such merger. _ 14. Termination of Assignment. Upon payment in full of all of the indebtedness evidenced by rht Note and secured by the mortgage 'and payment of all sums payable hereunder, this Assignment shall be void and of no further effect and r no judgkent or decree entered as to said indebtedness shall ► operate to abrogate or lessen the effect of this Assignment until such indebtedness has actually been paid; provided, that the affidavit, certificate, letter or statement of any officer of Assignee showing that any portion of said in- debtedness or sums remains unpaid shall be, and shall con- stitute, conclusive evidence of the validity, effectiveness ; and continuing force of this Assignment. Any person, firm i or corporation may, and is hereby authorized by Assignor to, 1 I rely on such affidavit, certificate, letter or statement. A demand by Assignee of any tenant for payment of Cash Col- lateral by reason of any default claimed by Assignee shall be sufficient direction to said tenant to make future pay- ments of Cash Collateral to Assignee without the necessity for further consent by or notice to Assignor. 15. Notice. .All uotices, demands, requests or docu- i5 L ments of any kind which Assignee may be required or may desire to serve upon Assignor hereunder. shall be suffi- ciently delivered by delivering same to Assignor personally or by leaving a copy of same addressed to Assignor at �h A:signdr's address herein set forth, or by Assignee deposit- Cing a copy of same :n a regularly maintained receptacle of N the United States mails, pnst,ge prepaid, certified or _O registered mail, addressed to Assignor at said address. cz7 Notices, demands, requests and documents given in such manner shall be deemed sufficiently delivered, served or given for all purposes hereunder at the time such notice, demand, request or document shall have been delivered to or mailed as hereinbefore provided to the addressee. Any party hereto may, by delivery to the other party of notice, desig- nate a different address. 16. Assignment Binds Successor The terms, covenants, conditions and warranties contained herein, and the powers granted hereby, shall run with the land and shall inure to the benefit of, and bind all parties hereto and their respec- tive heirs, executors, administrators, marital communities (if any), successors and assigns and all tenar*s and their subtenants and assigns and all subsequent owner;. f the Premises and subsequent holder of the Note and/or Mortgage. 17. Additional Rights and Remedies. In addition to, but not in lieu of, any other rights hereunder, Assignee shall have the right to institute suit and obtain a protec- tive or mandatory injunction to prevent a breach or default of., or to enforce the observation by such'Assignor of, the agreements, covenants, terms and conditions contained herein, and shall have the right to attorneys' fees, costs, expenses, 4 ments of any kind which Assignee may be required or may desire to serve upon Assignor hereunder. shall be suffi- ciently delivered by delivering same to Assignor personally or by leaving a copy of same addressed to Assignor at �h A:signdr's address herein set forth, or by Assignee deposit- Cing a copy of same :n a regularly maintained receptacle of N the United States mails, pnst,ge prepaid, certified or _O registered mail, addressed to Assignor at said address. cz7 Notices, demands, requests and documents given in such manner shall be deemed sufficiently delivered, served or given for all purposes hereunder at the time such notice, demand, request or document shall have been delivered to or mailed as hereinbefore provided to the addressee. Any party hereto may, by delivery to the other party of notice, desig- nate a different address. 16. Assignment Binds Successor The terms, covenants, conditions and warranties contained herein, and the powers granted hereby, shall run with the land and shall inure to the benefit of, and bind all parties hereto and their respec- tive heirs, executors, administrators, marital communities (if any), successors and assigns and all tenar*s and their subtenants and assigns and all subsequent owner;. f the Premises and subsequent holder of the Note and/or Mortgage. 17. Additional Rights and Remedies. In addition to, but not in lieu of, any other rights hereunder, Assignee shall have the right to institute suit and obtain a protec- tive or mandatory injunction to prevent a breach or default of., or to enforce the observation by such'Assignor of, the agreements, covenants, terms and conditions contained herein, and shall have the right to attorneys' fees, costs, expenses, 4 r7 a and ordinary and punative damages )ccasioned by any such breach or default by Assignor. 1B_ Location of Performance. Assignor expressly agrees that this Assignment is performable at the county in which the Premises is located and waives the right to be ;.7 zsued elsewhere. The Assignor agrees and consents to the jurisdiction of any court of competent jurisdiction located LA) in the county in which the Premises is located 19. Severability. If any provision of this Assignment or the application thereof to any entity, person or circum- stance shall be invalid or unenforceable to any extent, the remainder of this Assignment and the application of such provisions to "other entities, persons or circumstances shall not be affected thereby, and shall not be affected thereby, and shall be enforced to the greatest extent permitted by law. 20. No Third Party Assignees. It is expressly agreed by Assignor that this Assignment shall not be construed or deemed made for the benefit of any third party or parties. 21. Entire Agreement. This Assignment conta_._s the entire agreement concerning the Assignment of Leases and Cash Collateral between the parties hereto. No variations, modifications or changes herein or hereof shall be binding upon any party hereto"unless set forth in a document duly executed by 'or -)n behalf of such party. 22. Constructidn. Whenever used herein, whenever the context so requires, the singular number shall include the plural, the plural the singular, and the use of any gender shall include all genders. The word, "Mortgage," as used herein shall mean Mortgage, Deed of Trust, Trust Deed, 17 a security Deed or geed to Secure Debt, All obligations of each Assi7nor hereunder shall be joint and several, 23. Multi le Counter arts. This instrument may be executed in multiple counterparts, all of which shall be deemed originals and with'the same effect as if all parties C7 hereto had signed the same document. All of such counter- 0 70 parts shall be construed together and ehall constitute one instrument, but in making proof, it shall only he necessary fit] to produce one such counterpart. 24. Governing Law, The parties agree that the law of the. State in which the Premises is located shall govern the performance and enforcement of this Assignment. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Assignment on this + 3 day of .� AS$fC R +c4'L �u DOUG R. MCKEEN Husband and Wife Address: 6203 South 194th Street Kent, Washington ASSIGNEE 0' WN�[ELL, HRIGi3AM &_ PARTI ERE, - NORTHWEST PROPERT ES, 1 =1-artner 51"Dave ag Address: Street Suite 760 + Newport Beach, CA 92660 is a STATE OF G.9L 1�ciR,(JI.f ) ) ss. COUNTY OF 0X4A10O- ) On this p•elb day of /_ 1981, before me, the undersigned, a Notary Public kh awn for the State of duly commissioned and sworn, person- ally appeared Q, I to me known to be the Managing Partner of O DONNELL, BRIGHAM & PARTNERS - NORTH- lX) WEST PROPERTIES, a General Partnership, the partnership that O executed the foregoing instrument, and acknowledged the said cU instrument tv be the free and voluntary act and deed of said partnership, for the uses and purposes therein mentioned, :D and on oath stated that he was authorized to execute the 00 said instrument. WITNESS my hand and official seal hereto affixed the day'and year first above written. s? ' OFPICIAE SEAL MARS+iA t. AUSTIN CAUFOR No a Public in and for a sta e �' • NOIAAi PV6EIC • CAltiOANIA y , H, ORANGEm. CRTei t t�ex of residing at r�y�p,yy,,� , STATE OF � ss. COUNTY OF I �. On this -day of •. �i1 �.(:r rt• d-t� ly �'�, before me, the un er�s�grted, a Notary Public for tie State of ?r•��.�. �1 personally appear AOUGLAS E. MCKEEN and OLIVE S.,,CKEEN, to me known to be the persors named in the foregoing document, and acknowledged to me that they executed the same freely and voluntarily for,. the uses and purposes therein mentioned. Witness my hand and official seal the Aay 4fiA:.yFar; in this certificate first al a written. ` :".••;' ter. . is• •') i 64 .4�-.C-'?'t+t'iti Notj y Public in and i or t e: of ,i., ,i= resipng I' WDS/31a 19 ilk • ._..ter - w�,.. ..,r EXUBIT A r� 0 Lot 5. Block 5, Southoenter Corporate Park, w as per Plat recorded in Volume 114 of Plats, CV pages,36-42 inclusive, records of King County, 0 Washington. .; ej M I I � Agreement made, effP--tive as of ^, 1996, between Qv-*zdall Terminals, a joint vesture coaprised of Altino Properties, Inc., a Washington corporation, and J. H. Baader 4 Co., a California limited partnership (bereinafter "Grantors"), and Barbee Kill Co.. Inc., a Uashipgton corporation, and J. H. Salter s 6 Co_, a California limited partr+ership (hereinafter 'Grantees"). WHEREAS, Grantors are the owners of certain real property ® whose location is cosamly I as 4503 Lake f3ashington Blvd. M., O Renton, Washington. the legal description of which is attached hereto as EXHIBIT A and by this reference incorporated herein (,Parcel A"). 6i e WHEREAS, Grantee (Barbee still Co., Inc.) is the o=u of certain real property cosraaly knobs as 4101 "ak Hashington Blvd, U., Renton, Hashington, the legal daac iptian of which is attached hereto as Maly IT 8 and by this reference incorporated herein (-Parcel 9.1. WHEREAS, Grantee (J. H. Baxter & Co.) is the owner of certain real property coz==aly known as 5015 Lake M@angtem Blvd. A., 'Renton, f7ashingtan, the legal de9=19tion of wbich�ia attached tisretc aA ZSIT C and by this refer= iacpaporated Serei.A fPareal 'C"). ��omrssasruuiraafn»u.i� 7 WHMU AS, Grantees desire to acquire certain rights in parcel A. kAS, the parties hereto wis's to establish a legal description as to the location of an easecxat for access and right of way, the terms and conditions for the maintenance of the roadway, and future relocation of the roadway. FOR TEE ($10.08) DOLLARS AND IN CONSIDMWION of the mutual promises and covenants contained herein, the sufficiency of which is unconditionally acknowledged by Grantors and Grant the parties hereby agree as follows: I. e3WT 07 rMSMMM Grantors hereby agree to grant and convey in perpetuity fray N the effective date of this conveyance to Grantees an easement for roadway uses and utilities over, across and under Parcel A. The G easement granted in this instrument is appurtenant to Parcel H and Parcel C. xx. s The easement shall be for the purpose of providing access for ingress and egress and for underground utilities between Parcel A and Parcel e, between Parcel A and Parcel C. and batmen Parcel 8 and Parcel C. The roadway shall provide access sufficient and adequate for the purposes of Grantees, wxs to the highest use permitted by the then current sowing. including two Acme poiute to the public highway tr= Parcel A. The way- n* awry be used by tram/r�us/arn�Iacr/a no��, u 2 WM E 11 k� the owners of Parcel B and Parcel C, as well as their officers, �} emplayees, agents. tena:na oul III. B]!S! T.oCai'Ionf The easement granted in this instrument is located on the east 60 feet of that portion of Parcel A lying immediately west of railroad right-of-way. Iv. ROMMI HMACAYIW The Grantors or Grantors' successors or assigns may relo;,ate the easement across Parcel A at their sole discretion and eyqettse provided passage between Parcel a and Parcel C swains uninterrupted. and at least two access points reriin `rom Parcel A to the public highway_ Grantor or Grantor's successors or assigns I further agree to record a restated legal description for this easement upon relocation. They shall also dedicate the easement n to the City as a public right-of-way, if such dedication is I required by the City as a condition for approval for any plattir,i bj processes involving either Parcel B or Parcel C. d V. r= The easement granted herein shall exist in perpetuity, and shall run with the land and the title to such property, and shall inuie to the benefit of the parties to this Agreecant, their respective heirs, successors or assigns. vI. t9UM7r2Mz= CV Grantees, their respective successors, heirs and nssigho, covenant pith Grantors, their respective auceeseoro, hairo and assigns that Grantees, from time to tiaa, and at all ticso aster 15�101/y7Ksl�fi61lLCl/i97l0f.�� � a j� the effective date of this instru—t, at Grantees' own cost and �j expense, riii repair and maintain, in a ptcdre x , ouipto;- uLisi, " �rkerlike manner, the above -described roadway. As between the Grantees, the coats of repair and maintenance shall be equitably apportioned based uvon each party'e use of the easement. Viz. CGOWU RIGRM OF QUAtTi+oIt Grantors and their successors, heirs and assigns may continue to use the easement for their -Am purposes so long as their use is not inconsistent with the purpose of thin grant. VilI. I1ID MCM103 Each party hereto will be responsible for claims or damages to resulting from or arising out of the use of the easement by such D party and shall indemnify and hold all other parties hereto Charmless from any claims or damages arisira therefrom. �A v II. S8n?EQTI AORMCOWT This Agreement shall constitute the entire agreement between the parties and any prior uaderntanding or representation of any kind preceding the date of this Agreemmnt shall not be binding upon either party except to the extent incorporated is this Agreement. II. LICDIpLC�'2I� OV 4930=FTi any codification of this Agret or additiosal obligation assumed by either party in connection with this Agreement shall be binding only if evidenced in writing by each party or an authorized representative of each party. UWWP I/4= CM"7390J.s1 4 s 11 ZI. atTC3=' 8 PM in the event of any coatroverey, claim, or dispute rclatiaq w tkis izi;truE*--nt or its breacb, the prevailing party shall be entitled to recover reasonable expenses, attorneys fees and costs. I=. UUM=SPA This Agreement shall bind and inure to the benefit of the respective heirs, personal representatives, successors, and assigns of the parties. =n_ Lw It is agreed that this greecent shall be governed by, construed, and enforced in accordance +rich the laws of the state of ® liaahiygton. and venue shall ba-in Ming tbunty. fa yxiv_ maces v4 Any notice provided for or concerning this Agreement shall be id in writing and shall be deemed sufficiently given when sent by certified or registered mail if sent to the respective address of each party as set forth at the begianing•of this Agreement. The titles to the paragraphu of this Agreement are solely for the convenience of the parties and shall nat be used to explain, modify, sicplify, or aid in the interpretation of the provisions of this Agrec=eat. M UrTmw t party to ttia ant has caused it to be exacuted at tlaohington, on the date 'indicated bslca. imm�+xcsra�asvann+�sn"i� 5 DATIM this _.'gday of 1996. G AMRS QOEEMLL 7EMM3VIS. a joint venture cocpr issd of Altino Properties, .nc _ , a UMaL ngton corporation. aZ4 J. H. Barter & Co., a wifo=ia limited partnership AL -rim PWPER--IES, INC. By: It.s: r J. H. HAMM a BY: GRANTERS BAR8tK8 1ULL CO. , INC a uwh'_ngton corporation By: Its: 494 J. H. aMM 6 CD, a Califcrnin partnership BY_ itos S37►T8 or tMBEazG7w? i na. Comity OF a I certify that I h or bm oatiofmtozy eviaaaca that the Pere= aging bafaso Z= =a M2kftg tbio CCbMwl¢at =mot &to the peraaao tam true aip=nrea appar an thin Wit. :cnr+s�uuxuaw:ntn.i� 6 -s . - -- - -- ..- - - - - - . . -. _ a On this I -X_ day of Feb1996, before xx personally appeared C,26ffny ir. to me kruraa to be the P r eSi-IcA eat _ o= J11 [ioP' rroperciea, iuc _ , sire corporation that executed the within aM foregoing instrument, and acknowledged the said instrument to be the free and voluntary act and deed of said corporation, for the uses and purposes therein mentioned, and on oath stated that they were authorized to execute said instrument and that the seal affixed, if any, is the corporate seal of said corporation. w1T- Ss my hand and official seal hereto affixed the day and year first above written. OCin Not&4 Public f the State Of ass, resi t- Qe� my commission expires: (a- R tTypeor Frisit Motary HASeIHGYON STATE OF e,A 1 as. COUNTY OF KING 1 I certify that I knee or have satisfactory evidence that the persons appearing before me and making this admowledgcant are Ghe persons whose true signatures appear on this document. On this day of 1996, !*fore we k personally appeared �to me knorn to be the ;1;0;- ,-4 of J. H. Haxter E, Co., the corporat on t t execute the tact ' and foregoing instr=ant, and acknowledged the said instrument to be the free and volenthry act and Heed of said corporation, for the uses and puzVoees therein mentioned, and on oath stated that they were authorized to execute said instT+mant and that the seal affixed, if any, is the corporate seal of said corporation. 17MESS my hand and official seal be to affixed the day and year first above written. I. M G FORM RC in Mia Ear SHiliOf , '"Aim at: -e- NYooisaLam eApiive [Type or PFIM wry l 1�63!'RLiSlilri!![mn71f01. 11 7 i n •r 0 0 O STATE CP UhSHIN'PM i r 8e_ COUNTY OF KING I certify that I kxKm or have satisfactory evidence that the parsons appearing, before me and caking this ackwwIed%=ant are the persona wbove true signatures appear on this docent. On this La day of 2996. before CM personally appe ntn: i� to me kno= to be the -cr narnee wax Co., Inc., the an corporat C execute e e thin and foregoing instr=ant, and ackawledged the said irAtrument to be the free and voluntary act and deed of said corporation, for the uses and putposes therein mentioned. and on oath stated that they ware authorized to euecute said instrucant and that the seal affixed. iS any, is the corporate seal of said corporation. WITMWS Dy hand and official seal hereto affixed the day and year first above smitten. PublicNottV in and for state ofMmaington, residing ' ray aion ex-V i¢ Q q .QiteI [Type or Pr ntVotary Mace �ammcanuecwun+os.i� 8 M I .. O m a That portion of Goverment Lot 5 in section 29, Township 24 North, Mange 5 East, It-M. and shoreland adjoining lying westerly of the Northern Pacific Railroad right of Bray and southerly of a line described as follows: Beginning at the quarter corner an the south line of said Section 29. thence north 690SS'360 west along the south line of said Lot 5, 1,113.01 feet to the westerly line of said Northern Pacific Railroad right of way; thence north 29044'54• east 649.62 feet along said right of way line to a point hereinafter referred to as point A; thence continuing NozXh 29044/540 east 200.01 feet to the true point of beginning of the line herein described; thence south 56128•S0' vest 222.32 feet to a point which bears north 59-241S6- west 100.01 feet from said Point A; thence north 59024.56' west to the inner harbor line and the end of said line description. M*n,'M6W43WIA ft73f13. 13 1"71= L ' r All that portion of [.orer¢3ent Lnt 1. Section 32, Township 24 Borth. Range 5 East, M-n., in King Ommti. and of Second Class Sane Lauds adjoin4ng. lying•resterly of Vortbern Pacific Railroad right -of -spay; EIMPT, that port-ioa. if any, of said Shore Lands lying north of the westerly psodnctiOU of the north line of said Govern=eat lot. +e�mh�cs/atat►/ealatfas.0 right -of -toy line, 160.a1•J thasnoe V S9920.36. 8 1039.161, tone or less, to the Iantr Harbor Line of Lahe nmdhingtan: thaaoe IV 44020100• E along said Inner Harbor ilea 102.95, to a PoLut i — . which the true point of beginning bea= S 59624.36' 8; thrsct 9 59024'36• E 1013.23•, tore or leas, to the true point of beginning. EXcBPT portion thereof described an follows: Beginning at tha true point of beginning of the above deocribed property, tbrnee S 290441540 et along the wly line of tba L:ortbaru Pacific 8ailaay — ^ompany'a right-of-tPay 100.01'; tbeao< L! 59'24'35' n 100.01'; :hence N 56028150. 8 111-16• to a point fra2 t&ich the true pour of beginning bears S 59924'36' 8 a distance of 5b1; thence S j 590241360 8 50' to the true point of beginning, and BICRPT that portion of said Shore lands lying northerly of the northerly lineof said Government Lot 5 produced neoterly; situate in the County of icing, State of Washington. i r } O O . � IC17Sl/77�fi/�J/fJO07/7�71v7.i1 a ? " , r -- • �1 ii f - 0 LAND CORNER RECORD GiWWOM IA"SUKMM- IUcm—rwmd,;mvcft nVemm *&k performed by me or uWa my dhcdm b) onfamnaswc with the Survey Rwarding Am 14 0"ANYCR. AGOCY. BIMON IL HARRMN, P.C. cry smm*y%a and Mapping CI AODM!�' 301 liftAft", snitasw as j Rollevat wasbipo" "Ou GRANTEE.- PUBLIC LEGAA- r" 24 14. RGES F CORMCOM-y-&7 (Wigoomm Hawm? ankamneimmimckaft"I ArAMNAL 'M'tM"M (C gL. ftW ftgvdan to ft area. Ames Imomakk v4st iw& Weir, I& cu.) Meander Corner, Sww% Um Section 29 cowm 0S. 1 Z9&769A4 4. E. MUIA ZDKIvor* wumiamrws: NAV 83 (11"1) CORNER INFORMATION- (3) tU21mc-mg -M 0 nftdW.um Uwe bad F0rtom 3,dVM**ftfmMo:S- A10-0MVIUCH47011- ftq%*tmv* DI be Savvy Rtewdin An) (ji f3rtjpcotQM%EHb(qff Of& LAKE WASNINrjT0?J CAMEN OF EVEN (V. 11. Pg. 81) 1921 We Witshintan Shm LAndift 29-301 190 {OCAS traUme tow4fillut ShCOA 1964 Section 29 breakdown by tlaM P- Joocs 13) The feeslabhshtj position Along the 10111h line of the Sw w4ofsection 0 29. was based upon bulding the mmumm found marking the SPA IM camer Thereof, and tamina Lhc;nvtrwd anglv of the 1921 Sham Lands maps, from the 0onumcm (ourml marking the NE Sr"W corner of Section 29. The Meander Corm was them cakvlamd by holding the invawd distance from the 19:1 Shure Lands maps along the 6 twqmtcd South Um of the SW 1A. Set Vx 5" wnwete munumcm wf3' bms cap itt Law. as a Whimen Corner (N: 196.163.36, Et 1JMMS.41),269AS feet casictty of the computed position of the Meunier Comet. Monument tied IDNAD *33 (l"0network i0,l9F9$, Also, refer to City ofBtnmc Station Q;U Cards No.0159 and 643L I • A t 1 Fat Ce'ittpa tits ailera haa, The Mena tads la tAe oaadmt� del lO yapprop3cx 3�rmaioe olljaes. . Far atlm 1 09 em G* m an W9, the Dauer rode Is do line desigaatioa rad me mlamd late xpmoa4 LcR, e cum mHas 5bctwe®'Wc3d tC"ndw4wtcdBC-5. Fan t omm On art: belwt= r=, the corner cods is bo6 lint stg meats; Le, a tamer m dit SE 114 a doe M 114 of `. Bahian Is is deslam d WN 4.3. e! i t f a) at an a aN$t7fro one a>Orn A 0 4 s •D - a R C a 7 I a o' a Y A A % R r 'Y Z e 0 C � e r a R . l tl , a 1 a 4 Y e E t T t a goo i' 0 0 pttrtYNppT7'Cpt?arflflalC RC W 51.09A60 (2) rcpi cs the foRwing b6cmmi0a at dib rmm. m mewou aesctipumt and lowaioa. in Terance to 6t coma pusWao. of ail OMWn wn end aetasoriis (a.) frond at ehe cones ana (b.) pieced or mptaad at the earner (e.) bash of bearings wW to describe or bow ach mantaatras or atcmmia; and (d.) wolkry isfamatio4 mu may be beipfal to relocat at identify the coma position• l r itt� ■�/� tixrn Rid ttl� own" ��_ �! ��H ■�l�! ■it>l�� ■ate �� N�»tn at"�so" HBO are titer amissMrm" no" tl�## Wwas. 20000209900005 135 17 (P A 000 f�JND PIN WT CAP d 0/ ON LINE POINT "A PIN IN IMTH CAP SEE SHEET 2 i,-N59b3'44'W KJ OILER 5524' FOUND 4" CONIC r FENCE IN. IS 2,LnOye.H or WON OF PROP EiDi S _R NOT SET W '6 27-43'19- R 120-00 .rV 2 n°i L T OFF —RAMP BLDG E SIDE R CL ON PROP LINE 4.3"Ofl a]Fr 00 T -14 5.3, L 68.2 OLsIGN AS PER W.S.D.C.7 R/W < < MAP RENTON TO •(ENNYDALE IL TRUE POINT OF SHEET6 or 6; OATE3 A-RIL 12, 1955 w A — 22'28'QjF A BEGINNING OF o it R PARCEL '8' V) z A, 20 #1834 _:12l.64' z4 IM3,5?, 1 rn '96688.9-1 < T =z 4 - Igioao 6 N 196744.3239 N A .0 L 437.58' 0 269 4-' E '303747.98E4 E 13015360�60T liiM-L-OINT OF- "30374 N 44TH $T VAC. 43 BEGINNN 1* 1. " REC. V) PA A RCEL 95S8847'06'E 251-3.21' k28 32 33 :NTE; -RSECTL ?,0' N 01 PRC� COR SOUTH UNC SEC 23 DEC% SPIRAL- 'MTH WE'ST PACIFIC \-ICJND A BRONZE --UG Q UHL SC CURVE rouNc 3-1/2' BRASS [AEC .11,ORP R P FIC RR AND PUNCH IN POST POST .50 NORTHERN CONC. F W1 PUNCH ON CONIC. T 0216*52" rNCO.5' IN MON. CASI- DIN. %5' IN WON. CASE A - a R_= 2035.00' OF GOVT LOT 1 CL, Or SE Sf;TH 7 - 40.51 POINT OF Ut-GINNING ST. & 116TH AVE. Sr L � 81.02- 'A DOCK z: --"'EtLDG COR IS �4_.Y C CONSTRUCTED or MOP L W-' - . I .:, 2; Z., OF PARCEL -T — 8011 CORIS4, WSEC 8. COR S 7.3 W.-T OF �ROP HE OF. PROF' Of" PCtN7 OF BEGINNING OF PARCEL "B" 96G COR IS 2,,0' W, ­2 rcz OV29*59 --dr PROP L RLDG COW is 6.9' w•dLOG 0 OF PROP LINE N3036'24'E,: 72' EILDG CO IS 2.6' W. SP4TAL CHORD}' 7 or PROP:J_Ir* 30 ff OF SPIRALCUR% [,4D /_s/ / 11STRICIFD ACqS- LIJ FENCE COR IS IL5 E REC. W. 4615424?.L�" _j ..... X 415' 5 OF PROP C X, el < STAKING. N6TE5I'. 0 SE-T CAPP-) iRCN FENCE CDR is 05 E X 0.9' N OF PROP COR 'A- S� ;2233-3 p,,i W/(� tr T = 159"49' Cr L.r 31 8_3535, BEARINGS: N REFE.R'J.O Cl tY..& RENTON HORIZONTAL DATUM NAD 83/91 FC 8 SET CAPPkl)�'IRON REFER TO RECORD OF SURVEY IN BOOK 46 OF SURVEY COUNTY, WASHINGION. PIN VTALS# 3 AT PACE 1,36, KING R .4�*NID NCR i Ln— e,,: Cie.ao REFER TO SHORT PLAT FILE NO, LIJA-93-097-SHP-,, r* SHORT PLAT DOCUMENT NO. LND-20-0157 M;C43 k V" r REFER TO DESIGN PER W.S.D.O.T, RIW MAP REN70N TO KENNYDALE SHEET 6 OF 6; DATED APRIL 12, 1955 N88'49'55"W Cb"gGENCE�: ANGLE: �i"00'58- 439 GRID kALC.$ACTOR 9999S - I - : :,i6. 0k -<0 2. 72- SCAB: 0.99998299 BLDG COR IS COMBINED -GRID INSTRUMENT: CW PROP LINE` FACTOR THIS SURVEY WAS PERFORMED VATI�• A WILD TCI03OU A. BLDG CDR 15 5.8' N�711STEIRY OF PROP LINE HOUSE (THREE SECOND) ELECTRONIC THFODELlTE. SERIAL NO. 337190 GRAPHIC Sd)IW__ ADJUS-MENT METHOD USED: r 2C* 1w aa* USE -A LEAST SOL: D 'ARES ADJUSTMENT METHOD FOR ALL rDV4LLprAbQ H f9 H FIELD: -TRAVERSE DATA AND ADJUSTED TC THE WASHING -ON STATE PLANE CODRaNATE SYSTEM NORTH ZONE, (NA:) 83/91); IN FEE!)V MIS CIJY US RENTON 'MAYON I Al- DAIUM ?ONTS #1933, I inch 200 ft. #1893 J4834 i:-- -- (GOV. LOT 5) A PORTION OF THE SE 1/4, SW 1/4 OF THE SEC. 29, TWP. 24 N., RGE.I. E.W. M. (GOV. LOT 1) A PORTION OF THE NE 1/4. NW 1/4 OF THE SEC 32, TWIP. 24 N., RGL 5.--,:E.t WK AUDITOR OR RECORDER'S CERTIFICATE Fied for record thisqU on day of 1494=600r.111A M. SURVEYOR'S CERTIFCATE -his map correctly represents a survey mode by -ric Or RECORD OV'SURV-Y �- ., 0EV-ELOP.bAENT "KING -KING C60NTY WASFia I krTON RENTON, in BooklaS of Surveys at pagel-10, of the request cf under my direction in confc-mcnce with tte requirements By DAB D X 9 9 7 JO0 BUSH. ROED & HITCHNGS. INC. or i-ic Survey Recordiw5 Act at the request of VUtGCrV BUSH, ROES & HITCHINGS, INC. COUNTY AUDt70R OR 01ASON OF RFCORCS & ELr_CTIONS ace Sam W^W J40'J WC CIVIL ENGINEERS & LAND SURVEYORS 2009 MINOR AVE, EAST (206) 323-414-4 SEAIILE, WASHINGTON 1-800-935-0508 DRAWN :!;,08- .96145.QG County Auditor a- Superintendent of Records a-ficote No. ZL 96107-3513 FAX# (282 323­ 7135 I E -MAIL: IN F RHtNC,CQM _H.EC SAH -KED BY FC SCALE: I OF3 200002099 00C 135 1'7(pA <-` A PORTION .OF THE SW 1 /4 SEC. 29, TWP. 24 N., RGE 5 E., W.M. 1i ;RID NQRiIi .Ci?hiVEi2GENCE AAIGFE:-:-00'58" _ GRtC',CALE =ACTOR 4.99999at0 CO M6RiEO GRID SCALE: 0.5g9882138,. GRkt kiO SC{ LE ` :•� + f � mo n Sao mn goo eat.` �•\_ r j ( IN FEET } 1 inch 200ft /.:- •/'i' .•.� .� -FOUND CAVED IRCN P14 OYIFR" :. . -• /�_"• 6• BIAG CANQRY IS 4.5' N OF PROP CRC&•: . , /APR.:. ';?4' 'i :. ••• IS 4.5' 1 / 1 '_ Q^ •`'•" - _ .'SX ."BL00:gANCPY,, • N OF F({t7? i ifllf 1 / , I . r:'• :SET TACK IN ILAI] •.04 P.CCK ON LINC �=�rflE• / LAC ,fANQPY IS 2.6'. g7• N (1F-"•PROP Ut�E •- -•/ --4.4 N FROM 1M(iCD / 6' wow FENCE LINE.IS - 04 •, i i��• ' 9:7• N OF PROP •P4- 9• _ _ STAKING NOTES / a4 1yafEl1(t 10< Is .. :: •+`• , o. HIa°� a.za{"" J 1.2' S OF =aSP tlNE u7Q . CAPPED IRON - •• _.. •• p1N w/OAP•r^ !- j4 2233j--: p SET CAPPE(] .RON /' :: �� SLAG CANOPY 1S 3.4' - [° PIN W/CAP LS..'22333 /• is �PQ N OF PROP uNE .... • : -' j ��� hyn� gyp`", a�3J / • $ ��a_ • . ' f A �a GOV`T LOT 4 - ';ROB /345.5: �V3f� s 1169.53 — LtlT 5- �T / DR3T'4b'46"E� P SET-•C 97 INON•: i `�• r„ •100.00PI(2 w/CAP - t5# 2Z335 •• .� rOUND A 3/8. ORGNZE PLLG AND ?:JNCK IN CONC POST ON. O.B' IN MOW CASE AT INT. Sc 72ND ST k 116tH AVE SE #1833 29 r 2 N 199345.511 E 1306404.38C7 d IF Z 3` FENCE COR 4.7•N w (" f�L 1 EWND 4 CCNC- ` �% 41' E Or PROP "p� 531`46`-46�W"• \�?0,6'e' w :•• � s __ h �~ •r::. I �/ �g� � I /• - Mpg' 100,00' • 4's8_ ` • "5i4. , . =•!� °' N ry , , �Al.t.►s'� f `aa� �,� 4 j1' \ 01 fig,.' �� • • RfONUMENC '• ; . O u i ooa¢s +!u/ D'L y� g4J • rays �� z'� ,��o •'P�rsocoR 1.6:E n•:-'• /M:� / /.:• _ — - P• ND PAN'M T3f CRP - AUDITOR OR RECORDER'S CERTIFICATE F"Ied for record this day of , 19 at M. in Book of Surveys at gage at the request of BUSH, ROED & HITCHINGS, INC. COUNTY AUDITOR OR Dt\4SION OF RECORDS & ELCCTfONS 5EE PA6g I County Auditor or Superintendent of Records SEE SHEET 1 POINT �` -N5903`44"W io ,oy°S oq• �o3 rFENCE JNE IS 2.0• E OF PROP COR / SURVEYOR'S CERTIFICATE This rrap correctly represents a survey made by me or under my directio- in confurmorce with the requirements of the Survey Recording Act a1 the request of q Cerli , ate No. FENCE L:NL IS 3:7' V OF PROP GOR- B.> • bR UNE 5. - -- .:- FOUr10 P'M 1YlTTi: LAPr "KJ 0YL.FR 55Y.4' :T ..i.• sr� .8 0� 4" • HWY 6tw: D.06. S . - Teto 9•�•_C 140T SET . .•• _..... REGQRID CIF SURVT-!Y JAG==fl�VEL0RAENT :: RENTON. _• -" KING .COUNTY j WASFURGT0W -. . BUSH. ROED*& HITCHINGS, INC. CIAL ENGINEERS do LAND SURVEYORS DRAWN BY DAB D)h 11:;08-99 : JOB A6145.G ) 2009 MINOR AVE. EAST (206 323-4144 5EATTLE WASHINGTON 1-800-935--0508 98102-3513 T# (2U6) 323-7135 CHECKED BY SAH SCALE: 1'=20&--. SHI<6 2 Uf-- E-MAIL- I FOGBRHlr C.COM 200002099 00005 := SOUTH R RCEL ALSC THAT PORTION OF GOVERNMENT LOT 4, SECTION 29. TOWNSHIP 24 w (BARGE€ FCRGU--`PRODUCTS, INC.) NORTH RANGE 5 EAST, W.M., IN KING COUNTY, WASHINGTON, ALL -0:71T POR1I0N::61F GOVEINk1Ey1 LOT 1, SECTION 32, TOWNSHIP 24 TOGETHER WITH SHORELANDS OF THE SECOND CLASS FRONTING THEREON NORTH, RANCE 5:4`AST,.4r.M-, IN KING COUNTY, WASHINGTON AND OF LYING WEST OF THE NORTHERN PACIFIC RAILWAY RIGHT-OF-WAY AND SOUTH SECOND CLASS-9HOREEANDS ADJ(71Nwc-L-?mG•.WESTERLY OF NORTHERN OF THE FOLLOWING DESCRIBED LINE: :-PACIFIC RAILROAO R•*HT-OF-WAY;` '- BEGINNING AT THE NORTHEAST CORNER OF SAID GOVERNMENT LOT 4, WHICH EXCEPT,TRi,T PORTION, IF ANY;'6P-5AID SHORELANDS LYING NORTH OF POINT IS MARKED BY AN IRON PIPE AND IS 920 FEET, MORE OR LESS, THE_y_'STERLY AODUCTIOW OF THE NORTIi UNE:'dF SAID 5OYF?,N1yF.NT LOT 1. NORTH OF THE SOUTHEAST CORNER OF SAID GOVERNMENT LOT; THENCE SOUTH ALONG THE EAST LINE THEREOF, 156 FEET; " •1" 51TUATE IN 37IE COUN1`F OF KING,�,TATE OF;WASH1JUGfON' THENC6•EAST 62 FEET TO THE WESTERLY LINE OF SAID RIGHT-OF-WAY; iM NCE SOl)'I` >!jESTERLY ALONG SAID RIGHT-OF-WAY LINE 156 FEET TO THE "BEGINNING P0101 OF THE LINE TO BE DESCRIBED; MIDDLE I3%R{'EL THENCE -NORM 5B20' WEST 460 FEET; THElIC-C tJW-.H 67.40'..WE-S;F 24Q,FEET TO THE INNER HARBOR LINE OF (QUENDAI- L. TERMINALS) LAKE`Y(ASHINGTOt}-y[S NOW ESTAWSHED AND THE TERMINUS OF THE LINE; THAT PORTION OF GOVERNMEWT-LOT 5 IN SECTION 29•,'.7,QyyNSHIP 24 ALSWiHtf� 6 6N OF gOkERs iIENT LOT S = EC110N 29, TOWNSHIP 24 NORTH, RANGE 5 CAST W.M., AND SHORELAND ADJOINING LYING WESTcmLY :=NOg3TI,:.RANGE 5 EAST, _@V.M.,')N Ktht COUNI&, WASHINGTON. AND OF THE NORTHERN PACIFIC RAILROAD RIGHT-OF-WAY AND SOJTHEtR& OF A .: -' ADJAQ�NT SHORELANDS"OR: THE SPEQMp C},y1SS IN FRONT THEREOF LYING LINE DCSCRIGEU AS FOLLOWS: •` WESTERLY.. OF THE NORTI0RN RAC,JFIC RNWAY COMPANYS RIGHT-OF-WAY, :�•.--"' DE5CRISEO AS FOLLOW�� BEGINNING AT THE QUARTER CORNER ON THE SOUTH LINE OF SAID SECTION 29; THENCE NORTH 89'5$'35" WEST ALONG THE SOUTH LINE OF S.'.ID LOT r' BUINNING AT c.P4E QUARTFiR CORNEA ON THE SOUTH I m, OF SAID SF(;TION 1,113,0) FEET TO THE WESTERLY LINE OF SAID NORTHERN PACIFIC RAILROAD RIGHT-OF-WAY; 29; :THENCE NORTH 89 58i' WEST .9i1 ONC 134E SOUTH LINE OF_ SAID LOT 5, THENCE NORTH 29-44'54" EAST 849.62 FEET ALONG SAID RIGHT-OF-WAY = A DISTANCE OF 1,ti301 FEET-i•0 THE WESTERLY LINE OF SAf6:NORTHERN LINE TO A POINT HEREINAFTER REFERRED TO AS POINT A; THENCE CONTINUING NORTH 29'44'54' EAST 200.01 FEET TO THE "TRUE PACIFtCAILWAY CCOMPANY$Jf IGHT OF -WAY; .i2 THENCE"NORTH.29'44'54" EAST ALONG SAID EUGFiT-OG-WAY L{Nl: POINT OF BEGINNING OF THE LINE HEREIN DESCRIBED; 94R4� FEET T_6 AN IROI;F.-PIPE.j1HICH POINT=-€S THE TRUE POINT, -'OF THENCE SOUTH 56'28'50" WEST 222.32 FEET TO A POINT WHICH BEARS NORTH 59.24'56' WEST 100.01 FEET FROM SAID POINT A; BEGINNING; ,: = = " • - ' THENCE SOIITN•2.9'4454' WEST: ALONG SPUD RIGHT-OF--WAY�LINE 1(LET.U1 -• , THENCE NORTH 59'24'56" YlESi TO THE IyIER HARBOR LINE AND THE END OF SAID LINE DESCRIPTION; FEET; TI IENCE NORTH 59'24'36" WEST 1,039.16. FEE-%"bRE OR U£SS, TO" THE ' INNER HARBOR LINE OF LAKE WASHINGTON; ALSO THAT PORTION OF SAID GOVERNMENT LOT 5 L`WG:SOUIHEASiERLY OF THENCE NORTH 44'20'00" EAST Ab)NG SAID INNER LiAkHOR LINE 102-M--_ LAKE WASHINGTON BOULEVARD, WESTERLY OF SECONDARY'$.TATE HIGHWAY FEET TO A POINT FROM WHICH THE littlJ♦,Og" BECINNtiiG BEARS. ` NO 2A AND NORTHWESTERL" OF•" THE RIGHTF WAY F PUaLI ATE SOUTH 59'24'36" EAST' -4- O C ST THENCE SOUTH 59''" 2436EAST 1.013.23 FEET, MORE OFF.LESS, TO••'THE HIGHWAY NUMBER 1 AS £STAFJIISHED BY OT�Cf•i2ECOROED UNDER HECORDENG _ •• NO. 5687408. TRUE POINT OF BEGINNING; EXCEPT PORTION THEREOF DESCRIBED AS FOLLOWS: SITUATE iN THE COUNTI(cT3F KING, STATE OF VYASy{NGTON, BEGINNING AT THE TRUE POINT OF BEGINNING OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED ;= PROPERTY: -. NORTH PARCEL-: , (,1.H. BAXT[ R & COMP NY) THENCE SOUTH 2944'54" WEST ALONG THE WESTERLY LINE OF THE NORTHERN PACIFIC RAILWAY COMPANY'S RIGHT-OF-WAY 100.01 FEET; THAT PORTIUN b1':40VERNMENI LOT 5, SECTION 29y--'TOWtJ,-4P 24 NOR '' THENCE NORTH 59'24'36" WEST 100.01 FEET; THENCE NORIH 5628'5o" EAST 111.16 FEET TO A POINT FROM WHICH RANGE 5 EAST, W.lul:•:i j KIN;, COUh Y. WASHINGTON ANQ ADJACENZ.•'- SHORELANDS OF THE SEGQN0 CLASS IN FRON�'THERECV LYING WI SIERLY Ol•_- THE TRUE POINT OF BEGINNING BEARS SOUTH 59 24'36' EAST A THE TEE POINT THE NORTHERN PACIFIC RAILWAY -.(;QM p YS RIGHT-W-WAY ADD LYING FEET; DIS:THENCE SOUTH'59.24'36" EAST 50 FEET TO THE TRUE POINT OF NORTHEASTERLY OF THE FOI.I.OWING DESCRIBED LINE::- BEGINNING AND EXCEPT THAT PORTION OF SAID SHORELANDS LYING BEGINNING AT THE QUARTER CORNER.ON THE SOU71i,LINE OF SA113•S'EC110N 29'. ;= NORTHERLY OF THE NORTHERLY LINE OF SAID GOVERNMENT LOT 5 PRODUCED THENCE NORTH 89,58'36" WEST ALONG THE SOUTH UNC%Of SAID LOT 5, WC$TPRIY;'-°: Arab EXCEPT:;THAT POITftON COWIfit- -TO PUGET SOUND POWER AND LIGHT A DISTANCE OF 1,113.01 FEET TO THE WESTERLY LINEpl{'SAID NpR1HFRN ,_°`` PACIFIC RAILWAY COMPANYS RIGHT-OF-WAY; ,COMPANY SY f fl): Rf- ORDM DECEMRFR 15, 1964, UNDFR RECORDING NO. THENCE NORTH 29'44'54" EAST ALONG SAID RIGHT-OF-WAY LINE, ;`- 5823182. 949.63 FEET TO AN IRON PIPE WHICH POINT I$ THE TRUE P0; 1T OF ' -51TUAAE--JN TrIE COUNTY.- l7F KING,, STATE OF BEGINNING OF THE LINE DESCRIBED HEREIN; .MASHENGTON THENCE NORTH 59'24'36" WEST 525.00 FEET TO AN IRON PIPE; (HENCE CONTINUING, NORTH 59'24'36" WEST 4$8.23 FEET, MORE OR LESS, TO THE INNER HARBOR LINE OF LAKE WASHINGTON; EXCEPT PORTION HEREOF DESCRIBED AS FOLLOWS: BEGINNING AT ;HE TRUE POINT OF BEGINNING OF THE LINE DESCRIBED HEREIN: THENCE NORTII 5974'36" WEST 50 FEET; THENCE NORTHEASTERLY TO A POINT ON SAID WESTERLY LINE OF SAID NORTHERN PACIFIC RAILWAY COMPANYS R[GtIT-OF-WAY DISTANT NORIH 29-44'54" EAST 100 FEET FROM SAID TRUE POINT OF BEGINNING; THENCE SOUTH 29'44'54" WEST TO SAID TRUE POINI OF BEGINNING AND EXCEPT THAT PORTION OF SAID SHORELANDS LYING NORTHERLY OF THE NORTHF.RIY LINE OF SAID LOT 5 PRODUCED WESIERLY; AUDITOR OR RECORDER'S CERTIFICATE SURVEYOR'S CERTIFICATE Filed for record this day of 1S a, M. TFis -nap correctly represents a survey mode oy me or ;n Book of Surveys at page of .he eques. of under my cirecaon in confor-nonce with the recuireme-ts s BUSH, 'ROLD & H:TCHINGS, NC. of the Survey Recording Ac; at the recuest of BUSH, ROED & HITCHINGS, INC. COUNTY AUDITOR OR DIVISION OF RECCRDS & ELLC71ONS u,.Gn �t �''`y CIVIL FNGINFERS do LAND SURVEYORS 2009 MINOR AVE. EAST (206) 323-4144 5EE PAGES `�'�^� »�` � SEATTLE, WASHINGTON 1-800-935-•0508 98102-3513 FAX4 (206) 323-7135 County Auditor er Supefin;endent of Reco-ds Certificate No. "Z2;�'>7 E-MAIL: INFOWRHINC.COM 135 11(p B RECORD OF SURVEY JA_G- 0D IELOPMENT ; _ RENTON. "-"-- KING COUNTY ;' WASHINGTON DRAWN BY DAB DA'I`£'• 99 JOB .96145.90' CHECKED BY SAH SCALE: 1 "=200" SEiGE7 3 DE: 3 20080S02001178.;.:. Return Address: City Clerk's Office City of Renton 1055 South Grady Way Renton, WA 98055 [—Project File #: LUA.-02-040 I Street Intersection or Project Naine:Baxter Lift Statidn - - ' I Reference Number(s) of Documents assigned or released: Additional reference numbers are on page Grantor(s): Grantee(s)- 1. Quendall Terminals 1. City of Renton, a Municipal Corporation The Grantor(s), as named above, for and in consideration of mutual benefits, do by these presents, grant. bargain, sell. convey, and warrant unto the above named Grantee, its successors and assigns, a non-exclusive easement for public sanitary sewer with necessary appurtenances over, under, through, across and upon the following described property (the right-of- way) in King County, Washington, more particularly described in Exhihit A: for the purpose of constructing, reconstructing, installing, repairing, replacing, enlarging, operating and maintaining sanitary sewer utilities and utility pipelines, together with the right of ingress and egress thereto without prior institution of any suit or proceedings of law and without incurring any legal obligation or liability therefor. Following the initial construction of its facilities, Grantee may from time to time construct such additional facilities as it may require. All facilities shall be underground. This easement is granted subject to the following terms and conditions: 1. The Grantee shall, upon completion of any work within the property covered by the easement, restore the surface of the easement, and any private improvements disturbed or destroyed during execution of the work, as nearly as practicable to the condition they were in immediately before commencement of the work or entry by the Grantee. Grantee shall Indemnify, defend and hold harmless Grantor, its successors and assigns. from any damage. liability. claim, lien, or loss, including attorney's fees and costs, arising out of use of the easement by Grantee, its agents. contra-ctors, successors in title, assigns. authorized persons, and/or all others acting on its behalf except to the extent such d liability, claim, lien, or loss, is due to the negligence or intentional misconduct of the Grantor or an agent.: con"ctorr;suocessor in dtle, authorized;personjissigii of biihtoi.: 2. All cotistruciiori and 'tnstallaiion of improvements within the easement and the operation and maintenance thereof shall be performed (a) in accordance with applicable laws; regulations and permits, (b) in a lien -free, professional and safe manner, and (c) wlth due: diligence at reasonable times and in a reasonable manner to minimize interference with other uses on the property. Prior to entry onto the easement for repair or maintenance. Grantee shall provide reasonable notice to Grantor, except to the extent of an emergency. Grantor shall retain the right to use the surface of the easement, and to grant utility.easements to other utility providers, as long as such use or additional easements do not interfere with the easement rights granted to the Grantee. Grantee will cooperate with Grantor for the location of additional utilities within the easement area. Grantor shall not, however, have the right to: a. :Erect of maintiln any buildings or structures within the easement; or b. Plant trees, shrubs or vegetation having deep root patterns which may cause damage to or interfere with the utilities to be pieced within the easement by the Grantee; or C. Develop, landscape, or beautify the easement area in any way which would unreasonably increase the costs to the Grantee of mstorine the easement area and 20080902001178_.; . . d. Dig, tunnel or perform other forms of construction activities on the property which would disturb the compaction or unearth Grantee's facilities on the right-of-way, or endanger the lateral support facilities. C. Blast within fifteen (15) feet of the right-of-way. 1 4. This easement is located within a Feddral.Superfund Site regulated by the-U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. Any work by the Grantee or other person,in 'the easement area shall be done in compliance with requirements of the ; U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, the Washington State Department of Ecology, or any other agency with authority pursuant to state or federal environmental laws ("Environmental Agencies"), and only after 30-day notice to the appropriate Environmental Agency, and Grantee and any other person using the easement shall indemnify and hold Grantor harmless from any cost, liability or obligation relating to construction in or use of the easement area by Gr4a t or any other person, including but not limited to compliance with requirements of any of the Environmental Agencies. Grantor reserves a right of access over the easement for Environmental Agencies and their authorized contractors in connection with its regulation of the Federal Superfund Site. Grantee shall be solely responsible for the management and disposal if any waste generated as a result of the installation, operation or maintenance of improvements within the easement and shall be the generator of any waste resulting from those activities. Grantee iabBiliU►dernni YYdife4and hoi!d harmless Grantor, its successors-atrd'aWgns; froritanydamage; t'mWity; of loss of arty °costs of expenses, including attoiney'i fees and'costs, associated with the generation, management, — disposal of hazardous'substances by Grantee or contact with or exposure to hazardous substances resulting from subsurface activities authorized or permitted by Grantee within the easement. This easement shall run with the land described herein, and shall be binding upon the parties, their heirs, successors in interest and assigns. Grantors covenant that they are the lawful owners of the above properties and that they have a good and lawful right to execute this agreement. By this conveyance, Grantor will warrant and defend the easement granted hereby to the Grantee against all and _ every person or persons, whomsoever, lawfully claiming or to claim the same. This conveyance is subject to all existing easements, reservations, restrictions, covenants, encumbrances, and all other matters of record. This conveyance shall bind the heirs, executors, administrators and assigns forever. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, said Granter has caused this instrument to be executed this ,.,day ofa-Ak_ 2008. Approved and Accepted By: _ Grantors): QUENDAL.I., TERMINALS, a Gran • City of Renton Washington joint venture By Altino Properties, Inc., a Washington By corporatio joint ve turer Denis LAW, Mayor • P By V Robert Cugini, Vic esident Attest: By L H.'Baxter Bt Cd., a California limited Bonriie' I'. Walton, City' Clerk pamership,joint venturer ' • By J. H. Baxter & Co., a California t ' ` J '•_ ;; Corporation, general partner ; By Georgia ter, President and CEO 0 OWt' 2236882v1 0032695-000004 Page 2 FORM 03 00081bht 20080902001178- Exhibit A Legal Description STATE OF WASHINGTON ) ss. COUNTY OF KING ) On this day of F6EDII.Pir . 2008, before me, the undersigned, a Notary Public in and for the state of Washington, duly commissioned a& sworn, personally appeared ROBERT CUGINI to me known to be the Vice President of ALTINO PROPERTIES, INC, a Washington corporation, which is a joint venturer of QUENDAL.L TERMINALS, a Washington joint venture, that executed the foregoing instrument, and acknowledged the said instrument to be the free and voluntary; act and deed of said corporation and joint yenture,.. for the. uses and purposes theroin.mentioned, and on oath'stated [1iat's/he is auth�ri2ed to execute the'said instrument. 1N WITNESS WJ�?F, I have hereunto set my hand and official seal the day and year first above written. �� H t l t 1 ill! Q'�ION�qi4�l,��j r Rs � o%A 5 �d y' p • - �" = NOTARY PUBL C in and for a State of i N • AU�Ms ~ C Washington, residing at �.� M appointment expires S„T g.4. � � Y PP P Print Name 4411 OF W NSN j STATE OF WASHINN ' � ) ss. Z7Ob ZY OF KING 1 On this y of , 2008, before me, the undersigned, a Notary Public in and for the state of Washington, duly comzuksioned and sworn, personally appeared GEORGIA BARTER to me known to be the President and CEO of J..H. R & CO., a California Corporation, which is general partner of J. H. BARTER & CO., a California limited p p, which is a joint venturer of QLIENDALL M%MINALS, a Washington joint venture, that executed the foreg • instrument, and acknowledged the said instrument to be the free and voluntary act and deed of said corporation, • 'ted partnership and joint venture, for the uses and piuposes therein tnentione&and on oath stated that s/tte.is au to,execute *said instrument. , IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and o t ' seal the day and year first above written. NOTARY PUBLIC in and for the State bf Washington, residing at My appointment expires Print Name DWr 2236882v 10032695-000004 Page 3 FORAM 03 QQ(fthl 20080902004178.__ STATE OF WASHINGTON ) ss. COUNTY OF KING ��) On this � day q# �,-J. 2008, before me, the undersigned, a Notary Public in and for the state of Washington, duly commission d worn personally appeared gt y ,per y ppe red DENTS LAW to me known to be the Mayor of the CITY OF RENTON, that executed the foregoing instrument, and acknowledged the said instrument to be the free and voluntary act and deed of said City, for the uses and purposes therein mentioned, and on oath stated that s/he is authorized to execute the said instrument. iN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto my hand and official seal the day and year rust above written. • _.. •xi � ;yy.�. � - ,. y.i. '�c ��'Yr.}—='- a[�:e�xi' tii.•��:'r:�;, "•n� s,ti. .,;.1 _.,,.r.,-.v`T.r;''!',;: ,:�,., NOTAAY PUBLIC in A f the 5 to of - Washington, residing at ......... My appointment expires -- Print Name o. DWT 2236862v t 0032695.000004 Page 4 FORM 03 000%h/ ;tuutsuyuluuI 1 7b.:_ = EXHilarr "A" SANITARY SLWEB BASIY(UM%rr LEGAL DESCAIMON A aaaib" Scree •a92^tat nett the foltou ng dactibod propeixy. That portion of 4cm womcnr. f.at 5 in e—tit tt 29, Ta,wnahip 24 Noah, (Lange S Rarr. W.Wf, and shotalaada adjoieioq lying wertedy at the Notthem Pacific Railroad Right of Way and southerly ofa line dcra�6ed as falk,%w 8eginniagat the Quarter Comet on the south lint of said Section 29-,Mena North 89058'36r' West along the South liac of raid Trot S, a disrance of 1.113.01 F t to the westerly line of said Northern Pacific Radmad Right of Way. t North 2V4454^ I3os:, 849.42 feat lotg aid Right of Way Tina m a pobu hatelaadtct rc&aod to as Point A; Manes tormnving North 29.44'54" Past, 200.01 fort to ebe'LRUE POINI' OF BEG1NNtb1G of ; rho lino hertsrt desenihedthmee Scads 56°28'50" West, 22232 feat soa pa4ar a4rieh beau .. - ,.;+tN s`}'lA!24'S6'.' W:sr",'100.01 feye_fretn aah7 ioine Aj drerrca.Niutlr59!24'36".Warr m ctaa - .'' -. .• �''TiiaEr fiiitiuiT�it�sadthe anda!laid liaedescrlp'i1op:t _ _.r=='t`--{Ps:. ._. Also that portion of said GnearnrneaL Lot S lying southeasterly of Ulm WashLtgton 8oul5v%rd, wettedy of Saeondaty Seats Highatay Munn err 2A and aotrhtvmtedy of rho Righe of Way of Public Sour flight y Number I u amltffshed bydeed recotdod. undarA udiw s Faze No 5687408, tnotaiNng 31.7 acres more or Iru (accuracy to one acre) of which 12.9 acsea are undue wr shomlaods. Said casetamt lying detenbes as &Bows; r ' Cotamraeirtg u Uie moat nvnheasrraly crocus of rho ehtrt•e desryibed pwpaey; thcaec long i the wertedy tnm*- of sold Rx&vad tight-of-asy South 29•IW54 West, Mal feat to the 77 TRUE POI'brr OF BBrINNWGI. theca iwnlng acid gigbt.of—y asactin North 60'1S'06" Woer. 42A0 feet, theaea South 29"44'54" West. 55.00, thrnee South 60'15'06" Fasq 42.00 fat to *aid right -of -ma] mugirt,thenee %tong Raid cght.oFasy mugjn Nash - 29e44'54' $asr. SS.DO Stet to the TAUS POINT' OF BEGINNING. Ct mining an ataa of 2,310 square fte- Mm as: kaa. ' IO. tAW 11-6 of nearing: S?aed recorded under Auditor File j• f,ti. AIe.7307160536, Rauad. of King Coatttr Q/sshaagtaa. Gomm= � 1 of 2 bra:'... DWT 2236882v1 0032695-000004 Page 5 FORM 03 00081bh1 200805020011713.:'� LINE LINE TAME 6EAR1Nfl I ONSTANCE ! r 7 Point of Comt+enement Z �o L / L1 S 29'44'54" W 102.11 L2 N So 15'06' W 42,00 W S ' 4" W 55.00 14 S 60 5 42.00 LS 44'54• 55.00 : PROPOSED y� SANITARY SEWER EASEMENT 1 � , SOtM LINE GOYT LOT S. SEC.20. T24N., R.SE., W.M. ss s a w {Wt M November 26, 2007 Quendall Terminals W��V" RENTON, WASHINGTON RLS — _ __30788 tly'ti EXHIBIT W S78B'ri67- nR71 A hW Mw, AIM IlC �..*+�-�-,�- XTER LIFT.STATION.- k w .r. :ci a- NITARY',SEWER.:% A DWP 2236882v 10032695-OOM04 Page 6 FORM 03 0008/bb/ 20080902001 1 7s :. CALIFORNIA ALL-PURPOSE ACKNOWLEDGMENT State of California County of t� On �� �jl-O�d _ before me, Date re.eftert MOO and TWO dt the Oflicat personally appeared LORI J. STUMPF �f Ct MMISsion # i:38054 NO" Public - Calilomia kM MOW County IIAyCatrnri Exp'<es Dec 24, 21V LORI J. STUMPF CommBslon # 1538054 @1*0WM.bphmDac24,20 Freely K*ft - C.clitondo &an ARaW County who proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the p_ erson,(p) whose name(v) is/g subscribed. to the. within - instrument and_ acknowtedged_.._to_ me' `16t lip/shelter executed the same in Whedt r authorized capacity(", and that by-k;islher/4$*k signature(e) on the instrument the person (g), or the entity upon behalf of which the person(A) acted, executed the instrument. I certify under PENALTY OF PERJURY under the laws of the State of California that the foregoing paragraph is true and correct. seal. Plxe Notary Seal Above — r lary hunrw OPTIONAL. Though the Information below is not required by law it may prove value a the documen and could prevent fraudulent removal and reattachment of this form to another document. Description of Attached Document _ Title or Type of Document: i �'a v y_ 1:39w p-l A A a'i l i 6- f�� Q ✓►- }- Document Dale: r' J Number of Pages. Signer(s) Other Than Named Above; Caiaoify{i'es)'GlafrCei°7iy sigiier(s). -! Signer's Name:Civy I ASigner's Name: ❑ Individual 1�r�cdo.. t- ❑ individual E�V-Corporate Officer—Title(M: G ❑ Corporate Officer ❑ Partner — ❑Limited 0 General ❑ Partner -•-• © Limited © General �. ❑ Attorney in Fad • ^ ' ❑ Attorney in Fact • 0 Trustee Tap of thumb here ❑ Trustee Top of ;humb here ❑ Guardiah of Conservator �;rl=.I .•;,;:. ❑ Guardian or Conservator © Other: rr`f"�"'` ' l�' El Other: Signer Is Representing: Signer Is Representing: 02A07 Nafla ml Notary Assocl kn• 8MW Do SOW Arse., RAE) x 2402•Grekwodh.CA 91313,?AW-www.Nztkxw1Nafaryorg Ilem a5907 Reor0er.CWT0Ftee 1.60W6-M? I f •I I 1 I , ; r k f R I• � � , I l i � l Z • I l rr ililrr �Y.11 /( • � �, v I � • m..], IW I IY M.I •' ',X ,� bait �1 l i l ; �fti r-� !!1 1 !•r . ............... 411j G I ii-_... __-�••. _ __. _ _ . - - --- • - - --- - -'f!' - _ �_ R. - ----- _ - _-__.. __�- _ _ _ _.. iw3✓i. �, _ .. _ wr a a rau-as-ac " iaoitmzaaoaoa r' ur 1 1 •TJ' I I , lJI240 ' I % �IsvclaraF,onEs tnno; a a'.1, w11 . WILiAa � �•. 'I • , Ilw YA Y]Y1r r I , ' wM ' I rT IfILi w)' ,, •.l1 ].n a171 � i IYI� � � � [N11 _ � 'a` //• 1 I••' sw ; RM lai aali NII ■' R w•n-.Y` Ka. lam -sa.ri=r`._,__._.._ ..; '.' ._,_...__'__serf_ __, _nN�u.;�,.1_,u,ri__.! _.__I�'.�'-�•—^-•-•--_._..�.,rq,a.� 'ii7i-Y •I . - •--^t6T■..�• - `' Y�;-- YYYaI= k NR. ■rcalil. i - 2 Ic]. ■ • sot■ I..n1 ...___..---•.k ...! nns� ;` - a' � w] �• m � i - I�aii�ii ,...... ,'� iw an mu ir IAT G Y....... r . 4' � " wY V .. . vn ¢ •r'• IiA . w, a/n S. ' ...............l...-.� n-....1e' � 'nyP �rilt"s�•..4, ueai:: �� jf , - wr ± f.... ry ,wef m'r•.I nnw � •� .rw � M •!- » .ca .r1 f� . -� ., ... •y ... I i7li la1 C •"T OM .'•y /�• .p . i'x �F IIiA 'entail 'x •"faYl 4 M N17 r ■a C (} HILT MAWS al: :; LAKE, 1{INGTON xr ran 14 rri ,•• ' �' r_' GARDg N OF EDEN jj IV NO. 2 cots ,,, w }♦ -1��' fly , Il n.l rIs rY.fa vil ',�i ' h +'p � •urL I�N.41 1 ,L. ti� � '� m, � rk111f.a Cdt. .••Mur n-i1�4 , '. - m '. p �ij �3 � � �, I +IYYw 'Q wi `i�7■ '!Ni Wp ]■i al � � : l` • b � � � yy�� w •� ' pw. '., r raV66-" q u Y r.Y 4,]a ... , •• .... I•Yp1N0if • ` j ..p[I Wa 4 tOT! La a I �. Irr I�.. Ifw '�,M ]n v � Ya1 a 4n r' � �r ! ' ■ ! p `% / 9 i N j u � �I t � � �� •la +YI r : ,r, r aro v 1 t.rV r ¢NI SA wp ]IIr •• aw] 4n N' a � W7 .� atw •�•11Lii1LvL --- - ------------------- _ i iTa • IN • � N acaa ,. Bl7 • h-i ■' ; • LTpN u R_ 1 t M � `• � ' it ' � � ! - ' Cm- NW 32-24-05 r I aNr orwe `\ nI� fi r �lw iy,+' wnTa i r —.• � ri r � F04.LYAN'$ LAKE arl(iTON = � :_ � •` I E e � r .I w .r4 Ar // / �Y s• 714 Ph— '.�• .�' Tr T r � r ,.n r- un i '`jw�y` r err ff w ' Cl •{ ' v 'i� ." ii l . f�'- '�� j•iS " w S I (AC..',., ^Y.l. � • ��� +! w .1 w j � ! ^�f .�� .ti � ... ..._.... --� ... •-tctmF�i.'un-�r-*�'^_�. .�..._....�..—._.......-�.y Ri.' u,.s � •• "'S � � s.,... f*� i R! �� _ +r ;s s �•� I�'I It * .tv l-12 22 s 2S r o b • y I'- `-�,— ZI i 1n t' `= First American Reference No.: 380710 Plotted Easements Title Company County: FGng Tax ID: 292405-9002-03 Short l.ega • Portion of County of Fling /` ff Legend PIQ ` ® 03/20/1963 # 5562896 (Powerlines) i r 11/20/1964 # 5814320 (10' Wide - Utility) - 11 /20/1964 # 5814320 �3 ( utility) 07/1980 # 8007070459 (Public Utilities) _�. 02/15/1996 # 9602150689 (Roadway 8i Utilities) Face of Survey Bk135 Pg176 (Undisclosed Purpose - Not Plottable ® 09/02/2008 # 20080902001178 F— (Sanitary Sewer) This map may or may not be a survey of the land dE�d�il% n. Map Not You should not rely upon It for any purpose other to the general location al"the parcel or parcels To Scale American Tide expressly disclaims any dablitty for alleged loss or damage which may result from reliance -aqn this map. i .j AS � d co nsu it in g p earth+water QuendaH Terminals Renton, Washington Prepared for: Altino Properties Inc. and J.H. Baxter & Company Project No. 020027-010-04 o November 11, 2009 I M ASPeCtconsuiting earth+water Quendall Termpals Renton, Washington Prepared for: Altino Properties Inc. and J.H. Baxter & Company ProJect No. 020027-010-04 - November 11, 2009 Aspect Consulting(, L.L.0 f99 John L. Peterson, PE Senior Associate Geotechnical Engineer jpeterson@aspecteonsulting.com Henry H. Haselton, PE Senior Associate Geotecllnical Engineer hhaselton@aspeetconsulting.com V-102DO27 Qac Ml T=faWAGcWcchnfcal Studylt aLhQnendeli Find Gaoteeh Ealiflcmuit_Y 1_I 1 2DD9.dac C 401 Secand Avertu S Su to 201 Sean c 8144 c!r 06} 26 443 F8x (206} 838 5853 www.asTtectccrosulting.com ASPECT CONSULTING Contents 1 Project and Site Conditions.......................................................................1 1.1 Introduction................................................................................................1 1.1.1 Purpose and Scope..............................................................................1 1.2 Authorization..............................................................................................2 1.3 Project Description..................................................................................... 2 1.4 Adjacent Properties..................................................................................... 3 2 Site Conditions............................................................................................ 5 2.1 Surface Conditions and Topography.......................................................... 5 2.2 General Geology........................................................................................6 2.3 Seismic Setting.........................................................................................9 2.4 Field Exploration......................................................................................10 2.4.1 Review of Existing Subsurface Information.........................................10 2.5 Subsurface Conditions............ 2.5.1 Potential Modifications to the Subsurface...........................................11 2.5.2 Groundwater.......................................................................................12 3 Geotechnical and Environmental Considerations ................................. 13 3.1 Soft Ground..............................................................................................13 3.2 Seismic Hazards......................................................................................14 3.2.1 Surface Fault Rupture.......................................................................14 3.2.2 Ground Response..............................................................................14 3.2.3 Liquefaction.......................................................................................15 3.3 Environmental Considerations..................................................................16 4 Site -Wide Geotechnical Options.............................................................. 18 . 4.1 Mitigation of Lateral Spreading.................................................................18 4.1.1 Ground Improvement..........................................................................18 4.1.2 lateral Resistant Piles/Anchors..........................................................18 4.2 Building Support.......................................................................................19 4.2.1 Static and Seismic Settlement............................................................19 4.2.2 Displacement Piles.............................................................................19 4.2.3 Structural Slabs.................................................................................. 20 4.3 Earthwork.................................................................................................20 4.3.1 General Site Preparation.................................................................... 20 4.3.2 Shallow Groundwater and Dewatering................................................ 20 4.3.3 Preloading.......................................................................................... 20 4.3.4 Infrastructure Development Considerations ............21 PROJECT NO.020027-010-04 • NOVEMBER 11, 2009 ASPECT CONSULTING 5 References.................................................................................................22 Limitations and Additional Services...............................................................23 List of Tables 2.5.1 On -Subsurface Geologic Units and Properties........................................12 3.1.1 Estimates of Static Settlement................................................................14 List of Figures 1.1.1 Site Vicinity Map 1.1.2 Site Plan 1.1.3 Proposed Site Plan 2.2.1 Geologic Cross Section A -A' 2.2.2 Geologic Cross Section B-B' 2.2.3 Geologic Cross Section C-C' 2.2.4 Geologic Cross Section D-D' List of Appendice's A Existing Site -Wide Geotechnical Data PROJECT NO.020027-010-04 • NOVEMBER 11, 2009 ASPECT CONSULTING C I Project and Site Conditions 1.1 Introduction This report presents the results of a preliminary engineering study by Aspect Consulting, LLC (Aspect) to provide a planning -level understanding of geotechnical considerations, and support a development entitlement process for re -development of the Quendall Terminals property (Site) located in Renton, Washington. Aspect is also engaged in assessing environmental conditions and evaluating cleanup alternative to address site impacts associated with past industrial activities at the Site. The environmental work is being completed under agreed order with Environmental Protection Agency (EPA). The environmental studies will be documented in separate reports. Geotechnical recommendations, as presented herein, have been developed in coordination with the clean-up study planning. The location of the Site is presented on Figure 1.1.1. The approximate locations of selected explorations previously accomplished on -site are presented on Figure 1. L2. 1.1.1 Purpose and Scope KPFF and Century Pacific have prepared conceptual development plans for the approximately 19-acre Site and have requested this geotechnical evaluation to assist in the master planning process. The development concept under consideration is mixed -use commercial and high density multi -story residential. Buildings would generally be setback from the shoreline. We understand the proposed buildings typically will be 5 to 7 above -ground stories with the lowest 2 stories dedicated for parking. Street -level space will also be used for commercial purposes. No below -ground levels are planned. A preliminary site plan is shown on Figure 1.1.3. Site development will need to consider the environmental Site characteristics and constraints relating to site environmental cleanup, and the relatively weak, compressible soils known to be present on -site. Grades would be raised across the Site with a generally 2- to 5-foot capping fill. Thicker fills might be required at certain locations. We anticipate that typical development features such as underground utilities, pavement/roadways, and grading will be important considerations for the conceptual plan. The principle objective of this study is to provide planning -level geotechnical engineering recommendations to support the development entitlement process. Additional studies and design will be necessary after detailed development plans become known. The key geotechnical conditions that must be considered include: • Seismic hazards, such as liquefaction, lateral spreading, and amplified seismic response; PROJECT NO, 020027-010-04 * NOVEMBER 11, 2009 ASPECT CONSULTING • The need for enhanced building support on special foundations such as improved ground or piling; • Geotechnical considerations for designing and constructing utilities, grading, and other development features on weak, compressible ground; and, • Potential construction costs associated with special geotechnical construction methods that could be used to mitigate the geotechnical challenges at the Site. Geotechr&al solutions for site development must also be consistent with selected environmental remedies, and will be subject to approval by EPA. Our study included reviewing available geologic literature, maps, and Site data to assess the physical properties of the subsurface soils at the Site. This information was used to develop concept -level conclusions and recommendations for the potential Site development. 1.2 Authorization Aspect entered into a Professional Services Agreement with Altino Properties, Inc. and J.H. Baxter & Company to perform this work. The Professional Services Agreement was authorized by the Altino Properties, Inc. on August 19, 2009 and J.H. Baxter & Company on August 31, 2009. Our scope is based on our proposal dated April 17, 2009. 1.3 Project Description The proposed project is illustrated on Figure 1.1.3. It would include the construction of 800 residential units plus office, retail, and restaurant space. Parking would be accommodated in the lowest two levels of the buildings. The buildings would be up to seven stories high. We assume that the buildings will be steel and/or concrete -framed and would have fdundation loads that are typical for buildings of this size and type. The development plan is divided in to "Quads" separated by proposed roadways running w east west and north -south. A roundabout is planned at the intersection of the central roads and at the south end of the central north -south roadway. Another roundabout with parking _ is planned at the western terminus of the central east -west roadway, adjacent to the shoreline. Roads are also planned along the eastern, northern and southern property boundaries. We understand the roadways will become public right-of-way and will be constructed in accordance with City of Renton standards. We assume that typical utility infrastructure, including domestic water supply, sewer, power, communications and possibly natural gas, will be constructed in the rights -of -way. _ Open space and a recreational trail are planned for the waterfront. The shoreline is irregular, and the proposed buildings are generally set back from the shoreline greater than 100 feet from the shore. However, there are two locations where the setbacks will be less than 100 feet, as shown on Figure 1.1.3. The planned buildings include 450 residential units in the SW Quad, bordering Lake Washington. This Quad will include three buildings separated by landscaped courtyards. The northernmost building -(bordering the central roadway) in the SW Quad will have PROJECT NO. 020027-010-04 • NOVEMBER 11, 2009 ASPECT CONSULTING retail and restaurant space. Buildings in the SW quad will have five residential floors over two floors of parking and/or commercial space. The NW Quad, also bordering the lake, would have 175 residential units within two buildings, and commercial space in the building bordering the roadway. A landscaped courtyard will separate the buildings. These buildings will also have 5 floors of residential space over two floors of parking and/or commercial space. The SE Quad would have 175 residential units and office space within three buildings, separated by landscaped courtyards. The buildings will include five floors of residential or office units over two floors of parking. The NE Quad will have one office building with five stories of office space over parking levels, and a large parking structure on the NE corner of the Site. Geotechnical and Environmental Constraints Geotechnical study of the Site indicates weak, compressible soil with considerable static and seismic settlement potential, liquefaction potential, and liquefaction -induced lateral spreading potential. The proposed multistory buildings will require a deep foundation system to address settlement concerns. Lateral spreading can be mitigated through engineered lateral resistance features associated with individual buildings, such as batter piles or anchors. Alternatively, site -wide lateral spreading mitigation could be accomplished with broader scale lateral restraint techniques such as in -situ stabilization, soil densification, soil replacement, or a containment structure. Deep foundations and/or site -wide lateral spreading mitigation measures must be coordinated with environmental remediation, long-term environmental protection objectives, and civil/structural design. The implementation of geotechnical solutions for site development is subject to review and approval by the EPA. Fill cap construction will need to be scheduled such that time is allowed for the majority of the soil consolidation to be completed prior to the installation of grade -sensitive utilities or roadways. Special building/utilities connection may be required to account for long term organic and seismic settlement. 1.4 Adjacent Properties To the north of the Site is the former Baxter property, currently used as the Football Northwest training facility. The Site had contamination related to past wood treatment processes, and a shallow groundwater table with weak shallow soils. The geology and contamination issues are similar to those at the Site. However, a distinct geologic difference at the Football Northwest site is the presence of relatively shallow bedrock in the northern section of that property, where the structure was built. Large diameter drilled shafts were used for the building foundations on that property, and they were designed to resist lateral movement, No significant improvements for liquefaction and lateral spreading were made for the remaining (southern) portion of the on -grade fields. The property to the south, formerly known as Barbee NO, is a residential subdivision being developed by Conner Homes. This site was also contaminated from wood PROJECT NO. 020027-010-04 - NOVEMBER 11, 2009 3 ASPECT CONSULTING treatment processes, and has geologic conditions that are similar to the Site. Areas of high arsenic level were excavated and refilled with compacted gravel. A permeable reaction trench was provided down -gradient of the contaminated area, which treats impacted groundwater. Soils at the Conner Homes site are weak and highly varied across the site. A structurally - compacted cap fill was placed over the site. Shallow foundations in the structural cap were allowed by the City of Renton for the lightly loaded single family homes, except where sited directly over the reaction trench where structures were placed on pin piles. No apparent mitigation for lateral spreading was performed. 4 PROJECT NO.020027-010-04 • NOVEMBER 11, 2009 ASPECT CONSULTING c' 2 Site Conditions This section provides a discussion of the physical site conditions, including our characterization of the subsurface conditions. Figure 1.1.2 illustrates the current Site features layout and selected historical features. 2.1 Surface Conditions and Topography The Site borders approximately 1,500 feet of Lake Washington shoreline, and is bordered on the east by the Burlington Northern Santa Fe railroad tracks and right-of-way. Immediately adjacent shoreline properties include Conner Homes to the south (former Barbee Mill property) and Port Quendall Company/Football Northwest to the north (former J.H. Baxter & Company property). Access to the Site is across the railroad tracks from Lake Washington Boulevard, located along the eastern side of the property. Interstate 405 is located approximately 500 feet to the east. The Site had been a wood treatment facility from about 1917 to 1977. From 1977 to present, the Site has been used as a log sorting and storage yard. Various structures, docks, pits, and tanks have existed from time -to -time on the Site. Only small scattered buildings remain currently on the Site. Several utility easements currently exist on the Site. Further details of the Site history are documented in a prior report supporting the on- going environmental investigation (Anchor and Aspect, 2007b) The Site is located on Lake Washington in the northernmost limits of the City of Renton (City). The Site occupies the middle portion of a roughly 70-acre alluvial plain, which was historically formed as a delta where May Creek enters Lake Washington. The topography has been modified over the past 90 years by filling and grading activities. The property currently slopes at a 1 to 116 percent grade towards the shoreline, having a maximum relief of about 15 feet across the 19 acre area. Upland elevations at the Site range from approximately 35 feet on the east side of the property to about 20 feet at the Iakeshore (all elevations reported in NAVD88). At the shoreline, the slopes increase to about 20 percent for about 20 feet in elevation to lake level. The lake -bottom portion of the alluvial fan grades at approximately 10 percent or less toward the center of the lake. The Site surface is predominately wood dust/soil fill or wood debris. Gravel access roads and remaining structure foundations make-up less than 5 percent of the surface area. Site drainage is relatively poor because of the flat topography and the fine-grained nature of the surface soils. During the active log yard operation and prior to implementing the interim measures, most runoff was directed into two stormwater collection ponds on the west side of the Site (Quendall Pond and South Detention Pond) and a drainage ditch along the southern property boundary. Stormwater also accumulated in low-lying areas east of BH-24, southwest of BH-21A/B, and south of BH-20A/B (refer to Figure 1.I.2). Following curtailment of the log sorting operation, interim stormwater management measures were implemented in October 2008, to control stormwater discharges to the PROJECT NO.020027-010-04 • NOVEMBER 11, 2009 5 ASPECT CONSULTING lake, promote infiltration in less contaminated areas, reduce inflow into Quendall Pond, and prevent erosion (Anchor and Aspect, 2007b). - 2.2 General Geology The geologic units beneath the Site consist of highly heterogeneous shallow alluvial and ~ lacustrine silts, sands, and peat underlain by a coarser sand -gravel alluvium. The shallow alluvial deposits are overlain by fill deposited over the years'since the lake level was _ lowered in 1916. The alluvium was deposited by May Creek and the Site is located within the creek's delta. The delta extends well below lake level, approximately 5,000 feet along the shoreline of Lake Washington, and projects up to 3,000 feet offshore toward Mercer Island. Normal delta depositional processes where the May Creek channel changes position periodically, and episodic earthquake -induced slumps that occurred at the face of the delta, have resulted in a deposit with abrupt changes in lithology and little vertical or lateral continuity of units. Detailed geologic cross sections along four alignments show subsurface conditions and the relationship of the uplands portion of the Site to Lake Washington and underlying — sediments. Cross section locations are shown on Figure 1,1.2 with the cross sections on Figures 2.2.1 through 2.2.4. The major geologic units are described below. Fill and Fill History Fill is found across the entire Site. Draft Task 3 report (Anchor and Aspect, 2007b) provides a detailed history and annotated observations of the surface activity and fill soils. A condensed presentation of this information is presented below. Along the southern and eastern boundaries, fill ranges from 1 to 2 feet in thickness, while in other areas, the fill ranges to more than 10 feet thick. Most commonly, the fill is a mix of silt, sand, and gravel with wood debris. Wood chips and bark from the log sorting operations are common in the upper few feet with finely ground wood dust covering the _ Site up to a foot in depth. Where creosote and pitch -like (tar) material has been encountered in soil explorations, such materials have generally been observed at depths greater than 2 feet below the ground surface. In addition to the industrial surface contaminants, dense non -aqueous liquids (DNAPL) contamination has been observed at the Site to a depth of generally 25 feet, with a maximum depth of 32 feet below ground surface. Specific areas of fill include: • Northwest Quarter of Site: Fill may be as thick as 10 to 14 feet in this portion of the Site. Fill in this area includes abundant wood material, glass, brick, and pitch -like material. • East of Quendall Pond: Fill is 7 to 9 feet in thickness with brick and pitch -like material observed in area explorations (BH-5/5A, TP-4, and TP=9). Former May Creek Channel: Exploration logs from this area indicate that some of the fill used in this area includes tar, brick, wood, and metal fragments to depths of 6 to 7 feet. 6 PROJECT NO. 020027-010-04 • NOVEMBER 11, 2009 ASPECT CONSULTING Former Tank Area. Tar and pitch were logged at a depth of 5 feet in borings BH-5, BH-6, and BH-25. This may represent a previous ground surface in the former tank area (the tanks areas are shown as circles on Figure 1.1.2). West of South Detention Pond: In July 2007, slag -like material was observed in near -surface soils in the area of former well BH-12. Fill history -is informed by geologic characteristics identified in subsurface explorations and historical records. Key episodes of fill placement at the Quendall Site are summarized below: The Lake Washington Ship Canal was completed in 1916, which resulted in the lowering of the lake level by about 9 feet. Not long after the lake was lowered, tar refining operations began at the Site. Both the existing shoreline and the historical (pre-1916) lake shoreline based on historical DNR maps are shown on Figure 1.1.2. • May Creek stream channels were located on the southern portion of the Site until the creek was rerouted sometime between 1920 and 1936. These channels have now been filled in. The former channel locations on the Site, indicated by early DNR maps, are shown on Figure 1.1.2. • Solidified tar products (pitch or "Saturday coke") were reportedly placed on the Site during the period of creosote manufacturing. These materials as well as other debris, including brick, concrete, and metal have been observed in the fill unit. Foundry slag from PACCAR, Inc. was reported by Roberts (Anchor and Aspect 2007b) to have been placed as fill along the shoreline. Although. geologic logs in this area generally have not identified slag, a few pieces of slag -like material were identified in the .tune 2007 well survey east of the former location of well BH-12 during the environmental review of the Site. Y In 1983, Quendall Terminals placed approximately 3 feet of fill consisting of sawdust and soil over most of the Site. Ongoing log yard operations have resulted in the creation of several piles on the Site consisting largely of wood debris. Shallow Alluvium The shallow alluvium at the Site consist of interbedded sand, silt, clayey silt, organic silt, and peat beds, characteristic of a deltaic environment. The shallow alluvium occurs throughout the Site to a depth of about 25 to 50 feet, with thinner deposits in the eastern portion of the Site. Saturated conditions have been encountered at depths ranging from 2 to 10 feet depending on groundwater elevation and seasonal recharge. The shallow alluvium was deposited by the May Creek delta. The delta complex is composed of three general sets of strata. Nearly horizontal topset beds were deposited in the former floodplain and shallow marshy areas near the mouth of the creek. Inclined foreset beds were deposited on the delta face below lake level near the mouth of the former creek, and dip into the lake at low angles (less than 10 degrees). Nearly horizontal bottomset beds were deposited on the lake floor well away from the mouth of the creek. The majority of the delta is composed of the gently dipping foreset beds. PROJECT NO, 020027-010-04 • NOVEMBER 11, 2009 7 ASPECT CONSULTING Very soft peat and organic silts present within the shallow alluvium is interbedded with very loose silty fine to medium sand. Interbedding occurs when sandy sediment is deposited on the gently sloping delta face to form foreset beds. The sediment is deposited on the delta slope at an angle that is marginally stable. During this delta forming process, the accumulated sediment periodically slumps or flows down the face of the delta to form a poorly graded and laterally discontinuous lens of sediment. Fine-grained silt and clay sediment carried in suspended load is carried farther and deposited as thin layers on the delta face and on the lake floor beyond the delta foreset beds. Occasional floods deposit fine sediment on the marshy area at what was once near lake level. The process of alternating deposition of finer and coarser sedimentation continued as the delta accumulated material over time. As the sediment built up a topographic mound around the mouth of May Creek, the stream would periodically jump its bank and shift laterally to a new position (a process called avulsion). Deposition of coarse -grained sedimentation then resumed elsewhere on the delta and the former location of sandy deposition was blanketed with silt and clay and organic -rich wetland deposits. Periodic large earthquakes also created significant disturbance of the sediments. Since — much of the sediment that composes the delta foresets was rapidly deposited in the quiet water of the lake, the soils are weak and the delta is at the margin of its presumed stability under static conditions. During an earthquake, large portions of the outer surface of the delta slumped into deeper water, disrupting strata and re -depositing sediment. The result of normal delta avulsive processes and periodic earthquake -induced landslides is a deposit with abruptly changing lithologies and potentially limited vertical and lateral — continuity of beds, when considering the entire delta. Deeper Alluvium The deeper alluvium is generally coarser, consisting of medium dense to dense sand and gravels. This unit occurs below a depth of 30 to 50 feet, with a shallower occurrence of about 25 feet at the southeast corner of the Site (BH-17B). The sand and gravel most likely represents an earlier phase of delta growth when the sediment supply to the area was coarser, likely following de -glaciation of the lowland during the late Pleistocene and early Holocene. Borings SWB-3 and SWB-4B were completed to depths of 121 and 151 feet, respectively (Anchor and Aspect, 2007a). In these borings, a fine to medium sand was encountered at approximately 90 feet, followed by a silty clay deposit at approximately 120 -135 feet. Lacustrine Deposits As inferred from geophysical explorations (Woodward CIyde, 1988) and deep borings completed at the Site, the base of the alluvium is estimated to be in the range of 90 to 135 feet below ground surface (bgs). Below this a silt/clay was interpreted to be a lacustrine deposit consisting of a very soft to medium stiff silty clay. A third deep boring (SWB-8) was completed to a depth of 121.5 feet near'the lakeshore and did not reach this fine grain sequence. A fourth deep environmental boring (BH-20-C) was recently completed near the shoreline with a fine to medium sand encountered at approximately 80 feet, followed by a silty clay deposit at approximately 135 feet. PROJECT NO. 020027-010-04 • NOVEMBER 11, 2009 ASPECT CONSULTING 2.3 Seismic Setting The Site is located in a moderately active seismic zone. The subsurface soils beneath the Site exhibit susceptibility to liquefaction to a depth of about 80 feet. The Site is within an area of active tectonic forces associated with the interaction of the offshore Juan de Fuca plate, the Pacific plate, and the onshore North American plate. These tectonic forces result in earthquakes generated in three source areas: subduction zone; deep infra -slab or Benioff zone earthquakes; and shallow crustal earthquakes. Each of these three sources has characteristic magnitudes, rupture characteristics, length of shaking, and average recurrence intervals. Subduction zone earthquakes occur during rupture of the contact between the subducting oceanic plates and the over-riding continental plate. Rupture zones for these earthquakes can occur over several hundred miles of length along the Cascadia Subduction Zone (CSZ) and extend from offshore to near the longitude of the Site. Ground shaking could last for up to several minutes with magnitude on the order of 9 or higher. Strong aftershocks are common. The distance from the Site to the rupture surface would reduce the intensity of the shaking at the Site. The recurrence interval for a CSZ earthquake is believed to range from around 200 to 700 years, averaging about 500 years. The last great CSZ earthquake occurred about 300 years ago. Deep intra-slab, or Benioff Zone earthquakes occur due to tensional rupture within the subducting Juan de Fuca plate at depths of 45 to 60 kilometers (km). Earthquakes from this source have potential for magnitude 7.5 events. Due to the great depth of these earthquakes, very strong shaking is attenuated at the surface. These earthquakes occur ' every few decades and include the 2000 Nisqually earthquake. Strong aftershocks are not common and ground rupture is uncommon. Shallow crustal earthquakes potentially present the greatest concern to proposed Project features. These earthquakes occur when the shallow crust ruptures due to compressive forces associated with interaction of regional tectonic blocks within the larger North American plate. They generally occur within the upper 30 km of crust. Because the source is shallow, they have the potential for strong ground shaking, with magnitudes up to 7.5, which would produce intense shaking at the Site, and numerous aftershocks. Crustal faults exist in the region. The most significant to the Project is the Seattle fault, an east -west running compression fault zone that separates the Seattle Basin to the north from the Seattle Uplift to the south. The southern edge of the currently mapped fault zone crosses the Site and has a number of identified past rupture surfaces, some of which have been active during the Holocene epoch (the last 10,000 years). The Seattle fault is considered `-`active" which means it is anticipated to generate earthquakes in the future. Large shallow crustal earthquakes can conceivably produce ground rupture at the Site. Large Seattle fault earthquakes capable of causing regional uplift or subsidence are thought to occur on the order of every few thousand years, with smaller events capable of localized uplift or subsidence occurring about every, thousand years. The most recent event was large, caused regional land level changes, numerous landslides (both subaerial and subaqueous) into Lane Washington, and occurred about 1,100 years ago. PROJECT NO.020027-010-04 6 NOVEMBER 11, 2009 ASPECT CONSULTING Due to the distance to known past fault rupture surfaces and the large width of the fault zone, the potential for ground rupture at the Site is considered low during the life of the proposed development. Due to the lengthy recurrence intervals, the potential for strong ground shaking is Iow during the life of the proposed development, but must be considered for the structure design as required by the building code. The potential for moderate shaking from all identified sources is considered high during the life of the proposed development. 2.4 Meld Exploration No new geotechnical Meld exploration was conducted for this stage of study; however, new environmental borings (sonic core)/probe data have been incorporated into this study along with review of previous explorations and investigations as shown on Figure 1.1.2. Descriptions of the sediments encountered in past explorations by others, as well as the depths where characteristics of the sediments changed, are indicated on the exploration logs presented in Appendix A of this report. Generalized subsurface conditions are interpreted from our review of existing subsurface data and associated environmental exploration program, with respect to overall site geology, and are shown on Figures 2.2.1 through 2.2.4. 2.4.1 Review of Existing Subsurface Information Various environmental borings have been performed on the Site in the past by Hart Crowser, CH2MHill, and Woodward -Clyde Consultants, and others. These data were — compiled and categorized to support the on -going environmental investigation (Anchor and Aspect, 2007a). Some of the explorations by Shannon & Wilson collected geotechnical blow count data using hollow -stem auger (HSA) and mud rotary drilling methods. Four mud rotary borings by Shannon & Wilson were on or close to the Site. Aspect has added to the subsurface database with a series of probes and environmental borings, which are currently in draft form to be released under separate cover. Substantial weight was given to the mud rotary borings for evaluating soil engineering properties at the Site, since they represent the best standard -of -practice sampling for soft/loose soils relative to SPT blow count testing, and they were deep. A selection of — other HSA boring data, which where shallow,.were compared to the analysis results from the mud rotary and produced similar trends of potential liquefaction prediction. As expected, these borings did not indicate as severe a potential as the mud rotary data. Those HSA borings and other environmental borings and probes were used to extend our interpretation of the extent of strata across the Site, based on the qualitative field -based textual and strength descriptions of the different soil strata encountered in the explorations. This has allowed for reasonable extrapolation of the deep mud rotary boring data across the Site. 10 PROJECT NO.020027-010-04 - NOVEMBER 11, 2009 ASPECT CONSULTING 2.5 Subsurface Conditions 2.5.1 Potential Modifications to the Subsurface Environmental investigations at the Site have identified the presence of DNAPL within the Shallow Alluvium across much of the Site, and also under the BNRR property along the eastern property boundary. The DNAPL is the source of dissolved phase chemical constituents observed in groundwater beneath the Site which discharges to Lake Washington. The process for assessing environmental conditions, and evaluating and selecting a cleanup remedy is still on -going. This process includes a feasibility study of cleanup alternatives to evaluate the range of potential remedies to address environmental impacts. Remedial actions to address existing soil contamination will be a key component of the remedy. Although the remedy has not been selected, it is anticipated that alternatives will include actions that may modify the subsurface conditions at the Site and therefore need to be considered when evaluating geotechnical constraints for site redevelopment. Modifications to the subsurface may include (but is not limited to) one of the following actions, either as a stand-alone or in combination of other actions: soil capping, in -situ stabilization, and removal/replacement. Modification of subsurface conditions would likely occur in the upper 25 to 30 feet bgs. Some of the actions will alter the engineering properties discussed below. It will be important from a design and implementation cost standpoint, to integrate the proposed geotechnical solutions for Site redevelopment with site cleanup actions, to the maximum extent possible. Site development constraints, such as the need for pile supported foundations, need to be identified and considered as part of the remedial evaluation process. Summary of Geologic Unit Properties Surface and near -surface conditions are especially variable across the Site, in terms of presence, thickness, and composition of various fill units. Deep subsurface conditions should also be considered to be approiimate, as available subsurface data below approximately 40 feet below ground are somewhat limited. In general, soils from 0 feet to approximately 25 feet deep (Fill and Shallow Alluvium) are relatively weak with variable compressibility and permeability characteristics. Soils from approximately 25 feet to 135 feet (Lower Alluvium Deposits) are moderately strong with low compressibility and high permeability. Below 120 feet, soils consist of Lacustrine deposits with moderate strength, low to moderate compressibility, and low permeability, which are presumed to overlie other glacial deposits and rock. General engineering properties of these subsurface units are summarized in Table 2.5.1. PROJECT NO. 020027-010-04 • NOVEMBER 11, 2009 11 ASPECT CONSULTING 'able 2.5.1 - On -site Subsurface Geologic Units and Properties Min to Geologic • r;Maz' alb .: USCS?'" Relative `::.;. •> : '!% it � ; '.� .}�S.f. .:i.. Description Deptli ' Classification Strength .. ; Compressibility Permeability -. (itligsj Fill 5 to 14 SP to SM, GP to GW, Low to moderate ;,... r Low to high Low to high ML, various debris Organic SilUPeat 4 to 24 ML, OH, MH, PT Low High Low to Moderate Shallow Alluvium 5 to 50 SM, SP, SP-SN Moderate Low to Moderate High Moderate to Low High 25 to 50 SP, SP-SM, GP, GW Deeper Alluvium High Lacustrine 115 to ML, CL Moderate Low to Moderate Low Deposits 135 I 2.5.2 Groundwater Twenty-four groundwater monitoring wells are located on the project Site. Aspect is currently monitoring water levels in these wells as part of ongoing environmental investigations at the Site. Groundwater is typically encountered between approximately 2 and 10 feet bgs, with groundwater flow generally east to west/northwest direction towards the lake. Vertical groundwater flow gradients in the Shallow and Deep Alluvial units at the Site exhibit downward. gradients along the eastern portion of the Site becoming upward radar the lake shoreline. The adjacent Lake Washington is influenced by the lake level management of the U.S Army Corps of Engineers Chittenden Locks in Seattle. Lake level varies two feet during seasonal changes, with the lowest level typically maintained from November to February. The groundwater levels in site monitoring wells show a varying degree of response to lake fluctuations, which appears to correlate with distance to the lake. Water levels during the winter are typically higher on the eastern side of the Site, due to greater recharge from adjacent uplands, and lower on the western side of the Site, due to the controlled lake level, than during the summer. 12 PROJECT NO.020027-010-04 • NOVEMBER 11, 2009 ASPECT CONSULTING 3 Geotechnical and [environmental Considerations This section provides a discussion of the planning -level geotechnical and environmental considerations that should be considered for the development entitlement process. 3,1 soft Ground This section discusses soft ground conditions under static (non -seismic) conditions. Soft ground considerations as they relate to seismic conditions are discussed in a later section of this report. Our characterization of subsurface conditions suggests the Site is underlain by a surface layer of Fill that is variable in composition and density, and is generally on the order of 8 to 10 feet thick. The Fill mantles a sequence of very, soft Shallow Alluvium ranging in thickness from about 20 to 35 feet and consisting primarily of fine-grained organic -rich and peaty soils with scattered loose sand layers. Deep Alluvium consists of generally more competent sands and gravels to a depth of 130 feet or more. Very soft, fine-grained Lacustrine deposits were encountered beneath the alluvium. Competent, glacially consolidated soil and/or bedrock were encountered beneath the alluvium on the adjacent shoreline properties (Football Northwest to the north), but were not encountered in explorations on the subject property. The near -surface soils (Fill and Shallow Alluvium) are considered to be compressible and weak. Soils of this nature cannot be expected to support the foundation loads anticipated for the planned buildings. Therefore, deep foundations (piles) will be required to support the buildings and any other heavily loaded and/or settlement -sensitive structures. Certain ground improvement technologies may be applicable to support structures, subject to further analysis. The implementation of pile foundations and/or ground improvement is subject to review and approval by EPA. The near -surface soils will also compress under the load of new fills that would be placed to grade the site. Settlement of new fills would be variable due to the variability of the Fill properties, combined with the variable thicknesses of the Fill and Shallow Alluvium. Static settlement occurs in two forms: primary compression from static loading of new structures and fills, and secondary compression, which stems from decomposition of organic materials. Building settlement is not considered since, as previously discussed, it is assumed that buildings will be supported on piles. However, settlement of the compressible sediments after pile installation can produce negative skin friction, or down -drag loads, on deep foundations, which must be considered'in design. If the fill cap is placed and allowed to settle before building and utilities are constructed, subsequent total and differential settlements can be minimized. Primary settlement estimates for the placement of a 5-foot'cap, and additional amounts of new fill are summarized in Table 3.1.1. An estimate of secondary settlement is also provided. C PROJECT NO.020027-010-04 - NOVEMBER 11. 2009 13 ASPECT CONSULTING Table 3.1.1 - Estimates of Static Settlement Amount at Suifiac_ e ^h:r.` :� J.:��Z p zip' .'e-. 1� +•'� : R��.•y, ,,�....•ti ; i inches i t'9: � d' '•r Primary Compression from New Fill 18 (5-foot-thick) Primary Compression from 1.5 inches per foot of fill Additional Fill Secondary Compression over 100- 5 year Design Life The shallow groundwater across the Site would present construction challenges for trenching and excavating below the water table. Construction dewatering should be anticipated for these deep excavations. if deep excavations occur after parts of the Site are developed, construction dewatering plans will have to consider the potential of dewatering-induced settlement caused by draw -down of the water table. Any dewatering activities will need to consider health, safety and water treatment issues associated with potential exposure to and extraction of dissolved phase chemical constituents in groundwater. 3.2 Seismic Hazards Seismic hazards to consider for Site development include surface fault rupture due to the proximity of the Site to the Seattle Fault Zone, amplification of strong shaking as a result of the soft soil profile, and liquefaction of the relatively weak granular soils beneath the Site. Hazards associated with liquefaction include lateral spreading, where the low - sloping unsaturated, near -surface soils tend to translate shore -ward during soil liquefaction, surface settlement caused by the shaking -induced consolidation, temporary Ioss of strength (and bearing capacity), and sand boils caused by the expulsion of excess porewater pressures during liquefaction. The following sections described these hazards in greater detail. 3.2. ? Surface Fault Rupture - Faults that could produce surface rupture in the project area are not well-defined and are thought to have recurrence intervals in the range of one to several thousand years. The current state of engineering practice in the Seattle area is such that surface fault rupture is only considered in extraordinary cases. In our opinion, the relative, risk of fault rupture at the surface of the Site is very low, and it is unlikely that development plans in the near future will explicitly design for this risk. 3.2.2 Ground Response The soft ground conditions are expected to cause moderate amplification of seismic shaking, compared to the inertial seismic forces that would be expected -at a similarly located site with a firm soil profile. Appropriate design of structures in accordance with 14 PROJECT NO.020027-010-04 - NOVEMBER 11, 2009 ASPECT CONSULTING the current International Building Code (IBC) will mitigate seismic hazards to acceptable risk levels. C IBC requires design for a "Maximum Considered Earthquake (MCE)" with a 2 percent probability of exceedance (PE) in 50 years (2,475-year return period). The United States Geological Survey (USGS, 2002) has completed probabilistic ground motion studies and maps for Washington. The USGS maps indicate that for recurrence intervals of 475 and 2,475 years, the peak bedrock acceleration in the Site vicinity would be 0.32g and 0.66g, and have magnitudes of 6.5 and 6.7, respectively. Current IBC design methodologies express the effects of site -specific subsurface conditions on the ground motion response in terms of the "Site Class" for IBC. These factors represent the density and stiffness of the soil profile underlying the Site, and are used to account for the seismic response of the soil profile. Based on our characterization of the subsurface conditions, the soil profile at the Site would fall into IBC Site Class "F". With the limited set of data available at this time, a preliminary seismic analysis was performed for the Site. This analysis was based on the non -site specific seismic factors allowed by Chapter 18 of the 2006 version of the IBC using a Site Class "D". IBC Chapter 18 allows that in lieu of using a site -specific study, the peak ground acceleration used for design can be set as the 5% damped design spectral acceleration at short periods, Sbs, divided by 2.5 (Sps/2.5) for the purposes of evaluating geotechnical site effects. Therefore, a peak ground acceleration (PGA) of 0.399 (Sps/2.5) was used for evaluation of the ground motions at the Site, Given the amount of liquefaction forecasted by our analysis and the type of proposed structures, a site -specific study will be required for the actual design of the structures. 3.2.3 Liquefaction Liquefaction occurs when Ioose, saturated and relatively cohesionless soil deposits temporarily lose strength as a result of earthquake shaking. Primary factors controlling the onset of liquefaction include intensity and duration of strong ground motion, characteristics of subsurface soil, in -situ stress conditions, and the depth to groundwater. Liquefaction evaluations were conducted with the aid of LiquefyPro, a seismically induced liquefaction and settlement analyses software program developed by CivilTech Corporation (2009) and WSliq, a liquefaction analysis software program that was created as part df an extended research project supported by the Washington State Department of Transportation (WSDOT) and authored by Kramer (2008) Based on our characterization of the Site, and the ground motions described in the previous section, our analyses indicate that moderate liquefaction hazards exist to a depth of about 80 feet, with the exception of fine-grained Shallow Alluvium layers, which are not considered to be liquefaction -prone. Seismic Settlement Liquefaction -induced settlements were estimated using the recommended methods presented by Kramer (2008) and CiviITech (2009), and our characterization of the Site subsurface conditions. Based on these studies, we estimate that seismic settlements PROJECT NO.020027-010-04 - NOVEMBER 11, 2009 15 ASPECT CONSULTING produced from a.design-level earthquake could range from about 12 to 30 inches across the Site. A comparative analysis of the 1 in 74 year return period earthquake is predicted to cause 4 to 5 inches of settlement at the surface, indicating Site design concerns from a much more likely event. Due to the variability of the seismic settlement results, it should be assumed that fairly significant differential settlement on the order of several inches can occur after a design level earthquake. Lateral Spreading Lateral spreading is the movement toward the shoreline of the "crust" of soil above the liquefiable layer. Since liquefaction of the underlying soils appears likely during the design earthquake, there is also potential for seismically induced lateral spreading towards the shoreline. Because of the size of the Site, we evaluated lateral spreading magnitudes at varying distances from the shoreline, using the Site topography, and our characterization of subsurface conditions. Using the empirical methods presented by Kramer (2008) and Youd, et al. (2002), we estimate the lateral spreading could result in horizontal displacements from 8 to 13 feet near the shoreline, and l to 3 feet along the eastern edge of the Site. The empirical methods are not site -specific, and the regression formulas that form their basis could over -estimate predicted displacements. Given the unique, deltaic geologic environment of the Site, site -specific numerical analyses would be appropriate for predicting post -liquefaction ground displacements with a higher degree of confidence. Sand Boils Sand boils are liquefaction -related features that could potentially result from subsurface porewater pressure relief via the path of least resistance. They manifest themselves as small mounds on the surface of ejected soil slurry. They are typically several feet in diameter and cause a mound that can be several inches high. Up to several cubic yards of material can be ejected. If sand boil occur, their locations are typically random, and the prediction of their occurrence is not considered practical for design. 3.3 Environmental Considerations A summary; of existing Site conditions and environmental investigations completed to date arc summarized in a report by Anchor and Aspect (2007a). The primary contaminants of concern are DNAPL in soil, and dissolved -phase chemicals in groundwater. Soil contamination is generally limited to the Pill and Shallow Alluvium. Environmental remedies currently under consideration will focus on protecting the aquifer that is present in the Deep Alluvium, and water quality in Lake Washington. The geo-structural solutions that could enable site development include pile foundations and/or ground improvement technologies, as discussed in Section 4. The final cleanup action at Site is anticipated to include leaving DNAPL contaminated soil in -place. Design of these solutions must consider protection of the deep aquifer (Deep Alluvium) when and if they penetrate the contaminated upper strata beneath the Site both during construction and in the long term. The design and installation of deep piles and ground improvement will require coordination and approval by EPA as part of the remedy 16 ' PROJECT NO.020027-010-04 - NOVEMBER 11, 2009 ASPECT CONSULTING selection process. The following provides a starting point for consideration of pile installation techniques. Limited research has been performed on the issue of potential carry down of contamination and cross -contamination of aquifers stemming from installation and long- term presence of piling at contaminated sites. Since 2000, several investigations have been completed on the installation of driven piles in `Brownfield Sites", including those with DNAPL-related contamination. An EPA -funded, state-of-the-art paper by Boutwell, et al. (2005) summarizes the current body of knowledge, and provides recommendations for pile foundations at Brownfield Sites. In the past, environmental regulators have required expensive protection measures for pile installation, generally focusing on surface casing measures through the contaminated zone to prevent carry down. Boutwell (2005) identifies the potential mechanisms of aquifer cross -contamination resulting from the installation and presence of driven piling, and how these mechanisms can be overcome by appropriate design. With proper consideration to these mechanisms, standard driven displacement piles can be safely used without special near -surface protection measures. Regulators in some states have allowed driven piles under these circumstances and without special near -surface protection measures. The current state -of -practice is such that driven displacement piles can be used in the conditions at the Site, provided that proper pile materials and installation techniques are used. Impermeable pile materials are necessary, such as steel or concrete, in order to not provide a conduit of contaminants by "wicking". Piles should be installed using displacement methods, such that in -situ soil is displaced during their installation, resulting in densification of the soil immediately adjacent to the piles and sealing of the pile -soil interface. Pointed pile tips should be used during driving to avoid carry -down of a "plug" of contaminated soil during driving. Ground improvement technologies could also be considered for stabilizing the Site with respect to soft ground and seismic hazards. Ground improvement could potentially be used in concert with environmental remedies. Appropriate ground improvement technologies would involve in -situ strengthening of soil by densification, in -situ soil stabilization by a variety of grouting techniques, soil removal and replacement and internal drainage to dissipate excess porewater pressures that can cause liquefaction. Near -shore ground improvement utilizing internal drainage techniques could potentially be feasible due to the upward hydraulic gradient of the deep aquifer. These ground improvement technologies have the potential to be applied singularly or in combination with each other. The use of ground improvement technologies will be considered in consultation with EPA as part of the evaluation of site remedial alternatives. c PROJECT NO.020027-010-04 • NOVEMBER 11, 2009 17 ASPECT CONSULTING 4 Site -bide Geotechnicai Options Technically viable geotechnical options exist to develop the Site as planned. As noted previously, structures with vertical settlement sensitivity will need to be placed on piles or improved ground to maintain design functionality. Options are available to mitigate the post -earthquake lateral spreading problems. Geotechnical options must also consider the environmental site cleanup, and the need for EPA approval, given the soil and groundwater contamination that is known to be onsite. Sequencing of site work (major fill grading) will be an important consideration to minimize total and differential settlement of features that gain their support from shallow soil. The geotechnical site improvement options create an additional expense to the project when compared to a location with competent soil and no contamination. Different geotechnical mitigation strategies, combined with potential contamination remediation strategies, may produce combined cost effectiveness, when compared to a strategy of each mitigation effort being performed independently. 4.1 Mitigation of Lateral Spreading Given the calculated predication of large post -earthquake lateral spreading at the shoreline (8 to13 feet) and the significant movement (1 to3 feet) at the eastern boundary, buildings must be designed to resist such movement/soil loading to maintain structural safety. Based on our review of the available data, using anchors or battered piles at the building foundations, or a designed ground improvement program, would provide the `- necessary lateral movement mitigation for the buildings. While augmented foundations would provide protection of individual buildings, a ground improvement program has the potential to protect larger areas of the Site and possibly provide Site -wide benefits. �- 4.1.1 Ground Improvement Ground improvement strategies could be used to produce area -wide or site -wide protection from lateral spreading. Site -wide protection would have the benefit of increased seismic performance of proposed buildings, roads, open space and utilities during and after strong shaking. The extent and depth of improved ground, in combination with building foundations, must be such that life safety is protected in accordance with applicable building codes. This could be accomplished with deep foundations for buildings and ground improvement designed to limit seismic -induced ground displacements to tolerable limits. Further analysis and EPA approval would be required to develop preliminary design and -� cost analysis of such an appropriate ground improvement program. 4.1.2 Lateral Resistant Piles/Anchors If the building foundations are to independently resist the lateral movement imposed by lateral spreading without ground improvement, then the following loads would need to be 18 PROJECT NO.020027-010-04 - NOVEMBER 11, 2009 ASPECT CONSULTING considered. The upper soil profile of unsaturated soil, which would be mobilized during lateral spreading, would exert passive pressure on buried structures and foundations. This loading could be taken by the lower foundation elements and transferred to the pile system or to anchors. The silty peat zones may not completely liquefy but would be too weak to prevent the movement and would load the pile trunks. These additional Iateral loads could be resisted from battered piles incorporated into the structure base foundation system, or through very deep anchors fixed into the non -liquefied zone of the Deep Alluvium and stressed into the easterly walls/footings of the structures. Because of the significant length required of such anchors, it would be beneficial to design these as high capacity anchors to reduce the number of anchors. The lateral resistant pile/anchor system would provide restraint for the buildings only and would not offer protection for the general Site. 4.2 wilding Support 4.2.1 Static and Seismic Settlement All building foundation designs must incorporate the potential settlement expected over the life of the building. The estimated settlements and sources have been discussed in Section 3. Due to the large settlement estimates, the likely foundation system for the planned buildings is a deep pile system. The long-term and seismic settlement of these soils can also produce negative skin friction, or down -drag loads, on deep foundations which should be factored into the capacities of the piles. 4.2.2 Displacement Piles In general, deep foundation options include driven piles and drilled piles. In the Seattle area, the common driven and drilled piles for buildings are steel pipe piles and auger -cast piles,..respectively. Steel pipe piles can be filled with concrete after driving, or left empty. They can also be driven close -ended or open-ended. Another system which has been used in Seattle is the driven cast -in -place pile. This type of pile has the benefit over the auger cast pile in that no contaminated material is withdrawn from the ground, and has been documented to have similar capacities. The actual pile type would be subject to approval by EPA. Studies have shown (Boutwell, 2005) that smooth -walled displacement piles are effective at preventing vertical migration of the DNAPL types of contaminants found on -site. Driven steel pipe piles, which are commonly used in the Seattle area, would appear appropriate for these purposes. Other proprietary displacement piles have also been used for these purposes in other areas of the country and could be considered as options as well. Steel pipe piles are driven using a heavy impact hammer that is controlled by a lead, which in turn is supported by a crane. The principle advantages of driven steel pipe piles are their relatively high capacity, the speed in which they can be installed and structurally loaded, their capacity can be readily determined, and they create no spoils. Steel pipe piles can be easily spliced and driven open-ended to penetrate or displace obstructions. The principle disadvantages of driven piles are noise and vibrations created during construction, and their relative cost when compared to driven cast -in -place piles. PROJECT NO.020027-010-04 • NOVEMBER 11, 2009 19 ASPECT CONSULTING 4.2.3 Structural Slabs Slabs -on -grade may be feasible for lightly loaded structures gaining support from shallow foundations. However, with the high likelihood for long-term, site -wide settlement, and the potential for embankment and seismic settlements discussed in Table 4.2.1, the use of standard slab -on -grade floors in combination with pile -supported structures is not recommended. As noted in Section 3, the post construction settlements (secondary and seismic) are estimated to be large and slabs -on -grade would settle differentially from the building foundations. Therefore, ground floors of pile -supported structures need to be structural slabs, tied into the building foundations, to maintain functionality. 4.3 Earthwork 4.3.1 General Site Preparation Special considerations relating to general earthwork and grading at the Site include the shallow water table and the presence of compressible near -surface soil. In general, development plans should minimize excavation depths to avoid the need for construction dewatering and shoring of loose saturated soils. Re -use of on -site fills should be evaluated on a case -by -case basis. Grading work will need to be coordinated with the approved environmental cleanup plan to maintain cost effectiveness. Removal of existing accumulations of woody debris associated with the former log yard operation prior to placement of any additional fill is recommended under planned building and roadway footprints to avoid long-term settlement resulting from — decomposition of the wood fill. In non sensitive areas, such as open landscaping and surface parking, placement of additional fill over woody material may be acceptable with the understanding that grades will need to be restored in the future. -_ 4.3.2 Shallow Groundwater and Dewatering Deep excavations should be avoided if possible due to the shallow groundwater table. Additionally, in areas where excavation would intersect the silt/peat zones, shoring will probably be needed given the low strength of the peat and the high groundwater table. In areas where relatively deep vaults, pump stations etc. penetrate below the planned fill — cap, allowance should be made for dewatering of the excavations. If a deep excavation is required and it is determined that dewatering is necessary, the impact of dewatering settlement will need to be evaluated especially if the dewatering is near the property boundaries. Dewatering activities will also need to consider health and safety issues and treatment/disposal of impacted groundwater. 4.3.3 Preloading We understand an approximately 5-foot fill cap is plaruied for the majority of the Site. This cap should be placed with a grade surcharge to account for predicted settlement. It should also be placed at several months before any grade sensitive feature such as foundations, roads or utilities are installed. This timeframe can be shortened if the Site is preloaded to a higher fill grade and then the excess fill removed. More detailed analysis is necessary to evaluate the specifics of Preloading. Planning should consider that further 20 PROJECT NO. 020027-010-04 • NOVEMBER 11, 2009 ASPECT CONSULTING settlement would occur due to the high organic content of the lower sediments, even if a preload is utilized. 4.3.4 Infrastructure Development Considerations Underground Utilities The practical depth to which underground utilities can be placed is limited by the relatively shallow groundwater depth. It is desirable to maintain these in the fill cap. Sags resulting from post seismic differential settlement pipe support will result in undesirable sags that can adversely affect the performance of conveyance pipes. Therefore, initial maximum gradients may be desirable where allowed by cover requirements. Flexible connections to buildings will be necessary to allow for the differential settlements from grade load changes and seismic settlements. Low impact stormwater management techniques that rely on infiltration, will also be limited due to the shallow groundwater depth in most areas, and contamination considerations. Pavements and Roadways The wood waste fill should be removed in areas where grade sensitive roadways and utilities are going to be constructed prior to cap fill. As noted previously in non -sensitive areas the wood waste could remain with future maintenance performed where required. The pavements in areas where relatively competent surface fills exist, can likely be designed with standard pavement sections. Soft areas encountered during construction should be overexcavated and replaced with clean, compact sand and gravel prior to placing: the standard pavement section. PROJECT NO. 020027-010-04 • NOVEMBER 11, 2009 21 ASPECT CONSULTING 5 references Anchor Environmental, LLC and Aspect Consulting, LLC, 2007a, Task 2 — Summary of Existing Information and Data Quality Report. Remedial Investigation/FeasibiEty, Quendall Terminals Site. Report prepared for U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Region 10, on behalf of Altino Properties, Inc. and J.H. Baxter & Company, by Anchor Environmental, LLC and Aspect Consulting, LLC, August 2007. Anchor Environmental, LLC and Aspect Consulting, LLC, 2007b, Task 3 — Preliminary conceptual Site Model, Remedial Action Objectives, Remediation Goals, and Data Gaps. Remedial Investigation/Feasibility Study, Quendall Terminals. Report prepared for U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Region 10, on behalf of Altino Properties, Inc. and J.H. Baxter & Company, by Anchor Environmental, LLC and Aspect Consulting, LLC, August 2007. Boutwell, 2005, Presentation titled- Installation of Driven Piles in Brownfields Sites, by Dr. Gordon P. Boutwell, PE, Pile Driving Contractors Association 2005 PDCA Winter Roundtable, Charleston, SC, February 19, 2005. CH2M-HILL, 1978, Memorandum to Tim King, Preliminary Geotechnical Investigation Prot Quendall Development Renton Washington, By Jeff Layton CH2M-HILL, 20 December 1978. CivilTech Software, 2009, Liquefy Pro v5.5j Analysis program. Kramer, S., 2008, Evaluation of Liquefaction Hazards in Washington State, prepared for the Washington State Transportation Commission. Shannon & Wilson, 2006, Geotechnical Report Seahawks Headquarters and Practice Facility Renton, Washington. Prepared for Football Northwest, LLC. September 13, 200b. U.S. Geological Survey, 2002, United States National Seismic Hazard Maps: http://gldims.cr.usgs.gov/nshmp2008/viewer.htm. Youd, T.L., Hansen, C.M., and Bartlett, S.F., 2002, Revised Multilinear Regression Equations for Prediction of Lateral Spread Displacement, Journal of Geotechnical Geoenvironmental Engineering, 128 (12), pp. 1007-1017. 22 PROJECT NO.020027-010-04 • NOVEMBER 11, 2009 ASPECT CONSULTING c Limitations and Additional Services Work for this project was performed, and this report prepared; in accordance with generally accepted professional practices for the nature and conditions of work completed in the same or similar localities, at the time the work was performed. It is intended for the exclusive use of Altino Properties, Inc. and J.H. Baxter & Company and their agents for specific application to the referenced property. This report does not represent a legal opinion. No other warranty, expressed or implied, is made. The conclusions and interpretations presented in this report should not be construed as a warranty of the subsurface conditions. This report is issued with the understanding that it is preliminary in nature and that additional geotechnicaI studies will be necessary to support future designs. Additionally pile type selection along with any ground improvement will need to be presented for approval to the EPA. This scope of our work did not include environmental assessments or evaluations regarding the presence or absence of wetlands or hazardous or toxic substances in the soil, surface water, or groundwater at this Site. The Site remediation studies are being conducted under a separate scope of work. PROJECT NO.020027-010-04 • NOVEMBER 11, 2009 23 ALTERNATIVE SU1TE5 INTERNATIONAL 1.888-900.4050 Parking Agreement for AS! Guest(s) PROPERTY: Alley 24 SPACE # open in common garage APT #536 ($7/day per space) VEHICLE LIC. PLATE # COLOR MAKE / MODEL Ke, 'a L VEHICLE LIC. PLATE # COLOR MAKE / MODEL GARAGE ACCESS CARD(S) YES PARKING PERMIT NO DATES OF STAY From 1/18/2016 To _2/16/2076 RESIDENT (NAME) Izzaf Hasa en AGREES TO THE FOLLOWING: * One remote control in acceptable condition shall be issued, if applicable, and will be returned in like condition. Replacement of batteries is the responsibility of resident. * S100 replacement Fee will be charged for lost, damaged or unreturned _ access_card(s). purchase/replacement value will be charged for lost or unreturned parking permits (if applicable/ * Resident finds parking space in acceptable condition and will returned it in like condition. Space should be kept free of trash, litter, cigarette butts, etc. ' SPACES ARE BY ASSIGNMENT ONLY, VEHICLES MAY NOT PARK IN ANY OTHER SPACE. VIOLATOR'S VEHICLE WILL BE TOWED AT VEHICLE OWNER'S EXPENSE. The garage/carport spacef s) is for vehicles only; storage of any other items (including bicycles; is not permitted. * Resident will immediately clears fluids leaking from vehicle onto pavement or the cost of removal wilt be charged to resident. !f spills cause damage to pavement, resident will be responsible for repair costs. * Car washing, maintenance, or vehicle repair is NOT allowed in the garage/carport. * Only vehicles in operable condition and with current license tabs will be permitted to park in the garage/carport. Storage of vehicles is not permitted. * Resident shall not allow any other vehicle to park in resident's assigned space without previous consent of ASI. Space is for above registered vehicle only. Subletting of parking spaces is not permitted. * Management or ASI agent as deemed necessary may reassign spaces. * Vehicles are to be kept with valuables removed while parked in the garage/carport. Remote controls must be kept secure or removed from vehicle while parked in the garage if opplicable. AS] assumes no responsibility or liability for any damage or loss to vehicles or their contents. * ASI cannot guarantee that parking spaces will never be blocked and assumes no responsibility for vehicles and/or parking violation ticket fees and/or towing fees or if forced to park outside the garage/carport or intentionally parked outside the garage/carport elsewhere on the premises of the rental property or by the rental property. * Should you need assistance, please contact A.S.I. Management, phone # (206) 860-16 t 6 or after regular business hours select9Rtion 9 1, the undersigned± r1 _ '� have read and understand the above and should I lend my parking space and/or rem to and/or parking permit I assume full responsibility for it. GUEST SIGNA C ATE -716 1211, Ave. E. Seatfie, WA 98102--Ph: 206.860.1616-Efx: 206.299.9490-Email: asudes(easuifes.com 0 Legend J� J0 Shoreline (2009) 1p, Shoreline (1936) 29 Shoreline (1920) Shoreline (1916) ISM 00 0 Soil Boring with Geotechnical Data A -2 Geoprobe Boring QP ee 151.5 -1 Z3 -11 OP"0 1; OP-1 0 Historic structure El , 411 Existing structure J\ CDEstimated maximum z extent of DNAPL prior to Task 5 implementation OVendall Pond NC-2 0 J A -Solid m6teriar'-". -47 el g vi ell, CD Sury tnrl , b -6 R4(npf f D r) & 9.5 I J L6a/Zdin, g 1 -7t� F er -South- 0❑ .-Ehtrance C, #16 71 Pond- XP �—MC-3 �6kjffiat6 Former wi-s OD i2 01 'Mesi66 VV611 Location - �1'91WR611yPlant,Map C-7 0 a . ......... 0 G-5 I rU r T . iestleOA r"uc C-11 4 orme .8ca 7L&6ding"Area' Former"' May Creek Channels -7 aw Site Plan Nw 2P N 009 CD ASpect=�tng 020027 55 O'U 24D Quendall Terminals PMB 120 Renton, Washington IN 1.1.2 �:, Feet d LAKE WASHINGTON `� ��n n z �ASEf1 WGN N� � w- W rm o O TRAP ice, o T 7 U T SW QUAD {lY V UT Nr 450 RESPOENTAL UNITS (720 CARS \ z J V ¢ z� < J U * 5W f RESIDENTIAL 5 FLOORS OVER PARKING 36.7471s1 GROUND AREA 170 U{ T SW 2 RESIDENTIAL 5 FLOORS & PARKING b 42.9S% ND AREA ISO UNITS a SE QUAD 175 RESIDENTIAL UNITS (280 110,DDOsf OFFICE (330 CARS) lla LANDSCAPED 5�n COURTYARD i N n, a �w a o 1< J0.0 �w 4� cy�p� JU y� �Vivinm "WWI4� VIIAN QUENDALL TERMINAL ' CONCEPTUAL PLAN LANCE MUELLER & ASSOCIATES CENTURY PACIFIC LLC 7-27-09 Leff >r'S`'rkcr *ALL STATISTICS ARE BASED ON CONCEPTUAL PLAN WHICH ARE APPROXIMATE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE rn 4 � F I n n I ,�4 _ V 4 J6 r=¢Z F-WOC o,z w¢21nnn LANDSCAPED COURTYARD OVER P-2 Lpp51DENTIAL ilf19T'iUND UW AREA i0 UNITS Pr i • ✓A I i! I 24DRIVE y U Z( ]C � ¢4 ao UP f ¢ 24' DRIVE PROPERTY GRAPHIC SCALE 5Q' _ p' 55 SgD• SCALE: 1' - 50' TOTAL SITE SUMMARY 800 TOTAL RESIDENTIAL UNITS 266,300sf TOTAL OFFICE 21,600sf TOTAL RETAIL 9,000sf TOTAL RESTAURANT P-1 & P-2 TOTAL AREA = 816,085sf (PARKING FOR 2,095 CARS IN STRUCTURE) PARKING ON GRADE = 169 CARS TOTAL PARKING = 2,264 CARS USEABLE SITE LESS NEW 60' R.O.W. = 18.9 ACRES PARKING ASSUMPTIONS: RESIDENTIAL ® 1.6 STALL PER UNIT RETAIL-0 4 STALLS PER 1,000sf RESTAURANT A@ 1 STALL PER 100sf OFFICE ® 3 STALLS PER 1,000sf RESIDENTIAL UNITS ARE 1,100sf AVERAGE N W QU AD 175 RESIDENTIAL UNITS (230 CARS) NE QUAD 101,000sf OFFICE (303) CARS) 4Ar 0 60 Zv m rn m � � u S � x m a 4 � a z a cn pt] N m m d a --- --- — -_ __ - ..- -- .- - - 30 30 - - 53 37 58 24 _rrf -�.���r� 23 5 7 6 �I � �.. �rr�^�-�^ f 2 �r_r 3 e 27 0 OLtMd(vE.Eri� rrr 8 5 Z 2 Shallow 07 Q6 .9 2 Alluvium 2 0 i 0 B 3 is f3 Z 38 � cO aD m 3-0 > 2e Z c 30 1-30 _ ti > Legend is - a - FILL: Silt, Sand, Gravel, ! Wood and Mixed Debris -60 Shallow Alluviurn: Stratified , Organic Silt, Peat, Sand !1 Deep Alluvium: Coarse Sand Gravels , ~~ and Lacustrine Deposits: _ __: 90 i Silt and Clay ` 37 Lacustrrne z Deposits $ as NBoring ID and offset 67 -120 mfrom cross section 53 Water level at 0 300 400 500 600 700 800 900 1000 1100 1200 -150 1300 time of drilling V Boring 5 19 Standard Penetration Resistance Horizontal Scale 3 and depth o 100 zoo Vertical Scale ASpedwr=Wrq Geologic Cross Section A -A' 9R ft. 039f.arth-water -"-�PM F„r .ww �� Quendall Terminals Vertical Exaggeration 3.33X ., ,�„,,y Renton, Washington " B B' 90 90 V fi a - y T z S o Q a z Vj b o Q Q 6 Q r C O � q ry b m o y h U �•S $ m v, e � m a m a $ w� m m u 0 60 60 m 4 m H m 4 a Q O r _S� o V O 4 S' � 4 4 pp JL r � `} VC LV Y CP r LO iy IA C T- ffi U {jj T- 30 -120 - - -150 0 100 200 360 400 500 600 700 800 Horizontal Scale n 100 2M Refer to Figure 2.2.1 for Legend F.ar Vertical Scale �Mpedcorwutdng U � 8a eartl•,n81�r FeW ,•w asap .: r� Vertical Exaggeration 3.33X 900 1000 - 1100 1200 Geologic Cross Section B-B' Quendall Terminals Renton, Washineton 30 0 00 co Q -30 c �c O L3J Al -90 -120 M -150 1300 r; 0 m 9 °"` we zone PROJECruo °•••;LP 020027 FIGURE NO. 2.21 a 0 C C' 90 .90 Cf7 t m to 3 w 3 a m Q w° m p N w W C N 60 N 60 I �G o34 m? 30 r 00 Co z I -30 UL c_ G O W _m liJ -120 -150 0 100 200 300 400 Horizontal Scale o +ao Sao Refer to Figure 2.2.1 for Legend _ Vertical Seale MpEdcoiawTng 0 30 ea,lh+w pl e' r.or . asaeaA nde np Vertical Exaggeration 3.33x ..,,,.,„,,,► 500 600 700 600 Geologic Cross Section C-C' Quendall Terminals Renton. Washington 30 OD a z -30 U- c D Uj FOX -120 -s 900 5a s PROJECTNO. ®. 020027 W n FIGURE NOpm u n. 2.2.3 0 D 90 - m m . Y 4 (oy 6v VS % N 60 6 m p a` e LO 30 Im 0 -60 -90 -120 D' -90 i j ; U o cv �[ z 3 LI? m 30 Deposits -1500 100 200 300 400 500 500 700 Horizontal Scale q 100 200 Refer to Figure 2.2.1 for Legend Apo Vertical Scale IDS"neuaSnq q 30 SOFOW earn-wer www• a���Er; , Vertical Exaggeration 3.33X 600 900 1000 1100 Geologic Cross Section D-D' Quendall Terminals Renton, Washington OLOM f15 On 0 Co 0 Q z m -30 LL c C 0 tu m ut RM -120 N tl O N _O PRoJEC r NO 020027 RGURE NO 2.2.4 a APPENDIX A Existing Site -Aide Geotechnical Data ASPECT CONSULTING A.1 [existing Site -Wide Geotechnical Data The stratigraphic contacts shown on the individual summary logs represent the approximate boundaries between soil types; actual transitions may be more gradual. The subsurface conditions depicted are only for the specific date and locations reported, and therefore, are not necessarily representative of other locations and times. A.1.1 Remediation Exploration Data from recent remediation studies (Anchor and Aspect, 2007b) and data just generated by Aspect was also reviewed. Those selected probe and boring logs that were used in this report are included n this appendix. A.1.2 Geotechnical Borings by Others Data was reviewed from the previous data summary for the Site (Anchor and Aspect, 2007a) from studies by Woodward --Clyde Consultants, Hart Crowser, Shannon & Wilson and Neil Twelker. Additional reports were provided by KPFF from Shannon & Wilson (2006) and CH2M-HILL (1978). Selected borings were used to develop the geologic sections and allow for extrapolation of soil parameters where possible. Those borings are included in this appendix. PROJECT NO.020027-010-04 • NOVEMBER 11, 2009 A-1 ATTACHMENTA-1 Geotechnical Borings by others MATERIAL DESCRIPTION it 5 t . Standard Penetration Resistance lb. .0 E . . 1140 weight, 30* drop) & . A Blows Per foot Surface Elevation: Approx. 27 Feet a Ca0 20 6 Wood chips, tFiff). 0.3 2.5 4..0 21 ......... .. ...... ....... ........ ........ ........ Dark gray SAND; molst,*'(FilQ SP. Mood chips; (bill). Medium dense, gray, fine SAND, moist;IF111) SRIF_ 4_T 10 Laws, gray, Me to medium SAND and AL FRAGMENTS. � 720 S ....... .. Interbedded, very loose and very soft, gray, fine to medium SAND and brown, SILT, 167.70 slightly clayey, peaty. orgard c moist, ...... ttered roots; SPIOH- 20 ....... .... ... ..... ........ Very soft, dark brown, slightly clayey, peaty, organic SILT; moist; scattered foot hairs; untreated wood at 17.8 feet; OT occaslona layers of loose, gray, fine to 24.0 2 ........ .... medium SAND; wet at 20 feet; 13 (Depression Filling) OH. 'D P 27.0 28.0 30.0 :1 1 -E 49 30 ... .. . ......... ........ ...... .. .. ra Stiatified, medium dense, gray. slightly S t silty, fine to moplurn SAND, trace otevet; 3 y 12T et, SP-Sm. t wet; 33.0 35 ........... ........... ........ Medium stiff, brown, slightly clayey,13= Me dlLu peaty,organic SILT, wet, organics; ID pre n Filling) OH. a 40 .. ...... .... ......... .. . j; Loose. ,gray, slightly silty, fine-p-medium - ....... (DeP4s�slon Fillin 4Z.0 . n a, gravity SAND; wet; (Coarse .1 u=1)11y,ti�nse, u u 45 Stratified, very lo'ds'e to medluo,,',danse, slightly ty to sli fine to mtelim SAND : A and SILT; wet; Interbedded organic and t ...... .... wood layers at 37 feet, (Medium i 20][ 50 luvium/Deprenlon Filling) SP-SK ........... ......... ......... Medium dense to dense, gray, clean to slightly silty, fine to medium SAND, trace " ss.oL 5 kof gravel; wet; (Medium Alluvium) SPZ1 r" ......... ...... ......... . ....... Interbedded, dense, light brown to gray, sandy, fine, rounded GRAVEL; wet,- 00.0 221 60 (Coarse Alluvium) GP. . .. ......... ........ ....... . ...... LEGEND 0 20— 40 60 0 %water content • Sempli Not Recovered Surface Seal SM Annular Plastic Unit. Liquid Limit X 2' C.D. Spilt Spoon Sample Sealant Natural Water Content 3C 36 O.D. Shelby Tube Sample M3 Plemometer Screen Grout Water Loved JAG Development Renton, Washington 1. The Watilicattan rom represent the oppe i6mate bmmdarlea bvtwom soiltypaM, and the tFAnChIM may be gradual. LOG OF BORING. SWB-3 2.-The discussion In the text of tMe report it neceismy for a proper undarstancrina of the notwo at subsurface motegiah.. December 1996, W-7443-03 3. water lavat If Indleat" above, is foeibe dote spdOrted and may vary. 4. Refer to KEY for aWmadon of 'Synbok* and dersnftlans SHAN NoN X wiLso N. INc. FIG. A-5 S. USC latter aymbol bmod an vicus? daetirwat;on. GwWchnk4 &W OmAw so 11 cw"P'�, Skeet -I. of 2 MATERIAL DESCRIKION -6 m u Standard Penetration Resistance 1140 lb. weight. 300 drop) A Blows loot CL per Surface ©ovation: Approx. 27 Feet p a 0. 20, 60 Medium dense to dense, brown, fine to 23 medium SAND, trace of gravel, scattered layers of rounded fine gravel; wet, ....... (Medium Alluvium) SP. 241 70 nj 5 7 ........ ...... .. . . . . . . . . IST so ........ . ......... 27T 85 ... .. ......... ..... ... ......... . ....... ......... 7, 777 29 00 ... ......... N. 95 .......... .. .. ......... Dense, gray, siKy fine SAND, trace of fine SM. gravel; wet; (Fin"Miuvium) 10� ......... ......... .. . 1L 115 ...... ..... 31 T 120 r\ Very soft, oray, silly CLAY, trace sand; ills �moist; ML .. ......... ......... ......... .. 125 BOTTOM OF BORING ...... COMPLETED 11/6196 ....... ... LE Q 0 20 .40 60 0 %Water Content • SampleNot Recovered EM Surface Said plastic Umft F-0--A Liquid Lknit 2' O.D. Sprit Spoon Sample KIN Annular Sealant Natural Water Content X 3"O.D, Shelby Tube SampleEM Kozornater Scream Grout Water Laval JAG Development Renton, Washington NOTE 1. The ubv6fice0an Uneo roprecent the appradmoze �oundorled $atwoen. soi types: and the trant Won may be gradual. LOG OF BORING SWB-3, 7- The &ttvi" In tha text of this repart la nocaimmy for a oupw undartondmp of the nature of subsurface rneud" December I 09a W-7"3-0 3. Wow Wet it Indleatod ebova. to for the data spocffiod mid may vary. 4. Rotor to KrY for exoonvdan of ?Syn*ok* and d4rNono. HANNA21 SON & WUWN, INC. FIG. A 1 5. USC leneraysinbal based on visual claodneadcone*"on. NW LyAwwwnwcone*"Sheet 2 of 2. 1 y VAG1 10 U7197 !MATERIAL DESCRIPTION Surface Elevation: Approx. 38 Feet Gray, sandy GRAVEL; me - IMM 11 SAND; dry; slight sheen ohd odor; (Fill) Loose, Gray+ allGhtly clayey, ssGntly sixty to silty SAND; moist; scathed to marterous wood fibers; slight odor; (FIM if 111 a! Standard Penetration Resistance (140 tb. weight, 30 drapl z A Blows per fact 20 an SD 0.5 Soft ana very loose, Drown, soonvy clayey, sandy SILT. slightly clayey, peaty, ,s.o organic SILT, and gray, firm to medium SAND; mofat; numerous wood fibers, (Depression FlIllroMedlum Aituviuml Very soft, brown, slightly clayey, peaty, organic SILT; moist; numerous wood Mors; (Depression Filling) OH. Gray, Interbedded, soft and very loose, silty CLAY and Piety, fine SAND; wet; scattered organibs; (Locustrine Deposit) Meclum Geese, grey, gravoy, fine one fine to medium SAND, trace of alit; wet; ` ;Coarse Alluvium) SW. Loose, gray, fine to medium SAND, trace f sk wet; (Medium Alluvium] SP. ' Very loose, brownish -gray, fine sandy SILT with fine to medium SAND lenses, trace of organic slit and fine orgenics, wet; (Flea Alluvium) MLISP. Medium dense to dense, Greenish -gray, fide gravelly, fine to coarse SAND, local ace of slit; (Coarse Alluvium) SP. Interbodded, medium dense to dense, greentsh-gray, gravelly, fine to medium, fine to coarse SAND, trace of silt; wet; grave; tens at 47 to 48 feet; SPISW. medlUrn SAND,0gV&pjNj&gffiEHy fine 22.4 20.5 . . 3L0 s3A ss c 42.0 L£ END Sample Not Recovorod ' ® Surface BanI 2 2" D.D. Split Spoon Sample ® Annular Sealant 3I: B' Q.D. Shelby Tube Semple EM Pie:omatar Screen ® Grout 4 Water Laval M I.The krafficedaro Ilnearaapprroaontthoapproxlmateboundarieobetween acre typos, and the tranaitbn my be aradwL 2. u ands oM In dina aff 6e tsid rsobve of mAiwrfaaaamcteeAstoo. cavary for a proper 2. Water level, If indiftud obays, to for the data epodaod and may vary. 4. Refer to KEY for explanation of '"elm" and definhions. 5. Usc letter oyntbol baeod on vleual clasalfroadon. J40 Development Benton, Washington LOG 0F: BORING SVI 8 4B December 1998 W 7443-03 ' BRANNON & WILSON, IkC. FIG. A-B UNNOW&W °ad 00WOMMAd MMURM 6heet Ifs ,any • MATMVAL DESCRIPTION l6 Sulfecs Elevation: Approx. 25 Feet_ 73A Medium dense to dense, gray, gravelly, fine to coarse SAND and sandy GRAVEL, trace of silt; wet; (Coarse Alluvium) GPISW. Medium Krim gray, fine to medium 92.0 ffAND. trace of $ilt; wet) SP. 84.0 Very dense to medlUM dense, BraY, fine to rnedlum SAND, Vace of atlt; wet; alit lane at 88 lee! and Bred trace of wood tregmentsi 90111 un Alluvium) Sri. 80.0 Mad um dense to dense, qMYP ghtiy Say to slily tine SAID, scattered organics and alit lenses; wet; (Flno Alluvium) SM. - ee e Medlum dense to dance, gray, two to slightly alty, line SANDI wjM scattered fine wood and orgader, )tine Alluvium) SFJSPZM. II Meanim acne to sense, pray, slightly t to slay, fine SAND; wet; scattered fine organles and 1XIAch slit layers; (Fine Allmlum) SP SMISM. : Standard Penetratton Realstgnee 1140 lb. welght, 30• drop) o Blows per foot 40- � Al • " 24= 2S_ M1. 70271 ; :;: sa= 78 m= _. 80 :::i 88 ... so= Qt= 90 ::: :: :::�: ' 7 : all331 1GO .cal .... 1.10 ::: .:. ..: aeI .::" BO . :.. ' AA D LNEND 0 % Water Content • $ample Not Rocaverad 8urfooa coal 2 Z" O.D. GpUt Spoon Somplo ® Annular Ceola vt Plaetio Limit �-- 0--� Liquid Limit 8. OIL Shelby Tubo Sampla EmuPlammater Sarvan Natural Watar Content Grout Water Laval R UIUa 1. ad tWC4 qW t Mau rapreaadfRo rippfmo7dmate beundarfoa be�woes pod tbo aaooEt[an malt 6n &dud;' &. The dbotmdon fg ja text aria rapk b nssaaW far a p mpry uridgMPM rQ o a newre rtAfaaa matadala. X Wator lovalr It b dtaatod above or tba date apeailled and may vary. 4. palm to)tEir for at*xotion of *n*vla" end dallpieam. U. UBC letter v nbot beaW an vl" elartdaadost. . JAG Development .• Renton, Washlncton LOG OF BORING SWB-4B December 1998 W 7443.03 brlwnlium.ta UYRAUM, IMU" f Ka. dM a,•t,G}�,il.a1GwY•m.nwCan•drm,. Shoat 2e u►aroata ivmw MATEMLDESCRIF N 8! Standard Pence onRestetmwe Bit. 30° drop) Surface Mevatlon: Approx. 38 Feet 0 A Stows jt foot 12U Main Of to , gray, silty CLAY,.: Wnlriated, loca8y distorted and tie 125 : ; ; . . : slicltartstded, fine sandy ale lenses loway, • . i . war; 02=Gtrine QeposW CL. 130 ; Stiff to medturn atHfj Bretp stay t►Y= wat; Ocustrirte Deposit) CH. 138 ... t41.o 4e= 140 .: se •Dento very dense, gmy, s11ty line i c : BAND, trace of organics and gravel and • . 21KY fine sandy GRAVEL (snout& and 143 Part?* weathered)i wet; ILandallde or 41= Mudffow Deposo SMfGiM. t e1.a 42= 180 .. . BOTTOM OF BORINGi COMPLETED 11)27199 188 ::: ... ... 180 :.. • 188 .. 170 t78 ..: :•. ... :; ... 0 I.LGENOo •' S M `i Semple Nat • - C4 96 Water Content ® Surface S•oat, t Soon 19 Plaetto Wntt I---0—] Uqutd LIm1t. Z 2" bb.8plit Spoon egttlpla I,� Annuler;Shalent 9" OJ). Sholby►tubo Sample ® pl 4w Samoa Natural Water Content '• S ; "" -: • JAG Develop Got Nam Renton, Wlu tnpton • i.7ha ryhadRa� Shenrap� went s epp�d tnata beuadarrrw ltitwam ' eautypegoadthetran■hlartTOW tuaetrdL LOG OF BORING SWS413 2. The dItcuaiaa lm the text of" worth rinam" T fora Proper rump of a nature of auheudam matad,le. Decetnh er t88B W7449-09 S. Water level, If Iadleotad above, to for the data apoolllrd end may very. d. Etefer to KGYfar Atarlanaf;oa of'BYrnboAt' and delin&imur. SHANNON IMLSOrf, SIG, FIG., A-B S, USC latter o Ynlbol booed on visual alsnoiAoetiaM. eras �dt�Aoaeu+dl axe Sheet 8 of 8 t L r MATERIAL DESCRIPTION ti Standard Penetration Resistants L CL aa f 0 40 lb. weight, 30" drop) V I E I A slows; per loot Surface Elevation: Approx. 26 Feet ne N 0 20 40 Brown, slightly silty SAND, moist; SP-SM. ... ......... 10 ......... .... Medium stiff, light gray, slightly sandy, gravelly, clayey SILT, moist, chalky odor; ML 21 (Fill - Kiln Dust?) .... ....... 9.0 .11. 10 Vey lBose to loose, gray, slightly silty, fine to medium SAND; wet at 10 feet' Q;ey 4TL . .......... lenses and places of slightly silty, ..... slit wood fiber at 12.5 feet: (Fill?) SP-SM. Ir,.o a 15...... Very soft, brown, slightly clayey, POM, line to organic SILT, lenses of gray, medium SAND and fine sandy slit; wet-, 0 0 20 4' (Depression Filling) OH. ....... ......... .. .. ......... .......... . 25 ....... .. ... :Cj:: Interbedded, soft to medium stiff, gray, clayey, and Me sandy SILT and loose to t1= ..... very loose, gray, slightly silty, Me to 30 rat; (Depression medium SAND;., ....... . .... ......... 1.: 0..:: Filling/Medlum Alluvium) MUSM. 131 ... 0::; 3r,.o 141 36 Medium dense to dense, gray, slightly silty, sandy, fine to coarse GRAVEL; wet; ci cobbles at feet; (Coarse creosote odor, d Co ......... .. ... ........ Alluvium) GP -GM. 40 42,0 171 --Ve—ry loose, gray,-cre—an to slightly silty, line to medium SAND; writ; slightly 45 ....... .......... gravelly at 45 feet; faint creosote odor, - oxidized soil at 47.5 feet; (Medium Alluvium) SP-SM. r60 ........ ........ ........ 510 . 4 2DT Loose slightly clayey, silty, line SAND* d; (Fine Alluvium)2,1 1� ......... ......... o)ddi;no creosote odor; SP-SM, =4 53 ..... ....... .. Loose to medium dense, gray, fine to medium SAND, trace slit wet; (Medium 68.0 231 .. ..... .... ... :A= M) SP. 0 ........ .. 4 Loose to medium dense, gray, sandy, f a a o coarse GRAVEL; wet, (Coarse Alluvium CONTINUED NEW PA 0 20 40 60 %Water Content Samplo Not Recovered Surface Seal Plastic' Liquid Limit 2" O.D. Split Spoon Seniple KA. Annular Sealant Natural . Water Content :1 3" 0.0. Shelby Tube Semple plazorhoter swoon Grout Water Level JAG Developmeri.t Renton, Washington' NOTES 71.1h..tmcnew Raw eep!aacnt the apprwdmow bwWaxica between call imea. and the tronoldon may be gradual. LOG OF BORING SWB-8 I 2- The dh"glon In the told of "report is nocamery for a prow WW*?otancft of the ruftwo of oubawfam rndortaln. December 1996 W-7443-03 3. Watch tovA it bwdiodtod ahovo, to for tho dMo opeciflad and may vary.=-4 4. Rofor to KEY for w1ansdon of -sw6de and doatwom. sqAtmota a WILSON, INC. FIG. A4 S. USC tenor symbol based an anus( dessl0codon. e.eddrrlew era Eedre aA Yawirwra Shoot 1 of 2 L_ 2illa7 ' MATERIAL. DESCRIPTION Suriace Elevation: Approx. 25 Feet 5tratniec, memum sense, gray ann Drown trace of silt to silty, fine to medium SAND and silty, sandy GRAVEL_; wet; (Medlum and Coarse Alluvium) SP-SM/GM. Stratifieo, very sense to dense, gray, gravelly; fine to medium SAND, trace of sit, and gray, sandy GRAVEL; wet; (Coarse Alluvium) SPIGP. Dense, gray, fine to medium SAND; wet; lMedlum Alluvium) SP. BOTTOM OF BORING COMPLETED 11/15/96 w n m a U. Standard Penetration Resistance a (140 lb. weight, 30" drop) : © Slows per toot o a 0 20 40 I 25 sa= 70 r r "T 75 I i 80 e3.0 to= 28_ :6s 30= 90 f 95 101.0 9r= 100 105 N::::: 114 .. ... -- 115 M= 120 121.5 125 LEGEND O 2O 4E] B[ O % Water Content • Sample Not RecoveredanSurface Seel Plastic Limit �-�--�--� Liquid limit = 2' O.D. Split Spoon Samplo MEs Annular Sealant Natural Water Content 1L S" O.D. Shelby rube Sample L=U Piazometer Screap, ® !trout Watar Leval r MOTES 7 _ The ttradficsoon Ones "'present the appr*Amete boundaries between can typos, and the transition envy bs prpdual. . 2.7he dtsansion In the text of this rspgrt le necessary for a proper undomundt R of the nature of subsurface matedafo. ;,•Warn: five!,, It Indfcated obova,'Is for the date spedfled and may very. 4. Refer to KEY fat explanation of "Symbols' and do"me. S. USC latier oyinbol based an vfsiol deasSBcallan, JAG Development Renton, Washington LOG OF BORING SWB-8 December 1996 W-7443-03 SHgNNoN-&wiLSON, WC. - RG. A-8 c»ur°!Ow .d &v'v d Qm,wettne. Sheet 2 of 2 �ire��m i o i i"i i i n s 40r -50F -701 BORING 64M LOCATION' Sta. 35 4.38 (201 Lt. ) ELEVATION- 31.7 DATE DRILLED I-I1 to 16-63 f. BROWN. AND GRAY SAND AND SILT WITH GRAVEL AND ORGANIC ' �Eg MATTER - FILL, SOFT TO MODERATELY FIRM 2 6.4 %-101 H�5 MOTTLED BROWN -GRAY VERY FINE SANDY SILT WITH FINE BAND LENSES - SQP7 .0%- 96 -Z �. .I H I I INTERBEDOED BROWN PEAT, PEATY SILT, SILTY FINE SAND 164•5%- •35 cS7I AND GRAY FINE-MED, SAND IN LAYERS -SOFT AND LOOSE • N-4 1.J 26.1 %- 101 c 3ri1 i1•17 42.2%- T2 CASING AT EL. 11, BORING AT EL 7, OVERNIGHT WATER Nag • ,. LEVEL AT EL 19.4 - 22,4%-105 C GRAY SILTY VERY FINE SAND N■19 9.4%-1311 -40 �,�� GRAY SAND AND GRAVEL WITH SOME SILT y 14.5%-121 ,.�, ' GRAY FIRE-MED. SAND Na7O :+• ry1 GRAY GRAVEL WITH COARSE SAND -CLEAN -121 40 - N a0 k#�1 BROWN SANG AND GRAVEL NaTO r' 7.9%-134 cl:xaf N = IS � BROWN FINE-MED. SAND WITH SOME SANDY GRAVEL LAYERS a.34-11G Ij}t -DENSE �I • • CONTAINS TILL AND FIRM CLAY FRAGMENTS Na70 IJL51 1 N • 40 N= 9D c 12.3%-120 rr Na60 `•� Ir.1 BROWN FINE -VERY FINE SAND WITH SOME SILT AND SANDY 37 SILT LAMINATIONS -DENSE BROWN -GRAY FINE -MED. SAND -DENSE, CLEAN 23.9% c� OVERNIGHT WATER LEVEL AT EL.16 21.3 %-106 2OLD%-IOs Nal00 1 � 2 Pro e c t - PORT QUENDALL Renton, Washington Log -of Baring No. B14-1 D ailed May 17, 1983 R L pate r .4pe of Boring, �� emar s Hollow Step Auger `.ammer Weighs � V c c MATERIAL. DESCRIPTION _ c o �• .a c surface EEevarion. 23.4 - 1 0.0.02 F! LL C� Woodchips and Aggregate SANDY SILT .(ML) — M Olive -gray, occasional gravel .- l erises , '56 distinctive HC odor throughocit . — 2 0.93 p` 1 5 3 24 4.8 TBecomes less sandy ,f U • J C 4 1 0.002 Water With some organ'I'c debri s 5 r4 o.DOtSILTY SAND' (SA) medlur- to �inej-,. silt, frequent _ — — i 10 _0% peat lenses ,`'•.some�aistipctive odor _ Peat - tens � _ .L� yore• - �. � .'C — O — 6 27 0.Ot4 Peat I`e 5 � U c — 7 25 0.009 = ' � Peat lens 20 prof. No. 90029A BOTTOM OF BORING i 19.5' Woodward -.Clyde Consultants Appendix A-1 HCO0470 t pt o j e c t PORT QUENDALL Renton, Washington Log of Bol•.lng NQ..09-2 ra Drilled May 17, 1933 _ Remarks. Y of Boring 4" Hollow Stem Auger t4arnrner Weight e o e MATERIAL DESCRIPTION - Surface Eievation 20.8 1 52 < FILL - Silt, Gravel and black �a o organic. debris -u- c — _ M SILTY SAND (SA) — X 2 33 4.442 Olive -gray, damp, occasional, .�.. lenticular gravels and pear" - - a i nterbeds 3 $ 0.003 water 4 ' 44 < 5 27 < 10 F Mr .ti w N — �.I o _ 6 10 0.001 Pan, u — 7 34 < peat 20 BOTTOM OF.BORING 19.5' pr��• Hfl• goo29A Woodward -Clyde Consultants Append i x A•-2 j{CO04702 Pr e j e c t: PORT QUENOALL Renton, Washington p� o f Baring 11i1]. Pere Drilled. may 18, 1983 Remarks Type of Boring Hollow Stem Auger Hs�mer Weight aMATERIAL DESCRIPTION o < Surfact Erecalton. 1 26 FILL Silt with aggregate a4 _ Ga~ 4D� 5 2 � rt SANDY SILT (ML) Dark brown, occ'asiona- peat lenses Y Log , r FILL CLAYEY SILT H Black, mediu - �y" #astic, noticeable HC or and iridescent shee some pea !0 3 4 2 18. 0.056 0.44 C, -�• — — — •` 3 •+ 5 3.4 Ir es nt throughout L - ' c r �CAY (CH') 6 ] 0.75 Brown, with occasional peat }eases �- r 2O . f w to 1 . 7 2• 0.041 BOTTOM OF BORING 23' proj - No. 90029A Woodward -Clyde Consililtants Appendix , A-4 Pf e j e c t: PORT QUENDALL 1� pf Log o t Boring No'. Renton, Washington prided _ May M, 1983 Ajamerks Date 6" HoT low, Sterr Auner' of Baring TrAs Weight Hammer ` r r MATERIAL DESCRIPTION o - F -_ _ u SV�38G8 �IlveUCn' � 1 io 0.73 FILL Silty Sand (SM), brown, dry, = some organic debris/rootlets _ 2 10 1.0 _ 3 16 0.90 �•_ -. 5 4 20 0.89 Becomes damp, pitch f agments and`ia�ack Water fibres, with notice HC odor .cc 117_ _ c � 24 0.139 SILTY CLOY (CH-Cl.) f f Olive -gray, mediurioh plasticity, occasional black fis s�brick fragments � a 6 3A 0.006 o S-ILTY SAND (S%) '�.. — 'c u c IO Gray, medium t cc�+g�B yAlist1nctive 7 HC odor and i ct~nt sheen 7 29 o.006 — is — r C C centrated contamination m = ticeable HC odor'and iridescent r been; some rapid corporation of 1191ater fractions noted —. d a 26 1.9 :)n Concentrated contamination 20 _ CLAYEY S1LT.to•SANDY SILT (MH-ML) Brown, some odor g 11. 12 1 0:71 BOTTOM OF BORING p 23' Pro. No, 90029A Woodward-ClOe Consultants Appendix A-5 ,Fp,,o1 e c 1 ' PORT QUENDALL Washington Log Qf Boring No. 8 Renton, Drilled Hay 19, 1983 Remarks of Boring 6" Hollow Stem Auaer Hamrner Weighs w w E a r MATERIAL 'DESCRIPTION c a In m Surface Elevatron. j " 1 36 0.86 FILL — _ Sandy Silt (ML), dark brown, damp — - 2 0.054 .53 - SAND (SM) — — 3• 0.013 SILTY Olive -gray, medium grained; I i ive HC odor and iridescent she�ri _ 5 19 O'94 `� — — a CLAY (CH): Light gray, YT4hly plastic u a SAND. (SW) : Black, HC fdo+ an!l..sheen 5 44 1.2 CLAY (CH): Light gray CLAY (CH): Brown N, '- 6 30 1.1 U c S I LTY SAND (S#y,,,, — Gray, 3d% f') net+4eable HC odor and 111 Wad ter abundant br �d an -a- i rides cent _ sheen. S i C L 7 12. 1.8 L ht 'own., plastic, some — — — pr C'`d kris (wood) � — — sr 15 SAND (SP) — o nish gray,, 30% sand 1 P CLAY (CH-CL) — 8 19 1,3 Dark brown, occasional sand lenses — — 20 22ITTBecomes gray 14 24 9 �7 O�D42 BOTTOM OF BORING @ 24.56 'rOJ • NO. 90029A Woodvaard•Cfyde Consultants Appendix A-9 pro jeCt : PORT gE3ENOAlI Washington �Og 0f Boring No. 9 Renton, .. pRemarks ,te Drilled, May 16, 1963 1, Hollow Sten Auger TYPO of B0"^g" H,rn or Weighl : „ 0 ; 4 i MATERIAL DESCRIPTION Y -' Surface Elevasion: FILL a o 1 0.005 Silt, with some gravels 2 1.7 TAR: Black, distinctive HC odor I� with occasional cement fragme 3 2 2 ��'SAND: Black stain with odo -- Wood 4 10 1.3 CLAYEY SILT (MH) — - 5 4 0.014 Olive -gray, damp, soft, s nctive odor Q' 6 9 1.0 10 Brown peat' Ne 7 25 n.03 SI>ed k SM) ( u fine, poorly sorted, li tinct7 ve iridescent sheen ` n odor in sand t- • r 1 a 28 C 'CLAYEY SILT (MH) — alive -gray, sTight odor _ 20 BOTTOM OF. BORING @ 19.5 Proj. No. Woodward•Clyde Consultants Appendix A-1l Pr o j e c t: PORT QUENDALL Renton, Washington Log of Boring No. 12 ,,,, Drilled.— -may- 17, 1583_ _ Remarks Type of Boring. 4" Hollow Stern Auger_ Hamer VYeight . CL a MATERIAL DESCAIPTION a o Q Surface Flevatlon. -i FILL: Silt, dark brown FILL: Silt, with organics — 1 29 o.004 = SILTY SAND (SM) s 2. 20 < Gray, medium to line, occ i na _ gravel tenses, and organic 5 3. 53 0.001 �_ /� �' ' C Water � -- 4 4O 0.003 er• ao d -- u C r � 5A10 / CZ�[YEY S i LT (ML-MH) _ c _ S 1'9 O.00l Or ,imp, soft, abundant organ ri s — s CU . o L V qr, SILTY SAND (SM) Gray, 40% silt, abundant organic 20 debris u c SILTY CLAY (CH-CL) Brown, damp, medium to highly plastic _ — 7 2 < -.-- BOTTOM OF BORING Q 23' _ )J. NO. 90029A Woodward•Clyde Consultants Append i x A-14 p�aleCt' PORT QUENDALL �� © Baring g N�. �4 Renton, Washington 71upe Drilled• xay 16, 1583 Retnarks, ats �f goring... 4" Hollow Stem Auger - - at Weight : $am } y MATERIAL DESCRIPTION ° - < - m ° Surface letereton: 1 0.022 FILL Sllt and Gravel Aggregate, �e-Q slight odor, occasional pitch - fragments and wood 0• p / _ 2 43 0.007 Pitch fragments •o 5 3 26 C - 00 7 Water .ea -- -• _ Z_. 4 28 < SILTY SAND (SM) Dark gray, medium, t afad, 5 20 0.009 occasional thin grave it. rbeds _ Grades t er 10 IN cc ^- . 6 7 < eco es fine sand - -71 Coarse - 7 24 < PEAT �11i VIth cIa brown hl lastic 20 BOTTOM OF BORING @ 19.5' . Na. 90029A Woodward-Clvdo Consultants Appendix A- t b project : PORT QUENOALL Renton, Washington log of Boring No. 15 DaSe priifed• May i1, 1983 Remarks TYpe •of Boring! 4" Hollow Ste,. Auger Harnrnor Weight: s p6 r MATERIAL DESCRIPTION Surface Elevalion- -� 1 S8 O.O04 FILL: Silt, dark brown — — SAND (SW) Medium to fine, occasional 9ra� i -- and clay lenses, slight HC odor/ y 2 32 0.008 h " SANDY SILT (ML) 5 Greenish gray, some clay (co-20%) �.� — — c 3 22 0.002 occasional organics/der fragments — — -a -- s 4 44 < (t s SILTY SAND (SP-SM),� — c 5 43 < 30% silt, medium to co�r. t'sand, some HC odo; throughout CL 10 ti x — 6 19 D.002%-- a — PEAT: tti',clay, brown, highly plastic— c 5I Y SAND' (SP-SM) — S i It odor N l 9 0.001 Io BOTTOM OF BORING 19. 5' pro± -No . 90029A W"dward-Clyde Consultants Appendix A-17 DRIWNG LOG PROJECT pvENDALL PRal ECT NUMBER • SHEET 1 LOCATION N195631 TOTAL NUMBER SAMPLES is GRILLING AGENCY SOIL SAMPLING SERVICE DEPTH TO WATER BELOW GRD SURFACE HOLE NO. SH-1713 DATE HOLE I STARTED COMPLEt'ED NAME OF 01RILLER TTe" Asberry OR[ WNG METHOD. HOLLOW STEM AUGER TOTAL DEPTH OF HOLE �, INSPECTOR WARREN PERKINS ELEVGRN T. a. C:29.16 DPT S SAMP %. CLASSIFICATION OF MATERIALS REMARKS 27.7 (FT) T N0. REC (DESCRIPTION) EELLEV CEMENT — 48 000 4' - loose, topsoil, gray -brown, sand, .� Boundng an 1 gravelly SILT. (ML) stores... FILL 41 x 015 10 2" 3 $TAlNL1w5S STEEL 4 18 030 40 4 Medlum dense, damp, brown. mcKfwm SAND, (10% Sift). (S" X— 16 045 60 BENTO- NrTE SL RRY — 34 060 eD zZ 7 1221 ... wet and gravelly SAND... 8 30 075 90 9 8.1 f't on 1222 35 090 80 _ Loom, saturated, gray, �Ily SAND 2 (30.40% silo. (SM) '13 14 14.6 Very stiff, saturated, gray SILT. (ML) 15 Woodward -Clyde Consultants - 3 DRILLING LOG (Cont. Sheet) HOLE No. BH-17a SHEET 2 OF 4 SHEETS DFT S AMF % CLASSIFICATION OF MATERIALS REMARKS (FT) T NO. REC. (DESCRIPTION) s 17 s 21 1$5 90 Very stiff, saturated, gray SILT with trace fine sand OW.). (ML) . 20 BENTO- 21 N rE SLURRY 20 235 70 8 26' Gray, dense, saturated GRAVEL 8 with trace sand. (GW) 9 s„ 285 10 3a Y Woodward -Clyde Consultants 0 1-4 Woodward -Clyde Consultants xzO DRILLING LOG (ConL Sheet) � r`jO' sH-17s SHEET a dF 4 SHEETS DFrT S % cLASS1F4CAi]ON OR MATERIALS REMARKS (FT) T NO. RFC. (DESCRIPTION) Very dense, saturated, gray sandy SAND 485 t0 GRAVELS. (GSM TOTAL DEPTH m 50 FT 1 5T Woodward -Clyde Consultants DRILLING LOGt1HWt(, i OLJl;NDALL FFtGJ ECT NUMBER SHEET 1 a LOCATION N197707 TOTAL NUMBER SAMPLES 14 DRILLING AGENCY SOIL SAMPLING SERVICE DEPTH TO WATER BELOW GRID SURFACE HOLE NO. BH-188 DATE HOLE I STARTED COMPLETED 12/14/88 NAME'OF DRILLER Terry Asberry DRILLING METHOO HOLLOW STEM AL IGEA TOTAL DEPTH OF HOLE 54' INSPECTOR WARREN PERKINS ELEV. T. o. C. 19.44 OPT S afn SAMP % CLASSIFICATION OF MATERIALS REMARKS GRND ELEV;17.9 (FT) T NO. REC. (DESCRIPTION) CEMENT 16� Coo 30 Firm, damp, gray SILT with gravels. FILL 7 2 LOOSE RUBBLE ,,.. NO SAMPLES HOLE PLUG w w` 4 wM - 5 040 0 r STAINLESS — x STEEL G 6.0' BENTO- "" Very Soft, saturated, brawn SILT with Napthalene odor NITE SLURRY 7X 1 060 oft sheen and some organics. (ML) OVA s 100 ppm at sample 8 1 075 30 OVA 2-3 ppm at borehole 'kilos o � Woodward -Clyde Consultants 1. ,c L DRILLING LOG (Cont. Sheet) HOLE NO. SH-18S SHEET 2 OF 4 SHEETS DP S B/Ff SAM % CLASSIFICATION OF MATERIALS REMARKS (F'r) T NO. REC• (DESCRIPTION) 6 T odor off samples BENTo• - NITE 8 SLUAR 8 175 40 — 18.6 Loose to dense, saturated, gray, fine 9 to medium silty SAND (20-40% silt). — (SM) —207 6 225 70 OVA c I ppm Breathing Zone (B.Z) a 27 —28 16 275 50 meclunm dense ... z Woodward -Clyde Consultants o_ n- DRILLING LOG (Cont. Sheet) HOLE NO. SH-189 SHEET 4 OF 4 SHEETS DPT S AM % CLASSIFICATION OF MATERIALS REMARKS (FT) T N0. REC. (DESCRIP I10N) Very dense, saturated, gray, sandy SCREEN GRAVEL (Gq SAND 1 -x 45 525 0 A .few gravel Uds in spoon 54 TOTAL DEPTH n 54 FT Si Woodward -Clyde Consultants ' DRILLING LOG PRCLJECT dUENDALL PROJ ECT NUMBER 86004S SHEET 1 OF2 SHgETS LOCATION N15 639 TOTAL NUMBER SAMPLES 1662123 8 " DRILLINGAGENCY SOIL SAMPLING SERVICE DEPTH TO WATER BELOW GRO SURFACE HOLE NO. $H-1g DATE MOLE I STARTED COMPLETED 1 1 1211 88 NAMIE OF DRILLER Terry Asberry DRILLING METHOD HOLLOW STEM AUGER TOTAL DEPTH OF HOLE 19 fI INSPECTOR KELLY SUSEWIND :LEVrND T.d.C: 22. GrNa DPT S 81 SAMP % CLASSIFICATION OF MATERIALS REMARKS E1/:21.1 (1711 T NO. AEC (DESCRIPTION) CEMENT Medium dense, moist, brown, Flu, — 17 000 75 welly, silty SAND. (SM) HOLE — PLUG — VOA Q 0-3 ppm in 2 15 O i 5 100 2 0. breathing zone '- 2' PVC Medium stiff, moist, gray SILT with some sand and Irace of gravel. ( ML) _ 6 030 75 OVA 0.5 ppm in B.Z. SAND 4 500 ppm in auger — FILL 5 Coal lice inclusions in g 050 75 A 6.0- —' Loose, saturated, gray, medium to coarse SAND. (SP) t3 ppm on sample ? 16 065 75 CREEK $ 0.Sppm in B.Z. 1 1 080 1 D0 100 ppm Q sampie... >1000 ppm in auger 1 — 2 --- x. 1$ ' — 1a 130 100 d Woodward -Cycle Consultants o DRILLING LOG (Cont. Street) HOLENO. E3H-t9 SHEET 2 OF 2 SHEETS DPT 5 AM % CLASSIFICATION OF MATERIALS REMARKS (Fr) T NO. REC. (DErSCRIFTION) SAND Loose, saturated, gray. medium (10-24 to coarse SAND. (SP) 6 17 4.5 pprn In B2. CAS Drager shows 0 N g 10 175 100 18' Benzene Stiff, wet, tan to brown SILT with organics. (ML) —19—x TOTAL DEPTH - 19 tT •21 Woodward -Clyde Consultants 1� j DRILLING LOG PROJECT PROS! ECT NUMBER I SHEET 1 DU NDA 4 LOCATION N197389 TOTAL NUMBER SAMPLES 14 DRILLING AGENCY SOIL SAMPLING SERVICE DEPTH TO WATER BELOW GRO SURFACE HOLE NO. SH-208 PATE HOLE STARTED COMPLETED 12/19/88 NAME OF DRILLER Terry Asberry DRILLING METHOD HOLLOW STEM AUGER TOTAL DEPTH OF HOLE 54, INSPECTOR KELLL.Y SUSEWIND - Ei.EV. T.O. C.2288 'DP S B/ SAM % CL ASSiFICATION OF MATERIALS REMARKS GRND 21:4 (� T NO. REC (DESCRIPTION) ELEV: CEME Very base, tan brown, fine sand w 4 000 100 with trace of some silt and trace FILL HOB. ." .� 1 organics as woad, dry. (SP/SM) - PLUG w w w w+ w y -w • ww 2 5 015 100 - ry G- TAINLES 3 - STEEL _ Very stiff gray/bladc, sandy SILT. (ML) 4 36 030 100 w Y Greentgray,wet, loose medium SAND. '1�7 8ENT0- (SM .,. NITS SLURRY �' 12 050 70 5'S 12/2O 6 Loose, wet, green, gray medium _ SAND. (SW) 7 8 065 6O 6 080' 100 Medium stiff, wet, brown SILT with Q trace sand (ML) 11 2 0.5 ppm in Breathing 5 125 100 Zone (B.Z-) 3 I ppm in auger 13.5' 4 Very loose, wet, gray, medium SAND with silt and trace organics. (SW) Woodward -Clyde Consuftants 17 DRILLING LOG (Cont Sheet) HOLE NO. SH-20B SHEET 2 OF 4 SHEETS QPT SJ % CLASSIFICATION OF MATERIALS REMARKS (FT) T NO. REC. (DESCRIPTION) 6 7 8 7 175 100 Loose, wet, gray, medium SAND with peaty silt layers. (SM) 9 .., stW, peaty SILT... SENTO- KITE SLURRY t 7 225 '100 . sliH. silty CLAY ... —24- -27- -26 -x 3 ppm in auger 10 275 100 B.G. in 8.7- 9 1 2 Woodward -Clyde Consultants ew r DRILLING LOG (Cont Sheet) HOLE NO. SH-20B SHEEr 4 OF 4 SHEETS DPT S BIFT SAM % CLASSIFICATION OF MATERIALS REMARKS (Fr) T N0.1 REC. (DESCRIPTION) Medium dense to very dense, SAND saturated. gray, wavWty, fine —so— to medium SAND. (SM CAVE- IN 62 525 0 TOTAL DEPTH 54 FT 59 Woodward -Clyde Consultants a r DRILLING LOG PROJECT OUENDALL PROJ ECT NUMBER 86004,9a SKEET t . LOCATION N197050. TOTAL NUMBER SAMPLES 16 DRILLINGAGENCY SOIL SAMPLING SERVICE DEPTH TO WATER BELOW GRO SURFACE HOLE BH 2i B DATE HOLE STARTED 12123J88 COMPLETED NAME OF DRILLER Terry Asberry ORU NG METHOD HOLLOW STEM AUG& TOTAL DEPTH OF HOLE 54.55 ft INSPECTOA WARREN PERKINS -' ELEV T.O.C. 2228 OPT S B/F1 I SAM Ya I CLASSIFICATION OF -MATERIALS REMARKS GRND (FT) T NO1 REG (DESCRIPTION) ELEV; 2a.8 CEMENT 59 000 60 Loose -dense, wet, brown SILT and FILL ♦4 • 1 gravel with wood chips w n ^��'� rty� 55 015 Sd SENT - �w ,1rrC .w 2-5PELLETS/ ►. HOLE PLUa •: 3 45 030 •80 Very stiff, wet gray -white, silty CLAY - FILL, Decomposed ' gypsum? 2► _. ► STAMLE sc 045 70 FILL STEEL t3I=NT0- 36 OW 40 NITE SLURRY --7—X' 53 075 0 -- 9 68 090 40 9.0' -- ._ ,. Very dense, saturated, gray,. medium 0 to fine SAND (10-20% silt) -12- 3- - 67 130 5 sand and silt, gradational contact tram creosote odor and 4 X sand above to sit below sheen Woodward -Clyde Consultants DRILLING LOG (Cant. Sheet) �LENO. BH-218 SHEET 2 OF 4 SHEETS D S AM % CLASSIFICATION OF MATERIALS REMARKS (FT) T NO. RSC: (DESCRIPTION) 6 7 S BENTO- N� 12 180 S Sufi, saturated, gray -brawn sandy - SILT. SLUR 20 1 4 16 230 80 24' Very stiff, saturated, gray -brown, peaty SILT. g 26' 27 28 280 70 s Very stiff, saturated, gray sandy SILT to silty SAND •(20-30% silt). 2 Woodward-C yde Consultants al j J DRILLING LOG (Cont. Sheet) HOLE No. SH-21B SHEET 4 OF 4 SHEETS DPT S 81 M % CLASSIFICATION OF MATERIALS REMARKS (Fr) T NO. REC. (DESCRIPTION) Medium dense, saturated, gray SCREEN to yellow -brown s�Iy SAND. f SAM - BENTaNITE - 17 530 45 PELLETS �;^ - ; 54! '-- w . w •� sandy GRAVEL TOTAL DEPTH = 54.5 FT 57 . BO i Woodward -Clyde Consultants DRILLING LOG PROJECT QUENDRLL PRW ECT NUMBER SKEET 1 96004S OF 2 SHEETS JWATION N197560 .. TOTAL NUMBER SAMPLES 11 '1LLING AGENCY SOIL SAMPLING SERVICE DEPTH TO WATER BELOW GRO SURFACE IM NO. BH-22 DATE HOLE STARTED COMPLETED 8 4J1ME OF DRILLER Terry Asberry DRILLlf� HOLLOW STEM AUGER, . AL DERrH OF MOLE 28H tNSPECTOR KELLY SUSEWIND 1"' T. a.0' 28.091 010 DPT S SAMP % CLASSIFICATION OF MATERIALS REMARKS 26.s' (FT)T NO.. REC (DESCRIPTION) Soft, brawn, moist SILTwith trace sand OVA at Background CMR — 4 000 100 and organics as roots in Breathing Zone (B.Z) 1 and at borehole '! 2 Tan/brown medium interbedded SANDGWLE _ G � 4 015 100 and SILT. -' — enerally interbedded 3 ray sot and red sand 1 030 100 PVC —4— OVA at Bade Ground : --- in Breathing Zone (8z) and In borehole 4 045 100 Vn o- 6WE s.o — r Very soft, saturated, gray, SILTwith SLURRY 4 060 100 trade sand and organics. cm 7 �. OVA 0 ppm in ... 6' gray, medium sand lense .., auger, 1 075 100, 9 0 — '1 095 100 i? 7 #2 p : Medium stiff... 8 130 100 ...6' organic (woad chips) layer... OVA = 0 ppm in auger. EEN y ` Woodward -Clyde Consultants � r DRILLING LOG (Cont. Sheet) I HOLE NO. BH-22 s O DPT S AM % CLASSIFICATION OF MATERIALS (FT) T NO. REC. (DESCRIPTION) g 16.0' SANQ 17 Medium densg, wet, gray medium SAND with trace silt. Smal silt 8 stringers at +1" at 19 ft. 11 180 100 19 20 ' SCREEN i 22 �21 -24- 26 - V9 2 SHEETS REMARKS OVA - 0 ppm in B.Z. ... 1 foot medium stiff. wet, gray OVA z 0 ppm in 14 230 100 clayey SILT to sift with some clay B �- Iense (washed maternal is clayey silt 25-30) 45 1280 1 70 OVA a 0 ppm in $2. TOTAL DEPTH a 29.5 FT Woodward -Clyde ConsultantsAgM f DRILLING LOG PROJECT OUENDAL.L PROJ ECT NUMBER SHEET 1 LOCATION N197551 ' TOTAL NUMBER SAMPLES R 9 i DRILLING AGENCY SOIL SAMPLING SERVICE DEPTH TO WATER BELOW GRD SURFACE HOLE NO. SH-23 DATE HOLE STARTED COMPLETED NAME OF DRILLER Terry Asberty DRILLING METHOD HOLLOW STEM AUGER TOTAL DEPTH OF HOLE INSPECTOR 24.5 WARREN PERKINS ELEV. T. O. C. 2451' D S WR SAMA % CLASSIFICATION OF MATERIALS REMARKS GAW 23.E (FT) T CVO. REC (DESCRIPTION) F CEMENT _ 6" . loose silt and wood chips FILL 000 X36 70 rock, gravel FILL .SZ HOLE 2 15 cis 75 ' PLUG _ Stiff to Yery st ft, gray SILTwtth gavel •� 3 AINLE 17 030 '60 STEM 4.0' — SAND --- Very still, black to gray banded silt wood debris and slough to siltstone (no sample) 67 21 050 5 goad debris 8 065 5 FILL SCREEN '— S 8.0. —. — Medum dense. saturated, silty SAND strong odor, Oil sheen 9 with gravel OVA .a 1000 ppm 17 080 70 at borehole 0 Firm, 5 130 80 saturated, brown SILT ail sheen Woodward -Clyde Consultants . c rs-Pz HOLE NO. BH-23 DRILLING LOG (Cont. Sheet) I SHEET 2 OF 2 SHEETS D - S AM % CLASSIFICATION OF MATERIALS REMARKS (FT) T NO. REC. (DESCRIPTION) sArID s 7 SCREED! -' 10 180 100 Stiff, sa crated, brown SILT with 01 sheen 9 wood debris. Sand at tip of spoon 20 r Sand Lease? EENTO- Wirtww''www Pt:LL FnT4 saturated gray SILT Oat sheen 'www�w w. •w•w•:. 7 ry�/y 2S0 /� 100• •• Brown sl peat OY Sheen 24 24' Stiff, saturated,gray SILT -- Oil Sheen much less TOTAL DEPTH = 24.5 Fr 2£a L7 29 30 1 Woodward -Clyde Consultants OAILL11dG LOG PROJECT: PROJECT NO. SHEET OUENDALL 86004S 1 of 2 LOCATION: N 197.8" TOTAL NO. SAMPLES; E 1,6629383 DRILLING AGENCY: $�lL SAMPLING SERVICE DEPTH 7O WATER BELOW GIRD SURFACE; 3.5 FT HOLE NO. BH-24 DATE STARTED: 7131190 DATE COMPLETED' 7/31/90 NAME OF DRILLER: WAYNE GUY DRILLING ME H0Q. HOLLOW STEM AUGER TOTAL DEPTH OF HOLE. 29 Fr INSPECTOR: DAVE WALKER T.o.0 -21.44 OPT a SAmp % CLASSIRCATION OF MATERIALS T.O.0 + 1.0' (Fn T B1Fr NO. REC. (DESCRIPTION) REMARKS Brown silly gravely sand (SM). OVA =17 ppm i` i : — Em��9 Barttonita .� ,� 4 ' OVA a 120 ppm Ch '% 53 100 — f` f\ ♦ • Fibrous organics '. f. (pmbabty woodwaste) '. '♦ Nil . 7 0 Bentonlea — FWbts �' �" OVA = 1000+ppm ;w 7 �w 25 i OVA s 120 ppm 0 25 41 Stab'dess Steel SlatOd — Gcrese 14 Colorado 11 *20 Weapnax -- 12 NR 3 0 OVA a 300 ppm @Borehole �0.5inB.Z 19 = 14 4 25 • .... Intermixed organic silt (OL) and peat (PT) IS Soft, Saturalod. Woodward -Clyde ConsuRanfs HOLE NO, SHEET DRILLING LOG (COMM SH-24 2 of z OPT s SAMP '� CLASSIFICATION OF MATERIALS to, T OFT Na REC. (DESCRMN) REMARKS IP Intermixed organic sift (OL) and peat (PT) eon, saturated 1e OVA > 1000ppm on peat) 1? Brown organic sM (OL) trace wood fibers @ 170. �g 5 100 �0 ,._ Dark brown peat (PT) with fibers L3 19.5. OVA = 1SOppm 2! Brawn organic sift (OL) @ 22.W bewmas gray dayey all (ML) 22S. x1 19 100 Gray fine sand (SP) mediurn dense, — saturated with trace silt with seam of oWnIc silt @ 23.0. 25 27 Gray fine sand (Sf) and silty sand (SM) -" 3 with sift layers. Woodward -Clyde Consultants DRlLL1IdG LOG PROJECT: OUENDALL PROJECT NO. 86004S SHEET 1 of 3 LOCATION: N 197,109 TOTAL NO. SAMPLES: 12 E 1,662,265 DRIWNG AGEtICY: SOIL SAMPLIN13 SERVICE DEPTH TO WATER BELOW GAO SURFACE: 8 FT HOLE NO. SH-258 DATE STARTED: 8r~I190 DATE COMPLETED: t119J90 NAME CF DRILLER: WAYNE GUY DAILL1NG METHOD: HOLLOW STEM ALX3ER TOTAL 13EPTH OF HOLE 47.5 FT INSPECTOR: PAVE WALKER T.O.0 . 26.83 DPT 3 SAUP % %ASSIFICATION OF MATERIALS (�} T g+FT NO. AEC. (DESCRIPTION) REMARKS Slly sand. gravel with wood chips i i 1 r 'Ic+rrfrodug �♦ �� � Bentonue ,� ,� 2 70% wood chips +i OVA � 130 ppm Cf�lpa : �. 15 5d .' �♦ Gray silty sand (SM) with seams of clean fine sand and sandy silt trace organics. OVA = 40 Pp m •; �; s 26 100 i .' --- ,� % 17 75 Gray fine sand (SP), rnedium dense, wet OVA a 10 ppm `.� ..� 7 ke%% OVA . 10 ppm &; ; @ sampler . ,+♦ In silt sample :% .' 24 100 Gray sift layer, soft, saturated, .` trace organics 9.5•-9.5. ' y ,• -- Dray fine sand @ 9.5•, saturated. �. t0 OVA a 60 ppm i 1 t2 a ♦ -- �* ,z 13 12 100 -Gray silty sand. saturated, with seams ;.. ;. of sandy sal (-4(M of sample), OVA d 30 ppm 1% to Fine sand (SP), dense, below 14.0'. ` ♦ I,*-Zl tS Woodward -Clyde Consultants HOLE NO. SHEET DR1LUNG LOG (CONT) BH-258 2 cf 3 GPT 3 SOFT SAMP % CLASSIFICATION OF MATERIALS FtEMr4RKS (Fr) T NO. REC. (DESCAPTION) Gray fine sand (SP) ' OVA 170 ppm �• ; 17 @interface .dp Brown aft (ML). soft, saturated wish OVA=100 ppm organic material. In borehole 18 4 100 OVA 1 ppm In B. r + ww BentonRH wA • w 22 ' w w ww w 100 Intertayered E-5w seams of fine sand OVA 50 ppm and sill . Colorado 10-20 NEI 11 1o0 Gray sqt (MLI with seams of sandy si , OVA a 54 ppm line sand and brown sot Woodward -Clyde Cormultards HOLE NO. SHEET DR1LUNG LOG (CON"n SH-25B 3 of DPT S SAMP X. CLASSIFICATION OF MATERIALS REMARKS (Fr)7 B�F i NO, REC. (0ESCA PTION) Brown gray sM (MU 32.s - 33.6. OVA a"30 ppm 33 10 100 Brown gray sandy silt with clay and — gravel ® 33.5. 38 Gray sandy gravel (GP) very dense with OVA a 20 ppm pockets of silL Gravel to tY" dtameter. 3T �. 10 �4 F' 1 1 •� 1 11 1ii1''1r1 719 1 t 41 25 ' 1 1 20 Woodward -Clyde Consultants PROJECT DRILLING LOG OURENNDALL 86004S I of 33 LOCATION: N 196.647 TOTAL NO. SAMPLES: 1 i E 1,662,032 DRtLLING AGENCY: SOIL SAMPLING SERVICE Cl:PTFI TO WATER BELOW GFiD SURFACE: 5 it }HOLE NO. SH-26B DATE STARTED: 8/6190 DATE COMPLMD: f3 WO NAME OF DRILLER: WAYNE GUY DRILLING METHW. HOLLOW STEM AUGER TOTAL DEPTH OF HOLE 48.5 FT INSPECTOR: PAVE WALKER DPT s SA1MP % CLASSIFICATION OF MATERIALS REMARKS T.O.0 +10. (FT] T NO. REC. (DESCRIPTION) Brown sandy gravel (OP). SpadWaphy from 48.5 11 '. '♦ borehoi0(abandonod). '♦ '` 1 �j WoU Instated in 36 it 1.6 borehole 4 tt west of abandoned borehole. Envimpiug :♦ '. 2 Beftimhe J♦ .♦ Chips '• '� — ,+ ;♦ Gray sandy silt (ML), wet. 18 100 .` .' 4' blank OVA 45 ppm stainless steel ; ;` Gray silty line sand (SM), mediu m dense, Casing '` •� s 10 75 wet - sears of sandy silt @ 4.0'4.5'. OVA e 9 ppm - saturated @ S.W. ;� ;• — - silt aeant @ 6S. 22 100 OVA 9 ppm(6.G.} Gray tine to-ooame sand (SP), dense, +♦ % saturated, trace gravel, same wood '• chunks. '. Fine sand below 8.0'. 31 100 Jz �+ '• j� to OVA = 12 ppm i \ ' ♦ J♦ \ J, 1i I' I` •OVA.75ppm '' '• — Browaorganic silt (OL) soft, saturated 14 7 100 with wood fibers. Woodward -Clyde Consultants HOLS NO. SHaFr DRILLING LOG (CONq) BH-26B 2 of 3 OPT a SAMP % CLASSIFICATION OF MATERIALS REMARKS (Fr) T I BrrT NO. REC. (DESCRIPTION) Brown orgwIC silt (OL) 17 X�► 4 50 Gray fine sand (SP). lvase, saturated. OVA = 14 ppm 19 OVA was cut of tuat at .' .' complatlon of drBUng- \� ►� OVA readings could 2fl be in error. ` \� , 'N, ;/ 21 8entorlile �+ Pe)�1s + ww ww w ?3 _... 53 50 Dense below 23.5. OVA 45 ppm Sid seam @ 23.5'. 24 4' StainieSa r Smet .010- sioued Screen . 28 27 Colorado 28 10.20 39 5o Peat and sit saarns 290-29.0'. OVA w 45 ppm WellpsrJt Gray fine sand below 29.0' slit seam (t')'@ 29.5•. 30 31 32 Woodward -Clyde Consultants Q 71-14-Wl HOLE NO, SHEET DRILLING LOG (CONM BH-26B 3 of 3 apt �T SAMP % CLASSIFICATION OF MATERIALS REMARKS (may T No. REC. (DESCRIPTION) 1 Gray silt (ML) 332 -UT with 2" drown organic silt seam. 37 Wood 33.7. 342. w Gray silty fine sand (SM) with trace gravel becomes Me sand (SP) with grave I @ 33..T. Gmy sarmly gravel (GP), very dense. _.. OVA a' 5 ppm (6.G.j 33 - saturated. gravel to Zif' diameter. 17 38 —y R 52 59 8�/. 5o 5o fl i MR OVA - 5 ppm OVA . 5 ppm Woodward -Clyde Consultants DRILLING LOG PROJECT: OUENDALL PROJECT NO. SHEET 86004S i of 2 T ^ Locxnow N 197,376 TOTAL NO. SAMPLES: 7 - E 1,662.640 DRILLING AGENCY: SOIL SAMPLING SERVICE DEPTH TO WATER BELOW GRD.SURFACE: fi FT HOLE NO. BH-27 DATE STARTED: 8/1/90 I DATE COMPLETED: a/imo NAME of DRILLM WAYNE CAJY DRILLING IiAMMO: FOLLOW STEM AUGER TOTAL DEPTH OF HOLE:25 FT INSPECTOR: DAME WALKER T.O.0 .2"1 apt S SAMP '16 CLASSIFiCATION OF MATERIALS T.O.0 + 0 S (Fn T t�+FT NO. REC (DESCRIPTION) REMARKS _ Dark brows cobbles (GP) OVA 17 ppm with sand. - Ernimpiug— 2 Bar►tonite : Chips : % — �. �; �; 3 12� • 100 Dark brown silty sand 3.0'3.5. OVA 60 ppm LL HC odor -. Black sandy gravel @ 5.0'. (resembles pieces of coal). 23 75 OVA a 180 ppm ;• ; — Gravely silty sand (SM), medium dense, .' .` wet, trace organics. 7 bw �• �� 10 100 OVA = 30 ppm /• /• Brawn peat (PT), fibrous, some sift. +` �0 7 100 + ` '• 11 Gray clayey silt (ML), soft. OVA Q 52 ppm saturated T Gray sand@ 11.0% Pellots �b tutu tutu 12 w w Colorado 10-20 13 wellpect< — fi 100 Brawn peat (PT). OVA 125ppm 4' Stainless 14 Sled .010• strata sawn — 16 ... Woodward -Clyde ConsWtants o }TOLE NO. SKEET DRILLING LOG (COWT) BH-27 2 at 2 DPT S gAMp % CLASSIFICATION OF MATEMALS FtE KS (Fr) T T NO. AEC. (DESCRIPTION) 7-1--1 1 1 Brown peat (PT) Brown organic sift (OL) with wood Mom at 17.5 4' peat layer @ Z M g i 0Q OVA =15 ppm •18 lntodayersd clayey silt (ML), tine sand (SPA and sandy sM (ML) Gray clayey slit i SX-19.0E. ,� Gray fine sand 19.0*-19.6. Driller thinks sand 19.T to 22 F •11 Gray sandy SIR (W salt. saturated, with - learns of ciayey silt and silty sand trace organics below 22.5. 7 100 OVA a 30 ppm .24 Woodward -Clyde Consultants atr J Soil Descriptions Ground Surface Elevation in Feet: 23.33 STANDARD PENETRATION :ec,n RESISTANCE n 7-2et Sambre a Slows per Foot T 5 10 20 so IN Very dense, damp, gray -brown, silty, , very sandy GRAVEL with cobbles. Loose, damp, dark brown, silty, very i gravelly SAND with rotted wood debris ana coat -like particles with slight chemical -like odor. Loose, moist, tan -brown, very silty, tine SAND with wood debris. Loose, wet, gray, coarse SAND with coal -like bits and strong chemical -like odor, Soft, wet, dark brown, slightly sandy SILT with organic debris, Loose, wet, spay, medium to fine SAND, saturated with yellowish viscous product. Very soft, wet, brown, sandy SILT with woad debris and debris. Loose, wet, gray, coarse SAND. Soft to very soft, wet, brown SILT with wood and organic debris. Very soft, wet, gray SILT. Very loose to loose, wet, gray. slightly silty SAND. Bottom of Boring at 24.0 Feet. Completed e/14195. I I I I 5-1 _ 5-2 S-3 - 5-5 v S-s- - 5-7 -4 - s-a S-9 ;n LAS TESTS & 11"I01 1. Refer to Figure A-1 for explanation of descr.:t.c^s and symbols,- 2. Soil descriptions and stratum lines are mter,"e!•-e and actual changes may be gradual. J-4042-04 0/95 3. Ground water level, if indicated, is at time of zr•.:rg (ATD) or for date specified, Level may vary wrr. t-me, F19WO A-3 Sod Descriptions Grouna Surface Elevation in Feet: 26-41 Medium dense to loose, damp, gray -brown to dark brown, slightly gravelly to gravelly, very silty to silty, fine SAND with organic debris and chemical -like Oda(. Soft, moist to wet, gray SILT with Strang chemical -like odor and staining/sheen. Loose, wet, black SAND saturated with Yellow -black viscous product, with a stringer of soft, wet, brown, slightly sandy SILT. Very soft, wet, brown SILT with organic debris. Medium dense, wet, gray SAND. Soft, wet, brown SILT with organic debris. Loose, wet, gray SAND with wood debris and chemical -like odor. Bottom of Boring at 19.0 Feet. Completed 8/15/95. STANOARID PENETRATION oeptn RESISTANCE sample . e,- --- 1- m Feet �0 5-r I_ S-2 ATQ 5-3 10 S-s I F i —15 :. Refer to Figure A-1 for explanation of descriptions and symbols. 2. Soil descriptions and stratum lines are interpretive and actual changes may be gradual. 3. Ground water level, if 4noicated. is at time of drilling iATD) or for dale specified. Level may vary with time. H LAB TESTS E (PID) 110) [fet ,IA Grp: ^a INAl I s i INA1 IINA] 1 e dater Content in Percent 4-4042-04 e/95 F19tfre A-e ATTAC H M E NT A-2 Borings by Aspect JASpedconsulting Boring Lo Project Number Boring Number Sheet e9rU1 water 020027 MC-1 1 of 2 Project Name Quendall Terminals Ground Surface Elev Location Renton, WA t;t:r�:=fi $:•?kka:.3' � a Driller/Method NW Probe / Push -Probe i` w Depth to Water 5.5' ATD Sampling Method 1, p $ od Continuous Care StartlFinish Date 712212009 t Ie�i th I Boraha[a Cwpfeton �e ShaerVNAPL Sheen product MatedW freeq Type110 Conuner" Type won Depth Dry wood debris (FILL); trace gravel Dry, gray to brown, silty, sandy GRAVEL (GM); S1 Hydrated hentonhe Moist, dark gray, slightty gravelly SILTY trace wood 5 d*d1 0 r7-4v' N5 ' becomes wet S2 Wet, brown SILTY SAND (SM); NS metallic MS Wet PEAT (PT); organic mat and blebs 8095 MC-1-10.5-11.5- flouret 90°% HSCC MSGP); HS CC . , blue gray SAND (SP): sand d S3 tOWet.61brown, sandy GRAVEL torainbow oil coated to 11' ained from 11, to 12' oated from i2'to 17.5' OSblebs 0 0 bleba 75% HS o •' o 0 15 OC °o 0 0 0 0 blebs 75% HS 00 0 0 .a • a - o S4 0 : • Wet, brown gray SAND (SP); sand rainbow 30% MS stained Sampler Type: ® No Recovery 0 Continuous Core I PID - Photolon"bon Detector (Headspace Measurement) Logged by; RRH Q Static Water Level WApproved by: J,1P Water Level (ATD) Fl ure No. A - 2 1- 5 1 oil ri-10 f-15 I �iS BC�consu[tlln P g eam water Boring Log Project Number 020027 Boring Number Sheet MC-1 2 of 2 Project Name Quendall Terminals ' "'•- ,:ti<' ,t4 f i`»`.i-= Ground Surface Elev Location Renton WA Driller/Method NW Probe 1 Push -Probe Sampling Method Continuous Core � \4. ®,tl Y', r' `' Depth to Water 5.5' ATD :5:,asa Starl/Flnish Date 7122l2009 p (reap Borehole C"ptelon se to Typenl7 SheervNAPI. Comte Strom Produc# Matpe Type Dey�o Depth . NS — — Wet, olive gray ORGANIC SILT (OL); trace wood, leaves and roots S5 — NS - Wet, gray, slightly silty SAND (SP): metallic 90% MS 1" lense of gravelly sand, heavy oil staining 25 4% SS 25 :. oil wetted from 25.5' to 27, estimated 90 wt. viscosity blebs >90% HS MC-1-26-27-S blebs >90% HS OW •' .': Wet, olive gray ORGANIC SILT (OL); $6 NS — — Wet, brown PEAT (PT); — — Wet ORGANIC SILT OL • Wet, gray, SILTY SAND (SM); sand fine, silty Interbeds, heavy oil staining to 30.5' rainbow 75%, florets MS OS 30 30 Wet, gray SILT (ML); blebs 100% HS NS OW :. Wood In a SAND (SP) matrix; oil wetted to 31.5' •; Wet, gray SILT WITH SAND LAMINEA (ML/SM); sand S7 metalic 40-50°% MS flne OS Wet, gray and blue SAND (SP); sand flne, oil stained Wet, olive gray ORGANIC SILT (OL); NS — t 4 a Wet, pink clayey SILT (VOLCANIC ASH) ' _ = Wet, olive gray ORGANIC SILT (OL): trace gravel 35 35 r - Wet, gray SAND (SP); sand fine to medium NS 3 i l i l SS NS Wet, olive gray, sandy SILT (ML-SM); with organics Wet, gray SAND (SP); trace gravel, gravel tine to I coarse and well rounded to subrounded i Type: '• Boring terminated 40 R BGS Sampler PID - Phololonlzation Detector (Headspace Measurement) Logged by: RRH l ® No ® Continuous Recovery Core Static Water Water Level (ATD) Level Approved by: JJP Figure No. A - 2 %ASpedconsuiting Bonn LO aaM +water Project Number Boring Number Sheet 020027 L MC-3 1 of 3 Project Name Quendall Terminals Ground Surface Elev Location Renton. WA t='� Driller/Method NW Probe 1 Push -Probe ? "" ��•���„�_ Depth to Water T ATD Sampling Method Continuous Cora StartlFinish Date 8/11/2009 Oeptllr Etevatlon ewandeComple9m TS SheeNNAPL Sheen Product - . M TypeDep Qesufpli0n� Dry, brown, sandy SILT (FILL); with wood Wood waste (FILL) Slightly moist, gray to dark gray, silty, gravelly SAND S-1 INS (SM); slight creosote odor Wood waste (FILL) 5 : - Moist, gray SAND (SP); sand fine to medium 5 Moist, olive gray, ORGANIC SILT (OL) Wet, gray, SAND (SP); sand fine to medium Moist, olive gray, ORGANIC SILT (OL) 8-2 Wet, gray clayey SILT with silty SAND laminea (CL-ML) • Wet. gray SAND (SP); sand fine to coarse, .' predominantly medium 10 NS Wet, brown to gray, slightly silty SAND (SP); with PEAT laminae S-3 NS Wet, brown PEAT (PT) • Wet, gray SAND (SP); sand tine to medium; trace 15 wood NS _= Wet, dark brown, slightly sandy ORGANIC SILT (OL); with few SAND laminae S-4 =_ NS Wet, brown PEAT (PT) Sampler Type: PtD - Photoionization Detector (Headspace Measurement) Logged by: RRH ® No Recovery Static Water Level Continuous Core Approved by. JJP � Water Level (ATD) Figure No. A •- 2 AS BC�consultln P g earth .water BoringLog Project Number 021 Boring Number MC-3 Sheet 2 of 3 Project Name Quendail Terminals Location Renton, WA Driller/Method NW Probe ! Push -Probe Sampling Method Continuous Cars �_. Y'•r',•-:°c'r�s'•. Ground Surface Elev j ati x Depth to Water r ATD :, :'., x,:r�:F a'.l a ,.<'ti StartlFnish Date 811112448 Depth f . t �hda Completion TipC sr Sheen ProWct TYPO Descriptiont Depth n 25 34 35 S-5 NS NS NS NS , 25 34 35 = _ _ _— _ Wet, olive gray ORGANIC SILT (OL) PEAT layer S-8 Wet, dark brown PEAT (PT) _ = — — Wet, olive gray ORGANIC SILT (OL) Pink, clayey SILT (VOLCANIC ASH) �'• Wet, gray SAND to slightly silty SAND (SP); sand fine to medium, silt laminea S-7 Wet, gray, clayey SILT with SAND laminea (CH) : • Wet, gray SAND with clayey SILT lamina (SP); sand fine to coarse, predominantly medium; S-8 Wet, olive gray, slightly sandy SILT (ML) • _ Wet, gray SAND (SP); sand fine to coarse, predominantly medium to coarse o°o° °o°O°o 000° °fl°° °o°°o Wet, gray, sandy GRAVEL (GP); moderate creosote odor Sampler Type: PiD - Photolonization Detector (Headspace Measurement) Logged by: RRH ® No Recovery Static Water Level Approved by: JJP ® Continuous Core Water Level (ATD) Figure No. A - 2 7�_­ 01 9 %ASPectconsulung Boring Lo Project Number Boring Number Sheet wets 020027 MC-3 3 of 3 Project Name Quendall Terminals r,a��, ,� Ground Surface Elev "° : Iry :u;?'_ ` Location Renton, .. ento n WA sp �'• Driller/Method NW Probe 1 Push -Probe t� Ft:' y. r pth to Water T ATD Y�A Sampling Method Continuous Core i s ?%x�r:h£; F fi k t, ter Start/Finish Date 8111/2009 Elevatlm (feet) S=hWe C* � Won S-VM Typeao wteen Pvwa m,., al Type °n h cwvroft tl]eri Boring terminated at 40 R BGS 45 45 50 50 55 55 Sampfer Type: P1D - Photoionizatlon Detector (Headspace Measurement) Logged by: RRH ® No Recovery Static Water Level 0 CApproved by: JJP continuous Core Water Level (ATD) Fi ure No. A - 2 AS �Cconsnl�n p g BoringLog Project Number Boring Number Sheet earth •water 021 MC-6 1 of 3 Project Name Quendall Terminals Ground Surface Elev Location Renton, WA Driller/Method NW Probe 1 Push -Probe rr`ii� Depth to Water 8' ATD r Sampling Method Continuous Cora t�^''f ' ` `'"�'L^� ' StartfFlnish Date 8/11/2009 Ele�tlon nay Baahola corroadon Semple TypeAD SheaNIJAPI Sheen pmd� Matelot Type Depth {ro Dry, red brown, sandy SILT (ML-SM) with wood waste WOOD WASTE S-1 5 Moist, dark brown silty gravelly SAND Boulder S-2 of 1 U20Dg • Wet, gray SAND (SP); sand fine to medium NS Dark brown WOOD WASTE 10 10 :• Wet, gray to brawn, slightly gravelly, silty SAND (SW) S-3 • • • • Wet, gray, gravelly, sandy, SILT (ML - TILL FILL); slight creosote odor 15 NS 15 Wet, brown, PEAT (PT): amorphous peat NS S-4 Sampler Type: PID - Photolonlzation Detector (Headspace Measurement) Logged by: RRH ® No Recovery Static Water Level 0 CApproved by: JJP continuous Core Water Level (ATD) Figure No. A - 2 W a tl vi U e .J Q rc 6 u°i �►S �'C P wnsut6in g g earth. water Borin Log Project Number Boring Number MC-6 Sheet 3 of 3 _ Project Name Quendall Terminals :. 44,' N Ground Surface Elev Location Renton, WA A•rDepth Ddiler/Method NW Probe! Push -Probe r.: to Water 8' ATD Sampling Method Continuous Cora Start/Finish Date 8/11/2009 DOMI Elevation inn 1 a CompWon sar"10 aheaMVAPL cornnenta sheen Proar,a M ta oescnptionDep Boring terminated 40 ft BGS 45 45 50 S0 65- 55 Sampler Type: PID - Photolonization Detector (Headspace Measurement) Logged by: RRW ® No Recovery Static Water Level Continuous Core Approved by: JJP Water Level (ATD) Figure No. A - 2 Borfnq Loa %ASpedconsulflng earth +water Project Number Boring Number Sheet 020027 MC-81 of 2 Project Name Quendall Terminals Ground Surface Elev Location Renton, WA Driller/Method NW Probe ! Push -Probe Y Depth to Water 4' ATD Sampling Method Continuous Core'12 r2ix'tl:n: StarVRnIsh Date 8/11/2009 EJ.ad. Borehole Completlan Sample {teat} fypOAD Sheen PmdWI Malarial ShewvXAPL Fyn l�suiptlon Depth Dry, red brown, sandy SILT (ML); with wood and rootlets Wet, dark brown PEAT (PT) S-1 aritnooe : • Wet, dark brown to gray SAND (SP); with trace wood 5 Borehda badCilled with 5 hydrated bentorfte drlpa. Becomes gray, fine to medium S-2 sheen dissipates SS quickly 10 10 OS multicolored MS metallic Becomes fine motor oil -like HS OW :- viscosity S 3 Wet, brown, slightly silty SAND (SP) OC brown blebs HS iWE Wet, brown PEAT (PT) 15 s 15 S-4 NS :. Wet, gray SAND (SP); fine to medium sand Sampler Type: PID - Photoionization Detector (Headspace Measurement) Logged by: RRH ® No Recovery 0 Continuous Core Static Water Level Approved by: JJP Water Level (ATD) Figure No. A - 2 q Aspee coearth ng Bonn Lo Project Number Boring Number Sheet ® °�'"" W"� 020427 MC-8 2 of 2 Project Name QLtendail Terminals �, r y',? �- •;: _ Ground Surface Elev Location Renton, WA�� t i$a; "J ; Driller/Method NW Probe 1 Push -Probe � }�: ,. Depth to Water 41 AM Sampling Method Continuous Core Start/Finish Date 8/11/2009 E evatian Boy° a c°e� � Tip Sh&w~L Sheen Product MaWrtel Type DesaWan ( {feeQ Camp Wet, brown PEAT (PT) Wet, gray SAND (SP); fine to medium sand • = Wet, olive -gray, organic SILT (OL) 5-S Silty sand • Wet, gray, gravelly SAND (SW); fine to coarse sand 25 •.. Wet, gray SAND (SP); fine to medium sand 25 °Oqo Wet, gray, sandy GRAVEL (GP) 0000 0000 o000 00o0 S-6 oaoo 0000 0000 00000 o°0 o000 • Wet, gray SAND (SP); fine to medium sand 30 30 Bottom of boring at 30' 35 35 Sampler Type: PID - Photolonlzation Detector (Headspace Measurement) Logged by: R R H ® No Recovery -7 Static Water Level 0 Continuous Core Approved by: JJP -7 Water Level (ATD) Figure No. A - 2 AspeciconsuE�ng eere,+water Bann Log Project Number 020027 Boring Number MC-10 Sheet 1 of 2 Project Name Quendall Terminals Ground Surface Elev Location Renton, WA Driller/Method NW Probe ! Push -Probe Depth to Water 6' ATD Sampling Method Continuous Core Start/Finish Date 8/10/2009 E Borehole Co npetion Sao COUIrnaft Sheen Product malerlal Type riescriptlon Depth{} {s} Dry, brown, gravelly, silty SAND (SM); abundant wood Wood debris dark brown 2.0' - 2.5' S 1 : • Moist, brawn, SAND (SP); trace gravel, predominantly fine sand, fine to medium sand 5 awMW wfth Wo�a o N$ Wood 4.5 - 4.7' 5 Moist gray SAND (SP}; predominantly fine sand, coarsens with depth, fine to medium sand NS =— Moist, olive gray, organic SILT (OL); with rootlets WfMODg S-2 NS Wet, gray SAND (SW} Interlaminated with silty SAND (SM) 10 NS 10 NS Wet, dark brown PEAT (PT) S-3 NS Wet, olive gray, organic SILT Wet, gray, SAND (SP); fine to medium sand Wet, gray silty SAND (SM); fine sand NS : • Wet, gray, SAND (SP); fine to medium sand 15 t5 NS - . Wood 16' Wet, brown PEAT (PT) S-4 ELEA Wet, olive gray, organic SILT (OL) Sampler Type: PID - Photoionization Detector (Headspace Measurement) Logged by: RRH ® No Recovery Static Water Level Q Continuous Core Approved by:.1.1P Water Level (ATD) Figure No. A - 2 ASpectconsulang eam+Water Boring Log Project Number 020027 Boring Number MC-10 Sheet 2 of 2 Project Name Quendal! Terminals Location Renton, WA Driller/Method NW Probe ! Push -Probe Sampling Method Continuous Core Ground Surface Elev Depth to Water Start/Finish Date 8' ATD 811012009 E3e anion t(e�) Borehole compbom She TypenD SheenINAPL commeru Sheen,Pmdud Materiel Type Lyon Depth (m) 8-5 NS NS Wet, gray, slightly silty SAND (SP); predominantly tine sand .4 Wet, brown PEAT (PT) CARIn reol• A.. r,. mn,4h.— .—A 11 9 35 8 0 Sampler Type: ® No Recovery QContinuous Core t a w ;•:•;•;• Wet, gray SAND (SW); trace gravel, fine to coarse NS sand '•• Wet, gray, silty SAND (SM); trace gravel, fine to coarse 25 sand • Wet, gray SAND (SP); medium to coarse sand S-0 NS Fine to coarse sand Wet, olive gray, organic SILT to PEAT (PT-OL NS Wet, gray, silty SAND (SM); trace wood, trace gravel, fine sand 30 S-7 NS I Wet, olive gray, organic silt (OL); with laminae of silty sand Wet, brown PEAT (PT) Wet, olive gray, organic silt (OL); with lam€nae of silty sand ` Wet, olive gray, sandy silt (ML): trace gravel. 000 Wet, re slightly sand to sand GRAVEL(GP)35 0000 gray, 9 Y Y Y 0000 o°o° ` o°o° 0000 00°0 0000 0000 0000 0000 S-8 ODOO 0000 000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 ooao Bottom of boring at 40' PID - Photo€onixation Detector (Headspace Measurement) Logged by: RRH " V Static Water Level Approved by: JJP Water Level (ATD) Figure No. A - 2 %AspectconsuffingBoris earth. water LoProject Number 020027 Boring Number MC-14 Sheet 1 of 2 Project Name Quendall Terminals Ground Surface Elev Location Renton, WA Driller/Method NW Probe / Push -Probe Depth to Water 5' ATD Sampling Method Continuous Core Start/Finish Date 8/10/2009 FJ(reeq i BarehdeCaopletlOYl T, WO, Shaer"PL conrn" sheen ProdrK M Ym[ DwerfiWon DOW tn1 Moist, gray SAND (SP): fine to medium sand S-1 Borehole backir0ed wM benroite 0 4o Olive ray SILT Moist, brown, silty SAND (SM); abundant organics and wood NS gSZ&IV2ow 5 •'-:•;• Wet, gray, gravelly SAND (SW): fine to coarse sand NS S-2 NS 10 . 10 .•.• • Wet, gray SAND (SW),, trace gravel, trace wood, predominantly medium sand, tine to coarse sand S-3 NS ••• Wet, dark brown, fiberous PEAT (PT) 15 15 :. Wet, brown SAND (SP); fine to medium sand NS Wet, dark brown, sandy PEAT (PT) S-4 Wet, dark brown PEAT (PT) Sampler Type: PID - Photaionization Detector (Headspace Measurement) Logged by: RRH ® No Recovery Static Water level Approved by: JJP ® Continuous Core Water Level (ATD) Figure No. A - 2 %AspedconsultingBorin earth+ "a'°` Lo Project Number 020027 Boring Number MC-14 Sheet 2 of 2 Project Name Quendall Tert'nlnais Ground Surface Elev Location Renton, WA Driller/Method NW Probe I Push -Probe Depth to Water V ATD Sampling Method Continuous Core Start/Finish Hate 8MO12009 Ow BorehdeCanooWn TyS �be Shse~L comma" Sheen ProductD �� De�� DOW 25 30 35 S-5 Moderate creosote -like odoi Slight creosote odorNS NS NS NS NS NS Wet, brown PEAT (PT); few sand laminae Wet, brown to gray slightly silty SAND (SP); trace wood 25 35 S-6 Wet, olive gray organic SILT interlaminated with PEAT (O UPT) Thin bed volcanic ash(?) ;• _ -- _ _� Wet, gray, slightly silty, slightly gravelly SAND (SW); fine to coarse sand Wet, olive gray organic SILT (OL) S-7 Wet, gray, silty SAND (SM); fine sand. ea# egray. silly SAND SMOne sand Wet, gray SAND (SP); fine to medium sand Wet, gray, slightly sandy SILT (ML); fine sand %Wet, Pink,clayey sift CL • volcanic ash Wet, gray, slightly sandy SILT (ML); fine sand S-8 : Wet, gray, slightly gravelly SAND (SP); predominantly medium sand Wet, gray, silty SAND (SM); fine sand • Wet, gray, gravelly SAND (SP) Bottom of boring, 40' BGS Sampler Type: PID - Photaionization Detector (Headspace Measurement) Logged by: RRH ® No Recovery Static Water Level Q Continuous Core Approved by: JJ>' Water Level (ATD) Figure No. A - 2 %ASpectc6nsulting Boring Log Project Number Boring Number Sheet earth .water 020927 BH-20-C 1 of 8 Project Name Cuendall Terminals . ' t r y •�• � � ~ Ground Surface Elev Location Renton, WA F Driller/Method Cascade 1 Rota Sonic �� ;?{'� t"' ;' '', p epth to Water 13' ATD Sampling Method Continuous Core Start(Flnish Date 8/312009-81512009 EEevatlao (feet) Baehate Competlon Sample Tywo aerdNAPL Comm Shaer Pr &a Mater(al Type � � Depth sem (ft) Dry, brown, silty, very sandy GRAVEL (FILL); abundant asphalt and concrete debris, trace wood 1 1 2 2 Dry, brown slightly silty SAND (SM); trace gravel 3 3 4 4 Doory,a arts gray gravelly SAND (SW); trace asphalt and 5 5 : • Dry, brown SAND (SP); fine to medium 6 6 7 :4:•:'. 7 8 TempwW r steel i• ' . 8 caskv 04V No Recovery from 6' to 10' 9 9 10 Tempmbry Cr steel caft04W 10 Slightly moist, brown, slightly silty, gravelly SAND (SM); 11 NS 11 12 12 very moist, brown SAND (SP); trace silt 13009 13 • Wet, gray SAND (SP) 14 Creosote -like NS 14 — Wet, brown, slightly sandy ORGANIC SILT (OL) odor 16 Very slight odor NS — — — 15 16 18 Wet, brown PEAT (PT); moderately fiberous 17 NS 17 is-- 118 118' sand laminea is -- Sampler Type, PID - Photolonization Detector (Headspace Measurement) Logged by: RRH ® No Recovery Static Water Level m Continuous Core Approved by: JJP Water Level (ATD) Figure No. A- 2 9 �►S �Cconsul�n P 9 Boring Log Project Number Boring Number Sheet ' dh * Water 020027 B H-20-C 2 of 8 Project Name Quendall Terminals Ground Surface Elev Location Renton, WA w Driller/Method Cascade/ Rotary Sonic Depth to Water 13' ATD RA. Sampling Method Continuous Core M StartlFinish Date 813l2609-BIBlZ408 E art Borehole cam mwn sffr* Tywo She&VNAPL sheen Qraauet Materiel De=toan Depth (fee+) COMM"Type (N becomes dark brown 21 21 22 NS Wet, brown, slightly gravelly SILTY SAND (SM); 23 o nic sit lamin 23 Wet, gray SAND (SP); 24 Slight odor NS ;• Wet, gray, very gravelly SAND (SW); sand fine to 24 •; coarse predominately medium, gravels fine and sub 25 rounded, decrease in gravel with depth NS 25 Yellow to yellow HS •• Wet, brown PEAT (PT) brown blebs 26 OC 26 —_=_— Wet, olive gray, slightly sandy ORGANIC SILT (OL); 27 27 Slight odor NS Wet, olive gray, slightly silty SAND (SP); sand fine to 28 medium, trace organics 28 29 Twr p m r ateol 29 easirg 83T Wet, brown PEAT (PT); trace gravel 30 Slight odor NS 30 Wet, gray SAND to SILTY SAND (SM); 31 2.!ylenseof Wet, gray SAND (SP) 31 Slight odor NS Wet, gray SILTY SAND (SM); sand fine 32 TemporaryB• steel asicrty G-WNS volca i ash Wet, olive gray OROANIC SILT (OL) 33 33 Wet, olive gray, sandy SILT (ML); trace gravel, trace organics 34 NS 34 35 35 36 : • Wet, gray, gravelly SAND (SP); sand fine to medium 36 37 37 38 Slight creosote NS 38 odor 39 39 Sampler Type: PID - Photolonlzafion Detector (Headspace Measurement) logged by: RRH ® No Recovery -7 Static Water level Continuous Core Approved by: JJP Water Level (ATD) N Fl ure No. A- 2 %Aspedconsulfing Projei ealh + water 0' Project Name Quendall Terminals Location Renton, WA Oriller/Method Cascade / Rotary Sonic Sampling Method Continuous Core Elevation Borehole Completion $-Ve SheeNNAPL Sheen (feel} TYpeAC Temporary r smw m f arming � I N5 45 11 1 Temporary 6, steel T Slight odor NS casing O-W as NS 50 Slight odor NS 51 54 Cenlanife seal 5� 5T 55 a' c7 0 56 S D 57 58 z a j 59 Temporary r steal "� casing as9' Z Sampler Type: ® No Recovery Ji m Continuous Core Ui NS Very slight odor I NS Boring Log er Boring Number Sheet BH-2- 3 of 8 Ground Surface Elev C "{ Depth to Water IT ATD Start/Rnish Date 8/3/2009-8/5/2009 Materi� Type N € • becomes slightly gravelly 41 • Wet, gray SAND (SP); sand fine to medium a2 • Wet, brown, slightly g y gravelly SAND (SP); 43 44 Wet, gray SAND (SP); sand fine to medium 45 46 47 - Wet, gray, slightly gravelly to gravelly SAND (SP); increasing gravel with depth 48 49 6" tense of gray sandy GRAVEL, sand fine to medium, gradational contact 50 51 52 Wet, gray, slightly silty to silty, very gravelly SAND 53 (SM) 55 . 0 . 4 Wet, gray, gravelly SAND (GW); sand fine to medium NS 0 Sago 57 a S•o• .4.0 58 o, . 0 .4 Wet, gray, silty, very sandy GRAVEL to very gravelly Slight odor NS SAND (GW); sand well graded fine to coarse 59 0 0 0, P€D - Photo€onization Detector (Headspace Measurement) Logged by; RRH Static Water Level Approved by: JJP Water Level (ATD) %ASpectconsutung Bolan Lo Project Number Boring Number Sheet ear "�`°r 020027 BH-20-C 4 of 0 Project Name Quenda(I Terminals „ ,, . �t. Ground Surface Elev ' Location Renton, WA 1,• "'tI `Fccrr� Driller/Method Cascade I Roca Sonic Depth to Water 43' ATD �- Sampling Method Continuous Core ; ; :t; �:,:_''' t'; � Start/Finish Date 813/2009-815/2009 Depth! Eleva4on Borehole Caedon mpl sample Shea, PrD&O Met&dW Type D�pyon Depth (feel? mShewvNAPL Comerm • Wet, brown, SAND (SP); sand tine to medium 61 NS 61 82 62 Wet, brown, SILTY SAND (SM); sand tine N5 : • Wet, brown SAND (SP); sand fine to coarse 63 water sample predominately medium, trace gravel 63 142O"15-64-W taken with hydro punch 64 65 NS 65 66 66 67 67 68 68 69 Temporary tr• a" 69 70 70 71 NS 71 72 water sample NS 72 H20C-72.5-73-W taken with hydro 73 punch 73 Wet, brown, slightly silty to silty, gravelly SAND (SM); 74 N5 U.- sand fine to coarse 74 : • Wet, brown SAND (SP) sand fine to medium, trace fine 75 .' gravel 75 76 76 • Wet, brown SAND (SP); sand fine to medium 77 NS 1.77 78 NS 78 79 79 Sampler Type: PID - Photoionlzation Detector (Headspace Measurement) Logged by: RRH ® No Recovery -7 Static Water Level m- Approved by: J J P codnuous Core Water Level {ATD} 119 Figure No. A- 2 -r . L i %ASpedconsutfing Boring Log Project Number Boring Number Sheet aerfi •water 020027 BH-20-C 5 of 8 Project Name Quendall Terminals r:,= 4 � K; Ground Surface Elev Location Renton WA Driller/Method Cascade !Rota Sonic `j� l s Depth to Water 43' ATD Sampling Method Continuous Core " > ' Start/Finish Date 81312009-815/2009 Erevatlm Barerde CampWw Sample ShearVNAPL Shw ft-W t]esaiptlon (foci) Trper[0 C Type Slight o or :. sand is predominately tine water sample H20C-80.5-81- 81 taken with hydro punch NS 81 : • Wet ) brown SAND SP sand tine to medium predominately medium 82 NS 82 Wet, brown SAND (SP); sand fine to medium B3 83 84 ' NS 84 • Wet, gray SAND (SP); sand fine to medium 85 85 86 NS 88 $7 87 •,• Wet, gray, ravel] SANDS , g y gravelly (W); gravel fine !o coarse 88 NS =:•: at3 Wet, gray, slightly gravelly SAND (SP); sand fine to 89 Tampawy8•stea medium, gravels fine gg aes Water sample collected 90 90 91 grades to predominately medium sand, trace gravels, 91 gravels fine to coarse, subangular to subrounded 92 92 :'. ;•; Increase in gravels 93 93 Wet, gray, slightly gravelly to gravelly SAND (SVV); •; sand fine to coarse predominately medium, gravels fine 94 '••• to coarse, subrounded to subangular 94 $' 95 96 '•:•:•: 96 97 % Wet, gray SAND (SP); sand fine to medium 97 predominately One 98 :. silt lamina between 98' and 98.5' 9a 99 Water sample collected 99 No soil sample collected between 99' and 100' Sampler Type: PID - Photoionization Detector (Headspace Measurement) Logged by: RRH ® No Recovery Q Static Water Level �]] Continuous Core Approved by: JJP -7 Water Level (ATD) Is Figure No. A- 2 AS L'C� p consuDing Boring Log Project Number Boring Number Sheet saM+WSW 020OZ7 BH-20-C 6 of 8 Project Name Quendall Terminals Ground Surface Blev Location Renton, WA Driller/Method Cascade 1 RotM Sonic Depth to Water 13' ATD Sampling Method Continuous Core ;;srzl , ; �" StaNFlnish Date 81=009-8/512009 El con eaenae compenan snee« ProaurY � �Pa� spy, -9 1 0 Carew" TM VQ • Wet, gray SAND (SP); trace silt laminae 10 01 Hydropunch sample SH-20C-1 0 1.5- 1 02-W6 collected 10 at 15:15 02 10 03 1 04 1 t05 30' heave at 100' 10 106 10 107 1 a 0a 10 • 11 10 Wet, gray SAND with very thin beds of SILT (SP1ML); • sand fine to medium 11 11 • Wet, gray SAND (SP); fine to medium sand 11 12 11 13 11 14IL W 11 2= heave 15 11 16 S S 117L 17 11& : Hydropunch sample BH-20C-117.5-118-W9 collected at 16:45 1 18 0 1 i 119 a Sampler Type: PID - Photoionization Detector (Headspace Measurement) Logged by: RRH ® No Recovery Static Water Level [�] Continuous Cora Approved by: JJP Water Level (ATD) < Figure No. A- 2 F Boring Log %ASpedconsuftg Project Number Boring Number Sheet effiu,+wee 020027 BH-20-C 7 of 8 Project Name Quendal[ Terminals �''� Ground Surface Elev Location Renton, WA 1 0� Driller/Method Cascade ! Rota Sonia 'Y , , ,. Depth to Water 13' ATD Sampling Method Continuous Core `. '" 5tart/Finish Date 813I2009-8I5I2009 Depth r Flevvvation eorehole completion 8 sheeNWL Sheen Pram dua M7lerial Damai P� o(nath ra ype 12 21 12 22 Wet, gray, silty SAND with clayey SILT and SILT laminae (SM/ML) 12 23 12 Wet, gray, slightly silty SAND (SP-SM); fine sand 24 12 25 12 126 12 127 12 128 12 29 1 30 Clayey SILT (ML), in shape of sampler barrel 'hepyeatl3g :'-• Wet, gray SAND (SP); trace gravel, tine to medium 13 31 13 32 T '• Wet, gray, gravelly SAND (SW); gravel to 3" diameter • •: •.•�•.� Hydropunch sample SH-20C-132.5-133-W6 collected 13 33 • Wet, gray SAND (SP); trace gravel, trace silt, fine to medium sand 1 34 • Wet, gray, gravelly SAND (SP); trace silt, tine to medium sand 1 35 1 36 13 37 Wet, gray, silty CLAY (CH); laminated (glaciolacustrine) 13 38 13 39 Sampler Type: PID - Photolonization Detector (Headspace Measurement) Logged by: RRH ® No Recovery Q Static Water Level Approved b JJP m Continuous Core Y Water Level (ATD) fs Figure No. A- 2 %AspedconsuftgBorin Lo Project Number Boring Number Sheet owth"water 020027 BH-20-C 8 of 8 Project Name Quendall Terminals - -. =�::, ;, Ground Surface Elev Location Renton, WA _ ! Driller/Method Cascade I Rotary Sonic w• Depth to Water 13' ATD x Sampling Method Continuous Core ` "`"''{ f''``` "�'�S� StarVFinish Date $131200"5MO9 Elevarmn e*"o Canpledon Sample TYWO G«r Steen PMd= Wetertet Type aeuxipuon Depth (11) (feet) Bottom of boring at 14V 14 41 14 42 14 43 1 44 14 45 1 46 14 147 14 48 14 4 15 50 15 51 15 52 15 53 1 54 15 55 15 56 15 57 15 58 15 59 Sampler Type: PID - Pholoionization Detector (Headspace Measurement) Logged by: RRH ® No Recovery Static Water Level m Continuous Core Approved by: JJP Water Level (ATD) Figure No. A- 2 Lo %ASpectconsutungBorin earth +,veper Project Number Boring Number Sheet 020027 OP-1 1 of 2 Project Name Quendall Terminals Ground Surface Elev Location Renton, WA DrillerlMethod NW Probe ! Push -Probe Depth to Water 6.5' ATD Sampring Method Continuous Core Start/Finish Date 7121t2009 F]evatlort (feet) t3oPehaleCoropletlon sarroe Ty�D Tests PID (N-) Slows/ 9. Material Type Description Depth Loose, dry, brown, sligh y to sandy SILT (ML); sand fine, trace gravel organics S 1 G, " lum dense, slightly moist, sligh ) , , tightly ndy GRAVEL (GM); 4" lense of "co t: 5 }ham bmonite dipsor-Ws=s 5 Slinhti rown, gravelly, silty SAND (SW); trace ds e gray, slightly silty SAND (SM); 7121=09 STl7 shee W h AND (SP); sand fine to medium, trace (no shee grave �j S2 SW7.5 shee a (no sheen} � r ST18.5 sheen to A~ WEPOWn PEAT (PT); non fiborous (no sheen) f0 10 .W° 9 ` l Wet, brown silty SAND (SM); sand fine to medium oredominamlly fine abundant orgartles Wet, gray SAND (513); 4.5 sheen test (no sheen, 20% florets, semi 112" peat tens and 14.5 15 circle btebs) b comes gray to brown banded fine to medium sand 15 :.: ST116 sheen test Staining from 14.5'to 16.5 (moderate sheen, P 35-40% florets, blebs) 1 heavy Wet• gray to brown SAND (SP); fine to medium, sheen, oil l wetted -; abundant organic fiberous organics, oil wetted from S4 , OP-1-17-18.5 18.5' to 18.5' '• Soil sample collected from 17' to 18' BGS'. (Sample ID; -1-1 -18-S ST/19 sheen test _ -- Wet, brown, sandy ORGANIC SILT (OL); wet, brown, PEAT (PT); non fiberous (moderate sheen) Sampler Type: PID - Photoionization Detector (Headspace Measurement) Logged by: RRH ® No Recovery -9 Static Water Level Q - Approved by: JJP Continuous Core Water Level (ATD) Figure No. A - 2 AS BCtconsuft Borin Lo P 9 Project Number Boring Number Sheet °am+wew 020027 QP-1 2 of 2 Project Name Quendall Terminals Ground Surface Elev Location Renton. WA Driller/Method NW Probe 1 Push -Probe Depth to Water 6.6' ATD Sampling Method Continuous Core StartfFinish Date 7121/2009 Ele+ratnfan Barehde Ca roation Twpla Teats Blawaf Taterlal pepth freer) ype t7esatptlon (ft) Wet, brown, silty SAND Ij bundant organics, trace wood ST121 sheen test n (slight sheen, 3% Wet, brown PEA some fiber, trace wood S5 a bM 4 t. 4 . h.. k Wet. olive g560, a ORGANIC SILT (OL); STl24,5 sheen 25 test (no sheen) Wet, brow )g.. us PEAT (PT); Wet, aj►s i/, slightly sandy to sandy SILT (ML); 25 j ne iQi pth l , ST127 she (no shee n, S6 Wet, brown (PT); abundant wood f I f 5 sheen Wet, gray SAND (SP); fine to medium tJ+ sheen) — Wet, brown ORGANIC SILT (OL); 30 30 � I y Boring terminated at 3D ft BG5 I�l � 35 35 n t [7 vi 1u a d Sampler Type: PID - Photolonizatlon Detector (Headspaoe Measurement) Logged by: RRH z No Recovery Static Water Level g 0 Continuous Core Approved by: A P Water Level (ATD) r Figure No. A - 2 Aspectconsulting Boring Lo Project Number Boring Number Sheet earth +water 020027 QP-2 1 of 2 Project Name Quendall Terminals Ground Surface Elev Location Renton, WA Driller/Method NW Probe I Push -Probe Depth to Water 7.5' ATD Sampling Method Continuous Core StarVFinish Date 7/2112009 i]eratlort BorehoIsc4mpledm a Tests (Ppmi �"� Material; t7esatptlan Depth tn� Dry, light brown SILT to andy SILT (ML); trace gravel S1 ST113.5 sheen test (no sheen) ) slight odor t 5 Hydratedt�enroHte 5 Moist, br (PT); chips tr-301 ST15.5 sheen test )s); fine to medium (no sheen) ay, slightly sillty to silty SAND (SM); sand fine to MV20os S2 Grades to y SAND (SP); fine to medium i ' ST19 sheen test Wet, PEAT (PT); o sheen) 10 10 Wet, brown, silty SAND (SM); sand fine, abundant # 1111. organics, trace wood heen lest et, gray SAND (SP): fine to medium, wood 2" lense of wet, gray silty SAND (SM); Wet, gray, slightly silty SAND (SM); sand is fine 15 X. i5 ST116 sheen test (no sheen) S,q ST117.5 sheen test (no sheen) Sampler Type: PID - Photoionlzation Detector (Headspace Measurement) Logged by: RRH ® No Recovery Q Static Water Level 0 Continuous Core Approved by: JJP Water Level (ATD) Figure No. A - 2 ASp�BCtconsultin p+ g ea`"" Water Boris Log Project Number 020027 Boring Number QR-2 Sheet 2 of 2 Project Name Quendall Terminals Ground Surface Elev Location Renton WA Driller/Method NW Probe 1 Push -Probe Depth to Water 7.5' ATD Sampling Method Continuous Core StarVFinlsh Date 7/2112009 FJe ,r Oeetj contpewn sample TVWD rests t'ID wn) Blows! 6" Matedal Type Descdpe L { Wet, brown to dark brow 111Y (PT); with gray to olive gray, organic silt lama ST121 sheen test ` (no sheen) n S5` ST123 sheen test (no sheen) ` tj Itry to very silty SAND (Sh11 is fine LI Wet sli htl d GRAVE GP . Wet, gray . IN (SP); sand fine to medium, tracegr rav 25 ST/25 sheen test d " 25 (no sheen) ' ST126 sheen test (no sheen) Se ST/27 shee i (no shee ) l WE -k ray to brown PEAT (PT); abundant orga nic slit interbeds, trace wood ST128 sheen t (no sheen) ' ST129 sheen test o sheen) Wet, gray SAND (SP); sand fine to medium, predominately medium 30 i 30 Boring terminated 30 ft. BGS 1 t li t r , 35 Fi j 'I t 35 Sampler Type: P1D - Photoionization Detector (Headspace Measurement) Logged by: RRH ® No Recovery $ Static Water Level Continuous Core 2 Approved by: J,1P Water Level (ATD) Figure No. A - 2 %Aspectconsulang Project Name Location Driller/Method Renton, WA NW Probe J Push -Probe Sampling Method Continuous Core Bor; 020027 QP-3 1 of 2 Ground Surface Efev Depth to Water 5tart/Rn€th l"Wo 14' ATD 7M rnnnn Depth — -- El (feet) n aadeFale Co�ledan Typ p Tests �) r �� De&Wpton Dept Medium dense, dry, brow to slightly silty, gravelly SAND (SM); trace org 51 5 Hydrated union% mtlps 0'-30' t i" S y moist, brown, sandy SILT (ML); trace S2 , Medium D lightly moist COKE; sandy gravel _ ST/8 sheen t ! AS @G�coluulHl7 P g ems'+water BoringLog Project Number 021 Baring Number QP-3 Sheet 2 of 2 Project Name Quendall Terminals Ground Surface Elev Location Renton, WA Driller/Method NW Probe / Push -Probe Depth to Water 14' ATD Sampling Method Continuous Core Start/Finish Date 7/21/2009 FJevation (ttet) earerwk CanplMWn Sze Teats Pill) tI�Y Dowd g„ Material Type Desafptim Depth (tt) (slight sheen, dissapates quickly Very moist, brown to da PEAT (PT); " wet ra ,k3AA SP • ffrIMRhedlurn — — — ORGANIV T (OL); 55 awn PEAT P • y ii�i,�, i e five gray, organic SILT (OH , Wet, olive 9r lity CLAY (CH); 25 ST125 sheen test (no sheen, very 25 ' ; . Wet, gra (SP); fine to medium o slight odor) S6 STCLEi sheen t i ' e Wet, gray, ((gh$sandy GRAVEL (GP); gravel tine, d dvv (no sheen) t ST129 sheen test o sheen) ( ( lt$p , ORGANIC SILT (OH); Grades to non fiberous PEAT (PT); : • 30 j - S een test eon) Wet, gray SAND (SP); fine to medium 30 Boring terminated 30 ft aGS l I �• 35 35 , Sampler Type, PID - Photoionization Detector (Headspace Measurement) Logged by' RRH ® No Recovery -7 Static Water level Q Continuous Gore � Approved by: JJP Water Level (ATD) Figure Na. A - 2 9 w a d w 7 %Aspectco-.6-sulding Boring Log Project Number Boring Number Sheet eaM +water 020027 QP-5 -1 -of 2 Project Name Quendall Terminals Ground Surface Elev Location Renton, WA Driller/Method NW Probe ! Push -Probe Depth to Water 7.5' ATD Sampling Method Continuous Core - StarWinish Date 7/21/2009 Depih 1 fl won aorelnk Camgetion Type4D Taste PID IPPml aiowaJ a. � D"*don l�h Medium dense, slightly awn, slightly silty to silty SAND (SM); trace , few roots STl2 sheen test Sightly ard, blotq E; (no sheen) S1 5 Hydrated STl5 sheen test 5 dips o'.V (no sheen) i9 olst, dark brown, ORGANIC SILT (OL); trace — _— plant fragments V2112009 sa STU.5 shee — — Medium d et, dark gray to brown SAND (SP); (heavy shed ` o mediu " , trace slit, silty fine sand laminea, inter coated medium sand with trace organics P-5-9-10-S r 10 S Qr een test (h sheen) ti rV' 10 Oil coated wood bark In a fine to medium sand matrix Sall sample collected from 11'to 12' BGS'. (Sample ID: P- 11-12-S Wet, dark brown PEAT (PT); very thin silt laminea `e 15 ST115 sheen test 15 (heavy sheen) 15'-15.5' Interbed of wet SAND (SP); fine to medium, oil stained Peat becomes slightly fiberous Wet, alternating beds of S4 gray, slightly silty SAND (SM), fine to medium; and brown SAND (SP); fine to medium, oil stained STl19 sheen test (heavy sheen) Sampler Type: PID - Photoionization Detector (Headspace Measurement) Logged by: RRH ® No Recovery Static Water Level ® Continuous Core Approved by: JJP Water Leval (ATD) Fl ure No. A - 2 %AspectconsuftgBorin °a"''+'"`�4f Lo Project Number 020027 Boring umber OP-5 Sheet 2 of 2 Project Name Quendall Terminals Ground Surface Elev Location Renton. WA Driller/Method NW Probe 1 Push -Probe Depth to Water 7.6 ATD Sampling Method Continuous Core Start(Flnish Date 712112009 EJ9vddon treat) Baedbla campmw TyWD Tests P[D (PPm) Blowsl hl�etial TYM . Dualpdm De pth (n) sheen test (heavy sheen) Wet, brown, PEAT (P ST121 sheen test Wet, gray, silty 5 M); tine (no sheen, trace) Wet, brown, S5 ST122.5 sheen test (no sheen) Wet, grajVSAND (S' peat laminea :• 1 y, SAND (SP); fine to arsens with - P trWet, gray, s/UT�gtly silty SAND (SM); fine diurn 25 ST125.01 sheen test (no sheen) �---� Wet, g „� tty sandy to sandy SILT (ML); thin fine an a 25 I • W r AND (SP); fine to medium S8 I ST128.5 sheeJ test (no sheen) oaop elly SAND (GP); Wet, gray, silty SAND (SM); fine 3� XIIE: j 3d 7 Boring terminated 30 ft BGS, 9' below DNAPL product fr •i, 35 i I tT I } US 35 Sampler Type: P1D - Photolonization Detector (Headspace Measurement) Logged by: RRH ® No Recovery Q Static Water Level Approved by: J,jP ® Continuous Core Water Level (ATD) Figure No. A - 2 { Y f�'Al WETLAND ASSESSMENT, STANDARD LAKE STUDY, HABITAT DATA REPORT, AND CONCEPTUAL RESTORATION PLAN QUENDALL TERMINALS Prepared for Altino Properties, Inc. and J.H. Baxter & Company Prepared by Anchor QEA, LLC 1423 Third Avenue, Suite 300 Seattle, Washington 98101 November 2009 WETLAND ASSESSMENT, STANDARD LAKE STUDY, HABITAT DATA REPORT, AND CONCEPTUAL RESTORATION PLAN QUENDALL TERMINALS Prepared for Altino Properties, Inc. and J.H. Baxter & Company Prepared by Anchor QEA, LLC 1423 Third Avenue, Suite 300 Seattle, Washington 98101 November 2009 TABLE OF COfN4ER1Y5 1 _I MODUMON.................................................................................................................. i 1.1 Review of Existing Information......................................................................................2 2 STUDY AREA DESCRiP'i'ION................................................ :............................................. 3 2.1 Topography......................................................................................................................3 2.2 Soils...................................................................................................................................4 2.3 Hydrology.........................................................................................................................5 2.4 Plant Communities and Habitat Types...........................................................................5 3 WETLAND DELMATION..................................................................................................7 3.1 Wetland Delineation Methods........................................................................................7 3.1.1 Vegetation...................................................................................................................8 3.1.2 Soils .............................................................................................................................9 3.1.3 Hydrology...................................................................................................................9 3.1.4 Other Data Sources...................................................................................................10 3.1.5 Wetland Classifications............................................................................................10 3.1.6 State Wetland Ratings System.................................................................................10 3.1.7 City of Renton Wetland Rating System and Buffer Requirements .......................12 3.1.7.1 Wetland Rating System and Buffer Requirements ........................................ 12 3.1.8 Wetland Functions Assessment...............................................................................14 3.2 Wetland Delineation Results.........................................................................................14 3.2.1 Wetland A.................................................................................................................14 3.2.2 Wetland B. .................................................................................................................16 3.2.3 Wetland C.................................................................................................................17 3.2.4 Wetland D.................................................................................................................18 3.2.5 Wetland E.................................................................................................................20 3.2.6 Wetland F................................................................................... ..........................21 3.2.7 Wetland G.................................................................................................................22 3.2.8 Wetland H................................................................................................................24 3.2.9 Wetland I..................................................................................................................25 3.2.10 Wetland J..................................................................................................................26 3.3 Regulatory Framework..................................................................................................28 3.3.1 USFWS Classification...............................................................................................28 Wetland Assessment, Standard Lake Study, and Habitat Data Report NovemberMW Quendall Terminals i 060059-01 3.3.2 Ecology Rating, Classification, and Functions and Values Scores .........................28 3.3.3 City of Renton Wetland Classification Guidance...................................................31 3.4 Wetland Functions and Values Summary....................................................................31 3.4.1 Water Quality Functions.........................................................................................33 3.4.2 Hydrologic Functions...............................................................................................33 3.4.3 Habitat Functions.....................................................................................................34 3.5 Exempt Wetlands...........................................................................................................35 3.6 Constructed Stormwater Features.................................................................................35 3.6.1 Excavated Features from the 1970s ......35 3.6.2 Best Management Practices Implementation — 2006.............................................36 — 3.6.3 Anticipated Regulatory Status.................................................................................36 3.7 Wetland Delineation and Typing Limitations..............................................................37 4 LAKE WASHINGTON OHWM DELINEATION AND LAKE STUDY ............................. 38 4.1 Lake Washington OHWM Delineation Methods........................................................38 4.2 Lake Washington OHWM Delineation Results...........................................................39 4.3 Lake Study ........................................... ............................................................................ 39 -- 4.3.1 Fish Species Presence...............................................................................................40 5 SHORELINE RESTORATION PLAN.................................................................................. 41 5.1 Introduction and Purpose..............................................................................................41 5.2 Goals and Objectives.......................................................................................................42 5.3 Elements of the Plan......................................................................................................43 5.3.1 Riparian Buffer Habitat............................................................................................43 5.3.2 Wetland Restoration........................................................................... ......44 6 REFERENCES...................................................................................................................... 47 Wedandand OrdinaryHigh WaterMarkDehneatioa Report November2009 Quendall Terminals ii 060I059-01 F List of Tables Table 1 Wetland Plant Indicator Definitions................................................................... 9 Table 2 City of Renton Wetland Regulations................................................................. 14 Table 3 USFWS Wetland Classifications and Connections to Surface Water .............. 28 Table 4 Summary of Wetland Classes and Rating Scores Using Ecology Wetlands RatingSystem..................................................................................................... 29 - Table 5 Summary of Functions and Values Wetland Rating Scores ............................. 30 Table 6 City of Renton Wetland Ratings and Standard Buffer Distance ...................... 31 - Table 7 Riparian Buffer Plant List................................................................................... 44 Table 8 Wetland Plant List............................................................................................ 46 List of Figures - Figure 1 Vicinity Map Figure 2 Project Site and Aerial Photo _ Figure 3 Site Topography Figure 4 Soil Series Figure 5 NWI Mapped Wetlands Figure 6 Vegetative Cover Figure 7 Wetlands and OHWM Delineation Results Figure 8 Shoreline Restoration Conceptual Design List of Appendices Appendix A Plan View and Cross Sections of Wetlands A through H Appendix B Ordinary High Water Mark Flag Locations Appendix C Sample Plot Summary Data Appendix D Field Data Sheets Appendix E Ecology Wetland Rating Forms - Appendix F Site Photographs Appendix G Mitigation Analysis Memorandum, Quendall and Baxter Properties - Appendix H 1990 Aerial Photograph c Wetland and Ordinary High WaterMarkDeAnead6n Report November 2009 Quendall Terminals sii 060059-01 Introduction 1 INTRODUCTION From April to June 2009, Anchor QEA, LLC (Anchor QEA) performed wetland delineation, lake ordinary high water mark (OHWM) delineation, and habitat assessments of the approximately 21-acre Quendall Terminals Site (Site) in Renton, Washington (Parcel No. 2924059002; Township 24 North, Range 5 East, Section 29). A vicinity map is provided on Figure 1, and a recent aerial photograph of the project area is provided on Figure 2. The survey included an approximately 1.15-acre adjoining portion on the east side of Lake Washington Boulevard (Figure 2). This report is intended to support City of Renton (City) entitlement processing for Master Siteplan Approval, Shoreline Substantial Development, Environmental Review, and a Binding Siteplan, for the Quendall Terminals property. The redevelopment project anticipates submittal of a checklist with the intent of securing a Mitigated Determination of Non -Significance (MDNS) under the State Environmental Policy Act (SEPA). The proposed project includes a mix of 5-story residential units above two levels of above -grade parking - and at -grade surface street parking along with retail/restaurant space. The redevelopment project anticipates entitlement of approximately 800 residential units, 260,000t square feet of T office space, and 30,000t square feet (so of retail/restaurant space with associated parking. Under the direction of the United States Environmental Protection Agency (EPA), the Quendall Terminals owners (Altino Properties, Inc., and J.H. Baxter & Company) are concurrently conducting a remedial investigation (RI) and feasibility study (FS) at the Site. The work is being conducted under an Administrative Settlement Agreement and Order on Consent, as amended (AOC), with EPA under the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act (CERCLA; i.e., "Superfund"). Detailed information on existing lake and upland conditions will be included in the RI, anticipated to be completed in summer 2010. CERCLA cleanup actions along the shoreline will likely include remediation of hazardous substances in lake sediments and/or in the upland portions of the Site. While this report was prepared in accordance with City criteria, as defined in the City of Renton Municipal Code (RMC) Section 4-3-050 (City of Renton 2009), some elements required by the code will not be available until selection of a cleanup remedy for the Site by EPA, which is currently anticipated in early 2011. As required by CERCLA, all substantive provisions of City regulatory requirements will be met by the cleanup remedy selected by � r EPA. Wetlaad aad Ordirlar,rHigh Water Mark Delineation Report Novemher2009 Quen&bu Ternunah 1 06W59-0I Introduction Land use within the study area is currently zoned for commercial use and consists of abandoned log storage facilities, modified dirt roads, and fragmented patches of forest and shrub habitat. Ten wetlands (Wetlands A through n were identified within the study area. This report describes the methods used in the field investigation and Anchor QEA's findings. A description of the study area is included in Section 2. Summaries of the findings of the wetland delineation are included in Section 3. Summaries of the findings of the lake OHWM delineation are included in Section 4. Drawings showing plan view and cross sections of _ each wetland are provided in Appendix A. Flag locations from the OHWM survey are A provided in drawings in Appendix B. A summary of data collected at each sample plot _ during the wetland delineation is presented in tables in Appendix C and in the field data forms in Appendix D. Washington State Department of Ecology (Ecology) wetland rating forms are included in Appendix E. Site photographs are provided in Appendix F. Previous wetland delineations performed in 1997 are included in the Mitigation Analysis Memorandum provided in Appendix G. A 1990 aerial photograph of the site is provided in Appendix H. 1.1 Review of Existing Information As part of the analysis to identify natural resources and critical areas in the study area, Anchor QEA ecologists reviewed the following sources of information to support field observations: o Natural Resource Conservation Service (ARCS) Web Soil Survey (USDA 2009) o Soil Survey ofKing County, Washington (USDA 1973) o Hydric Soil List for King County, Washington (USDA 2001) o United States Fish and Wildlife Service (USFWS) Wetlands Mapper for National Wetlands Inventory (NWI) Map Information (USFWS 2009) o RMC (City of Renton 2009) o Aerial photographs c Washington Department of Fish and Wildlife (WDFW) Priority Habitat and Species (PHS) Maps (WDFW 2009) o WDFS Non -game Data System Special Animal Species, as identified in Washington Administrative Code (WAQ 232-12-011 Wetland and Ordinary High Water Mark Delineation Report Novemher20909 Quendall Terminals 2 0601059-01 Study Area Description 2 STUDY AREA DESCRIPTION The study area consists of one parcel with two parts. The larger portion is rectangular - shaped and is approximately 20.08 acres located adjacent to Lake Washington. The smaller portion is located just across Lake Washington Boulevard and is approximately 1.15 acres. The study area is located in the City of Renton, King County Washington (Township 24 North, Range 5 East, Section 29; see Figures 1 and 2). Shortly after the lowering of Lake Washington in 1916 to construct the Lake Washington Ship Canal, the Site, including newly exposed portions of the former May Creek delta, was developed into a creosote manufacturing facility. Up until 1969, creosote was manufactured on the Site by refining and processing coal tar and oil -gas tar residues. From 1969 to approximately 1977, some of the aboveground tanks at the Site were used intermittently for crude oil, waste oil, and diesel storage. From 1977 to 2008, the Site was used primarily for log sorting and storage, with tree, shrub, and herbaceous vegetation associated with upland, wetland, and riparian habitats. The Site is currently vacant. Aquatic lands adjacent to the facility managed by the Washington Department of Natural Resources (WDNR) were historically leased for log rafting and vessel storage uses, but those leases terminated in the - 1990s. Immediately adjacent properties include Conner Homes to the south (former Barbee Mill property) and Port Quendall Company/Football Northwest to the north (former J.H. Baxter property). Lake Washington borders the western boundary of the study area. BNSF railroad and Lake Washington Boulevard separate the two portions of the parcel, with Interstate 405 (1-405) located along the east side of the eastern portion. May Creek currently discharges into Lake Washington approximately 400 yards south of the Site, just south of the Conner - Homes development. An aerial photograph of the study area shortly after redevelopment of the Port Quendall Company/Football Northwest property, but prior to more recent _ redevelopment of the Conner Homes property, is depicted on Figure 2. 2.1 Topography Overall, the topography of the Site is relatively level with a,gradual slope west down to Lake Washington (Figure 3). Site topography has been modified over the past 90 years by filling and grading activities. Site elevations are based on the North American Vertical Datum 1988 Wetland and O.r&naryHigh Water Mark Debbeatron Report November2009 Quendall Terminals 3 060059-01 Study Area Description (NAVD 88) and range from approximately 35 feet on the east side of the property to about 20 feet at the lake shore. The exposed Site soils are relatively fine-grained, which slows infiltration during rainy periods causing ponding in many areas. The Site has been heavily manipulated through the placement of fill, which is found across the entire Site. Fill thickness ranges from 1 to 2 feet along the southern and eastern boundaries up to 6 and 10 feet in northern portions. Most commonly, the fill is a mix of silt, sand, and gravel with wood debris. Wood chips and bark from the log sorting operations are typical in the upper few feet. Where creosote and pitch -like material has been encountered, it generally occurred at depths greater than 2 feet below ground surface. The surface of the Site is currently covered by either wood debris or by a 0.25- to 1-foot- thick layer of rock and organic muck generated from imported gravel and wood debris mixed together by operation of log sorting equipment in wet areas. There is also a network of roads at the Site that were previously used for log sorting and storage, resulting in relatively compacted soil on much of the Site. Additionally, several stormwater features have been constructed on the Site that appear to have historically collected and conveyed much of the site's stormwater into Lake Washington. During the rainy season, most runoff flows into stormwater collection ponds on the west side of the Site or a drainage ditch along the southern property boundary (Figure 3). Stormwater also accumulates in low-lying areas. During field surveys it was apparent that these features still function by conveying and storing seasonal stormwater. Several features were excavated, constructed, or improved in 2006 to limit stormwater runoff into Lake Washington (Phoinix 2006). These areas have developed wetland characteristics supporting riparian tree species like willows (Salixsp.) and black cottonwoods (Populus balsamifera). 2.2 Soils The MRCS Web Soil Survey (USDA 2009) identifies two soil series in the location of the study area: "Norma sandy loam (No)" and "Bellingham silt loam (Bh)." The Norma sandy loam series is mapped within the majority of the study area, and the Bellingham silt loam series is mapped along the. northern portion. Figure 4 shows soil series in the study area. Wetland and Ordinary High Water Mark Delmeatlon Report November2009 Quen&dI Terminals 4 060059--0.1 Study Area Description Both soil series identified in the study area are described as having poorly drained soils that formed in alluvium, under sedges, grass, conifers, and hardwoods. The Norma series are in basins on the glaciated uplands and in areas along the stream bottoms. The Bellingham series are nearly level and are mostly in depressions on the upland glacial till plain (USDA 1973). According to the Hydric Soil List for King County, Washington, both the Norma sandy loam and Bellingham series are classified as hydric soils (USDA 2009). Sample plot soil profiles are described in Section 3.2. A summary of soils data collected at each sample plot is presented in tables in Appendix C and in the field data forms in Appendix D. 2.3 Hydrology The study area is located in the Lake Washington/Sammamish River Basin Water Resource Inventory Area (WRIA) 8 (Ecology 2009a). Hydrologic characteristics in the study area are influenced by regional groundwater, direct precipitation, surface water runoff, and Lake Washington. The OHWM of Lake Washington was delineated as part of this investigation and is described in Section 4 of this report. Sample plot hydrology is described in Section 3.2. A summary of hydrology data collected at each sample plot is presented in tables in Appendix C and in the field data forms in Appendix D. 2.4 Plant Communities and Habitat Types The USFWS Wetlands Mapper for NWI Map Information identifies palustrine scrub -shrub (PSS) habitat on the western border of the study area adjoining Lake Washington (USFWS 2009; Figure 5). Wetland vegetation community types identified during the delineation include palustrine and lcustrine emergent (PEM and LEM), palustrine and lacustrine scrub shrub (PSS and LSS), palustrine and laustrine forested (PFO and LFO), and palustrine open water (POW) wetland systems. Vegetation within the study area includes tree, shrub, grass, and herbaceous species associated with upland, wetland, and riparian habitat associated with Lake Washington and the constructed stormwater features. Vegetative cover by community (forested, scrub/shrub, and herbaceous/disturbed) and trees more than 10 inches in diameter at breast height (dbh) within 100 feet of the shoreline are shown on Figure 6. Wetland and Wetland and Ordinary High Water Mark Delineation Report November 21J109 Quendall Terminals 5 06W59-0I Study Area Description upland vegetation in the study area is described in Section 3.2. A summary of vegetation data collected in the study area and at each sample plot is presented in the tables in Appendix C and in the field data forms in Appendix D. The WDFW PHS database does not identify any priority habitats within the study area (WDFW 2009). Priority wetland habitat occurs approximately 0.25-mile south and east of the study area and consists of scrub -shrub, forested, and emergent marsh wetlands along May Creek, its tributaries, and Lake Boren. Priority fish presence documented in May Creek _ includes coho salmon (Oncorhynchus kisutch), fall Chinook salmon (Oncorhynchus tshawytscha), resident cutthroat (Oncorhynchus clarki), sockeye salmon (Oncorhynchus nerka), and winter steelhead (Oucorhynchus mykiss). Priority fish presence within the study area includes species documented in Lake Washington, including coho salmon, fall Chinook, resident cutthroat, sockeye salmon, winter steelhead, and Dolly Varden/bull trout (Salvelinus confluentus). Wetland and OrdinaryHigh Water Mark Delineation Report November2009 Quendall Terminals 6 060059-01 —1 Wedand Delineation 3 WETLAND DELINEATION On April 23 and 30, May b, and June 19 2009, Anchor W ecologists performed wetland delineations and a wetland ratings analysis of wetland habitats in the study area. Ten wetlands, Wetlands A and J, were found in the study area. Complete descriptions of r Wetlands A through J are provided in the following sections. Wetland delineation results are shown on Figure b — Wetland and OHWM Delineation Results. A summary of vegetation, soils, and hydrology data collected at each sampling plot is presented in the tables in Appendix C and in the field data forms in Appendix D. Site photographs are provided in Appendix F. 3.1 Wetland Delineation Methods This section describes the methodology used to perform the wetland delineation, including the review of existing information and field investigation procedures. These methods are consistent with current federal and state agency requirements, as well as local jurisdiction requirements, for performing wetland delineations and identifying protective wetland buffer widths. As specified by the RMC (City of Renton 2009), this wetland delineation was conducted _ according to the methods defined in the U.S. Army Corps ofEngineers Wetland Delineation Manual (Environmental Laboratory 1987), the Interim Regional Supplement to the Corps of Engineers Wetland Delineation Manual • Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast Region (Corps 2008), and Ecology's Washington State Wetland Identification and Delineation Manual (Ecology 1997). Soil colors were classified by their numerical description, as identified on a Munsell Soil Color Chart (Munsell 1994). The U.S. Army Corps of Engineers (Corps; Environmental Laboratory 1987), the Washington State Shoreline Management Act (SMA; Ecology 2009b), the Washington State Growth Management Act (GMA; Access Washington 2007), and the RMC all define wetlands as: "Areas that are inundated or saturated by surface water or groundwater at a frequency and duration sufficient to support, and that under normal circumstances do support, a prevalence of vegetation typically adapted for life in saturated soil conditions. Wetlands generally include swamps, marshes, bogs, and similar areas." Wetland and Ordinary High Water Mark Delineation Report Novemher 2009 QuendaR Terminals 7 "59-01 Wetland Delineation The method for delineating wetlands is based on the presence of three parameters: hydrophytic vegetation, hydric soils, and wetland hydrology. Hydrophytic vegetation is, "the macrophytic plant life that occurs in areas where the frequency and duration of inundation or soil saturation produce permanently or periodically saturated soils of sufficient duration to, exert a controlling influence on the plant species present." Hydric soils are "formed under conditions of saturation, flooding, or ponding long enough during the growing season to develop anaerobic conditions in the upper part." Wetland hydrology "encompasses all hydrologic characteristics of areas that are periodically inundated or have soils saturated to the surface for a sufficient duration during the growing season" (Ecology 1997). Data collection methods for each of these parameters are described below. A total of 21 data plots were sampled at the approximately 21.23-acre study area. Sample E plots are identified numerically as wetland or upland plots (for example, SP1Wet, SP2Wet, SP3Up, etc). Vegetation, soils, and hydrology information were collected at each of the plots, recorded on field data sheets, and photographed. Locations of wetland delineation boundary flags and data plots are provided in Appendix A. A summary of sample plot data is presented in Appendix C. The field data sheets are provided in Appendix D. Site photographs are provided in Appendix F. Wetland boundaries were determined based upon sample plot data and visual observations of each wetland. Wetland locations and boundaries were flagged and subsequently surveyed by a professional surveyor to establish and verify the location and size. 3.1.1 Vegetation Plant species occurring in each plot were recorded on field data sheets, one data sheet per plot (Appendix D). Percent cover was estimated in the plot for each plant species and dominant species were determined. At each plot, trees within a 30-foot radius, shrubs within a 15-foot radius, and emergents within a 3-foot radius from the center of the plot were identified and recorded on a data sheet. A plant indicator status, designated by the USFWS (Reed 1988 and 1993), was assigned to each species and a determination was made as to whether the vegetation in the plot was hydrophytic. To meet the hydrophytic parameter, more than 50 percent of the dominant species, with 20 percent or greater cover, must have an indicator of obligate wetland (OBL), facultative wetland (FACW), or facultative (FAC or FAC+). Table 1 shows the wetland indicator status categories. Wetland and OrdmaryHigh Water MarkDehneation Report Novemher.2OM Qiendall Terminals 8 06M59-01 f 1 Wetland Delineation Table 1 Wetland Plant Indicator Definitions Indicator Status Description Obligate wetland (OBL) Plant species occur almost always In wetlands (estimated probability greater than 99 percent) under natural conditions. Facultative wetland Plant species usually occur in wetlands (estimated probability 67 (FACW) percent to 99 percent), but occasionally found in non -wetlands. Facultative (FAQ Plant species equally likely to occur in wetlands or non -wetlands (estimated probability 34 percent to 66 percent). Facultative upland Plant species usually occur in non -wetlands (estimated probability (FACU) 67 percent to 99 percent), but occasionally found in wetlands. Obligate upland (UPL) Plant species occur almost always in non -wetlands (estimated probabillty greater than 99 percent) under natural conditions. 3.1.2 Soils Soils were sampled in each plot and evaluated for hydric soil indicators. Soil pits were dug to a depth of 16 inches or greater, and all profiles were photographed. Hydric soil indicators include low soil matrix chroma, gleying, and redoximorphic features (such as mottles), and are formed predominantly by the accumulation or loss of iron, manganese, sulfur, or carbon compounds in a saturated and anaerobic environment. Mottles are spots of 'contrasting color occurring within the soil matrix (the predominant soil, color). Gleyed soils are W predominantly bluish, greenish, or grayish in color. For example, a depleted dark soil surface (F7), a matrix value of 3 or less, a chroma of 2 or less, and 20 percent or more redox depletions are positive indicators of hydric soils (Corps 2008). Due to the presence of known soil and groundwater contamination at the Site, soil pits were not excavated at many wetland sample plots located in the upland area. This includes the - constructed stormwater features located throughout the project site and most upland plot locations. 3.1.3 Hydrology Wetland hydrology was evaluated at each plot to determine whether it "encompasses all hydrologic characteristics of areas that are periodically inundated or have soils saturated to Wetland_aa.d OrdinarvHigh WaterMark.Delineadon Report Norember2009 Quendall Terminals 9 060059-01 Wedand Delineation the surface for a sufficient duration during the growing season" (Ecology 1997). The mesic growing season in western Washington is generally March through October. Field observations of saturation and inundation, and other indicators of wetland hydrology, such as water -stained leaves and drainage patterns in wetlands, were recorded. 3.1.4 Other Data Sources Reviews of existing information were conducted to identify potential wetlands or site characteristics indicative of wetlands in the study area. The sources of information reviewed to support field observations are identified in Section 1.1. 3.1.5 Wetland Classifications Wetland community types are discussed below according to the USFWS classification developed by Cowardin, et al. (1979). This system, published in 1979 by a team of USFWS scientists led by L.M. Cowardin, bases the classification of wetlands on their physical characteristics, such as the general type of vegetation in the wetland (trees, shrubs, grass, etc.) and prevalence and location of water in the wetland. The Cowardin classification system provides a classification for every known wetland type that occurs throughout the United States, and, under this system, a wetland can be classified as having one or more wetland classification types. The community types found during this investigation were: o Palustrine and Lacustrine forested (PFO and LFO) — These wetlands have at least 30 percent cover of woody vegetation that is more than 20 feet high. o Palustrine and Lacustrine scrub -shrub (PSS and LSS) — These wetlands have at least 30 percent cover of woody vegetation that is less than 20 feet high. o Palustrine and Lacustrine emergent (PEM and LEM) — These wetlands have erect, rooted, herbaceous vegetation present for most' of the growing season in most years. o Palustrine open water (POW) — These wetlands are characterized by open water, such as ponds. 3.1.6 State Wetland Ratings System At the state level, wetlands are categorized by applying the most current version of the rating system developed by Ecology: Washington State Wetlands Rating System — Western Washington. Revised (Ecology 2004), and Washington State Wetland Rating Form — Wetland and Ordinary High WaterMark Delineation Report Novembeer 2009 Quendall Terminals 10 06OL759-01 77, Wetland Delineation Western Washington, version 2 (Ecology 2006). Ecology developed this system to differentiate wetlands based on their sensitivity to disturbance, their significance in the watershed, their rarity, the ability to replace them, and the beneficial functions they provide to society. To determine an accurate assessment of a wetland's rating and functional values, function scores were calculated based on entire wetland systems, not just the delineated portion of wetlands within the study area. The Ecology rating system requires the user to collect specific information about the wetland in a step-by-step process. As part of the rating system, the hydrogeomorphic classification of the wetland was determined and three major functions were analyzed: flood and erosion control, water quality improvement, and wildlife habitat. Each hydrogeomorphic wetland class has specific rating criteria for water quality and hydrologic functions. Habitat functions rating criteria were the same for each of the hydrogeomorphic wetland classes. Ratings were based on a point system where points are given if a wetland meets specific criteria related to the wetland's potential and opportunity to provide certain benefits. If a wetland provides the opportunity to improve water quality or hydrologic fiimctions, a multiplier of two was applied to the points for the wetland's potential functions. If a wetland does not provide the opportunity to improve water quality or hydrologic functions, a multiplier of one was applied. Per Ecology's rating system, wetlands were categorized according to the following criteria and on points given: o Category I wetlands (70 to 100 points) represent a unique or rare wetland type, or are more sensitive to disturbance, or are relatively undisturbed and contain ecological attributes that are impossible to replace within a human lifetime. o Category II wetlands (51 to 69 points) are difficult, though not impossible, to replace, and provide high levels of some functions. o Category III (30 to 50 points) wetlands have a moderate level of function. They have been disturbed in some ways, and are often less diverse or more isolated from other natural resources in the landscape than Category II wetlands. o Category IV wetlands (0 to 29 points) have the lowest levels of functions and are often heavily disturbed. Wetland and OrdinaryHigh WaterMark DeeAneadon Report November20O9 Quendall Terminals 11 O&V59-,01 Wetland Delineation 3.1.7 City of Renton Wetland Rating System and Buffer Requirements Wetlands in the study area were also rated according to the City of Renton Critical Area Regulations that establish local regulatory requirements for wetlands and their associated buffers (City of Renton 2009). Wetlands in the study area were assigned a local rating category based on the applicable City and King County (County) critical areas regulations and the associated regulatory wetland buffer widths. Section 3.3.3 provides wetland information contained in the RMC (City of Renton 2009). The full text of the city's critical areas regulations was consulted during this analysis. 3.1.7.1 Wetland Rating System and Buffer Requirements Category I wetlands meet any of the following criteria: O Contain species listed by federal or state government as endangered or threatened, or the presence of essential habitat for those species O Have 40 to 60 percent permanent open water (in dispersed patches or otherwise) with two or more vegetation classes o Are equal to or greater than 10 acres in size and have three or more vegetation classes, one of which is open water o Contain plant associations of infrequent occurrence, or at the geographical limits of their occurrence Category 2 wetlands meet any of the following criteria: o Are wetlands that are not Category 1 or 3 wetlands D Have heron rookeries or raptor nesting trees, but are not Category 1 wetlands O Are wetlands of any size located at the headwaters of a watercourse, i.e., a wetland with a perennial or seasonal outflow channel, but with no defined influent channel, but are not Category 1 wetlands o Have minimum existing evidence of human related physical alteration such as diking, ditching, or channelization Category 3 wetlands meet any of the following criteria: o Are severely disturbed wetlands; severely disturbed wetlands are wetlands that meet Wetland and Or&naryHigh WaterMarkRe- neadon Report Novemher2OO9 Quendall Temdhab 12 060059-01 i Wetland Delineation the following criteria: Are characterized by hydrologic isolation, human -related hydrologic alterations - such as diking, ditching, channelization, and/or outlet modification - Have soils alterations such as the presence of fill, soil removal and/or compaction - of soil May have altered vegetation o Are newly emerging wetlands; newly emerging wetlands are wetlands occurring on top of fill materials, and characterized by emergent vegetation, low plant species richness, and used minimally by wildlife. o Include all other wetlands not classified as Category 1 or 2, such as smaller, high - quality wetlands. According to the RMC, Category 3 wetlands less than 2,200 sf in area are exempt from the regulations if they meet the following exemption criteria[4-3-050 C5(f)]: - o Standing water is not present in sufficient amounts, i.e., approximately 12 inches to 18 inches in depth from approximately December through May, to support breeding - amphibians o Species listed by Federal or State government as endangered or threatened, or the _ presence of essential habitat for those species, are not present o Some form of mitigation is provided for hydrologic and water quality functions; for _ example, stormwater treatment or landscaping or other mitigation o A wetland assessment is prepared by a qualified professional demonstrating the criteria of the exemption are met According to the RMC Title 4, Chapter 3, Section 5, wetland buffers are measured from the w wetland edge as delineated in the field and are sized depending on the wetland category. Building or activity setback from a critical area or buffer may be required to ensure adequate protection of the critical area/buffer during construction and ongoing maintenance of the activity. Section 5 also states that alterations to wetlands shall be mitigated through creation, restoration, and/or enhancement. Mitigation actions must re-create as nearly as possible the wetland being replaced, and result in no net loss of wetland acreage and/or function. Table 2 provides a summary of the City's wetland buffer requirements. Werland and Ordinary High WaterMark Delinearion Report November10O9 Quendall Terminals 13 060E059-01 Wetland Delineation Table 2 City of Renton Wetland Regulations Wetland Classification Buffer Requirement Category 1 100 feet Category 2 50 feet Category 3 25 feet 3.1.8 Wetland Functions Assessment The functional values of wetlands were rated according to Washington State Wetland Rating System— Western Washington: Revised (Ecology 2004) and Wetland Rating Form —Western Washington, Version 2 (Ecology 2006). Using Ecology's system, wetlands were rated based on a point system where points are awarded to three functional value categories: water quality, hydrologic, and wildlife habitat. Detailed scoring, based on Ecology wetland rating forms, is provided. in Appendix E. 3.2 Wetland Delineation Results Ten wetlands, Wetlands A though J, were found in the study area. A complete description of each wetland is provided in the following sections. Wetland delineation results are shown on Figure 5 and for each individual wetland in Appendix A. A summary of vegetation, soils, and hydrology data collected at each sample plot is presented in the tables in Appendix C and in the field data forms in Appendix D. 3.2.1 Wetland A Wetland A is a 0.08-acre (3,433-sf) lake -fringe and slope wetland that contains LF4, LSS, and LEM habitat (Figure 7; Appendix A). The entire boundary of Wetland A was delineated within the study area. Wetland A is located in the southwest corner of the study area and is associated with Lake Washington (Photographs 1 and 2 in Appendix F). A compacted dirt access road abuts the eastern, edge. Wetland A vegetation is dominated primarily by young (less than 10 inches dbh) red alder -- (.Alms rubra), red -osier dogwood (Corpus sericea), and black twinberry (Lonicera lnvolucrata) (Photograph 2 in Appendix F). The dominant buffer vegetation of Wetland A is Wetland and OrdraaryHWh Water Mark Delmeation Report November2009 Quendall Terminals 14 06W59-01 - Wetland Delineation also young red alder with some Indian plum (Oemleria cerasiformis) and dense Himalayan blackberry (Rubes armeniacus) where the vegetated buffer transitions into a compacted soil road. Much (75 percent) of the buffer is disturbed compacted soils with sparse native and non-native invasive plants. The northwest perimeter of Wetland A is Lake Washington with extensive open and deep water habitats. Wildlife use of the wetland and its buffer was evident through several physical indicators such as woodpecker cavities, forage snags, beaver forage marks, and mammal tunnels in the dense vegetation. There was evidence of turtle and waterfowl use on the partially submerged woody debris at the edge of the wetland bordering the lake. Wildlife observed in the wetland and its buffer includes black -capped chickadee (Poecile atdcapOus), song sparrow (Melospiza melodic), Bushtit (Psaltriparus mM.rmus), and Anna's hummingbird (Ca4pte anna). The transition from an open water habitat to wetland to maintained upland offers both soft and hard edges between habitats. Movement of wildlife from the wetland habitat to the lake or from the lake to the wetland appears healthy and may offer migration, " forage, shelter, and breeding opportunities for specific species of amphibians, waterfowl, and mammals. The transition from the upland buffer habitats to the wetland habitat offers a W" more abrupt transition to wildlife. Hard edges tend to benefit some species while creating a less beneficial habitat for others. Migration, forage, shelter, and breeding near or in these areas may be limited for many species. Soils in the wetland plot included very dark gray (10YR 3/1) to very dark grayish -brown (10YR 3/2) clay loam to 18 inches deep. Below about 18 inches, very dark gray (2.5Y 3/1) clay loam with dark yellowish brown (IOYR 3/4) mottles was observed in the matrix. Soils in the upland plot were very dark gray (10YR 3/1) to 18+ inches with brown (10YR 4/3) mottles observed around 8+ inches. Soil saturation was at the surface in the majority of Wetland A and the upland plot, with free-standing water in the sample plots within about 10 inches of the surface. Two sample plots were established as part of Wetland A: SP1Wet and SP1Up (Appendices A and B). SPIWet contained indicators of hydrophytic vegetation, wetland hydrology, and hydric soils. The upland plot, SP1Up, had indicators of wetland hydrology and hydric soils, Wetland and Ordinary High WaterMark Delineatiion Report November 2009 QuendaB Tenn pals 15 060059-01 Wetland Delineation but lacked hydrophytic vegetation. Twenty flags were used to identify the Wetland A boundary (Appendix A). 3.2.2 Wedand B -� Wetland B is an approximately 0.14-acre (6,051-sf) depressional wetland and is one of the largest constructed stonnwater features in the study area displaying wetland characteristics (Figure 7; Appendix A). Wetland B was excavated in the 1970s as a retention pond to control tar from flowing into the lake (King County Metro 1972). The wetland is triangle -shaped and representative of a settling pond with standing water observed during the survey. The eastern boundary of Wetland B narrows to a ditch -like feature that possibly used to convey water west from Wetland G during large rain events through either a culvert or a shallow ditch (now abandoned). Wetland B is positioned in the landscape approximately 6 to 8 feet below Wetland C. Wetland B contains PSS and POW habitats (Photograph 2 in Appendix F). As part of an effort to prevent silt and wood debris from entering Lake Washington in 2006, an outfall was excavated along the north side of Wetland B to create a stable outlet for stormwater into Lake Washington. Wetland vegetation is dominated by Japanese knotweed (Polygonum cuspidatum), Pacific willow (Sa&lasiandra), soft rush Uuncus et4'usus), and purple -leaved willowherb (Epilobium cibi tum). Dominant buffer vegetation of Wetland B includes monotypic stands of Japanese knotweed and Himalayan blackberry. Most (90 percent) of the buffer apparently was maintained until recently. These maintained areas have now become fully vegetated, with Japanese knotweed dominating the western buffer and Himalayan blackberry dominating the eastern buffer. The remaining buffer (10 percent) on the north and south ends of the wetland has a few large native trees (greater than 16 inches dbh), but the understory is a shrub layer dominated by non-native invasive plants. The western buffer extends to Lake Washington with extensive open and deep water habitats. Wildlife use of Wetland B and its buffer was not very evident, but there were a few physical indicators such as a beaver slide to the west from the wetland toward the lake, and other small mammal tunnels in the dense vegetation. There was evidence of turtle use on the partially submerged woody debris within the standing water of the wetland. No aquatic organisms were seen in the water other than the purple -leaved willowherb. Wildlife observed in the wetland and its buffer includes spotted towhee (Pipilo maculatus), song Wetland and OrdinaryHigb WaterMark Delineation Report November2009 QuendaY Terminals 16 060059--01 Wetland Delineation sparrow, and American goldfinch (CardueEs tristis). The open water habitat within the wetland quickly transitions to a scrub -shrub buffer habitat. Movement of wildlife from the wetland habitat to the buffer or from the buffer to the wetland appears to offer migration, forage, shelter, and breeding opportunities for specific species of amphibians, waterfowl, and mammals. Similarly, the transition from the wetland to the buffer to the lake offers a greater migration route with the dense shrub cover between the two open water habitats. Wetland B (denoted as Quendall Pond in the CERCLA Ri/FS documents) is known to contain relatively high concentrations of contaminants in soil and groundwater, which limit the quality, use, and function of these habitats and corridors. Because contaminants are known to be in the study area, soil pits were not excavated in Wetland B. Wetland B is the largest of the constructed stormwater features in the study area. As described above, during large rain events, Wetland G may convey stormwater through a relic - connection or by surface flow. The depth of water in Wetland B was not discernable because of opaque water coloration and the presence of contamination preventing further investigation; however, the volume and depth did appear to exceed several feet. _ Two sample plots were established as part of Wetland B: SP1Wet and SP1Up (Appendices A, C, and D). The wetland plot contained indicators of hydrophytic vegetation and wetland hydrology. The upland plot lacked indicators of wetland hydrology and hydrophytic vegetation. Eleven flags were used to identify the Wetland B boundary (Appendix A). 3.2.3 Wetland C Wetland C is an approximately 0.03-acre (1,200 sf) depressional wetland and is another constructed stormwater feature in the study area displaying wetland characteristics (Figure 7; Appendix A). The wetland is located in the center of the parcel with the western boundary approximately 38 feet from Lake Washington. Like Wetland B, the wetland is representative of a stormwater pond with standing water observed during the survey. Wetland C is positioned in the landscape approximately 6 to 8 feet above Wedand B. The entirety of Wetland C was constructed in 2006 as part of an effort to prevent silt and wood debris from entering Lake Washington (Phoinix 2006). An earthen berm was constructed along the W Wetland and Ordinary High Water Mark Delineation Report November2009 Quendall Terminals 17 06W59-01 Wetland Delineation southwest edge of Wetlands B and C, and check dams were installed to control turbid water and floating debris. Wetland C likely flows directly into Wetland B during high flow events via sheetflow (Figure 7; Photograph 3 in Appendix F). Wetland C was constructed in an upland area that did not contain wetland indicators, based on the fact that Wetland C was not identified during a wetland delineation conducted by David Evans and Associates in 1997 (Appendix G). Wetland C contains PFO, PSS, PEM, and POW habitats. At the time of the. survey, Pacific willow and black cottonwood saplings were the only vegetation observed iwWetland B and distributed along the wetland's edge. The saplings were all 3 to 5 feet in height with a dbh of approximately 1 to 3 inches. Because of the recent construction and maintenance of this feature, the wetland habitat and buffer habitat are heavily degraded and offer little or no opportunity for wildlife use. Because contaminants are known to be in the study area, soil pits were not excavated in Wetland C. The wed.and is oval -shaped and, as described above, resembles a small settling pond. The wetland primarily receives stormwater runoff from the study area and direct precipitation. During the survey, based only on visual approximations, the depth of standing water was about 10 to 12 inches in the deepest parts. Two sample plots were established as part of Wetland C: SP1Wet and SP1Up (Appendices A, C, and D). The wetland plot contained indicators of hydrophytic vegetation and wetland hydrology. The upland plot lacked indicators of wetland hydrology and hydrophytic vegetation. Soil pits were not excavated. Ten flags were used to identify the Wetland C boundary (Appendix A). 3.2.4 Wettand D Wetland D is a 0.38-acre (16,686-sf) lake -fringe and slope wetland that contains LFO, LSS, and LEM habitats (Figure 7; Appendix A). Wetland D is associated with Lake Washington (Photograph 4 in Appendix F) and extends approximately 170 feet into the study area. Wetland D is the only wetland in the study area included in the USFWS Wetlands Mapper Wetland and Ordinary High Water Mark Delineation Report November 2009 Quendall Terminals 18 060059-01 Wedand Delineation forNWlMap Information (Figure 5), which identifies this as PSS habitat. Wetland vegetation is dominated by large black cottonwood, Pacific willow, red alder, and red -osier w dogwood. The dominant buffer vegetation includes black cottonwood and Himalayan blackberry and is the most diverse in vegetative strata layers (canopy, sub -canopy, scrub - shrub, and herbaceous) and the most intact of all the project site wetland buffers. Approximately 40 percent of the wetland buffer is Lake Washington to the northwest. Wildlife use of Wetland D is very similar to but more diverse than Wetland A. Several physical wildlife -indicators within the wetland and the buffer were observed: woodpecker cavities, stick nests, basket nests, mole mounds, soil burrows, forage snags, beaver forage marks, matted vegetation, and mammal tunnels in the dense vegetation. There was also evidence of turtle and waterfowl use on partially submerged woody debris and vegetative mats at the edge of the lake and within the wetland. Wildlife observed in the wetland and -" its buffer includes Black -capped chickadee, song sparrow, bushtit, spotted towhee, downy woodpecker (Picoides pubescens), brown creeper (Certhla americana), American robin (Turdusmigratrious), and northwest crow (Corvus caurinus). The transition from the open water habitat to the wetland to an intact upland buffer offers soft edges between all habitats. — Movement of wildlife from the buffer to the wetland to the lake, or back, may offer healthy migration, forage, shelter, and breeding opportunities for specific species of amphibians, waterfowl, and mammals. This wetland, along with its buffer, appears to offer the best habitat opportunity for the most species dud to its size, vegetative structure, hydrology regimes, and position in the landscape. Three soil pits were excavated in Wetland D (Appendix A); one near the lake's edge (SP1Wet), one in the upland (SP1Up), and one in the uppermost extent of the wetland (SPMet). The soils in SP1Wet included very dark grayish -brown (10YR 3/2) sandy loam to 6 inches deep and then gray (10YR 5/1) silt loam with dark yellowish brown (10YR 4/6) mottles through 18+ inches. Soils in SP2Wet included black (10YR 2/1) loamy sand through 10 inches and then dark gray (2.5Y 4/1) loamy sand through 18+ inches. At approximately 10 to 12 inches, a narrow band of dark gray (2.5YR 4/1) silt loam with dark yellowish -brown (10YR 4/6) mottles was observed with interspersed coarse angular rock. SP1Up included grayish brown (25Y 5/2) loamy clay through 18+ inches. Wetland and Ordinary High Water Mark LAelineadon Report November2009 QueudaU Terminals 19 06W59 01 Wedand Delineation Soil saturation was observed at the surface in the majority of Wetland D with standing water near the lake's edge. The primary hydrologic indicator in the upper extent of Wetland D included sparsely vegetated concave surface and water -stained leaves. In the upland plot, saturation was observed at the surface. Three sample plots were established as part of Wetland D: SPlWet, SP2Wet, and SP1Up (Appendices A, D, and D). SP1Wet and SP2Wet contained indicators of hydrophytic vegetation, wetland hydrology, and hydric soils. The upland plot, SP1Up, had indicators of wetland hydrology and hydric soils, but lacked hydrophytic vegetation. Twenty-two flags were used to identify the Wetland D boundary (Appendix A). 3.2.5 Wetland E Wetland E is a 0.11-acre (4,556- sf) depressional wetland that contains PFO and PSS habitat located in the southwest corner of the study area (Figure 7; Appendix A). Like Wetlands B, C, and G, Wetland E is a constructed stormwater feature in the study area, but it contains a more developed and mature forested component than the others (Photographs 1 and 2 in Appendix F). Wetland vegetation is dominated by young black cottonwood, Pacific willow, red alder, and red -osier dogwood. Dominant buffer vegetation includes Japanese knotweed and Himalayan blackberry, and a few mature black cottonwoods and young red alders (Photograph 5 in Appendix F). The entire wetland buffer apparently was maintained as transportation routes (roads) or staging areas (log storage) up until the facility closed in the past few years. These areas, other than the roads, have now become overgrown with upland invasive species, such as Scot's broom (Cytisus scopaxius) and Himalayan blackberry. The dirt roads remain and are heavily compacted, supporting very little vegetation. Wildlife use of Wetland E and its buffer was not evident other than a few stick and leaf nests. There were some physical indicators of beaver foraging, but the teeth marks were very old and not very common. There was no evidence of aquatic organisms within the standing water of the wetland other than plants. Wildlife observed in the wetland and its buffer includes spotted towhee, Anna's hummingbird, northwest crow, American robin, song sparrow, and Wilson's snipe (GaTlinago delicata). The open water habitat within the wetland quickly transitions to a scrub -shrub, young forest buffer habitat: This transition of an open water habitat to a wetland to a disturbed upland offers both soft and hard edges between Wetland and Ordinary High Water Mark Delineation Repan November2G09 Quendall Teminals 20 060059-01 ^� Wetland Delineation habitats. Movement of wildlife from the wetland habitat to the upland or from the upland to the wetland appears healthy and may offer migration, forage, shelter, and breeding opportunities for some species of amphibians, waterfowl, and mammals. The transition from the disturbed maintained upland habitats to the wetland habitat offers a more abrupt transition to wildlife. Hard edges tend to benefit some species while creating a less beneficial habitat for others. Migration, forage, shelter, and breeding near or in these areas may be limited for many species. Contaminated soil and sediments in this wetland may limit the quality, use, and function of these habitats and corridors. Because of the presence of contamination in the study area, soil pits were not excavated in Wetland E. The wetland determination for each plot was based on hydrology and vegetation data. The majority of Wetland E had standing water at the surface with some areas appearing in excess of 2-feet deep. A staff gauge was installed in 1995 to monitor water levels in 1995 and 1996 (Aspect 2009). At the time of the survey, the water level was around 0 foot; however, there were indications that the high water line on the gauge exceeded 3.5 feet. It is not - known if this device was installed relative to any fixed position, but it does provide details on the storage capacity of the wetland. Wetland hydrology was not observed in the upland plot. Two sample plots were established as part of Wetland E; SP1Wet and SP1Up (Appendices A, C, and D). SP1Wet contained indicators of hydrophytic vegetation and wetland hydrology. The upland plot lacked any indications of hydrophytic vegetation or wetland hydrology. Nineteen flags were used to identify the Wetland E boundary (Appendix A). 3.2.6 Wedand F Wetland F is a small 0.11-acre (546-sf) lake -fringe and slope wetland that contains LSS and LEM habitat (Figure 7; Appendix A). The entire boundary of Wetland F was delineated within the study area. Wetland It is associated with Lake Washington (Photographs 1 and 2 in Appendix F) and is located in the center of the study area, immediately west of Wetland C. Wetland vegetation is dominated by red alder, P.acific;willow, soft rush, and reed canarygrass (Phalaris arundinacea). Dominant buffer vegetation includes Japanese knotweed and Himalayan blackberry (Photograph 3 in Appendix F). Wetland and DrdinaryH;gh Water Mark Ddweadon Report November2009 QuendaB Ternvnals 21 060059--01 Wetland Delineation Although Wetland F is a very small wetland, wildlife use in the wetland and buffer was evident through several physical indicators such as shell and crustacean middens, forage snags, waterfowl droppings, beaver forage marks, and mammal tunnels in the dense vegetation. There was also evidence of recent turtle use (wet log) of a partially submerged log at the edge of the wetland bordering the lake. No wildlife was observed in the wetland or its buffer during field investigations. Half of the wetland perimeter is along Lake Washington, offering a transition from an open water habitat to a wetland to a vegetated upland. Movement of wildlife from the upland habitat to the wetland to the lake appears unobstructed and may offer migration, forage, shelter, and.breeding opportunities for specific species of amphibians, waterfowl, and mammals. The actual wetland is so small that habitat function associated with the wetland may be reduced as an area for migration, forage, shelter, and breeding. Soils in the wetland plot included dark grayish -brown (2.5Y 4/2) sand with yellowish brown (10YR 5/6) mottles to 6 inches deep (Appendix D). Below about 6 inches, dark gray (2.5Y 411) sand with dark yellowish -brown (10YR 4/6) mottles was observed in the matrix. Soil pits in the upland plot were not excavated in Wetland F because of the presence of contamination. Wetland hydrology was evident with free-standing water in the sample plot within about 10 inches of the surface. Wetland hydrology was not observed in the upland plot. Two sample plots were established as part of Wetland F: SP1Wet and SPlilp (Appendices A, C, and D). SP1Wet contained indicators of hydrophytic vegetation, wetland hydrology, and hydric soils. The upland plot lacked hydrophytic vegetation and any indication of wetland hydrology. Soils were not examined in the upland plot. Four flags were used to identify the Wetland F boundary (Appendix A). 3.2J Wedand G Wetland G is a small, approximately 0.05-acre (2,198-sf) depressionai wetland (Figure 7; Appendix A). It is thought that Wetland G was excavated as part of construction of berms to direct tar on the site into Wetland B (Aspect 2009). The wetland is narrow and ditch -like Wetland and OrdinaryHigh Water Mark Delineation Report November2009 Quendall Terminals 22 060059-01 j Wetland Delineation and at one time conveyed stormwater to Wetland B, but has since been separated by a compacted dirt road separating the two (no culverts were found) (Figure 7). During prolonged rain events, Wetland G likely fills to capacity and sheetflows into Wetland B. Wetland G is positioned in the landscape approximately 2 to 4 feet below the rest of the _ study area. Wetland G contains PSS and PFO habitat. Wetland vegetation is dominated by black cottonwood, Pacific willow, and Himalayan blackberry, with an isolated patch of emergent vegetation. Dominant wetland buffer vegetation includes black cottonwood, black twinberry, and Himalayan blackberry (Figure 4; Photographs 7 and 8 in Appendix F). Based on aerial photography, it appears that more than half of the current areas adjacent to Wetland G are or have been maintained as transportation routes (roads) or staging areas {log storage). Appendix H provides a historic aerial photo from 1990 that shows log storage and roads present in the current location of Wetland G. These areas, aside from one existing road to the west, have now become overgrown with upland invasive plants such as Scot's broom, Japanese knotweed, and Himalayan blackberry. Physical evidence of wildlife use in Wetland G was limited possibly due to the wetland's long and narrow shape. Wildlife observed in the wetland and its buffer includes northwest crow, song sparrow, and black -capped chickadee. The narrow scrub -shrub habitat and small patches of young forest buffer habitat offer wildlife a possible corridor of cover/shelter along or through the wetland. This wetland and buffer habitat extends further east than any other wetland at the project site and overlaps with the buffer from Wetland B, creating a corridor N to Lake Washington. Due to the narrow shape of the wetland, migration, forage, shelter, and breeding near or in these areas may be limited for many species. Contaminated soil and sediments in this wetland may limit the quality, use, and function of these habitats and corridors. Because of the presence of contamination in the study area, soil pits were not excavated in Wetland G. The wetland determination for each plot was based on hydrology and vegetation data. Wetland G is a narrow, ditch -like wetland that primarily, receives stormwater runoff from the study area and direct precipitation. Standing water was present in much of the wetland. The upland plot did not display any wetland hydrology indicators. M OM IL Wetland and Or&naryH- h Water Mark Delineation Rep= NovemherMW QuendaY Terminals 23 0"5"'1 Wetland Delineation Two sample plots were established as part of Wetland G: SP1Wet and SP1Up (Appendices A, Q and D). SPI Wet contained indicators of hydrophytic vegetation and wetland hydrology. The upland plot contained indicators of hydrophytic vegetation but lacked wetland hydrology. Eighteen flags were used to identify the Wetland G boundary (Appendix A). 3.Z8 Wetland H Wetland H is an approximately 0.01-acre (511-sf) slope and depressional wetland located on the southern edge of the study area along the property boundary (Figure 7; Appendix A). Like many of the other features described in this report, Wetland H was constructed as a stormwater feature to control stormwater. Work was conducted in January 2006 to control silt and wood debris from flowing into Lake Washington. Wetland H was excavated in January 2006 to clean out the ditch along the southern portion of the site. Four rock check dams were placed in the cleared ditch at approximately 25-foot intervals to allow for sediment and wood debris control. Although Wetland H contains wetland indicators, it is located in an area that was excavated to function as stormwater conveyance off the site and into Lake Washington. Wetland H is positioned in the landscape approximately 2 to 4 feet below the rest of the study area and contains PFO,. PSS, and PEM habitats (Figure 2; Photographs 9 and 10 in Appendix F). It is adjacent to a 15-foot-tall engineered concrete block wall, which is the boundary line between the project site and the newly developed parcel to the south. The low area extends along the concrete block wall and develops more ditch -like characteristics near Wetland H and Lake Washington. Wetland vegetation is dominated by mature black — cottonwood, red alder, Pacific willow, and Himalayan blackberry. Dominant wetland buffer vegetation includes reed canarygrass and Himalayan blackberry. Effectively, the wetland only has two-thirds of its buffer. 1 Wildlife use of Wetland H and its buffer may be increased by the presence of an adjacent concrete wall south of the wetland. Species traveling south or north may follow the wall until they reach the shoreline, effectively routing them through Wetland H or its buffer. Several physical indicators of wildlife presence within the wetland and the buffer were observed: woodpecker cavities, stick nests, forage snags, and beaver forage marks. Wildlife observed in the wetland and its buffer includes black -capped chickadee, song sparrow, Wetland and Ordinary High Water Mark Delineation Report November2009 Quendall Terminals 24 060059-01 I Wetland Delineation spotted towhee, Downy woodpecker, and northwest crow. The entire area from the open water habitat of Lake Washington to the west, through the wetland, to the upland buffer is - fully vegetated and may provide good shelter as well as a migration path for wildlife. Movement of wildlife from the buffer to the wetland to the lake, or back, may offer healthy migration, forage, shelter, and breeding opportunities for specific species of amphibians, waterfowl, and mammals. A single soil pit in the wetland was excavated and photographed in Wetland H; however, because of the presence of contamination in the study area, the soils were not handled and no information was recorded. The wetland determination for each plot was based on hydrology and vegetation data. Wetland H is a narrow ditch -like wetland that primarily receives stormwater runoff from the study area and direct precipitation. Adjacent to the wetland is another, smaller constructed stormwater feature that also collects stormwater from portions of the site. This feature sits at a higher elevation than Wetland H and conveys stormwater from an adjacent ditch through a culvert to the eastern extent of the wetland. Flowing water was present r during the survey. The upland plot did not display indications of wetland hydrology. Two sample plots were established as part of Wetland H: SP1Wet and SP1Up (Appendices A, C, and D). SP1Wet contained indicators of hydrophytic vegetation and wetland hydrology. The upland sample plot lacked indicators of wetland vegetation and hydrology. 3.2.9 Wedand I Wetland I is an approximately 0.05-acre (2,358-sf) depressional wetland located on the small M portion of the property across Lake Washington Boulevard (Figure 7; Appendix A). Like many of the other features described in this report, Wetland I is a result of land surface _ manipulation and road construction. Wetland I is positioned in the landscape between I-405 and Lake Washington Boulevard where it receives stormwater runoff from adjacent W impervious surfaces. The wetland contains PS& and PEM habitats (Figure 2; Photograph 15 in Appendix F) and all habitats are dominated by Japanese knotweed. Wetland vegetation is either stunted or dying adjacent to or under the thick canopy of Japanese knotweed. Dominant wetland buffer vegetation includes Himalayan blackberry and Pacific willow. Wedand and Ordiamy High Water Mark DeAneation Report November2009 Quendall Terminals 25 060059-01 Wetland Delineation Physical evidence of wildlife use in Wetland I was limited possibly because of its location between I-405 and Lake Washington Boulevard or because there is a Washington State Department of Transportation (WSDOT) right-of-way fence bordering the wetland to the east. Also, the wetland is dominated by Japanese knotweed, which has created a monoculture habitat with no herbaceous layer and limited species diversity. Due to the narrow shape of the wetland, the presence of the fence and roads, and the abundance of Japanese knotweed, migration, forage, shelter, and breeding near or in these areas may be limited for many species. Soils in the wetland plot included very dark brown loam (10YR 3/1) in the top 6 inches (Appendix D). Between 6 and 12 inches, a dark gray (10YR 3/2) loam with brownish -red (2.5YR 4/6) mottles was observed in the matrix. Below 12 inches was a dark red (5YR 412) sandy loam matrix with two distinct mottles (10YR 6/9 and 2.5y 4/2). Soil pits in the upland plot were dark brown silty loam (10YR 3/3) to 8 inches. From 8 to 18 inches, the same matrix (10YR 3/3) was present with strong brown (75YR 5/8) mottles. Wetland 1 is a narrow ditch -like wetland that primarily receives stormwater runoff from the adjacent roads and direct precipitation. The western edge of the wetland appears to undergo seasonal mowing or cutting to maintain the roadway and clearance for overhead powerlines. A WSDOT fence bisects the southeastem edge of the wetland so the full extent of the wetland is unknown, but it appears that the only a small portion remained undelineated. Two sample plots were established as part of Wetland 1: SPIWet and SP1Up (Appendices A, C, and D). The wetland plot contained indicators of hydrophytic vegetation, soils, and hydrology. The upland sample plot lacked indicators of wetland vegetation, soils, and hydrology. 3.2.10 Wettand J The full size of Wetland J is undetermined but may be approximately 0.05 acre (Figure 7; Appendix A). The wetland is a slope and depressional wetland located on the eastern edge of the portion of the study area on the east side of Lake Washington Boulevard. Only a small portion of the wetland extends onto the parcel, with the majority of the wetland extending Wetland and Ordinary High Water Mark Delineation Report Navember2009 Quendall Terminals 26 0"59-01 Wetland Delineation off the parcel into the WSDOT I-405 right-of-way. Like many of the other features described in this report, Wetland J was partially constructed and manipulated to convey stormwater from a WSDOT stormwater pond to another waterbody (Gypsy Creek). Wetland J is positioned in the landscape running north to south along the parcel boundary. The wetland contains PSS and PEM habitats (Figure 2, Photograph 14 in Appendix F). Wetland vegetation is dominated by red alder, reed canarygrass, and Himalayan blackberry. _ Dominant wetland buffer vegetation includes Himalayan blackberry. Physical evidence of wildlife use in Wetland J was limited possibly because its proximity to I-405, Lake Washington Boulevard, and a WSDOT right-of-way fence bordering the wetland on most of its eastern boundary. Like Wetland 1, Wetland J is dominated by two invasive plant species, Himalayan blackberry and reed canarygrass, which have created a monoculture habitat with no native herbaceous layer and no possibility for tree saplings to grow. Because of the proximity of the fence and roads, as well as dense invasive plants, migration, forage, shelter, and breeding near or in these areas may be limited. Soils in the wetland plot have a dense 3-inch-thick layer of root mat from reed canarygrass. - Below the root mat to 18 inches is a verydark silty loam 10YR 3/1 . The upland it ty ( } p so plot was similarly consistent with a dark brownish -red (10YR 4/2) silty loam. Wetland J has both slope and depressional characteristics throughout. The wetland _ primarily receives stormwater runoff from the WSDOT right-of-way. Approximately 50 feet to the north of the delineated portion of the wetland is Gypsy Creek. Because of recent stream improvements and culverts on Gypsy Creek, Wetland J does not appear to receive any flood waters from Gypsy Creek. Two sample plots were established as part of Wetland J: SP1Wet and SP1Up (Appendices A, C, and D). The wetland plot contained indicators of hydrophytic vegetation and wetland hydrology. The upland sample plot lacked indicators of wetland vegetation and hydrology. CI Wedand and Ordinary High WaterMark Delineation Report November2009 QuendaU Terminals 27 0"59-01 Wedand Dehneation 3.3 Regulatory Framework Guidance from USFWS, Ecology, and the City was used to determine the wetland classifications. Information and excerpts from the specific guidance language are provided below.' 3.3.1 USFWS Classification The wetlands identified in the study area have been classified using the system developed by Cowardin et al. (1979) for use in the NWI. Table 3 lists the USFWS classifications for the wetlands and their connections to surface waters. Table 3 USFWS Wetland Classifications and Connections to Surface Water Wetland USFWS Classification Connection to Surface Water A LFO, LSS, & LEM Associated with Lake Washington B PSS, POW, PEM, and PFO Not associated to surface water C PSS & POW Not associated to surface water D LFO, LSS, & LEM Associated with Lake Washington E PSS & PFO Not associated to surface water F LSS & LEM Associated with Lake Washington G PSS & POW Not associated to surface water H PFO, PSS, & PEM Associated with Lake Washington I PSS Not associated to surface water J PSS & PEM Flows to adjacent stream Notes: PFO — Palustrine forested LFO — Lacustrine forested PSS — Palustrine scrub -shrub LSS — Lacustrine scrub -shrub PEM — Palustrine emergent LEM — Lacustrine emergent POW — Palustrine open water 3.3.2 Ecology Rating, Classification, and Functions and Values Scores The wetlands identified in the study area have been rated using Ecology's Washington State Wetland Rating System — Western Washington: Revised (Ecology 2004) and Wetland Rating Form — Western Washington: Revised (Ecology 2006). As part of the rating process, an examination of the sail is required for depressional wetlands to determine if "2 inches below the surface (or duff layer) is clay or organic." Although soil plots were not collected in all Wetland and Ordinary High Water Mark Delineation Report November2009 Quenddll Terminals 28 OW09--01 Wetland Delineation upland depressional wetlands (constructed stormwater features) due to the presence of contamination, observations from other soil plots throughout the site and soil series maps suggest no soils were clay or organic. Table 4 lists the wetland ratings and classifications. Water quality, hydrologic, and habitat functional values are shown in Table 5. A summary of the wetland rating scores and the Ecology Wetland Rating forms are included in Appendix E. Table 4 Summary of Wetland Classes and Rating Scores Using Ecology Wetlands Rating System Wetland Area (acres) Hydrogeomorphic Classification State Rating (Ecology) Wetland A 0.08 Slope/Lake Fringe III Wetland B 0.14 Depressional III Wetland C 0.03 Depressional IV Wetland D 0.38 Slope/Lake Fringe II Wetland E 0.11 Depressional Ili Wetland F 0.01 Slope/Lake Fringe III Wetland G 0.05 Depressional III Wetland H 0.01 Slope IV Wetland 1 0.05 Depressional III Wetland J 0.05* Depressional/Slope III (Vote: *Full extent of Wetland J is undetermined due to right-of-way crossing. Wetland and Ordinary High WaterMark Delineation Report November2009 Quen&dl Terminals 29 06M59-01 Wetland Delineation Table S Summary of Functions and Values Wetland Rating Scores Water Quality Water Hydrologic Hydrologic Habitat Habitat Functions Quality Functions Functions Functions Functions Total Potential Opportunity Potential Opportunity Potential Opportunity Functions Wetland Score [Yes/No) Score (Yes/No) Score Score Score' Total No =1 No =1 Maximum 16 16 18 18 72 Score Yes = 2 Yes = 2 A 6 2 4 2 9 11 40 B 2 2 12 2 6 8 42 C 2 2 8 2 0 6 26 D 9 2 6 2 12 12 54 E 7 2 12 2 7 5 50 F 6 2 4 2 6 9 35 G 9 2 8 2 4 7 45 H 3 2 3 2 7 6 25 1 9 2 8 2 3 6 43 J 7 2 5 2 8 6 38 Note: 1— Calculated as (Water Quality Functions Potential Score times Water Quality Opportunity Score) plus (Hydrologic Functions Potential Score times Hydrologic Functions Opportunity Score) plus Habitat Functions Potential Score plus Habitat Functions Opportunity Score 3 Wetland and Ordinary High Water Mark Delineation Report November2009 Quendall Terminals 30 060059-01 Wetland Delineation 3.3.3 City of ,Renton Wetland Classification Guidance Wetlands were also rated according to City wetland rating criteria in the RMC (City of Renton 2009). The City classifies wetlands into three categories (Category 1, Category 2, and Category 3) based on the City critical areas regulations. Appropriate wetland buffers have been identified according to the current RMC (City of - Renton 2009). City ratings and buffer widths are provided in Table 6. Table 6 City of Renton Wetland Ratings and Standard Buffer Distance Study Area Wetlands Sire (acres) State Rating (Ecology) Local Rating (City of Renton) Buffer Width (feet) Wetland A 0.08 Ill 2 50 feet Wetland B 0.14 III 1 100 feet Wetland C 0.03 IV 3 25 feet Wetland D 0.38 Il 2 50 feet Wetland E 0.11 Ill 1 100 feet Wetland F 0.01 ill 2 50 feet Wetland G 0.05 111 3 25 feet - Wetland H 0.01 IV 3 25 feet Wetland I OAS III 3 25 feet Wetland J 0.052 III 3 25 feet Total 0.89 Notes: 1— Wetland G is exempt from City of Renton critical area requirements based on the criteria in RMC 4-3-050 C5(f), as discussed in Section 3.5. 2 — Full extent of Wetland J is undetermined due to right-of-way crossing. 3.4 Wetland Functions and Values Summary In general, wetlands in the study area provide many functions including water quality improvements, floodwater storage, groundwater recharge, and wildlife habitat. The wetlands in the study area can be divided into two categories: wetlands that are constructed stormwater features and wetlands that are naturally occurring. The constructed stormwater features generally display a higher opportunity to provide hydrologic function than naturally occurring wetlands, given their storage capacities to control flow during large storm events. Wetland and OrdinaryHigh WarerMark Dehneadon Rep= Novemher2009 Quendall Terminals 31 060059-01 Wetland Delineation However, the constructed stormwater features also display generally low to moderate opportunity and potential to provide habitat value and opportunity to provide water quality value. The naturally occurring wetlands on the main parcel (Wetlands A, D, and F) are all slope and lake -fringe wetlands and provide moderate potential and opportunity to provide — habitat function; however, given the nature of lake -fringe wetlands, they provide only low to moderate potential to provide water quality and hydrologic functions. The functional values of wetlands in the study area were rated according to the most current version of the Ecology Washington State Wetlands Rating System — Western Washington: Revised (Ecology 2004). Based on the rating scores, the overall functions of each of the three wetland rating categories of water quality, hydrologic, and wildlife habitat are rated as low (less than 34 percent of the maximum possible score), moderate (34 percent to 57 percent of . the maximum possible score), or high (greater than 58 percent of the maximum possible score). Overall, the majority of wetlands in the study area have low to moderate water quality, hydrologic, and wildlife habitat function scores. Few of the wetlands have high hydrologic function scores and none of the wetlands have high water quality or habitat function scores. Of the ten wetlands in the study area, six were identified as depressional wetlands, three were identified as lake fringe wetlands, and one was identified as a slope wetland. Ecology wetland rating forms are provided in Appendix E. A summary of the — wetland classes and functions and values rating scores is provided in Table 5. Wetland acreage also affects function. No wetland in the study area is larger than 1 acre. Because large wetlands have more capacity for capturing stormwater flows, improving water quality, and providing a variety of habitats for wildlife, they are more likely to provide beneficial functions than smaller wetlands. Water quality, hydrologic, and habitat functional values for wetlands in the study area are described below. For each function ^ category, the wetlands' opportunity to provide that function is described first and the wetlands' potential to provide that function is described thereafter. Wetland buffers are areas of land surrounding a wetland boundary that protect wetlands from the effects of adjacent land use. Buffers help wetlands function by filtering storm runoff from surrounding developments, trapping sediment, absorbing nutrients, attenuating high flows, and providing wildlife habitat. Buffers also physically separate wetlands from developed areas in order to lessen noise, light, chemical pollution, and other associated 71 Wetland and Ordinary High Water Mark DeAneation Report November2009 QuendaM Terminals 32 060059-01 1 Wetland Delineation human -related disturbances. Most of the wetlands in the study area are adjacent to some disturbed habitat, roadway, or compacted dirt roads. With the exception of the three lake - fringe wetlands in the study area, wetland buffer habitat is generally of low quality and typically includes compacted dirt and roads, and is nearly devoid of vegetation. The buffers associated with each wetland, per local codes, are detailed in Table 6. 3.4.1 Water Quality Functions All of the wetlands in the study area provide opportunities to improve water quality, to varying degrees, primarily because their location in an urban environment allows the opportunity for water quality improvement. Three of the ten wetlands in the study, area have a low potential (less than 34 percent of the maximum possible score) to improve water quality. This low score was observed in three of the five constructed stormwater features, Y which have characteristics of intermittent flowing or highly constricted surface outlets, and contain permanently ponded water, precluding cyclic changes between oxic and anoxic conditions. The remaining seven wetlands have moderate potential (34 to 67 percent of the maximum possible score) to improve water quality. None of the wetlands has a high potential to improve water quality (greater than 68 percent of the maximum possible score). Additionally, the moderate score is also due to the nature of lake -fringe wetlands (Wetlands A, D, F), which have a maximum score of only 12 for water quality function instead of the maximum of 16 that other wetland types have. This is because lake -fringe wetlands typically do not improve water quality to the same extent that riverine or depressional wetlands do, because of lower denitrification rates, and because of the fact that any pollutants taken up in plant material will be more easily released into the water column when the plants die off - (Ecology 2006). Wetlands with moderate or high scores typically have characteristics such as organic soils, a high proportion of wetland area with seasonal ponding, or dense vegetation to restrict flow through the wetland. _ 3.4.2 Hydrologic Functions All of the wetlands in the study area provide opportunities to reduce flooding and erosion to _ varying degrees. Four of the ten wetlands in the study area have a low potential (less than 34 percent of the maximum possible score) to reduce flooding and erosion. The low scores for potential hydrologic functions are due to a lack of natural surface water outlets, ponding features, and the types of vegetation necessary to reduce surface flows. Four of the wetlands Wetland and Or&narpHigh Water Mark Dehneatron Report NovemberM9 Quendall Terminals 33 0"59-01 Wetland Delineation have moderate potential (34 percent to 67 percent of the maximum possible score) to improve hydrologic functions. - The remaining two wetlands, Wetlands C and E, have high potential to improve hydrologic functions (greater than 68 percent of the maximum possible score). Wetlands with moderate or high scores typically have characteristics.such as a highly constricted outlets or significant water storage depths during wet periods. 3.4.3 Habitat Functions Habitat function of the study area wetlands is further defined by their Cowardin classifications (forested, scrub -shrub, emergent, and aquatic bed). Two wetlands are classified as scrub -shrub and open water system; one wetland includes scrub -shrub and _ forested systems; two wetlands include scrub -shrub and emergent systems; three wetlands include forested, scrub -shrub, and emergent systems (see Table 2); and three wetlands include forested, scrub -shrub, emergent, and open water systems (see Table 3). Wetlands with mixed classifications are generally of higher value than wetlands with a single classification. Three of the ten wetlands have a low opportunity (less than 34 percent of the maximum possible score) to provide habitat for many species. The low score for habitat opportunity is due to the characteristics of the wetland buffers and the overall lack of quality habitat conditions near or adjacent to the wetlands. The remaining seven wetlands have a moderate score (34 to 67 percent of the maximum possible score), and none of the wetlands has a high score (greater than 68 percent of the maximum possible score). Wetlands with moderate or high scores typically have characteristics such as a several Cowardin vegetation classes, several hydroperiods, high habitat interspersion, or the presence of special habitat features. Six of the ten wetlands have a low potential (less than 34 percent of the maximum possible score) to provide habitat for many species. The low score for habitat functions is due to the general lack of vegetative structure, hydroperiods, plant richness, habitat diversity, and special habitat features, especially characteristic of Wetland C, which received a score of 0. The remaining four wetlands have a moderate potential score (34 to 67 percent of the maximum possible score). Wedwd and Or&nazyHigh Water Mark Delineation Report November2009 QueudaR Terninab 34 060059-01 i Wedand Delineation 3.5 Enempt Wetlands Wetland G is exempt from any activity affecting these wetlands, as described in RMC 4-3- 050 C5(f). It is a hydrologically isolated Category 3 wetland smaller than 2,200 sf. Standing water does not appear to be present in sufficient amounts to support breeding amphibians (i.e., less than approximately 12 inches in water depth from approximately December through May). No species are listed by federal or state government agencies as endangered _ or threatened, and the presence of essential habitat for those species is not present. Any impacts to Wetland G for cleanup activities will be mitigated for hydrologic and water quality functions. As shown in Table 5, hydrologic and water quality function is provided at a moderate level for Wetland G. Although Wetlands C, F, and H are smaller than 2,200 sf, they do not meet the exemption criteria in RMC. Wetlands F and H are not hydrologically isolated due to their proximity to - Lake Washington. Wetland C has sufficient water depths in the winter to potentially provide amphibian breeding habitat, but the presence of contamination in Wetland C limits the habitat quality. However, Wetland C was constructed for stormwater treatment in 2006, as described in Section 3.6.1, and is not expected to be regulated by the City of Renton. 3.6 Constructed Stormwater features Five wetlands in the study area were apparently constructed as part of historic site activities in an attempt to control stormwater on the site during large storm events, and to avoid disruption to the log storage operation that has since been abandoned. Based on recent aerial photographs (Appendix H), site history, and other references, Wetlands B, C, G, and H were constructed to manage stormwater or control spills associated with site activities. Historic construction of each of these features influences the regulatory status as determined by the City and EPA. Wetland E is thought to have developed from changes to recent stormwater drainage on the site based on the fact that it did not qualify as a wetland during the 1997 David Evans and Associates wetland delineation conducted on the site (Appendix G). - 3.6.1 Excavated Features from the 1970s Wetland B was excavated in the early 1970s as a retention pond to control tar from flowing - into the lake (King County Metro 1972). It is thought that Wetland G was also excavated at - Wetland and OndiaaryHrgh Water Mark Delineation Report November2009 QuendaR Terminals 35 060059-01 Wedand Delineation the same time as part of construction of berms to direct tar on the site into Wetland B (Aspect 2009). Wetland B continues to provide stormwater retention for the Site. 3.6.2 Best Management Practices Implementation — 2006 Work was conducted in January 2006 to implement best management practices to control silt and wood debris from flowing into Lake Washington. Work was conducted in the ditch along the southern property boundary (Wetland H) and in the area of Wetlands B and C. The work was conducted as recommended by Ecology to control potential sources of contamination from entering Lake Washington (Phoinix 2006). The entirety of Wetland C was constructed in January 2006 to prevent stormwater from flowing into Lake Washington (Phoinix 2006). An earthen berm was also constructed along the southern portion of Wetland C. Check dams were installed to control turbid water and floating debris. Wetland C was constructed in an upland area that did not contain wetland indicators, based on the fact that Wetland C was not identified during a wetland delineation conducted by David Evans and Associates in 1997 (Appendix G). Work was also completed on Wetland B to improve stormwater flow conditions in 2006. Along the north side of Wetland B, an outfall was excavated to create a stable outlet for stormwater into Lake Washington (Phoinix 2006). Wetland H was excavated in January 2006 as part of best management practices to clean out the ditch along the southern portion of the site. Four rock check dams were placed in the cleared ditch at approximately 25-foot intervals to allow for sediment and wood debris control. Although Wetland H contains wetland indicators, it is located in an area that was excavated to function as stormwater conveyance off the site and into Lake Washington. Wetland H also was not identified during the 1997 wetland delineation (Appendix G). 3.6.3 Anticipated Regulatory Status — Wetlands B, C, G, and H may not be subject to City of Renton Critical Area regulations based on the history of their construction. According to RMC 4-11-230, "wetlands do not include those artificial wetlands intentionally created for purposes other than wetland mitigation, including, but not limited to ... drainage ditches, grass -lined swales, canals, detention Wetland and Ordinary High Water Mark Delineation Report November1009 Quendall Terminals 36 060059-01 Wetland Delineation facilities, wastewater treatment facilities." Wetlands B, C, G, and H all were excavated from upland areas to manage spills or stormwater runoff. Excavation of Wetlands B and G occurred in the 1970s. Excavation and construction of Wetlands C and H occurred in 2006. At that time, nearly the entire Site was being used for log storage and associated activities, as documented in the 1990 aerial photo (Appendix H). In addition, Wetland G is exempt from City of Renton Critical Area regulations, provided that mitigation for hydrologic and water quality functions is provided for any impacts to the wetland. EPA may not choose to regulate Wetlands B, C, E, G, H, I, and J as waters of the U.S. based on their proximity to known waters of the U.S. (e.g., Lake Washington or Gypsy Creek). They may be determined to be isolated from waters of the U.S. and therefore not regulated, - pending EPA's evaluation. Although wetland jurisdictional determinations are generally conducted by the Corps, impacts to these wetlands will occur as a result of a cleanup action under Superfund and are therefore regulated by EPA. Other wetlands along the shoreline, including Wetlands A, F, and D, are expected to be regulated as waters of the U.S. because - they abut Lake Washington. 3.7 Wetland Delineation and Typing Limitations Wetland identification is an inexact science and differences of professional opinion often occur between trained individuals. Final determinations for wetland boundaries and typing concurrence or adjustment needs are the responsibility of the regulating resource agency. Wetlands are, by definition, transitional areas; their boundaries can be altered by changes in hydrology or land use. In addition, the definition of jurisdictional wetlands may change. If a physical change occurs in the basin or 5 years pass before the proposed project is undertaken, another wetland survey should be conducted. The results and conclusions expressed herein represent Anchor QEA's professional judgment based on the information available. No other warranty, expressed or implied, is made. c Wetland and Ordinary Hrgh Water Mark Delineation Report November 200Y QueodaB Terminals 37 060059-01 Lake Washington OHWM Delineation and Lake Study 4 LAKE WASHINGTON OHWM DELINEATION AND LAKE STUDY Anchor QEA ecologists identified and delineated the OHWM of approximately 1,400 feet of Lake Washington within the study area between the neighboring parcels to the north and south. Habitat features of these two channels are described in the following sections. The result of the OHWM delineation is shown on Figure 7 and in Appendix B. 4.1 Lake Washington OHWM Delineation Methods To document the Lake Washington OHWM within the study area, Anchor QEA ecologists reviewed existing information (described in Section 1.1), performed an aerial photograph analysis, and conducted site visits on April 23 and 30, and May 6, 2009. The OHWM delineation was completed by walking the lake shoreline beginning at the south end of the study area and moving north. Photographs were also taken to document OHWM conditions (Photographs 11, 12, and 13 in Appendix F). During the site visits, the OHWM of the entire length within the study area was identified and flagged. The OHWM boundary was marked with pin flags and later surveyed by a professional surveyor. Anchor QEA ecologists identified the stream OHWM boundary consistent with Chapter 90.58 of the Revised Code of Washington (RCW) and Chapter 173-22 of the WAC. The WAC defines the OHWM as: "'Ordinary high water line' means the mark on the shores of all waters that will be found by examining the bed and banks and ascertaining where the presence and action of waters are so common and usual and so long continued in ordinary years, as to mark upon the soil or vegetation a character distinct from that of the abutting upland: Provided, that in any area where the ordinary high water line cannot be found the ordinary high water line adjoining saltwater shall be the line of mean higher high water and the ordinary high water line adjoining freshwater shall be the elevation of the mean annual flood." Wetland and Ordinary High Water Mark Delineation Report NovemherMW Queadall Terminals 38 060059-01 Lake Washington OHWM Delineation and Lake Study 4.2 Lake Washington OHWM Delineation Results Anchor QEA ecologists identified and delineated the OHWM of approximately 1,400 feet of Lake Washington within the study area between the neighboring parcels to the north and south. This included the placement of 43 pin flags installed at all meandering locations of the shoreline. Additionally, the OHWM was coincident with Wetlands A, D, and F and formed the western boundary of each of those wetlands. The OHWM is shown on Figure 7. Detailed flag locations are shown on drawings in Appendix B. Overall, the southern half of the study area contained an OHWM that was clearly defined by an armored shoreline consisting of large boulders. The northern half was not as clearly defined, with a gradual transition from the upland to the water as well as former pier structures and large floating logs along the lake's edge. This half of the property was delineated using the investigators' best professional judgment and based on parameters set forth in Chapter 90.58 of the RCW and Chapter 173-22 of the WAC (Photographs 12 through 14 in Appendix F). Water depth during the investigation adjacent to the OHWM ranged from about 4 inches to more than 3 feet deep. 4.3 Lake Study According to RMC 4-3-090, and consistent with Washington State Administrative Code (WAC 173-26-251 and RCW 90.58.030(2)(e))), Lake Washington is classified as a Shoreline of Statewide Significance, meaning "lakes, whether natural, artificial, or a combination thereof, with a surface acreage of one thousand acres or more measured at the ordinary high watermark," and thus subject to the local jurisdiction's SMA. The SMA governs the use and development of shorelines in Washington State for responsible shoreline development with environmental protection and public access. Subsequent activities along the shoreline will include remediation of hazardous substances in lake sediments and/or in the upland portions of the Site, as directed by EPA. The sediment and upland cleanup is being performed under Superfund. All substantive provisions of City _ regulatory requirements will be met by the cleanup remedy selected by EPA. Additional information on the existing lake conditions will be included in the RI. Details on each of the remedial alternatives considered will be included in the FS. Previous information on the Agih qW T Wedaad and 0hEnaryHlgh Water Mara Le-- neaddn Report Nommber2009 Quendall Terminals 39 060059-01 Lake Washington OHWM Delineation and Lake aquatic habitat conditions is included in Appendix G. A summary of known fish species present is described below. 4.3.1 Fish Species Presence During the surveys, no fish were observed along the lakeshore of the study area; however, the Salmon and Steelhead Habitat Limiting Factors Report for WR1A S identifies five salmonid species that use Lake Washington, and could reasonably be expected to occur along the property: sockeye, coho, Chinook, coastal cutthroat, and rainbow/steelhead trout (Kerwin 2001). Anadromous forms of each of these species are present, so individuals are present in the lake both as adults during migrations to spawning grounds and as juveniles. Sockeye are known to spawn along some beaches of the lake while there are unconfirmed reports of Chinook spawning in littoral areas of the lake. Nan-anadromous forms of winter steelhead (rainbow trout), sockeye (kokanee), and cutthroat also occur in the lake. Resident rainbow trout spend their entire life in Lake Washington. Non-anadromous coastal cutthroat trout also occur in Lake Washington and are much more abundant than the anadromous form (Nowak 2000). Other non-anadromous species expected to occur near the study area include: longfin smelt (Spitinchus thaleichthys), sticklebacks (Gasterosteus spp.), and dace (Leuciscus spp.). Non- native freshwater species known to occur in Lake Washington, and likely found near the study area include: black crappie (Pornoxis nrgromaculstus), bluegill (Lepomis macrocheilus), common carp (Cyprinus carpio), largemouth bass (Micropterus salmoides), pumpkinseed sunfish (Lepon isgihhosus), smallmouth bass (Micropterus dolorniezu), tench (Tinca tinca), and yellow perch (Percy Bavescens). Wetland and Or&naryHigh Water Mark Delineation Report NovemberM9 Qxendall Terminals 40 060059-01 Shoreline Restoration Plan 5 SHORELINE RESTORATION PLAN 5.1 Introduction and Purpose This section presents a conceptual shoreline restoration plan to create significant net ecological functional improvement to the Lake Washington shoreline, riparian buffer, and wetlands and associated buffers. Subject to EPA approval under their CERCLA authorities, the plan would offset impacts resulting from prospective Site remediation efforts (e.g., capping) related to hazardous substances as may be present in lake sediments and in the upland portions of the Site. All wetland impacts at the Site are anticipated to occur as a result of CERCLA remediation. Because the sediment and upland cleanup is being performed under CERCLA, all substantive provisions of City regulatory requirements will be met by the cleanup remedy selected by EPA. Although specific details on remedial alternatives have not yet been developed, they will be included in the FS following additional testing and discussions with EPA. Once Site remediation is completed under CERCLA, the remaining wetlands will not be impacted by the planned redevelopment. This conceptual shoreline restoration plan provides the City with information on the wetlands to be impacted as part of the cleanup and some general information on the types of mitigation that will occur, all subject to EPA approval. There are no anticipated wetland impacts from the planned redevelopment and therefore no mitigation is required as part of Site redevelopment. It is generally assumed that any cleanup decision by EPA will result in impacts to Wetlands B, C, E, F, and G, and portions of Wetlands A and D. In general, projects with wetland impacts can only occur after it can be demonstrated that impacts to wetlands cannot be avoided, that impacts have been minimized to the greatest extent possible, and finally after adequate mitigation is provided. However, the cleanup will likely be ordered by EPA to address hazardous substance contamination on the Site that will result in unavoidable wetland impacts. Based on existing information on Site contamination, Wetlands H, I, and J, and portions of Wetlands A and D are not anticipated to be impacted by remediation actions. This conceptual shoreline restoration plan is intended to update the Mitigation Analysis Memorandum completed for the Quendall and Baxter properties in 2000 (AESI 2000). That memorandum was prepared to address cleanup related impacts to wetlands and the lake - ( C Wetland and 4r&naryH5gh WaterMark Delineadon Report November 2009 Quendall Terminals 41 060059-01 Shoreline Restoration Plan shoreline when investigation and cleanup of the site were being conducted under Washington's Model Taxies Control Act (MICA). That document was prepared for the City of Renton and Vulcan Northwest, and was developed with input from WDFW, Ecology, WDNR, the Corps, and the Muckleshoot Indian Tribe, among others. Mitigation as a result -, of cleanup and development activities -was completed on the Baxter site (located immediately north of the Quendall site) in 2007 according to the requirements -in the Mitigation Analysis Memorandum. 5.2 Goals and Objectives The conceptual shoreline restoration plan would provide significant ecological functional gains for the Lake Washington shoreline including wetlands, buffers, and lake riparian areas. The conceptual plan would provide compensation necessary to mitigate impacts resulting from the prospective cleanup action (to be selected by EPA). Following cleanup, it is anticipated that the property would be redeveloped. A conceptual development plan is presented in Figure 8 to show how wetland creation/restoration ratios and buffer widths could potentially be applied to the site, subject to EPA's cleanup decisions. EPA has also included the resource agencies in its process and those agencies may be involved in future mitigation discussions, including changes to Site shoreline areas to further improve ecological functions (see Figure 8). Subject to EPA approval, impacts to wetlands will likely be mitigated at a 1.5:1 replacement ratio to offset functional losses resulting from Site remediation. This ratio is consistent with the Mitigation Analysis Memorandum (AESI 2000). Because Wetland G is exempt from critical area regulations, it will likely be mitigated at a 1:1 ratio. If additional impacted wetlands are not regulated by the City and EPA (as discussed in Section 3.b), the total wetland restoration area may be smaller than what is presented in Figure 8. The conceptual shoreline restoration plan could also improve habitat for aquatic species within Lake Washington such as migrating juvenile salmon. Subject to. EPA approval, shoreline habitat and complexity could be restored with appropriate habitat mix gravel, large woody debris, and overhanging vegetation. The large woody debris could be collected and stockpiled during remediation activities and reused along the shoreline to the extent practicable. Wetland and Ordinary High Water Mark LWineation Report November2009 Quendall Terminals 42 060059-01 Shoreline Restoration Plan The conceptual shoreline restoration plan depicted in Figure 8 includes a 100-foot average width riparian buffer from the lake OHWM. This buffer is consistent with the Mitigation Analysis Memorandum (AES12000). The proposed riparian area could also provide a buffer for existing wetlands, and prospective wetland expansions in addition to providing a shoreline buffer. The new development adjacent to the shoreline following cleanup could provide a 100-foot average setback. The setback may fluctuate in width, depending on the proposed development plan. This setback is significantly greater than the 50-foot minimum setback required by the City of Renton Shoreline Master Program (RMC 4-3-090). 5.3 Elements of the Plan 5.3.1 Riparian Buffer Hobitat - Subject to EPA approval, the 100-foot average width riparian buffer would revegetate the area adjacent to Lake Washington (see Figure 8). The revegetation would focus on species _ 'diversity, species density allowing for varied light penetration, and the creation of different successional stages along the lake. A preliminary plant list for riparian buffer enhancement _ is presented in Table 7. Willow and water -tolerant shrub vegetation along the shoreline would provide shade for aquatic species. Deciduous -dominated forests would include open areas where sunlight can penetrate to the forest floor. Coniferous -dominated forests would provide important habitat for upland species. - Long-term function of riparian areas would provide detritus inputs, insect drop, and woody debris inputs for aquatic species to support prey resources and provide cover for juvenile salmon. In addition, woody debris and substrate enhancement of the shoreline would support these aquatic ecological functions in the short term. Wetland and Or&naryHtgh WaterMark Delineation Report Novemher7OO9 Quendall Terminals 43 060059-01 Shoreline Restoration Plan Table 7 Riparian Buffer Plant List Common Name Scientific Name Groundcovers Lady Fern Athyrium frliic femina Salal Gaultherla shallon Sword Fern Polystichum munitum Willows/Shrubs Vine Maple AcerCircinatum Red -osier Dogwood Cornus sericea Black Twinberry Lonicera involucrata Oregon Grape Mahonia nervosa Nootka Rose Rosa nutkana Hooker's Willow Salix hookeriana Scoulers Willow Salix scouleriana Sitka Willow Salix sitchensis Douglas Spirea Spiraea douglasii Snowberry Symphoricarpos albus Trees Big Leaf Maple Acer macrophyllum Pacific Dogwood Corn us nuttalli Red Alder Alnus rubro Hazelnut Corylus cornuto Oregon Ash Froxinus latifolio Sitka Spruce Picea sitchensis Douglas Fir Psuedotsuga menziesil Black Cottonwood Populus tremuloldes Western Crabapple Pyrus fusca Western Hemlock Tsuga heterophylla 5.3.2 Wetland Restoration Subject to EPA approval, it is anticipated that wetland creation/restoration along the Lake Washington shoreline would expand existing Wetlands A, D, and J (see Figure 8). Impacts to existing lakeshore wetlands from cleanup activities (Wetlands A, D, and F) could be mitigated along the lakeshore, adjacent to Wetlands A and D. Impacts to existing wetlands WetLwd and Or&naryHrgh WaterMarkDehneation Report NOvember2OO9 Quendall Ternzinals 44 06OO59-01 Shoreline Restoration Plan that are not connected to the lakeshore (Wetlands B, C, E, and G) could be mitigated adjacent to Wetland J. In all areas, the creation/restoration would diversify the existing range -of wetland habitat and will include emergent, scrub -shrub, and forested habitat areas. This includes restoration adjacent to Wetlands A and D for impacts to LFO, LSS, and LEM components of lakeshore Wetlands A, D, and F. In addition, the prospective wetland creation/restoration area adjacent to Wetland A could include a low Swale (see Figure 8). This swale would connect to Lake Washington and diversify the marsh habitat by adding open water and emergent habitat. The creation of this swale could also offset impacts to POW habitats in Wetlands B and C. The Swale could be designed to encourage seasonal use by juvenile salmonids with the placement of large woody debris (LAID). LWD provides habitat complexity and areas for cover for juvenile salmonids. Water quality and hydrologic functional improvements would also result from improved stormwater retention and capability to trap sediments through wetland, riparian, and associated buffer replanting. A preliminary plant list for wetland creation/restoration is presented in Table 8. Restoration adjacent to Wetland J would offset impacts'to PSS, PEM, and PFO components � of Wetlands B, C, E, and G. POW habitat would be replaced as part of restoration adjacent to Wetland A. The restoration/creation would replace current wetland areas with a wider range of wetland function and value. New wetland areas adjacent to Wetland J would provide an improvement to habitat quality and overall function from that provided by existing wetlands, which are compromised by the presence of soil and water contamination. Habitat function would also benefit from improved structure and diversity. Wetlands B, C, E, and G currently provide a moderate level of water quality and hydrologic function through stormwater retention. These wetlands currently have a higher opportunity to provide these functions due to the presence of contaminated stormwater on the site. Water quality and hydrologic functions provided by existing Wetlands B, C, E, and G would be - replaced with improved on -site stormwater control and treatment as well as an increased ability to trap sediments as part of riparian and shoreline wetland buffer improvements. Wetland and Or&naryHigh WaterMark Delineation Report November7009 Qaeadall Terminals 45 O&V59-01 Shoreline Restoration Plan Table 8 Wetland Plant List Common Name Scientific Name Emergents Slough Sedge Carex obnupta Hardstem Bulrush Scirpus acutus Small -fruited Bulrush Scirpus mlcrocarpus Willows/Shrubs Red -osier Dogwood Cornus sericea Black Hawthorne Crataegus douglasii Black Twinberry Lonicera involucrate Pacific Ninebark Physocarpus capitatus Hooker's Willow Salix hookeriona Pacific Willow Salix lasiandra Scouler's Willow Salixscouleriana Douglas Splrea Spiraeo douglasii Trees Red Alder Alnus rubs Sitka Spruce Picea sltchensis Wetland and Ordinary High Water Mark Delineation Report Quendall Terminals 46 November1009 O&V59-01 r' .r iE � ; ` s� 1 !i •�• tf ~ Il ' � i � t I � (r �FJj _ r� Seattle r _�• s } i WASHINGTON� stand!Ctest ' ` �� d ti Not to Scale � ��� �J '�Pp�kr lr �, ti • .i1 ,�� r � ff � + � r � ~4 �" tl'.� �' '+ '• ^ f 1 .1 .� JI ( � r ._ may,. � I I: r �' i •� • ' ,PiDN��ic.'tit ' �.� ,+ f � ,. I ,,, I ,`i ,� � !" � •-'.; � � ',,"'`�' r Project Location / , ;c, �� ���y •, .:; s,r ; ,'. Parr' "rr ToYee ti.i "� .ir •1.li+�I. . I • i o p �, _ 11! •�' E .� 4 `. 'i .''�r_ Y/ nn s ' '� �r7�.r• • i ��" � � � C7 D�� . �� � y' '1 r�!• fit, `_r "c.*, ' .,yr, L i ice,. j f ,• ""� 17S ti '!/ �'~.✓ 11 ' fj Lr� 1 r J ii, + itT SOURCE: Base map prepared from Terrain 0 2000 ` Navigator Pro USGS 7.5 minute quadrangle 1 map of Bellevue South, Washington. — Scale In Feet -9 Figure 1 ANCHOR DRAFT Vincinity Map Part Quendall Terminal Natural Resource and Habitat Assessment Report References Munsell. 1994. Munsell Soil Color Charts. Kollmorgen Corporation, Baltimore, Maryland. Nowak, G.M. 2000. Movement patterns and feeding ecology of cutthroat trout (Oncorhynchus clarki clarki) in Lake Washington. M.S. Thesis, University of Washington, Seattle. Phoinix. 2006. Memorandum to Mr. John J. Tortorelli, Western Wood Lumber Company, regarding Best Management Practices (BMP) Implementation Project.�January 19. _ Reed, P.B., Jr. 1988. National List of Plant Species that Occur in Wetlands: 1988 National Summary. U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service. Biological Report 88 (26.9). Reed, P., Jr. 1993. Supplement to List of Plant Species that Occur in Wetlands: Northwest (Region 9). U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service. Supplement to Biological Report 88 (26.9). r — U.S. Army Corps of Engineers (Corps). 2008. Interim Regional Supplement to the Corps of Engineers Wetland Delineation Manual: Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast Region, ed J.S. Wakeley, R.W. Lichvar, and C.V. Noble. ERDC/EL TR-08-13. - Vicksburg, MS: U.S. Army Engineer Research and Development Center. U.S. Department of Agriculture (USDA). 1973. Soil Survey of King County, Washington. USDA Soil Conservation Service (SCS). USDA. 2001. Hydric Soil List for King County, Washington. USDA Soil Conservation Service. Accessed online at http://www.wa.arcs.usda.gov/technicaVsoils/county-,hydric_hm.html on May 8, 2009. USDA. 2009. Natural Resource Conservation Service (NRCS) Web Soil Survey. Accessed online at http://soils.usda.gov/use/hydric/lists/state.html on June 11, 2009. Wetland and Ordinary High Waxer Mark Delineation Report November20D9 QuendaR Terminals 48 060059-01 E References is + -� � ti ' � �• :;�; i i . Jj .t stars3!!C' ,.....f.mow.. c ''` _ ` k�� i'L...•i !.� -fig ++1' . ... .�, f JFIDN p ' it ' �`=. \',,�,yr' } ,. { ��` ti f � , • ;+'� ,s' �''; '' ` , ' -.,r` 1. � tation 110 DI, Project Location LL 3 E Jr.• .i E '� 1' ? rQ eaa D i r • « 1. , " rt f •* 'Q� J Lt�` ..if •�\ ,1 '" i T + �' '� • , �•[• ,,1 }�" .� v � \� � s `r l ' (�`� f1+ ! .I +1 ,�!'""". _.yam , I ! �. `,:,'r �' �'' '1 �1� 5 '�I�r 1 �� .s,1` 1 � 1l r . J ., �` � � •, � � -�. !� ' �. ' �y ,.rj � , r.i T/,�-+`` �►..- +�: �,+; r��,`�" ,i ,L 1N ,� 4• S k � � f`�� ` tiL % f � l' r — f • SS , a� . ��-7 � �� � • \ V } x �. . ' SOURCE: Base map prepared from Terrain 0 2t)t10 navigator Pro USGS 7.5 minute quadrangle map of Bellevue South, Washington. Scale in Feet Figure 1 ANCHOR DRAFT Vincinity Map At -... Port Quendall Terminal Natural Resource and Habitat Assessment Report it .x .� k '�•�� ; . k.' �..•' ���i 1 Seattle WASHING7ON I� 1 rA I t stand Ciest Y 'i 'Y / "• Not to Scale _ ? '� .. . , .• _ �:. ' - I i I ;r,. '/ : r `yf� .a � 1. t �, ' � i i� � i r'�- .• : _ � `'. � i } �rf � 1 � ' l � � !!' ' ' r, -.rya .,E 'y ii ,PiOnjE&'� f. •'i,�*'�.�1� � � �r�� �� '`. ` .� ,�,�'.�:�-�' r r-,,,t . 1 cacfon f , l _ .rJ• d CD c� u � f •• 'r� �� 11Htaal�eo7 ' Project Location f ;c, :r, ~ r` mathi Ar <. ► . Aaw ." • { .+Y�, ✓ �. fJ s7 tit i ` t ''f�»..r. r Alf 4JY ` r r ,.i T J� 1 `j,} :' r '•V`,y k ,. �;r .�i P&it} { T t�� � 1f1 r, �,. f� J ✓'.' J� ♦ ! i4�e1'��r�J 1`•`��� I 'e `y� �` �•�.• •\fir• ♦ �� �` "n � .�( I�r r � / ` "� mr1� tli �y,l' -• s, `\ ,' �: •,�•> •gf1 f . Novi i 1 4 i . t i 1 V. _ {� .� L' l t ?_d . y{i� . �t 1 \ `� 1 .a - •V j ' •" ` • ..1• •.+ • + s. li'' _ •i, •>< . u1�" ;ea, r • ,�'•"� I', �1 /5 ' ,�%f •, T S t " •rl.� r ' {� 1 •Y. _ ' • 0 • r ,, ` �' _ ��, • _ r �/���{� I •�; �i �� ��'\ �f, �' � ,', 1i.•�� : �,' ; .�!'I" Ili lie Ap - 4 a 'r" � � � � � � ( - � � �� r .,x Y •E'j�::.... f r,�% ;�v�'jn1 � y� • r+. n � � r f.I f a �! f� it r h� ♦! .• 1 r..•.• • �. r SOURCE., Base map prepared from Terrain 0 v l/ 2000 Navigator Pro USGS 7.5 minute quadrangle M t map of Bellevue South, Washington. Scale In Feet _. Figure 1 ANCHOR DRAFT Vincinity Map ��� a_.a..a..� Port Quendall Terminal _ Natural Resource and Habitat Assessment Report Seattle WASHiNGTON° rA stantlG Gast Not to Scale • ✓ �tkt - � ti r { � � 1 , titi i. r SIp zt S�l t ' tn Project Location !'; ` ,sdEr , i - _�. 'r..' n �',� r �,_, •, `•�,�;' �f• �, _ ! �': `���':-�•=:�:�1., ,: Pam'., .� -- OOl ° �'�� �7, �"�'`iff ✓{� Y' 4 E 2' f1 �f S �,,,�._., :�1'�:hr 1 `1 ,rj..�t'• ,,'�r�•t t' t � : / .. s+.� i ..,4.y ' � ... r., .1 '�"'•`.i"' � • : �f 1 i ,' r N- ` a,r. , CD 7y %I/ 4 jj L'• a1 Va.� ''•.. �. .N.; v` r ` !•t r• ' 3 :r'1+ �• 1 ,•'/IJ•y • w+�yS<, N'.Y iv M ` SOURCE: Base map prepared from Terrain 0 2000 9 v Navigator Pro USGS 7.5 minute quadrangle map of Bellevue South, Washington. Scale In Feet Figure 1 ANCHOR DRAFT Vincinity Map Port Quendall Terminal QEA _ Natural Resource and Habitat Assessment Report t ,J '•s / 'r 41 F Yf J 1, , x wool IS 01, 4 z "' *4 - •' rr It r �. CP IN �1 �W� �.r �• - io�v.} _ _ 'T � mil • *� _ . -�'Y' � .. • `'f r�j. _ die ` 3' L � � r+.'_�� � � "-fir• � u- " .� , O ����_y�•� Y^ t s� F ' � v` 7 � -ii►� � € �-j; �r" r•�'-:_�h\M��r�r L� Sr �, �Y J,y�f' - 'sc < Y.. Ire�yt':t y� f f - f c �,� CM Figure 2 A���®R DRAFT Project Site and Aerial Photo Port Quendall Terminal a QEA as Natural Resource and Habitat Assessment Report M U- I 0 � . . . . . . . . . . . Property Line < r 30; O H W M j:- \V" .90 14� "z F- > r LEGEND: ZI L 11 ���/��,� W —V j�j////j,/�f�+' / o /4 IF, is _ �/� �`�� 1 0- '�30�1- IC Orldinary High Water Mark (OHWM) Property Line Figure 3 ANCHOR DRAFT Site Topography Port Quendall Terminal Natural Resource and Habitat Assessment Report l 8 0 0 N ,-- -, Property Line HORIZONTAL DATUM: Washington State Plane north, NA1383/91. VERTICAL DATUM: NAVD88 0 250 scale in Feet 1� ®�A F T Figure 4 NCHOR Soil Map Port Quendal Terminal Natural Resource and Habitat Assessment Report cu a ' o _ a c y a dco LL G a A i '•�. ` 3 0u Z v, . n a c •,� � ra a ado � 00 a, C Z Z� 0 9 3 � Q Wes= Op Oow ��\ice': - � .•'+ • Y y� � h*�D y,�y �_ -�. �. -�=�� � e +,� � .Ii c fit'`-,, 7.3 l i 6 r Y'� t h �a A M �V lit ` SAT �� � bra• "ip r ��- �'';. 11 M N 4) c Q (1)� C v ro CD CL n .-. zLL+ro_+ ro 2 'a c as a) a O N a> it SOld OmP'9L0-dli-La69009M10690090111VANgno-6900901sgoniN OOsPIPOUMLVOl60OZ'90daS ..:_ '!',+,.,-`-: :^'�'!.'�'a+' .«:«.-"'`"'�''.g►"+-'.°P'�y"_,i!^� "„�".r - �.'r`.iF f?.#i�', :: .:.:, ._.:ems: a.; ; . OM 40 Property Line 01/ �. �' .,'� .�.j� l �! ��`,'. # ,y, ; z= / i�r��i►. 100-Ft Buffer i, �� ��♦ � • � at � / � i�r .-:� `\ � , _ • �'•'.- � �. " � �' a ♦�♦ A c ; � / � 'X '�l> I^40 � r `P 2 LL Figure B ANCHOR DRAFT vegetative Cover i Port Quendall Terminal QEAtc-2�04.01 Natural Resource and Habitat Assessment Report a . 3 6Y ? f / u _ _, 47 Weiland d� It W etland 1 R 3 and S; �: X Wetla d C' n + y A - f AIL46 w 'CI WOO t IL _ Figure 7 ANCHOR DRAFT Wetland and OHWM Delineation Results %L Port Quendall Terminal _ QENatural Resource and Habitat Assessment Report m x S Is 9 9 0 z a x a d 9 �5 m 0 LEGEND: —...� EXISTING SHORELINE ORDINARY HIGH WATER MARK (OHWM) — EXISTING SHORELINE ORDINARY LOW WATER MARK (OLWM) EXISTING WETLAND TO REMAIN EXISTING WETLAND TO BE FILLED FOR REMEDIATION (TO BE PERFORMED UNDER CERCLA) PROSPECTIVE WETLAND CREATION / RESTORATION FOR CERCLA REMEDIATION SHORELINE 50-FT SETBACK (PER CITY OF RENTON SHORELINE CODE) ........ PROSPECTIVE SHORELINE SETBACK, 100-FT AVERAGE WIDTH PROSPECTIVE RIPARIAN HABITAT RESTORATION AREA, WORK TO BE PREFORMED UNDER SEPERATE AGREEMENT PROSPECTIVE WETLAND CREATION / RESTORATION BUFFER FOR CERCLA REMEDIATION HORIZONTAL DATUM: Washington State Plane North, NAD83/91. VERTICAL DATUM: NAVD88 qD 0 160 Scale in Feet IsFigure 8 ANCHOR Shoreline Restoration edall Terminal tual Port c�u IDEA �. APPENDIX A PLAN VIEW AND CROSS SECTIONS OF WETLANDS ATHROUGH H F-6B ATf —rt;.M F-Y6/ /"0 F WF-5 / WWF-3 Wetland A F o F-12 f LEGEND: A © Wetland Location �� Af Q Cross Section Location and Designation PWetland Flag Location — _ Property Line • �- • • -- - — Oridinary High Water Mark EsqD Test Plot Location (OHWM) o ao HORIZONTAL DATUM: Washington State Plane North, NAD83/91. VERTICAL DATUM: NAVD88 Scale In Feet J 1 El A Existing Surface Wetland A r aa) 25 ©20 c > 15 Al OHwM 0 40 Horizontal Distance in Feet 0 20 Scale n Feet 80 71 Figure A-1 )tANCH®R Weiland A Port Quendall Terminal Q�� Natural Resource and Habitat Assessment Report Ir LEGEND: Wetland Location Q ES Cross Section Location and Designation PWetland Flag Location 1—�— Property Line Orldinary High Water Mark ® Test Plot Location 9 (OHWM) HORIZONTAL DATUM: Washington State Plane North, NAD83/91. VERTICAL DATUM: NAVD88 0 40 Scale in Feet Ie°$ B Wetland 13 —! Existing Surface j 30 z B'', 25� 20 15 — — — _ 0KWM -- w 40 is LL+ Horizontal Distance in Feet 0 20 s Scale In Feet J_ Figure A-Z ANCHOR Wetland B Port Quendall Terminal - Natural Resource and Habitat Assessment Report (7� / s f-4L WF-5 P111 WF-2L1.�+� Weiland C WF-C L-- / WF-2R F-1 f � a LEGEND: 4 Wetland Location Q C C Q Cross Section Location and Designation PWetland Flag Location 6 �I Property Line — — — — Oridinary High Water Mark ® Test Plot Location (OHWM) � o 40 HORIZONTAL DATUM: Washington State Plane North, NA083/91. VERTICAL DATUM: NAVD88 Scale in Feet E ,� 30 N �+- S 25 c 00 o 20 a 1s w C /— Wetland C [--- Existing Surface --j C1 0 40 so Horizontal Distance in Feet 0 20 Scale in Feet Figure A-3 ANCHOR Wetland C Port Quendail Terminal MA � Natural Resource and Habitat Assessment Report LEGEND: Wetland Location PWetland Flag Location - -- -- - Oridinary High Water Mark (OHWM) ,2D Cross section location and j Designation - - Property Line ,. 4 !! O 1 � d -2 wF- Wetlnand D WF-1 t� F-18 , WF-69J ® Test Plat Location HORIZONTAL DATUM: Washington State Plane North, NAD83/91. VERTICAL DATUM: NAVD88 '/ f i 0 40 I_ 5ca e 1 n Feet D � Wetland D D G 9820 --- — OHWM 0Q15 �. i - Existing urface 80 — 120 Horia ntal Distance i 20Feet Scale In Feet Figure A-4 ANCH®R Wetland D Park Quendall Termina'- ��� Natural Resource and Habitat Assessment Report F-I vuetland E F- �WF W F-10 J W -11 WF-12 % f LEGEND: Wetland Location Q E E Q Crass Section Location and Designation P— .,d Wetland Flag Location Property Line — — �— — Oridinary High Water Mark ® Test Plot Location (OHWM) ao HORIZONTAL DATUM: Washington State Plane North, NAD83/91. VERTICAL DATUM: NAVD88 Sca e n Feet E 1- Wetland E Existing Surface Shoreline E j � 30 — - --� — 25 r m 0 20 15 5 0 40 80 120 W Horizontal Distance in Feet 4 20 Scale In Feet Figure A-5 ANCHOR Wetland E Port Quendali Terminal OEA Natural Resource and Habitat Assessment Report LEGEND: 4 Wetland Location Q Q Cross Section Location and Designation I Wetland Flag Location 4—.,— �1 Property Line — Drldinary High Water Marls ® Test Plot Location (OHWM) HORIZONTAL DATUM: Washington State Plane !North, NAD83/91. VERTICAL DATUM: NAVD88 1 Existing Surface IF ^25i -- 0 20 - 15 q, in o --� Wetland F Horizontal Distance In Feet 0 20 Scale in Feet l_ 0 40 Scale in Feet Figure A-F )ZANCH®R Wetland F Port Quendall Terminar (SEA c.a Natural Resource and Habitat Assessment Report F-1 B F- 00 W F-9 - ��W--7B � F-5_13 ' I A WF- B !� --�WF- A EWetiandG w -1 F- W F-2 � G_ ---wi=-3 I � I a LEGEND: 4 0 Wetland Location �GG Q Cross Section Location and Designation PWetland Flag Location — — •d Property Line '- • — • • — • • — Oridinary High Water Mark ® Test Plot Location $ (OHWM) 0 40 HORIZONTAL DATUM: Washington State Plane North, NAD83/91. VERTICAL DATUM: NAVD88 Scale in Feet a n Existing Surface � G � Wetland G �+ 35 c 9301 --- — - C P 4 25 obi � Uj IJ 40 Horizontal Distance in Feet 0 20 is Scale In Feet Figure A-7 ANCHOR, Wetland G Port Quendall Terminal QEA � Natural Resource and Habitat Assessment Report / • 4 0 OASOCRr MOO, wµi .--� S 0.3'5 L3. R WF-6 a LEGEND: 4 1J Wetland Location Q H Cross Section Location and Designation Wetland Flag Location I—�•— Property Line — — — Oridinary High Water Mark ® Test Plot Location (OHWM) HORIZONTAL DATUM: Washington State Plane North, NAD83/91. VERTICAL DATUM: NAVD88 H �--- Wetland H ---� w 25 00 �420E-� --- - c 9 m z 15 — — LU 0 Existing Surface Horizontal Distance in Feet 0 20 Scale In Feet 0 40 Scale In Feet H' d_ Figure A-8 )ZANCH®R Wetland H Pork Quendall Terminal- QEA a Natural Resource and Habitat Assessment Report � r _ 1f Wetland m / -4 / J WF-10 r r !� / W F-i. LEGEND: 4 © Wetland Location Q Cross Section Location and Designation PWetland Flag Location - - �l Property Line -" -- - Oridinary High Water Mark ® Test Plot Location qD (OHWM) 0 40 HORIZONTAL DATUM: Washington State Plane !North, NAD83/91, VERTICAL DATUM: NAVD88 Scale in Feet Wetland I--�-{ 3 t Property Line 0 30 •° Q 25 -- -- - - "- ---—_ Existing Surface — ---- d 0 40 80 8 0 20 5ca a in feet Figure A-9 ANCH.®R Wetland I Port Quendal# Terminal QEA Natural Resource and Habitat Assessment Report r r r r r LL LEGEND: Wetland Location �� Q Cross Section Location and Designation Wetland Flag Location — — �J Property Line Oridina ry High Water Mark ® Test Plot Location (OHWM) HORIZONTAL DATUM: Washington State Plane North, NAD83/51. VERTICAL DATUM: NAVD88 a� c 30 o a 2S oz w 0 W �- Property Line t 40 80 o zo Scale in Feet (3D t - 0 50 St8 e n Feet l Figure A-ff )ZANCH®R Wetland I Port Quendall Termina Natural Resource and Habitat Assessment Report APPENDIX B ORDINARY HIGH WATER MARK FLAG LOCATIONS I I Property Line Matchline to Figure B-2 r" r /// /OHWM• ,0HWM-19 f OHWM-1, /0 WM-17 OfIWM / �fOHWM-11 fOHWM-10 i.-� r i �OHWM-9 Pjf,,`�, '� r �`r'1 % '• (• r 25 �OHWM-7� � ' �•' ' � �. � l ! rri ,-OHWM-5P ��i 1 �� �- f. //OHWM-5P— f/ 'OH M-4-zs_ OH 2 -lWM i�� - I ,.-•�-�f �. ���Y ��.-��'�,}'•�1��i{t- LEGEND: I Shoreline Flag Location 0 Wetland Location — • • • • --• • • -- Oridinary High Water Mark (OHWM) — — Property Line / 0HWM-161''fc"-" F OHWM-15 ` v f OHWM-12 OHWM-141 f/ f�'y� ` �• HORIZONTAL DATUM: Washington State Plane North, NA083/91. VERTICAL DATUM: NAVD88 (B D 8o Scale in Feet Figure B-1 ���H®� Ordinary High Water Mark Flag Locations - South RAFT Port Quendall Terminal QEA 6, Natural Resource and Habitat Assessment Report N CJ Figure B-2 ANCHOR Ordinary High Water Mark Flag Locations - North DRAFT Port Quendall Terminal OEA Natural Resource and Habitat Assessment Report APPENDIX C SAMPLE PLOT SUMMARY DATA Appen&r C — Sample Plot Summary Data Table C-1 Plant Species Observed During the Investigation Scientific Name I Common Name I Indicator Status' Trees Alnus rubro Red alder FAC Arbutus menziesii Pacific Mardone NL Populus balsamifera Black cottonwood FAC Salix losiandra Pacific willow FACW Salix scouleriana Scouler willow FAC Shrubs Corpus sericea Red -osier dogwood FACW Cytisusscoparius Scot's broom NL Froxinus latifolia Oregon ash FACW Lonicera involucrota Black twinberry FAC Oemleria cerasiformis Indian plum FACU Rubus armenlocus Himalayan blackberry FACU Rubus parviflorus Thimbleberry FAC Rubus spectabilis Salmonberry FAC Sombucus racemosa Red elderberry FACU Spiraea douglosli Spirea FACW Ferns & Herbaceous Athyrium filix femina Lady fern FAC Carex obnupta Slough sedge OBL Convolvulus arvensis Field bindweed NL 1pilobium cillatum Purple -leaved willowherb FACW Equisetum arvense Field horsetail FAC Gollum aporine Catchweed bedstraw FACU Geranium robertionum Robert geranium NL Impatiens sp. Touch-me-not FACW Iris pseudacorus Yellow flag Iris OBL Hedera helix English ivy UPL Lemna minor Small duckweed OBL Lycopus americanus American bugleweed OBL Juncus effusus Soft rush FACW Phalaris arundinacea Reed canarygrass FACW Plontago major Common plantain FACU Polygonum cuspidatum Japanese knotweed FACU Polystichum munitum Sword fern FACU Wetland and OrdmaryHlgh WaterMank Delineation Report Seprember2009 Quendall Terminal GI 060059-01 tlppendbr C -- Sample Plot Summary Data Scientific Name Common Name Indicator Status' Ranunculus repens Creeping buttercup FACW Rumex crispus Curly dock FAC Tonacetum vulgare Common tansy NIL Taraxacum offrcionale Common dandelion FACU Trifolium repens White clover FAC Typha latifolia Common cattail OBL Notes: These categories, referred to as the "wetland indicator status" (from the wettest to driest habitats) are as follows: obligate wetland (08L) plants, facultative wetland (FACW) plants, facultative (FAC) plants, facultative upland (FACU) plants, and obligate upland (UPL) plants. Table C-2 Summary of !Wetland Sample Plot Vegetation Data Wetland Sample Plot Scientific Name Common Name Indicator Status' Cover % A Wet Alnus rubra (tree stratum) Red alder FAC 100% Corn us sericea Red -osier dogwood FACW 20% Alnus rubra (shrub stratum Red alder FAC 10% Lonicera involucrato Black twinberry FAC 10% Rubus parvif orus Thimbleberry FAC 10% Rubus armenlacus Himalayan blackberry FACU 5% Iris pseudarorus Yellow flag iris OBL 5% Convolvulus arvensis Field bindweed NL 5% Hedera helix English ivy UPL 5% A Up Alnus rubra Red alder FAC 75% Rubus armenlacus Himalayan Blackberry FACU 35% Oemlerlo cerosiformis Indian plum FACU 20% Equisetum arvense Field horsetail FAC 1% B Wet Populus balsomifera Black cottonwood FAC 25% Salix losiandra Pacific willow FACW 25% B Up No vegetation Present C Wet Polygonum cuspidatum Japanese knotweed FACU 65% Salix lasiandra Pacific willow FACW 10% Rubus armenlacus Himalayan blackberry FACU 5% luncus effusus Soft rush FACW 50% Epilobium cillaturn Purple -leaved willowherb FACW 25% Rumexcrispus Curly dock FAC 5% Wetland and Ordinary High WaterMark Delineation Report September2009 Quendell Terminal C-2 06005"1 Appendix C —Sample Plot Summary Data Wetland Sample Plot Scientific Name Common Name Indicator Status Cover % Lycopus americanus American bugleweed OBL 5% Lemna minor Small duckweed OBL 5% Convolvulus arvensis Field bindweed NL 5% Trifollum repens White clover FAC 5% C Up Aolygonum cuspidatum Japanese knotweed FACU 80% Rubus armenlacus Himalayan blackberry FACU 20% D 1Wet Populus balsamifera Black cottonwood FAC Solix lasfandra Pacific willow FACW Cornus sericea Red -osier dogwood FACW Lonicera involucrato Black twinberry FAC Rubus ormeniacus Himalayan blackberry FACU Plantago major Common plantain FACU D 2Wet Alnus rubra Red alder FAC 75% Cornus sericea Red -osier dogwood FACW 15% Rubus spectabilis Salmonberry FAC 10% Rubus ormenlacus Himalayan blackberry FACU 5% Iris pseudacorus Yellow flag iris OBL 5% Epilobium ciliatum Purple -leaved willowherb FACW 5% Pholarls arundlnacea Reed canarygrass FACW 5% D Up Black cottonwood (tree Populus balsamifera stratum) FAC 100% Rubus ormenlacus Himalayan blackberry FACU 25% Black cottonwood (shrub Populus balsamifera stratum) FAC 5% Epilobium ciliatum Purple -leaved willowherb FACW 5% E Wet Salix losiondra Pacific willow FACW 90% Populus balsamifera Black cottonwood FAC 10% Rubus ormenlacus Himalayan blackberry FACU 5% E Up Populus balsamifera Black cottonwood FAC 75% Lonicera involucrata Black twinberry FAC 15% Rubus ormenlacus Himalayan blackberry FACU 10% Cornus sericea Red-osler dogwood FACW 5% b'piloblum cillatum Purple -leaved willowherb FACW 15% Hedera helix English ivy UPI. 5% Rubus spectabilis Salmonberry FAC+ 5% F Wet . Ain us rubra Red alder FAC 50% Salix lasfandra Pacifc willow FACW 15% Wetland and OrdinaryHlgb Water Mark Delineation Report SeptemberMV QuendaB Terminal G3 0601059--01 AppenAr C— Sample Plot Summary Data Wetland Sample Plot Scientific Dame Common Name Indicator Status' Cover % Rubus armenlacus Himalayan blackberry FACU 15% Populus balsomifero Black cottonwood FAC 10% Juncus effusus Soft rush FACW 35% Phalaris arundinacea Reed canarygrass FACW 25% Iris pseudocorus Yellow flag Iris 0131. 10% Gallum aparine Catchweed bedstraw FACU 10% Plantago major Common plantain FACU 5% Rumex crispus Curly dock FAC 5% F Up Rubus armeniacus Himalayan blackberry FACU 15% Polygonum cuspidatum Japanese knotweed FACU 60% Epiloblum cillatum Purple -leaved willowherb FACW 5% G Wet Solix lasiandra Pacific willow FACW 60% Alnus rubra Red alder FAC 20% Cornus sericea Red osier dogwood FACW 20% Rubus armeniacus Himalayan blackberry FACU 10% Polygonum cuspidotum Japanese knotweed FACU 5% G Up Rubus armenlacus Himalayan blackberry FACU 25% Polygonum cuspidatum Japanese knotweed FACU 60% M Wet Populus balsamifera Black cottonwood FAC 40% Alnus rubra Red alder FAC 20% Salix Iasiandra Pacific willow FACW 20% Rubus armenlacus Himalayan blackberry FACU 10% Spiraea douglasH Spirea FACW 15% Lonicera Involucrata Black twinberry FAC 15% Juncus effusus Soft rush FACW 10% Phalaris arundinaceo Reed canarygrass FACW 10% Equisetum arvense Field horsetail FAC 5% Rumex crispus Curly dock FAC 5% repens Creeping buttercup FACW 5% [Ranunculus Convolvulus arvensis Field bindweed NL 5% H Up Rubus armenlacus Himalayan blackberry FACU 25% Phalaris arundinacea Reed canarygrass FACW 40% Equisetum arvense Field horsetail FAC 10% Polygonum cuspidatum Japanese knotweed FACU 10% Tanacetum vulgare Common tansy NL 10% I Wet Carpus sericea Red -osier dogwood FACW 60% Polygonum cuspidatum Japanese knotweed FACU 25% Wetland and Ordinary High Water Mark Delineation Report September 2009 Quendall Terminal C-4 060059-01 Appendix C —Sample Plot Summary Data Wetland Sample Plot Scientific Name Common Name Indicator Status, Cover % Salix lasiandra Pacific willow FACW 15% Epiloblum cillatum Purple -leaved willowherb FACW 5% 1 Up Polygonum cuspidatum Japanese knotweed FACU 100% Salix lasiandra Pacific willow FACW 15% Rubus armenlacus Himalayan blackberry FACU 10% J Wet Phalaris arundinacea Reed canarygrass FACW 100% Rubus armenlacus Himalayan blackberry FACU 15% Alnus rubra Red alder FAC 10% J Up Rubus armenlacus Himalayan blackberry FACU 80% Phalaris arundinacea Reed canarygrass FACW 15% Notes: These categories, referred to as the "wetland indicator status" (from the wettest to driest habitats) are as follows: obligate wetland (OBL) plants, facultative wetland (FACW) plants, facultative (FAQ plants, facultative upland (FACU) plants, and obligate upland (UPL) plants. Wetland and Ordinary High Water Mark Delineation Report. • Quen&dl Terminal C 5 September2009 06W59-01 Appendix C - Sample Plot Summary Data Table C-3 Summary of Wetland Sample Plot Hydrology Data Wetland Sample Plot Hydrology A Wet Saturation at surface and freestanding water in pit at 10 Inches A Up Saturation at surface and freestanding water in pit at 15 inches B Wet Soil pit not excavated. Constructed stormwater feature with standing water present. 8 Up Soil pit not excavated. C . Wet Soil pit not excavated. Constructed stormwater feature with standing water present. C Up Soil pit not excavated. No evidence of hydrology. D Met No saturation or freestanding water In pit to 18 inches D Met Saturation at surface and freestanding water at surface D Up Saturation at surface, no freestanding water in pit to 18 inches E Wet Soil pit not excavated. Constructed stormwater feature with standing water present. E Up Soil pit not excavated. No evidence of hydrology. F Wet No saturation at surface, freestanding water in pit at 11 Inch inches F Up Soil pit not excavated. No evidence of hydrology. G Wet Soil pit not excavated. Constructed stormwater feature with standing water present. G Up Soil pit not excavated. No evidence of hydrology. H Wet Soil pit excavated. Standing water at surface. H Up No soil pit excavated no visible evidence of hydrology. I Wet Saturation at surface, no freestanding water in pit to 18 inches I Up Saturation at surface, no freestanding water In pit to 18 inches J Wet Saturation at surface and freestanding water at surface J Up Saturation at surface, no freestanding water in pit to 18 inches 0-1. Wetland and Ordinxy, gb WeterMark Delineation Report September2009 Quendall Terminal C-6 060059-01 — . Appendix C — Sample Plot Summary Data Table C-4 Summary of Wetland Sample Plot Solis Data Wetland Sample Plot Soil Horizon (inches) Matrix Color Redox Color Redox Abundance (%) Texture A Wet 0 to 10 10YR 3/1 None None Clay loam 10-18 10YR 3/2 None None Clay Loam 18+ 2.5Y 3/1 10YR % 5% Clay Loam A Up 0 to 8 10YR 3/1 None None Clay loam 8 to 18+ 10YR 3/1 IOYR 4/3 15% Sand B Wet Due to known contamination, soil pits not excavated B Up C Wet Due to known contamination, soil pits not excavated C Up D 1We# 0 to 6 10YR 3/2 None None Sandy loam 6 to 18+ 10YR 5/1 10YR 4/6 10% Silt loam, gravel interspersed at 6 to 8 inches, D 2Wet 0 to 10 10YR 2/1 None None Loamy sand 10 to 12 2.5YR 4/1 lOYR 4/6 25% Loamy sand 12 to 18+ 2.5Y 4/1 None None Sand D Up 0 to 18+ 2.5Y 5/2 None None Loamy clay E Wet Due to known contamination, soil pits not excavated E Up F Wet 0 to 6 2.5Y 4/2 10YR 5/6 20% Sand 6 to 18+ 2.5Y 4/1 1OYR 4/6 40% Sand F Up Due to known contaminants, soil pits not excavated G Wet Due to known contaminants, soil pits not excavated G Up I -I Wet Due to known contamination, soil pits not excavated H Up i Wet 0 to 6 1OYR 3/1 None None Loam 6 to 12 10YR 3/2 2.5YR 4/6 15% Loam 12 to 18 5Y 4/2 205y /2 �5� Silty loam I Up 0 to 8 10YR 3/3 None None loam 8 to 18 10YR 3/3 7.5YR 5/8 5% loam J Wet 0 to 3 Root mat None None organic 3 to 18 10YR 3/1 None None Silty loam J Up 0 to 18 10YR 4/2 None None Silty loam Wetland and Ordinary High WaterMark Delineation Report Quettdall Terminal C7 September 209 "59-01 Appendix C—Sample Plot Summary Data Table C-S Summary of Wetland Sample Plot Data and Wetland Determination Wetland Sample Plot Vegetation Soils Hydrology determination A Wet Hydrophytic. Hydric Positive Wetland A Up Nan-hydrophytic Hydric Positive Upland 8 Wet Hydrophytic N/A Positive Wetland a Up None N/A Negative Upland C Wet Hydrophytic N/A Positive Wetland c Up Non-hydrophytic N/A Negative Upland D Met Hydrophytic Hydric Positive Wetland D Met Hydrophytic Hydric Positive Wetland D Up Nora-hydrophytic Non-hydric Positive Wetland E Wet Hydrophytic N/A Positive Wetiand E Up Hydrophytic N/A Negative Upland F Wet Hydrophytic Hydric Positive Wetland F Up Non-hydrophytic N/A Negative Upland G Wet Hydrophytic N/A Positive Wetiand G Up Non-hydrophytic N/A Negative Upland H Wet Hydrophytic N/A Positive Wetland H Up Non-hydrophytic N/A Negative Upland i Wet Hydrophytic Hydric Positive Wetiand I Up Non-hydrophytic Non-hydric Negative Upland 1 Wet Hydrophytic Hydric Positive Wetland 1 Up Non-hydrophytic Non-hydric Negative j Upland Wetland and Ordrhary High •Water Mark Delineation Report September 2009 Quendall Terminal C-8 060059--01 APPENDIX D FIELD DATA SHEETS WETLAND DETERMINATION DATA FORM — Westem Mountains, Valleys, and Coast Region Project Site: Quendell Terminals City/County: RentonKing Sampling Date: 04/23/2009 Applicant/Owner. Quendall State: WA Sampling Point WetASP#1Up Investigator(s): A. Gale, J. Pursley Section, Township, Range: 29f24Ni51= Landform (hilislope, terrace, etc.): Lakefringe Local relief (concave, convex, none): Nona Slope (%): 0 to 2 Subregion (LRR): A Let: 47.53N Long: 122.20W Datum: Soil Map Unit Name: Norma sandy loam NWI classification: None mapped Are climatic i hydrologic conditions on the site typical for this time of year? Yes ® No ❑ (If no, explain in Remarks.) Are Vegetation ❑, Soil ❑, Or Hydrology ❑, significantly disturbed? Are "Normal Circumstances" present? Yes R No ❑ Are Vegetation ❑, Soil ❑, Or Hydrology ❑, naturally problematic? (If needed, explain any answers in Remarks.) SUMMARY OF FINDINGS — Attach site map showing sampling point locations, trdnsects, Important teatures, etc, Hydrophytic Vegetation Present? Yes ❑ No Hydric Soil Present? Yes 0 No ❑ Is the Sampling Area within a Wetland? Yes ❑ No Wetland Hydrology Present? Yes 0 No ❑ Remarks: Data plot Includes wetland hydrology and soils, but lacking In hydrophytle vegetation. VEGETATION — Use scientific names of plants 7r turn (Plot Size: 39 foot radius) lSocle?Si�sor ae Species?iti Dominance Test Worksheet: 1, Alnus rubra 75 Yes FAC Number of Dominant Species That Are i (A} 2 OBL, FACW, or FAC: 3. Total Number of Dominant Species Across 3 (B) 4. All Strata: 75 = Total Cover Percent of Dominant Species That Are 33% (A18) SanlinolShrub Stratum (Plot Size:16 foot radius) OBL, FACW, or FAC: S. Rubus armentacus 35 Yes FACU Prevalence Index worksheet: 6, 0aimerle cersslformis 20 Yes FACU Total % Cover of uU�l ltinly bw 7. OBL species 0 A = 0 g_ FACW species 1 x2 = 2 9, FAC species 75 x3 = 225 55 = Total Cover FACU species 55 x4 = 220 Herb -Stratum (Plot Size: 3 foot radius) UPL species x5 = 10. Equfsetum arvense 1 No FACW Column Totals: 131 (A) 447 (B) 11. Prevalence Index = B/A = 3.41 12. Hydrophytic Vegetation Indicators: I & No Dominance Test Is >50% 14, No Prevalence Index is <3.0' 16. Morphological Adaptations' (Provide supporting data in 16 Remarks or on a separate sheet) 17. Welland Non Vascular Plants' 18. Problematic Hydrophytie Vegetation' (Explain) 19. 20. 'Indicators of hydric soil and wetland hydrology must be present, 1 = Total Cover unless disturbed or problematic. Woody Vine Stratum (Plat Size: ) 1. 2. % Bare Ground in Herb Stratum 99% Remarks: 33% dominant watiand per = Total Cover eat and Preva Hydrophytic Vegetation Present? Yes ❑ No < 3. Hydrophytic vegetation not present US Army Corps of Engineers Western Mountains, Valley, and Coast — InWm Version Project Site: Quendalt Terminal Profile Description: (Describe to the depth needed to document the indicator or confirm the absence of Indicators.) Depth Matrix Redox Features (Inches) Color (moist) % Color (Moist) % Type' Locr Texture Remarks 0 to 8 10YR 3M 100 None None None None Clay loam 8 to 18+ 10YR 311 85 10YR 4/3 15% D M Clay loam 'Type: C= Concentration, D=Depletion, RM=Reduced Matrix, CS=Covered or Coated Sand Grains. =Location', PL=Pare Lining, M=Matrix Hydric Soil Indicators: (Applicable to all LRRs, unless otherwise noted.) Indicators for Problematic Hydric Solis': ❑ Histosol (Al) ❑ Sandy Redox ($5) ❑ 2 cm Muck (A10) ❑ Histic Epipedon (A2) ❑ Stripped Matrix (S8) ❑ Red Parent Material (TF2) ❑ Black H€stic (A3) ❑ Loamy Mucky Mineral (F1) (except MLRA 1) ❑ Other (Explain in Remarks) — ❑ Hydrogen Sulfide (A4) ❑ Loamy Gleyed Matrix (F2) ® Depleted Below Dark Surface (All 1) © Depleted MaMx (173) ® Thick Dark Surface (Al2) ❑ Redox Dark Surface (FB) _ ❑ Sandy Mucky Mineral (81) ❑ Depleted Dark Surface (F7) 31ndlcators of hydrophytic vegetation and wetland ❑ San GI Matrix 54 Sandy eY� ( ) ❑ Redox D rossions F8 Depressions ( ) hydrology drolog hmust be preseni, unless disturbed or Restrictive Layer Of present): Type: Depth (inches): Hydric Solis Present? Yes ® No ❑ Remarks; 1 chrome with redox features. Wetland Hydrology Indicators: Primary Indicators (minimum of one required; check all that apply) Secondary indicators (2 or more required) ❑ Surface Water (Al) ® Water -Stained Leaves (B9) ❑ Water -Stained Leaves (1139) ® High Water Table (A2) (except MLRA 1, 2, 4A, and 46) (NILRA 1, 2, 4A, and 48) ® Saturation (A3) ❑ Salt Crust (811) ❑ Drainage Patterns (810) ❑ Water Marks (B1) ❑ Aquatic Invertebrates (1313) ❑ Dry -Season Water Table (C2) ❑ Sediment Deposits (82) ❑ Hydrogen Sulfide Odor (Cl) ❑ Saturation Visible on Aerial Imagery (C9) ® Drift Deposits (B3) ❑ Oxidized Rhizospheres along Living Roots (C3) ❑ Geomorphic Posillorr (D2) ❑ Algal Mat or Crust (1114) ❑ Presence of Reduced Iron (C4) ❑ Shallow Aquitard (D3) ❑ Iron Deposits (85) ❑ Recent Iron Reduction in Tilled Soils (CB) ❑ FAG -Neutral Test 05) ❑ Surface Soil Cracks (B8) ❑ Stunted or Stresses Plents (D1) (LRR A) ❑ Raised Ant Mounds (D8) (LRR A) ❑ Inundation Visible on Aerial Imagery (B7) ❑ Other (Explain in Remarks) ❑ Frost -Heave Hummocks (D7) ❑ Sparsely Vegetated Concave Surface (88) Field Observations: Surface Water Present? Yes ❑ No ® Depth (Inches): Water Table Present? Yes ® No ❑ Depth (inches): 15 inches Saturation Present? Yes ® No (includes capillary fringe) ❑ Depth (inchesr At surface Wetland Hydreb9Y Present? yes No ® ❑ Describe Recorded Data (stream gauge, monitoring wall, aerial photos, previous inspections), If available: Remarks: Saturation and standing water observed in sample plot US Army Corps ofiEngineers Wasrem Mountains, Valley, and Coast — Interim Version WETLAND DETERMINATION DATA FORM —Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast Region Project Site: Ouendall Terminals CRY/County: RentonlKing Sampling Date: 04IM009 Applicant/Owner: Ouendall State: WA Sampling Point: Wei A SP#1 wet Investigator(s): A. Gale, J. Pursley Section, Township, Range: 2W24N15E Landform (hillsiope, terrace, etc.): Lakefringe Local relief (concave, convex, none): None ' Slope (%): 0 to 2 Subregion (LRR): A Lat: 47.53N Long: 122.20W Datum: Soil Map Unit Name: Norma sandy loam NWI classification: None mapped Are dima0c / hydrologic conditions on the site typical for this time of year? Yes ® No ❑ (If no, explain in Remarks.) Are Vegetation ©, Soil ❑, Or Hydrology ❑, significantly disturbed? Am 'Normal Circumstances' present? Yes ® No ❑ Are Vegetation ❑, Soil ❑, Or Hydrology ❑, naturally problematic? (If needed, explain any answers in Remarks.) SUMMARY OF FINDINGS — Attach site map showing sampling point locations, transects, important features, etc. Hydrophytic Vegetation Present? Yes 19 No ❑ Hydric Soil Present? Yes ® No ❑ Is the Sampling Area within a Wetland? Yes ® No ❑ Welland Hydrology Present? Yes ® No ❑ Remarks: Wetland A associated with take Washington; also receives stormwater runoff. Adiacent upland areas bolstered by placement of rlprap materials and silt fencing, YEGft I Al ION — use sgentmc names oT piants Tree_Stratum (Plot Size: 30 foot radius) Absolute % CoverSO-Cie Dominant s7 Indicator Status Dominance Test Worksheet: 1. Alnus rubre 100 Yes FAC Number of Dominant Species That Are 5 (A) 2• OBL, FACW, or FAC: 3• Total Number of Dominant Species Across 7 (B) 4, All Strata: 100 = Total Cover Percent of Dominant Species That Are 71 (A1B) 5eplinct($hrulzStratum (Plot Size:15 foot radius) OBL, FACW, or FAC: Prevalence index workshest- 5. Cornus stolonHere 20 Yes FACW 8. Alnus rubra 10 Yes FAC Total % Cover of: Multiply by: 7. Lonfcere lmrolucrate 10 Yes FAC OBL species x1 = S. Rubus parviflorus 10 No FAC FACW species x2 = 9. Rubus armanfacus 5 No FACU FAC species x3 = 55 = Total Cover FACU species x4 = Herb Stratum (Plot Size: 3 foot radius) UPL species x5 = 10. Heders helix 5 Yes NL Column Totals: (A) (B) 11. lris pseudecorus 5 Yes OBL Prevalence Index = BIA = Hydrophytic Vegetation indicators: 12, Convoivulus a►vensis 5 Yes NIL 13. Yes Dominance Test is >50% 14. Prevalence Index is <3.0' 15. Morphological Adaptations' (Provide supporting data in 16 Remarks or on a separate sheet) 17. Wetland Non-Vascutar Plants' 18. Problematic Hydrophytic Vegetation' (Explain) 19. 20. 'Indicators of hydric soil and wetland hyi lrology must be present, 10 = Total Cover unless disturbed or problematic. Woody Vine Stratum (Plot Size: ) 1. 2. Total Cover Hydrophytic Vegetation % Bare Ground in Herb Stratum 40 Present? Yes ® No ❑ Remarks: 71 % dominant wetland vegetation per the Dominance test US Amory Corps of F.nginears Western Mourne m Valley, and coast— Interim Vardon Project Site: Quendall Terminal SOIL Sampling Point: Wet AS Profile Description: (Describe to the depth needed to document the Indicator or confirm the absence of Indicators.) Depth Matrix Redox Features (inches) Color (modal) % Color (Moist) % Type' Loc7 Texture Remarks 010 10 10YR 311 100 None None None None Clay loam Coarso organics 10 to 18 10 YR 312 100 None None None None Clay loam 18+ 2.SY 311 95 10YR % 5 RM M Clay loam 'Type: C= Concentration, D=Depletion, RM=Reduced Matrix, CS=Covered or Coated Sand Grains. rLocabon: PL=Pore Lining, M=Matrix Hydrfc Soil Indicators: (Applicable to all LRRs, unless otherwise noted.) Indicators for problematic Hydric Soils': ❑ Histosol (Al) ❑ Sandy Redox (S5) ❑ 2 cm Muck (A10) ❑ Histic Epipedon (A2) ❑ Stripped Matrix (SB) ❑ Red Parent Material (TF2) ❑ Bieck Histic (A3) ❑ loamy Mucky Mineral (F1) (except MLRA 1) ❑ Other (Explain In Remarks) ❑ Hydrogen Sulfide 04) ❑ Loamy Glayed Matrix (F2) ® Depleted Below Dark Surface (All 1) ❑ Depleted Matrix (F3) ® Thick Darts Surface (Al 2) ❑ Redox Dark Surface (F8) ❑ Sandy Mucky Mineral (S1) ❑ Depleted Dark Surface (F7) 31ndicatora of hydrophytic vegetation and wetland ❑ Sandy Gleyed Matrix (S4) ❑ Redox Depressions F8 p ( ) prohydrologymahmust be present, unless disturbed or c. Restrictive Layer (if present): Type: Depth (Inches); Hydric Soils Present? Yes ® No ❑ Remarks: 1 chrome mynROLOCY Wotlend Hydrology Indicators: Primary Indicators (minimum of one required; check all that apply) Secondary Indicators (2 or more required) ❑ Surface Water (All) ® Water -Stained Leaves (89) ❑ Water -Stained Leaves (B9) ® High Water Table (A2) (except MLRA 1, 2, 4Al. and 4B) (MLRA 1, 2, 4A1, and 48) ® Saturation (A$) ❑ Salt Crust (811) ❑ Drainage Patterns (1310) ❑ Water Marks (131) ❑ Aquatic Invertebrates (B13) ❑ Dry -Season Water Table (C2) ❑ Sediment Deposits (B2) ❑ Hydrogen Sulfide Odor (C1) ❑ Saturation Visible on Aerial Imagery (C9) ® Drift Deposits (B3) ❑ Oxidized Rh€r-ospheres along Living Roots (0) ❑ Geomorphic Position (D2) ❑ Algal Met or Crust (B4) ❑ Presence of Reduced Iron (C4) ❑ Shallow Aquitard (03) ❑ Iron Deposits (135) ❑ Recent Iron Reduction to Tilled Soils (C8) ❑ FAC-Neutral Test (D5) ❑ Surface Soil Cracks (BB) ❑ Stunted or Stresses Plants (D1) (LRR A) ❑ Raised Ant Mounds (DS) (LRR A) ❑ Inundation Visible on Aerial Imagery (87) ❑ Other (Main In Remarks) ❑ Frost -Heave Hummocks (137) ❑ Sparsely Vegetated Concave Surface (B8) Field Observations: Surface Water Present? Yes ❑ No ® Depth (inches); Water Table Present? Yes ® No ❑ Depth (inches): 4Inches Saturation Present? Yes ® No (Includes capillary fringe) ❑ Depth (inches),. At surface Wetland Hydrology Present? Yes ® No ❑ Describe Recorded Data (stream gauge, monitoring well, aerial photos, previous inspections), If available: Remarks: Saturation and standing water observed in sample plot US Any Carps of Engtnears Western Mounfeins, Valley, and Coast — Interim Version WETLAND DETERMINATION DATA FORM — Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast Region Project Site: Ouandall Terminals City/County: RentordKing Sampling Date: 04/23/2009 Applicant/owner. Quendall State: . WA Sampling Point: Wet C SP#1Up Invesltgator(s): A. Cafe, J. Pursley Section, Township, Range: 29124N/SE Landform (hillslope, terrace, etc.): Constructed stormwater feature Local relief (concave, convex, none): Concave Slope (%), None Subregion (LRR): A Let: 47MN Long: 122.20W Datum: Sal Map Unit Name: Norma sandy loam NWI dassification: None mapped Are climatic 1 hydrologic conditions on the site typical for this time of year? Yes ® No ❑ (if no, explain in Remarks.) Are Vegetation ❑, Soil ❑, Or Hydrology ❑, significantly disturbed? Are 'Normal Circumstances' present? Yes ® No ❑ Are Vegetation ❑, Soil ❑, Or Hydrology ❑, naturally problematic? (If needed, explain any answers in Remarks.) SUIYIMAHY 01' FINUINU5 — AUacn Slid map snowing sampling point: iocimons, franseem, imporfanf features, etc. Hydrophydc Vegetation Present? Yes ❑ No Hydrlc Soil Present? Yes ❑ No ❑ is the Sampling Area within a Wetland? Yes ❑ No IM Weiland Hydrology Present? Yes ❑ No Remarks: Sample plot located on compacted berm adjacent and upland to Wetland C. W:Ut I A I IUN - use scientlnc nay Tree Stratum (Plot Size: 30 foot radius) 1. 2. 3. 4. Absolute Dominant Indicat %Covet ss8edl.@§2 Status 100 = Total Cover SQaplina/Shrub Stratum (Plot Size: 15 foot radius) 5. Polygonum cuspidatum 80 Yes FACU 6. Rubus arrrienlacus 20 Yes FACU 7. 8. 9. Herb Stratum (Plot Size: 3 foot radius) ia. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15, 18. 17. 18. 19, 20, Woody Vine Stratum {Plot Size: } 1. 2. I Bare Ground in Herb Stratum Remarks: Hydrophypc vegal present 100 = Total Cover Total Cover = Total Cover Dominance Test Worksheet: Number of Dominant Species That Are 0 (A) OBL, FACW, or FAC: Total Number of Dominant Species Across 2 (B) All Strata: Percent of Dominant Species That Are (A/B) OBL, FACW, or FAC: Prevalence Index worlmheet: Total %-Cover of: Multiply qL OBL species X1 - FACW species x2 = FAC species x3 = FACU species x4 = UPL species x5 = Column Totals: (A) {B} Prevalence Index = BIA a Hydrophytic Vegetation Indicators: Yes Dominance Test is >50% Prevalence Index is 9.0' Morphological Adaptations' (Provide supporting data in Remarks or on a separate sheet) Weiland Non -Vascular Plants' Problematic Hydrophytic Vegetation' (Explain) 'indicators of hydric soil and wetland hydrology must be present, unless disturbed or probtematia Hydrophytic Vegetation Present? Yes ❑ No US Army Corps of Errglneers Western Mountains, Valley, and Coast— Interim Version Project Site: Quendall Terminal Profile Description: (Describe to the depth needed to document the Indicator or confirm the absence of indicators.) Depth Matrix Redox Features U. (inches) Color (moist) % Color (Moist) % Type' Loc= Texture Remarks 'Type: C= Concentration, D-Depletion, RM=Reduced Matrix, CS=Covered or Coated Sand Grains. kocatlan: PL=Pore Lining, M=Matrix Hydric Soil Indicators: (Applicable to all LRRe, unless otherwise noted.) Indicators for Problematic Hydric Soils': ❑ Histosol (A1) ❑ Sandy Redox (85) ❑ 2 om Muck (AID) ❑ Histic Eplpedon (A2) ❑ Stripped Matrix (S6) ❑ Red Parent Material (TF2) ❑ Black Histic (A3) ❑ Loamy Mucky Mineral (F1) (except MLRA 1) ❑ Other (Explain in Remarks) ❑ Hydrogen Sulfide (A4) ❑ Loamy Gleyed Matrix (F2) ❑ Depleted Below Dark Surface (Ail) ❑ Depleted Matrix (F3) ❑ Thick Dark Surface (Al2) ❑ Redox Dark Surface (F6) _ ❑ Sandy Mucky Mineral (S1) ❑ Depleted Dark Surface (F7) 'Indicalors of hydrophytic vegetation and wetland ❑ Sandy Gleyed Matrix (84) ❑ Redox Depressions (F8) hob log tic ust be present, unless disturbed or Restrictive Layer (If present): Type: Depth (inches); Hydric Soils Present? Yes ® No ❑ Remarks: Due to known contaminants in the study area, soil pits were not excavated in same areas. HYDROLOGY Wetland Hydrology Indicators: Primary Indicators (minimum of one fequired; check all that apply) Secondary Indicators (2 or more required) ❑ Surface Water (Al) ❑ Water -Stained Leaves (B9) ❑ Water -Stained Leaves (139) ❑ High Water Table (A2) (except MLRA 1, 2, 4A, and 48) (MLRA 1, 2, 4A, and 4B) ❑ Saturation (A3) ❑ Salt Crust (B11) ❑ Drainage Patterns (B10) ❑ Water Marks (81) ❑ Aquatic Invertebrates (813) ❑ Dry -Season Water Table (C2) ❑ Sediment Deposits (82) ❑ Hydrogen Sulfide Odor (Cl) ❑ Saturation Visible on Aerial Imagery (C9) ❑ Drift Deposits (53) ❑ Oxidized Rhizospheres along Living Roots (C3) ❑ Geomorphic position (132) ❑ Algaf Mat or Crust (154) ❑ Presence of Reduced Iron (C4) ❑ Shallow Aquitard (D3) ❑ Iron Deposits (85) ❑ Recent Iron Reduction in Tilled Soils (C6) ❑ FAG -Not" Test (05) ❑ Surface Soil Cracks (BB) ❑ Stunted or Stresses Plants (D1) (LRR A) ❑ Raised Ant Mounds (136) (LRR A) ❑ Inundation Visible on Aerial Imagery (137) ❑ Other (Explain In Remarks) ❑ Frost -Heave Hummocks (137) ❑ Sparsely Vegetated Concave Surface (138) Field Observations: Surface Water Present? Yes ❑ No ® Depth (inches): Water Table Present? Yes ❑ No ® Depth (inches): 4 Inches Saturation Present? yes❑ No ® Depth (Inches): At surface wetland Hydrology Present? Yea ❑ No (Includes capillary fringe) Describe Recopied Date (stream gauge, monitoring well, aerial photos, previous Inspections), it available: Remarks: Sample plot located on compacted berm adjacent to Wetland C; no evidence otwelland hydrology. US Army Corps of Engineers Western Mountains, Valley, and Coast — Interim Verslon WETLAND DETERMINATION DATA FORM — Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast Region Project Site: Quendall Terminals CWCounty: Renton/King Sampling Date: M3=9 AppllcantlOwner. Quendall State: WA Sampling Point Wet B SP#1Wet Investigator(s): A. Gale, J. Pursley Section, Township, Range: 29e124N/5E Lendform (hilislope, terrace, etc.): Constructed stormwater feature Local relief (concave, convex, none): Concave Slope (%): None Subregion (LRR): A Lat: 47.53N Long: 122.20W Datum: Soil Map Unit Name: Norma sandy loam NWI classlfcation: None mapped Are climatic 1 hydrologic conditions on the site typical for this time of year? Yes ® No ❑ (if no, explain in Remarks.) Are Vegetation ❑, Soil ❑, Or Hydrology ❑, significantly disturbed? Are "Normal Circumstances' present? Yes ® No ❑ Are Vegetation ❑, Soil ❑, Or Hydrology ❑, naturally problematic? (If needed, explain any answers in Remarks.) SUMMARY OF FINDINGS — Attach site man showing samDlino Dolnt locations. tranaects. imnortant features. etc. Hydrophytic Vegetation Present? Yes ® No [3 Hydric Sol] Present? Yes ❑ No - ❑ Is the Sampling Area within a Wetland? Yes ® No ❑ Wetland Hydrology Present? Yes ® No ❑ Remarks: Weiland C Is a constructed stomrwater feature that receives stormwater runoff from the property. Does not appear to be maintained. yr-ut_ I A i tun — use scienunc names or plants Tree Stratum (Plot Size: 30 foot radius) Absolute Dominant Indicat Cover Species? Status 1. 2, 3. 4. = Total Cover SaplinulShruo,�t um (Plot Size: 15 foot radius) 5. Polygonum cuspldetum 65 Yes FACU 6. Sallx Isslandre 10 Yes FACW 7. Rubus armenlacus 5 No FACU B. 9. 80= Total Cover Herb Stratum (Plot Size: 3 foot radius) 10, Juncus effusus 50 Yes FACW 11, Eplloblum dllaWrn 25 Yes FACW 12. Rumex crlspus 5 No ON 13. Lycopus amerkanus 5 No Dtb 14. Lamna minor 5 No Obl 15. Trffollum repons 5 No FAC 16. Convolvulus arvorrsls 5 No NL 17. 18. 19. 20. Woodv Vlne_Stratum_(Plot Size: ) 1. 2. % Bare Ground in Herb Stratum 10 Remartrs: 100% dominant wetly per 100= Total Cover = Total Cover Dominance Test Workshest: Number of Dominant Species That Are OBL, FACW, or FAC: Total Number of Dominant Spades Across All Strata: Percent of Dominant Species That Are OBL, FACW, or FAC: 4 (A) 4 (B) 100 (A+B) Prevalence Index worksheet: Total % Cover of Multiply 081- species x1 = FACW species x2 = FAC species x3 = FACU species x4 = UPL species x5 = Column Totals: (A) (B) Prevalence Index = B/A = Hydrophytic Vegetation indicators: Yes Dominance Test is >50% Prevalence Index is * .0' Morphological Adaptations' (Provide supporting data In Remarks or on a separate sheet) Wetland Non -Vascular Plants' Problematic Hydrophytic Vegetation' (Explain) 'Indicators of hydric soil and wetland hydrology must be present unless disturbed or problematic. Hydrophytic Vegetation Present? Yes IN No ❑ US Army Corps of Engineers Western Mountains, Valley, and Coast— Interim Version Project Site: Ouendall Terminal RAIL Profile Description: (Describe to the depth needed to document the Indicator or confirm the absence of indicators.) Depth Matrix Redox Features (inches) Color (moist) % Color (Moist) % Type' Loot Texture Remarks 'Type: C= Concentration, D=Depletion, RM=Reduced Matrix, CS --Covered or Coated Sand Grains. 2Location: PL=Pore Lining, M=Matrix Hydrlc Soil Indicators: (Applicable to all LRRs, unless otherwise noted.) Indicators for Problematic Hydrfc Sops': ❑ Histosol (Al) ❑ Sandy Redox (S5) ❑ 2 cm Muck (A10) ❑ Histic Epipedon (A2) ❑ Stripped Matrix (SB) ❑ Red Parent Material (TF2) ❑ Black Histic (A3) ❑ Loamy Mucky Mineral (F1) (except MLRA 1) ❑ Other (Explain in Remarks) ❑ Hydrogen Sulfide (A4) ❑ Loamy Gleyed Matrix (F2) ❑ Depleted Below park Surface (All) ❑ Depleted Matrix (F3) ❑ Thick Dark Surface (Al 2) ❑ Redox Dark Surface (Fti) ❑ Sandy Mucky Mineral (S1) ❑ Depleted Dark Surface (F7) 'indicators of hydrophytic vegetation and wetland ❑ Sandy Gleyed Matrix (54) ❑ Redox Depressions (FB) hydrology must be present, unless disturbed or roblematic. Restrictive Layer (if present): Type: Depth (Inches): Hyddc Soils Present? Yes ❑ No ❑ Remarks: Due to known contaminants in the study area, soil pits were not excavated in some areas. wynant nry wetland Hydrology Indicators: Primary Indicators (minimum of one required, check all that apply) Secondary Indicators (2 or more required) ❑ Surface Water (Al) ❑ Water -Stained Leaves (139) ❑ Water -Stained Leaves (139) ® High Water Table (A2) (except MLRA 1, 2, 4A, and 48) (MLRA 1, 2, 4A, and 48) ® Saturation (A3) ❑ Saft Crust (B11) ❑ Drainage Patterns (B10) ❑ Water Marks (B1) ❑ Aquatic Invertebrates (B13) ❑ Dry -Season Water Table (C2) ❑ Sediment Deposits (B2) ❑ Hydrogen SulRde Odor (Cl) ❑ Saturation Vlslble on Aerial imagery (C9) ❑ Drift Deposits (83) ❑ Oxidized Rhlzospheres along Living Roots (C3) ❑ Geomorphic Position (D2) ❑ Algal Mat or Crust (B4) ❑ Presence of Reduced iron (C4) ❑ Shallow Aquitard (D3) ❑ Iron Deposits (B5) ❑ Recent Iron Reduction in Tilled Sells (CB) ❑ FAC-Neutrel Test (05) ❑ Surface Soil Cracks (B6) ❑ Stunted or Stresses Plants (D1) (LRR A) ❑ Raised Ant Mounds (DB) (L.RR A) ❑ Inundation Visible on Aerial Imagery (B7) ❑ Other (Explain In Remarks) ❑ Frost -Heave Hummocks (D7) ❑ Sparsely Vegetated Concave Surface (88) Field Observations: Surface Water Present? Yes ® No ® Depth (inches): Water Table Present? Yes IN No ❑ Depth (inches): At surface Saturation Present? Yes ® No (includes capillary fringe) ❑ Depth (inches): At surface p � Wetland Hydrology HY ogY Present? Yes ® No ❑ Describe Recorded Data (atream gauge, monitoring well, aerial photos, previous inspections), if available: Remarks: Standing water present In constructed stormwater feature. US Army Corps of Engineers Western Mountains, Valley, and Coast— tntedm Version WETLAND DETERMINATION DATA FORM — Westem Mountains, Valleys, and Coast Region r Project Site: Quendall Terminals CitylCounty: Renton/King Sampling Date: 04/2312009 Appllcant/Owner. Quendall State: WA Sampling Point: Wet C SP#1 Up Investigator(s): A. Gale, J. Purslay Section, Township, Mange; 29I24Ni5E Landform (hillslope, terrace, etc.): Constructed stormwater feature Local relief (concave, convex, none): Concave Slope (%): None Subregion (LRR): A Let: 47.53N Long; 122,20W Datum: Soil Map Unit Name: Norma sandy loam NWI classification: None mapped Are climatic 1 hydrologic conditions on the site typical for this time of year? Yes ® No ❑ (If no, explain in Remarks.) Are Vegetation ❑, Soil ❑, Or Hydrology ❑, significantly disturbed? Are "Normal Circumstances' present? Yes ® No ❑ Are Vegetation ❑, Soil ❑, Or Hydrology ❑, naturally problematic? (If needed, explain any answers in Remarks,) SUMMARY OF FINDINGS — Attach site map showinsi sampllna point locations, transects. important features, etc. Hydrophytic Vegetation Present? Yes ❑ No Hydric Soil Present? Yes ❑ No ❑ lathe Sampling Area within a Watland? Yen ❑ No IM Weiland Hydrology Present? Yes ❑ No Remarks: Sample plot located on compacted dirt road adjacent and upland to Wedand B. VEGETATION — Use sClentiftc names of plants Tree Stratum (Plot Size: 30 foot radius) Absolute Dominant Indicai % Cover Specle&?. Status 1. 2. 3. 4. SaplinglShrub,% tum (Plot Size:15 foot radius) 5. B. 7. 8. 9. Herb Stratum (Plot Size: 3 foot radius) 1 o. 1t. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. is. 19. 20. Woody Vine Stratum (Plot Size: ) 1. 2. % Bare Ground in Herb Stratum Remarks: No vegetation pre 100 = Total Cover = Total Cover = Total Cover = Total Cover Dominance Test Worksheets Number of Dominant Species That Are (A) OBI, FACW, or FAC: Total Number of Dominant Species Across (B) All Strata: Percent of Dominant Species That Are (AIS) OBL, FACW, or FAC: Praralence Index worimheet: Total % Cover of; Multiply by: OBL species xl = FACW spades x2 = FAC species x3 c FACU spades x4 = UPI. species x5 = Column Totals: (A) (B) Prevalence Index = B/A = Hydrophytic Vegetation Indicators: Yea Dominance Test Is >50% Prevalence Index is <3.0' Morphological Adaptations' (Provide supporting data in Remarks or an a separate sheet) Wetland Non -Vascular Plants' Problematic Hydrophytic Vegetation' (Explain) 'Indicators of hydric soil and wetland hydrology must be present, unless disturbed or problematic. Hydrophytic Vegetation Present? Yes ❑ No US Army Corps of Engineers Western Mountains, VaAey, and Coast— Interim Version Project Site: Ouendall Terminal SAII _ Profile Description: (Describe to the depth needed to document the Indicator or confirm the absence of indicators.) Depth Matrix Redox Features (inches) Color (moist) % Color (Moist) % Typal Loc' Texture Remarks 'Type: C= Concentration, D=Depletlon, RM=Reduced Matrix, CS=Covered or Coated Sand Grains. 'LacaUon: PL=Pore Lining, M=Matrix Hydric Soil Indicators: (Applicable to all LRRs, unless otherwise noted.) Indicators for Problematic Hydric Soils': ❑ Hlstosol (Al) ❑ Sandy Redox (S5) ❑ 2 cm Muck (A10) ❑ Histic Epipodon (A2) ❑ Stripped Matrix (SB) ❑ Red Parent Material (TF2) ❑ Black Histic (A3) ❑ Loamy Mucky Mineral (F1) (except MLRA 1) ❑ Other (Explain In Remarks) ❑ Hydrogen Sulfide (A4) ❑ Loamy Gleyed Matrix (F2) ❑ Depleted Belaw Dark Surface (All) ❑ Depleted Matrix (F3) ❑ Thick Dark Surface (Al 2) ❑ Redox Dark Surface (F6) ❑ Sandy Mucky Mineral (S1) ❑ Depleted Dark Surface (F7) 'Indicators of hydrophytic vegetation and wetland ❑ Sandy Gleyed Matrix (S4) ❑ Redox Depressions (F8) hydrology must be present, unless disturbed or problematic. Restrictive Layer (if present): Type: Depth (Inches): Hydric Solis Present? Yes ® No ❑ Remarks: Due to known contaminants in the study area, soll pits were not excavated In some areas. IYDROL.OGY Wetland Hydrology Indicators: Primary Indicators (minimum of one required, check all that apply) Secondary Indicators (2 or more required) ❑ Surface Water (Al) ❑ Water -Stained Leaves (139) ❑ Water -Stained Leaves (89) ❑ High Water Table (A2) (except MLRA 1, 2, 4A, and 4B) (ULRA 1, 2, 4A, and 4B) ❑ Saturaton (A3) ❑ Sall Crust (B11) ❑ Drainage Patterns (810) ❑ Water Marks (81) ❑ Aquatic Invertebrates (11313) ❑ Dry -Season Water Table (C2) ❑ Sediment Deposits (82) ❑ Hydrogen Sulfide Odor (Cl) ❑ Saturation Visible on Aerial Imagery (CO) ❑ Drift Deposits (B3) ❑ Oxidized Rhizospheres along Living Roots (C3) ❑ Geomorphic Position (D2) ❑ Algal Mat or Crust (134) ❑ Presence of Reduced Iron (C4) ❑ Shallow Aquitard (D3) ❑ Iron Deposits (B5) ❑ Recent Iron Reduction in Tilled Soils (06) ❑ FAC-Neutral Test (D5) ❑ Surface Soil Cracks (86) ❑ Stunted or Stresses Plants (D1) (LRR A) ❑ Ratsed Ant Mounds (D6) (LRR A) ❑ Inundation Visible on Aerial Imagery (B7) ❑ Other (Explain in Remarks) ❑ Frost -Heave Hummocks (D7) ❑ Sparsely Vegetated Concave Surface (BO) Field Observations: Surface Water Present? Yes ❑ No ® Depth (Inches): Water Table Present? Yes ❑ No ® Depth (Inches): 4 Inches Saturation Present? (includes capillary fringe) Yes ❑ No ® Depth (inches): At surface Wetland Hydrology Present? Yoe El NO Describe Recorded Data (stream gauge, monitoring well, aerial photos, previous inspections), if available: Remarks: Sample plot looted on compacted dirt road adjacent to Wetland B; no evidence of wetland hydrology 1— US Army Corps of Engineers Westem Mountains, Valley, and Coast— lnterfm Version WETLAND DETERMINATION DATA FORM — Westem Mountains, Valleys, and Coast Region Project Site: Quendall Terminals City/County. Renton/King Sampling Date: 0412312009 AppllcantlOwner: Quendall State: WA Sampling Point: Wet C SP#1Wel Investigator(s): A. Gate, J. Pursley Section, Township, Range; 29124Ni5E Landfonn (hillslope, terrace, etc.): Constructed stormwater feature Local relief (concave, convex, none): Concave Slope (%): None Subregion (LRR): A Lab 47.53N Long: 122.20W Datum: Soil Map Unit Name: Norma sandy barn NWI classification: None mapped Are climatic 1 hydrologic conditions on the site typical for this time of year? Yes ® No ❑ (If no, explain in Remarks.) Are Vegetation ❑, Sail ❑, Or Hydrology ❑, significantly disturbed? Are'Normal Circumstances' present? Yes ® No ❑ Are Vegetation ❑, Soil ❑, Or Hydrology ❑, naturally problematic? (If needed, explain any answers in Remarks.) SUMMARY OF FINDINGS — Attach site maD showlno samoline oolnt locations. transacts. Imoortant features. etc. Hydrophylic Vegetation Present? Yes ® No ❑ Hydric Soil Present? Yes ❑ No ❑ Is the Sampling Area within a Wattand? Yes 0 No ❑ Wetland Hydrology Present? Yes N No ❑ Remarks: Wetland B Is a recentty constructed stormwator feature that receives stormwater runoff from the property. VLULTATIVN — Use selentiftc nar Tree Stratum (Plot Size: 30 foot radius) 1. 2. 3. 4. Cover Species? Status = Total Cover SaolinolShrub Stratum (Plot Size: 15 foot radius) 5. Aopulus balsarnllera 25 Yes FAC B. Sallx laslandra 25 Yes FACW 7. 8. 9. 50= Total Cover Herb Stratum (Plot Size: 3 foot radius) 10. 11. 12. 13, 14. 15, 16. 17. 18. 19. 20. = Total Cover Woody Vine 61MWM (Plot Size: ) 1. 2. = Total Cover % Bare Ground in Herb Stratum 40 Remarks; 100% dominant watiand vegetation par Dominance Test Worksheet: Number of Dominant Species That Are 2 (A)OBL, FACW, or FAC: Total Number of Dominant Species Across 2 (B) Ali Strata: Percent of Dominant Species That Are 100 (AIB) OBL, FACW, or FAC: Prevalence index worksheet: Total % Cover of: - Multiply by, OBL spades x1 = FACW species x2 = FAC species x3 = FACU species x4 = UPL species x5 = Column Totals: (A) (B) Prevalence index = B1A = Hydrophytic Vegetation indicators, Yes Dominance Test is>50% Prevalence Index is 9.0' Morphological Adaptations' (Provide supporting data in Remarks or on a separate sheet) Weiland Non Vascular Plants' Problematic Hydrophytic Vegetation' (Explain) 'Indicators of hydric soil and wetland hydrology must be present, unless disturbed or problernattc. Hydrophytic Vegetation Present? Yes 0 No ❑ US Army (ores of Engineers Western Mountains, Valley, and Coast-- Interim Version Project Site: Quendall Terminal ROIL __....... . _...-..------...---- Profile Description: (Describe to the depth needed to document the Indicator or confirm the absence of indicators.) Depth Matrix Redox Features (Inches) Color (moist) % Color (Moist) % Type' Loci Texture Remarks 'Type: C= Concentration, D=Depletion, RM=Reduced Matrix, CS=Covered or Coated Sand Grains. =Location: PL=Pore Lining, M=Matrix Hydric troll Indicators: (Applicable to all LRRs, unless otherwise noted.) Indicators for Problematic Hydric Solle': ❑ Histosoi (Al) ❑ Sandy Redox (S5) ❑ 2 cm Muck (A110) ❑ Histic Eplpedon (A2) ❑ Stripped Matrix (S6) ❑ Red Parent Material (TF2) ❑ Black Histic (A3) ❑ Loamy Mucky Mineral (F1) (except MLRA 1) ❑ Other (Explain in Remarks) ❑ Hydrogen Sulfide (A4) ❑ Loamy Gleyed Matrix (F2) ❑ Depleted Below Dark Surface (Al 1) 0 Depleted Matrix (F3) ❑ Thick Dark Surface (Al2) ❑ Redox Dark Surface (Fe) ❑ Sandy Mucky Mineral (S1) ❑ Depleted Dark Surface (F7) 31ndicators of hydrophytic vegetation and wetland ❑ Sandy Gleyed Matrix (S4) ❑ Redox Depressions (FB) hydrology must be present, unless disturbed or blemailc. Restrictive Layer (it present): Type: Depth (Inches): Hydric Solis Present? Yes ❑ No ❑ Remarks: Due to known contaminants in the study area, soil pits were not excavated in some areas. nTUKVLUOY wetland Hydrology Indicators: Primary Indicators (minimum of one required; check all that apply) Secondary Indicators (2 or more required) ❑ Surface Water (Al) ❑ Wafer -Stained Leaves (139) ❑ Water -Stained Leaves (139) ® High Water Table (A2) (except MLRA 1, 2, 4P.and 48) (MLRA 1, 2, 4A, and 4B) ® Saturation (A3) ❑ Salt Crust (B11) ❑ Drainage Patterns (810) ❑ Water Marks (81) ❑ Aquatic Invertebrates (1313) ❑ Dry -Season Water Table (C2) ❑ Sediment Deposits (82) ❑ Hydrogen Sulfide Odor (Cl) ❑ Saturation Visible on Aerial Imagery (09) ❑ Drift Deposits (B3) ❑ Oxidized Rhizospheres along Living Roots (C3) ❑ Geomorphie Position (02) ❑ Algal Mat or Crust (S4) ❑ Presence of Reduced Iron (C4) ❑ Shallow Aquitard (D3) ❑ Iron Deposits (BS) ❑ Recent Iron Reduction in Tilled Soils (C6) ❑ FAC-Nautral Test (D5) ❑ Surface Soil Cracks (86) ❑ Stunted or Stresses Plants (D1) (LRR A) ❑ Raised Ant Mounds (D6) (LRR A) ❑ Inundation Visible on Aerial Imagery (B7) ❑ Other (Explain in Remarks) ❑ Frost -Heave Hummocks (137) ❑ Sparsely Vegetated Concave Surface (BS) Field Observations: Surface Water Present? Yes ® No ® Depth (inches): Water Table Present? Yes ® No ❑ Depth (inches): At surface Saturation Present? tlndudes capillary fringe) Yes ® No ❑ Depth (inches): At surface Wetland Hydrology Present? Yes ® No ❑ Describe Recorded Data (stream gauge, monitoring well, aerial photos, prevfous inspections), if available; Remarks, Standing water present In constructed stormwater feature US Amty Corps of Engineers Wastem Mountains, Valley, and Coast — lnferfm Version WETLAND DETERMINATION DATA FORM - Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast Region Project Site: Ouendall Terminals City/County: RentorMng Sampling Date: 04/3012009 ApplicantlOwner. Quendall State: WA Sampling Point: Wet D SP#iWet Investigator(s): A. gale, J. Pursley Section, Township, Range: 29124N15E Landform (hillslope, terrace, etc.): Lakefdngo local relief (concave, convex, none): Concave Slope (%): 0 to 2 Subregion (LRR): A Let: 47.53N Long: 122.20W Datum: Soil Map unit Name: Bellingham silt loam NWI classification: Palustrins scrub -shrub Are climatic I hydrologic conditions on the site typical for this time of year? Yes 0 No ❑ (If no, explain in Remarks.) Are Vegetation ❑, Soil ❑, Or Hydrology ❑, significantly disturbed? Are'Normal Circumstances" present? Yes 0 No ❑ Are Vegetation ❑, Soil ❑, Or Hydrology ❑, naturally problematic? (If needed, explain any answers in Remarks.) SUMMARY OF FINDINGS —Attach site map showing sampling point locations, transects, Important features, etc. Hydrophytic Vegetation Present? Yes 0 No ❑ Hydric Soil Present? Yes ® No ❑ is the Sampling Area within a Wetland? Yea 0 No Wetland Hydrology Present? Yes ® No ❑ Remarks: Wetland D associated with Lake Washington; also receives stormwater runoff. ytCst i A I ium — use sciaminc names oT ptanfs Tree Stratum (Plot Size: 30 foot radius) Absolute Dominant Indicad -- % Cove F SpeClee7 filming 1, Populus balsamlfera 55 Yes FAC 2. SaUx lasiMatra 35 Yes FACW 3. 4. 90 = Total Cover ! SasAingl5hrub Stratum (Plot Size: 15 foot radius) 5. Cornus serlcea 20 Yes FACW ! B. Lonicera involucrste 10 No FAC 7. Rubus armenlecus 10 No FACU B. 9. j)gL tratum (Plot Size: 3 foot radius) 10, Montego major 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 1a. 19. 20. Woody Vine Stratum (Plot Size: ) 1. 2. % Bare Ground in Herb Stratum 0 Remarks: 100% dominant wel per 40 =Total Cover Dominance Test Worksheets Number of Dominant Species That Are 3 (A) OBL, FACW, or FAC: Total Number of Dominant Species Across 3 (B) All Strata: Percent of Dominant Species That Are 100 (AIB) OBL, FACW, or FAC: Prevalence Index worksheet: Total over of: Muttioly by. OBL species x1 = FACW species x2 = FAC species x3 = FACU spades x4 = UPL species x5 = 5 Na FACU Column Totals: (A) (B) Prevalence Index = B1A = Hydrophytic Vegetation Indicators: Yes Dominance Test is >50% Prevalence Index is c3.0' Morphological Adaptations' (Provide supporting data in Remarks or on a separate sheet) Wetland Non -Vascular Plants' Problematic Hydrophytic Vegetation` (Explain) 5= Total Cover = Total Cover 'Indicators of hydric soil and watiand hydrology must be present, unless disturbed or problematic. Hydrophytic Vegetation Present? Yes ® No ❑ US Army Corps of E.nginaem Western Mountains, Valley, and Coast — Interim Version Project Site: Quandall Terminal CAI I Samnlinn Point Wet n Sp#IWe1 Profile Description: (Describe to the depth needed to document the indicator or confirm the absence of Indicators.) Depth Matrix Redox Features (Inches) Color (moist) % Color (Moist) % Type' Loci Texture Remarks 0 to 6 10YR 312 100 None None None None Sandy loam 6 to Is+ 10 YR 3I1 100 1OYR 4/6 10 D M Slit loam Compacted 'Type: C= Concentration, D=Depletion, RM=Reduced Matrix, CS=Covered or Coated Sand Grains. 2Location: PL=Pore Lining, M=Matrix Hydric Soil indicators: (Applicable to all LRRs, unless otherwise noted.) Indicators for Problematic Hydrlc Soils': ❑ Histosol (A1) ❑ Sandy Redox (S5) ❑ 2 cot Muck (Al0) ❑ Histic Epipedon (A2) ❑ Stripped Matrix (S6) ❑ Red Parent Material (TF2) ❑ Black Histic (A3) ❑ Loamy Mucky Mineral (Fi) (except MLRA 1) ❑ Other (Explain In Remarks) ❑ Hydrogen Sulfide (A4) ❑ Loamy Gleyed Matrix (F2) ® Depleted Below Dark Surface (All) ❑ Depieted Matrix (F3) ® Thick Dark Surface (Al2) ❑ Redox Dark Surface (F6) ❑ Sandy Mucky Mineral (S1) ❑ Depleted Dark Surface (F7) 'Indicators of hydrophytic vegetation and wetland Sandy GI Matrix S4 � ( ) ❑ Redox Depressions F8 Pr ( ) hydrol❑ must be present, unless disturbed or problematic, roblematic, Restrictive layer (if present): Type: Coarse angular rock Depth (Inches): 6.8 inches Hydrfc Solis Present? Yes ® No ❑ Remarks: 2 chrome, mottloc. n T UKULUti T Wetland Hydrology Indicators: Primary Indicators (minimum of one required; check all that apply) Secondary Indicators (2 or more required) ❑ Surface Water (All) ® Water -Stained Leaves (89) ❑ Water -Stained Leaves (B9) ❑ High Water Table (A2) (except MLRA 1, 2, 4A, and 4B) (MLRA 1, 2, 4A, and 48) ❑ Saturation (A3) ❑ Saft Crust (B11) ❑ Drainage Patterns (BID) ❑ Water Marks (B1) ❑ Aquatic invertebrates (B13) ❑ Dry -Season Water Table (C2) ❑ Sediment Deposits (B2) ❑ Hydrogen Sulfide Odor (C1) ❑ Saturation Visible on Aerial Imagery (C9) ® Drift deposits (133) ❑ Oxidized Rhizospheres along Living Roots (C3) ❑ Geomorphic Position (D2) ❑ Algal Mat or Crust (B4) ❑ Presence of Reduced Iron (C4) ❑ Shallow Aquftard (03) ❑ Iron Deposits (B5) ❑ Recent Iron Reduction in Tilled Soils (C6) ❑ PAC -Neutral Test (135) ❑ Surface Sail Cracks (86) ® Stunted or Stresses Plants (D1) (LRR A) ❑ Raised Ant Mounds (DO) (LRR A) ❑ Inundation Visible on Aerial Imagery (B7) ❑ Other (Explain in Remarks) ❑ Frost -Heave Hummocks (D7) ® Sparsely Vegetated Concave Surface (Be) Field Observations: Surface Water Present? Yes ❑ No ® Depth (inches); Water Table Present? Yes ® No ❑ Depth (Inches): 4 inches 5atPresent? (includesludes capillary fringe} Yes ® No ❑ Depth (Inches): At surface Wetland Hydrology Present? Yes ® No ❑ [udea Describe Recorded Data (stream gauge, monlloring well, aerial photos, previous Inspections), if available; Remarks: Primary Indicators present: US Miry Corps of ftfnevm Westem Mountains, Valley, and Coast — Interim Version WETLAND DETERMINATION DATA FORM — Westem Mountains, Valleys, and Coast Region F -• Project Site: Quendall Terminals City/County: Renton/King Sampling Date: 04/3012009 Applicant/Owner. Quendall State: WA Sampling Point: Wet D SP#2Wet Investigator(s); A. Gale, J. Purslay Section, Township, Range: 29124NI5E Landform (hillslope, terrace, etc.): Lakefringe Local relief (concave, convex, none): Concave Slope {%): 0 to 2 Subregion (LRR): A Lei; 47.53N Long: 122.20W Datum: Soil Map Unit Name: Bellingham silt loam NWI classification: Palustrine scrub -shrub Are climatic I hydrologic conditions on the site typical for this time of year? Yes ® No 0 (If no, explain in Remarks.) Are Vegetation ❑, Soil ❑, Or Hydrology ❑, significantly disturbed? Are "Normal Circumstances' present? Yes 0 No ❑ Are Vegetation 0, Soil ❑, Or Hydrology ❑, naturatly problematic? (If needed, explain any answers in Remarks.) *UNINIAKY Vt- I-INUINUti — Attacn site map snowing sampling point locations, transects, important features, etc. Hydrophydc Vegetation Present? Yes 0 No ❑ Hydric Soil Present? Yes ® No ❑ Is the Sampling Area within a Wetland? Yes 0 No ❑ Wetland Hydrology Present? Yes 0 No ❑ Remarks: Wetland 9 associated with Lake Washington; also receives stormwater runoff. Sample plot located near the Jake's edge. VLUL I AI1UN — USa scientific names of plants Tree Stratum (Plot Size: 30 foot radius) Mute Dominant Indicat Cover Species? Status 1. A1nus rubra 7S Yes FAC 2. 3. 4. 75 - Total Cover SaplinalShrub Stratum (Plot Size:15 foot radius) 5. Comus serlces is Yes FACW S. Rubus spectabills 10 Yes FAC 7. Rubus armenlacus 5 No FACU e. 9. HeLb Stratum (Plot Size: 3 foot radius) 10. ids pseudacorus 11. Epiloblum cAlatum 12. Phalads aruridlnacee 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20. Woody Vine Stratum (Plot Size; ) 1. 2. % Bare Ground in Herb Stratum 0 Remarks: 100% dominant wel per 40 = Total Cover Dominance Test Worksheets Number of Dominant Species That Are B (A) OBL, FACW, or FAC: Total Number of Dominant Species Across 6 (B) All Strata: Percent of Dominant Species That Are 100 (A/B) OBL, FACW, or FAC: Prevalence Index worksheet: of,• Multiply by. OBL species x1 = FACW species x2 = PAC species x3 = FACU species x4 = UPL species x5 5 Yes OBL Column Totals: (A) (B) 5 Yes FACW Prevalence Index = BIA = 5 Yes FACW Hydrophytic Vegetation Indicators: Yea Dominance Test Is >50% Prevalence Index Is 13.0' Morphological Adaptations' (Provide supporting data In Remarks or on a separate sheet) Weiland Non -Vascular Plants' Problematic Hydrophytic Vegetation' (Explain) 15= Total Cover = Total Cover 'Indicators of hydric soil and wetland hydrology must be present, unless disturbed or problematic, Hydrophytic Vegetatlon Present? Yes ® No ❑ US Army Carps of Engineers Westem Mountains, Valley, and Coast — Interim Version Project Site: Quandall Terminal anu Profile Description: (Describe to the depth needed to document the Indicator or confirm the absence of Indicators.) Depth Matrix Redox Features (Inches) Color (moist) % Color (Moist) % Type' Loc2 Texture Remarks 0 to 10 10YR 2I1 100 None None None None Loamy sand 10 to 12 2.5Y YR 411 75 10YR 416 25 RM M Loamy sand Oxidized rhizospheres, transition 12 to 18+ 2.5Y 411 100 None None None None Sand 'Type: C= Concentration, D=Depletion, RM=Reduced Matrix, CS=Covered or Coated Sand Grains. Location; PL=Pore Lining, M=Matrix Hydric Soil Indicators: (Applicable to all LRRs, unless otherwise noted.) Indicators for Problematic Hydric Soils: ❑ Histosol (At) ® Sandy Redox (S5) ❑ 2 cm Muck (Al0) ❑ Histic Epipedort (A2) ❑ Stripped Matrix (86) ❑ Red Parent Material (TF2) ❑ Black Hlatic (A3) ❑ Loamy Mucky Mineral (Fi) (except MLRA i) ❑ Other (Explain in Remarks) ® Hydrogen Sulfide (A4) ❑ Loamy Gleyed Matrix (F2) ❑ Depleted Below Dark Surface (Al 1) ❑ Depleted Matrix (F3) ❑ Thick Dark Surface (Al2) ® Redox Dark Surface (176) ❑ Sandy Mucky Mineral (Si) ❑ Depleted Dark Surface (F7) 'Indicators of hydrophytfc vegetation and wetland ❑ Sandy Gleyed Matrix (S4) ❑ Redox Depressions (F8) hydrology must be present unless disturbed or roblemaUc. Restrictive layer (if present): Type: Depth (Inches): Hydrtc Soils Present? Yes ® No ❑ Remarks: 1 chrome, mottles. T' lil1J.io1RoLc]'- Wedand Hydrology Indicators: Primary Indicators (minimum of one required; heck all that apply) Secondary Indicators (2 or more required) ® Surface Water (Al) ❑ Water -Stained Leaves (B9) ❑ Water -Stained Leaves (09) ® High Water Table (A2) (except MLRA 1, 2, 4A, and 48) (MLRA 1, 2, 4A, and 4B) ® Saturation (A3) ❑ Sall Crust (B11) ❑ Drainage Patterns (810) ❑ Water Marks (B1) ❑ Aquatic Invertebrates (813) ❑ Dry -Season Water Table (C2) ❑ Sediment Deposits (B2) ❑ Hydrogen Sulfide Odor (C1) ❑ Saturation Visible on Aerial Imagery (C9) ❑ Drift Deposits (83) ❑ Oxidized Rhizospheres along Living Roots (C3) ❑ Geomorphic Position (D2) ❑ Algal Mat or Cruet (134) ❑ Presence of Reduced Iron (C4) ❑ Shallow Aquitard (D3) ❑ Iron Deposits (135) ❑ Recent Iron Reduction in Tilled Solis (C6) ❑ FAG -Neutral Test (D5) ❑ Surface Boll Cracks (W) ❑ Stunted or Stresses Plants (131) (LRR A) ❑ Raised Ant Mounds (D6) (LRR A) ❑ Inundation Visible on Aerial Imagery (137) ❑ Other (Explain in Remarks) ❑ Frost -Heave Hummocks (137) ❑ Sparsely Vegetated Concave Surface (B8) Field Observations: Surface Water Present? Yes ® No ❑ Depth (inches): At surface Water Table Present? Yes ® No ❑ Depth {inches): At surface Saturation Prest? en rilaryndudes capeen hinge) Yes ® No ❑ Depth (inches): At surface Wetland Hydrology Present? Yes ® No ❑ Describe Recorded Data (stream gauge, monitoring well, saris] photos, previous inspections), if available: Remarks: Primary Indicators present US Army Corps of FiVinsers Western Mountains, Valley, and Coast -. Interim Version WETLAND DETERMINATION DATA FORM —Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast Region Project Site: Quendall Terminals City/County: Renton/King Sampling Date: 04/30/2009 Applicant/Owner. ouenda,, State: WA Sampling Point: Wet D SP91 Up l investlgator(s): A Gale, J. Pursley Section, Township, Range: 29124NI5E Landform (hllislope, terrace, etc.): Lakehinge Local relief (concave, convex, none): Concave Slope (%): 0 to 2 Subregion (LRR): A Let 47.53N Long: 122.20W Datum: Soil Map Unit Name: Bellingham silt loam NM classification: Palustrine scrub -shrub Are climatic 1 hydrologic conditions on the site typical for this time of year? Yes ® No ❑ (If no, explain in Remarks.) Are Vegetation ❑, Soil El, Or Hydrology ❑, significantly disturbed? Are 'Normal Circumstances' present? Yes ® No ❑ Are Vegetation ❑, Soil ©, Or Hydrology ❑, naturally problematic? (if needed, explain any answers in Remarks.) SUMMARY OF FINDINGS — Attach site map showing samoitna point locations. transects. important features. etc. Hydraphytic Vegetation Present? Yes ® No ❑ Hydric Soil Present? Yes ❑ No ® is the Sampling Area within a Wetland? Yes ® No ❑ Wetland Hydrology Present? Yes ® No ❑ Remarks: Wetland D associated with Lake Washington; also receives stormwater runoff. Sample plot located adjacent to Wetland D. YClit I A i IUM — use scientinc nor Tree Stratum (Plot Size: 30 toot radius) 1. Populus balsamlfere 2. 3. 4. ° ov Soedes2 Status 100 Yea FAC 100 = Total Cover SatlllrotShn,b Stratum (Plot Size: 15 foot radius) 5. Rubus armenlacus 25 Yes FACU 6. Populus balsomlfiers 5 No FAC 7. 8. 9. Herb Stratum (Plot Size: 3 foot radius) 10. Epiloblufn clllatum 11. 12. 13, 14, 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20, Woody Vine Stratum {Plot Size: ) 1. 2. % Bare Ground in Herb Stratum 30 Remarks: 66% dominant wetlai per 30 = Total Cover 5 Yes FACW 5- Total Cover = Total Cover Dominance Test Worksheet: Number of Dominant Species That Are 2 (A) OBL, FACW, or FAC: Total Number of Dominant Species Across 3 (B) All Strata: Percent of Dominant Spades That Are 66 (AIB) OSL, FACW, or FAC: Prevalence Index worksheet: Total % Cover of: Multiply bv: OBL species x1 = FACW species x2 = FAC species x3 = FACU species x4 = UPL species x5= Column Totals: (A) (B) Prevalence Index = 81A = Hydrophytic Vegetation Indicators: Yes Dominance Test Is>50% Prevalence Index is 9.0' Morphological Adaptations' (Provide supporting data in Remarks or on a separate sheet) Wetland Non -Vascular Plants' Problematic Hydrophytic Vegetation' (Explain) 'Indicators of hydric soil and wetland hydrology must be present, unless disturbed or problematic, Hydrophytic Vegetation Present? Yes ® No ❑ US Army Corps of Engineers Western Mountains, Valley, and Coast — Interim Version Project Site: Quendell Terminal SOIL Samnlinn Pnnnt Wet D SP#111n Profile Description: (Describe to the depth needed to document the Indicator or confirm the absence of Indicators.) Depth Matrix Redox Features (inches) Color (moist) % Color (Moist) % Type' Loco Texture Remarks 0 to 18+ 2.5Y 512 100 None None None None Loamy day Compacted 'Type: C= Concentration, D=Depletion, RM=Reduosd Matrix, CS --Covered or Coated Sand Grains. 'location: PL=Pore Lining, M=Matrix Hydric Soll Indicators: (Applicable to all LRRs, unless otherwise noted.) Indicators for Problematic Hydric Soils': ❑ Histosol (All) ❑ Sandy Redox (S5) ❑ 2 cm Muck (A10) ❑ Histic Epipedon (A2) ❑ Stripped Matrix (S6) ❑ Red Parent Material (TF2) ❑ Black Histic (A3) ❑ Loamy Mucky Mineral (F1) (except MLRA 1) ❑ Other (Explain In Remarks) ❑ Hydrogen Sulfide (A4) ❑ Loamy Gleyed Matrix (F2) ❑ Depleted Below Dark Surface (At 1) ❑ Depleted Matrix (F3) ❑ Thick Dark Surface 012) ❑ Redox Dark Surfaca (F6) ❑ Sandy Mucky Mineral (S1) ❑ Depleted Dark Surface (F7) 91ndicators of hydrophytic vegetation and wetland ❑ Sandy Gleyed Matrix (S4) [I Redox Depressions (F8) h blemahc ust be present unless disturbed or Restrictive Layer (if present): Type; Depth (Inches): Hydric Solis Present? Yes ❑ No Remarks: No evidence of hydric soils. HYt]Rtl1 Arw Welland Hydrology Indicators: Primary Indicators (minimum of one required; check all that apply) Secondary Indicators (2 or more required) f ❑ Surface Water (Al) ❑ Water -Stained Leaves (139) ❑ Water -Stained Leaves (B9) ❑ High Water Table (A2) (except MLRA 1, 2.4A, and 48) (MLRA 1, 2, 4A, and 4B) ® Saturation (A3) ❑ Salt Crust (B11) ❑ Drainage Patterns (810) ❑ Water Marks (191) ❑ Aquatic Invertebrates (BI3) ❑ Dry -Season Water Table (C2) ❑ Sediment Deposits (82) ❑ Hydrogen Sulfide Odor (Cl) ❑ Saturation Visible on Aerial Imagery (C8) ❑ Drift Deposits (133) ❑ Oxidized Rhtzospheres along Living Roots (C3) ❑ Geomorphic Position (D2) ❑ Algal Mat or Crust (B4) ❑ Presence of Reduced Iron (C4) ❑ Shallow Aquitard (D3) ❑ Iron Deposits (85) ❑ Recent Iron Reduction in Tilled Solis (C6) ❑ FAC-Neutral Test (DS) ❑ Surface Soll Cracks (BB) ❑ Stunted or Stresses Plants (131) (L.RR A) ❑ Raised Ant Mounds (D6) (LRR A) ❑ Inundation Visible on Aerial Imagery (87) ❑ Other (Explain In Remarks) ❑ Frost -Heave Hummocks (D7) ❑ Sparsely Vegetated Concave Surface (68) Field Observations: Surface Water Present? Yes ❑ No ® Depth (inches): Water Tat4a Present? Yes ❑ No ® Depth (Inches): Saturation Present? Yes (ncludes capillary fringe) ® No ❑ Depth (Inches); At surface Wetland Hydrology Present? Yes ® No ❑ Describe Recorded Data (stream gauge, monitoring well, aerial photos, previous Inspections), if available: Remarks: Primary indicators present; saturation at surface. US Anny Cow of Enaftwrs Westam, Mountains, Valley, and Coast — Interim Vemlon WETLAND DETERMINATION DATA FORM — Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast Region Project Site: Quendall Terminals CRylCounty, RentorMng Sampling Date: 0413012009 Applicant/Owner. Quendell ' State: WA Sampling Point; Wet E SP#1up Inyestigator(s): A. Gale, J. Pursley Section, Township, Range: 29124W5E Landform (hillslope, terrace, etc.): Constructed storrwater feature Local milef (concave, convex. none): Concave Slope (%): None Subregion (LRR): A Lat: 47.53N Long: 122.20W Datum: Soil Map Unit Name: Norma sandy loam NM classification: None mapped Are climatic 1 hydrologic conditions on the site typical for this time of year? Yes ® No ❑ (If no, explain in Remarks.) Are Vegetation ❑, Soil ❑, Or Hydrology ❑, significantly disturbed? Are 'Normal Circumstances' present? Yes ® No ❑ Are Vegetation ❑, Soil ❑, Or Hydrology ❑, naturally problematic? (if needed, explain any answers In Remarks.) muinmwrtr i.rr rimuint" — Attacn sne map snowing sampling paint tocations, txarnsects, Important reatures, etc. Hydrophytic Vegetation Present? Yes 0 No ❑ ' Hydric Soil Present? Yes ❑ No ❑ Is the Sampling Area within a Wetland? Yes ❑ No Wetland Hydrology Present? Yes ❑ No Remarks: Sample plot located on compacted dirt road adjacent and upland to Wetland S. YkGtIA I IVn - use scientttic nai Tree Stratum (Plot Sae: 30 foot radius) 1. Populus balsamlfere 2. 3. 4. $anlliontShrub Stratum (Plot Size: IS foot radius) 5. Lorrlcere lmrolucreta 6. Rubus armeniscus 7. Comus sorlcea 8. 9. Herb Stratum- Plot We: 3 foot radius) 10. Eplloblum d1latum 11, Hediumhelix 12, Geranium robe►tlanum 13, 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20. Woody Vine Stratum (Plot Size; ) 1. 2. % Bare Ground in Herb Stratum 25 Remarks: 100% Percent of Dc Absolute Dominant Indicator Dominance test WorksheeL % Cover S e Status 75 Yes FAC Number of Dominant Species That Are 3 (A} OBL, FACW, or FAC: Total Number of Dominant Species Across 3 A All Strata: 75 = Total Cover Percent of Dominant Species That Are 100% (AB) 0136, FACW, or FAC: 1s Yes FAC Prevalence Index workshaet: 10 No FACU Total % Cover of: Multiply by, 5 No FACW OBL species x1 = FACW species x2 = FAC species x3 = 30 = Total Cover FACU spades x4 = UPL species x5 a is Yes FACW Column Totals: (A) (B) 5 No UPL Prevalence Index = BIA = Hydrophytic Vegetation Indicators: 5 No NIL Yes Dominance Test is >50% Prevalence Index is 13.0' Morphological Adaptations' (Provide supporting data in Remarks or on a separate sheet) Wetland Non -Vascular Plants' Problematic Hydrophytic Vegetation' (Explain) 25 = Total Cover = Total Cover are FAC. FACW. or 08L. I 'Indicators of hydric soil and wetland hydrology must be present, unless disturbed or problematic. Hydrophytic Vegetation Present? Yes ® No ❑ vood extending from wetland to test plot. US Army Corps of Engineers Western Mountains, Valley, and Coast -- Interim Version Project Site: Quendall Terminal Profile Description: (Describe to the depth needed to document the Indicator or confirm the absence of Indicators.) Depth Matrix Redox Features (inches) Color (moist) % Color (Moist) % Type' LOCI Texture Remarks 'Type: C= Concentration, D=Deplellon, RM=Reduced Matrix, CS=Covered or Coated Sand Grains, Location: PL=Pore Lining, M=Matrix Hydric Soil Indicators: (Applicable to all LRRs, unless otherwise noted.) Indicators for Problematic Hydric Soils°: ❑ Histosol (Al) ❑ Sandy Redox (SS) ❑ 2 cm Muck (A10) ❑ Histic Epipedon (A2) ❑ Stripped Matrix (S6) ❑ Red Parent Material (fF2) ❑ Buck Histic (A3) ❑ Loamy Mucky Mineral (F1) (except MLRA 1) ❑ Other (Explain In Remarks) ❑ Hydrogen Sulfide (A4) ❑ Loamy Gleyed Matrix (F2) ❑ Depleted Below Dark Surface (Al 1) ❑ Depleted Matrix (F3) ❑ Thick Dark Surface (Al2) ❑ Redox Dark Surface (FB) ❑ Sandy Mucky Mineral (81) ❑ Depleted Dark Surface (F7) 3lndicators of hydrophytic vegetation and wetland ❑ Sandy Gleyed Matrix (S4) ❑ Redox Depressions (FS) hydrology must be present, unless disturbed or roblematic. Restrictive Layer (if present): Type: Depth (Inches): Hy4dc Soils Present? Yes ® No ❑ Remarks: Due to known contaminants in the study area, soil pits were not excavated in some areas. Test plot located on bermed area adjacent to Welland E and has developed into dirt road. Soils appear very compact Wetland Hydrology Indicators: Primary Indicators (minimum of one required; check all that apply) ❑ Surface Water (Al) ❑ Water -Stained Leaves (139) ❑ High Water Table (A2) (except MLRA 1, 2, 4A, and 4B) ❑ Saturation (A3) ❑ Salt Crust (at I) ❑ Water Marks (B1) ❑ Aquatic Invertebrates (B13) ❑ Sediment Deposits (B2) ❑ Hydrogen Sulfide Odor (C1) ❑ Drift Deposits (B3) ❑ Oxidized Rhizospheres along Living Roots (C3) ❑ Algal Mat or Crust (84) ❑ Presence of Reduced Iron (C4) ❑ Iron Deposits (65) ❑ Recent Iron Reduction in Tilled Solis (C6) ❑ Surface Sail Cracks (BB) ❑ Stunted or Stresses Plants (01) (LRR A) ❑ Inundation Visible on Aerial Imagery (87) ❑ Other (Explain in Remarks) ❑ Sparsely Vegetated Concave Surface (BB) Field Observations: Surface Water Present? Yea ❑ No ® Depth (inchasy Water Table Present? Yes ❑ Nc ® Depth (inches): 4 Inches Saturation Present? Secondary Indicators (2 or more required) ❑ Water -Stained Leaves (89) (MLRA 1, 2, 4A, and 4B) ❑ Drainage Patterns (B10) ❑ Dry -Season Water Table (C2) ❑ Saturation Visible on Aerial Imagery (Cg) ❑ Geomorphlc Position (O2) ❑ Shallow Aquitard (D3) ❑ FAC-Neutral Test (D5) ❑ Raised Ant Mounds (D0) (LRR A) ❑ Frost -Heave Hummocks (07) (includes capillary fringe) Yes [] No ® Depth (inches): At surface Wetland Hydrology Present? Describe Recorded Data (stream gauge, monitoring well, aerial photos, previous Inspections), if available: Remarks: Sample plot located on compacted dirt road adjacent to Wetland B. no evidence of wetland hydrology, Yes ❑ No US Army Corps of Engineers Western Mountains, Valley, and Coast— lrtterfm Version WETLAND DETERMINATION DATA FORM — Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast Region Project Site; Quendall Terminals CitylCounty: RantonlKing Sampling Data: 04130/2009 AppllcantfOwner. Quendall State: WA Sampling Point: Wet 1 SF>51 Wet Investigator(s); A. Gate, J. Pursley Section, Township, Range: 29124N15E Landfonn (hilWope, terrace, etc.): Constructed stormwater feature Local relief (concave, convex, none): Concave Slope (%): 0 -2 % Subregion (LRR): A Lei: 47.53N Long: 122.20W Datum: Soil Map Unit Name; Norma sandy loam NWI classifigtion: None mapped Are climate 1 hydrologic conditions on the site typical for this time of year? Yes ® No ❑ (if no, explain in Remarks.) Are Vegetation ❑, Soil ❑, Or Hydrology ❑, significantly disturbed? Ara `Normal Circumstances' present? Yes ® No ❑ Are Vegetation ❑, Soil ❑, Or Hydrology ❑, naturally problematic? (If needed, explain any answers In Remarks.) SUMMAKT OF mmwNGS — Attach stte map snowing sampiing point locations, transecu, important features, etc. Hydrophytic Vegetation Present? Yes ® No ❑ Hydric Soil Present? Yes © No ❑ Is the Sampling Area within a Weiland? Yes ® No ❑ Wetland Hydrology Present? Yes ® No ❑ Remarks: Wetland E Is a constructed stormwater feature that recelves sor winter runoff from the property. VtGE IAt ION -use 8Cientitic nat Tree Stratum (Plot Size: 30 foot radius) i. Salbr lastandra 2. Populus belsamffera 3. 4. Absolute Dominant Indicat 21 Cover cies? Status 90 Yea FACW 10 No FAC 100 = Total Cover SaallnolShrub Stratum (Plot Size:15 foot radius) 5. Rubus armenlacus 5 Yes FACU 6. 7. g' 9. 5= Total Cover Herb Stratum (Plot Size: 3 foot radius) 10. ill. 12. 13. 14. 15. 15. 17. 1ti. 19. 20. = Total Cover Woody Vine Stratum Plot Size: ) 1. 2 = Total Cover % Bare Ground in Herb Stratum 20% Remark&- 50% dominant wetland vegetation per Dominance Test Worksheet: Number of Dominant Species That Are 1 (A) OBL, FACW, or FAC: Total Number of Dominant Species Across 2 (B) All Strata; Percent of Dominant Species That Are 5o (A(B) OBL, FACW, or FAC: Prevalence Index workshest: Tots( % Cover of: Multiply by, OBL species x1 = FACW species x2 = FAC species x3 = FACU species x4 = UPL species x5 = Column Totals: (A) (S) Prevalence Index = B/A c Hydrophytic Vegetation Indicators: Yes Dominance Test is >50% Prevalence Index is <WY Morphological Adaptations' (Provide supporting data in Remarks or on a separate sheet) Weiland Non -Vascular Plants' Problematic Hydrophytic Vegetation' (Explain) 'Indicators of hydrae soil and wetland hydrology must be present, unless disturbed or problematic. Hydrophytic Vagetatlon Present? Yea ® No ❑ US Army Corps of Engineers West am Maintains, Valley, and Coast — Interim Version Project Site: Quendall Terminal Still Profile Description: (Describe to the depth needed to document the Indicator or confirm the absence of Indicators.) Depth Matrix Radax Features (inches) Color (moist) % Color (MOW) Type' Locr Texture Remarks `Type: C= Concentration, D=Depletion, RM=Reduced Matrix, CS=Covered or Coated Sand Grains, Location: PL=Pore Lining, M=Matrix Hydric Sall Indicators: (Applicable to all LRRa, unless otherwise noted.) Indicators for Problematic Hydric Soils': ❑ Hlstosol (Al) ❑ Sandy Redox (S5) ❑ 2 cm Muck (A10) ❑ Hiatic Epipedon (A2) ❑ Stripped Matrix ($6) ❑ Red Parent Material (TF2) Cl Black Histic (A3) ❑ Loamy Mucky Mineral (Fi) (except MLRA 1) ❑ Other (Explain in Remarks) ❑ Hydrogen Sulfide (A4) ❑ Loamy Gleyed Matrix (F2) ❑ Depleted Below Dark Surface (All) ❑ Depleted Matrix (F3) ❑ Thick Dark Surface (Al2) ❑ Redox Dark Surface (F6) ❑ Sandy Mucky Mineral ($1) ❑ Depleted Dark Surface (177) 'Indicators Of hydrophytic vegetation and wetland ❑ Sandy Gleyed Matrix (S4) ❑ Redox Depressions (F8) hydrology must be present, unless disturbed or problematic. Restrictive Layer (if present): Type: Depth (Inches): Hydric Solis Present? Yes ❑ No ❑ Remarks: Due to known contaminants in the study area, soil pits were not excavated in some areas. HYDROLOMV Wetland Hydrology Indicators: Primary indicators (minimum of one required; check all that apply) Secondary Indicators (2 or more required) ❑ Surface Water (Al) ❑ Water-Stalned Leaves (89) ❑ Water -Stained Leaves (139) ® High Water Table (A2) (except MLRA 1, 2, 4A, and 4B) (MLRA 1, 2, 4A, and 4B) ® Saturation (A3) ❑ Salt Crust (B11) ❑ Drainage Patterns (910) ❑ Water Marks (Bi) ❑ Aquatic Invertebrates (513) ❑ Dry -Season Water Table (C2) ❑ Sediment Deposits (B2) ❑ Hydrogen Sulfide Odor (Cl) ❑ Saturation Visible on Aerial Imagery (C9) ❑ Drift Deposits (133) ❑ Oxidized Rhizospheres along Living Roots (C3) ❑ Geomorphic Position (02) ❑ Algal Met or Crust (134) ❑ Presence of Reduced Iron (C4) ❑ Shallow Aquitard (D3) ❑ Iron Deposits (85) ❑ Recent Iron Reduction in Tilled Soils (C6) ❑ FAC-Neutral Test (05) ❑ Surface Soil Cracks (136) ❑ Stunted or Stresses Plants (D1) (LRR A) ❑ Raised Ant Mounds (DS) (L JRR A) ❑ Inundation Visible on Aerial Imagery (137) ❑ Other (Explain in Remarks) ❑ Frost -Heave Hummocks (D7) ❑ Sparsely Vegetated Concave Surface (B8) . Field Observations: Surface Water Present? Yes ® No ® Depth (inches): Water Table Present? Yes ® No ❑ Depth (inches): At surface Saturation puler Present? Yes ® No (includes capillary fringe) ❑ (inches): Depth inches At surface Wetland Hydrolooy Present? Yes ® No ❑ Describe Recorded Data (stream gauge, monitoring well, aerial photos, previous inspections), If avaifabla: Tide gauge installed In constructed stormwater feature. At tuna of suer caster wde at helghl 0'. Evidence that water atone lime reached 4 feet. No indication If the tide gauge was installed obrrectly. Remarks: Standing water present in constructed stormwater feature. - .11 w v . ,,,,,,00.. western ntountarns, VaAey, and Coast— Inledm Version WETLAND DETERMINATION DATA FORM — Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast Region Project Site: Quendali Terminals CitylCounty: RentonXing Sampling Date: 06106/2009 ApplirantlOwner. Quendall State: WA Sampling Point: Wet F SP#1Up Investigator(s): A. Gale, J. Pursley Section, Township, Range: 29J`24N15E Lendform (hillslope, terrace, etc.): Lakefringe Local relief (concave, convex, none): Nona Slope (%): 0 to 2 Subregion (LRR): A Let: 47.53N Long: 122.20W Datum: Soil Map Unit Name: Norma sandy loam NWI classification: None mapped Are climatic I hydrologic conditions on the site typical for this time of year? Yes 0 No ❑ (If no, explain in Remarks.) Are Vegetation ❑, Soil ❑, Or Hydrology ❑, significantlycilsturbed9 Are'Normal Circumstances' present? Yes ® No ❑ Are Vegetation ❑, Soil ❑, Or Hydrology ❑, naturally problematic? (If needed, explain any answers in Remarks.) SUMMARY OF FINDINGS — Attach sits man showina sarnolIna paint IncatinnA_ trananctn hnnni4nnf fdartima a+.. Hydrophytic Vegetation Present? Yes 0 No Hydric Soil Present? Yes ❑ No © Is the Sampling Area within a Wadand? Yes ❑ No Wetland Hydrology Present? Yes Cl No Remarks: Data plot location on upland berm between Weiland F and Wetiand C. VEGETATION — Use scientific names of plants Tree Stratum (Plot Size: 30 toot radius) Absolute Cover Dominant Indicator Spec es? Staves Dominance Test Worksheets 1. Number of Dominant Species That Are 2. OBL, FACW, or FAC: 0 (A) 3' Total Number of Dominant Species Across 4, All Strata: 2 (B) = Total Cover Percent of Dominant Spades That Are 5aplinsilShrub StEatum (Plot Size:15 foot radius) OBL, FACW, or FAC: 0 A (�) 5• Rubus armenfecus 30 Yes FACU Prevalence Index worksheets 6• Total 7p Qoverp±Muful* bw 7. OBL species x1 = B. FACW species x2 = 9. FAC species x3 = 30 = Total Cover FACU species x4 = bA Stratum (Plot Size: 3 foot radius) UPL species x5 = 10. Polygonum cuspfdatum 60 Yes FACU Column Totals: (A) (B) 11. Eplloblum alllatum 5 No FACW Prevalence Index = BIA 12. Hydrophytic Vegetation Indicators: 13. No Dominance Test Is>50% 14. No Prevalence Index is 53.0' 15. Morphological Adaptations' (Provide supporting data In 16. Remarks or on a separate sheet) 17. Wetland Non -Vascular Plants' is. Problematic Hydrophytic Vegetation' (Explain) is. 20. 'Indicators of hyd6c soil and wetland hydrology must be present, 65 = Total Cover unless disturbed or problematic. Woody Vine Stratum (Plot Size: ) 1. 2. Total Cover Hydrophy@c Vegetation % Bare Ground in Herb Stratum 0 present? Yes ❑ No Remarks: 0% dominant watland vegetation per the Dominance test and Prevalence index < 3. H h c ydrop yti vegetation not present US Army Corps of Engineers Western Mountains, Valley, and Coast— Interim Version Project Site: Quendall Terminal SOIL Samalina Paint: Wet F SPft1 Uo Profile Description: (Describe to the depth needed to document the Indicator or confirm the absence of indicators.) Depth Matrix Redox Features (inches) Color (moist) % Color (Moist) % Type' Loc' Texture Remarks 'Type: C= Concentration, D=Depletion, RM=Reduced Matrix, CS=Covered or Coated Send Grains. "Location: PL=Pare Lining, M=Matrix Hydrlc Soil Indicators: (Applicable to ail LRRs, unless otherwise noted.) Indicators for Problematic Hydric Solls3: ❑ Hlstosol (Al) ❑ Sandy Redox (S5) ❑ 2 orn Muck (Al0) ❑ Histic Epipedon (A2) ❑ Stripped Matrix (S6) ❑ Red Parent Material (TF2) ❑ Black Histic (A3) ❑ Loamy Mucky Mineral (F1) (except MLRA 1) ❑ Other (Explain in Remarks) ❑ Hydrogen Sulfide (A4) ❑ Loamy Gleyed Matrix (F2) ❑ Depleted Below Dark Surface (Al1) ❑ Depleted Matrix (F3) ❑ Thick Dark Surface (Al2) ❑ Redox Dark Surface (FB) ❑ Sandy Mucky Mineral (Si) ❑ Depleted Dark Surface (F7) 31ndicators of hydrophytic vegetation and wetland hydrology must be present, unless disturbed or ❑ Sandy Gleyed Matrix 54 ( ) ❑ Redox Depressions F8 ( 1 problematic. Restrictive Layer (if present): Type: Depth (Inches): Hydric Solis Present? Yes ® No ❑ Remarks: Due to known Contaminants in the study area, soil pits were not excavated in some areas. I_•h17bT:TiTiTtX A Weiland Hydrology Indicators: Primary Indicators (minimum of one required; check all that apply) Secondary indicators (2 or more required) ❑ Surface Water (All) ❑ Water -Stained Leaves (B8) ❑ Water -Stained Leaves (69) ❑ High Water Table (A2) (except MLRA 1, 2, 4A, and 48) (MLRA 1, 2, 4A, and 40) ❑ Saturation (A3) ❑ Salt Crust (811) ❑ Drainage Patterns (610) ❑ Water Marks (B1) ❑ Aquatk: Invertebrates (1313) ❑ DrySeason Water Table (C2) ❑ Sediment Deposits (B2) ❑ Hydrogen Sulfide Odor (CI) ❑ Saturation Visible on Aerial Imagery (C9) ❑ Drift Deposits (133) ❑ Oxidized Rhfzoapheres along Living Roots (C3) ❑ Geomorphic Position (132) ❑ Algal Mat or Crust (134) ❑ Presence of Reduced Iron (C4) ❑ Shallow Aquitard (D3) ❑ Iron Deposits (B5) ❑ Recant Iron Reduction In Tilled Soils (C6) ❑ FAG -Neutral Test (D5) ❑ Surface Soil Cracks (B6) ❑ Stunted or Stresses Plants (D1) (LRR A) ❑ Raised Ant Mounds (D6) (LRR A) ❑ Inundation Visible on Aerial Imagery (137) ❑ Other (Explain in Remarks) ❑ Frost -Heave Hummocks (D7) ❑ Sparsely Vegetated Concave Surface (88) Field Observations: Surface Water Present? Yes ❑ No ® Depth (inches): Water Table Preserrt? Yes ❑ No ® Depth (inches): 15 Inches Saturation Present? Yes ❑ No ® Depth (inches): At surface Wetland Hydrology Present? Yes ❑ No (includes capillary fringe) Describe Recorded Data (stream gauge, monitoring well, aerial photos, previous Inspections), if available: Remarks: No evidence of wetland hydrology. US Army Corps of Engineers Western Mountains, Valley, and Coast — Interim Version WETLAND DETERMINATION DATA FORM - Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast Region Protect Site: Quendall Terminals CitylCounty: RentonXing Sampling Date: 05/06/2009 ApplicanVOwner. Quendall State: WA Sampling Point: Wet F SPdi Wet Investigator(s): A. Gale, J. Purstey Section, Township, Flange: 29124N/5E _ Landform (hillslope, terrace, etc.): Lakefringe Local relief (concave, convex, none): None Slope (%): 0 to 2 Subregion (LRR): A Let: 47.53N Long: 122.20W Datum: Sail Map Unit Name: Norma sandy loam NWI classification: None mapped Are climatic I hydrologic conditions on the site typical for this time of year? Yes 0 Na ❑ (if no, explain in Remarks.) Are Vegetation ❑, Soil ❑, Or Hydrology ❑, significantly disturbed? Are "Normal Circumstances" present? Yes ® No ❑ Are Vegetation ❑, Soil ❑, Or Hydrology 0, naturally problematic? (if needed, explain any answers In Remarks.) Wr rrnurnw-,mtwun one map snowing sampling point locations, transocts, important features, etc Hydrophytic Vegetation Present? Yes ® No ❑ Hydric Soil Present? Yes 0 No ❑ Is the Sampling Area within a Wetland? Yes ® No ❑ Wetland Hydrology Present? Yes 0 No ❑ Remarks: Wetland F associated with Lake Washington; also receives stow eater runoff and overflow from Wetland C constructed stormwatw structure VEGETATION - Use scientific names of plants Tree Stratum (Plot Size: 30 foot radius) Absolute %-CoveT Dominant ctes Indicator Dominance Test Warkshset: 1. Number of Dominant Species That Are 2. OBL, FACW, or FAC: 3 (A) 3. Total Number of Dominant Species Across 4. All Strata: 3 (t3} 100 = Total Cover Percent of Dominant Species That Are SapllnolShrub, Stratum (Plot Size: 1S foot radius) OBL. FACW, or FAC: 100 (A1B) 5. Alnus rubra so Yes FAC Prevalence index worksheet: B. Saiix laslamfra is No FACW Total % Cover a, Multiply bv: 7. Rubus armenlacus 15 No FACU OSL species x1 = S. Populus balsamlfere 10 No FAC FACW species x2 = 9. FAC species x3 = 90 = Total Cover FACU spades x4 = Herb Stratum {Plot S€ze: 3 foot radius) UPL species x5 = 10, Juncus efftlsus 35 Yes FACW Column Totals: (A) (B) 11. Phalarls arundlnacea 25 Yes FACW Prevalence Index = BIA 12. Iris pseudscoras 10 No 08L Hydrophytic Vegetation Indicators: 13. Gallum sparing 10 No FACU Yes Dominance Test is >50% 14. Plantago major 5 No FACU 1 Prevalence Index is <3.0 15. Rumex crfspus 5 No FAC Morphological Adaptations' (Provide supporting data in 16. Remarks or on a separate sheet) 17. Wetland Non -Vascular Plants' 18. Problematic Hydrophytic Vegetation' (Explain) 18 20. 'Indicators of hydric soil and watland hydrology must be present, 90 10 = Total Cover unless disturbed or probiemeda 1 padvVine Stmtum (Plot Size: } 1. 2. = Total Cover Hydrophytic Vegetation 95 Bare Ground in Herb SEretumS Present? Yes ® No ❑ Remarks: 100% dominant wetland vegetation per the Dominance test US Army Corps of r=nglneera Western Mauntalns, Valley, and Coast - inlerfm VerVan Project Site: Duendall Terminal SOIL Qomllnn Pntnt• We+ F RP14Wnt ProMe Description: (Describe to the depth needed to document the Indicator or confirm the absence of indicators.) Depth Matrix Redox Features (inches) Color (moist) % Color (Moist) % Typet Loot Texture Remarks 0 to 6 2.5Y W2 60 10YR 516 20 RM PL Sand 6 to 16+ 2.5Y 411 60 10YR 416 40 RM PL Sand 'Type: C= Concentration, D=Depletion, RM=Reduced Matrix, CS=Covered or Coated Sand Grains. 'Location: PL=Pore Lining, M=Matrix Hydric Soil Indicators: (Applicable to all LRRa, unless otherwise noted.) Indicators for Problematic Hydric Solis': ❑ Histosol (At) ❑ Sandy Redox (S5) ❑ 2 cm Muck (A10) ❑ Histic Epipedon (A2) ® Stripped Matrix (Se) ❑ Red Parent Material (TF2) ❑ Black Histic (A3) ❑ Loamy Mucky Mineral (F1) (except MLRA 1) ❑ Other (Explain in Remarks) ❑ Hydrogen Sulfide (A4) ❑ Loamy Gleyed Matrix (F2) ® Depleted Below Dark Surface (A11) ❑ Depleted Matrix (F3) ® Think Dark Surface (Al2) ❑ Redox Dark Surface (F6) ❑ Sandy Mucky Mineral ($1) ❑ Depleted Dark Surface (F7) ylndicators of hydrophytic vegetation and wetland ❑ Sandy Gleyed Matrix (S4) ❑ Redox Depressions FS p ( ) hydrology must be present unless disturbed or Restrictive Layer (If present): Type: Depth (Inches): Hydrie Solis Present? Yes ® No ❑ Remarks: 2 chrome with mottles. HYDROLOGY Wetland Hydrology Indicators: Primary Indicators (minimum of one required; check all that apply) Secondary Indicators (2 or more required) ❑ Surface Water (Al) ❑ _ Water -Stained Leaves (139) ❑ Water -Stained Leaves (B9) ® High Water Table (A2) (except MLRA 1, 2, 4X and 46) (MLRA 1, 2, 4A, and 4B) ® Saturation (A3) ❑ Salt Crust (B11) ❑ Drainage Patterns (B10) ❑ Water Marks (131) ❑ Aquatic Invertebrates (1313) ❑ Dry -Season Water Table (C2) ❑ Sediment Deposits (B2) ❑ Hydrogen Sulfide Odor (Cl) ❑ Saturation Visible on Aerial Imagery (09) ® Drift Deposits (B3) ❑ Oxidized Rhlzospheres along Living Roots (C3) ❑ Geomorphic PosMon (02) ❑ Algal Mat or Crust (B4) ❑ Presence of Reduced Iron (C4) ❑ Shallow Aqultard (D3) ❑ Iron Deposits (65) ❑ Recent Iron Reduction in Tilled Soils (C6) ❑ FAG -Neutral Test (05) ❑ Surface Soil Cracks (B6) ❑ Stunted or Stresses Plants (D1) (LRR A) ❑ Raised Ant Mounds (136) (LRR A) ❑ Inundation Visible on Aerial Imagery (87) ❑ Other (Explain in Remarks) ❑ Frost -Heave Hummocks (D7) ❑ Sparsely Vegetated Concave Surface (88) Field Observations: Surface Water Prowl? Yes ❑ No ® Depth (inches): Water Table Present? Yes ® No ❑ Depth (inches): 11 inches Saturation Present? Yes ® No (Includes caplllaryfringe) ❑ Depth (inches): 11 Inches Wetland Hydrology Present? Yes ® No ❑ Describe Recorded Data (stream gauge, monitoring well, aerial photos, previous Inspections), If available: Remarks: Saturation and standing water observed In sample plot US Army Corps of Engineers Western Akuntains, Vaffey, and Coast— fnterfm Version WETLAND DETERMINATION DATA FORM — Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast Region Project Site: Quendall Terminals City1county: RentonlKing Sampling Date: 05106/2009 ApplicantlOwner. Quendall State: WA Sampling Point WetG SPil1Up •• Investigator(s): A. Gale, J. Pursley Section, Townshlp, mange: 29124W5E Landform (hilislope, terrace, etc.): Constructed stomtwater feature Local relief (concave, convex, none). Concave Slope (%): None Subregion (LRR): A Let: 47.53N Long: 122.20W Datum: Soil Map Unit Name: Norma sandy loam NWI classification: None mapped Are climatic 1 hydrologic conditions on the site typical for this time of year? Yes ® No ❑ (if no, explain in Remarks.) _ Are Vegetation ❑, Soil ❑, Or Hydrology ❑, significantly disturbed? Are "Normal CircumstanoW present? Yes ® No ❑ Are Vegetation ❑, Soil ❑, Or Hydrology 0, naturally problematic? (if needed, explain any answers in Remarks.) SUMMARY OF FINDINGS — Attach site map showina sampling Point locations. transacts. important features. etc. R . Hydrophytic Vegetation Present? Yes ❑ No Hydric Soil Present? Yes ❑ No ❑ Is the Sampling Area within a Wetland? Yea ❑ No Wetland Hydrology Present? Yes ❑ No IM Remarks: Sample plot located on compacted berm adjacent and upland to Wetland G. ■�%Wc 1► 1 IW" — Vao UVAUSNuRG unfuna U1 101URILO Tree Stratum (Plot Size: 30 foot radius) Absolute Cover Dominant Indicator" SQeCie57 Statue Dominance Teat Worksheat: 1 Number of Dominant Species That Are 0 (A) 2, OBL, FACW, or FAC: 3• Total Number of Dominant Species Across 2 (B} 4. All Simla: 75 = Total Cover Percent of Dominant Species That Are 100% (A/B) SapfipglShnrb Stratus (Plot Size: 15 foot radius) OBL, FACW, or FAC: 5. Rubus armenlacus 25 Yes FACU Prevalence Index worksheat: 6. Total % Cover of 134Au tip v bYl 7. OBL species x1 = 8. FACW species x2 = 9. FAC species x3 = 30 = Total Cover FACU species x4 = Herb Straturn (Plot Size: 3 foot radius) UPI, species x5 = 10. Polygonum cuspldaturn 60 Yes FACU Column Totatw (A) (B} 11. Prevalence Index = 61A = 12, Hydrophytic Vegetation indicators: 13. Yes Dominance Test is >50% 14. Prevalence Index is <3.0' 15. Morphological Adaptations' (Provide supporting data in 16, Remarks or on a separate sheet) 17. Wetland Nan Vascular Plants' 18. Problematic Hydrophytic Vegetation' (Explain) 19. 20. 'Indicators of hydric soli and wetland hydrology must be present; 25 = Total Cover unless disturbed or problematic. Woody Vine Stratum (Plot Size: ) 1. 2. = Total Cover Hydrophytic Vegetation % Bare Ground in Herb Stratum 25 Present? Yes ❑ No Remarks: No Dominant Species that are FAC, FACW, or OBL. No wetland vegetation observed in sample plot. US Army Corps of Englnsers Western Mountains, Valley, and Coast — lntedm Vembn Project Site: Quendaff Terminal SOIL Samnlinn Peint: Wet G SMtJn Profile Description: (Describe to the depth needed to document the indicator or confirm the absence of Indicators.) Depth Matrix Redox Features (Inches) Color (moist) % Color (Moist) % Type' Loc? Texture Remarks 'Type: C-- Concentration, D=Depletion, RM=Reduced Matrix, CS=Covered or Coated Sand Grains. 21-ocation: PL=Pore Lining, M=Matrix Hydric Soil Indicators: (Applicable to all LRRs, unless otherwise noted.) Indicators for Problematic Hydric Soils': ❑ Histosol (A1) ❑ Sandy Redox (S5) ❑ 2 cm Muck (AID) ❑ Watic Epipedon (A2) ❑ Stripped Matrix (S6) ❑ Red Parent Material (TF2) . ❑ Black Histic (A3) ❑ Loamy Mucky Mineral (FI) (except MLRA 1) ❑ Other (Explain in Remarks) ❑ Hydrogen Sulfide (A4) ❑ Loamy Gleyed Matrix (F2) ❑ Depleted Below Dark Surface (All) ❑ Depleted Matrix (F3) ❑ Thick Dark Surface (Al2) ❑ Redox Dark Surface (F6) ❑ Sandy Mucky Mineral (S1) ❑ Depleted Dark Surface (F7) 'Indicators of hydrophyt€c vegetation and wetland hydrology must be present, unless disturbed or ❑ Sandy Gleyed Matrix (54) ❑ Redox Depressions (F8) problematic. Restrictive Layer (if present): Type. Depth (Inches): Hyddc Soils Present? Yes ® No ❑ Remarks: Due to known contaminants in the study area, soli pits were not excavated in some areas. mvnRnl ncv Wetland Hydrology indicators: Primary Indicators (minimum of one required; check all that apply) Secondary Indicators (2 or more required) ❑ Surface Water (Al) ❑ Water -Stained Leaves (139) ❑ Water-Stalned Leaves (09) ❑ High Water Table (A2) (except MLRA 1, 2, 4A, and 4B) (MLRA 1, 2, 4A, and 49) ❑ Saturation (A3) ❑ Satt Crust (B11) ❑ Drainage Paitams (BID) ❑ Water Marks (B1) ❑ Aquatic Invertebrates (1313) ❑ Dry -Season Water Table (C2) ❑ Sediment Deposits (B2) ❑ Hydrogen Sulfide Odor (CI) ❑ Saturation Visible on Aerial Imagery (C9) ❑ Drift Deposits (83) ❑ Oxidized Rhizospheres along Living Roots (C3) ❑ Geomorphic Position (D2) ❑ Algal Mat or Crust (134) ❑ Presence of Reduced Iron (C4) ❑ Shallow Aquitard (D3) ❑ Iron Deposits (135) ❑ Recent iron Reduction in Tilled Soils (C6) ❑ FAC-Neutral Test (D5) ❑ Surface Soil Cracks (156) ❑ Stunted or Stresses Plants (01) (LRR A) ❑ Raised Ant Mounds (06) (LRR A) ❑ Inundation Visible on Aerial Imagery (137) ❑ Other (Explain in Remarks) ❑ Frost -Heave Hummocks (D7) ❑ Sparsely Vegetated Concave Surface (BS) Field Observations: Surface Water Present? Yes ❑ No ® Depth (inches): Water Table Present? Yes ❑ No ® Depth Onches): 4 Inches Saturation Present? Yes ❑ No ® Depth (inches): At surface Wetland Hydrology Present? Yes ❑ No (Includes capillary fringe) Describe Recorded Data (stream gauge, monitoring well, aerial photos, previous inspections), if available; Remarks Sample plot located on compacted upland area adjacent to Wetland G; no evidence of wetland hydrology. US Army Corps of Engineers Westem Mountains, Valley, and Coast — Interim Version WETLAND DETERMINATION DATA FORM —Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast Region Project Site: Quendall Terminals City/County. Renton/King Sampling Date: 05AM09 Applicant/Owner Quendall Wet G ApPI State: WA Sampling Point: SP#1 Wet Investigator(s): A. Gale, J. Puraley Section, Township, Range: 29124N15E Landform (hlllslope, terrace, eta.): Constructed stormwater feature Local relief (concave, convex, none): Concave Slope (%): None Subregion (LRR): A Let 47.53N Long: 122.20W Datum: Soil Map Unit Name: Norma sandy loam NWI classification: None mapped Are climatic I hydrologic oonditlons an the site typical for this time of year? Yes ® No ❑ (If no, explain in Remarks.) Are Vegetation ❑, Soil ❑, Or Hydrology ❑, signifkanuy disturbed? Are'Normal Circumstances' present? Yes ® No ❑ Are Vegetation ❑, Soil ❑, Or Hydrology ❑, naturally problemafic? (If needed, explain arty answers in Remarks.) SUMMARY OF FINDINGS — Attach site man showina samnllna point Incatinnn- tram"r-fn- Imnnrtant fnzarenraa ah- Hydrophydc Vegetation Present? Yes ® No ❑ Hydrlc Soll Present? Yes ❑ No ❑ Is the Sampling Arse within a Wetland? `_; Yes ® No ❑ Wettend Hydrology Present? Yes ® No ❑ N Remarks: Wetland GIs a constructed stormwater feature that recehres stormwater runoff from the property. ;s ♦wc I n I wn — uxe sciBnilnB names Or; True Stratum (Plot Size: 30 foot radius) I. Saft laslandra 2. Alnus rubra 3. 4. Sapl'incillShrub Stratum (Plot Size: 15 foot radius) 5. Comus serlcea 6. Rubus armenfacus 7. 8. 9. Herb Stratum (Plot Size: 3 foot radius) 10. Polygonum cuspldatum 11, 12. 13. 14. 15, 16. 17. 19. 19. 20, yypodv Vine Stratum (Plot Size: ) 1. 2. % Bare Ground in Herb Stratum 25 Remarks: 75% Percent of Domina nWBUIUW % Cover uominam ectes mairaror Status Dominance Test Workaheet 8o Yes FACW Number of Dominant Species That Am 20 Yes FAC OBL, FACW, or FAG: 3 (A) Total Number of Dominant Species Across 4 (B) All Strata: 80 = Total Cover Percent of Dominant Species That Are 75% (AB) OBL, FACW, or FAC: 20 Yes FACW Prevalence Index workshest- 10 No FACU Total % Cover of: MulliDN OBL species x1 = FACW species x2 - FAC species x3 . 30 = Total Cover FACU species x4 - UPL species x5 = 5 Yes FACU Column Totals: (A) (a) Prevalence Index = BIA Hydrophytic Vegetation Indicators: Yes Dominance Test is >50% Prevalence Index is C3.0' Morphological Adaptations' (Provide supporting data in Remarks or on a separate sheet) Wetland Non -Vascular Plants' Problematic Hydrophytic Vegetation' (Explain) 'Indicators of hydric soil and vvetiand hydrology must be present, 5 = Total Cover unless disturbed or problematic. = Total Cover Nydrophytie Vegetation Present? Yes ® No ❑ are FAC. FACW. or OBL. US Army Caves of Engineers Western Mountains, Valley, and Coast — Interim Version Project Site: Quendall Terminal •�q A—ri— PnWM Wa1 r-, Cpit111. Profile Description: (Describe to the depth needed to document the indicator or confirm the absence of Indicators.) Depth Matrix Redox Features (Inches) Color (moist) % Color (Moist) % Type' Loc' Texture Remarks 'Type: C= Concentration, D=Depletion, RM=Reduced Matrix, CS=Covered or Coated Sand Grains. 'location: PL=Pore Lining, M=Matrix Hydric Soil Indicators: (Applicable to all LRRs, unless otherwise noted.) Indicators for Problematic Hydric Soils'; - ❑ Histosol (Ai) ❑ Sandy Redox (S5) ❑ 2 om Muck (AID) ❑ Histic Epipedon (A2) ❑ Stripped Matra (SB) ❑ Red Parent Material (TF2) ❑ Black Histtc (A3) ❑ Loamy Mucky Mineral (F1) (except MLRA 1) ❑ Other (Explain in Remarks) ❑ Hydrogen Sulfide (A4) ❑ Loamy Gleyed Matra (F2) ❑ Depleted Below Dark Surface (All) ❑ Depleted Matrix (F3) ❑ Thick Dark Surface (Al2) ❑ Redox Dark Surface (F6) ❑ Sandy Mucky Mineral (S1) ❑ Depleted Dark Surface (F7) )ndlcators of hydrophytic vegetation and wetland ❑ Sandy Gleyed Matrix (S4) ❑ Redox Depressions (F8) hydrolmg Yimust be present, unless disturbed or probleRestrictive Layer (if present): Type: Depth (Inches): Hydric Solis Present? Yes ® No ❑ Remarks; Due to known contaminants in the study area, soil pits were not excavated in some areas. HYDROLOGY Wetland hydrology Indicators: Primary Indicators (minimum of one required; check all that apply) Secondary Indicators (2 or more required) ❑ Surface Water (Ai) ❑ Water -Stained Leaves (B9) ❑ Water -Stained Leaves (B9) ❑ High Water Table (A2) (except MLRA 1, 2, 4A, and 4B) (MLRA 1, 2, 4A, and 48) ❑ Saturation (A3) ❑ Salt Crust (B11) ❑ Drainage Patterns (810) ❑ Water Marks (81) ❑ Aquatic Invertebrates (13113) ❑ Dry -Season Water Table (C2) ❑ Sediment Deposits (B2) ❑ Hydrogen Sulfide Odor (C1) ❑ Saturation Visible on Aerial Imagery (C9) ❑ Drift Deposits (B3) ❑ Oxldlzed Rhizoapheres along Living Roots (C3) ❑ Geomorphic Position (D2) ❑ Algal Mat or Crust (84) ❑ Presence of Reduced Iron (C4) ❑ Shallow Aquitard (103) ❑ iron Deposits (B5) ❑ Recent iron Reduction in Tilled Soils (CB) ❑ FAC-Neutral Test (D5) ❑ Surface Soil Cracks (BB) ❑ Stunted or Stresses Plants (131) (LRR A) ❑ Raised Ant Mounds (D6) (LRR A) ❑ Inundation Visible on Aerial Imagery (137) ❑ Other (EVlain in Remarks) ❑ Frost -Heave Hummocks (07) ❑ Sparsely Vegetated Concave Surfaoa (88) Field Observatlons: Surface Water Present? Yea ® No ❑ Depth (Inches): At surface Water Table Present? Yes ® No ❑ Depth (Inches): At surface Saturation Present? Yes ® No (includes capillary fringe) ❑ Depth (inches): At surface Wetland Wydrology Present? Yes ® No ❑ Describe Recorded Data (stream gauge, monitoring well, serial photos, previous inspections), If available: Remarks: Standing wabw present US Army Corps of Engineers western Mountains, Valley, and Coast — Interfm Version WETLAND DETERMINATION DATA FORM — Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast Region Project Site: Quendail Terminals City/County: RentoMgng Sampling Date: 05108l2009 ApplicantlOwner. Quandell State: WA Sampling Paint: Wet H SP#1Up Investigator(s): A. Gale, J. Puraley Section, Township, Range: 29l24N15E Landlorm (hiilslope, terrace, etc.): Ditch Local relief (concave, convex, none): None Slope (%): 0 to 2 Subregion (LRR): A Let: 47.53N Long: 122.20W Datum: Soil Map Unit Name: Norma sandy loam NWI classification; None mapped Are climatic! hydrologic conditions on the site typical for this time of year? Yes ® No ❑ (if no, explain in Remarks.) Are Vegetation ❑, Sol[ ❑, Or Hydrology ❑, significantly disturbed? Are 'Normal Circumstances' present? Yes ® No ❑ Are Vegetation ❑, Soil ❑, Or Hydrology ❑, naturally problematic? (If needed, explain any answers in Remarks.) SUMMARY OF FINDINGS — Attach site map showing sampling point locations, transacts, Important features, etc. Hydrophytic Vegetation Present? Yes ® No ❑ Hyddc Soil Present? Yes ❑ No ❑ Is the Sampling Area wittrin a Welland? Yes ® No ❑ Wetland Hydrology Present? Yes ❑ No Remarks: Wetland H was historically a constructed stonmvater feature that conveys water to Lake Washington, During the survey stormwater flowed directly Into the wetland as well as to an adjacent ditch that conveyed water to Wetland H via a culvert. Upland plot located on berm north of wetland. VEGETATION — Use scientific names of plants Tree Stratum (Plot Size: 30 toot radius) Absolute Dominant Soecies7 Indicator%_Crnrer St9tue Dominance Test Worksheet•. 1' Number of Dominant Species That Are 1 (A) 2. OBL, FACW, or FAC; 3' Total Number of Dominant Species Across 2 (B) 4. All Strata: Total Cover Percent of Dominant Species That Are Saglin /Shrub Stratum (Plot Size: 15 foot radius) so OBL, FACW, or FAC: (�} 5. Rubus annanfacus 25 Yes FACU Prevalence Index worksheets 6. Total % Cover af- Multiply by, 7. OBL species x1 = 6• FACW species 40 x2 = 80 S• FAC species 10 x3 = 30 25 = Total Cover FACU species 35 x4 = 140 to (Plot Size; 3 foot radius) UPL species x5 = 10. Phalaris arundlnsces 40 Yes FACW Column Totals: 85 (A) 250 (B) 11. Equlsefum arvanse 10 No FAC Prevalence Index - BIA =, 2.94 12. Potygonum cpspfdatum 10 No FACU h c Ve Hydrop ytl gemtion Indicators. 13. Tonacetum vulgare 10 NO NL Yes Dominance Test is >50% 14. Prevalence Index is 4.0' 16. Morphological Adaptations' (Provide supporting data In 16. Remarks Oran a separate sheet) 17• Welland Non -Vascular Plants' 1s. Problematic Hydrophyt1c Vegetation' (Explain) 19. 20. 'Indicators of hydric-sou and wetiand Fiydiofogy mint be present, 70" Total Cover unless disturbed or problematic. Woody Vine Stratum (Plot Size: } 1. 2. = Total Cover Hydrophytic Vegetation % Bare Ground in Herb Stratum 20 Present? Yes ® No ❑ Remarks: 100% dominant wetland vegetation per the Dominance test Prevalence Index < 3.0. Hydrophytic vegetation present. US Army Corps of Englnea►s Western Mountains, VaNey, and Coast — Interim Version Project Site: Quendall Terminal SOIL Samol€na Point: Wet H SP#1 Wet Profile Description: (Describe to the depth needed to document the Indicator or confirm the absence of Indicators.) Depth Matrfx Redox Features (Inches) Color (molst) % Color (Moist) % Type' Loci Texture Remarks 'Type: G= Concentration, 0-Depletion, RM-Reduced Matrix, CS -Covered or Coated Sand Grains. Location: PL=Pore Lining. M=Matrix Hydric Soil Indicators: (Applicable to all LRFts, unless otherwise noted.) Indicators for problematic Hydric Sollsa: ❑ Histosol (Al) ❑ Sandy Redox (S5) ❑ 2 cm Muck (A10) ❑ Histic Epipedon (A2) ❑ Stripped Matrix (S8) ❑ Red Parent Material (TF2) ❑ Black Histic (A3) ❑ Loamy Mucky Mineral (Fi) (except MLRA 1) ❑ Other (Explain in Remarks) ❑ Hydrogen Sulfide (A4) ❑ Loamy Gleyed Matrix (F2) ❑ Depleted Below Dark Surface (All) ❑ Depleted Matrix (F3) ❑ Thick Dark Surface (Al2) ❑ Redox Dark Surface (F6) ❑ Sandy Mucky Mineral (S1) ❑ Depleted Dark Surface (F7) 'Indicators of hydrophylic vegetation and wetland hydrology must be present, unless disturbed or ❑ Sandy Gleyed Matrix (S4) ❑ Redox Depressions (F8) problematic. Restrictive Layer (if present): Type: Depth (Inches). Hydric Soils Present? Yea ® No ❑ Remarks: Due to known contaminants in the study area, soil pits were not excavated in some areas. NVnUelt rfr.V Watlend Hydrology Indicators: Primary Indicators (minlmum of one required; check all that apply) Secondary Indicators (2 or more required) ❑ Surface Water (Al) ❑ Water -Stained Leaves (139) ❑ Water -Stained Leaves (B9) ❑ High Water Table (A2) (except MLRA t, 2, 4A, and 4S) (MLRA 1, 2, 4A, and 4B) ❑ Saturation (A3) ❑ Salt Crust (811) ❑ Drainage Patterns (B10) ❑ Water Marks (81) ❑ Aquatic invertebrates (12113) ❑ Dry -Season Water Table (C2) ❑ Sediment Deposits (132) ❑ Hydrogen Sulfide Odor (Cl) ❑ Saturation Visible on Aerial imagery (C9) ❑ Drift Deposits (133) ❑ Oxidized Rhizospheres along Living Roots (C3) ❑ Geomorphlc Position (D2) ❑ Algal Mat or Crust (B4) ❑ Presence of Reduced Iron (C4) ❑ Shallow Aqu'rtard (03) ❑ Iron Deposits (135) ❑ Recent Iron Reduction in Tilled Soils (C6) ❑ FAG -Neutral Test (DS) ❑ Surface Soil Cracks (86) ❑ Stunted or Stresses Plants (D1) (LRR A) ❑ Raised Ant Mounds (D6) (LRR A) ❑ Inundation Visible on Aerial Imagery (87) ❑ Other (Explain in Remarks) ❑ Frost -Heave Hummocks (137) ❑ Sparsely Vegetated Concave Surface (B8) Field Observations: Surface Water Present? Yes ❑ No ® Depth (inches): Water Table Present? Yes © No ® Depth (inches): 4Inches Saturation Present? Yes ❑ No ® Depth (inches); At surface Welland Hydrology Present? Yes ❑ No (includes capillary fringe) Describe Recorded Data (stream gauge, monitoring well, aerial photos, previous Inspections), if available: Remarks: No wetland hydrology presents US Army Corps of Engineers Westem Mountains, Valley, and Coast- Interim Vembn WETLAND DETERMINATION DATA FORM — Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast Region Project Site: Quendall Terminals City/County: RentanlKing Sampling Date: 05/08/2009 ApplicantlOwner. Quendall State: WA Sampling Point: Wet H SP#1 Wet Investigator(s): A. Gale. J. Pursley Section, Township, Range: 29124N15E Landform (hilislope, terrace, etcJ: Ditch Local refief (concave, convex, nano): None Slope (%): 0 to 2 Subregion (LRR): A Let: 47.53N Long: 122.20W Datum: Soil Map Unit Name: Norma sandy loam NWI classification: None mapped Are climatic! hydrologic conditions on the site typical for this time of year? Yes ® No ❑ (if no, explain in Remarks.) Are Vegetation ❑, Soil ❑, Or Hydrology ❑, significantly disturbed? Are `Normal Circumstances' present? Yes ® No ❑ Are Vegetation ❑, Soil ❑, Or Hydrology ❑, naturally problematic? (If needed, explain any answers in Remarks.) SUMMARY OF FINDINGS — Attach site map snowing sampling point locations, transects, Important features, etc. HydrophAe Vegetation Present? Yes ® No ❑ Hydric Sall Present? Yes ❑ No ❑ Is the Sampling Area within a Weiland? Yes ® No ❑ Wetland Hydrology Present? Yes ® No ❑ Remarks: Wetland H was historically a constructed stormwater feature that conveys water to Lake Washington. During the survey stormwater flowed directly into the wetland as well as to an adjacent ditch Ihat conveyed water to Wetland H via a culvert. VEGETATION -- Use sclentiflc names of plants Tree Stratum (Plot Size: SO foot radius) Absolute Pavel Dominant S cis Indicator% 9111s Dominance Test Worksheat 1. Populus balsamifera 40 Yes FAC Number of Dominant Species That Are 5 (A) 2. OBL, FACW, or FAC: 3• Total Number of Dominant Species Across 5 {8) 4. All Strata: 40 = Total Cover percent of Dominant Species That Are 100 (AIB) SaolinalShrub Stratum (Plot Size: 15 foot radius) OSL, FACW, or FAC: 5. Alnus rubre 20 Yes FAC Prevalence Index worksheet: B. Salix laslandra 20 Yes FACW Total % Cover of: Multiply by. 7. tonfcere lnvofucrate i5 No FAC OBL species x1 = 8. Sphaes douglasH 15 No FACW FACW species x2 = 9. Rubus armenlacus 10 No FACU FAC species x3 = 80 - Total Cover FACU species x4 - Herb Stratum (Plot Size: 3 foot radius) UPL species x5 = 10. Juncus sfiusus 10 Yes FACW Column Totals: (A) (B) 11. Phalaris arundinacea 10 Yes FACW Prevalence Index = BlA = 12. E'qulsetum arvense 5 No FAC Hydrophytic Vegetation Indicators: 13. Rumar criwa 5 No FAC Yes Dominance Test Is >50% % Ranunculus repens 5 No FACW Prevalence Index Is _3.0' 15. Convolvulus arvansis 5 No NL Morphological Adaptations' (Provide supporting data In 1& Remarks or on a separate shoot) 17. Wetland Non -Vascular Plants' is. Problematic Hydrophytic Vegetation' (Explain) 19. 20• 'Indicators of hydric soil and wetland hydrology must be present, 40= Total Cover unless disturbed or problematic. WoodyAne_Stratum {Plot Size: ) 1. 2, Total Cover Hydrophytic Vegetation % Bare Ground In Herb Stratum 40 Present? Yes ® No ❑ Remarks: 10D% dominant watiand vegetation per the Dominance test US Army Corps of Engineers WeVem Mountains, Valley, and Coast — Interim Version Project Site: Quendall Terminal SOIL Profile Description: (Describe to the depth needed to document the Indicator or confirm the absence of Indicators.) Depth Matrix Redox Features (inches) Color (moist) % Color (Moist) % Type' Lots Texture Remarks 'Type: C= Concentration, D=Depletion, RM=Reduced Matrix, CS=Covered or Coated Sand Grains. Location: PL=Pore Lining, M=Matrix Hydric Sall Indicators: (Applicable to all LRRs, unless otherwise noted.) Indicators for Problematic Hydric Sons': ❑ Histosol (Al) ❑ Sandy Redox (S5) ❑ 2 cm Muck (A10) ❑ Hlstic Epipedon (A2) ❑ Stripped Matrix (S6) ❑ Red Parent Material (TF2) ❑ Black Hlstle (A3) ❑ Loamy Mucky Mineral (Ft) (except MLRA 1) ❑ Other (Explain In Remarks) ❑ Hydrogen Sulfide (A4) ❑ Loamy Gleyed Matrix (F2) ❑ Depleted Below Dark Surface (All) ❑ Depleted Matrix (F3) ❑ Thick Dark Surface (Al2) ❑ Redox Dark Surface (F6) ❑ Sandy Mucky Mineral (S1) ❑ Depleted Dark Surface (F7) 3Indicators of hydrophytic vegetation and wetland ❑ San Gfeyed Matrix S4 Sandy ( ) ❑ Redox Depressions FB ( ) hydrology must be present, unless disturbed or Problematic. Restrictive Layer (if present): Type: Depth (Inches): Hydric Soils Present? Yes ® No ❑ Remarks: Due to known contaminants in the study area, soil pits were not excavated in some areas. HYDROLOGY Wetland Hydrology Indlcators: Primary indicators (minimum of one required; check all that apply) Secondary Indicators (2 or more required) ® Surface Water (Al) ❑ Water -Stained Leaves (89) ❑ Water -Stained Leaves (B9) ® High Water Table (A2) (except MLRA 1, 2, 4A, and 4B) (MLRA 1, 2, 4A, and 4B) ® Saturation (A3) ❑ Salt Crest (B11) ❑ Drainage Patterns (810) ® Water Marks (131) ❑ Aquatk: Invertebrates (813) ❑ Dry -Season Water Table (C2) ® Sediment Deposits (B2) ❑ Hydrogen Sulfide Odor (Cl) ❑ Saturation Visible on Aerial Imagery (C9) ® Drift Deposits (133) ❑ Oxidized Rhizospheres along Living Roots (C3) ❑ Geomorphic Position (D2) ❑ Algal Mat or Crust (84) ❑ Presence of Reduced Iron (C4) ❑ Shallow Aquitard (D3) ❑ Iron Deposits (135) ❑ Recent Iron Reduction in Titled Soils (C6) ❑ FAC-Neutral Test (135) ❑ Surface Soil Cracks (B6) ❑ Stunted or Stresses Plants (D1) (LRR A) ❑ Raised Ant Mounds (D6) (LRR A) ❑ Inundation Visible on Aerial Imagery (B7) ❑ Other (Explain. in Remarke) ❑ Frost -Heave Hummocks (D7) ❑ Sparsely Vegetated Concave Surface (B6) Fleld Observations: Surface Water Present? Yes ® No ❑ Depth (Inches): Water Table Present? Yes ® No ❑ Depth (inches): 4 inches Saturation Present? Yes ® No (includes capillary fiinge) ❑ Depth (inches): At surface Wetland Hydrology Present? Yes ® No ❑ Describe Recorded Data (stream gauge, monitoring well, aerial'photos, previous inspections), If available: Remarks: Saturation and standing water observed in sample plot US Army Corps of Engineers Western Mountains, Valley, and Coast — interim Version WETLAND DETERMINATION DATA FORM — Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast Region Project Site: Quendall Terminals City/County: RentonXing Sampling Date: 06/19/2009 Applicant/Owner. Quendall State: WA Sampling Point: Up I SP#2UP Investigator(s): A. Gale, J. Pursiey Section, Township, Range: 29/24N15E Landform (hillsiope, terrace, etc.): Ditch Local relief (concave, convex, none): Concave Slope (%): 0 to 2 . Subregion (LRR): A Let: 47.31N long: 122.11W Datum: Sail Map Unit Name: Bellingham Silt Loam NWI classification, None mapped Are climatic / hydrologic conditions on the site typical for this time of year? Yea ® No ❑ (If no, explain in Remarks.) -- Are Vegetation ❑, Soil ❑, Or Hydrology ❑, significantly disturbed? Are 'Normal Circumstances' present? Yes ® No ❑ Are Vegetation ❑, Soil ❑, Or Hydrology ❑, naturally problematic? (if needed, explain any answers In Remarks.) SUMMARY OF FINDINGS -- Attach site man showlna semolina ocint locations. trananeft lmnortant &*Meet nM �. HydrophyUc Vegetation Present? Yes ❑ No Hydric Soil Present? Yes ❑ No ® [is the Sampling Area within a Wetland? Yes ❑ No 14 Welland Hydrology Present? Yes ❑ No Remarks; Welland I Is located between a city road and a State/ federal Interstate. The area Ise depression and ditch which appears to have standing water or saturated soils for several months a year. Ycvc i #%i ivm — wou amenvrlc names ar pianis Tree Stratum Plot Size: 30 foot radius ( ) Absolute % Cover Dominant Indicator Species i Slatus Dominance Test Werlu;heet: 1. SaRx lastandra 15 Yes FACW Number of Dominant Species That Are 2. OBL, FACW, or FAC: 1 (A) 3. Total Number of Dominant Spades Across 2 (B) 4, All Strata: 15 = Total Cover Percent of Dominant Spades That Are —Mling/Shnab Stratum (Plot Size: 15 foot radius) OBL, FACW, or FAC: 50 ( ) 5. Polygonum cuspldatum 90 Yes FACU Prevalence Index worksheets 6. Rubus armenlacus 10 No FAC Total % Cover of: ulti E 7. OBI. species 0 x1 = 8. FACW species 20 x2 = 40 9• FAC species 10 x3 a 30 100 = Total Cover FACU spades 90 x4 = 300 Herb Stratum {Plot Size: 3 foot radius) UPL species x5 10. Epiloblum cillatum 5 No FACW Column Totals: 120 (A) 430 (B) 11. Prevalence Index = B/A = 3,38 12. Hydrophytic Vegetation indicators: 13. No Dominance Test is >50% 14. No Prevalence Index is 53.0' Is. Morphological Adaptations' (Provide supporting data In 16, Remarks or on a separate sheet) 17. Welland Non -Vascular Plants' 18. Problematic Hydrophytic Vegetation' (Explain) 19. 20' 'Indicators of hydric soil and wetland hydrology must be present 5 = Total Cover unless disturbed or problematic. Woody Vine Stratum (Plot Size: ) 1. 2. = Total Cover % Bars Ground In Herb Stratum 95 Present? Vegetation Present? Yes ❑ Na Remarks; The area is dominated by Japanese knotweed which is choking out the entire herb and shrub stratum. US Army Carps of Engineers Western Mountains, Valley, and Coast— Interim Version Project Site: Quendall Terminal SOIL Samnlirw Point I In I SP9211P Profile Description: (Describe to the depth needed to document the Indicator or confirm the absence of indicators.) Depth Matrix Redox Features (inches) Color (moist) % Color (Moist) °tic Type' Loo= Texture Remarks 0.8 10yr 313 100 None Sift loam B-18 10yr 3/3 95 7.5yr 518 5 RM M Sift Imam Type: C= Concentration, D=Depletlon, RM=Reduced Matrix, CS=Covered or Coated Sand Grains. ZLocation: PL=Pore Lining, M=Matrix Hyddc Soil Indicators: (Applicable to all LRRs, unless otherwise noted.) Indicators for Problematic Hydric Soils': ❑ Histosof (A1) ❑ Sandy Red- (SS) ❑ 2 cm Muck (A10) ❑ Histic Epipedon (A2) ❑ Stripped Matrix (SB) ❑ Red Parent Material (TF2) ❑ Black Histic (A3) ❑ Loamy Mucky Mineral (F1) (except MLRA 1) ❑ Other (Explain in Remarks) ❑ Hydrogen Sulfide (A4) ❑ Loamy Gleyed Matrix (F2) ❑ Depleted Below Dark Surface (All) ❑ Depleted Matrix (F3) ❑ Thick Dark Surface (Al2) ❑ Redox Dark Surface (FB) ❑ Sandy Mucky Mineral (S1) ❑ Depleted Dark Surface (F7) 'indicators of hydrophyt€c vegetation and wetland ydrol❑ mull be present, unless disturbed or Sandy Gleyed Matrix (S4) ❑ Redox Depressions (F8 proble a oblemaUc. Restrictive Layer (if present): Type: Depth (Inches): Hydric Soils Present? Yes ❑ No Remarks: HYORnLOGY Wetland Hydrology Indicators: Primary Indicators (minimum of one required; check all that apply) Secondary Indicators (2 or more required) ❑ Surface Water (At) ❑ Water -Stained Leaves (B9) ❑ Water -Stained Leaves (139) ❑ High Water Table (A2) (except MLRA 1, 2, 4A, and 4B) (MLRA 1, 2, 4A, and 48) ❑ Saturation (A3) ❑ Salt Crust (B11) © Drainage Patterns (B10) ❑ Water Marks (131) ❑ Aquatic Invertebrates (1313) ❑ Dry -Season Water Table (C2) ❑ Sediment Deposits (62) ❑ Hydrogen Sulfide Odor (Cl) ❑ Saturation Visible on Aerial Imagery (C9) ❑ Drat Deposits (133) ❑ Oxidized Rhizospheres along Living Roots (C3) ❑ Geomorphic Position (02) ❑ Algal Mat or Crust (114) ❑ Presence of Reduced Iron (C4) ❑ Shallow Aquitard (133) ❑ iron Deposits (85) ❑ Recent Iron Reduction in Tilled Soils (CB) ❑ FAC-Neutral Test (DS) ❑ Surface Soil Cracks (B6) ❑ Stunted or Stresses Plants (Di) (LRR A) ❑ Raised Ant Mounds (D6) (LRR A) ❑ Inundation Visible on Aerial Imagery (87) ❑ Other (Explain in Remarks) ❑ Frost -Heave Hummocks (D7) ❑ Sparsely Vegetated Concave Surface (88) Field Observations - Surface Water Present? Yes ❑ No ® Depth (inches): Water Table Present? Yes ❑ No ® Depth (inches): Saturation Present? Yes ❑ No ® Depth (inches): Wetland Hydrology Present? Yes ❑ No (includes capillary fringe) Describe Recorded Data (stream gauge, monitoring wall, aerial photos, previous inspections), If available: Remarks: No evidence of hydrology was found at this soil plot. I US Army Corps of Engineers Western Mountains, Valley, and Coast —Interim Version WETLAND DETERMINATION DATA FORM -- Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast Region Project Site: Quendall Terminals City/County: RentoriNng Sampling Date: 0611S2009 Applicant/Owner: Quendall State: WA Sampling Pain wet I SP#1 Wet Investigator(s): A. Gale, J. Pursley Section, Township, Range; 29124NI5E Landfomr (hlllskrpe, terrace, etc.). Ditch Local relief (concave, convex, none): none Slope (%): 0 to 2 Subregion (LRR): A Let 47.31N tong; 122.11W Datum: Soil Map Unit Name; Bellingham Silt loam NWI classification: None mapped Are cilmalic I hydrologic conditions on the site typical for this time of year? Yes ® No ❑ (It no, explain in Remarks.) Are Vegetation ❑, Soil ❑, Or Hydrology ❑, significanfly disturbed? Are'Normal Circumstances" present? Yes ® No ❑ Are Vegetation ❑, Soil ❑, Or Hydrology ©, naturally problematic? (If needed, explain any answers In Remarks.) SUMMARY OF FINDINGS — Attach site map showlntl sampllna point locations, transects, Important features, etc. .. Hydrophytic Vegetation Present? Yes ® No ❑ Hydr€c Soil Present? Yes ® No ❑ Is the Sampling Area within a Wetiand? Yes ® No ❑ Wetland Hydrology Present? Yes ® No ❑ Remarks: Wetland I Is located between a dty road and a 5tatel federal Interstate. The area Is a depression and ditch which appears to have standing water or saturated soils for several months a year. VEGETATION — Use scientific names of plants Tree Stratum (Plot Sae: 30 foot radius) Absolute er indicator DominantSlmS Dominance Test Worksheet:% 1 • Number of Dominant Species That Are 2 (A) 2. OBL, FACW, or FAC: 3. Total Number of Dominant Species Across 2 (B) 4, All Strata: 0 = Total Cover Percent of Dominant Species That Are t00 (fVB) 8a➢lInWShrub Stratum (Plot Size,15 foot radius) OBL, FACW, or FAC: 5. Salh laslandra i5 No FACW Prevalence Index workshest; S. Polygonumcuspldatum 25 No FACU T�tall'%Coveraf. Multi 7. Cornus sedcas 6o Yee FACW OBL species 0 x9 = 81 FACW species 80 x2 = 160 9. FAC species 0 x3 = 100 Total Cover FACU species 25 x4 = too Herb $ tun (Plot Size: 3 foot radius) UPL species x5 = 10. Epilablum cillatum 5 Yes FACW Column Totals: 105 (A) 260 (B) 11. Prevalence Index = BIA = 2.47 12, Hydrophydc Vegetation indicators: 13. Yes Dominance Test is >50% 14 Yes Prevalence Index is 13.0' 15. Morphological Adaptations' (Provide supporting data in 1B Remarks Oran a separate sheet) 17. Wetland Non -Vascular Plants' 18. Problematic Hydrophytic Vegetation' (Explain) t9. 20, 'Indicators of hydric soli aril Welland Hydrology must be present, 5= Total Cover unless disturbed or problematic. Woody Vlne Stratum (Plot Size: ) 1. 2. = Total Cover % Bare Ground in Herb Stratum 98 Remarks: 100% dominant wetland yr getation per the Dominance test t Hydrophytic Vegetation Present? Yes ® No ❑ US Army Corps of Engineers Westem Mountains, Valley, and Coast — Interim Version Project Site: Quendall Terminal SOIL gnMnlinn Pninh Wnt I CP!!l W't Profile Description: (Describe to the depth needed to document the Indicator or confirm fhe absence of Indicators.) Depth Matrix Redox Features (inches) Color (moist) % Color (Moist) % Type' Loc' Texture Remarks 0-6 10yr 311 100 Loam 6-12 10yr 312 85 2.5yr 416 15 D M Loam 12-18 5y 412 50 10yr W8 50 D M Loam 2,5Y 412 25 D PL 'Type: C= Concentration, D=Depletion, RM=Reduced Matrix, CS=Covered or Coated Sand Grains, 2Location: PL=Pore Lining, M--Matrix Hydric Soil Indicators: (Applicable to all LRRs, unless otherwise noted,) Indicators for Problernatic Hydric Soils': ❑ Histosol (Al) ❑ Sandy Redox (S5) ❑ 2 cm Muck (A10) ❑ Hlstio Fpipadon (A2) ❑ Stripped Matrix (S6) ❑ Red Parent Material (TF2) ❑ Black His6c (A3) ❑ Loamy Mucky Mineral (Fl) (except MLRA 1) ❑ Other (Explain in Remarks) ❑ Hydrogen Sulfide (A4) ❑ Loamy Gleyed Matrix (F2) ❑ Depleted Below Dark Surface (All) ® Depleted Matrix (F3) ❑ Thick Dark Surface (Al 2) ❑ Redox Dark Surface (176) ❑ Sandy Mucky Mineral (S1) ❑ Depleted Dark Surface (F7) sindicators of hydraphylic vegetation and wetland ❑ Sandy Gleyed Matrix (S4) ❑ Redox Depressions (F8) hydrology must be present, unless disturbed or problematic. Restrictive Layer (If present): Type: Depth (Inches): Hydric Soils Present? Yes ® No ❑ Remarks: Depleted matrix HYDROLOGY Welland Hydrology Indicators: Primary Indicators (minimum of one required; check all that apply) Secondary Indicators (2 or more required) ® Surface Water (Al) ❑ Water -Stained Leaves (139) ❑ Water -Stained Leaves (89) ® High Water Table (A2) (except MLRA 1, 2, 4A, and 4B) (MLRA 1, 2, 4A, and 4B) ® Saturation (A3) ❑ Salt Crust (B11) ❑ Drainage Patterns (B10) ® Water Marks (B1) ❑ Aquatic Invertebrates (1313) ❑ Dry -Season Water Table (C2) ❑ Sediment Deposits (B2) ❑ Hydrogen Sulfide Odor (C1) ❑ Saturation Visible on Aerial Imagery (C9) ❑ Drift Deposits (B3) ❑ Oxidized Rhizospheres along Living Roots (C3) ❑ Geomorphic Position (D2) ❑ Algal Mat or Crust (B4) ❑ Presence of Reduced Iron (C4) ❑ Shallow Aquitard (03) ❑ iron Deposits (135) ❑ Recent Iron Reduction in Tilled Soils (06) ❑ FAC-Neutral Test (135) ❑ Surface Soil Cracks (86) ❑ Stunted or Stresses Plants (01) (LRR A) ❑ Raised Ant Mounds (DO) (LRR A) ❑ Inundation Visible on Aerial Imagery (B7) ❑ Other (Explain in Remarks) ❑ Frost -Heave Hummocks (D7) ❑ Sparsely Vegetated Concave Surface (88) Field Observations: Surface Water Present? Yes ® No ❑ Depth (inches): Water Table Present? Yes ® No ❑ Depth (inches): 11 inches Saturation Present? Yes ® No (includes capillary fringe) ❑ Depth (inches): At surface Wetland Hydrology Present? Yes ® No ❑ Describe Recorded Data (stream gauge, monitoring well, aerial photos, previous Inspections), if available: Remarks: Saturation and standing water observed In sample plot US Arty Corps of Engineers Westem Mountains, Valley, and Coast— Inteam Version WETLAND DETERMINATION DATA FORM — Westem Mountains, Valleys, and Coast Region Project Site: Quendalt Terminals City/County: RentaftKing Sampling Date: 06/19/2009 Applicant/Owner. Quendall State: WA Sampling Point Up J SP#2UP Investigator(s): A. Gale, J. Pursley Section, Township, Range: 29124N15E Landform (hlilstops, terrace, etc.): Ditch Local relief (concave, convex, none): Concave Slope (%): 0 to 2 Subregion (LRR): A Let 47.31N Long: 122.11W Datum: Soil Map Unit Name: Bellingham SIR Loam NWI classification: None mapped_ Are climatic! hydrologic conditions on the site typical for this time of year? Yes ® No ❑ (If no, explain in Remarks.) Are Vegetation ❑, Soil ❑, Or Hydrology ❑, significantly disturbed? Are 'Normal Circumstances" present? Yes ® No ❑ Are Vegetation ❑, Soil ❑, Or Hydrology ❑, naturally problematic? (If needed, explain arty answers in Remarks.) SUMMARY OF FINDINGS — Attach site man shnwinn samniinn nnint Ineatinna trnnaarta lmnnnne.t f—#r— nf.. Hydrophytic Vegetation Present? Yes ❑ No Hydric Soil Present? Yes ❑ No ® Is the Sampling Area within a wetland? Yes ❑ No Watland Hydrology Present? Yes ❑ No IM Remarks: Welland J Is located between a city road and a State/ federal lnterstate. The area Is a depresslon and ditch which appears to have standing water or saturated soils for several months a year. VEGETATION — Use scientific names of oiants Tree Stratum (Plot Size: 30 foot radius) Absolute Cover Dominant Indicator% Species? Status Dominance Test Workshsst 1' Number of Dominant Species That Are 1 (A) 2. OBL, FACW, or FAC: 3. Total Number of Dominant Species Across 2 (B) 4. All Strata: 15 = Total Cover Percent of Dominant Species That Are SaollnnlShrub Strata (Plot Size: 15 foot radius) OBL, FACW, or FAC: 50 (A113) S. Rubus armenfacus so Yes FACU Prevalence Index worksheef: 6. Phalads srundfnacea 15 No FACW Total Yj ggver or. MU tinty by 7. OBL species 0 x1 = 0 & FACW species 15 x2 a 30 9. FAC species x3 = 100 = Total Cover FACU species 60 x4 = 320 He&Stratum (Plot Size: 3 foot radius) UPL species x5 = 10. Column Totals: 95 (A) 350 (B) 11. Prevalence Index = BIA = 3.7 12. Hydrophytic Vegetatlon Indicators: 13. No Dominance Test is >50% 14. No Prevalence Index is: 3.0' 15. Morphological Adaptations' (Provide supporting data in 16. Remarks or on a separate sheet) 17. Welland Non -Vascular Plants' is. Problematic Hydrophytic Vegetation' (Explain) 19. ZD' 'indicators of hyddc soil and wetland hydrology must be present, 5 = Total Cover unless disturbed or problematic. (Plot Size: ) 1. 2. = Total Cover hydrophytic Vegetation % Bare Ground in Herb Stratum 95 Present? Yea ❑ No Remarks: The area is dominated by Himalayan blackberry and choking out the majority of the herb stratum. US Army Corps of Engineers Westom Mountains, Valley, and Coast — Interim Verafon ProjectSite: Quendail Terminal SOIL Samolino Point Un 7 SPIi2UP Profile Descrlptlon: (Describe to the depth needed to document the Indicator or confirm the absence of Indicators.) Depth Matrix Redox Features (inches) Color (moist) % Color (Moist) % Type' Locx Texture Remarks 0-18 10yr 412 100 None Silt loam 'Type: C= Concentration, D=Depletion, RM=Reduced Matrix, CS=Covered or Coated Sand Grains. kocaGan: PL=Pore Lining, M=Matrix Hydric Soll Indicators: (Applicable to all LRRs, unless otherwise noted.) Indicators for Problematic Hydric Soils': ❑ Histosol (Al) ❑ Sandy Redox (S5) ' ❑ 2 cm Muck (A10) ❑ Histic Epipedon (A2) ❑ Stripped Matrix (S6) ❑ Red Parent Material (TF2) ❑ Bieck Histic (A3) ❑ Loamy Mucky Mineral (Fi) (except MLRA 1) ❑ Other (Explain in Remarks) ❑ Hydrogen Sulfide (A4) ❑ Loamy Gleyed Matrix (F2) ❑ Depleted Below Dark Surface (All) ❑ Depleted Matrix (F3) ❑ Thick Dark Surface (Al2) ❑ Redox Dark Surface (F6) ❑ Sandy Mucky Mineral (S1) ❑ Depleted Dark Surface (F7) ,Indicators of hydrophytic vegetation and watfand hydrologymust be present unless disturbed or ❑ Sandy Gleyed Matrix (S4) ❑ Redox Depressions (F8) prooblen Restrictive Layer (If present): Type: Depth (Inches): Hydric Solis Present? Yes ❑ No Remarks: NynRAt Orly Watland Hydrology Indicators: Primary Indicators (minimum of one required; check all that apply) Secondary Indicators (2 or more required) ❑ Surface Water (Al) ❑ Water -Stained Leaves (1219) ❑ Water -Stained Leaves (B9) ❑ High Water Table (A2) (except MLRA 1, 2, 4A, and 4B) (MLRA 1, 2, 4A, and 4B) ❑ Saturation (A3) ❑ Salt Crust (811) ❑ Drainage Pattems (810) ❑ Water Marks (131) ❑ Aquatic Invertebrates (813) ❑ Dry -Season Water Table (C2) ❑ Sediment Deposits (B2) ❑ Hydrogen Sulfide Odor (CI) ❑ Saturation Visible on Aerial Imagery (C9) ❑ Drift Deposits (133) ❑ Oxidized Rhizospheres along Living Roots (C3) ❑ Geomorphic Position (02) ❑ Algal Mat or Crust (84) ❑ Presence of Reduced Iron (C4) ❑ Shallow Aquitafd (03) ❑ Iron Deposits (BS) ❑ Recent Iron Reduction in Tilled Soils (C6) ❑ FAG-Neutrel Test (DS) ❑ Surface Sail Cracks (136) ❑ Stunted or Stresses Plants (D1) (LRR A) ❑ Raised Ant Mounds (D6) (LRR A) ❑ Inundation Visible on Aerial Imagery (137) ❑ Other (Explain in Remarks) ❑ Frost -Heave Hummocks (D?) ❑ Sparsely Vegetated Concave Surface (B8) Field Observations: Surface Water Present? Yes ❑ No ® Depth (inches); Water Table Present? Yes ❑ No ® Depth (inches): Saturation Present? Yes ❑ No ® Depth (inches): Wetland Hydrology Present? Yes ❑ No Cd (includes capillary fringe) Describe Recorded Data (stream gauge, monitoring wall, aerial pliotos, previous inspections), if available: Remarks: No evidence of hydrology was found at this soil plot. US Army Corps of Engineers Western Mountains, Valley, and Coast — Interim Version WETLAND DETERMINATION DATA FORA — Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast Region i Project Sit% Quendall Terminals CltylCounty: RentonNng Sampling Date: 08/19/2009 Applicant(Owner. Quendall State: WA Sampling Point: Wet J "IWet ~ Investigator(s): A. Gate, J. Pursley Section, Township, Range: 29124N15E Landform (hillsiape, terrace, etc.): Ditch Local relief (concave, convex, none): None Slope (%): 0 to 2 Subroglon (LRR): A Let 47.31N Long: 122.11W Datum: Soil Map Unit Name: Bellingham Sift loam NWI classification: None mapped Are climatic! hydrologic conditions an the site typical for this time of year? Yes ® No ❑ (If no, explain in Remarks.) Are Vegetation ❑, Soil ❑, Or Hydrology ❑, signitican8y disturbed? Are 'Normal Circumstances' present? Yes ® No ❑ Are Vegetation ❑, Soil ❑, Or Hydrology ❑, naturally probtematic? (If needed, explain any answers in Remarks.) ownrimmm i ..r rsrrurrr%ao -- j%macn site map snowing sampling point locations, transects, Important features, etc Hydrophytic Vegetation Present? Yes ® No ❑ Hydric Soil Present? Yes ® No ❑ Is the Sampling Area within a Welland? Yes ® No ❑ Welland Hydrology Present? Yes ® No ❑ Remarks: Wetland J is located between a city road and a Statel federal Interstate. The area Is a depression and ditch which appears to have standing water or saturated soils for several months a year. VEGETATION — Use scientific names of plants Tree Stratum (Plot Size: 30 foot radius) Absolute Cover Dominant Indicator Species? Status Dominance Test Worksheet: 1. Alnus rubra 10 Yes FAC Number of Dominant Species That Are 2, OBL, FACW, or FAC: 2 (A) 3. Total Number of Dominant Species Across a. All strata: z (B) 0 = Total Cover Percent of Dominant Species That Are SaplinnlShrub Shalom (Plot Size: 15 fool radius) OBL, FACW, or FAC: 100 (�) 5. Phalarts arundlnacea 100 Yes FACW Prevalence Index worksheets 6. Rubus armentacus 15 No FACU Total % Cover of: Multiply b 7. OBL species x1 = 8. FACW species x2 = 9. FAC species x3 = 100 = Total Cover FACU spades x4 - herb Stratum {Plot Size: 3 toot radius) UPL species x5 = 10. Column Totals; (A) (B) 11. Prevalence Index = BIA 12• Hydrophytic Vegetation Indicators: 13. Yes Dominance Test is >50% 14. yes Prevalence Index is: 3.0' is. Morphological Adaptations' (Provide supporting data in 16. Remarks or on a separate sheet) 17. Wetland Non -Vascular Plants' 18. Problematic Hydrophyfic Vegetation' (Explain) 19, 20. 'Indicators of hydric soll and wetland hydrology must bepresent, 5= Total Cover unless disturbed or problematic. Woody Vine Stratum (Plot Sae: ) 1. 2. = Total Cover % Bare Ground in Herb Stratum 95 Remarks. 100% dominant we0and vegetation per the Dominance test Hydrophytic Vegetation Present? Yes ® No ❑ US Army Corps of Engineers Western Mountains, Valley, and Coast— Interim Version Project Site: Quendall Terminal L-i.Til SRmnlina Pnlnt Wet t SPHIWek Profile Description: (Describe to the depth needed to document the Indicator or confirm the absence of indicators.) Depth Matrix Redox Features (inches) Color (moist) % Color (Moist) % Type' Loci Texture Remarks 0.3 Dense root mat, organic 3-18 10YR 311 100 Silty loam 'Type: C= Concentration, D=Depletion, RM=Reduced Mat*. CS=Covered or Coated Sand Grains. Location: PL=Pore Lining, M=Matrtx Hydrfc Soil Indicators: (Applicable to all LRRs, unless otherwise noted.) Indicators for Problematic Hydrlc Soits3: ❑ Histosol (Al) ❑ Sandy Redox (SS) ❑ 2 cm Muck 010) ❑ Histic Epipedon (A2) ❑ Stripped Matrix (S8) ❑ Red Parent Material (TF2) ❑ Black Hisiic (A3) ❑ Loamy Mucky Mineral (F1) (except MLRA 1) ❑ Other (Explain in Remarks) ❑ Hydrogen Suicide (A4) ❑ Loamy Gleyed Matrix (F2) ❑ Depleted Below Dark Surface (All) ® Depleted Matrix (F3) ® Thick Dark Surface (Al2) ❑ Redox Dark Surface (FO) ❑ Sandy Mucky Mineral (Si) E2 Depleted Daric Surface (F7) 9tndicators of hydrophytic vegetation and wetlend hydrology must be present, unless disturbed or ❑ Sandy Gleyed Matrix (S4) ❑ Redox Depressions (F8) proRestrictive Layer (if present): Type: Depth (inches): Hydric Soils Present? Yes ® No ❑ Remarks: Thick dark surface with matrix chroma of <1. uwftr. nrev Wetland Hydrology Indicators: Primary Indicators (minimum of one required: check all that apply) Secondary Indicators (2 or more required) ® Surface Water (Al) ❑ Water -Stained Leaves (B9) ❑ Water -Stained Leaves (89) ® High Water Table (A2) (except MI -RA 1, 2, 4A, and 45) (MLRA 1, 2, 4A, and 46) ® Saturation (A3) ❑ Salt Crust (B11) ❑ Drainage Patterns (1310) ® Water Marks (131) ❑ Aquatic Invertebrates (813) ❑ Dry -Season Water Table (C2) ® Sediment Deposits (132) ❑ Hydrogen Sulfide Odor (Cl) ❑ Saturation Visible on Aerial Imagery (C9) ® Drift Deposits (B3) ❑ Oxidized Rhizosphems along Living Roots (C3) ❑ Geomorphic Position (D2) ❑ Algal Mat or Crust (114) ❑ Presence of Reduced Iron (C4) ❑ Shallow Aquitard (133) ❑ Iron Deposits (85) ❑ Recent tron Reduction in Tilled Soils (06) ❑ FAG -Neutral Test (D5) ❑ Surface Soil Cracks (H6) ❑ Stunted or Stresses Plants (D1) (LRR A) ❑ Raised Ant Mounds (D8) (LRR A) ❑ Inundation Visible on Aerial Imagery (137) ❑ Other (Explain in Remarks) ❑ Frost -Heave Hummocks (07) ❑ Sparsely Vegetated Concave Surface (B8) Field Observations: Surface Water Present? Yes ® No ❑ Depth (Inches): Water Table Present? Yes ® No ❑ Depth (Inches): 4 inches Saturation Present? Yes ® No ❑ Depth (inches): At surface Wetland Hydrology Present? Yes ® No ❑ (Includes capillary fringe) Describe Recorded Data (stream gauge, monitortng well, aerial photos, previous Inspections), If available: Remarks: Saturation and standing water observed In sample plot US Army Corps of Engineers ' Western Mountains, Valley, and Coast— laterfm Version APPENDIX E ECOLOGY WETLAND RATING FORMS Wetland name or number A WETLAND RATING FORM - WESTERN WASHINGTON Version 2 - Updated July 2006 to increase accuracy and reproducibility among users Updated Oct 2008 with the new WDFW definitions for priority habitats Name of wetland (if known): Rated by Wetland A Adam Gale and Joe.Pursley Date of site visit: 04/23/2009 Trained by Ecology? YesXNo Date of training May 2007 SEC: 29 TWNSHP: 24N RNGE: 5E Is SIT/R in Appendix D? Yes NoX Map of wetland unit: Figure Estimated size 0.1 Acre SUMMARY OF RATING Category based on FUNCTIONS provided by wetland I 11 MX IV Category I = Score >=70 Category 11= Score 51-69 Category III = Score 30-50 Category IV = Score < 30 Score for Water Quality Functions Score for Hydrologic Functions Score for Habitat Functions TOTAL score for Functions Category based on SPECIAL, CHARACTERISTICS of wetland I 11 Does not Apply X Final Category (choose the "highest" category from above) Summary of basic information about the wetland unit Wetland Unit as'Speci"a�`" `-� ,. Y Characteris_tick' „ � ����� �� � ' Y ; -Wetland HGM�Class'4 � used for'Ratin" �j w Estuarine De ressional Natural Heritage Wetland Riverine Bog Lake -fringe Mature Forest Slope Old Growth Forest Flats Coastal Lagoon Freshwater Tidal Interdunal i None of the above X Check if unit has multiple HGM classes present X - Wetland Rating Form -- western Washington i version 2 To be used with Ecology Publication 04-06-025 August 2004 Wetland name or number A Does the wetland unit being rated meet any of the criteria below? If you answer YES to any of the questions below you will need to protect the wetland according to the regulations regarding the special characteristics found in the wetland. Check List for Wetlands That May Deed .Additional Protection 1+ Ss' ,;' Nal 3n addition to the protection recommended for its cats O P 16 SPI. Has the wetland unit been documented as a habitatfor any Federally listed Threatened or Endangered animal or plant species (TIE species)? For the purposes of this rating system, "documented" means the wetland is on the -appropriate state or federal database. SP2. Has the wetland unit been documented as habitat far any State listed Threatened or Endangered animal species? For the purposes of this rating system, "documented" means the wetland is on the X Appropriate state database. Note: Wetlands with State listed plant species are -categorized as Category I Natural Heritage Wetlands see p. 19 of data form). SP3. Does the wetland unit contain individuals of Priority species listed by the WDFW for the state? SP4. Does the wetland unit have a local significance in addition to its functions? For example, the wetland has been identified in the Shoreline Master Program, the Critical Areas Ordinance, or in a local management plan as having special significance. To com lele the next part o the data sheet you will need to determine the H dro eomo hic Class of the wetland being rated. The hydrogeomorphic classification groups wetlands into those that function in similar ways. This simplifies the questions needed to answer how well the wetland functions. The Hydrogeomorphic Class of a wetland can be determined using the key below. See p. 24 for more detailed instructions on classifying wetlands. Wetland Rating Form —westem Washington 2 August 2004 version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 Wetland name or number A Classification of Wetland Units in Western Washington ��E?a xa �?`-�''�'�' �>'= � �'e � „;�-,�'�s�, -" -.�-.. � ,�i. � : �p �r: � • . -�xs-T-r - = ..-..�-_-e,�-.. - •e.. r _ ..._ -- ' - ,- ,..� :„>� �. s � •�, � _ If tlierliydrologic criteieia`ifst it in each. question do not"apply :to the entirwbinif�being :rated; yoq,pr.6boblj have a- unit with ,multiple RGM classes,, In thia,caMe; identify'=which; " - )hydrologic criteriiin s '-,t e +ic^ cy•� qu2eti s�ti"on,Pss''•.<1=7Pn,xfQuestion,t 9d" .a I. -Are the water levels in the entire unit usually controlled by tides (i.e. except during floods)? NO — go to 2 YES — the wetland class is Tidal Fringe If yes, is the salinity of the water during periods of annual low flow below 0.5 ppt (parts per thousand)? YES — Freshwater Tidal Fringe NO — Saltwater Tidal Fringe (Estuarine) If your wetland can be classified as a Freshwater Tidal Fringe use the forms for Riverine wetlands. If it is Saltwater Tidal Fringe it is rated as an Estuarine wetland. Wetlands that were called estuarine in the first and second editions of the rating system are called Salt Water Tidal Fringe in the Hydrogeomorphic Classification. Estuarine wetlands were categorized separately in the earlier editions, and this separation is being kept in this revision. To maintain consistency between editions, the term "Estuarine" wetland is kept. Please note, however, that the characteristics that define Category I and lI estuarine wetlands have changed (see p. ). ' 2. The entire wetland unit is flat and precipitation is the only source (>90%) of water to it. Groundwater and surface water runoff are NOT sources of water to the unit. NO — go to 3 YES -- The wetland class is Flats If your wetland can be classified as a "Flats" wetland, use the form for Depressional wetlands. 3. Does the entire wetland unit meet both of the following criteria? X The vegetated part of the wetland is on the shores of a body of permanent open water (without any vegetation on the surface) at least 20 acres (8 ha) in size; X At least 30% of the open water area is deeper than 6.6 ft (2 m)? NO — go to 4 YES — The wetland class is Lake -fringe (Lacustrine Fringe) 4. Does the entire wetland unit meet all of the following criteria? X The wetland is on a slope (slope can be very gradual), X The water flows through the wetland in one direction (unidirectional) and usually comes from seeps. It may flow subsurface, as sheetflow, or in a swale without distinct banks. X The water leaves the wetland without being impounded? NOTE: Surface water does not pond in these type of wetlands except occasionally in very small and shallow depressions or behind hummocks (depressions are usually <3fi diameter and less than 1 foot deep}: NO - go to 5 YES — The wetland class is Slope Wetland hating Form — western Washington 3 August 2004 version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008' Wetland name or number A 5. Does the entire wetland unit meet all of the following criteria?. The unit is in a valley, or stream channel, where it gets inundated by overbank flooding from that stream or river The overbank flooding occurs at least once every two years. NOTE. The riverine unit can contain depressions that are filled with water when the river is not flooding. NO - go to 6 YES —The wetland class is Riverine 6. Is the entire wetland unit in a topographic depression in which water ponds, or is saturated to the surface, at some time during the year. This means that any outlet, if present, is higher than the interior of the wetland. NO — go to 7 YES The wetland class is Depressional 7. Is the entire wetland unit located in a very flat area with no obvious depression and no overbank flooding. The unit does not pond surface water more than a few inches. The unit seems to be maintained by high groundwater in the area. The wetland may be ditched, but has no obvious natural outlet. NO —go to 8 YES — The wetland class is Depressional 8. Your wetland unit seems to be difficult to classify and probably contains several different HGM clases. For example, seeps at the base of a slope may grade into a riverine floodplain, or a small stream within a depressional wetland has a zone of flooding along its sides. GO BACK AND IDENTIFY WHICH OF THE HYDROLOGIC REGIMES DESCRIBED IN QUESTIONS 1-7 APPLY TO DIFFERENT AREAS IN THE UNIT (make a rough sketch to help you decide). Use the following table to identify the appropriate class to use for the rating system if you have several HGM classes present within your wetland. NOTE: Use this table only if the class that is recommended in the second column represents 10% or more of the total area of the wetland unit being rated. If the area of the class listed in column 2 is less than 10% of the unit; classify the wetland using the class that represents more than 90% of the total area. HGMGlasses within the wetland unit bein rated_ HGMCIqss to Use i�=ltatin Slope + Riverine Riverine Slope + Depressional Depressional Slope + Lake -fringe Lake -fringe Depressional + Riverine along stream within boundary Depressional Depressional + Lake -fringe Depressional Salt Water Tidal Fringe and any other class of freshwater wetland Treat as ESTUARINE under wetlands with special characteristics If you are unable still to determine which of the above criteria apply to your wetland, or if you have more than 2 HGM classes within a wetland boundary, classify the wetland as Depressional for the rating. Wetland Rating Farm— western Washington 4 August 2004 version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 Wetland name or number A -Lake-fi rngp Wetlands WATER QUALTTY FUNCTIONS - 'Indicators that the wetland unit functions to Wy I B°°rc }' per box) itn .rope WkWI uali •. _ ._ IL L 1. Does the wetland .unit have the potential to improve water quality? (see p.59) L L 1.1 Average width of vegetation along the lakeshore (use polygons of Cowardin classes): Figure Vegetation is more than 33ft (I Om) wide points = 6 Vegetation is more than 16 (5m) wide and <33ft points = 3 Vegetation is more than 6ft (2m) wide and <16 ft points = l Vegetation is less than 6 ft wide points = 0 3 Map of Cowardin classes with widths marked L 1.2 Characteristics of the vegetation in the wetland: choose the appropriate description Figure that results in the highest points, and do not include any open water in your estimate of coverage. The herbaceous plants can be either the dominant form or as an understory in a shrub or forest community. These are not Cowardin classes. Area of Cover is total cover in the unit, but it can be in patches. NOTE: Herbaceous does not include aquatic bed. Cover of herbaceous plants is >90% of the vegetated area points = 6 Cover of herbaceous plants is >2/3 of the vegetated area points = 4 Cover of herbaceous plants is >1/3 of the vegetated area points = 3 Other vegetation that is not aquatic bed or herbaceous covers > 2/3 unit points = 3 Other vegetation that is not aquatic bed in > 1/3 vegetated area points = 1 Aquatic bed vegetation and open water cover > 2/3 of the unit points = 0 3 Map with polygons of different vegetation types L Add the points in the boxes above S g L L 2. Does the wetland have the opportunity to improve water quality? (see p.61) Answer YES if you.know or believe there are pollutants in the lake water, or polluted surface water flowing through the unit to the lake. Note which of the following conditions provide the sources of pollutants. A unit may have pollutants coming from several sources, but any single source would qualify as opportunity. X Wetland is along the shores of a lake or reservoir that does not meet water quality standards -- Grazing in the wetland or within 15Oft --• Polluted water discharges to wetland along upland edge — Tilled fields or orchards within 150 feet of wetland multiplier — Residential or urban areas are within 150 ft of wetland — Parks with grassy areas that are maintained, ballfields, golf courses (all within 2 150 ft. of lake shore) X Power boats with gasoline or diesel engines use the lake — Other YES multiplier is 2 NO multiplier is 1 L TOTAL - Water Quality Functions Multiply the score from Ll by L2 �2 Add score to table on p. 1 Comments Wetland Rating Form — western Washington, 9 August 2004 version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 Wetland name or number A _ .- Lake -fringe Wetlands HYDROLOGIC FUNCTIONS - Indicators that the wetland unit functions to (only I SCOM reduce ahore6ne erosion mb°"1 y L 3. Does the wetland unit have the potential to reduce shoreline erosion? (see p.62) - L 3 Distance along shore and average width of Cowardin classes along the lakeshore (do Figure _ not include aquatic bed): (choose the highest scoring description that matches conditions in the wetland) • 3/4 of distance is shrubs or forest at least 33 ft (10m) wide points = 6 • 3/, of distance is shrubs or forest at least 6 ft. (2 m) wide points = 4 • % distance is shrubs or forest at least 33 ft (l Om) wide points = 4 Vegetation is at least 6 ft (2m) wide (any type except aquatic bed) points = 2 Vegetation is less than 6 ft (2m) wide (any type except aquatic bed) points = 0 4 Aerial photo or map with Cowardin vegetation classes L Record the points from the box above 0 4 L L 4. Does the wetland unit have the opportunity to reduce erosion? e�ear�� (see p.63) Are there features along the shore that will be impacted if the shoreline erodes? Note which of the following conditions apply. X There are human structures and activities along the upland edge of the wetland (buildings, fields) that can be damaged by erosion. --- There are undisturbed natural resources along the upland edge of the wetland (e.g. mature forests other wetlands) than can be damaged by shoreline erosion:W _ — Other multiplier YES multiplier is 2 NO multiplier is I 2 L TOTAL - Hydrologic Functions Multiply the score from L 3 by L 4 Add score to table on P. 1 e Comments — Wetland Rating Form — western Washington 10 August 2004 version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 Wetland name or number A �. b ' c.c ;,r^za. .,. , .._-......� - ...-,—m-�:--- —i, s-. ..Y --- 7 Points ''i, J. fT'�iese tquestions'a�pply taawetlands of all HC:1i%l:classes: "; 8�, t score that unit�functions,to provide important -habitat" t uox� �PITAT�F.UNCTIOIS.--Indicators - .. .. -- - _ - - r H 1. Does the wetland unit have the potential to provide habitat for many species? H 1.1 Vegetation structure (seep. 72) Figure _ Check the types of vegetation classes present (as defined by Cowardin)- Size threshold for each class is !14 acre or more than 10% of the area if unit is smaller than 2.5 acres. Aquatic bed Emergent plants X Scrub/shrub (areas where shrubs have >30% cover) X Forested (areas where trees have >30% cover) If the unit has a forested class check if The forested class has 3 out of 5 strata (canopy, sub -canopy, shrubs, herbaceous, moss/ground-cover) that each cover 20% within the forested polygon Add the number of vegetation structures that qualify. If you have: 4 structures or more points = 4 Map of Cowardin vegetation classes 3 structures points = 2 2 structures points = 1 1 1 structure 20ints = 0 H 1.2. Hydroperiods_(see p. 73) Figure _ Check the types of water regimes (hydroperiods) present within the wetland The water regime has to cover more than 10% of the wetland or % acre to count. (see text for descriptions"of hydroperiods) Permanently flooded or inundated 4 or more types present points = 3 Seasonally flooded or inundated 3 types present points = 2 Occasionally flooded or inundated 2 types present point = 1 Saturated only 1 type present points = 0 Permanently flowing stream or river in, or adjacent to, the wetland Seasonally flowing stream in, or adjacent to, the wetland X Lake -fringe wetland = 2 points Freshwater tidal wetland = 2 points Map of hydroperlods 2 H 1.3. Richness of Plant Species (seep. 75) Count the number of plant species in the wetland that cover at least 10112. (different patches of the same species can be combined to meet the size threshold) You do not have to name the species. Do not include Eurasian WWI, reed canarygrass, purple loosestrife, Canadian Thistle If you counted: > 19 species points = 2 List species below if you want to: .5 -19 species points = 1 < 5 species points = 0 1 Total for page Wetland Rating Form-- western Washington 13 August 2004 version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 Wetland name or number A H 1.4. Inters ersi n of habitats (seep. 76) Decide from the diagrams below whether interspersion between Cowardin vegetation classes (described in H 1.1), or the classes and unvegetated areas (can include open water or mudflats) is high, medium, low, or none. o None = 0 points Low = 1 point Moderate = 2 points [riparian braided channels] High W 3 points NOTE: If you have four or more classes or three vegetation classes and open water the rating is always "high". Use map of Coward In vegetation classes H 1.5. Soccial Habitat Features: (seep. 77) Check the habitat features that are present in the wetland. The number of checks is the number of points you put into the next column. X Large, downed, woody debris within the wetland (>4in. diameter and 6 ft long). _X_Standing snags (diameter at the bottom > 4 inches) in the wetland X Undercut banks are present for at least 6.6 ft (2m) and/or overhanging vegetation extends at least 3.3 ft (lm) over a stream (or ditch) in, or contiguous with the unit, for at least 33 ft (10m) Stable steep banks of fine material that might be used by beaver or muskrat for denning (>30degree slope) OR signs of recent beaver activity are present (cut shrubs or trees that have not yet turned grey/brown) At least'/. acre of thin -stemmed persistent vegetation or woody branches are present in areas that are permanently or seasonally inundated. (structures for egg -laying by amphibians) Invasive plants cover less than 25% of the wetland area in each stratum of plants NOTE: The 20% stated in early printings of the manual on page 78 is an error. H 1. TOTAL Score - potential for providing habitat Add the scores from H1.1, H1.Z H1.3, H1.4, H1.5 Comments 2 3 � 9 8 Wetland Rating Form — western Washington 14 August 2004 version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 Wetland name or number A i H 2. Does the wetland unit have the opportunity to provide habitat for many species? f 1 H 2.1 Buffers (seep, 80) Figure _ Choose the description that best represents condition of buffer of wetland unit. The highest scoring criterion that applies to the wetland is to be used in the rating. See textfor definition of "undisturbed. " — 100 m (330ft) of relatively undisturbed vegetated areas, rocky areas, or open water >95% of circumference. No structures are within the undisturbed part of buffer. (relatively undisturbed also means no -grazing, no landscaping, no daily human use) Points = 5 100 m (330 ft) of relatively undisturbed vegetated areas, rocky areas, or open water > 50% circumference. Points = 4 — 50 m (170ft) of relatively undisturbed vegetated areas, rocky areas, or open water >95% circumference. Points = 4 — 100 m (330ft) of relatively undisturbed vegetated areas, rocky areas, or open water > 25% circumference, . Points = 3 50 m (170ft) of relatively undisturbed vegetated areas, rocky areas, or open water for > 50% circumference. Points = 3 If buffer does not meet any of the criteria above --- No paved areas (except paved trails) or buildings within 25 m (80ft) of wetland > 95% circumference. Light to moderate grazing, or lawns are OK. Points = 2 — No pavod areas or buildings within 50m of wetland for >50% circumference. Light to moderate grazing, or lawns are OK. Points = 2 — Heavy grazing in buffer. Points =1 — Vegetated buffers are <2m wide (6.6ft) for more than 95% of the circumference (e.g. tilled fields, paving, basalt bedrock extend to edge of wetland Points = 0. — Buffer does not meet any of the criteria above. Points =1 3 Aerial phato showing buffers H 2.2 Corridors and Connections (seep. 81) H 2.2.1 Is the wetland part of a relatively undisturbed and unbroken vegetated corridor (either riparian or upland) that is at least 150 ft wide, has at least 30% cover of shrubs, forest or native undisturbed prairie, that connects to estuaries, other wetlands or undisturbed uplands that are at least 250 acres in size? (dams in riparian corridors, heavily used gravel roads, paved roads, are considered breaks in the corridor). YES = 4 points (go to H 2.3) NO = go to H 2.2.2 H 2.2.2 Is the wetland.part of a relatively undisturbed and unbroken vegetated corridor (either riparian or upland) that is at least 50ft wide, has at least 30% cover of shrubs or forest, and connects to estuaries, other wetlands or undisturbed uplands that are at least 25 acres in size? OR a Lake -fringe wetland, if it does not have an undisturbed corridor as in the question above? YES = 2 points (go to H 2.3) NO = H 2.2.3 H 2.2.3 Is the wetland: within 5 mi (8km) of a brackish or salt water estuary OR within 3 mi of a large field or pasture (>40 acres) OR within 1 mi of a lake greater than. 20 acres? 2 YES =1 point NO = 0 points Total for page 5 Wetland Rating Form — western Washington 15 August 2004 version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 ` '' Wetland name or number A H 2.3 Near or adjacent to other priority habitats listed by WDFW (see new and complete, descriptions of WDFW priority habitats, and the counties in which they can be found, in the PHS report h :/fwd . E ov/hab hslist htm ) Which of the following priority habitats are within 330ft (100m), of the wetland unit? NOTE: the connections do not have to be relatively undisturbed. Aspen Stands: Pure or mixed stands of aspen greater than 0.4 ha (1 acre). - X Biediversity Areas and Corridors: Areas of habitat that are relatively important to various species of native fish and wildlife (full descriptions in WDFW PHS report p. 152). Herbaceous Balds: Variable size patches of grass and forbs on shallow.soils over bedrock. Old-growth/Mature forests: Old -growth west of Cascade crest Stands of at least 2 tree species, forming a multi -layered canopy with occasional small openings; with at least 20 trees/ha (8 trees/acre) > 81 cm (32 in) dbh or > 200 years of age, Qlature forests 'Stands with average diameters exceeding 53 cm (21 in) dbh; crown cover may be less that'100%; crown cover may be less that 100%; decay, decadence, numbers of snags, and quantity of large downed. material is generally less than that found in old -growth; 80 - 200 years old west of the Cascade crest. _Oregon white Oak: Woodlands Stands of pure oak or oak/conifer associations where canopy coverage of the oak component is important (full descriptions in WDFW PHS report p. 158). Riparian: The area adjacent to aquatic systems with flowing water that contains elements of both aquatic and terrestrial ecosystems which mutually influence each other, Westside Prairies: Herbaceous, non -forested plant communities that can either take the - form of a dry prairie or a wet prairie (full descriptions in WDFWPHS report p. 161). Instream: The combination of physical, biological, and chemical processes and conditions that interact to provide functional life history requirements for instream fish and wildlife resources. Nearshore: Relatively undisturbed nearshore habitats. These include Coastal Nearshore, Open Coast Nearshore, and Puget Sound Nearshore. (full descriptions of habitats and the definition of relatively undisturbed are in WDFW report: pp. 167-169 and glossary in Appendix A). Caves: A naturally occurring cavity, recess, void, or system of interconnected passages under _ the earth in soils, rock, ice, or other geological formations and is large enough to contain a human. Cliffs: Greater than 7.6 in (25 ft) high and occurring below 5000 ft. Talus: Homogenous areas of mck rubble ranging in average size 0.15 - 2.0 in (0.5 - 6.5 ft), composed of basalt, andesite, and/or sedimentary rock, including riprap slides and mine tailings. May be associated with cliffs. Snags and Logs: Trees are considered snags if they are dead or dying and exhibit sufficient decay characteristics to enable cavity excavation/use by wildlife. Priority snags have a diameter at breast height of > 51 cm (20 in) in western Washington and are > 2 m (6.5 ft) in height. Priority logs are > 30 cm (12 in) in diameter at the largest end, and > 6 m (20 ft) long, If wetland has 3 or more priority habitats = 4 points If wetland has 2 priority habitats = 3 points If wetland has 1 priority habitat =1 point No habitats = 0 points Note: All vegetated wetlands are by definition a priority habitat but are not included in this list. Nearby wetlands are addressed in question H 2.4) Wetland Rating Form — western Washington 16 August 2004 version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 Wetland name or number A H 2.4 Wetland Landscape (choose the one description of the landscape around the wetland that best fits) (seep. 84) There are at least 3 other wetlands within % mile, and the connections between them are relatively undisturbed {light grazing between wetlands 0& as is lake shore with some boating, but connections should NOT be bisected by paved roads, fill, fields, or other development. points = 5 The wetland is Lake -fringe on a lake with little disturbance and there are 3 other lake -fringe wetlands within'/z mile points = 5 There are at least 3 other wetlands within %: mile, BUT the connections between them are disturbed points = 3 The wetland is Lake -fringe on a lake with disturbance and there are 3 other lake -fringe wetland within % mile points = 3 There is at least 1 wetland within % mile. points = 2 There are`no wetlands within'/z mile. points = 0 5 H 2. TOTAL Score - opportunity for providing habitat l i Add the scores om H2. I,H2.2, H2.3, H2.4 TOTAL for H 1 from page 14 9 Total Score for Habitat Functions — add the points for H 1, H 2 and record the result on P. l zQ Wetland Rating Form— western Washington . 17, August 2004 version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 Wetland name or number A CATEGORIZATION EASED ON SPECU L CHARACTERISTICS Please determine if the wetland meets the attributes described below and circle the appropriate answers and Category. Wetland Type I Category Check off any criteria that apply to the wetland. Circle the Category when the yppro riate criteria are met. SC 1.0 Estuarine wetlands (seep. 86) Does the wetland unit meet the following criteria for Estuarine wetlands? — The dominant water regime is tidal, -- Vegetated, and — With a salinity greater than 0.5 ppt. YES = Go to SC 1.1 NO X SC 1.1 Is the wetland unit within a National Wildlife Refuge, National Park, National Estuary Reserve, Natural Area Preserve, State Park or Educational, Cat. I Environmental, or Scientific Reserve designated under WAC 332-30-151? YES = Category I X NO go to SC 1.2 SC 1.2 Is the wetland unit at least 1 acre in size and meets at least two of the following three conditions? YES = Category I NO = Category II Cat. I -- The wetland is relatively undisturbed (has no diking, ditching, filling, Cat. ll cultivation, grazing, and has less than 10% cover of non-native plant species. 1f the non-native Spartina spp. are the only species that cover more than 10% of the wetland, then the wetland should be given a dual Dual rating (I/II). The area of Spartina would be rated a Category II while the rating relatively undisturbed upper marsh with native species would be a Category I. Do not, however, exclude the area of Spartina in determining the size threshold of 1 acre. — At least 3/4 of the landward edge of the wetland has a 100 ft buffer of shrub, forest, or un-grazed or un-mowed grassland. --- The wetland has at least 2 of the following features: tidal channels, depressions with open water, or contiguous freshwater wetlands. Wetland Rating Form -- western Washington 18 version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 August 2004 Wetland name or number A SC 2.0 Natural Heritage Wetlands (seep. 87) Natural Heritage wetlands have been identified by the Washington Natural Heritage Cat. I Program/DNR as either high quality undisturbed wetlands or wetlands that support state Threatened, Endangered, or Sensitive plant species. SC 2.1 Is the wetland unit being rated in a Section/Township/Range that contains a Natural Heritage wetland? (this question is used to screen out most sites before you need to contact WNHP/DNR) SIT/R information from Appendix D _ or accessed from WNHP/DNR web site YES — contact WNHP/DNR (see p. 79) and go to SC 2.2 NO X SC 2.2 Has DNR identified the wetland as a high quality undisturbed wetland or as or as a site with state threatened or endangered plant species? YES = Category I . NO X not a Heritage Wetland SC 3.0 Bogs (seep. 87) Does the wetland unit (or any part of the Unit) meet both the criteria for soils and vegetation in bogs? Use the key below to identify if the wetland is a bog. Ifyou answer yes you will still need to rate the wetland based on its functions. 1. Does the unit have organic soil horizons (i.e. layers of organic soil), either peats or mucks, that compose 16 inches or more of the first 32 inches of the soil profile? (See Appendix B for a field key to identify organic soils)? Yes - go to Q. 3 X No - go to Q. 2 2. Does the unit have organic soils, either peats or mucks that are less than 16 inches deep over bedrock, or an impermeable hardpan such as clay or volcanic ash, or that are floating on a lake or pond? Yes - go to Q. 3 X No - Is not a bog for purpose of rating 3. Does the unit have more than 70% cover of mosses at ground level, AND other plants, if present, consist of the "bog" species listed in Table 3 as a significant component of the vegetation (more than 30% of the total shrub and herbaceous cover consists of species in Table 3)? Yes — Is a bog for purpose of rating X No - go to Q. 4 NOTE: If you are uncertain about the extent of mosses in the understory you may substitute that criterion by measuring the pH of the water that seeps into a hole dug at least 16" deep. If the pH is less than 5.0 and the "bog" plant species in Table 3 are present, the wetland is a bog. 1. Is the unit forested (> 30% cover) with sitka spruce, subalpine fir, western red cedar, western hemlock, lodgepoie pine, quaking aspen, Englemann's spruce, or western white pine, WITH any of the species (or combination of species) on the bog species plant list in Table 3 as a significant component of the ground cover (> 30% coverage of the total shrublherbaceous cover)? 2. YES = Category I No X Is not a bog for purpose of rating Cat. I Wetland Rating Form — western Washington 19 August 2004 version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008' Wetland name or number A SC 4.0 Forested Wetlands (seep. 90) Does the wetland unit have at least l acre of forest that meet one of these criteria for the Department of Fish and Wildlife's forests as priority habitats? If you answer yes you will still need to rate the wetland based on its functions. — Old -growth forests: (west of Cascade crest) Stands of at least two tree species, forming a multi -layered canopy with occasional small openings; with at least 8 trees/acre (20 trees/hectare) that are at least 200 years of age OR have a diameter at breast height (dbh) of 32 inches (81 cm) or more. NOTE: The criterion for dbh is based on measurements for upland forests. Two -hundred year old trees in wetlands will often have a smaller dbh because their growth rates are often slower. The DFW criterion is and "OR" so old -growth forests do not necessarily have to have trees of this diameter. ---- Mature forests: (west of the Cascade Crest) Stands where the largest trees are 80 — 200 years old OR have average diameters (dbh) exceeding 21 inches (53cm); crown cover may be less that 100%; decay, decadence, numbers of snags, and quantity of large downed material is generally less than that found in old -growth. YES = Category I NO X not a forested wetland with special characteristics Cat. I SC 5.0 Wetlands in Coastal Lagoons (seep. 91) Does the wetland meet all of the following criteria of a wetland in a coastal lagoon? — The wetland lies in a depression adjacent to marine waters that is wholly or partially separated from marine waters by sandbanks, gravel banks, shingle, or, less frequently, rocks — The lagoon in which the wetland is located contains surface water that is saline or brackish (> 0.5 ppt) during most of the year in at least a portion of the lagoon (needs to be measured near the bottom) YES = Go to SC 5.1 NO X. not a wetland in a coastal lagoon SC 5.1 Does the wetland meets all of the following three conditions? — The wetland is relatively undisturbed (has no diking, ditching, filling, cultivation, grazing), and has less than 20% cover of invasive plant species (see list of invasive species on p. 74). — At least 3/, of the landward edge of the wetland has a 100 ft buffer of shrub, forest, or un-grazed or un-mowed grassland. Cat, I — The wetland is larger than 1/10 acre (4350 square feet) YES = Category i NO = Category 11 Wetland stating Form — western Washington 20 version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 Cat. II August 2004 Wetland name or number A SC 6.0 Interdunal Wetlands (see p..93) Is the wetland unit west of the 1889 line (also called the Western Boundary of Upland Ownership or WBUO)? YES - go to SC 6.1 NO X not an interdunal wetland for rating If you answer yes you will still need to rate the wetland based on its functions. In practical terms that means the following geographic areas: c Long Beach Peninsula- lands west of SR 103 o Grayland-Westport- lands west of SR 105 o Ocean Shores-Copalis- lands west of SR 115 and SR 109 SC 6.1 Is the wetland one acre or larger, or is it in a mosaic of wetlands that is once acre or larger? YES = Category II X NO — go to SC 6.2 Cat. lI SC 6.2 Is the unit between 0.1 and 1 acre, or is it in a mosaic of wetlands that is between 0.1 and 1 acre? YES = Category III j Cat. III Category:of vYetl$nd:°biased ou.Special'Characterisfics n" ~.• . d,.,<T. , ;4 ti' ''Choose`t a "',highestr crating' fivetland falls_ inlo<several'categories, and record�on.'y .P �µJf'yok_answered NO for alltypes erite'r` "Not Applicaile" on�.pl;' Wetland Rating Form -- western Washington 21 August 2004 version 2 Updated with new WDF'W definitions Oct. 2008 Wetland name or number B WETLAND RATING FORM - WESTERN WASHINGTON Version 2 - Updated July 2006 to increase accuracy and reproducibility among users Updated Oct 2008 with the new WDIi W definitions for priority habitats Name of wetland (if known): Wetland B Rated by Adam Gale and Joe Pursley Date of site visit: 04/2312009 Trained by Ecology? YesXNo� Date of training May 2007 SEC: 29 TWNSHP: 24N RNGE: SE Is S/T/R in Appendix D? Yes., NoIX Map of wetland unit: Figure Estimated size 0.1 Acre SUMMARY OF RATING Category based on FUNCTIONS provided by wetland I II III-K IV Category I = Score >=70 Category II = Score 51-69 Category III = Score 30-50 Category IV = Score < 30 Score for Water Quality Functions Score for Hydrologic Functions Score for Habitat Functions TOTAL score for Functions Category based on SPECIAL CHARACTERISTICS of wetland I II Does not Apply x Final Category (choose the "highest" category from above) 4 '24 14 42 —0 3ummM or nasic inrormauon anout the weuana unit a(V��■■%nnelan/� pp"�Uprij}i�tt/��l��ias^'q�5epedal q J;}- {'`��!ct;41'JJYt.:J�.b � rZ 1'�n'`:tj.`Sr�.=.i3`� �. ' - ;`We7t11[antd"HYGM Class vc•tr LLJetl iol_.iWt� 5 ',r ' 9 �L'_ Estuarine De ressional Natural HeritaE Wetland Riverine Bo Lake -fringe Mature Forest Slope Old Growth Forest Flats Coastal Lagoon Freshwater Tidal Interdunal None of the above X Check if unit has multiple HGM classes present Wetland Rating Form — western Washington 1 August 2004 version 2 To be used with Ecology Publication 04-06-025 _4- Wetland name or number B Does the wetland unit being rated meet any of the criteria below? If you answer YES to any of the questions below you will need to protect the wetland according to the regulations regarding the special characteristics found in the wetland. Check List for Wetlands That May Need Additional Protection, YES= NO in addition to the protection recommended for its cats oq)u SP 1. Has the wetland unit been documented as a habitat for any Federally listed Threatened or Endangered animal or plant species (TIE species)? For the purposes of this rating system, documented means the wetland is on the appropriate state or federal database. SP2. Has the wetland unit been documented as habitat for any State listed Threatened or Endangered animal species? For the purposes of this rating system, "documented" means the wedand is on the X appropriate state database. Note: Wetlands with State listed plant species are categorized as Category I Natural Herita a Wetlands see 2. 19 of data form). SP3. Does the wetland unit contain individuals of Priority species listed by the WDFW for the state? SP4. Does the wetland unit have a local significance in addition to its functions? For example, the wetland has been identified in the Shoreline Master Program, the Critical Areas Ordinance, or in a local management plan as having special significance. To complete the next art of the data sheet you will need to determine the Hydro eggg hie Class of the wetland bein_g rated. The hydrogeomorphtc classification groups wetlands into those that function in similar ways. This simplifies the questions needed to answer how well the wetland functions. The Hydrogeomorphic Class of a wetland can be determined using the key below. See p. 24 for more detailed instructions on classifying wetlands. Wetland Rating Form — western Washington 2 August 2004 version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 Wedand name or number B Classification of Wetland Units in Western Washington L +If'tne �liy. t td ogi& trite is .listed In each question do,not apply to the ertdre unit being�. us ",rated,.you probably -have .a unit with multiple HGM classes:.In, this case, identify. whicK, hydrologic crii'tenain questions 1-?-apply, andgo to,Question,8., 4' .t is 4,_ 2,1_fi�.;�t- -r' o ' L� �..�i �,i;'-if. 1. Are the water levels in the entire unit usually controlled by tides (i.e. except during floods)? NO -- go to 2 YES — the wetland class is Tidal Fringe If yes, is the salinity of the water during periods of annual low flow below 0.5 ppt (parts per thousand)? YES — Freshwater Tidal Fringe NO -- Saltwater Tidal Fringe (Estuarine) Ifyour wetland can be classified as a Freshwater Tidal Fringe use the forms for Riverine wetlands. If it is Saltwater Tidal Fringe it is rated as an Estuarine wetland. Wetlands that were called estuarine in the first and second editions of the rating system are called Salt Water Tidal Fringe in the Hydrogeomorphic Classification. Estuarine wetlands were categorized separately in the earlier editions, and this separation is being kept in this revision. To maintain consistency between editions, the term "Estuarine" wetland is kept. Please note, however, that the characteristics that define Category I and II estuarine wetlands have changed (see p. ). 2. The entire wetland unit is flat and,precipitation is the only source (>90%) of water to it. Groundwater and surface water runoff are NOT sources of water to the unit. NO — go to 3 YES — The wetland class is Flats If your wetland can be classified as a "Flats" wetland, use the form for Depressional wetlands. 3. Does the entire wetland unit meet both of the following criteria? --The vegetated part of the wetland is on the shores of a 'body of permanent open water (without any vegetation on the surface) at least 20 acres (8 ha) in size; At least 30% of the open water area is deeper than 6.6 ft (2 m)? NO — go to 4 YES — The wetland class is Lake -fringe (Lacustrine Fringe) 4. Does the entire wetland unit meet all of the following criteria? x The wetland is on a slope (slope can be verygraduO, The water flows through the wetland in one direction (unidirectional) and usually comes from seeps. It may flow subsurface, as sheetflow, or in a swale without distinct banks. The water leaves the wetland without being impounded? NOTE: Surface water does not pond in these type of wetlands except occasionally in very small and shallow depressions or behind hummocks (depressions are usually <3ft diameter and less than 1 foot deep). NO - go to-5 YES — The wetland class is Slope Wetland Rating Form — western Washington 3 August 2004 version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 ; Wetiand name or number B 5. Does the entire wetland unit meet all of the following criteria? The unit is in a valley, or stream channel, where it gets inundate_ d by overbank flooding from that stream or river The overbank flooding occurs at least once every two years. NOTE.- The riverine unit can contain depressions that are filled with water when the river is not flooding. NO - go to 6 YES - The wetland class is Riverine 6. Is the entire wetland unit in a topographic depression in which water ponds, or is saturated to the - surface, at some time during the year. This means that any outlet, if present, is higher than the interior of the wetland NO - go to 7 YES - The wedand class is Depressional ` 7. Is the entire wetland unit located in a very flat area with no obvious depression and no overbank flooding. The unit does not pond surface water more than a few inches. The unit seems to be - maintained by high groundwater in the area. The wetland may be ditched, but has no obvious natural outlet. NO - go to 8 YES - The wetland class is Depressional 8. Your wetland unit seems to be difficult to classify and probably contains several different HGM clases. For example, seeps at the base of a slope may grade into a riverine floodplain, or a small - stream within a depressional wetland has a zone of flooding along its sides. GO BACK AND IDENTIFY WHICH OF THE HYDROLOGIC REGIMES DESCRIBED IN QUESTIONS 1-7 APPLY TO DIFFERENT AREAS IN THE UNIT (make a rough sketch to help you decide). Use the following table to identify the appropriate class to use for the rating system if you have several HGM classes present within your wetland. NOTE: Use this table only if the class that is recommended in the second column represents 10% or more of the total area of the wetland unit being rated. If the area of the class listed in column 2 is less than 10% of the unit; classify the wetland using the class that represents more than 90% of the total area. HGM Classes- within the wetland unit bean rated . _ °_ HGM Class to Use in Ratlis Slope + Riverine Riverine Slo + Depressional De sessional Slope + Lake -fringe Lake-frin e Depressional + Riverine along stream within boundary Depressional De sessional + Lake -fringe Depressional Salt Water Tidal Fringe and any other class of freshwater wetland Treat as ESTUARINE under wetlands with special characteristics If you are unable still to determine which of the above criteria apply to your wetland, or if you have more than 2 HGM classes within a wetland boundary, classify the wetland as Depressional for the rating. gin: Wetiand Rating Form - western Washington 4 August 2004 version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 Wetland name or number B D' D'epl<ess onal and Flags. Wedan& - WATER QUA, I'T'Y FUNCTIONS Indicators that the wetland unit functions to itti .iroe vti►ater D D 1. Does the wetland unit have the potential to improve water quality? D 1.1 Characteristics of surface water flows out of the wetland: Unit is a depression with no surface water leaving it (no outlet) points = 3 D Unit has an intermittently flowing, OR highly constricted permanently flowing outlet points = 2 Unit has an unconstricted, or slightly constricted, surface outlet (permanently tlowho points = 1 Unit is a "flat" depression (Q. 7 on key), or in the Flats class, with permanent surface outflow and no obvious natural outlet and/or outlet is a man-made ditch points =1 (If ditch is not permanently flowing treal unit as "intermittently flowing'I Provide photo or drawing S 1.2 The soil 2 inches below the surface (or duff layer) is clay or organic (use ARCS definitions) D YES points = 4 NO points = 0 D 1.3 Characteristics of persistent vegetation (emergent, shrub, and/or forest Cowardin class) Wetland has persistent, ungrazed, vegetation > = 95% of area points = 5 D Wetland has persistent, ungrazed, vegetation > =1/2 of area points = 3 Wetland has persistent, ungrazed vegetation > = 1/10 of area points = 1 Wetland has persistent, ungrazed vegetation <1/10 of area points = 0 Map of Cowardin vegetation classes D1.4 Characteristics of seasonal ponding or inundation. This is the area of the wetland unit that is ponded for at least 2 months, but dries out D sometime during the year. Do not count the area that is permanently ponded Estimate area as the average condition 5 out of 10 yls. Area seasonally ponded is > yz total area of wetland points = 4 Area seasonally ponded is > V4 total area of wetland points = 2 Area seasonally ponded is < y4 total area of wetland points = 0 Map of Hvdroperiods D Total for D 1 Add the points in the boxes above D D 2. Does the wetland unit have the opRortunity to improve water quality? Answer YES if you know or believe there are pollutants in groundwater or surface water coming into the wetland that would otherwise reduce water quality in streams, lakes or groundwater downgradient from the wetland. Note which of the following conditions provide the sources ofpollutants A unit may have pollutants coming from several sources, but any single source would qualify as oppoffunity. -- Grazing in the wetland or within 150 ft Untreated stormwater discharges to wetland Tilled fields or orchards within 150 ft of wetland A stream or culvert discharges into wetland that drains developed areas, residential areas, farmed fields, roads, or clear-cut logging Residential, urban areas, golf courses are within 150 R of wetland --- Wetland is fed by groundwater high in phosphorus or nitrogen --- Other YES multiplier is 2 NO multiplier is 1 TOTAL -Water Quality Functions Multiply the score from D1 by D2 Add score to table on U. 1 Pw box) (see p.38) Figure Figure — r Figure 0 a�rrrrive 2 (see p. 44) multiplier 2 4 Wetland Rating Form — western Washington 5 version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 August 2004 Wetland name or number B Deptessional and Flats WGlands 4 HYDROLOGIC FUNCTIONS - Indicators that the wetlan'0unit functions o ' i`(anty 1'srore reduce_ flQod1nG and stream de adatian D 3. Does the wetland unit have the otp ential to reduce flooding and erosion? (see p.46) D 3.1 Characteristics of surface water flows out of the wetland unit Unit is a depression with no surface water leaving it (no outlet) points = 4 Unit has an intermittently flowing, OR highly constricted permanently flowing outlet points = 2 Unit is a "flat" depression (Q. 7 on key), or in the Flats class, with permanent surface outflow and no obvious natural outlet and/or outlet is a man-made ditch points =1 (If ditch is not permanently flowing treat unit as "intermittently flowing') 2 [snit has an unconstricted, or sHotly constricted, surface outlet anentl y llowlnpoints = 0 D D 3.2 Depth of storage during wet periods _ Estimate the height of ponding above the bottom of the outlet. For units with no outlet measure from the surface of permanent water or deepest part (f dry). Marks of ponding are 3 ft or more above the surface or bottom of outlet points = 7 The wetland is a "headwater" wetland" points = 5 Marks of ponding between 2 ft to < 3 ft from surface or bottom of outlet points = 5 Marks are at least 0.5 ft to < 2 ft from surface or bottom of outlet points = 3 Unit is flat (yes to Q. 2 or Q. 7 on key) but has small depressions on the surface that trap water points =1 7 Marks of ponding less than 0.5 ft points = 0 D D 3.3 Contribution of wetland unit to storage in the watershed Estimate the ratio of the area of upstream basin contributing surface water to the wetland to the area of the wetland unit itself. The area of the basin is less than 10 times the area of unit points = 5 The area of the basin is 10 to 100 times the area of the unit points = 3 The area of the basin is more than 100 times the area of the unit points = 0 3 Entire unit is in the FLATS class 22ints = 5 D Total for D 3 Add the points in the boxes above p 2 p D D 4. Does the wetland unit have the opportunity to reduce flooding and erosion? ors r�®e (seep. 49) Answer YES if the unit is in a location in the watershed where the flood storage, or reduction in water velocity, it provides helps protect downstream property and aquatic resources from flooding or excessive and/or erosive flows. Answer NO if the water `- coming into the wetland is controlled by a structure such as flood gate, tide gate, flap valve, reservoir etc. OR you estimate that more than 90% of the water in the wetland is from groundwater in areas where damaging groundwater flooding does not occur. Note which of the following indicators of opportunity apply. — Wetland is in a headwater of a river or stream that has flooding problems — Wetland drains to a river or stream that has flooding problems — Wetland has no outlet and impounds surface runoff water that might otherwise flow into a river or stream that has flooding problems multiplier X Other Overflows to Lake Washington - YES multiplier is 2 NO multiplier is 1 .. TOTAL - Hydrologic Functions Multiply the score from D 3 by D 4 Add score to table on p. 1 - 247_ Wetland Rating Form _. western Washington 6 August 2004 version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 Wetland name or number — cs.Q r'' ..- '•t'.>'_ p .... 5� ;� _t'i r•- •t -_ - _ •r y _ ..- - __ .... �. -_ . - - - - - ---- - - m-. .This Fquestibn apply t&Jvedinds OD HGMV -Vasses. Points` R fi n (only •P Saone }<HABITAT:'FUNCTIONSi-.I'ixdisatdrs,that�unft';hih.ctions ta,pravide°important habitat a } .. H 1. Does the wetland unit have the ot�entt'al to provide habitat for many species? H 1.1 Vegetation structure (seep. 72) Figure Check the types of vegetation classes present (as defined by Cowardin)- Size threshold for each class is M acre or more than 10% of the area if unit is smaller than 2.5 acres. Aquatic bed Emergent plants —X—Sctvb/shrub (areas where shrubs have >30% cover) Forested (areas where trees have >30% cover) If the unit has a forested class check if - The forested class has 3 out of 5 strata (canopy, sub -canopy, shrubs, herbaceous, moss/ground-cover) that each cover 20% within the' forested polygon Add the -number of vegetation structures that qualify. Ifyou have: 4 structures or more points 4 Map of Cowardin vegetation classes 3 structures points = 2 2 structures points = 1 1 structure points = 0 H 1.2. H dro eriods (see p. 73) Figure _ Check the types of Water regimes (hydroperiods) present within the wetland The water regime has to cover more than 10% of the wetland or N acre to count. (see text for descriptions ofhydroperiods) X Permanently flooded or inundated 4 or more types present points = 3 X Seasonally flooded or inundated 3 types present points = 2 Occasionally flooded or inundated 2 types present point = 1 Saturated only 1 type present points = 0 Permanently flowing stream or river in, or adjacent to, the wetland Seasonally flowing stream in, or adjacent to, the wetland Labe -fringe wetland = 2 points Freshwater tidal wetland = 2 points Map of hydroperiods H 1.3. Richness of Plant Species (seep. 75) Count the number of plant species in the wetland that cover at least 10 ftz. (different patches of the same species can be combined to meet the size threshold) You do not have to name the species. Do not include Eurasian Milfoil, reed canarygrass, purple loosestrlfe, Canadian Thistle If you counted: > 19 species points = 2 List species below ifyou want to: 5 - 19 species points = 1 < 5 species points = 0 1 Total for page Wetland Rating Form - western Washington, 13 August 2004 version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 Wetland name or number B H 1.4. Interspersion of habitats (seep. 76) Figure Decide from the diagrams below whether interspersion between Cowardin vegetation classes (described in H 1.1), or the classes and unvegetated areas (can include open -water or mudflats) is high, medium, low, or none. 'A; None = 0 points Low = 1 point Moderate = 2 points [riparian braided channels] High = 3 points NOTE: If you have four or more classes or three vegetation classes and open water 2 the rating is always "hi ". Use map of Cowardin vegetation classes H 1.5. Special Habitat Features: (seep. 77) Check the habitat features that are present in the wetland. The number of checks is the number ofpoints you put into the next column. Large, downed, woody debris within the wetland (>41n. diameter and 6 ft long). Standing snags (diameter at the bottom > 4 inches) in the wedand Undercut banks are present for at least 6.6 ft (2m) and/or overhanging vegetation extends at least 3.3 ft (lm) over a stream (or ditch) in, or contiguous with the unit, for at least 33 ft 00m) X Stable steep banks of fate material that might be used by beaver or muskrat for denning (>30degree slope) OR signs of recent beaver activity are present (cut shrubs or trees that have not yet turned grey/brown) At least V4 acre of thin -stemmed persistent vegetation or woody branches are present in areas that are permanently or seasonally inundated. (structures for egg -laying by amphibians) Invasive plants cover less than 25% of the wetland area in each stratum of plants NOTE. Tile 20 % stated in early printings of the manual on page 78 is an error. H 1. TOTAL Score - potential for providing habitat Add the scores from H1.1, H1.2, H1.3, H1.4, H1.5 Comments Wetland Rating Form — western Washington 14 August 2004 version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 6 a r Wetland name or number B H 2. Does the wetland unit have the opportunity to provide habitat for many species? H 2.1 Buffers (seep. 80) Figure Choose the description that best represents condition of buffer of wetland unit. The highest scoring criterion that applies to the wetland is to be used in the rating. See text for definition of "undisturbed. " — 100 m (330ft) of relatively undisturbed vegetated areas, rocky areas, or open water >95% of circumference. No structures are within the undisturbed part of buffer. (relatively undisturbed also means no-grazuig, no landscaping, no daily human use) Points = 5 --- 100 m (330 ft) of relatively undisturbed vegetated areas, rocky areas, or open water > 50% circumference. Points = 4 — 50 m (170ft) of relatively undisturbed vegetated areas, rocky areas, or open water >95% circumference. Points = 4 — 100 m (330ft) of relatively undisturbed vegetated areas, rocky areas, or open water > 25% circumference, . Points = 3 X 50 m (170ft) of relatively undisturbed vegetated areas, rocky areas, or open water for > 50% circumference. Points = 3 If buffer does not meet any of the criteria above — No paved areas (except paved trails) or buildings within 25 m (80ft) of wetland > 95% circumference. Light to moderate grazing, or lawns are OK. Points = 2 — No paved areas or buildings within 50m of wetland for >50% circumference. Light to moderate grazing, or lawns are OK. Points = 2 — Heavy grazing in buffer. Points = 1 — Vegetated buffers are ¢2m wide (6.6ft) for more than 95% of the circumference (e.g. tilled fields, paving, basalt bedrock extend to edge of wetland Points = 0. --- Buffer does not meet any of the criteria above. Points = 1 3 Aerial ahoto showing buffers H 2.2 Corridors and Connections (seep. 81) H 2.2.1 Is the wetland part of a relatively undisturbed and unbroken vegetated corridor (either riparian or upland) that is at least 150 ft wide, has at least 30% cover of shrubs, forest or native undisturbed, prairie, that connects to estuaries, other wetlands or undisturbed uplands that are at least 250 acres in size? (dams in riparian corridors, heavily used gravel roads, paved roads, are considered breaks in the corridor). YES = 4 points (go to H2..� NO = go to H 2.2.2 H 2.2.2 Is the wetland part of a relatively undisturbed and unbroken vegetated corridor (either riparian or upland) that is at least 50ft wide, has at least 30% cover of shrubs or forest, and connects to estuaries, other wetlands or undisturbed uplands that are at least 25 acres in size? OR a Lake -fringe wetland, if it does not have an undisturbed corridor as in the question above? YES = 2 points (go to H2.3) NO = H 2.2.3 H 2.2.3 Is the wetland: within 5 mi (8km) of a brackish or salt water estuary OR within 3 mi of a large field or pasture (>40 acres) OR within 1 mi of a lake greater than 20 acres? YES =1 point _ NO = 0 points Total for page 4 Wetland Rating Form — western Washington 15 ,. August 2004 version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 Wetland name or number B H 2.3 mar or adjacent to other priority; habitats listed by WDFW (see new and complete descriptions of 14DFW priority habitats, and the counties in which they can be found, in the PHS report htt :// dfw wa, ov/hab/ hslist:htm) Which of the following priority habitats are within 33011 (100m) of the wetland unit? NOTE: the connections do not have to be relatively undisturbed. Aspen Stands: Pure or mixed stands of aspen greater than 0.4 ha (1 acre). X Blodiversity Areas and Corridors: Areas of habitat that are relatively important to various species of native fish and wildlife (full descriptions in WDFW PHS report p. 1525. Herbaceous Balds: Variable size patches of grass and (orbs on shallow soils over bedrock. - Old-growth/Mature forests: Old -growth west of Cascade crest) Stands of at least 2 tree species, forming a multi -layered canopy with occasional small openings; with at least 20 trees/ha (8 trees/acre) > 81 cm (32 in) dbh or > 200 years of age. (1blature forests Stands with average diameters exceeding 53 cm (21 in) dbh; crown cover may be less that 100%; crown cover may be less that 100%; decay, decadence, numbers of snags, and quantity of large downed material is generally less than that found in old -growth; 80 - 200 years old west of the Cascade crest. .Oregon white Oak: Woodlands Stands of pure oak or oak/conifer associations where canopy coverage of the oak component is important (1411 descriptions in WDFW PHS report p. 158). — Riparian: The area adjacent to aquatic systems with flowing water that contains elements of both aquatic and terrestrial ecosystems which mutually influence each other. Westside Prairies: Herbaceous, non -forested plant communities that can either take the form of a dry prairie or a wet prairie (full descriptions in WDFW PHS report p. 161). Instream: The combination of physical, biological, and chemical processes and conditions that interact to provide functional life history requirements for instream fish and wildlife — resources. Nearshore: Relatively undisturbed nearshore habitats. These include Coastal Nearshore, Open Coast Nearshore, and Puget Sound Nearshore. (full descriptions ofhabitats and the definition of relatively undisturbed are in WDFW report: pp. 157169 and glossary in Appendix A). Caves: A naturally occurring cavity, recess, void, or system of interconnected passages under the earth in soils, rock, ice, or other geological formations and is large enough to contain a human. Cliffs: Greater than 7.6 m (25 ft) high and occurring below 5000 ft. Talus: Homogenous areas of rock rubble ranging in average size 0.15 - 2.0 m (0.5 - 6.5 ft), composed of basalt, andesite, and/or sedimentary rock, including riprap slides and mine tailings. May be associated with cliffs. Snags and Logs: Trees are considered snags if they are dead or dying and exhibit sufficient decay characteristics to enable cavity excavation/use by wildlife. Priority snags have a diameter at breast height of > 51 cm (20 in) in western Washington and are > 2 m (6.5 ft) 'in height. Priority logs are > 30 cm (12 in) in diameter at the largest end, and > 6 m (20 ft) long. if wetland has 3 or more priority habitats = 4 points If wetland has 2 priority habitats 3 points If wetland has 1 priority habitat = 1 point No habitats = 0 points Note: All vegetated wetlands are by deilnitlon a priority habitat but are not included in this i list. Nearby wetlands are addressed in question H 2.4) Wetland Rating Form -- western Washington 16 August 2004 version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct 2008 Wetland name or number B H 2.4 Wetland Landsca a (choose the one description of the landscape around the wetland that best Bts) (seep. 84) There are at least 3 other wetlands within Ih mile, and the connections between them are relatively undisturbed (light grazing between wetlands OK, as is lake shore with some boating, but connections should NOT be bisected by paved roads, fill, fields, or other development. points = 5 The wetland is Lake -fringe on a lake with little disturbance and there are 3 other lake -fringe wetlands within Vz mile points = 5 There are at least 3 other wetlands within % mile, BUT the connections between them are disturbed points = 3 The wetland is Lake -fringe on a lake with disturbance and there are 3 other lake -fringe wetland within Ih mile points = 3 There is at least 1 wetland within VZ mile. points = 2 There are no wetlands within % mile. points = 0 3 H 2. TOTAL Score - opportunity for providing habitat 9 I 8 Add the scores from H2.I,H2.2, H2.3, H2.4 I TOTAL for H 1 from page 14 e e v v s Total Score for Habitat Functions — add the points for H 1, H 2 and record. the result on P. 1 14 Wetland Rating Form — western Washington 17 August 2004 version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 Wetland name or number B CATEGORIZATION BASED ON SPECIAL CHARACTERISTICS €" Please determine if the wetland meets the attributes described below and circle the appropriate answers and Category. Wetland Type Category Check off any criteria that apply to the wetland. Circle the Category when the apprupriate criteria are met. SC 1.0 Estuarine wetlands (seep. 86) Does the wetland unit meet the following criteria for Estuarine wetlands? — The dominant water regime is tidal, -- Vegetated, and -- With a salinity greater than 0.5 ppt. YES = Go to SC 1.1 NO SC 1.1 Is the wetland unit within a National Wildlife Refuge, National Park, National Estuary Reserve, Natural Area Preserve, State Park or Educational, Cat. I Environmental, or Scientific Reserve designated under WAC 332-30-151? YES = Category I X NO o to SC 1.2 SC 1.2 Is the wetland unit at least 1 acre in size and meets at least two of the following three conditions? YES = Category I NO = Category II Cat. I — The wetland is relatively undisturbed (has no diking, ditching, filling, Cat. II cultivation, grazing, and has less than 10% cover of non-native plant species. If the non-native Spartlna spp. are the only species that cover more than 10% of the wetland, then the wetland should be given a dual Dual rating (I/II). The area of Spartina would be rated a Category II while the rating relatively undisturbed upper marsh with native species would be a Category I. Do not, however, exclude the area of Spartina in 1AI determining the size threshold of 1 acre. — At least 3/4o€ the landward edge of the wetland has a 100 ft buffer of shrub, forest, or un-grazed or un-mowed grassland. — The wetland has at least 2 of the following features: tidal channels, depressions with open water, or contiguous freshwater wetlands. a,* Wedand Rating Form — western Washington 18 August 2004 version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 Wetland name or number B SC 2.0 Natural Heritage Wetlands (seep. 87) Natural Heritage wetlands have been identified by the Washington Natural Heritage Program/DNR as either high quality undisturbed wetlands or wetlands that support state Threatened, Endangered, or Sensitive plant species. SC 2.1 Is the wetland unit being rated in a Section/Township/Range that contains a Natural Heritage wetland? (this question is used to screen out most sites before you need to contact WNHPIDNR) SPf/R information from Appendix D _ or accessed from WNHPIDNR web site YES — contact WNHP/DNR (seepp. 79) and go to SC 2.2 NO X SC 2.2 Has DNR identified the wetland as a high quality undisturbed wetland or as or as a site with state threatened or endangered plant species? YES = Category I NO X not a Heritage Wetland SC 3.0 Bogs (seep. 87) Does the wetland unit (or any part of the unit) meet both the criteria for soils and vegetation in bogs? Use the key below to identify if the wetland is a bog. If you answer yes you will still need to rate the wetland based on its functions. 1. Does the unit have organic soil horizons (€.eAayers of organic soil), either peats or mucks, that compose 16 inches or more of the first 32 inches of the soil profile? (See Appendix B for a field key to identify organic soils)? Yes - gotoQ.3 XNo-gotoQ.2 2. Does the unit have organic soils, either peats or mucks that are less than 16 Inches deep over bedrock, or an impermeable hardpan such as clay or volcanic ash, or that are floating on a lake or pond? Yes - go to Q. 3 X No - Is not a bog for purpose of rating 3. Does the unit have more than 70% cover of mosses at ground level, AND other plants, if present, consist of the "bog" species listed in Table 3 as a significant component of the vegetation (more than 30% of the total shrub and herbaceous cover consists of species in Table 3)? Yes — Is a bog for purpose of rating X No - go to Q. 4 NOTE: If you are uncertain about the extent of mosses in the understory you may substitute that criterion by measuring the pH of the water that seeps into a hole dug at least 16" deep. If the pH is less than 5.0 and the "bog" plant species in Table 3 are present, the wetland is a bog. 1. Is the unit forested (> .30% cover) with sitka spruce, subalp€ne fir, western red cedar, western hemlock, lodgepole pine, quaking aspen, Englemann's spruce, or western white pine, WITH any of the species (or combination of species) on the bog species plant list in Table 3 'as a significant component of the ground cover (> 30% coverage of Me total s)irvb/herbaceous cover)? 2. YES = Category I No X Is not a bog for purpose of rating Cat. I Cat. I Wetland Rating Form -- western Washington 19 August 2004 version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 Wetland name or number B SC 4.0 Forested Wetlands (seep. 90) Does the wetland unit have at least 1 acre of forest that meet one of these criteria for the Department of Fish and Wildlife's forests as priority habitats? Ifyou answer yes you wdil still need to rate the wetland based on its functions. — Old -growth forests: (west of Cascade crest) Stands of at least two tree species, forming a multi -layered canopy with occasional small openings; with at least 8 trees/acre (20 trees/hectare) that are at least 200 years of age OR have a diameter at breast height (dbh) of 32 inches (81 cm) or more. NOTE: The criterion for dbh is based on measurements for upland forests. Two -hundred year old trees in wetlands will often have a smaller dbh because their growth rates are often slower. The DFW criterion is and "OR" so old -growth forests do not necessarily have to have trees of this diameter. — Mature forests: (west of the Cascade Crest) Stands where the largest trees are 80 — 200 years old OR have average diameters (dbh) exceeding 21 inches (53cm); crown cover may be less that 100%, decay, decadence, numbers of snags, and quantity of large downed material is generally less than that found in old -growth. YES = Category I NO X not a forested wetland with special characteristics I Cat. I SC 5.0 Wetlands in Coastal Lagoons (seep. 91) Does the wetland meet all of the following criteria of a wetland in a coastal lagoon? — The wetland lies in a depression adjacent to marine waters that is wholly or partially separated from marine waters by sandbanks, gravel banks, shingle, or, less frequently, rocks — The lagoon in which the wetland is located contains surface water that is saline or brackish (> 0.5 ppt) during most of the year in at least a portion of the lagoon (needs to be measured near the bottom) YES = Go to SC 5.1 NOX not a wetland in a coastal lagoon SC 5.1 Does the wetland meets all of the following three conditions? --- The wetland is relatively undisturbed (has no diking, ditching, filling, cultivation, grazing), and, has less than 20% cover of invasive plant species (see list of invasive species on p. 74). -- At least 3/4 of the landward edge of the wetland has a 100 ft buffer of shrub, forest, or tin -grazed or un-mowed grassland. Cat. I — The wetland is larger than 1/10 acre (4350 square feet) YES = Category I NO = Category II Cat. II c_ MIA Wetiand Rating Form -- western Washington 20 August 2004 version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 Wetland name or number B SC 6.0 Interdunal Wetlands (seep. 93) Is the wetland unit west of the 1889 line (also called the Western Boundary of Upland Ownership or WBUO)? YES - go to SC 6.1 NO X not an interdunal wetland for rating Ifyou answer yes you will still need to rate the wetland based on its functions. In practical terms that means the following geographic areas: o Long Beach Peninsula- lands west of SR 103 o Grayland-Westport- lands west of SR 105 o Ocean Shores-Copalis- lands west of SR 115 and SR 109 SC 6.1 Is the wetland one acre or larger, or is it in a mosaic of wetlands that is once acre or larger? YES = Category II X NO — go to SC 6.2 Cat. II SC 6.2 Is the unit between 0.1 and 1 acre, or is it in a mosaic of wetlands that is between 0.1 and I acre? YES = Category III Cat. III i�"Cate a8_ "tdbpe_caCha>r�acer-sties asen ` 5'Choose thy: "highest �' s_ia#ing ` falls,+infa several `categories, and recordsan-I .wetland 1 If ; ou'answeed Npfor all r es enters "NotA` Wetland Rating Form — western Washington 21 August 2004 version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008' Wetland name or number C WETLAND RATING FORM — WESTERN WASHINGTON Version 2 - Updated July 2006 to increase accuracy and reproducibility among users Updated Oct 2008 with the new WDFW definitions for priority habitats Name of wetland (if known): Wetland C Date of site visit: 04/2312009 Rated by Adam Gale and Joe Pursley Trained by Ecology? YesXNo Date of trainin Mg ay 2007 SEC: 29 TWNSHP: 24N RNGE: 5E Is SITIR in Appendix D? Yes No-, Map of wetland unit: Figure Estimated size < 0.1 Acre SUMMARY OF RATING Category based on FUNCTIONS provided by wetland I II III IV X Category I = Score >=70 Category II = Score 51-69 Category III = Score 30-50 Category IV = Score < 30 Score for Water Quality Functions Score for Hydrologic Functions Score for Habitat Functions TOTAL score for Functions Category based on SPECIAL CHARACTERISTICS of wetland I II Does not ApplyX Final Category (choose the "highest" category from above) Summary of basic information about the wetland unit }Wetland Vnit.has`9P6di1 " :- ; " ��Chara terl_st_ics ,; ' _ �_-` �`: -_ Wetland HGM Class .5 ; usedfor,,Ratin ,-.-,. w' Estuarine De ressional Natural Heritage Wetland Riverine Bog Lake -fringe Mature Forest Slope Old Growth Forest Flats Coastal La oon Freshwater Tidal Interdunal None of the above X Check if unit has multiple HGM classes present Wetland hating Form— western Washington l August 2004 version 2 To be used with Ecology Publication 04-06-025 Wetland name or number C Does the wetland unit being rated meet any of the criteria below? If you answer YES to any of the questions below you will need to protect the wetland according to the regulations regarding the special characteristics found in the wetland. Check List for Wetlands That May Need Additional P.r-oteetion ,, YES .N07 (in addition to the protection recommended for its cats o ) fs SPI. Has the wetland unit been documented as a habitat for any Federally listed Threatened or Endangered animal or plant species (TIE species)? For the purposes of this rating system, "documented" means the wetland is on the a ro riate state or federal. database. SP2. Has the wetland unit been documented as habitat for any State listed Threatened or Endangered animal species? For the purposes of this rating system, "documented" means the wetland is on the X appropriate state database. Note: Wetlands with State listed plant species are categorized as Category I Natural Herita a Wetlands (seep. 19 of data form). SP3. Does the wetland unit contain individuals of Priorlty species listed by the WDFW for the state? SP4. Does the wetland unit have a local significance in addition to its functions? For example, the wetland has been identified in the Shoreline Master Program, the Critical Areas Ordinance, or in a local management plan as having special significance. To complete the next part of the data sheet you will need to determine the H dro eomo hic Class of the wetland bein rated. The hydrogeomorphic classification groups wetlands into those that function in similar ways. This - simplifies the questions needed to answer how well the wetland functions. The Hydrogeomorphic Class of a wetland can be determined using the key below. See p. 24 for more detailed instructions on classifying wetlands. - 0 Wetland Rating Form — western Washington 2 August 2004 version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 — Wetland name or number C Classification of Wetland Units in Western Washington Ka "Q k?„3E ...., yam,. . �,,_ e -K •i T"" .> .. r �..., - ' -'r- _ .. _ _. _r,: r zf the, hydrologic criteria} listed in reach `question dv not apply to the entire unit being ` k° at d,,you, piobably'have a,,unit with multipte HOM classes. 'Infihis casd; identify which,-, hydt;olg& criteria n, gttestib&j-7'apply, and.go .to. Question 8: —�� l �.r 1. Are the water levels in the entire unit usually controlled by tides (i.e. except during floods)? NO —go to 2 YES -- the wetland class is Tidal Fringe If yes, is the salinity of the water during periods of annual low flow below 0.5 ppt (parts per thousand)? YES — Freshwater Tidal Fringe NO — Saltwater Tidal Fringe (Estuarine) If your wetland can be classified as a Freshwater Tidal Fringe use the forms for Riverine wetlands. If it is Saltwater Tidal Fringe it is rated as an Estuarine wetland. Wetlands that were called estuarine in the first and second editions of the rating system are called Salt Water Tidal Fringe in the Hydrogeomorphic Classification. Estuarine wetlands were categorized separately in the earlier editions, and this separation is being kept in this revision. To maintain consistency between editions, the term "Estuarine" wetland is kept. Please note, however, that the characteristics that define Category I and II estuarine wetlands have changed (see p. ). 2. The entire wetland unit is flat and precipitation is the only. source (>9090) of water to it. Groundwater and surface water runoff are NOT sources of water to the unit. NO —go to 3 YES — The wetland class is Flats If your wetland can be classified as a "Flats" wetland, use the form for Depressional wetlands. 3. Does the entire wetland unit meet both of the following criteria? The vegetated part of the wetland is on the shores of a body of permanent open water (without any vegetation on the surface) at least 20 acres (8 ha) in size; At least 30% of the open water area is deeper than 6.6 ft (2 m)? NO -- go to 4 YES — The wetland class is Lake -fringe (Lacustrine Fringe) 4. Does the entire wetland unit meet all of the following criteria? X The wetland is on a slope (slope can be very graduO, _X_The water flows through the wetland in one direction (unidirectional) and usually comes from seeps. It may flow subsurface, as sheetflow, or In aswale without distinct banks. The water leaves the wetland without being impounded? NOTE: Surface water does not pond in these type of wetlands except occasionally in very small and shallow depressions or behind hummocks (depressions are usually <3ii diameter and less than 1 foot deep). NO - go to 5 YES — The wetland class is Slope Wetland Rating Form — western Washington 3 August 2004 version 2 Updated with new WDFW dettnitions Oct. 2008 Wetland name or number C 5. Does the entire wetland unit meet all of the following criteria? The unit is in a valley, or stream channel, where it gets inundated by. overbank flooding from that stream or river The overbank flooding occurs at least once every two years. u' NOTE. The riverine unit can contain_ depressions that are filled with water when the river is _. not flooding.. NO - go to 6 YES — The wetland class is Riverine 6. is the entire wetland unit in a topographic depression in which water ponds, or is saturated to the surface, at some time during the year. This means that any outlet, if present; is higher than the Interior of the wetland. NO — go to 7 YES — The wetland class is Depressional 7. Is the entire wetland unit located in a very flat area with no obvious depression and no overbank flooding. The unit does not pond surface water more than a few inches. The At seems to be _ maintained by high groundwater in the area. The wetland may be ditched, but has no obvious natural outlet. NO — go to 8 YES — The wetland class is Depression] 8. Your wetland unit seems to be difficult to classify and probably contains several different HGM clases. For example, seeps at the base of a slope may grade into a riverine floodplain, or a small _ stream within a depressional wetland has a zone of flooding along its sides. GO BACK AND IDENTIFY WHICH OF THE HYDROLOGIC REGIMES DESCRIBED IN QUESTIONS 1-7 APPLY TO DIFFERENT AREAS IN THE UNIT (make a rough sketch to help you decide). Use the following table to identify the appropriate class to use for the rating system if you have several �- HGM classes present within your wetland. NOTE: Use this table only if the class that is recommended in the second column represents 10% or more of the total area of the wetland unit being rated. If the area of the class listed in column 2 is less than 10% of the unit; classify the wetland using the class that represents more than 90%, of the total area. "HGM Classes within. the wetland unit &4179 rated HGM Class to Use in. Ratan' Slope + Riverine Riverine Slope + Depressional Depressional Slope + Lake -fringe Lake -fringe Depressional + Riverine along stream within boundary Depressional- Depressional + Lake -fringe De ressionaf Salt Water Tidal Fringe and any other class of freshwater wetland Treat as ESTUARINE under wetlands with special characteristics If you are unable still to determine which of the above criteria apply to your wetland, or if you have more than 2 HGM classes within a wetland boundary, classify the wetland as Depressional for;the rating. 0 Wetland Rating Form — western Washington 4 August 2004 version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 Wetland name or number C ,D DeP ressional and Flats Wetland - Points }� WATER QUALITY FUNCTIONS = 'Indicators that the-wedand unit functions to (only t im" ove water uaii , _ po D D 1. Does the wetland unit have the top ential to improve water quality? (see p.38) D 1.1 Characteristics of surface. water flows out of the wetland: Figure Unit is a depression with no surface water leaving it (no outlet) points = 3 D Unit has an intermittently flowing, OR highly constricted permanently flowing outlet points = 2 Unit has an unconstricted, or slightly constricted, surface outlet (permanentlyil'oW4 points = 1 Unit is a "flat" depression (Q. 7 on key), or in the Flats class, with permanent surface outflow and no obvious natural outlet and/or outlet is a man -spade ditch points = 1 (If ditch is not permanently flowing treat unit as "intermittently flowing'I 2 Provide photo or drawing S 1.2 The soil 2 inches below the surface (or duff layer) is clay or organic (use NRCS definitions) D YES points = 4 0 NO 20ints 0 D 1.3 Characteristics of persistent vegetation (emergent, shrub, and/or forest Cowardin class) Figure Wetland has persistent, ungrazed, vegetation > = 95% of area points = 5 D Wetland has persistent, ungrazed, vegetation > = 1/2 of area points = 3 Wetland has persistent, ungrazed vegetation > = 1/10 of area points = 1 Wetland has persistent, ungrazed vegetation <1/10 of area points = 0 0 Map of Cowardin vegetation classes D1.4 Characteristics of seasonal ponding or inundation. Figure This is the area of the wetland unit that is ponded for at least 2 months, but dries out D sometime during the year. Do not count the area that is permanently ponded Fstimate area as the average condition 5 out of 10 yrs. Area seasonally ponded is >'h total area of wetland points = 4 Area, seasonally ponded is > V4 total area of wetland points = 2 Area seasonally ponded is < V4 total area of wetland points = 0 0 Map of H dro eriods D Total for D 1 Add the points in the boxes above I 2 me D D 2. Does the wetland unit have the opportunity to improve water quality? (seep. 44) Answer YES if you know or believe there are pollutants in groundwater or surface water coming into the wetland that would otherwise reduce water quality in streams, lakes or groundwater downgradient from the wetland. Note which of the following conditions provide the sources ofpolluiants. A unit may have pollutants coming from several sources, but any single source would qualify as opportunity. — Grazing in the wetland or within 150 ft Untreated stormwater discharges to wetland — Tilled fields or orchards within 150 IN of wetland — A stream or culvert discharges into wetland that drains developed areas, residential areas, farmed fields, roads, or clear-cut logging — - Residential, urban areas, golf courses are within 150 ft of wetland multiplier — Wetland is fed by groundwater high in phosphorus, or nitrogen — Other2 YES multiplier is 2 NO multiplier is 1 D TOTAL - Water Quality Functions Multiply the score from D1 by D2 Add score to table on p.1 4 Wetland Rating Forcer — western Washington 5.. August 2004 version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 Wetland name or number C D Depressiorial and Flats Wetlarids, HYDROLOGIC FUNCTIONS - 'Indicators that the. wetland unit•"functions to . tanlyFias�e" . -,. , L reduce floodin and stream de adation , " �071 1. D 3. Does the wetland unit have the otential to reduce flooding and erosion? (see p.46) D D 3.1 Characteristics of surface water flows out of the wetland unit Unit is a depression with no surface water leaving it (no outlet) points = 4 Unit has an intermittently flowing, OR highly constricted permanently flowing outlet points = 2 Unit is a "flat" depression (Q. 7 on key), or in the Fiats class, with permanent surface outflow and no obvious natural outlet and/or outlet is a man-made ditch points =1 Qf ditch is not permanently flowing treat unit as 'intermittently flowing'I 2 Unit has an unconstricted, or sli htl constricted, surface outlet rmanentl flowin oints,= 0 D D 3.2 Depth of storage during wet periods _ Estimate the height of ponding above the bottom of the outlet. For units with no outlet measure from the surface ofpermanent water or deepest part (Ydry). Marks of ponding are 3 ft or more above the surface or bottom of outlet points = 7 The wetland is a "headwater" wetland" points = 5 Marks of ponding between 2 ft to < 3 ft from surface or bottom of outlet points = 5 Marks are at least 0.5 ft to < 2 ft from surface or bottom of outlet points = 3 �. Unit is flat (yes to Q. 2 or Q. 7 on key) but has small depressions on the surface that trap water points = 1 3 Marks of Ending less than 0.5 ft points = 0 D 3.3 Contribution of wetland unit to storage in the watershed Estimate the ratio of the area of upstream basin contributing surface water to the wetland to the area of the wetland unit itself, w,v The area of the basin is less than 10 times the area of unit points = 5 The area of the basin is 10 to 100 times the area of the unit points = 3 The area of the basin is more than 100 times the area of the unit points = 0 3 Entire unit is in the FLATS class points = 5 D Total for D 3 Add the points in the boxes above p__7 p D D 4. Does the wetland unit have the opportunity to reduce flooding and erosion? �_emm (see p. 49) 7 Answer YES if the unit is in a location in the watershed where the flood storage, or reduction in water velocity, it provides helps protect downstream property and aquatic resources from flooding or excessive and/or erosive flows. Answer NO if the water -. coming into the wetland is controlled by a structure such as flood gate, tide gate, flap valve, reservoir etc. OR you estimate that more than 90% of the water in the wetland is from groundwater in areas where damaging groundwater flooding does not occur. Note which of the following indicators of opportunity apply. — Wetland is in a headwater of a river or stream that has flooding problems — Wetland drains to a river or stream that has flooding problems -: — Wetland has no outlet and impounds surface runoff water that might otherwise flow into a river or stream that has flooding problems multiplier Other Overflows to Wetland C and then Lake Washington YES multiplier is 2 NO multiplier is 1 2 TOTAL - Hydrologic Functions Multiply the score from D 3 by D 4 Add scare to table on p. 1 l ti - Wetland -Rating Form--western-Washington- -6- - August-2004 - version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 Wetiand name or number C 4. questions -apply Points-,, F � CTIONS, ladic .,.,atoi�,that�,,uiiit-functions,ti),provide H 1. Does the wetland unit have the RgLential to provide habitat for many species? H 1.1 Vegetation structure (seep. 72) Figure Check the types of vegetation classes present (as defined by Cowardtn)- Size threshold for each class is Macre or more than 10% of the area if unit is smaller than 2.5 acres. Aquatic bed Emergent plants -scrub/shrub (areas where shrubs have >30% cover) ,Forested (areas where trees have >30% cover) If the unit has a forested class check if. - The forested class has 3 out of 5 strata (canopy, subr I canopy, shrubs, herbaceous, moss/ground-cover) that each cover 20% within the forested polygon Add the number of vegetation structures that qualify. Ifyouhave: 4 structures or more points = 4 Map of Cowardin vegetation classes 3 structures points = 2 2 structures points = 1 0 1 structure points = 0 H 1.2. H ydroperiod s (seep. 73) , Figure Check the types of water regimes (hydroperiods) present within the wetland The water regime has to cover more than 10% of the wetland or Macre to count (see text for descriptions of hydroperiods) _X_Permanently flooded or inundated 4 or more types present points = 3 Seasonally flooded or Inundated 3 types present points = 2 Occasionally flooded or inundated 2 types present point = I Saturated only I type present points = 0 Permanently flowing stream or river In, or adjacent to, the wetland Seasonally flowing stream in, or adjacent to, the wetland Lake -fringe wetland = 2 points —Freshwater tidal wedand = 2 points Map of hydroperiods 0 H 1.3. Richness of Plant Species (seep. 75) Count the number of plant species in the wetland that cover at least 10 ft2. (different patches of the same species can be combined to meet the size threshold) You do not have to name the species. Do not include Eurasian MIN], reed canarygrass, purple loosestrihe, Canadian Thistle If you counted: > 19 species points = 2 List species below ifyou want to: 5 - 19 species points = I < 5 species points = 0 0 Total for page Wetland Rating Form — western Washington 13. ' August 2004 version 2 Updated with new WDFW deftnitions Oct. 2069 ' " Wetland name or number C 1.4. Interspersion of habitats (seep. 76) Decide from the diagrams below whether interspersion between Cowardin vegetation classes (described in H 1.1), or the classes and unvegetated areas (can include open water or mudflats) is high, medium, low, or none. CD 0 None = 0 points Low = 1 point Moderate = 2 points [riparian braided channels] High = 3 points NOTE: If you have four or more classes or three vegetation classes and open water _ the rating is always "high" Use map of Cowardin vegetation classes H 1.5. Special Habitat- Features: _(seep. 7V Check the habitat features that are present in the wetland. The number of checks is the number ofpoints you put into the next column. Large, downed, woody debris within the wetland (>4in. diameter and 6 ft long,). Standing snags (diameter at the bottom > 4 inches) in the wetland Undercut banks are present for at least 6.6 ft (2m) and/or overhanging vegetation extends at least 3.3 ft (1m) over a stream (or ditch) in, or contiguous with the unit, for at least 33 ft (10m) Stable steep banks of flute material that might be used by beaver or muskrat for denning (>30degree slope) OR signs of recent beaver activity are present (cut shrubs or trees that have not yet turned grey/browwru) At least V4 acre of thin -stemmed persistent vegetation or woody branches are present in areas that are permanently or seasonally inundated. (structures for egg -lay ft by amphibians) Invasive plants cover less than 25% of the wetland area in each stratum of plants NOTE: the 20 % stated in early printings of the manual on page 78 is an error. H 1. TOTAL Score - potential for providing habitat Add the scores from H1.1, H1.2, H1.3, H1.4, H1.5 Comments 0 0 Wetland Rating Form -- western Washington - - 14 August 2004 - version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 Wetland name or number C H 2. Does the wetland unit have the opportunity to provide habitat for many species? I 1 H Z.1 Buffers (seep. 80) Figure Choose the description that best represents condition of buffer of wetland unit. The highest scoring criterion that applies to. the wetland is to be used In the rating. See text for definition of "undisturbed. " -- 100 m (330ft) of relatively undisturbed vegetated areas, rocky areas, or open water >95% of circumference. No structures are within the undisturbed part of buffer. (relatively undisturbed also means no -grazing, no landscaping, no daily human use) Points = 5 -- 100 m (330 ft) of relatively undisturbed vegetated areas, rocky areas, or open water > 50% circumference. Points = 4 — 50 m (170ft) of relatively undisturbed vegetated areas, rocky areas, or open water >95% circumference. Points = 4 — 100 m (330ft) of relatively undisturbed vegetated areas, rocky areas, or open water > 25% circumference, . Points = 3 — 50 m (170ft) of relatively undisturbed vegetated areas, rocky areas, or open water for > 50% circumference. Points = 3 If buffer does not meet any of the criteria above X No paved areas (except paved trails) or buildings within 25 m (80ft) of wetland > 95% circumference. Light to moderate grazing, or lawns are OK. Points = 2 — No paved areas or buildings within 50m of wetland for >50% circumference. Light to moderate grazing, or Iawns are OK. Points = 2 — Heavy grazing in buffer. Points = 1 — Vegetated buffers are <2m wide (6.6ft) for more than 95% of the circumference (e.g. tilled fields, paving, basalt bedrock extend to edge of wetland Points = 0. — Buffer does not meet any of the criteria above. Points = 1 2 Aerial photo showin4 buffers H 2.2 Corridors and Connections (seep. 81) H 2.2.1 Is the wetland part of a relatively undisturbed and unbroken vegetated corridor (either riparian or upland) that is at least 150 ft wide, has at least 30% cover of shrubs, forest or native undisturbed prairie, that connects to estuaries, other wetlands or undisturbed uplands that are at least 250 acres in size? (dams in riparian corridors, heavily used gravel roads, paved roads, are considered breaks in the com'dor). YES = 4 points (go to H2.3) NO- go to H 2.2.2 H 2.2.2 Is the wetland part of a relatively undisturbed and unbroken vegetated corridor (either riparian or upland) that is at least 50ft wide, has at least 30% cover of shrubs or forest, and connects to estuaries, other wetlands or undisturbed uplands that are at least 25 acres in size? OR a Lake -fringe wetland, if it does not have an undisturbed corridor as in the question above? YES = 2 points (go to H2_3 NO = H 2.2.3 H 2.2.3 Is the wetland: within 5 mi (81m) of a brackish or salt water estuary OR within 3 mi of a large field or pasture (>40 acres) OR within 1 mi of a lake greater than 20 acres? YES = 1 point NO = 0 points Total for page 3 Wetland Rating Form— western Washington 15 August 2004 version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 `'` Wetland name or number C H 2.3 Near or adjacent to other _priority„habitats listed by WDFW jsee new and complete descriptions of WDFW priority habitats, and the counties in which they can be found, in the PHS report h�:11wdfw. wa.gov/hah1 gsfightm ) Which of the following priority habitats are within 330ft (100m) of the wetland unit? NOTE: the connections do not have to be relatively undisturbed. Aspen Stands: Pure or mixed stands of aspen greater than 0.4 ha (1 acre). X Biodiverslty Areas and Corridors: Areas of habitat that are relatively important to various species of native fish and wildlife (full descriptions in WDFW PHS report p. 152) . Herbaceous Balds: Variable size patches of grass and forbs on shallow soils over bedrock. Old-growth/Mature forests: (Old -growth west of Cascade crest) Stands of at least 2 tree species, forming a multi -layered canopy with occasional small openings; with at least 20 trees/ha (8 trees/acre) > 81 cm (32 in) dbh or > 200 years of age. Mature forests Stands with average diameters exceeding 53 cm (21 in) dbh; crown cover may be less that 100%; crown cover may be less that 100%; decay, decadence, numbers of snags, and quantity of large downed material is generally less than that found in old -growth; 80 - 200 years old west of the Cascade crest. Oregon white Oak: Woodlands Stands of pure oak or oak/conifer associations where canopy coverage of the oak component is important (full descriptions in WDFWPHS report p. 156). — Riparian: The area adjacent to aquatic systems with flowing water that contains elements of both aquatic and terrestrial ecosystems which mutually influence each other. Westside Prairies: Herbaceous, non -forested plant communities that can either take the — form of a dry prairie or a wet prairie (full descriptions in WDFW PHS report p. 161) . Instreatn: The combination of physical, biological, and chemical processes and conditions that interact to provide functional life history requirements for instream fish and wildlife 3 - resources. Nearshore: Relatively undisturbed nearshore habitats. These include Coastal Nearshore, Open Coast Nearshore, and Puget Sound Nearshore. (full descriptions ofhabliatc and the — definition of relatively undisturbed are in WDFW report: pp. 167--169 and glossary in Appendix A), Caves: A naturally occurring cavity, recess, void, or system of interconnected passages under the earth in soils, rock, Ice, or other geological formations and is large enough to contain a human. Cliffs: Greater than 7.6 m (25 ft) high and occurring below 5000 ft. _ Talus: Homogenous areas of rock rubble ranging in average size 0.15 - 2.0 m (0.5 - 6.5 ft), composed of basalt, andesite, and/or sedimentary rock, including riprap slides and mine tailings. May be associated with cliffs. Snags and Logs: Trees are considered snags if they are dead or dying and exhibit sufficient decay characteristics to enable cavity excavation/use by wildlife. Priority snags have a diameter at breast height of > 51 cm (20 in) in western Washington and are > 2 m (6.5 ft) in height. Priority logs are > 30 cm (12 in) in diameter at the largest end, and > 6 m (20 ft) — long. If wetland has 3 or more priority habitats = 4 points If wetland has 2 priority habitats = 3 points -. If wetland has 1 priority habitat = 1 point No habitats = 0 points Note: All vegetated wetlands are by definition a priority habitat but are not included in this 1 list. Nearby wetlands are addressed in question H 2.4) Wetland. Rating Form — western Washington 16 August 2004 version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 Wetland name or number C H 2.4 Wetland Landscape (choose the one description of the landscape around the wedand that best fits) (seep. 84) There are at least 3 other wetlands within % mile, and the connections between them are relatively undisturbed {light grazing between wetlands OK, as is lake shore with some boating, but connections should NOT be bisected by paved roads, fill, fields, or other development. points = 5 The wetland is Lake -fringe on a lake with little disturbance and there are 3 other lake -fringe wetlands within % mile points = 5 There are at least 3 other wetlands within Ih mile, BUT the connections between them are disturbed points = 3 The wetland is Lake -fringe on a lake with disturbance and there are 3 other lake -fringe wetland within viz mile points = 3 There is at least 1 wetland within Vz mile. points = 2 There are no wetlands within Ih mile. points= 0 3 H 2. TOTAL Score - opportunity for providing habitat 1 I 6 Add the scores from H2.1,H2.2, H2.3, H2.4 9 TOTAL for H 1 from page 14. 0 Total Score for Habitat Functions — add the points for H 1, H 2 and record the result on .1 Wetland Rating Form -- western Washington, 17, : ,. August 2004 version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 Wetland name or number C CATEGORIZATION BASED ON SPECIAL CHARACTERISTICS Please determine if the wetland meets the attributes described below and circle the appropriate answers and Category. Wetland Type Category Check off any criteria that apply to the wetland Circle the Category when the appropriate criteria are met. SC 1.0 Estuarine wetlands (seep. 86) Does the wetland unit meet the following criteria for Estuarine wetlands? --- The dominant water regime is tidal, --- Vegetated, and — With a salinity greater than 0.5 ppt. YES = Go to SC 1.1 NO SC 1.1 Is the wetland unit within a National Wildlife Refuge, National Park, National Estuary Reserve, Natural Area Preserve, State Park or Educational, Cat. I Environmental, or Scientific Reserve designated under WAC 332-30-151? YES = Categoly I X NO go to SC 1.2 SC 1.2 Is the wetland unit at least 1 acre in size and meets at least two of the following three conditions? YES = Category I NO = Category 11 Cat. I — The wetland is relatively undisturbed (has no diking, ditching, filling, Cat. II cultivation, grazing, and has less than 10% cover of non-native plant species. If the non-native Spartina spp. are the only species that cover more than 10% of the wetland, then the wetland should be given a dual Dual rating (I/M. The area of Spar ina would be rated a Category II while the rating relatively undisturbed upper marsh with native species would be a I/II Category I. Do not, however, exclude the area of Spartina in determining the size threshold of 1 acre. — At least % of the landward edge of the wetland has a 100 ft buffer of shrub, forest, or un-grazed or un-mowed grassland. — The wetland has at least 2 of the following features: tidal channels, depressions with open water, or contiguous freshwater wetlands. Wetland -Rating -Form — western Washington 18 August 2004 version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 Wetland name or number C SC 2.0 Natural Heritage Wetlands (seep. 87) Natural Heritage wetlands have been identified by the Washington Natural Heritage Program/DNR as either high quality undisturbed wetlands or wetlands that support state Threatened, Endangered, or Sensitive plant species. SC 2.1 Is the wetland unit being rated in a Section/Township/Range that contains a Natural Heritage wetland? (this question is used to screen outmost sites before you need to contact W11MIMR) S1T/R information from Appendix D ,_,-, or accessed from WNHP/DNR web site YES I — contact WNHP/DNR (see p. 79) and go to SC 2.2 NO X SC 2.2 Has DNR identified the wetland as a high quality undisturbed wetland or as or as a site with state threatened or endangered plant species? YES = Category I NO �C not a Heritage Wetland SC 3.0 Bogs (seep. 87) Does the wetland unit (or any part of the unit) meet both the criteria for soils and vegetation in bogs? Use the key below to identify if the wetland is a bog. ffyou answer yes you will still need to rate the wetland based on its functions. 1. Does the unit have organic soil horizons (i.e. layers of organic soil), either peats or mucks, that compose 16 inches or more of the first 32 inches of the soil profile? (See Appendix B for a field key to identify organic soils)? Yes - gotoQ.3 XNo-gotoQ.2 2. Does the unit have organic soils, either peats or mucks that are less than 16 inches deep over bedrock, or an impermeable hardpan such as clay or volcanic ash, or that are floating on a take or pond? Yes - go to Q. 3 X No - Is not a bog for purpose of rating 3. Does the unit have more than 70% cover of mosses -at ground level, AND other plants, if present, consist of the "bog" species listed in Table 3 as a significant component of the vegetation (more than 30% of the total shrub and herbaceous cover consists of species in Table 3)? Yes — Is a bog for purpose of rating X No - go to Q. 4 NOTE: If you are uncertain about the extent of mosses in the understory you may substitute that criterion by measuring the pH of the water that seeps into a hole dug at least 16" deep. If the pH is less than 5.0 and the "bog" plant species in Table 3 are present, the wetland is a bog: 1. Is the unit forested (> 30% cover) with sitka spruce, subalpine fir, western red cedar, western hemlock, lodgepole pine, quaking aspen, Englemann's spruce, or western white pine, WITH any of the species (or combination of species) on the bog species plant list in Table 3 as a significant component of the ground cover (> 30% coverage of the total shrub/herbaceous cover)? 2. YES = Category I No X Is not a bog for purpose of rating Cat. I Cat. I Wetland Rating Form — western Washington 19 August 2004 version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 Wetland name or number C SC 4.0 Forested Wetlands (seep. 90) Does the wetland unit have at least l acre of forest that meet one of these criteria for the Department of Fish and WildIife's forests as priority habitats? Ifyou answer yes you will still need to rate the wetland based on its functions. -- Old -growth forests: (west of Cascade crest) Stands of at least two tree species, forming a multi -layered canopy with occasional small openings; with at least 8 trees/acre (20 trees/hectare) that are at least 200 years of age OR have a diameter at breast height (dbh) of 32 inches (81 cm) or more. NOTE: The criterion for dbh is based on measurements for upland forests. Two -hundred year old trees in wetlands will often have a smaller dbh because their growth rates are often slower. The DFW criterion is and "Olt" so old -growth forests do not necessarily have to have trees of this diameter. — Mature forests: (west of the Cascade Crest) Stands where the largest trees are 80 — 200 years old OR have average diameters (dbh) exceeding 21 inches (53cm); crown cover may be less that 100%, decay, decadence, numbers of snags, and quantity of large downed material is generally less than that found in old -growth. YES = Category I. NO X not a forested wetland with special characteristics I Cat. I SC 5.0 Wetlands in Coastal Lagoons (seep. 91) Does the wetland meet all of the following criteria of a wetland in a coastal lagoon? — The wetland lies in a depression adjacent to marine waters that is wholly or partially separated from marine waters by sandbanks, gravel banks, shingle, or, less frequently, rocks — The lagoon in which the wetland is located contains surface water that is saline or brackish (> 0.5 ppt) during most of the year in at least a portion of the lagoon. (needs to be measured near the bottom) YES = Go to SC 5.1 N0-„ not a wetland in a coastal lagoon SC 5.1 Does the wetland meets all of the following three conditions? — The wetland is relatively undisturbed (has no diking, ditching, filling, cultivation, grazing), and has less than 20% cover of invasive plant species (see list of invasive species on p. 74). -- At least s/4 of the landward edge of the wetland has a 100 ft buffer of shrub, forest, or un-grazed or un-mowed grassland. Cat. I -- The wetland is larger than 1/10 acre (4350 square feet) YES = Category I NO = Category II Wetland Rating Form —western Washington 20- version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 n Cat. II — August 2004 Wetland name or number C SC 6.0 Interdunal Wetlands (seep. 93) Is the wetland unit west of the 1889 line (also called the Western Boundary of Upland Ownership or WBUO)? YES - go to SC 6.1 NO X not an interdunal wetland for rating If you answer yes you will still need to rate the wetland based on its functions. In practical terms that means. the following geographic areas: c Long Beach Peninsula- lands west of SR 103 o Grayland-Westport- lands west of SR 105 o Ocean Shores-Copalis- lands west of SR 115 and SR 109 SC 6.1 Is the wetland one acre or larger, or is it in a mosaic of wetlands that is once acre or larger? YES = Category II X NO — go to SC 6.2 Cat. II SC 6.2 Is the unit between 0.1 and 1 acre, or is it in a mosaic of wetlands that is between 0.1 and 1 acre? YES = Category III Cat. III C f '=1'"y '=d�i'in..+"i... �- ,r- 'i..•.-•--_Cc- --'—�' , ,;:,'.''L3<�?� ;`Category o£ wetYand based on Special Chacac a istics ' v .5= ,- # , G'Iioos]/e the'` higlipr0 rating if wedan4falls into soh ev l cat gori , anclFrecord'* Ifou answ,eted,NQfor°all E$ Enter"Not A" 0liGabie" on Wedand Rating Form — western Washington 21 August 2004 version 2 Updated with new WDFW det3nitions Oct. 2008 Wetland name or number D WETLAND RATING FORM — WESTERN WASHINGTON Version 2 - Updated July 2006 to increase accuracy and reproducibility among users Updated Oct 2008 with the new WDFW definitions for priority habitats Name of wetland (if known): Wetland D Rated by Adam Gale and Joe Pursley Date of site visit: 04/30/2009 Trained by Ecology? YesX-No� Date of trainin Mg ay 2007 SEC: 29 TWNSHP: 24N RNGE: 5E Is SfT/R in Appendix D? Yes____ No.X Map of wetland unit: Figure Estimated size 0.6 Acre SUMMARY OF RATING Category based on FUNCTIONS provided by wetland i II IIIX IV Category I = Score >=70 Category I1= Score 51-69 Category III = Score 30-50 Category IV = Score < 30 Score for Water Quality Functions Score for Hydrologic Functions Score for Habitat Functions TOTAL score for Functions Category based on SPECIAL CHARACTERISTICS of wetland I II Does not Apply x Final Category (choose the "highest" category from above) Summary of basic information about the wetland unit 18 12 24 54 r"Y.r etiand'Unft has Spedal' '.`, ` ",Characterls i -Wetland HGM Class � i used, faVRatin - Estuarine De ressional Natural Herita a Wetland Riverine Bog Lake -fringe Mature Forest Slope Old Growth Forest Flats Coastal Lagoon Freshwater Tidal Interdunal None of the above X Check if unit has multiple HGM classes resent X Wetland Rating Form — western Washington I version 2 To be used with Ecology Publication 04-06-025 August 2004, Wetland nine or number D Does the wetland unit being rated meet any of the criteria below? If you answer YES to any of the questions below you will'need to protect the wetland according to the regulations regarding the special characteristics found in the wetland. ,, Check List for Wetlands That May Need Additional Protection YES ; . NO , in addition to the protection recommended for its cate o SP 1. Has the wetland unit been documented as a habitat for any Federally listed Threatened or Endangered animal or plant species f lE species)? For the purposes of this rating system, "documented" means the wetland is on the appropriate state or federal database. - SP2. Has the wetland unit been documented as habitat for any State listed Threatened or Endangered animal species? For the purposes of this rating system, "documented" means. the wetland is on the appropriate state database. Note: Wetlands with State listed plant species are categorized as Category I Natural Heritage Wetlands (see p. 19 of data form). ~` SP3. Does the wetland unit contain individuals of Priority species listed by the WDFW for the state? SP4. Does the wetland unit have a local significance in addition to its functions? For example, the wetland has been identified in the Shoreline Master Program, the Critical Areas Ordinance, or in a local management plan as having special significance. To com lete the next part of the data sheet you will need to determine the Hydro e� omorphic Class of the wetland bein r� ated. The hydrogeomorphic classification groups wetlands into those that function in similar ways. This simplifies the questions needed to answer how well the wetland functions. The Hydrogeomorphic Class of a wetland can be determined using the key below. See p. 24 for more detailed instructions on classifying wetlands. f -bi Wetland Rating Form — western Washington 2 August 2004 version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 Wetland name or number D Classification of Wetland Units in Western Washington If`r ,If,the hydra gglvcrlteria-listed finneach, questib-Mo'net� apply to the. entire,unit ' Bing- <Tated, yoy pro'b�ly,'jiave a,unit. with multiple MM classes., Insthls case; ideridfyhhl6i hydrrologic,criteria�.in,questions f.74�apply; an �4,gq-topuesfiotp&s,�, Q °': a ``z, 1. Are the water levels in the entire unit usually controlled by tides (i.e. except during floods)? NO — go to 2 YES — the wetland class is Tidal Fringe If yes, is the salinity of the water during periods of annual low flow below 0.5 ppt (parts per thousand)? YES — Freshwater Tidal Fringe NO — Saltwater Tidal Fringe (Estuarine) Ifyour wetland can be classified as a Freshwater Tidal Fringe use the forms for Riverine wetlands. Hit is Saltwater Tidal Fringe it is rated as an Estuarine wetland. Wetlands that were called estuarine in the first and second editions of the rating system are called Salt Water Tidal Fringe in the Hydrogeomorphic Classification. Estuarine wetlands were categorized separately in the earlier editions, and this separation is being kept in this revision. To maintain consistency between editions, the term "Estuarine" wetland is kept. Please note, however, that the characteristics that define Category I and II estuarine wetlands have changed (see p. ), 2. The entire wetland unit is flat and precipitation is the only source (>90%) of water to it. Groundwater and surface water runoff are NOT sources of water to the unit. NO — go to 3 YES — The wetland class is Flats If your wetland can be classified as a "Flats" wetland, use the form for Depressional wetlands. 3. Does the entire wetland unit meet both of the following criteria? X The vegetated part of the wetland is on the shores of a body of permanent open water (without any vegetation on the surface) at least 20 acres (8 ha) in size; X At least 30% of the open water area is deeper than 6.6 ft (2 m)? NO -- go to 4 YES — The wetland class is Lake -fringe (Lacustrine Fringe) 4. Does the entire wetland unit meet all of the following criteria? X The wetland is on a slope (slope can be verygradua4, The water flows through the wetland in one direction (unidirectional) and usually comes from seeps. It may flow subsurface, as sheetflow, or in a swale without distinct banks. X The water leaves the wetland without being impounded? NOTE: Surface water does not pond in these type of wetlands except occasionally in very small and shallow depressions or behind hummocks (depressions are usually <3R diameter and less than 1 foot deep). NO - go to 5 YES — The wetland class is Slope Wetland Rating Form — western Washington 3 August 2004 version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 Wetland name or number - 5. Does the entire wetland unit meet all of the following criteria?' The unit is in a valley, or stream channel, where it gets inundated by overbank flooding from that stream or river The overbank flooding occurs at least once every two years. NOTE. The riverme unit can contain depressions that are tilled with water when the river is not flooding. NO - go to 6 YES — The wetland class is Riverine 6. Is the entire wetland unit in a topographic depression in which water ponds, or is saturated to the �. surface, at some time during the year. This means that any outlet, if present, is higher than the interior of the wetland. NO — go to 7 YES -- The wetland class is Depressional 7. Is the entire wetland unit located in a very flat area with no obvious depression and no overbank flooding. The unit does not pond surface water more than a few inches. The unit seems to be maintained by high groundwater in the area. The wetland may be ditched, but has no obvious natural outlet. NO — go to 8 YES -- The wetland class is Depressional 8. Your wetland unit seems to be difficult to classify and probably contains several different HGM clases. For example, seeps at the base of a slope may grade into a riverine floodplain, or a small stream within a depressional wetland has a zone of flooding along its sides. GO BACK AND IDENTIFY WHICH OF THE HYDROLOGIC REGIMES DESCRIBED IN QUESTIONS I-7 APPLY TO DIFFERENT AREAS IN THE UNIT (make a rough sketch to help you decide). Use the following table to identify the appropriate class to use for the rating system if you have several HGM classes present within your wetland. NOTE: Use this table only if the class that is recommended in the second column represents 10% or more of the total area of the wetland unit being rated. If the area of the class listed in column 2 is less than 10% of the unit; classify the wetland using the class that represents more than 90% of the total area. HCM Classes within the wetland unit being rated HGM Class to Use 1h,Rat.fn Slope + Riverine Riverine Slope + Depressional Depressional Slope + Lake-frin a Lake-frin Depressional + Riverine along stream within boundary Depressional Depressional + Lake -fringe Depressional Salt Water Tidal Fringe and any other class of freshwater wetland Treat as ESTUARINE under wetlands with special characteristics If you are unable still to determine which of the above criteria apply to your wetland, or if you have more than 2 HGM classes within a wetland boundary, classify the wetland as Depressional for the rating. Wetland Rating Form -- western Washington 4 August 2004 version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 Wetland name or number D L Lake -fringe Wetlands Points WATER QUALITY FUNCTIONS - Indicators that the wetland unit functions to (Only t ,`-, :. pa bqx) - V, ;- im rave . . water quality L L 1. Does the wetland unit have the potential to improve water quality? (see p.59) L L 1.1 Average width of vegetation along the lakeshore (use polygons of Cowardin classes): Figure Vegetation is more than 33ft (10m) wide points = 6 Vegetation is more than 16 (5m) wide and <33ft points = 3 Vegetation is more than 6ft (2m) wide and <16 ft points = 1 Vegetation is less than 6 ft wide points = p 6 Map of Cowardin classes with widths marked L L 1.2 Characteristics of the vegetation in the wetland: choose the appropriate description Figure that results in the highest points, and do not include any open water in your estimate of coverage. The herbaceous plants can be either the dominant form or as an understory in a shrub or forest community. These are not Cowardin classes. Area of Cover is total cover in the unit, but it can be in patches. NOTE: Herbaceous does not include aquatic bed. Cover of herbaceous plants is >90% of the vegetated area points = 6 Cover of herbaceous plants is >2/3 of the vegetated area points = 4 Cover of herbaceous plants is >1/3 of the vegetated area points = 3 Other vegetation that is not aquatic bed or herbaceous covers > 2/3 unit , points = 3 Other vegetation that is not aquatic bed in > 1/3 vegetated area points = 1 Aquatic bed vegetation and open water cover > 2/3 of the unit points = 0 3 Map with polygons of different vegetation DMes L Add the points in the boxes above 9 L L 2. Does the wetland have the opportunity to improve water quality? (see p.61) Answer YES if you know or believe there are pollutants in the lake water, or polluted surface water flowing through the unit to the lake. Note which of the following conditions provide the sources of pollutants. A unit ,may have pollutants coming from several soTs, but any single source would qualify as apportunity. Wetland is along the shores of a lake or reservoir that does not meet water quality standards -- Grazing in the wetland or within 150ft X Polluted water discharges to wetland along upland edge — Tilled fields or orchards within 150 feet of wetland multiplier -- Residential or urban areas are within 150 ft of wetland — Parks with grassy areas that are maintained, ballfields, golf courses (all within 2 150 ft. of lake shore) X Power boats with gasoline or diesel engines use the lake -- Other YES multiplier is 2 NO multiplier is 1 L TOTAL - Water Quality Functions Multiply the score from L1 by L2 18 Add score to table on . 1 Comments Wetland Rating Form — western Washington 91, August 2004 version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 Wetland name or number 0 L Lake -fringe Wetlands Points HYDROLOGIC FUNCTIONS - Indicators that the wetland unit functions to (only t score reduce shoreline erosion per boxj L 3. Does the wetland unit have the otp ential to reduce shoreline erosion? (see p.62) L 3 Distance along shore and average width of Cowardin classes along the lakeshore (do Figure not include aquatic bed) : (choose the highest scoring description that matches conditions in the wetland) > % of distance is shrubs or forest at least 33 ft (10m) wide points = 6 > y4 of distance is shrubs or forest at least 6 ft. (2 m) wide points = 4 > V4 distance is shrubs or forest at least 33 ft (10m) wide points = 4 Vegetation is at least 6 ft (2m) wide (any type except aquatic bed) points = 2 Vegetation is less than 6 ft (2m) wide (any type except aquatic bed) points = 0 6 Aerial photo or ma with Cowardin vegetation classes L Record the points from the box above 6 Q L L 4. Does the wetland unit have the opportunity to reduce erosion? (see p.63) Are there features along the shore that will be impacted if the shoreline erodes? Note which of the Wowing conditions apply X There are human structures and activities along the upland edge of the wetland (buildings, fields) that can be damaged by erosion. — There are undisturbed natural resources along the upland edge of the wetland (e.g. mature forests other wetlands) than can be damaged by shoreline erosion — Other multiplier YES multiplier is 2 NO multiplier is 1 2 ][, TOTAL - Hydrologic Functions Multiply the score from L 3 by L 4 Add score to table on p. 1 2 Comments Wetland Rating Form — western Washington 10 August 2004 version 2 updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 Wetland name or number ❑ ' These �questgns applyto wetlands�of all HGM,t~laSses: HABI`TA'i 1t:1NCTI0NS,= °Ind Ecatbrs,tttat wait' functions to;pro AdgJmportant l�ai> li t.' - = H 1. Does the wetland unit have the Rotential to provide habitat For many species? H 1.1 Vegetation structure (seep. 72) Figure Check the types of vegetation classes present (as defined by Cowardin)- Size threshold for each class is Mar -re or more than 10% of the arda if unit is smaller than 2.5 acres. Aquatic bed —X—Emergent plants Scrub/shrub (areas where shrubs have >30% cover) Forested (areas where trees have >30% cover) If the unit has a forested class check if: ._�_.0 The forested class has 3 out of 5 strata (canopy, sub -canopy, shrubs, herbaceous, moss/ground-cover) that each cover 20% within the forested polygon Add the number of vegetation structures that qualify. Ifyou have: 4 structures or more points = 4 Map of Cowardin vegetation classes 3 structures points = 2 2 structures points = 1 2 1 structure points = 0 H 1.2. Hydroperiods (see p. 73) Figure Check the types of water regimes (hydroperiods) present within the wetland. The water regime has to cover more than 10% of the wetland or N acre to counL (see text for descriptions of hydroperiods) X Permanently flooded or inundated 4 or.more types present points = 3 Seasonally flooded or inundated 3 types present points = 2 Occasionally flooded or inundated 2 types present point = 1 Saturated only 1 type present points = 0 Permanently flowing stream or river in, or adjacent to, the wetland . Seasonally flowing stream in, or adjacent to, the wetland Lake -fringe wetland = 2 points Freshwater didal wetland = 2 points Map of hydroperiods 3 H 1.3. Richness of Plant Species (seep. 75) Count the number of plant species in the wetland that cover at least 10 ft2. (different patches of the same species can be combined to meet the size threshold) You do not have to name the species. Do not include Eurasian MUM, reed canarygrass, purple loosestrVe, Canadian Thistle If you counted: > 19 species points = 2 List species below ifyou want to: 5 -19 species points = 1 < 5 species points = 0 1 Total for page Wetland Rating Form — western Washington 13 August 2004 version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 Wetland name or number D H 1.4. Interspersion of habitats (seep. 76) Figure Decide from the diagrams below whether interspersion between Cowardin vegetation classes (described in H 1.1), or the classes and unvegetated areas (can include open water or mudflats) is high, medium, low, or none. 0 None = 0 points Low = 1 point Moderate = 2 points [riparian braided channels] igh = 3 points NOTE: If you have ,four or more classes or three vegetation classes and open water 3 the ratipZ is always "high". Use map of Cowardin vegetation classes H 1.5. Special Habitat Features: (seep. 77) Check the habitat features that are present in the wetland The number of checks is the number of points you put into the next column, X Large, downed, woody debris within the wetland (>4in. diameter and 6 ft long). X Standing snags (diameter at the bottom a 4 inches) in the wetland X Undercut banks are present for at least 6.6 ft (2m) and/or overhanging vegetation extends at least 3.3 ft (1 m) over a stream (or ditch) in, or contiguous with the unit, for at least 33 ft (10m) Stable steep banks of fine material that might be used by beaver or muskrat for denning (>30degree slope) OR signs of recent beaver activity are present (cut shrubs or trees that have not yet turned grey/brown) At least ya acre of thin -stemmed persistent vegetation or woody branches are present in areas that are permanently or seasonally inundated. (structures for egg -laying by amphibians) Invasive plants cover less than 25% of the wetland area in each stratum of plants ' NOTE. The 20 % stated in early printings of the manual on page 78 is an error. 3 ve..t.� H 1. TOTAL Score - potential for providing habitat g p Add the scores from HI J, H1.2, H1.3, H1. 4, H1.5 Q 12 1 Commenrs Wetland Rating Form — western Washington 14 August 2004 version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 Wetland name or number D H 2. Does the wetland unit have the opportunity to provide habitat for many species? H 2.1 Buffers (seep. 80) Figure Choose the description that best represents condition of buffer of wetland unit. 71e highest scoring criterion that applies to the wetland is to be used in the rating. See text for defMition of "undisturbed. " -- 100 m (330ft) of relatively undisturbed vegetated areas, rocky areas, or open water >95% of circumference. No structures are within the undisturbed part of buffer. (relatively undisturbed also means no -grazing, no landscaping, no daily human use) Points = 5 X 100 m (330 ft) of relatively undisturbed vegetated areas, rocky areas, or open water > 50% circumference. Points = 4 — 50 m (170ft) of relatively undisturbed vegetated areas, rocky areas, or open water >95% circumference. Points = 4 -- 100 in (330ft) of relatively undisturbed vegetated areas, rocky areas, or open water > 25% circumference, . Points = 3 — 50 m (170ft) of relatively undisturbed vegetated areas, rocky areas, or open water for > 50% circumference. Points = 3 If buffer does not meet any of the criteria above - -- No paved areas (except paved trails) or buildings within 25 m (80ft) of wetland > 95% circumference. Light to moderate grazing, or lawns are OK. Points = 2 — No paved areas or buildings within 50m of wetland for >50% circumference. Light to moderate grazing, or lawns are OK. Points = 2 -- Heavy grazing in buffer. Points = 1 — Vegetated buffers are <2m wide (6.6ft) for more than 95% of the circumference (e.g. tilled Fields, paving, basalt bedrock extend to edge of wetland Points = 0. — Buffer does not meet any of the criteria above. Points = 1 4 Aerial bhoto showing buffers H 2.2 Corridors and Connections (seep. 81) H 2.2.1 Is the wetland part of a relatively undisturbed and unbroken vegetated corridor (either riparian or upland) that is at least 150 ft wide, has at least 30% cover of shrubs, forest or native undisturbed prairie, that connects to estuaries, other wetlands or undisturbed uplands that are at least 250 acres in size? (dams in riparian corridors, heavily used gravel roads, paved roads, are considered breaks in the corridor). YES = 4 points (go to H2.3) NO = go to H 2.2.2 H 2.2.2 Is the wetland part of a relatively undisturbed and unbroken vegetated corridor (either riparian or upland) that is at least 50ft wide, has at least 30% cover of shrubs or forest, and connects to estuaries, other wetlands or undisturbed uplands that are at least 25 acres in size? OR a Lake -fringe wetland, if it does not have an undisturbed corridor as in the question above? YES = 2 points (go to H 2A NO = H 2.2.3 H 2.2.3 Is the wetland: within 5 mi (8km) of a brackish or salt water estuary OR within 3 nil of a large field or pasture (>40 acres) OR within 1 mi of a lake greater than 20 acres? 2 YES =1-point _ NO = 0 points Total for page Wetland Rating Form — western Washington 15 August 2004 version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 Wetland name or number D ear or adjacent to other priority habitats listed by WDFW (see new and complete descriptions of WDFW priority habitats, and the counties in which they can be found, In the PHS report hit ://wdfw. wa. ov/hab/ hsBst.him ) Which of the following priority habitats are within 330ft (100m) of the wetland unit? NOTE. the connections do not have to be relatively undisturbed. Aspen Stands: Pure or mixed stands of aspen greater than 0.4 ha (1 acre). X Biodiversity Areas and Corridors: Areas of habitat that are relatively. important to various species of native fish and wildlife (full descriptions in WDFW PHS report p. 152). ' Herbaceous Balds: Variable size patches of grass and forbs on shallow soils over bedrock. Old-growth/Mature forests: (Old -growth west of Cascade crests Stands of at least 2 tree species, forming a multi -layered canopy with occasional small openings; with at least 20 trees/ha (8 trees/acre) > 81 cm (32 in) dbh or > 200 years of age. [Mature forest) Stands with average diameters exceeding 53 cm (21 in) dbh; crown cover may be less that 100%; crown cover may be less that 100%; decay, decadence, numbers of snags, and quantity of large downed material is generally less than that found in old -growth; 80 - 200 years old west of the Cascade crest. Oregon white Oak: Woodlands Stands of pure oak or oak/conifer associations where canopy coverage of the oak component is important (fu11 descriptions in WDFW PHS report p- 15Sj. Riparian: The area adjacent to aquatic systems with flowing water that contains elements of both aquatic and terrestrial ecosystems which mutually influence each other. Westside Prairies: Herbaceous, non -forested plant communities that can either take the form of a dry prairie or a wet prairie (full descriptions in WDFWPHS report p. 161). Instream: The combination of physical, biological, and chemical processes and conditions that interact to provide functional life history requirements for instream fish and wildlife resources. Nearshore: Relatively undisturbed nearshore habitats. These include Coastal Nearshore, Open Coast Nearshore, and Puget Sound Nearshore. (full descriptions of habitats and the definition of relatively undisturbed are in WDFW report: pp. 167-169 and glossary in Appendix A). Caves: A naturally occurring cavity, recess, void, or system of interconnected passages under the earth in soils, rock, ice, or other geological formations and is large enough to contain a human: Cliffs: Greater than 7.6 m (25 ft) high and occurring below 5000 ft. Talus: Homogenous areas of rock rubble ranging in average size 0.15 - 2.0 m (0.5 - 6.5 ft), composed of basalt, andesite, and/or sedimentary rock, including riprap slides and mine tailings. May be associated with cliffs. Snags and Logs: Trees are considered snags if they are dead or dying and exhibit sufficient _ decay characteristics to enable cavity excavation/use by wildlife. Priority snags have a diameter at breast height of > 51 cm (20 in) in western Washington and are > 2 m (6.5 ft) in height. Priority logs are > 30 cm (12 in) in diameter at the largest end, and > 6 m (20 ft) — long. If wetland has 3 or more priority habitats = 4 points If wetland has 2 priority habitats = 3 points _ If wetland has 1 priority habitat = 1 point No habitats = 0 points Note: All vegetated wetlands are by definition a priority habitat but are not included in this 11st. Nearby wetlands are addressed in question H 2.4) Wetland Rating Form — western Washington 16 August 2004 version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 Wetland name or number D H 2.4 Wetland Landscape (choose the one description of the landscape around the wetland that best fits) (seep. 84) There are at least 3 other wetlands within Yz mile, and the connections between them are relatively undisturbed (light grazing between wetlands OK, as is lake shore with some boating, but connections should NOT be bisected by paved roads, fill, fields, or other development. points = 5 • The wetland is Lake -fringe on a lake with little disturbance and there are 3 other lake -fringe wetlands within lh mile points = 5 There are at least 3 other wetlands within V2 mile, BUT the connections between them are disturbed points = 3 The wetland is Lake -fringe on a lake with disturbance and there are 3 other lake -fringe wetland within % mile points = 3 There is at least 1 wetland within'h mile. points = 2 There are no wetlands within % mile. points = 0 5 H 2. TOTAL Score - opportunity for providing habitat eee�e f I 2 Add the scores from H2.1,H2.2, H2.3, H2.4 B TOTAL for H 1 from page 14 a �12 e Total Score for Habitat Functions — add the points for H 1, H 2 and record the result on P. 24 Wetland Rating Form — western Washington_ IT, r August 2004 version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 Wetland name or number D CATEGORIZATION BASED ON SPECIAL CHARACTERISTICS Please determine if the wetland meets the attributes described below and circle the appropriate answers and Category. Wetland Type Category Check off any criteria that apply to the wetland. 'Circle the Category when the appropriate criteria are met. SC 1.0 Estuarine wetlands (seep. 86) Does the wetland unit meet the following criteria for Estuarine wetlands? — The dominant water regime is tidal, — Vegetated, and — With a salinity greater than 0.5 ppt. YES = Go to SC 1.1 NO X SC 1.1 Is the wetland unit within a National Wildlife Refuge, National Park, National Estuary Reserve, Natural Area Preserve, State Park or Educational, Cat. I Environmental, or Scientific Reserve designated under WAC 332-30-151? YES = Category I X NO go to SC 1.2 SC 1.2, Is the wetland unit at least I acre in size and meets at least two of the following three conditions? YES = Category I N4 = Category II Cat. I -- The wetland is relatively undisturbed (has no diking, ditching, filling, Cat. II cultivation, grazing, and has less than 10% cover of non-native plant species. If the non-native Spartina spp. are the only species that cover more than 1O% of the wetland, then the wetland should be given a dual Dual rating (10. The area of Spartina would be rated a Category II while the rating relatively undisturbed upper marsh with native species would be a I/H Category 1. Do not, however, exclude the area of Spartina in determining the size threshold of 1 acre. — At least 1/4 of the landward edge of the wetland has a 100 ft buffer of shrub, forest, or un-grazed or un-mowed grassland. --- The wetland has at least 2 of the following features: tidal channels, depressions with open water, or contiguous freshwater wetlands. Wetland Rating Form — western Washington 18 August 2004 version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 Wetland name or number D SC 2.0 Natural Heritage Wetlands (seep. 87) Natural Heritage wetlands have been identified by the Washington Natural Heritage Program/DNR as either high quality undisturbed wetlands or wetlands that support state Threatened, Endangered, or Sensitive plant species. SC 2.1 Is the wetland unit being rated in a Section/Township/Range that contains a Natural Heritage wetland? (this question is used to screen outmost sites before you need to contact WNHP1DNR) Sff/R information from Appendix D — or accessed from WNHP/DNR web site YES — contact WNHP/DNR (see p. 79) and go to SC 2.2 NO X SC 2.2 Has DNR identified the wetland as a high quality undisturbed wetland or as or as a site with state threatened or endangered plant species? YES = Category I NO _,not a Heritage Wetland SC 3.0 Bogs (seep. 87) Does the wetland unit (or any part of the unit) meet both the criteria for soils and vegetation in bogs? Use the key below to identify if the wetland is a bog. Ifyou answer yes you wiU still need to rate the wetland based on its functions. 1. Does the unit have organic soil horizons (i.e. layers of organic soil), either peats or mucks, that compose 16 inches or more of the first 32 inches of the soil profile? (See Appendix B for a field key to identify organic soils)? Yes - go to Q. 3 X No - go to Q. 2 2. Does the unit have organic soils, either peats or mucks that are less than 16 inches deep over bedrock, or, an impermeable hardpan such as clay or volcanic ash, or that are floating on a lake or pond? Yes - go to Q. 3 X No - Is not a bog for purpose of rating 3. Does the unit have more than 70% cover of mosses at ground level, AND other plants, if present, consist of the "bog" species listed in Table 3 as a significant component of the vegetation (more than 30% of the total shrub and herbaceous cover consists of species in Table 3)? Yes — Is a bog for purpose of rating X No - go to Q. 4 NOTE: If you are uncertain about the extent of mosses in the understory you may substitute that criterion by measuring the pH of the water that seeps into a hole dug at least 16" deep. If the pH is less than 5.0 and the "bog" plant species in Table 3 are present, the wetland is a bog. Is the unit forested (> 30% cover) with sitka spruce, subalpine fir, western red cedar, western hemlock, lodgepole pine, quaking aspen, Englemann's spruce, or western white pine, WITH any of the species (or combination of species) on the bog species plant list in Table 3 as a significant component of the ground cover (> 30% coverage of the total shrub/berbaceous cover)? 2. YES = Category I No X Is not a bog for purpose of rating Cat. I Cat. I Weiland Rating Form — western Washington 19 , August ,2004' version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 Wetland name or number D SC 4.0 Forested Wetlands (seep. 90) Does the wetland unit have at least I acre of forest that meet one of these criteria for the Department of Fish and Wildlife's forests as priority habitats? Ifyou answer yes you will still need to ,rate the wetland based on its functions. --- Old -growth forests: (west of Cascade crest) Stands of at least two tree species, forming a multi -layered canopy with occasional small openings; with at least 8 trees/acre (20 trees/hectare) that are at least 200 years of age OR have a diameter at breast height (dbh) of 32 inches (81 cm) or more. NOTE: The criterion for dbh is based on measurements for upland forests. Two -hundred year old trees in wetlands will often have a smaller dbh because their growth rates are often slower. The DFW criterion is and "OR" so old -growth forests do not necessarily have to have trees of this diameter. -- Mature forests: (west of the Cascade Crest) Stands where the largest trees are 80 — 200 years old OR have average diameters (dbh) exceeding 21 inches (53cm); crown cover maybe less that 100%; decay, decadence, numbers of snags, and quantity of large downed material is generally less than that found in old -growth. YES = Category I NO X not a forested wetland with special characteristics Cat. I SC 5.0 Wetlands In Coastal Lagoons (seep. 91) Does the wetland meet all of the following criteria of a wetland in a coastal lagoon? — The wetland lies in a depression adjacent to marine waters that is wholly or partially separated from marine waters by sandbanks, gravel banks, shingle, or, less frequently, rocks -- The lagoon in which the wetland is located contains surface water that is saline or brackish (> 0.5 ppt) during most of the year in at least a portion of the lagoon (needs to be measured near the bottom) YES = Go to SC 5.1 NOS not a wetland in a coastal lagoon SC 5.1 Does the wetland meets all of the following three conditions? — The wetland is relatively undisturbed (has no diking, ditching, filling, cultivation, grazing), and has less than 20% cover of invasive plant species (see list of invasive species on p. 74). — At least s/4 of the landward edge of the wetland has a 100 ft buffer of shrub, forest, or un-grazed or un-mowed grassland. Cat. I — The wetland is larger than 1/10 acre (4350 square feet) YES = Category I NO = Category II Cat. II Wetland Rating Form -- western Washington 20 August 2004 version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 Wedand name or number D SC 6.0 Interdunal Wetlands (seep. 93) Is the wetland unit west of the 1889 line (also called -the Western Boundary of Upland Ownership or WBUO)? YES - go to SC 6.1 NO X not an interdunal wetland for gating If you answer yes you will still need to rate the wetland based on its functions. In practical terms that means the following geographic areas: o Long Beach Peninsula- lands west of SR 103 o Grayland-Westport- lands west of SR 105 o Ocean Shores-Copalis- lands west of SR 115 and SR 109 SC 6.1 Is the wetland one acre or larger, or is it in a mosaic of wetlands that is once acre or larger? YES = Category II X NO —go to SC 6.2 Cat.1I SC 6.2 Is the unit between 0.1 and 1 acre, or is it in a mosaic of wetlands that is between 0.1 and 1 acre? YES = Category III I Cat. III '"�Categoiy of wetla�nd�liased��ori°Spedal�'Clar-aetes�isticsr .rp . �. � ;' r . � ,`�-- r Choose the "iiighes. -rating if wetlpndfalls,into:_"severgl categiiries;:and recordron «r_ ,ou answered' N4� for all �s�,enter A w Wetland Rating Form— western Washington... 21 August 2004 version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 Wetland name or number E . WETLAND RATING FORM -- WESTERN WASHINGTON Version 2 - Updated July 2006 to increase accuracy and reproducibility among users Updated Oct 2008 with the new WDFW definitions for priority habitats Name of wetland (if known): Wetland E Rated by, Adam Gale and Joe Pursley Date of site visit: 05/06/2009 Trained by Ecology? YesXNo.� Date of trainingMay aY 2007 SEC: 29 TWNSHP: 24N RNGE: 5E Is S/T/R in Appendix D? Yes_ NoX Map of wetland unit: Figure Estimated size 0.1 Acre SUMMARY OF RATING Category based on FUNCTIONS provided by wetland I II IIIX IV. Category I = Score >=70 Category R = Score 51-69 Category III = Score 30-50 Category IV = Score < 30 Score for Water Quality Functions Score for Hydrologic Functions Score for Habitat Functions TOTAL score for Functions Category based on SPECIAL CHARACTERISTICS of wetland I II . Does not Apply x Final Category (choose the "highest" category from above) Summary of basic information ahnut the wetland unit 14 24 12 5Q 'Wetland Unit has Spedal ', ­= i Characteristics I. I Wetland HGM Uam � used for,Rati_rt _ _ �- Estuarine De ressional Natural Herita a Wetland Riverine Bog Lake -fringe Mature Forest Slope Old Growth Forest Flats Coastal Lagoon Freshwater Tidal Interdunal None of the above X Check if unit has multiple HGM classes present Wetland Rating Farm — western Washington f August 2004 version 2 To be used with Ecology Publication 04-06-025 Wetland name or number E Does the wetland unit being rated meet any of the criteria below? If you answer YES to any of the questions below you will need to protect the wetland according to the regulations regarding the special characteristics found In the wetland. Check List for Wetlands That May deed Additional Protection ; jR YE5 '' NO (in addition to the protection recommended for its cate o ) 4: SP1. Has the wetland unit been documented as a habitat for any Federally listed Threatened or Endangered animal or plant species (TIE species)? For the purposes of this rating system, "documented" means the wetland is on the -appropriate state or federal database. SP2. Has the wetland unit been documented as habitat for any State listed Threatened or Endangered animal species? For the purposes of this rating system, "documented" means the wetland is on the X appropriate state database. Note: Wetlands with State listed plant species are categorized as CategoKy I Natural Herita a Wetlands (see p. 19 of data form). SP3. Does the wetland unit contain individuals of Priority species listed by the WDFW for the state? X_ SP4. Does the wetland unit have a local significance in addition to its functions? For example, the wetland has been identified in the Shoreline Master Program, the Critical Areas Ordinance, or in a local management plan as having special significance. To com lete the next p1grt of the data sheet you will need to determine the Hlrogeomorphic Class of the wetland being rated. The hydrogeomorphic classification groups wetlands into those that function In similar ways. This simplifies the questions needed to answer how well the wetland functions. The Hydrogeomorphic Class of a wetland can be determined using the key below. See p. 24 for more detailed instructions on classifying wetlands. Wetland Rating Form — western Washington 2 August 2004 version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 w Wetland name or number E Classification of Wetland Units in Western Washington ,If ,the hycirologic.criterla.l sfed i6 each,quesfion do not apply to the ezitiTe. uniterng' rated, .you;probably have:a unit w- itli. multiple -HGN1 classes. In case, identify. wliicli,... ' ;hydrologic criteriath. questionswl-7 apply,.;�and,go-Ito,Questiorn.8.; s.Giy 5� `L'` '_ :a_•t >r.:'.':'' .`i` Fi:�� gF.: .,Ki z"'u:j74.i "�T rc 3"w, Oi r' 'Da.2 a?sz i. Are the water levels in the entire unit usually controlled by tides (i.e. except during floods)? NO — go to 2 YES — the wetland class is Tidal Fringe If yes, is the salinity of the water during periods of annual low flow below 0.5 ppt (parts per thousand)? YES — Freshwater Tidal Fringe NO — Saltwater Tidal Fringe (Estuarine) Ifyour wetland can be classified as a Freshwater Tidal Fringe use the forms for Iliverine wetlands. If it is Saltwater Tidal Fringe it is rated as an Estuarine wetland. Wetlands that were called estuarine in the first and second editions of the rating system are called Salt Water Tidal Fringe in the Hydrogeomorphic Classification. Estuarine wetlands were categorized separately in the earlier editions, and this separation is being kept in this revision. To maintain consistency between editions, the term "Estuarine" wetland is kept. Please note, however, that the characteristics that define Category I and II estuarine wetlands have changed (see p. ). 2. The entire wetland unit is flat and precipitation is the only source (>90%) of water to it. Groundwater and surface water runoff are NOT sources of water to the unit. NO — go to 3 YES — The wetland class is Flats If your wetland can be classified as a "Flats" wetland, use the form for Depression] wetlands. 3. Does the entire wetland unit meet both of the following criteria? The vegetated part of the wetland is on the shores of a body of permanent open water (without any vegetation on the surface) at least 20 acres (8 ha) in size; At least 30% of the open water area is deeper than 6.6 ft (2 m)? NO — go to 4 YES — The wetland class is Lake -fringe (Lacustrine Fringe) 4. Does the entire wetland unit meet all of the following criteria? X The wetland is on a slope (slope can be very graduab, The water flows through the wetland in one direction (unidirectional) and usually comes from seeps. It may flow subsurface, as sheetflbw, or in a swale without distinct banks. The water leaves the wetland without being impounded? NOTE: Surface water does not pond in these type of wetlands except occasionally in very small and shallow depressions or behind hummocks (depressions are usually <3ft diameter and less than l foot deep). NO - go to 5 YES — The wetland class is Slope Wetland Rating Form-- western Washington 3. August 2004 version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 Wetland name or number Does the entire wetland unit meet all of the following criteria? The unit is in a valley, or stream channel, where it gets inundated by overbank flooding from that stream or river The overbank flooding occurs at least once every two years. NOTE. The riverine unit can contain depressions that are filled with water when the river is not flooding. NO - go to 6 YES - The wetland class is Riverine 6. Is the entire wetland unit in a topographic depression in which water ponds, or is saturated to the surface, at some time during the year. This means that any outlet, if present, is higher than the interior of the wetland. NO - go to 7 YES - The wetland class is Depressional 7. Is the entire wetland unit located in a very flat area with no obvious depression and no overbank flooding. The unit does not pond surface water more than a few inches. The unit seems to be _ maintained by high groundwater in the area. The wetland may be ditched, but has no obvious natural outlet. NO - go to 8 YES - The wetland class is Depressional 8. Your wetland unit seems to be difficult to classify and probably contains several different HGM clases. For example, seeps at the base of a slope may grade into a riverine floodplain, or a small stream within a depressional wetland has a zone of flooding along its sides. GO BACK AND IDENTIFY WHICH OF THE HYDROLOGIC REGIMES DESCRIBED IN QUESTIONS 1-7 APPLY TO DIFFERENT AREAS IN THE UNIT (make a rough sketch to help you decide). Use the following table to identify the appropriate class to use for the rating system if you have several HGM classes present within your wetland. NOTE: Use this table only if the class that is recommended in the second column represents 10% or more of the total area of the wetland unit being rated. If the area of the class listed in column 2 is less than 10% of the unit; classify the wetland using the class that represents more than 90% of the total area. • HGM Classes within the wetland unit k1-2A rated_ HGM Class to Use in Rahn - Slope + Riverine Riverine Slope + Depressional Depressional Slope + Lake -fringe Lake -fringe Depressional + Riverine along stream within boundM Depressional Depressional + Lake -fringe Depressional. Salt Water Tidal Fringe and any other class of freshwater wetland Treat as ESTUARINE under wetlands with special characteristics If you are unable still to determine which of the above criteria apply to your wetland, or if you have more than 2 HGM classes within a wetland boundary, classify the wetland as Depressional for the rating. 4 1 Wetland Rating Form- western Washington 4 August 2004 version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 Wetland name or number E D Depressional and Flats Wetlands - - T- Points , WATF. R QUALITY FUNCTIONS - Indicators that the wetland wilt irunctions to °'dy I. swre,, W W4 im _`ve :water qualitV D D 1. Does the wetland unit have the potential to improve water quality? (see p.38) D 1.1 Characteristics of surface water flows out of the wetland: Figure Unit is a depression with no surface water leaving it (no outlet) points = 3 D Unit has an intermittently flowing, OR highly constricted permanently flowing outlet points = 2 Unit has an uncoastricted, or slightly constricted, surface outlet (permanently flowing) points = 1 Unit is a "flat' depression (Q. 7 on key), or in the Flats class, with permanent surface outflow and no obvious natural outlet and/or outlet is a man-made ditch points = 1 (If ditch is not permanently flowing treat unit as "intermittently flowing') 2 Provide photo or drawing S 1.2 The soil 2 inches below the surface (or duff layer) is clay or organic (use MRCS definitions) D YES points = 4 p NO E2ints = 0 D 1.3 Characteristics of persistent vegetation (emergent, shrub, and/or forest Cowardin class) Figure Wetland has persistent, ungrazed, vegetation > = 95% of area points = 5 D Wetland has persistent, ungrazed, vegetation > = 1/2 of area points = 3 Wetland has persistent, ungrazed vegetation > = 1/10 of area points = 1 Wetland has persistent, ungrazed vegetation 4/10 of area points = 0 3 Map of Cowardin vegetation classes D1.4 Characteristics of seasonal ponding or inundation. Figure This is the area of the wetland unit that is ponded for at least 2 months, but dries out D sometime during the year. Do not count the area that is permanently ponded. Estimate area as the average condition 5 out of 10 yrs. Area seasonally ponded is > % total area of wetland points = 4 Area seasonally ponded is > Y4 total area of wetland points = 2 Area seasonally ponded is < y4 total area of wetland points = 0 2 Map of Hygroperiods D Total for D 1 Add the points in the boxes above 1 7 1 D D 2. Does the wetland unit have the onnortunity to improve water quality? (see p. 44) Answer YES if you know or believe there are pollutants in groundwater or surface water coming into the wetland that would otherwise reduce water quality in streams, lakes or groundwater downgradient from the wetland. Note wl}ch of the following conditions provide the sources of pollutants. A unit may have pollutants corning from several sources, but any single source would qualify as opportunity. — Grazing in the wetland or within 150 ft Untreated stormwater discharges to wetland — Tilled fields or orchards within 150 ft of wetland -- A stream or culvert discharges into wetland that drains developed areas, residential areas, farmed fields, roads, or clear-cut logging -- Residential, urban areas, golf courses are within 150 ft of wetland multiplier — Wetland is fed by groundwater high in phosphorus or nitrogen Other 2 YES multiplier is 2 NO multi p lier is 1 D TOTAL - Water Quality Functions Muldply the score from D1 by D2 14 Add score to table on P. 1 Wetland Rating Form — western Washington 5-- August 2004 version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 Wetland name or number E bepressional'and Flats VVet ands _ �. s ', Tb ii& . „ HYDROLOGIC FUNCTIONS - `Indicators tha# the wetland unit functions to s', .Y; `(oi►ty't�scge ` reduce floodin 'and stream de adanon „!` S �: - n _. D 3. Does the wetland unit have the potential to reduce flooding and erosion? (see p.46) D 3.1 Characteristics of surface water flows out of the wetland unit Unit is a depression with no surface water leaving it (no outlet) points = 4 Unit has an intermittently bowing, OR highly constricted permanently flowing outlet points = 2 Unit is a "flat" depression (Q. 7 on key), or in the Flats class, with permanent surface outflow and no obvious natural outlet and/or outlet is a man-made ditch points =1 (If ditch is not permanently flowing treat unit as "intermittently flowing'I 2 Unit has an unconstricted, or sli tl constricted, surface outlet anent! tlowi paints = 0 D D 3.2 Depth of storage during wet periods Estimate the height of ponding above the bottom of the outlet. For units with no outlet measure from the surface of permanent water or deepest part (if dry). Marks of ponding are 3 ft or more above the surface or bottom of outlet points = 7 The wetland is a "headwater" wetland" points = 5 Marks of ponding between 2 ft to < 3 ft from surface or bottom of outlet points = 5 Marks are at least 0.5 ft to < 2 ft from surface or bottom of outlet points = 3 Unit is flat (yes to Q. 2 or Q. 7 on key) but has small depressions on the surface that trap water points = 1 7 Marks of nding less than 0.5 ft points = 0 D D 3.3 Contribution of wetland unit to storage in the watershed Estimate the ratio of the area of upstream basin contributing surface water to the wetland to the area of the wetland unit itself. The area of the basin is less than 10 times the area of unit points = 5 The area of the basin is 10 to 100 times the area of the unit points = 3 The area of the basin is more than 100 times the area of the unit points = 0 3 Entire unit is in the FLATS class ints = 5 D Total for D 3 Add the points in the boxes above �de�e E 12 D D D 4. Does the wetland unit have the ovoortunity to reduce flooding and erosion? raeeew� (seep. 49) Answer YES if the unit is in a location in the watershed where the flood storage, or reduction in water velocity, It provides helps protect downstream property and aquatic resources from flooding or excessive and/or erosive flows. Answer NO if the water coming into the wetland is controlled by a structure such as flood gate, tide gate, flap valve, reservoir etc. OR you estimate that more than 90% of the water in the wetland is from groundwater in areas where damaging groundwater flooding does not occur. Note which of the following indicators of opportunity apply. — Wetland is in a headwater of a river or stream that has flooding problems — Wetland drains to a river or stream that has flooding problems — Wetland has no outlet and impounds surface runoff water that might otherwise flow into a river or stream that has flooding problems multiplier X Other Overflows to Lake Washington 2 YES multi Bier is 2 NO multiplier is 1 TOTAL - Hydrologic Functions Multiply the score from D 3 by D 4 Add score to table on p. I 24 Wetland Rating Form — western Washington 6 August 2004 version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 Wetland name or number E ThOw giies ions'apply towetlands of, all HGM,.classes , Points` - In `, (°�y 1°re dicators that.iiitit functions to-providel.iri}portant°hatiitt peshox) H 1. Does the wetland unit have the otp ential to provide habitat for many species? H 1.1 Vegetation structure (seep. 72) Figure Check the types of vegetation classes present (as defined by Cowardin)- Size threshold for each class is M acre or more than 10% of the area if unit is smaller than 2.5 acres. ,Aquatic bed Emergent plants _X _Scrublshrub (areas where shrubs have >30% cover) X Forested. (areas where trees have >30% cover) If the unit has a forested class check If* The forested class has 3 out of 5 strata (canopy, sub -canopy, shrubs, herbaceous, mosslground-cover) that each cover 20% within the forested polygon Add the number of vegetation structures that qualify. Ifyou have: 4 structures or more points = 4 Map of Cowardin vegetation classes 3 structures points = 2 2 structures points = 1 1 structure points = 0 H 1.2. Hydraperiods (see p. 73) Figure Check the types of water regimes (hydroperiods) present within the wetland. The water regime has to cover more than 10% of the wedand or Nacre to count. (see text for descriptions of hydroperiods) X Permanently flooded or inundated 4 or more types present points = 3 X Seasonally flooded or inundated 3 types present points = 2 Occasionally flooded or inundated 2 types present point = 1 X Saturated only 1 type present points = 0 Permanently flowing stream or river in, or adjacent to, the wetland Seasonally flowing stream in, or adjacent to, the wetland Lake -fringe wetland = 2 points 2 Freshwater tidal wetland = 2 points Map of hydroperiods H 1.3. Richness of Plant Species (seep. 75) Count the number of plant species in the wetland that cover at least 101Z2. (differentpatches of the same species can be combined to meet the size threshold) You do not have'to name the species. Do not include Eurasian Af foil, reed canarygrass, purple loosestrife, Canadian Thistle If you counted: > 19 species points = 2 List species below ifyou want to: 5 - 19 species points = 1 < 5 species points = 0 1 Total for page Wetland Rating Form — western Washington_ 13. August 2004 version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 Wetland name or number E H 1.4. Interspersion of habitats (seep. 76) Figure Decide from the diagrams below whether interspersion between Cowardin vegetation classes (described in H 1. 1), or the classes and unvegetated areas (can include open water or mudflats) is high, medium, low, or none. CD 0 ( D O None = 0 points Low = 1 point Moderate = 2 points ku [riparian braided channels] High = 3 points NOTE; if you have four or more classes or three vegetation classes and open water 2 the ratio is always "high". Use map of Cowardin vegetation classes H 1.5. Sp±cial Habitat Features: (seep. 77) Check the habitat features that are present in the wedand. The number of checks is the number of points you put into the next column. Large, downed, woody debris within the wetland (Ain. diameter and 6 ft long), Standing snags (diameter at the bottom > 4 inches) in the wetland Undercut banks are present for at least 6.6 ft (2m) and/or overhanging vegetation extends at least 3.3 ft (lm) over a stream (or ditch) in, or contiguous with the unit, for at least 33 ft (10m) Stable steep banks of fine material that might be used by beaver or muskrat for denning (>30degree slope) OR signs of recent beaver activity are present (cut shrubs or trees that have not yet turned grey/brown) At least Y4 acre of thin -stemmed persistent vegetation or woody branches are present in -areas that are permanently or seasonally inundated. (structures for egg -laying by amphibians) X Invasive plants cover less than 25% of the wetland area in each stratum of plants NOTE, The 20 % stated in early printings of the manual on page 78 is an error. H 1. TOTAL Score - potential for providing habitat G Add the scores from HI.1, H1.2, H1.3, H1.4, H1.5 1 i 1 Corrunenm 14 13 Wetland Rating Form -- western Washington 14 August 2004 version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 Wetland name or number E H 2. Does the wetland unit have the opportunity to provide habitat for many species? H 2.1 Buffers (seep. 80) Figure Choose the description that best represents condition of buffer of wetland unit. The highest scoring criterion that applies to the wetland is to be used in the rating. See text for definition of "undisturbed. " — 100 m (330ft) of relatively undisturbed vegetated areas, rocky areas, or open water >95% of circumference. No structures are within the undisturbed part of buffer. (relatively undisturbed also means no -grazing, no landscaping, no daily human use) Points = 5 — 100 m (330 ft) of relatively undisturbed vegetated areas, rocky areas, or open water > 50% circumference: Points = 4 — 50 m (170ft) of relatively undisturbed vegetated areas, rocky areas, or open water >95% circumference. Points = 4 — 100 m (330f't) 'of relatively undisturbed vegetated areas, rocky areas, or open water > 25% circumference, . Points = 3 -- 50 m (170ft) of relatively undisturbed vegetated areas, rocky areas, or open water for > 50% circumference. Points = 3 If buffer does not meet any of the criteria above — No paved areas (except paved trails) or buildings within 25 m (80ft) of wetland > 95% circumference. Light to moderate grazing, or lawns are OK. Points = 2 — No paved areas or buildings within 50m of wetland for >50% circumference. Light to moderate grazing, or lawns are OK. Points = 2 Heavy grazing in buffer. Points = 1 X Vegetated buffers are <2m wide (6.6ft) for more than 95% of the circumference (e.g. tilled fields, paving, basalt bedrock extend to edge'of wetland Points = 0. — Buffer does not meet any of the criteria above. Points = 1 0 Aerial photo showin buffers H 2.2 Corridors and Connections (seep. 81) H 2.2.1 Is the wetland part of a relatively undisturbed and unbroken vegetated corridor (either riparian or upland) that is at least 150 ft wide, has at least 30% cover of shrubs, forest or native undisturbed prairie, that connects to estuaries, other wetlands or undisturbed uplands that are at least 250 acres in size? (dams in riparian corridors, heavily used gravel roads, paved roads, are considered breaks in the corridor). YES = 4 points (go to HU) NO = go to H 2.2.2 H 2.2.2 Is the wetland part of a relatively undisturbed and unbroken vegetated corridor (either riparian or upland) that is at least 50ft wide, has at least 30% cover of shrubs or forest, and connects to estuaries, other wetlands or undisturbed uplands that are at least 25 acres in size? OR a Lake -fringe wetland, if it does not have an undisturbed corridor as in the question above? YES = 2 points (go to H2.3) NO = H 2.2.3 H 2.2.3 Is the wetland: within 5 mi (81m) of a brackish or salt water estuary OR within 3 mi of a large field or pasture (>40 acres) OR within 1 mi of a lake greater than 20 acres? 4 YES =1 point NO = 0 points Total for page ' Wetland Rating Form — western Washington. 15 August 2004 version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 Wetland name or number E H 2.3 Near or adjacent to other prioft habitats listed b DFW (see new and complete , descriptions of WDFW priority habitats, and the counties in which they can be found, in _ the PHS reporl hQ.-11wdfw, wa.gov%hab/phslist.htm) - Which of the following priority habitats are within 330ft (100m) of the wetland unit? NOTE: the connections do not have to be relatively undisturbed. Aspen Stands: Pure or mixed stands of aspen greater than 0.4 ha (1 acre). X Biodiversity Areas and Corridors: Areas of habitat that are relatively important to various species of native fish and wildlife (full descriptions in WDFW PHS report p. 152). Herbaceous Balds: Variable size patches of grass and forbs on shallow soils over bedrock. — Old-growth/Mature forests: (Old -growth west of Cascade crest Stands of at least 2 tree species, forming a multi -layered canopy with occasional small openings; with at least 20 trees/ha (8 trees/acre) > 81 cm (32 in) dbh or > 200 years of age. (Mature forests) Stands with average diameters exceeding 53 cm (21 in) dbh; crown cover may be less that 100%; crown cover may be less that 100%: decay, decadence, numbers of snags, and quantity of large downed material is generally less than that found in old -growth; 80 - 200 years old _ west of the Cascade crest. Oregon white Oak: Woodlands Stands of pure oak or oak/conifer associations where canopy coverage of the oak component is important (full descriptions in WDFW PHS report p. 156). _ Riparian: The area adjacent to aquatic systems with flowing water that contains elements of both aquatic and terrestrial ecosystems which mutually influence each other. Westside Prairies: Herbaceous, non -forested plant communities that can either take the form of a dry prairie or a wet prairie (full descriptions in 14DFW PHS report p. 161) . Instrearn: The combination of physical, biological, and chemical processes and conditions that interact to provide functional life history requirements for instream fish and wildlife — resources. Nearshore: Relatively undisturbed nearshore habitats. These include Coastal Nearshore, Open Coast Nearshore, and Puget Sound Nearshore. (full descriptions ofhabitats and the definition of relatively undisturbed are in WDFW report: pp. 167-169 and glossary in Appendix A), Caves: A naturally occurring cavity, recess, void, or system of interconnected passages under _ the earth in soils, rock, ice, or other geological formations and is Iarge enough to contain a human. Cliffs: Greater than 7.6 m (2511) high and occurring below 5000 ft. Talus: Homogenous areas of rock rubble ranging in average size 0.15 - 2.0 m (0.5 - 6.5 ft), — composed of basalt, andesite, and/or sedimentary rock, including riprap slides and mine tailings. May be associated with cliffs. Snags and Logs: Trees are considered snags if they are dead or dying and exhibit sufficient decay characteristics to enable cavity excavation/use by wildlife. Priority snags have a diameter at breast height of > 51 cm (20 in) in western Washington and are > 2 m (6.5 ft) in height. Priority logs are > 30 cm (12 in) in diameter at the Iargest end, and > 6 m (20 ft) long. If wetland has 3 or more priority habitats = 4 points If wetland has 2 priority habitats = 3 points _ If wetland has 1 priority habitat = I point No habitats = 0 points Note: All vegetated wetlands are by deBnidon a priority habitat but are not included in this List. Nearby wetlands are addressed in question H2.4) Wetland Rating Form -- western Washington 16 August 2004 version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 — Wetland name or number E H 2.4 Wetland Landscape (choose the one description of the landscape around the wetland that best }its) (see p. 84) There are at least 3 other wetlands within '/2 mile, and the connections between them are relatively undisturbed (light grazing between wetlands OK, as is lake shore with some boating, but connections should NOT be bisected by paved roads, fill, fields, or other development. points = 5 The wetland is Lake -fringe on a lake with little disturbance and there are 3 other lake -fringe wetlands within 1h mile points = 5 There are at least 3 other wetlands within V2 mile, BUT the connections between there are disturbed points = 3 The wetland is Lake -fringe on a lake with disturbance and there are 3 other lake -fringe wetland within'h mile points = 3 There is at least 1 wetland within 1h mile. points = 2 There are no wetlands within 1h mile. points = 0 3 H 2. TOTAL Score - opportunity for providing habitat e�_vv 1 I 5 Add the scores from H2.1,H2.0, H2.3, H2.4 1 I TOTAL for H 1 from page 14 7 Total Score for Habitat Functions — add the points for H 1, H 2 and record the result on .1 12 Wetland Rating Form — western Washington IT August 2004 version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 Wetland name or number E CATEGORIZATION BASED ON SPECIAL CHARACTERISTICS Please determine if the wetland meets the attributes described below and circle the appropriate answers and Category. Wetland Type Category Check off any criteria that apply to the wetland. Circle the Category when the gpELopriate criteria are met: SC 1.0 Estuarine wetlands (seep. 86) Does the wetland unit meet the following criteria for Estuarine wetlands? — The dominant water regime is tidal, --- Vegetated, and — With a salinity greater than 0.5 ppt. YES = Go to SC 1.1 NO X SC 1.1 Is the wetland unit within a National Wildlife Refuge, National Park, National Estuary Reserve, Natural Area Preserve, State Park or Educational, Cat. I Environmental, or Scientific Reserve designated under WAC 332-30-151? YES =_Category I X NO go to SC 1.2 SC 1.2 Is the wetland unit at least 1 acre In size and meets at least two of the following three conditions? YES = Category I Na = Category II Cat. I — The wetland is relatively undisturbed (has no diking, ditching, filling, Cat. II cultivation, grazing, and has less than 10% cover of non-native plant species. If the non-native Spartina spp. are the only species that cover more than 10% of the wetland, then the wetland should be given a dual Dual rating (UM. The area of Spartina would be rated a Category H while the rating relatively undisturbed upper marsh with native species would be a IIII Category 1. Do not, however, exclude the area of Spartina in determining the size threshold of 1 acre. — At least 3/4 of the landward edge of the wetland has a 100 ft buffer of shrub, forest, or un-grazed or un-mowed grassland. — The wetland has at least 2 of the following features: tidal channels, depressions with open water, or contiguous freshwater wetlands. Wetland Rating Form — western Washington 18 August 2004 version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 Wetiand name or number E SC 2.0 Natural Heritage Wetlands (seep. 87) Natural Heritage wetlands have been identified by the Washington Natural Heritage Program/DNR as either high quality undisturbed wetlands or wetlands that support state Threatened, Endangered, or Sensitive plant species. SC 2.1 Is the wetland unit being rated in a Section/Township/Range that contains a Natural Heritage wetland? (this question is used to screen out most sites before you need to contact WNHPIDNR) S/T/R information from Appendix D — or accessed from WNHP/DNR web site YES — contact WNHP/DNR (see p. 79) and go to SC 2.2 NO X SC 2.2 Has DNR identified the wetland as a high quality undisturbed wetland or as or as a site with state threatened or endangered plant species? YES = Category I NO X not a Heritage Wetland SC 3.0 Bogs (seep. 87) Does the wetland unit (or any part of the unit) meet both the criteria for soils and vegetation in bogs? Use the key below to identify if the wetland is a bog. If you answer yes you will still need to rate the wetland based on its functions. 1. Does the unit have organic soil horizons (i.e. layers of organic soil), either peats or mucks, that compose 16 inches or more of the first 32 inches of the soil profile? (See Appendix B for a field key to identify organic soils)? Yes - go to Q. 3 X No - go to Q. 2 2. Does the unit have organic soils, either peats or mucks that are less than 16 inches deep over bedrock, or an impermeable hardpan such as clay or volcanic ash, or that are floating on a lake or pond? Yes - go to Q. 3 X No - Is not a bog for purpose of rating 3. Does the unit have more than 70% cover of mosses at ground level, AND other plants, if present, consist of the "bog" species listed in Table 3 as a significant component of the vegetation (more than 30% of the total shrub and herbaceous cover consists of species in Table 3)? Yes — Is a bog for purpose of rating X No - go to Q. 4 NOTE: If you are uncertain about the extent of mosses in the understory you may substitute that criterion by measuring the pH of the water that seeps into a bole dug at least 16" deep. If the pH is less than 5.0 and the "bog" plant species in Table 3 are present, the wetland is a bog. 1. Is the unit forested (> 30% cover) with sitka spruce, subalpine fir, western red cedar, western hemlock, lodgepole pine, quaking aspen, Englemann's spruce, or western white pine, WITH any of the species (or combination of species) on the bog species plant list in Table 3 as a significant component of the ground cover (> 30% coverage of the total shrub/herbaceous cover)? 2. YES = Category I No X Is not a bog for purpose of rating Cat. I Cat. I Wetland Rating Form — western Washington. 19 August 2D04 version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008' Wetland name or number E SC 4.0 Forested Wetlands (seep. 90) Does the wetland unit have at least 1 acre of forest that meet one of these criteria for the Department of Fish and Wildlife's forests as priority habitats? Myou answer yes you will still need to rate the wetland based on its functions i -- Old -growth forests: (west of Cascade crest) Stands of at least two tree species, forming a multi -layered canopy with occasional small openings; with at least 8 trees/acre (20 trees/hectare) that are at least 200 years of age OR have a diameter at breast height (dbh) of 32 inches (81 cm) or more. NOTE: The criterion for dbh is based on measurements for upland forests. Two -hundred year old trees in wetlands will often have a smaller dbh because their growth rates are often slower. The DFW criterion is a4�'OR" so old -growth forests do not necessarily have to have trees of this diameter. — Mature forests: (west of the Cascade Crest) Stands where the largest trees are 80 — 200 years old OR have average diameters (dbh) exceeding 21 inches (53cm); crown cover may be less that 100%; decay, decadence, numbers of snags, and quantity of large downed material is generally less than that -found in old -growth. YES = Category I NO X not a forested wetland with special characteristics I Cat. I SC 5.0 Wetlands in Coastal Lagoons (seep. 91) Does the wetland meet all of the following criteria of a wetland in a coastal lagoon? -- The wetland lies in a depression adjacent to marine waters that is wholly or partially separated from marine waters by sandbanks, gravel banks, shingle, or, less frequently, rocks --- The lagoon in which the wetland is located contains surface water that is saline or brackish (> 0.5 ppt) during most of the year in at least a portion of the lagoon (needs to be measured near the bottom) YES = Go to SC 5.1 NO X. not a wetland in a coastal lagoon SC 5.1 Does the wetland meets all of the following three conditions? — The wetland is relatively undisturbed (has no diking, ditching, filling, ,cultivation, grazing), and has less than 20% cover of invasive plant species (see list of invasive species on p. 74). — At least 3/4 of the landward edge of the wetland has a 100 ft buffer of shrub, forest, or un-grazed or un-mowed grassland. — The wetland is larger than 1/J 0 acre (4350 square feet) YES = Category I NO = Category II Cat. I Cat. II Wetland Rating Form — western Washington 20 August 2004 version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 Wetland name or number E SC 6.0 Interdunal Wetlands (seep. 93) Is the wetland unit west of the 1889 line (also called the Western Boundary of Upland Ownership or WBUO)? YES - go to SC 6.1 NO X not an interdunal wetland for rating If you answer yes you will still need to rate the wetland based on its functions. In practical terms that means the following geographic areas: o Long Beach Peninsula- lands west of SR 103 o Grayland-Westport- lands west of SR 105 o Ocean Shores-Copalis- lands west of SR 115 and SR 109 SC 6.1 Is the wetland one acre or larger, or is it in a mosaic of wetlands that is once acre or larger? YES = Category Il X NO —go to SC 6.2 Cat. II SC 6.2 Is the unit between 0.1 and 1 acre, or is it in a mosaic of wetlands that is between 0.1 and 1 acre? YES = Category III Cat. III . -. -. �Categoicy of we land bakddn'S�Itectal"Qfiarad&i§tics x Clioase;�he �'-it glie�st," rating:` weilimd falls into several cafegories !ajr recor ! atiNforrales�enteotAliabl'on 1.s swerde_IL Wetland Rating Form — western Washington 21 August 2004 version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 Wetland name or number F WETLAND RATING FORM — WESTERN WASHINGTON Version 2 - Updated July 2006 to increase accuracy and reproducibility among users Updated Oct 2008 with the new WDFW definitions for priority habitats Name of wetland (if known); Wetland F Date of site visit: 05/06/2009 Adam Gale and Joe Pursley May 2007 Rated by __._.._, Trained by Ecology? YesXNo^ Date of training SEC: 29 TWNSHP: 24N RNGE: 5E Is SITIR in Appendix D? Yes_ No-. Map of wetland unit: Figure Estimated size 0.1 Acre SUMMARY OF RATING Category based on FUNCTIONS provided by wetland I IIIIIX.. IV Category I = Score >=70 Category II = Score 51-69 Category III = Score 30-50 Category IV = Score < 30 Score for Water Quality Functions Score for Hydrologic Functions Score for Habitat Functions TOTAL score for Functions Category based on SPECIAL CHARACTERISTICS of wetland I II Does not Apply i< Final Category (choose the "highest' category from above) Surnmary of basic information about the wetland unit 12 8 15 35 ` ilai dlim- u has -Spec ial; .Characteristics - - --- , - ` `Wetland HGM C]_ass ' us+e'for Ratin - _ Estuarine De ressional Natural Heritage Wetland Riverine Bog Lake -fringe Mature Forest Slope Old Growth Forest Flats Coastal Lagoon Freshwater Tidal Interdunal None of the above X Check if unit has multiple HGM classes present X i - Wetland Rating Form — western Washington 1 August 2004 version 2 To be used with Ecology Publication 04-06-025 Wetland name or number F Does the wetland unit being rated meet any of the criteria below? If you answer YES to any of the questions below you will need to protect the wetland according to the regulations regarding the special characteristics found in the wetland. Check List for Wetlands That May Need Additional Protection YES } ° NO, (in addition to the pptection recommended for its category) SP1. Has the wetland unit been documented as a habitat for any Federally listed Threatened or Endangered animal or plant species (TIE species)? For the purposes of this rating system, "documented" means the wetland is on the appropriate state or federal database. SP2. Has the wetland unit been documented as habitat for any State listed Threatened or Endangered animal species? For the purposes of this rating system, "documented" means the wetland is on the x appropriate state database. Note: Wetlands with State listed plant species are categorized as Cate o I Natural Heritage Wetlands (see p. 19 of data form). SPI Does the wetland unit contain individuals of Priority species listed by the WDFW for the state? X- SP4. Does the wetland unit have a local significance in addition to its functions? For example, the wetland has been identified in the Shoreline Master Program, the Critical Areas Ordinance, or in a local management plan as having special significance. To com lete the next part of the data sheet you will need to determine the H dro eomo hic Class of the wetland bezel rated. The hydrogeornorphic classification groups wetlands into those that function in similar ways. This simplifies the questions needed to answer how well the wetland functions. The Hydrogeomorphic Class of a wetland can be determined using the key below. See p. 24 for more detailed instructions on classifying wetlands. 0-` Wetland Rating Form -- western Washington 2 August 2004 version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 Wetland name or number F Classification of Wetland Units in Western Washington t... ____( i_-._. .T ......T:'w v .. - W. -may_ _ - ._ _ _ __� _ ,- -•—• •r �---�_— ._ �....-. _.. �.. , .d , V .., therhj►drologic criteria listed tweach question do,not apply to the entire unit being -rated, you probably have a unit with multiple HO, M,classes. 1n this rase,1den#lfy which) hydrtiing c criteria in.questions 1-7 apply, and go toQuestion 1. Are the water levels in the entire unit usually controlled by tides (i.e. except during floods)? NO — go to 2 YES — the wetland class is Tidal Fringe If yes, is the salinity of the water during periods of annual low flow below 0.5 ppt (parts per thousand)? YES — Freshwater Tidal Fringe NO — Saltwater Tidal Fringe (Estuarine) Ifyour wetland can be classified as a Freshwater Tidal Fringe use the forms for Mverine wetlands. If it is Saltwater Tidal Fringe it is .rated as an Estuarine wetland Wetlands that were called estuarine in the first and second editions of the rating system are called Salt Water Tidal Fringe in the Hydrogeomorphic Classification. Estuarine wetlands were categorized separately in the earlier editions, and this separation is being kept in this revision. To maintain consistency between editions, the term `Estuarine" wetland is kept. Please note, however, that the characteristics that define Category I and II estuarine wetlands have changed (see p. ). 2. The entire wetland unit is flat and precipitation is the only source (>90%) of water to it. Groundwater and surface water runoff are NOT sources of water to the unit. NO —go to 3 YES — The wetland class is Flats If your wetland can be classified as a "Flats" wetland, use the form for Depressional wetlands. 3. Does the entire wetland unit meet both of the following criteria? X The vegetated part of the wetland is on the shores of a body of permanent open water (without any vegetation on the surface) at least 20 acres (8 ha) in size; X At least 30% of the open water area is deeper than 6.6 ft (2 m)? NO — go to 4 YES — The wetland class is Lake -fringe (Lacustrine Fringe) 4. Does the entire wetland unit meet all of the following criteria? X The wetland is on a slope (slope can be verygraduO, The water flows through the wetland in one direction (unidirectional) and usually comes from seeps. It may flow subsurface, as sheetflow, or in a swale without distinct banks. X The water leaves the wetland without being impounded? NOTE: .Surface water does not pond in these type of wetlands except occasionally in very small and shallow depressions or behind hummocks (depressions are usually <3#t diameter and less than 1 foot deep). NO - go to 5 YES — The wetland class is Slope Wetland Rating Form — western Washington 3 August 2004 version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 Wetland name or number F 5. Does the entire wetland unit meet all of the following criteria? The unit is in a valley, or stream channel, where it gets inundated by overbank flooding from that stream or river The overbank flooding occurs at least once every two years. NOTE. The riverine unit can contain depressions that are filled with water when the river is not flooding. NO - go to 6 YES — The wetland class is Riverine 6. Is the entire wetland unit in a topographic depression in which water ponds, or is saturated to the surface, at some time during the year. This means that any outlet, if present, is higher than the interior of the wetland. NO — go to 7 YES — The wetland class is Depressional 7. Is the entire wetland unit located in a very flat area with no obvious depression and no overbank flooding.' The unit does not pond surface water more than a few inches. The unit seems to be maintained by high groundwater in the area. The wetland may be ditched, but has no obvious natural outlet. NO —go to 8 YES — The wetland class is Depressional 8. Your wetland unit seems to be difficult to classify and probably contains several different HGM clases. For example, seeps at the base of a slope may grade Into a riverine floodplain, or a small stream within a depressional wetland has a zone of flooding along its sides. GO BACK AND IDENTIFY WHICH OF THE HYDROLOGIC REGIMES DESCRIBED IN QUESTIONS 1-7 APPLY TO DIFFERENT AREAS IN THE UNIT (make a rough sketch to help you decide). Use the following table to identify the appropriate class to use for the rating system if you have several 07 HGM classes present within your wetland. NOTE: Use this table only if the class that is recommended in the second column represents 10% or more of the total area of the wetland unit being rated. If the area of the class listed in column 2 is less than 10% of the unit; classify the wetland using the class that represents more than 90% of the total area. HGM Classes within the wetland unit being rated HGM Class to Use'in Rat1�i Slope + Riverine Riverine Slope + Depressional Depressional Slope + Lake -fringe Lake -fringe Depressional + Riverine along stream within boundary Depressional De "sessional + Lake -fringe Depressional Salt Water Tidal Fringe and any other class of freshwater wetland Treat as ESTUARINE under wetlands with special characteristics If you are unable still to determine which of the above criteria apply to your wetland, or if you have more than 2 HGM classes within a wetland boundary, classify the wetland as Depression] for the rating. Wetland Rating Form-- western Washington 4 August 2004 version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 — Wetland name or number Lake 'fringe `Wk1ands T Points. WsATW- QUALITY FUNCTIONS indicators that the wetland unit functions to (dwy 1 SCIM p .box) Improve water qualt L L I. Does the wetland unit have the potential to improve water quality? (see p.59) L L 1.1 Average width of vegetation along the lakeshore (use polygons of Cowardin classes): Figure Vegetation is more than 33ft (10m) wide points = 6 Vegetation is more than 16 (5m) wide and <33ft points = 3 Vegetation is more than 6ft (2m) wide and <16 ft points = 1 Vegetation is less than 6 ft wide points = 0 f Map of Cowardin classes with widths marked L L 1.2 Characteristics of the vegetation -in the wetland: choose the appropriate description Figure _ that results in the highest points, and do not include any open water in your estimate of coverage. The herbaceous plants can be either the dominant form or as an understory in a shrub or forest community. These are not Cowardin classes. Area of Cover is total cover In the unit, but it can be in patches. NOTE. Herbaceous does not include aquatic bed Cover of herbaceous plants is >90% of the vegetated area points W 6 Cover of herbaceous plants is >2/3 of the vegetated area points = 4 Cover of herbaceous plants is >1/3 of the vegetated area points = 3 Other vegetation that is not aquatic bed or herbaceous covers > 2/3 unit points = 3 Other vegetation that is not aquatic bed in > 1/3 vegetated area points = 1 Aquatic bed vegetation and open water cover > 2/3 of the unit points = 0 3 Map with polygons of different vegetation ! es L Add the points in the boxes above mv��e 4 L L 2. Does the wetland have the opportunity_ to improve water quality? (see p.61) Answer YES if you know or believe there are pollutants in the lake water, or polluted surface water flowing through the unit to the lake. Note which of the following conditions provide the sources ofpolluianis. A unit may have pollutants coming from several sores, but any single source would qualify as opportunity. Wetland is along the shores of a lake or reservoir that does not meet water quality standards — Grazing in the wetland or within 150ft — Polluted water discharges to wetland along upland edge -- Tilled fields or orchards within 150 feet of wetland multiplier — Residential or urban areas are within 150 ft of wetland — Parks with grassy areas that are maintained, bal fields, golf courses (all within 2 150 ft. of lake shore) X Power boats with gasoline or diesel engines use the lake — Other YES multiplier is 2 NO multiplier is l L TOTAL -Water Quality Functions Multiply the score from L1 by L2 Add score to table on p.1 8 Comments Wetland Rating Form — western Washington 9 August 2004 version 2 Updated with new WDFW defudtions Oct. 2008 Wetland name or number F L Lake -fringe Wetlands Points HYDROLOGIC FUNCTIONS - Indicators that the wetland unit functions to (only 1', scm_ reduce shoreline erasion ""b°'`l.. L 3. Does the wetland unit have the otp ential to reduce shoreline erosion? (see p.62) L 3 Distance along shore and average width of Cowardin classes along the lakeshore (do Figure not include aquatic bed): (choose the highest scoring description that matches conditions in the wetland) > y9 of distance is shrubs or forest at least 33 ft (10m) wide points = 6 > ya of distance is shrubs or forest at least 6 ft. (2 m) wide points = 4 • % distance is shrubs or forest at least 33 ft (10m) wide points = 4 _ Vegetation is at least 6 ft (2m) wide (any type except aquatic bed) points = 2 Vegetation is less than 6 ft (2m) wide (any type except aquatic bed) points = 0 4 Aerialphoto-or map with Cowardin vegetation classes L Record the points from the box above 4 0 L L 4. Does the wetland unit have the opportunity to reduce -erosion? �eeecb (see p.63) Are there features along the shore that will be impacted if the shoreline erodes? Note which of the following conditions apply. X There are human structures and activities along the upland edge of the wetland (buildings, fields) that can be damaged by erosion. — There are undisturbed natural resources along the upland edge of the wetland (e.g. mature forests other wetlands) than can be damaged by shoreline erosion — Other multiplier YES multiplier is 2 NO multiplier is 1 2 _ L TOTAL - Hydrologic Functions Multiply the score from L 3 by L 4 Add score to table on p. 1 LE Comments J Wetland Rating Form — western Washington 10 August 2004 version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 Wetland name or number ' &�These questions aPPly�toI.wedjnd_ ,'6f-aYHG11%��elasses, YPoints .::, JHABITATfFt7NCTI — a to>vy't DNS} iitclicatots�t�ia�tulit�fiutctions�taprovide,impartant�habitat; 4�' H 1. Does the wetland unit have the otp, ential to provide habitat for many species? H 1.1 Vegetation structure (seep. 72) Figure Check the types of vegetation classes present (as defined by Cowardin)- Size threshold for each class is 14 acre or more than 10% of the area if unit is smaller than 2.5 acres. Aquatic bed --X -Emergent plants _XScrub/shrub (areas where shrubs have >30% cover) Forested (areas where trees have >30% cover) Hthe unit has a forested class check If, The forested class has 3 out of 5 strata (canopy, sub -canopy, shrubs, herbaceous, moss/ground-cover) that each cover 20% within the forested polygon Add the number of vegetation structures that qualify. Ifyou have: 4 structures or more points = 4 Map of Cowardin vegetation classes 3 structures points = 2 2 structures points =1 l structure points = 0 H 1.2. Hydroperiods (seep. 73) Figure Check the types of water regimes (hydroperiods) present within the wetland The water regime has to cover more than 10% of the wetland or Y4 acre to count. (see text for descriptions ofhydroperiods) Permanently flooded or inundated 4 or more types present points = 3 Seasonally flooded or inundated 3 types present points = 2 Occasionally flooded or inundated 2 types present point = 1 Saturated only 1 type present points = 0 Permanently flowing stream or river in, or adjacent to, the wetland Seasonally flowing stream in, or adjacent to, the wetland --X— Lake -fringe wetland = 2 points Freshwater tidal wetland = 2 points Map of hydroperiods 2 H 1.3. Richness of Plant Species (seep. 75) Count the number of plant species in the wetland that cover at least 10 ft2. (different patches of the same species can be combined to meet the size threshold) You do not have to name the species. Do not include Eurasian Milfoil, reed canarygrass, purple loosestrife, Canadian Thistle If you counted: > 19 species points = 2 List species below if you want to: 5 - 19 species points = 1 < 5 species points = 0 Total for page Welland Rating Form— western Washington 13 August 2004 version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 Wetland name or number F H 1.4. Interspersion of habitats (seep, 76) Figure Decide from the diagrams below whether interspersion between Cowardin vegetation classes (described in H 1.1), or the classes and unvegetated areas (can include open water or mudflats) is high, medium, low, or none. O None = 0 points Low = 1 point Moderate = 2 points n [riparian braided channels] High = 3 points NOTE: If you have four or more classes or three vegetation classes and open water the rating is always "high", Use map of Cowardin vegetation classes H 1.5. Special Habitat Features: (seep. 77) Check the habitat features that are present in the wetland. The number of checks is the number of points you put into the .next column. Large, downed, woody debris within the wetland (>41n. diameter and 6 ft long). Standing snags (diameter at the bottom > 4 inches) in the wetland X Undercut banks are present for at least 6.6 ft (2m) and/or overhanging vegetation extends at least 3.3 ft (lm) over a stream (or ditch) in, or contiguous with the unit, for at least 33 ft (10m) Stable steep banks of fine material that might be used by beaver or muskrat for denning (>30degree slope) OR signs of recent beaver activity are present (cut shrubs or trees that have not yet turned grey/brown) At least V4 acre of thin -stemmed persistent vegetation or woody branches are present in areas that are permanently or seasonally inundated. (structures for egg -laying by amphibians) Invasive plants cover less than 25% of the wetland area in each stratum of plants NOTE. The 20 % stated in early printings of the manual on page 78 is an error. H 1. TOTAL Score - potential for providing habitat 0 — �em� 0 Add the scores from HI.1, H1.2, H1.3, H1. 4, H1.5 0 6 0 L.urrunents Weiland Rating Form — western Washington 14 August 2004 version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 Wetland name or number F I H 2. Does the wetland unit have the opportunity to provide habitat for many species? H 2.1 Buffers (seep, 80) Figure _ Choose the description that best represents condition of buffer of wetland unit. The highest scoring criterion that applies to the wetland is to be used in the rating. See text for definition of "undisturbed. " — 100 m (330ft) of relatively undisturbed vegetated areas, rocky areas, or open water >95% of circumference. No structures are within the undisturbed part of buffer. (relatively undisturbed also means no -grazing, no landscaping, no daily human use) Points = 5 --- 100 m (330 ft) of relatively undisturbed vegetated areas, rocky areas, or open water > 50% circumference. Points = 4 — 50 m (170ft) of relatively undisturbed vegetated areas, rocky areas, or open water >95% circumference. Points = 4 ----- 100 m (330ft) of relatively undisturbed vegetated areas, rocky areas, or open water > 25% circumference, . Points = 3 — 50 m (170ft) of relatively undisturbed vegetated areas, rocky areas, or open water for > 50% circumference. Points = 3 If buffer does not meet any of the criteria above — No paved areas (except paved trails) or buildings within 25 m (80ft) of wetland > 95% circumference. Light to moderate grazing, or lawns are OK. Points = 2 — No paved areas or buildings within 50m of wetland for >5096 circumference. Light to moderate grazing, or lawns are OK. Points = 2 — Heavy grazing in buffer. Points = 1 --- Vegetated buffers are <2m wide (6.6ft) for more than 95% of the circumference (e.g. tilled fields, paving, basalt bedrock extend to edge of wetland Points = 0. X Buffer does not meet any of the criteria above. Points = 1 Aerial photo showing buffers H 2.2 Corridors and Connections (seep. 81) H 2.2.1 Is the wetland part of a relatively undisturbed and unbroken vegetated corridor (either riparian or upland) that is at least 150 ft wide, has at least 30% cover of shrubs, forest or native undisturbed prairie, that connects to estuaries, other wetlands or undisturbed uplands that are at least 250 acres in size? (dams in riparian corridors, heavily used gravel roads, paved roads, are considered breaks in the corridor). YES = 4 points (go to H 2.3) NO = go to H 2.2.2 H 2.2.2 Is the wetland part of a relatively undisturbed and unbroken vegetated corridor (either riparian or upland) that is at least 50ft wide, has at least 30% cover of shrubs or forest, and connects to estuaries, other wetlands or undisturbed uplands that are at least 25 acres in size? OR a Lake -fringe wetland, if it does not have an undisturbed corridor as in the question above? YES = 2 points (go to H 2.3) NO = H 2.2.3 H 2.2.3 Is the wetland: within 5 mi (8km) of a brackish or salt water estuary OR within 3 mi of a large field or pasture (>40 acres) OR within 1 mi of a lake greater than 20 acres? 2 YES = I -point NO = 0 points Total for page 3 Wetland Rating Form -- western Washington 15 August 2004 version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 Wetland name or number F H 2.3 Near or ad acent to other priori1y habitats listed b WDFW (see new and complete descriptions of WDFW priority habitats, and the counties in which they can he found, in _ the PHS report h ://wdfw, wa. ov/hab/ hslisthtrn ) Which of the following priority habitats are within 330ft (100m) of the wetland unit? NOTE: the connections do not have to be relatively undisturbed. _ Aspen Stands: Pure or mixed stands of aspen greater than 0.4 ha (1 acre). X Biodiversity Areas and Corridors: Areas of habitat that are relatively important to various species of native fish and wildlife (full descriptions in WDFW PHS report p. 152). Herbaceous Balds: Variable size patches of grass and (orbs on shallow soils over bedrock. Old-growth/Mature forests: Id- owth west of Cascade crest Stands of at least 2 tree species, forming a multi -layered canopy with occasional small openings; with at least 20 trees/ha (8 trees/acre) > 81 cm (32 in) dbh or > 200 years of age. 01ature forests Stands with average diameters exceeding 53 cm (21 in) dbh; crown cover may be less that 100%; crown cover may be less that 100%; decay, decadence, numbers of snags, and quantity of large downed material is generally less than that found in old -growth; 80 - 200 years old west of the Cascade crest. Oregon white Oak: Woodlands Stands of pure oak or oak/conifer associations where canopy coverage of the oak component is important (full descriptions in WDFW PHS _ report p. 159j. Riparian: The area adjacent to aquatic systems with flowing water that contains elements of both aquatic and terrestrial ecosystems which mutually influence each other. Westside Prairies: Herbaceous, non -forested plant communities that can either take the form of a dry prairie or a wet prairie (fuU descriptions in 14DFWPHS report p. 161). Instream: The combination of physical, biological, and chemical processes and conditions that interact to provide functional life history requirements for ihstream fish and wildlife resources. Nearshore: Relatively undisturbed nearshore habitats. These include Coastal Nearshore, Open Coast Nearshore, and Puget Sound Nearshore. (full descriptions of habitats and the definition ofrelatively undisturbed are in WDFW report. pp. 167-169 and glossary in Appendix A). Caves: A naturally occurring cavity, recess, void, or system of interconnected passages under the earth in soils, rock, ice, or other geological formations and is large enough to contain a human. Cliffs: Greater than 7.6 m (25 ft) high and occurring below 5000 ft. — Talus: Homogenous areas of rock rubble ranging in average size 0.15 - 2.0 m (0.5 - 6.5 ft), composed of basalt, andesiite, and/or sedimentary rock, including riprap slides and mine , tailings. May be associated with cliffs. Snags and Logs: Trees are considered snags if they are dead or dying and exhibit sufficient decay characteristics to enable cavity excavation/use by wildlife. Priority snags have a diameter at breast height of > 51 cm (20 in) in western Washington and are > 2 m (6.5 ft) in height. Priority logs are > 30 cm (12 in) in diameter at the largest end, and > 6 m (20 ft) long. If wetland has 3 or more priority habitats = 4 points If wetland has 2 priority habitats = 3 points If wetland has i priority habitat =1 point No habitats = 0 points Note: All vegetated'wetlands are by dellnidon a priority habitat but are not included in this 1 list. Nearby wetlands are addressed in Question H 2.4) Wetland Rating Form -- western Washington 16 August 2004 version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 Wetland name or number F H 2.4 Wetland Landscape (choose the one description of the landscape around the wetland that best fits) (see' p. 84) There are at least 3 other wetlands within 1h mile, and the connections between them are relatively undisturbed (light grazing between wetlands OK, as is lake shore with some boating, but connections should NOT be bisected by paved roads, fill, Fields, or other development. points = 5 The wetland is Lake -fringe on a lake with little disturbance and there are 3 other lake -fringe wetlands within % mile points = 5 There are at least 3 other wetlands within V2 mile, BUT the connections between them are disturbed points = 3 The wetland is Lake -fringe on a lake with disturbance and there are 3 other lake -fringe wetland within 1h mile points = 3 There is at least 1 wetland within 1h mile. _ points = 2 There are no wetlands within 1h mile. points = 0 5 H 2. TOTAL Score - opportunity for providing habitat e0000 1 I 9 Add the scores from H2.I,H2.2, H2.3, H2.4 Y I TOTAL for H 1 from page 14 6 Total Score for Habitat Functions — add the points for H 1, H 2 and record the result on .1 5 Wetland Rating Form — western Washington 17 August 2004 version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 Wetland name or number F Please determine if the wetland meets the attributes described below'and circle the appropriate answers and Category. Wetland Type Category Check off any criteria that apply to the wetland Circle the Category when the., gppp riate criteria are met. SC 1.0 Estuarine wetlands (seep. 86) Does the wetland unit meet the following criteria for Estuarine wetlands? — The dominant water regime is tidal, , — Vegetated, and — With a salinity greater than 0.5 ppt. YES = Go to SC 1.1 NO X SC 1.1 Is the wetland unit within a National Wildlife Refuge, National Park, National Estuary Reserve, Natural Area Preserve, State Park or Educational, Cat. I Environmental, or Scientific Reserve designated under WAC 332-30-151? YES = Cate o I X NO go to SC 1.2 SC 1.2 Is the wetland unit at least 1 acre in size and meets at least two of the following three conditions? YES = Category I NO = Category II Cat. I — The wetland is relatively undisturbed (has no diking, ditching, filling, Cat. II cultivation, grazing, and has less than 10% cover of non-native plant species. If the non-native Spartina spp. are the only species that cover more than 10% of the wetland, then the wetland should be given a dual Dual rating (YID. The area of Spartina would be rated a Category H while the rating relatively undisturbed upper marsh with native species would be a IRI Category I. Do not, however, exclude the area of Spartina in determining the size threshold of 1 acre. — At feast y4 of the landward edge of the wetland has a 100 ft buffer of shrub, forest, or un-grazed or un-mowed grassland. — The wetland has at least 2 of the following features: tidal channels, depressions with open water, or contiguous freshwater wetlands. Wetland Rating Farm -- western Washington 18 August 2004 version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 Wetland name or number F SC 2.0 Natural Heritage Wetlands (seep. 87) Natural Heritage wetlands have been identified by the Washington Natural Heritage Program/DNR as either high quality undisturbed wetlands or wetlands that support state Threatened, Endangered, or Sensitive plant species. SC 2.1 Is the wetland unit being rated in a Section/Township/Range that contains a Natural Heritage wetland? (this question is used to screen out most sites before you need to contact WNHP/DNR) SJTIR information from Appendix D — or accessed from WNHPIDNR web site YES — contact WNHP/DNR (see p. 79) and go to SC 2.2 NO X SC 2.2 Has DNR identified the wetland as a high quality undisturbed wedand or as or as a site with state threatened or endangered plant species? YES = Category I NO not a Heritage Wetland SC 3.0 Bogs (seep. 87) Does the wetland unit (or any part of the unit) meet both the criteria for soils and vegetation in bogs? Use the key below to identify if the wetland is a bog. If you answer yes you will still need to rate the wetland based on its functions. 1. Does the unit have organic soil horizons (i.e. layers of organic soil), either peats or mucks, that compose 16 inches or more of the first 32 inches of the soil profile? (See Appendix B for a field key to identify organic soils)? Yes - go to Q. 3 X No - go to Q. 2 2. Does the unit have organic soils, either peats or mucks that are less than 16 inches deep over bedrock, or an impermeable hardpan such as clay or volcanic ash, or that are floating on a lake or pond? Yes - go to Q. 3 X No - Is not a bog for purpose of rating 3. Does the unit have more than 70% cover of mosses at ground level, AND other plants, if present, consist of the "bog" species listed in Table 3 as a significant component of the vegetation (more than 30% of the total shrub and herbaceous cover consists of species in Table 3)? Yes --- Is a bog for purpose of rating X No - go to Q. 4 NOTE: If you are uncertain about the extent of mosses in the understory you may substitute that criterion by measuring the pH of the water that seeps into a hole dug at least 16" deep. If the pH is less than 5.0 and the "bog" plant species in Table 3 are present, the wetland is a bog. 1. Is the unit forested (> 30% cover) with sitka spruce, subalpine fir, western red cedar, western hemlock, lodgepole pine, quaking aspen, Englemann's spruce, or western white pine, WITH any of the species (or combination of species) on the bog species plant list in Table 3 as a significant component of the ground cover (> 30% coverage of the total shrub/herbaceous cover)? 2. YES = Category I No X Is not a bog for purpose of rating Wetland Rating Form — western Washington . 19 August 2004 version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 Cat. I Cat. I Wetland name or number F SC 4.0 Forested Wetlands (seep. 90) Does the wetland unit have at least 1 acre of forest that meet one of these criteria for the Department of Fish and Wildlife's forests as priority habitats? Ifyou answer yes you will still need to rate the wetland based on its firncdons. --- Old -growth forests: (west of Cascade crest) Stands of at least two tree species, forming a multi -layered canopy with occasional small openings; with at least 8 trees/acre (20 trees/hectare) that are at least 200 years of age OR have a diameter at breast height (dbh) of 32 Inches (81 cm) or more. NOTE: The criterion for dbh is based on measurements for upland forests. Two -hundred year old trees in wetlands will often have a smaller dbh because their growth rates are often slower. The DFW criterion is and "OR" so old -growth forests do not necessarily have to have trees of this diameter. — Mature forests: (west of the Cascade Crest) Stands where the largest trees are 80 — 200 years old OR have average diameters (dbh) exceeding 21 inches (53cm); crown cover may be less that 100%; decay, decadence, numbers of snags, and quantity of large downed material is generally less than that found In old -growth. YES = Category I NO X not a forested wetland with special characteristics SC 5.0 Wetlands in Coastal Lagoons (seep. 91) Does the wetland meet all of the following criteria of a wetland in a coastal lagoon? — The wetland lies in a depression adjacent to marine waters that is wholly or partially separated from marine waters by sandbanks, gravel banks, shingle, or, less frequently, rocks — The lagoon in which the wetland is located contains surface water that is saline or brackish (> 0.5 ppt) during most of the year in at least a portion of the lagoon (needs to be measured near the bottom) YES = Go to SC 5.1 NO_K not a wetland in a coastal lagoon SC 5.1 Does the wetland meets all of the following three conditions? — The wetland is relatively undisturbed (has no diking, ditching, filling, cultivation, grazing), and has less than 20% cover of invasive plant species (see list of invasive species on p. 74). -- At least 3Ya of the landward edge of the wetland has a 100 ft buffer of shrub, forest, or un-grazed or un-mowed grassland. -- The wetland Is larger than 1/10 acre (4350 square feet) YES = Category I NO = Category It Cat. I Cat. I Cat. II — Wetland Rating Form — western Washington 20 August 2004 version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 Wetland name or number SC 6.0 Interdunal Wetlands (seep. 93) Is the wetland unit west of the 1889 line (also called the Western Boundary of Upland Ownership or WBUO)? YES -go to SC 6.1 NO X not an interdunal wetland for rating Ifyou answeryes you will still need to rate the wetland based on its functions In practical terms that means the following geographic areas: o Long Beach Peninsula- lands west of SR 103 c Grayland-Westport- lands west of SR 105 c Ocean Shares-Copalis- lands west of SR 115 and SR 109 SC 6.1 Is the wetland one acre or larger, or is it in a mosaic of wetlands that is once acre or larger? YES = Category II X NO —go to SC 6.2 Cat. II SC 6.2 Is the unit between 0.1 and 1 acre, or is it in a mosaic of wetlands that is between 0.1 and 1 acre? YES = Category III Cat. III s,Cateaiy gfwet]anc °based` ornSpeal Characteristics ChnosB they ,highest gating wetland falls,mty several categories, and record�on r ' z � `� _ ou'aiiswered fov*, - esentir' f: NO 4Wot,A Wetland Rating Form-- western Washington 21 August 2004 version 2 Updated with new WDF'W definitions Oct. 2008 Wetland name or number G WETLAND RATING FORM — WESTERN WASHINGTON Version 2 - Updated July 2006 to increase aecuracy and reproducibility among users Updated Oct 2008 with the new WDFW definitions for priority habitats Name of wetland (if known): Wetland G Rated by Adam Gale and Joe Pursley Date of site visit: 04/30/2009 Trained by Ecology? YesXNo Date of training May 2007 SEC: 29 TWNSHP: 24N RNGE: 5E Is S/T/R in Appendix D? Yes NoX Map of wetland unit: Figure Estimated size e'1 Acre SUMMARY OF RATING Category based on FUNCTIONS provided by wetland I II IIIX- IV Category I =Score >=70 Score for Water Quality Functions 18 Category I1= Score 51-69 Score for Hydrologic Functions 16 Category III = Score 30-50 Score"for Habitat Functions 11 Category IV = Score < 30 TOTAL score for Functions 48 Category based on SPECIAL CHARACTERISTICS of wetland I II Does not Apply x Final Category (choose the "highest" category from above) III Summary of basic information about the wetland unit 'VVetlarirl'Uiiit hN 9-' Specials >; s .__ 4q Characterisftcs:a.��� �' �'_, Wetl_an 1,,HGM;`ClasS; d `fo� Rahn �' w., Estuarine De ressional Natural Heritage Wetland Riverine Bog Lake -fringe Mature Forest Slope Old Growth Forest Flats Coastal La oon Freshwater Tidal Interdunal None of the above X Check if unit has multiple HGM classes present Wetland Rating Form — western Washington 1 August 2004 version 2 To be used with Ecology Publication 04-06-025 Wetland name or number. G Does the wetland unit being rated meet any of the criteria below? If you answer YES to any of the questions below you will need 'to protect the wetland according to the regulations regarding the special characteristics found in the wetland. Check List for Wetlands That May Need Additional Protection YES NO in addition to the protection recommended for its category) SP 1. Has the wetland unit been documented as a habitat for any Federally listed Threatened or Endangered animal or plant species (TIE species)? X For the purposes of this rating system, "documented" means the wetland is on the appropriate state or federal database. SP2. Has the wetland unit been documented as habitat for any State listed Threatened or Endangered animal species? For the purposes of this rating system, "documented" means the wetland is on the X appropriate state database. Note: Wetlands with State listed plant species are categorized as Category I Natural Herita a Wetlands (see p. 19 of data form). SP3. Does the wetland unit contain individuals of Priority species listed by the WDFW for the state? SP4. Does the wetland unit have a local significance in addition to its functions? For example, the wetland has been identified in the Shoreline Master Program, the Critical Areas Ordinance, or in a local management plan as having special significance. To !2 fete the next part of the data sheet you will need to determine the HYdrogeomorphic Class of the wetland being rated. The hydrogeomorphic classification groups wetlands into those that function in similar ways. This simplifies the questions needed to answer how well the wetland functions. The Hydrogeomorphic Class of a wetland can be determined using the key below. See p. 24 for more detailed instructions on classifying wetlands. Wetland Rating Form — western Washington 2 August 2004 version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 Wetland nacre or number G Classification of Wetland Units in Western Washington �••:' "� _ '— ..' LI •v.. _{ ' a, rer"i;i fik •� - .4=—.a �-- -meµ — -_T- If the "hydr6l6glc-crlt& is listed in each` question. do. not apply to the entire unit being; s rafe ;you piobably, ave a, unit with multiple HGNf classes. Tn ,this case, identify- which';• 3: �hydrol'criterla inquestionsxl.;:,7 .apply; and•ga to,,Qtiest€on a 1. Are the water levels in the entire unit usually controlled by tides (i.e. except during floods)? NO — go to 2 YES — the wetland class is Tidal Fringe If yes, is the salinity of the water during periods of annual low flow below 0.5 ppt (parts per thousand)? YES — Freshwater Tidal Fringe NO — Saltwater Tidal Fringe (Estuarine) If your wetland can be classified as a Freshwater Tidal Fringe use the forms for Riverine wetlands. Ifit is Saltwater Tidal Fringe it is rated as an Estuarine wetland. Wetlands that were called estuarine in the first and second editions of the rating system are called Salt Water Tidal Fringe in the Hydrogeomorphic Classification. Estuarine wetlands were categorized separately in the earlier editions, and this separation is being kept in this revision. To maintain consistency between editions, the term "Estuarine" wetland is kept. Please note, however, that the characteristics that define Category I and II estuarine wetlands have changed (see p. ) . 2. The entire wetland unit is flat and precipitation is the only source (>90%) of water to it. Groundwater and surface water runoff are NOT sources of water to the unit. NO — go to 3 YES — The wetland class is Flats If your wetland can be classified as a "Flats" wetland, use the form for Depressional wetlands. 3. Does the entire wetland unit meet both of the following criteria? ._The vegetated part of the wetland is on the shores of a body of perrnenent open water (without any vegetation on the surface) at least 20 acres (8 ha) in size; At least 30% of the open water area is deeper than 6.6 ft (2 m)? NO —go to 4 YES — The wetland class is Lake -fringe (Lacustrine Fringe) 4. Does the entire wetland unit meet all of the following criteria? X The wetland is on a slope (slope can be verygradual), _XThe water flows through the wetland in one direction'(unidirectional) and usually comes from seeps. It may flow subsurface, as sheetflow, or in a swale without distinct banks. The water leaves the wetland without being impounded? NOTE: Surface water does not pond in these type of wedands except occasionally in very small and shallow depressions or behind hummocks (depressions are usually <3R diameter and less than l foot deep). NO - go to 5 YES — The wetland class is Slope Wetland Rating Form — western Washington 3 August 2004 version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 Wetland name or number 0' 5. Does the entire wetland unit meet all of the following criteria? The unit is in a valley, or stream channel, where it gets inundated by overbank flooding from that stream or river The overbank flooding occurs at least once every two years. NOTE. The riverine unit can contain depressions that are filled with water when the river is not flooding. NO - go to 6 YES -- The wetland class is Riverine 6. Is the entire wetland unit in a topographic depression in which water ponds, or is saturated to the surface, at some time during the year. This means that any outlet, if present, is higher than the interior of the wetland. NO — go to 7 YES — The wetland class is Depressional 7. Is the entire wetland unit located in a very flat area with no obvious depression and no overbank flooding. The unit does not pond surface water more than a few inches. The unit seems to be maintained by high groundwater in the area. The wetland may be ditched, but has no obvious natural outlet. NO — go to 8 YES -- The wetland class is Depressional 8. Your wetland unit seems to be difficult to classify and probably contains several different HGM clases. For example, seeps at the base of a slope may grade into a riverine, floodplain, or a small stream within a depressional wetland has a zone of flooding along its sides. GO BACK AND IDENTIFY WHICH OF THE HYDROLOGIC REGIMES DESCRIBED IN QUESTIONS 1-7 APPLY TO DIFFERENT AREAS IN THE UNIT (make a rough sketch to help you decide). Use the following table to identify the appropriate class to use for the rating system if you have several HGM classes present within your wetland. NOTE: Use this table only if the class that is recommended in the second column represents 10% or more of the total area of the wetland unit being rated. If the area of the class listed in column 2 is less than 10% of the unit; classify the wetland using the class that represents more than 90% of the total area. HGM Classes within the wetland unit Li q-Ng rated HGM Mass to. Use . Slope + Riverine _irx:Ratrn Riverine Slope + Depressional Depressional Slope + Lake -fringe Lake -fringe Depressional + Riverine along stream within boundary Depressional Depressional + Lake -fringe Depressional Salt Water Tidal Fringe and any other class of freshwater wetland Treat as ESTUARINE under wetlands with special characteristics All If you are unable still to determine which of the above criteria apply to your wetland, or if you -. have more than 2 HGM classes within a wetland boundary, classify the wetland as Depressional for the rating. Wetland Rating Form — western Washington 4 August 2004 version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 Wetland name or number G D ...,'Depressional and Fiat Wetlands Pd'ints ` `WATER QUALITY FUNCTIONS - indicators that the wetland unit furmtions 4o (Ply 1 mm h .. � _. fn Jtove water uali D D 1. Does the wetland unit have the potential to improve water quality? (see p.38) D 1.1 Characteristics of surface water flows out of the wetland: Figure _ Unit is a depression with no surface water leaving it (no outlet) points = 3 D Unit has an intermittently flowing, OR highly constricted permanently flowing outlet points = 2 Unit has an unconstricted, or slightly constricted, surface outlet (permanentlyflowf o points = 1 Unit is a "flat" depression (Q. 7 on key), or in the Flats class, with permanent surface outflow and no obvious natural outlet and/or outlet is a man-made ditch points = I (If d1leb is not permanently flowing treat unit as "intermittently flowing'I 2 Provide photo or drawin S 1.2 The soil 2 inches below the surface (or duff layer) is clay or organic (use NRCS definitions) D YES points = 4 0 NO points = 0 D 1.3 Characteristics of persistent vegetation (emergent, shrub, and/or forest Cowardin class) Figure _ Wetland has persistent, ungrazed, vegetation > = 95% of area points = 5 D Wedand has persistent, ungrazed, vegetation > = 1/2 of area points = 3 Wetland has persistent, ungrazed vegetation > = 1/10 of area points = 1 Wetland has persistent, ungrazed vegetation <1/10 of area points = 0 1 Map of Cowardin vegetation classes D1.4 Characteristics of seasonal ponding or inundation. Figure This 1s the area of the wetland unit that is ponded for at least 2 months, but dries out D sometime during the year. Do not count the area that is permanently ponded. Estimate area as the average condition 5 out of 10 yrs. Area seasonally ponded is > 1h total area of wetland points = 4 Area seasonally ponded is > Y4 total area of wetland points = 2 Area seasonally ponded is < V4 total area of wetland points = 0 4 D Total for D 1 Add the points in the boxes above �vaae. I 7 1 D D 2. Does the wetland unit have the opportunity to improve water quality? (seep. 44) Answer YES. if you know or believe there are pollutants in groundwater or surface water coming into the wetland that would otherwise reduce water quality in streams, lakes or groundwater downgradient from the wetland. Note which of the following conditions provide the sources of pollutants. A unit may have pollutants coming from several sources, but any single source would qualify as opportunity. — Grazing in the wetland or within 150 ft Untreated stormwater discharges to wetland -- - Tilled fields or orchards within 150 ft of wetland — A stream or culvert discharges into wetland that drains developed areas, residential areas, farmed fields, roads, or clear-cut logging — Residential, urban areas, golf courses are within 150 ft of wetland multiplier — Wetland is fed by groundwater high in phosphorus or nitrogen 2 — Other YES multiplier is 2 NO multiplier is 1 TOTAL - Water Quality Functions Multiply the score from Di by D2 14 Add score to table on p. 1 Wedand Rating Form — western Washington 5 August 2004 version 2 Updated with new WDF'W definitions Oct. 2008 iyy Wetland name or number C' D Depressional and Flats Wetlands'I rPoints HYDROLOGIC FUNCTIONS -' Indicators that the w6dand unit functions to reduce flo9dins and stream degradation tiorn tmx) D 3. Does the wetland unit have the otp entlal to reduce flooding and erosion? (see p.46) D 3.1 Characteristics of surface water flows out of the wetland unit Unit is a depression with no surface water leaving It (no outlet) points = 4 Unit has an intermittently flowing, OR highly constricted permanently flowing outlet points = 2 Unit is a "flair' depression (Q. 7 on key), or in the Flats class, with permanent surface outflow and — no obvious natural outlet and/or outlet is a man-made ditch points = 1 (If ditch is not permanently flowing treat unit as "intermittently flowing') 2 Unit has an unconstricted, or slightly constricted, surface outlet(permanently Aowin points = 0 D D 3.2 Depth of storage during wet periods Estimate the height ofponding above the bottom of the outlet. For units with no outlet measure from the surface of permanent water or deepest part (if dry). Marks of ponding are 3 ft or more above the surface or bottom of outlet points = 7 - The wetland is a "headwater" wetland" points = 5 Marks of ponding between 2 ft to < 3 ft from surface or bottom of outlet points = 5 Marks are at least 0.5 ft to < 2 ft from surface or bottom of outlet points = 3 - Unit is flat (yes to Q. 2 or Q. 7 on key) but has small depressions on the surface that trap water points =•1 3 Marks of ponding less than 0.5 ft points = 0 - D D 3.3 Contribution of wetland unit to storage in the watershed Estimate the ratio of the area of upstream basin contributing surface water to the wetland to the area of the wetland unit itself The area of the basin is less than 10 times the area of unit points = 5 The area of the basin is 10 to 100 times the area of the unit points = 3 The area of the basin is more than 100 times the area of the unit points = 0 3 w. Entire unit is in the FLATS class points = 5 D Total for D 3 Add the points in the boxes above 8 mm l D 4. Does the wetland unit have the opportunity to reduce flooding and erosion? �seem (seep. 49) Answer YES if the unit is in a location In the watershed where the flood storage, or reduction in water velocity, it provides helps protect downstream property and aquatic resources from flooding or excessive and/or erosive flows. Answer NO if the water ` coming into the wetland is controlled by a structure such as flood gate, tide gate, flap valve, reservoir etc. OR you estimate that more than 90% of the water in the wetland is from groundwater in areas where damaging groundwater flooding does not occur. - Note which of the following indicators of opportunity apply. — Wetland is in a headwater of a river or stream that has flooding problems --- Wetland drains to a river or stream that has flooding problems - - Wetland has no outlet and impounds surface runoff water that might otherwise flow into a river or stream that has flooding problems multiplier ?C Other Overflows to Wetland D and then Lake Washington - YES multiplier is 2 NO multiplier is 1 2 D TOTAL - Hydrologic Functions Multiply the score from D 3 by D 4 = Add score to table on p, I s Wetland Rating Form — western Washington 6 August 2004 version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 Wetland name or riumber C' ,These <quesfrdns apply,to-wetlands ofUHGM classes, Points, T G- i��'�y 1 HABITAT FUNCIONS', - �IndicAors.=thati unit functions"t " o pmvide.impnrtant �iabitat, _ H 1. Does the wetland unit have the otg ential to provide habitat for many species? H 1.1 Vegetation structure (seep. 72) Figure Check the types of vegetation classes present (as defined by Cowardin)- Size threshold for each class is Y4 acre or more than 10% of the area if unit Is smaller than 2.5 acres. Aquatic bed Emergent plants -.Scrub/shrub (areas where shrubs have >30% cover) Forested (areas where trees have >30% cover) ff the unit has a forested class check if. The forested class has 3 out of 5 strata (canopy, sub -canopy, shrubs, herbaceous, moss/ground-cover) that each cover 20% within the forested polygon Add the number of vegetation structures that qualify: Ifyou have: 4 structures or more points = 4 Map of Cowardin vegetation classes 3 structures points 2 2 structures points = 1 1 structure 20ints = 0 H 1.2. Hydroperiods (see p. 73) Figure Check the types of water regimes (hydroperiods) present within the wetland. The water regime has to cover more than 10% of the wetland or 1✓ acre to count. (see text for descriptions ofhydroperiods) _ Permanently flooded or inundated 4 or more types present points = 3 Seasonally flooded or inundated 3 types present points = 2 Occasionally flooded or inundated 2 types present point = 1 X Saturated only 1 type present points = 0 Permanently flowing stream or river in, or adjacent to, the wetland Seasonally flowing stream in, or adjacent to, the wetland Lake -fringe wetland = 2 points Freshwater tidal wetland = 2 points Map of hydroperiods 1 H 1.3. Richness„ of Plant SIRecies (seep. 75) Count the number of plant species in the wetland that cover at least 10 W. (diilerent patches of the same species can be combined to meet the size threshold) You do not have to name the species. Do not include Eurasian Milfoil, reed canarygrass, purple loosestrife, Canadian Thistle If you counted; > 19 species points = 2 List species below ifyou want to: 5 -19 species points = 1 < 5 species points = 0 1 Total for page Wetland Rating Form — western Washington 13 August 2004 version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 Wetland name or number G H 1.4. Interspersion of habitats (seep. 76) ,!, Figure Decide from the diagrams below whether interspersion between Cowardin vegetation classes (described in H 1. 1), or the classes and unvegetated areas (can include open"water or mudilats) is high, medium, low, or none. .x. 0 "T None = 0 points Low = 1 point Moderate = 2 points [riparian braided channels] High = 3 points (VOTE: If you have four or more classes or three vegetation classes and open water � the rating is always 'high". Use map of Cowardin vegetation classes H 1.5. Special Habitat Features: (seep. 77) Check the habitat features that are present in the wetland The number of checks is the number of points you put into the next column. Large, downed, woody debris within the wetland (Ain. diameter and 6 ft long). Standing snags (diameter at the bottom > 4 inches) in the wetland Undercut banks are present for at least 6.6 ft (2m) and/or overhanging vegetation extends at least 3.3 ft (lm) over a stream (or ditch) in, or contiguous with the unit, for at least 33 ft (10m) Stable steep banks of fine material that might be used by beaver or muskrat for denrting (>30degree slope) OR signs of recent beaver activity are present (cut shrubs or trees that have not yet turned grey/brown) At least ya acre of thin -stemmed persistent vegetation or woody branches are present In areas that are permanently or seasonally inundated. (structures for egg -laying by amphibians) Invasive plants cover less than 25% of the wetland area in each stratum of plants NOTE: The 20 % stated 'in early printings of the manual on page 78 is an error. H 1. TOTAL Score - potential for providing habitat Add the scores from H1.1. H1.2. H1.3. H1.4. H1. 5 Comments e m =q 4 — Wetland Rating Form — western Washington 14 August 20044 version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 Wetland name or number C' H 2. Does the wetland unit have the opportunity to provide habitat for many species? H 2.1 Buffers (seep. 80) Figure Choose the description that best represents condition of buffer of wetland unit, The highest scoring criterion that applies to the wetland is to be used in the rating. See text for definition of "undisturbed, " — 100 m (330ft) of relatively undisturbed vegetated areas, rocky areas, or open water >95% of circumference. .No structures are within the undisturbed part of buffer. (relatively undisturbed also means no -grazing, no landscaping, no daily human use) Points = 5 -- 100 m (330 ft) of relatively undisturbed vegetated areas, rocky areas, or open water > 50% circumference. Points = 4 — 50 m (170ft) of relatively undisturbed vegetated areas, rocky areas, or open water >95% circumference. Points = 4 — 100 m (330ft) of relatively undisturbed vegetated areas, rocky areas, or open water > 25% circumference, . Points = 3 --- 50 m (170ft) of relatively undisturbed vegetated areas, rocky areas, or open water for > 50% circumference. Points = 3 If buffer does not meet any of the criteria above X No paved areas (except paved trails) or buildings within 25 m (80ft) of wetland > 95% circumference. Light to moderate grazing, or lawns are OK. Points = 2 — No paved areas or buildings within 50m of wetland for >50% circumference. Light to moderate grazing, or lawns are OK. Points = 2 — Heavy grazing in buffer. Points =1 — Vegetated buffers are <2m wide (6.6ft) for more than 95% of the circumference (e.g. tilled fields, paving, basalt bedrock extend to edge of wetland Points = 0. — Buffer does not meet any of the criteria above. Points = 1 2 Aerial photo showina buffers H 2.2 Corridors and Connections (seep. 81) H 2.2.1 Is the wetland part of a relatively undisturbed and unbroken vegetated corridor (either riparian or upland) that is at least 150 ft wide, has at least 30% cover of shrubs, forest or native undisturbed prairie, that connects to estuaries, other wetlands or undisturbed uplands that are at least 250 acres in size? (darns in riparian corridors, heavily used gravel roads, paved roads, are considered breaks in the corridor). YES = 4 points (go to H 2.. } NO = go to H 2.2.2 H 2.2.2 Is the wetland part of a relatively undisturbed and unbroken vegetated corridor (either riparian or upland) that is at least 50ft wide, has at least 30% cover of shrubs or forest, and connects to estuaries, other wetlands or undisturbed uplands that are at least 25 acres in size? OR a Lake -fringe wetland, if it does not have an undisturbed corridor as in the question above? YES = 2 points (go to H2.. j NO = H 2.2.3 H 2.2.3 Is the wetland: within 5 mi (8km) of a brackish or salt water estuary OR within 3 mi of a large field or pasture (>40 acres) OR within 1 mi of a lake greater than 20 acres? YES =1 pp _ NO = 0 points Total for page 3 Wetland Rating Form -- western Washington 15 August 2004 version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 Wedand name or number G H 2.3 Near or adjacent to other priority habitats listed by WDFW (see new and complete descriptions of 14DFW priority habitats, and the counties In which they can be found, in the PHS report htt ://wdfw. wa, ov/hab/ hslist.htm) i. Which of the following priority habitats are within 330ft (100m) of the wetland unit? NOTE, the connections do not have to be relatively undisturbed. Aspen Stands: Pure or mixed stands of aspen greater than 0.4 ha (1 acre). X Biodlversity Areas and Corridors: Areas of habitat that are relatively Important to various species of native fish and wildlife (full descriptions in 14DFW PHS report p. 154. Herbaceous Balds: Variable size patches of grass and forbs on shallow soils over bedrock. -- . Old-growth/Mature forests: Old, -growth west of Cascade crest) Stands of at least 2 tree species, forming a multi -layered canopy with occasional small openings; with at least 20 trees/ha (8 trees/acre) > 81 cm (32 in) dbh or > 200 years of age. ature forest Stands with average diameters exceeding 53 cm (21 in) dbh; crown cover may be less that 100%; crown cover may be less that 1001/6; decay, decadence, numbers of snags, and quantity of large downed material is generally less than that found in old -growth; 80 - 200 years old _ west of the Cascade crest. Oregon white Oak: Woodlands Stands of pure oak or oak/conifer associations where canopy coverage of the oak component is important (full descriptions in 14DFW PHS report p. 15b). Riparian: The area adjacent to aquatic systems with flowing water that contains elements of both aquatic and terrestrial ecosystems which mutually influence each other. Westside Prairies: Herbaceous, non -forested plant communities that can either take the — form of a dry prairie or a wet prairie (hill descriptions in WDFW PHS report p. 161). Instream: The combination of physical, biological, and chemical processes and conditions that interact to provide functional life history requirements for instream fish and wildlife resources. Nearshore: Relatively undisturbed nearshore habitats. These include Coastal Nearshore, Open Coast Nearshore, and Puget Sound Nearshore. (full descriptions of habitats and the defMitlon ofrelatively undisturbed are in WDFW report: pp. 167--169 and glossary in Appendix A). Caves: A naturally occurring cavity, recess, void, or system of Interconnected passages under the earth in sails, rock, Ice, or other geological formations and is large enough to contain a human. Cliffs: Greater than 7.6 m (25 ft) high and occurring below 5000 ft. Talus: Homogenous areas of rock rubble ranging in average size 0.15 - 2.0 m (0.5 - 6.5 ft), composed of basalt, andesite, and/or sedimentary rock, including riprap slides and mine tailings. May be associated with cliffs. Snags and Logs: Trees are considered snags if they are dead or dying and exhibit sufficient — decay characteristics to enable cavity excavation/use by wildlife. Priority snags have a diameter at breast height of > 51 cm (20 in) in western Washington and are > 2 m (6.5 ft) in height. Priority logs are > 30 cm (12 in) in diameter at the largest end, and > 6 in (20 ft) — long. If wetland has 3 or more priority habitats = 4 points If wetland has 2 priority habitats = 3 points If wetland has 1 priority habitat = I point No habitats = 0 points Note: All vegetated wetlands are by definition a priority habitat but are not included in this list. Nearb wetlands are addressed in uestion H 2.4) Wetland Rating Form — western Washington 16 August 2004 version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 — Wetland name or number G H 2.4 Wetland Landscape (choose the one description of the landscape around the wetland that best fits) (seep. 84) There are at least 3 other wetlands within'h mile, and the connections between them'are relatively undisturbed (light grazing between wetlands OK, as is lake shore with some boating, but connections should NOT be bisected by paved roads, fill, fields, or other development. points = 5 The wetland is Lake -fringe on a lake with little disturbance and there are 3 other lake -fringe wetlands within % mile points = 5 There are at least 3 other wetlands within Ih mile, BUT the connections between them are disturbed points = 3 The wetland is Lake -fringe on a lake with disturbance and there are 3 other lake -fringe wetland within Ih mile points = 3 There is at least 1 wetland within'h mile. points = 2 There are no wetlands within yz mile. points = 0 3 H 2. TOTAL Score - opportunity for providing habitat 0 Add the scores from H2.I,H2.2, H2.3, H2.4 G G TOTAL for H 1 from page 14t 4 cams Total Score for Habitat Functions — add the points for H 1, H 2 and record the result on .1 Wetland Rating Form — western Washington 17 August 2004 version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 Wetland name or number G CATEGORIZATION BASED ON SPECIAL CHARACTERISTICS Please determine if the wetland meets the attributes described below and circle the appropriate answers and Category. Wetland Type Category Check off any criteria that apply to the wetland Circle the Category when the a ra riate criteria are met. SC 1.0 Estuarine wetlands (seep. 86) Does the wetland unit meet the following criteria for Estuarine wetlands? — The dominant water regime is tidal, — Vegetated, and -- With a salinity greater than 0.5 ppt. YES = Go to SC 1.1 NO X SC 1.1 Is the wetland unit within a National Wildlife Refuge, National Park, National Estuary Reserve, Natural Area Preserve, State Park or Educational, Cat. I Environmental, or Scientific Reserve designated under WAC 332-30-151? YES = Category I X NO go to SC 1.2 SC 1.2 Is the wetland unit at least 1 acre in size and meets at least two of the following three conditions? YES = Category I NO = Category II Cat. I — The wetland is relatively undisturbed (has no diking, ditching, filling, Cat. H cultivation, grazing, and has less than 10% cover of non-native plant species. If the non-native Spartina spp. are the only species that cover more than 10% of the wetland, then the wetland should be given a dual Dual rating (IQ. The area of Spartina would be rated a Category II while the rating relatively undisturbed upper marsh with native species would be a InI Category I. Do not, however, exclude the area of Spartina in determining the size threshold of 1 acre. — At least N of the landward edge of the wetland has a 100 ft buffer of shrub, forest, or. un-grazed or un-mowed grassland. — The wetland has at least 2 of the following features: tidal channels, depressions with open water, or contiguous freshwater wetlands. Wetland Rating Form -- western Washington 18 August 2004 version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 Wetland name or number G SC 2.0 Natural Heritage Wetlands (seep. 87) Natural Heritage wetlands have been identified by the Washington Natural Heritage Program/DNR as either high quality undisturbed wetlands or wetlands that support state Threatened, Endangered, or Sensitive plant species. SC 2.1 Is the wetland unit being rated in a Section/Township/Range that contains a Natural Heritage wetland? (this question is used to screen outmost sites before you need to contact WNHP/DNR) S/T/R information from Appendix D ^ or accessed from WNHP/DNR web site _ YES — contact WNHP/DNR (see p. 79) and go to SC 2.2 NO X SC 2.2 Has DNR identified the wetland as a high quality undisturbed wetland or as or as a site with state threatened or endangered plant species? YES =. Category I NO X not a Heritage Wetland SC 3.0 Bogs (seep, 87) Does the wetland unit (or any part of the unit) meet both the criteria for soils and vegetation in bogs? Use the key below to Identify if the wetland is a bog. If you answer yes you will still need to rate the wetland based on its functions. 1. Does the -unit have organic soil horizons (i.e. layers of organic soil), either peats or mucks, that compose 16 inches or more of the first 32 inches of the soil profile? (See Appendix B for a field key to Identify organic soils)? Yes - go to Q. 3 X No - go to Q. 2 2. Does the unit have organic soils, either pests or mucks that are less than 16 inches deep over bedrock, or an impermeable hardpan such as clay or volcanic ash, or that are floating on a lake or pond? Yes - go to Q. 3 X No - Is not a bog for purpose of rating 3. Does the unit have more than 70% cover of mosses at ground level, AND other plants, if present, consist of the "bog" species listed in Table 3 as a significant component of the vegetation (more than 30% of the total shrub and herbaceous cover consists of species in Table 3)? Yes — Is a bog for purpose of rating X No - go to Q. 4 NOTE: If you are uncertain about the extent of mosses in the understory you may substitute that criterion by measuring the pH of the water that seeps into a hole dug at least 16" deep. If -the pH is less than 5.0 and the "bog" plant species in Table 3 are present, the wetland is a bog. 1. Is the unit forested (> 30% cover) with sitka spruce, subalpine fir, western red cedar, western hemlock, lodgepole pine, quaking aspen, Englemann's spruce, or western white pine, WITH any of the species (or combination of species) on the bog species plant list in Table 3 as a significant component of the ground cover (> 30% coverage of the total shrub/herbaceous cover) ? 2. YES= Category I No X Is not a bog for purpose of rating Cat. I Cat. I Wetland Rating.Form— western Washington 19 August 2004 version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 Wetland name or number G SC 4.0 Forested Wetlands (seep. 90) Does the wetland unit have at least 1 acre of forest that meet one of these criteria for the Department of Fish and Wildlife's forests as priority habitats? If you answer yes you will still need to rate the wetland based on its functions. Old -growth forests: (west of Cascade crest) Stands of at least two tree species, forming a multi -layered canopy with occasional small openings; with at least 8 trees/acre (20 trees/hectare) that are at least 200 years of age OR have a diameter at breast height (dbh) of 32 inches (81 cm) or more. NOTE: The criterion for dbh is based on measurements for upland forests. Two -hundred year old trees in wetlands will often have a smaller dbh because their growth rates are often slower. The DFW criterion is and "OR" so old -growth forests do not necessarily have to have trees of this diameter. -- Mature forests: (west of the Cascade Crest) Stands where the largest trees are 80 — 200 years old OR have average diameters (dbh) exceeding 21 inches (53cm); crown cover may be less that 100%; decay, decadence, numbers of snags, and quantity of large downed material is generally less than that found in old -growth. YES = Category I NO X not a forested wetland with special characteristics I Cat. I SC 5.0 Wetlands in Coastal Lagoons (seep. 91) Does the wetland meet all of the following criteria of a wetland in a coastal lagoon? The wetland lies in a depression adjacent to marine waters that is wholly or partially separated from marine waters by sandbanks, gravel banks, shingle, or, less frequently, rocks — The lagoon in which the wetland is located contains surface water that is saline or brackish (> 0.5 ppt) during most of the year in at least a portion of the lagoon (needs to be measured near the bottom) YES = Go to SC 5.1 NO X not a wetland Ina coastal lagoon SC 5.1 Does the wetland meets all of the following three conditions? — The wetland is relatively undisturbed (has no diking, ditching, filling, cultivation, grazing), and has less than 20% cover of invasive plant species (see list of invasive species on p. 74). --- At least y4 of the landward edge of the wetland has a 100 ft buffer of shrub, forest, or un-grazed or un-mowed grassland. --- The wetland is larger than 1/10 acre (4350 square feet) YES = Category I NO = Category It Cat. I Cat. II --I [32 Wetland Rating Form'-- western Washington 20 August 2004 version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 Wetland name or number G SC 6.0 Interdunal Wetlands (seep. 93) Is the wetland unit west of the 1889 line (also called the Western Boundary of Upland Ownership or WBUO)? YES - go to SC 6.1 NO X not an interdunal wetland for rating If you answer yes you will still need to rate the wetland based on its functions. In practical terms that means the following geographic areas: o Long Beach Peninsula- lands west of SR 103 o Grayland-Westport- lands west of SR 105 o Ocean Shores-Copalis- lands west of SR 115 and SR 109 SC 6.1 Is the wetland one acre or larger, or is it in a mosaic of wetlands that is once acre or larger? YES = Category H X NO — go to SC 6.2 Cat. II SC 6.2 Is the unit between 0.1 and 1 acre, or is it in a mosaic of wetlands that is between 0.1 and 1 acre? YES = Category III Cat. III .Cate ory�ofw�ti�andlased;ornS'pedal Characteiistfcs. Choose ihe,-`fhi hest -"-rat n i 1, l_and ,tills: intolseveral categories;, andrecard.on_ ` . ;ozi' answered NU.for all es enter "Not A lica}ile" _4If�, Wetland Rating Form — western Washington 21 August 2004 version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 Wetland name or number H WETLAND RATING FORM — WESTERN WASHINGTON Version 2 - Updated July 2006 to increase accuracy and reproducibility among users Updated Oct 2008 with the new WDFW definitions for priority habitats Name of wetland (if known): Weiland H Date of site visit: 05/06/2009 Rated by Adam Gala and ,Joe Pursley Trained by Ecology? YesXNo_ Date of trainin Mg ay 2007 SEC: 29 TWNSBF: 24N RNGE: 5E Is S/T/R in Appendix D? Yes No-X Map of wetland unit: Figure Estimated size 0.1 Acre SUMMARY OF RATING Category based on FUNCTIONS provided by wetland I II —III X IV Category I =Score >=70 Score for Water Quality Functions g Category II = Score 5I-69 Scare for.Hydrologic Functions ra Category III = Score 30-50 Score for Habitat Functions 13 Catelzory IV = Score < 30 TOTAL score for Functions 25 Category based on SPECIAL CHARACTERISTICS of wetland I II Does not Apply x Final Category (choose the "highest' category from above) IV Surnmary of basic information about the wetland unit i`Wetlarid'Uriit has Special``.; Cl a acwistics Wedand HGM Classy ° Estuarine De ressional Natural Heritage Wetland Riverine Bog Lake -fringe Mature Forest Slope Old Growth Forest Flats Coastal Lagoon Freshwater Tidal Interdunal None of the above X Check if unit has multiple HGM classes present Wetland Rating Form— western Washington 1 August 2004 version 2 To be used with Ecology Publication 04-06-025 Wetland name or number H Does the wetland unit being rated meet any of the criteria below? If you answer YES to any of the questions below you will need to protect the wetland according to the regulations regarding the special characteristics found in the wetland. Check List -for Wetlands That May Need Additional Protection, YES' NO,. in addition to the protection recommended for its sate o SP 1. Has the wetland unit been documented as a habitat for any Federally listed Threatened or Endangered animal or plant species (TIE species)? For the purposes of this rating system, "documented" means the wetland is on the appropriate state or federal database. SP2. Has the wetland unit been documented as habitat for any State listed Threatened or Endangered animal species? For the purposes of this rating system, "documented" means the wetland is on the X appropriate state database. Note: Wetlands with State listed plant species are categorized as CategoEy I Natural Heritage Wetlands see p. 19 of data form). SPI Does the wetland unit contain individuals of Priority species listed by the WDFW for the state? SP4. Does the wetland unit have a local significance in addition to its functions? For example, the wetland has been identified in the Shoreline Master Program, the Critical Areas Ordinance, or in a local management plan as having special significance. To mom lete the next Rart of the data sheet you will need to determine the H dro eomo hic Class of the wedand bean rated. The hydrogeomorphic classification groups wetlands into those that function in similar ways. This simplifies the questions needed to answer how well the wetland functions. The Hydrogeomorphic Class of a wetland can be determined using the key below. See p. 24 for more detailed instructions on classifying wetlands. Wetland. Rating. Form —.western Washington - - -2 _ August 2004 version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 Wetland name or number H Classification of Wetland Units in Western Washington ^-,_��,: +`� f.�: � -- s - .�.—.: .�_..--r _-��. �. - —m�-v n, - c�- -- — - >v.,= R... ....�, •.�: }�-,' thii4drologic•criteria listed -in ,each. question,do not apply to ,the entire unit !Being . N r r-ated„,youtzprabably have a unit with rrmulliple HGM classes: - I,n this,case, identify.mihie�h.;. Hydrologlc,critria inquestions .1-7 apply, andgoto Question 1. Are the water levels in the entire unit usually controlled by tides (i.e. except during floods)? NO —go to 2 YES — the wetland class is Tidal Fringe If yes, is the salinity of the water during periods of annual low flow below 0.5 ppt (parts per thousand)? YES — Freshwater Tidal Fringe NO — Saltwater Tidal Fringe (Estuarine) If your wetland can be classified as a Freshwater Tidal Fringe use the forms for Riverine wetlands. If it is Saltwater Tidal Fringe it is rated as an Estuarine wetland. Wetlands that were called estuarine in the first and second editions of the rating system are called Salt Water Tidal Fringe in the Hydrogeomorphic Classification. Estuarine wetlands were categorized separately in the earlier editions, and this separation is being kept in this revision. To maintain consistency between editions, the term "Estuarine" wetland is kept. Please note, however, that the characteristics that define Category I and Il estuarine wetlands have changed (see p. ). 2. The entire wetland unit is flat and precipitation is the only source (>90%) of water to it. Groundwater and surface water runoff are NOT sources of water to the unit. NO —go to 3 YES — The wetland class is Flats If your wetland can be classified as a "Flats" wetland, use the form for Depressional wetlands. 3. Does the entire wetland unit meet both of the following criteria? _The vegetated part of the wetland is on the shores of a body of permanent open water (without any vegetation on the surface) at least 20 acres (8 ha) in size; At least 30% of the open water area is deeper than 6.6 ft (2 m)? NO — go,to 4 YES — The wetland class is Lake -fringe (Lacustrine Fringe) 4. Does the entire wetland unit meet all of the following criteria? X The wetland is on a slope (slope can be very graduO, The water flows through the wetland in one direction (unidirectional) and usually comes from seeps. It may flow subsurface, as sheetflow, or in a swale without distinct banks. x The water leaves the wetland without being impounded? NOTE: Surface water does not pond in these type of wetlands except occasionally in very small and shallow depressions or behind hummocks (depressions are usually <3R diameter and less than 1 foot deep). NO - go to 5 YES — The wetland class is Slope Wetland Rating Form— western Washington 3 August 2004 version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 Wetland name or number H 5. Does the entire wetland unit meet all of the following criteria? The unit is in a valley, or stream channel, where it gets inundated by overbank flooding from that stream or river The overbank flooding occurs at least once every two years. NOTE. The riverine unit can contain depressions that are filled with water when the river is not flooding. NO - go to 6 YES -- The wetland class is Riverine 6. Is the entire wetland unit in a topographic depression in which water ponds, or is saturated to the surface, at some time during the year. This means that any outlet, if present, is higher than the Interior of the wetland. NO — go to 7 YES — The: wetland class is Depressional — 7. Is the entire wetland unit located in a very flat area with no obvious depression and no overbank flooding. The unit does not pond surface water more than a few inches. The unit seems to be maintained by high groundwater in the area. The wetland may be ditched, but has no obvious natural outlet. NO —go to 8 YES — The wetland class is Depressional 8. Your wetland unit seems to be difficult to classify and probably contains several different HGM clases. For example, seeps at the base of a slope may grade into a riverine floodpiain, or a small - stream within a depressional wetland has a zone of flooding along its sides. GO BACK AND IDENTIFY WHICH OF THE HYDROLOGIC REGIMES DESCRIBED IN QUESTIONS 1-7 APPLY TO DIFFERENT AREAS IN THE UNIT (make a rough sketch to help you decide). Use the following table to identify the appropriate class to use for the rating system if you have several HGM classes present within your wetland. NOTE: Use this table only if the class that is recommended in the second column represents 10% or more of the total area of the wetland unit — being rated. If the area of the class listed in column 2 is less than 10% of the unit; classify the wetland using the class that represents more than 90% of the total area. HCM Classes within the wetland unit being rated_ _ _ HGM Class_ to Use hi -Rd " Slo + Riverine Riverine Slope + Depressional Depressional. Slope + Lake -fringe Lake -Erin e Depressional + Riverine along stream within boundTJ Depressional Depressional + Lake -fringe Depressional Salt Water Tidal Fringe and any other class of freshwater wetland Treat as ESTUARINE under wetlands with special Characteristics If you are unable still to determine which of the above criteria apply to your wetland, or if you . have more than 2 HGM classes within a wetland boundary, classify the wetland as Depressional for the rating. Wetland Rating Form — western Washington -4 August 2004 version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 - Wetland name or number H S1'ope Wetlands Points WATER QUALITY FUNCTIONS - Indicators that the wetland unit fumc_dons to {only 1 sc per boxy: im rove water Mali _ S S 1. Does the wetland unit have the potential to improve water quality? (see p.64) S S 1.1 Characteristics of average slope of unit: Slope is 1% or less (a I % slope has a I foot vertical drop In elevation for every 100 it horizontal distance) points = 3 Slope is 1% - 2% points = 2 Slope is 2% - 5% points = 1 Slope is greater than 5% points = 0 2 S S 1.2 The soil 2 inches below the surface (or duff sayer) is clay or organic (use NRCS definitions) 0 .. YES = 3 points NO = 0 points S S 1.3 Characteristics of the vegetation in the wetland that trap sediments and pollutants: Figure Choose the points appropriate for the description that best fits the vegetation in the wetland. Dense vegetation means you have trouble seeing the soil surface (>75% cover), and uncut means not grazed or .mowed and plants are higher than 6 inches. Dense, uncut, herbaceous vegetation > 90% of the wetland area points = 6 Dense, uncut,. herbaceous vegetation > 112 of area points = 3 Dense, woody, vegetation > V2 of area points = 2 Dense, uncut, herbaceous vegetation > 114 of area points = i Does not meet any of the criteria above for vegetation points = 0 1 Aerial photo or map with vegetation 1ygons S Total for S 1 Add the points in the boxes above B 3 S S 2. Does the wetland unit have the opportunity to improve water quality? (see p.67) Answer YES if you know or believe there are pollutants in groundwater or surface water coming into the wetland that would otherwise reduce water duality in streams, lakes or groundwater downgradient from the wetland. Note which of the following conditions provide the sources of pollutants. A unit may have pollutants coming from several sources, but any single source would qualify as opportunity. — Grazing in the wetland or within 150ft X Untreated stormwater discharges to wetland X Tilled fields, logging, or orchards within 150 feet of wetland multiplier — Residential, urban areas, or golf courses are within 150 ft upslope of wetland — Other 2 YES multiplier is 2 NO multiplier is l S TOTAL - Water Quality Functions Multiply the score from Sl by S2 6 Add score to table on p. 1 Comments Wetland Rating Form - western Washington 11 August 2004 version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 Wetland name or number H Slope Wedands ;s F HYDROLOGIC FUNCTIONS - Indicators that the wetland unit functions -.to reduce flooding and stream erosion S 3. Does the wetland unit have the otP.. ential to reduce flooding and stream erosion? 5 S 3.1 Characteristics of vegetation that reduce the velocity of surface flows during storms. Choose the points appropriate for the description that best flt conditions in the wedand. (stems of plants should be thick enough (usually > 1/81n), or dense enough, to remain erect during surface flows) Dense, uncut, rigid vegetation covers > 90% of the area of the wetland. points = 6 Dense, uncut, rigid vegetation > 1/2 area of wetland points = 3 Dense, uncut, rigid vegetation > 1/4 area points = 1 More than 1/4 of area is grazed, mowed, tilled or vegetation is not rigid joints = 0 S 3.2 Characteristics of slope wetland that holds back small amounts of flood flows: The slope wetland has small surface depressions that can retain water over at least 10% of its area. YES points = 2 NO 2oints = 0 S Add the points in the boxes above S S 4. Does the wetland have the opportunity to reduce flooding and erosion? Is the wetland in a landscape position where the reduction in water velocity it provides helps protect downstream property and aquatic resources from flooding or excessive and/or erosive flows? Note which of the following conditions apply. --- Wetland has surface runoff that drains to a river or stream that has flooding problems Other Lake Washington is located immediate downslope. (Answer NO if the major source of water is controlled by a reservoir (e.g. wedand is a seep that is on the downstream side of dam) YES multiplier is 2 NO multiplier is 1 S TOTAL - Hydrologic Functions Multiply the score from S 3 by S 4 Add score to table on p. 1 Comments Wetland Rating Form --western Washington 12 August 2004 version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 (bwY t s Pa bo* (see p.68) 2 3 0 — !see p. 70) multiplier 2 Wetland name or number H These questions apply to, wetlands `of ail HOM eh*s. ° Points HA BITAT�FUNCTIOM Indicators that unit functions to provide-imp6i1ant Habitat - z, DO 04. H 1. Does the wetland unit have the otp _ential to provide habitat for many species? H 1.1 Vegetation structure (seep. 72) Figure Check the types of vegetation classes present (as defined by Cowardln)- Size threshold for each class is Ii acre or more than 10% of the aced if unit is smaller than 2.5 acres. Aquatic bed X Emergent plants Scrub/shrub (areas where shrubs have >30% cover) ___Forested (areas where trees have >30% cover) If the unit has a forested class check if: The forested class has 3 out of 5 strata (canopy, sub -canopy, shrubs, herbaceous, moss/ground-cover) that each cover 20% within the forested polygon Add the number of vegetation structures that qualify. Ifyou have: 4 structures or more points = 4 Map of Cowardin vegetation classes 3 structures points = 2 2 structures points = 1 2 1 structure points = 0 H 1.2. Hydroperiods (see p. 73) Figure Check the types of water regimes (hydroperiods) present within the wetland The water regime has to cover more than 10% of the wetland or M acre to count. (see text for descriptions of hydroperiods) Permanently flooded or inundated 4 or more types present points = 3 X Seasonally flooded or inundated 3 types present points = 2 Occasionally flooded or inundated 2 types present point = 1 X Saturated only 1 type present points = 0 Permanently flowing stream or river in, or adjacent to, the wetland --�L Seasonally flowing stream in, or adjacent to, the wetland Lake -fringe wedand = 2 points 2 Freshwater'ddal wetland = 2 points Map of hydroperiods H 1.3. Richness of Plant Species (seep. 75) Count the number of plant species in the wetland that cover at least 10 ft. (different patches of the same species can be combined to meet the size threshold) You do not have to name the species. -Do not include Eurasian Mrlfoil, need canarygrass, purple loosestrife, Canadian Thistle If you counted: > 19 species points = 2 List species below ifyou want to: 5 - 19 species points = 1 < 5 species points = 0 9 Total for page - Wetland Rating Form— western Washington 13 August 2004 version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 Wetland name or number H H 1.4. Interspersl n of habitats {seep. 76) Figure Decide from the diagrams below whether interspersion between Cowardin vegetation classes (described in H 1. 1), or the classes and unvegetated areas (can include open water or mudflats) is high, medium, low, or none. 0 None = 0 points Low = 1 point Moderate = 2 points ku[riparian braided channels] High = 3 points NOTE: If you have four or more classes or three vegetation classes and open water 2 the ratine is always "high". Use man of Cowardin veaetation classes H 1.5. Special Habitat Features: seep. 7V Check the habitat features that are present in the wetland. The number of checks is the number ofpoints you put into the next column. Large, downed, woody debris within the wetland (>4in. diameter and 6 ft long). Standing snags (diameter at the bottom > 4 inches) in the wetland Undercut banks are present for at least 6.6 ft (2m) and/or overhanging vegetation extends at least 3.3 ft (lm) over a stream (or ditch) in, or contiguous with the unit, for at least 33 ft (10m) Stable steep banks of fine material that might be used by beaver or muskrat for denning (>30degree slope) OR signs of recent beaver activity are present (cut shrubs or trees that have not yet turned grey/brawn) At least % acre of thin -stemmed persistent vegetation or woody branches are present in areas that are permanently or seasonally inundated. (structures for egg -laying by amphibians) Invasive plants cover less than 25% of the wetland area in each stratum of plants NOTE. The 20 % stated in early printings of the manual on page 78 is an error. H 1. TOTAL Score - potential for providing habitat 1 p 7 Add the scores from H1.1, H1.2, H1.3, H1.4, H1.5 I Comments Wetland Rating Form —western Washington 14 August 2004 version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 Wetland name or number H H 2. Does the wetland unit have the opportunity to provide habitat for many species? H 2.1 Buffers (seep. 80) Figure Choose the description that best represents condition of buffer of wetland unit. The highest scoring criterion that applies to the wetland is to be used in the rating. See team for definition of "undisturbed. " — 100 m (330ft) of relatively undisturbed vegetated areas, rocky areas, or open water >95% of circumference. No structures are within the undisturbed part of buffer. (relatively undisturbed also means no -grazing, no landscaping, no daily human use) Points = 5 — 100 m (330 ft) of relatively undisturbed vegetated areas, rocky areas, or open water > 50% circumference. Points = 4 — 50 m (170ft) of relatively undisturbed vegetated areas, rocky areas, or open water >95% circumference. Points = 4 — 100 m (330ft) of relatively undisturbed vegetated areas, rocky areas, or open water > 25% circumference, . Points = 3 — 50 m (170ft) of relatively undisturbed vegetated areas, rocky areas, or open water for > 50% circumference. Points = 3 If buffer does not meet any of the criteria above --- No paved areas (except paved trails) or buildings within 25 m (80ft) of wetland > 95% circumference. Light to moderate grazing, or lawns are OK. Points = 2 — No paved areas or buildings within 50m of wetland for >50% circumference. Light to moderate grazing, or lawns are OK. Points = 2 — Heavy grazing in buffer. Points = 1 ---- Vegetated buffers are <2m wide (6.6ft) for more than 95% of the circumference (e.g. tilled fields, paving, basalt bedrock extend to edge of wetland Points = 0. Buffer does not meet any of the criteria above. Points =1 H 2.2 Corridors and Connections (seep, 81) H 2.2.1 Is the wetland part of a relatively undisturbed and unbroken vegetated corridor (either riparian or upland) that is at least 150 ft wide, has at least 30% cover of shrubs, forest or native undisturbed prairie, that connects to estuaries, other wetlands or undisturbed uplands that are at least 250 acres in size? (darns in riparian corridors, heavily used gravel roads, paved roads, are considered breaks in the corridor). YES =4points (go toH2.3� NO = go to H 2.2.2 H 2.2.2 Is the wetland part of a relatively undisturbed and unbroken vegetated corridor (either riparian or upland) that is at least 50ft wide, has at least 30% cover of shrubs or forest, and connects to estuaries, other wetlands or undisturbed uplands that are at least 25 acres in size? OR a Lake -fringe wetland, if it does not have an undisturbed corridor as in the question above? YES = 2 points (go to H24 NO = H 2.2,3 H 2.2.3 Is the wetland: within 5 mi (8km) of a brackish or salt water estuary OR within 3 mi of a large field or pasture (>40 acres) OR within 1 mi of a lake greater than 20 acres? YES =1 point NO = 0 points Total for page ` Wetland Rating Form - western Washington . 15 August 2004 version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 Wetland name or number H H 2.3 Near or adjacent to other priori1y habitats listed by WDFW (see new and complete descriptions of WDFW priority habitats, and the counties in which they can be found, in the PHS report htt t� :/Iwdfw.w &Elhab/phslist.htm ) Which of the following priority habitats are within 330ft (100m) of the wetland unit? NOTE: the connections do not have to be relatively undisturbed. Aspen. Stands: Pure or mixed stands of aspen greater than 0.4 ha (1 acre). X Biodiversity Areas and Corridors: Areas of habitat that are relatively important to various species of native fish and wildlife (fyll descriptions In WDFW P.HS report p. 15-1. Herbaceous Balds; Variable size patches of grass and forbs on shallow soils over bedrock. Old-growth/Mature forests: (Old -growth west of Cascade crest] Stands of at least 2 tree species, forming a multi -layered canopy with occasional small openings; with at least 20 trees/ha (8 trees/acre) > 81 cm (32 in) dbh or > 200 years of age. (Mature forests) Stands with average diameters exceeding 53 cm (21 in) dbh; crown cover may be less that 100%; crown cover may be less that 1009A- decay, decadence, numbers of snags, and quantity of large downed material is generally less than that found in old -growth; 80 - 200 years old west of the Cascade crest. Oregon white Oak: Woodlands Stands of pure oak or oak/contfer associations where canopy coverage of the oak component is important (foil descriptions in WDFW PHS report p. 158). Riparian: The area adjacent to aquatic systems with flowing water that contains elements of both aquatic and terrestrial ecosystems which mutually influence each other. Westside Prairies: Herbaceous, non -forested plant communities that can either take the form of a dry prairie or a wet prairie (full descriptions in WDFW PHS report p. 161) . Instream: The combination of physical, biological, and chemical processes and conditions that interact to provide functional life history requirements for instream fish and wildlife resources. Nearshore: Relatively undisturbed nearshore habitats. These include Coastal Nearshore, Open Coast Nearshore, and Puget Sound Nearshore. (full descriptions of habitats and the definition of relatively undisturbed are in WDFW report: pp.167--169 and glossary in Appendix A). Caves: A naturally occurring cavity, recess, void, or system of interconnected passages under the earth in soils, rock, ice, or other geological formations and is large enough to contain a human. Cliffs: Greater than 7.6 m (25 ft) high and occurring below 5000 ft. Talus: Homogenous areas of rock rubble ranging in average size 0.15 - 2.0 m (0.5 - 6.5 ft), composed of basalt, andesite, and/or sedimentary rock, including riprap slides and mine tailings. May be associated with cliffs. Snags and Logs; Trees are considered snags If they are dead or dying and' exhibit sufficient decay characteristics to enable cavity excavationluse by wildlife. Priority snags have a diameter at breast height of > 51 cm (20 in) in western Washington and are > 2 m (6.5 ft) in height. Priority logs are > 30 cm (12 in) in diameter at the largest end, and > 6 m (20 ft) long. If wetland has 3 or more priority habitats = 4 points If wetland has 2 priority habitats = 3 points If wetland has 1 priority habitat = 1 point No habitats = 0 points Note: All vegetated wetlands are by definition a priority babitat but are not included in this list. Nearbv wetlands are addressed in Question H 2.4) Wetland Rating Form -- western Washington 16 August 2004 version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 Wetland name or number H H 2.4 Wetland -Landscape (choose the one description of the landscape around the wetland that best fits) (seep 84) There are at least 3 other wetlands within V2 mile, and the connections between them are relatively undisturbed (light grazing between wetlands OK, as is lake shore with some boating, but connections should NOT be bisected by paved roads, fill, fields, or other development. points = 5 The wetland is Lake -fringe on a lake with little disturbance and there are 3 other lake -fringe wetlands within V2 mile points = 5 There are at least 3 other wetlands within Ih mile, BUT the connections between them are disturbed points = 3 The wetland is Lake -fringe on a lake with disturbance and there are 3 other lake -fringe wetland within % mile points = 3 There is at least 1 wetland within V2 mile. points = 2 There are no wetlands within Ih mile. points = 0 3 H 2. TOTAL Score - opportunity for providing habitat I I 6Add the scores from H2.I,H2.2, H2.3, H2.4 I h TOTAL for H 1 from page 14 7 Total Score for Habitat Functions — add the points for H 1, H 2 and record the result on 13 Wetland bating Form — western Washington 17 August 2004 version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 Wetland name or number H CATEGORIZATION BASED ON SPECIAL CHARACTERISTICS Please determine tf the wetland meets the attributes described below and circle the appropriate answers and Category. Wetland Type Category Check off any criteria that apply to the wetland. Circle the Category when the appropriate criteria are met SC 1.0 Estuarine wetlands (seep. 86) Does the wetland unit meet the following criteria for Estuarine wetlands? — The dominant water regime is tidal, — Vegetated, and — With a salinity greater than 0.5 ppt. YES = Go to SC 1.1 NO SC 1.1 Is the wetland unit within a National Wildlife Refuge, National Park, National Estuary Reserve, Natural Area Preserve, State Park or Educational, Cat. I Environmental, or Scientific Reserve designated under WAC 332-30-151? YES = Category I NO go to SC 1.2 SC 1.2 Is the wetland unit at least 1 acre in size and meets at least two of the following three conditions? YES = Category I NO = Category II Cat. I — The wetland is relatively undisturbed (has no diking, ditching, filling, Cat. II cultivation, grazing, and has less than 10% cover of non-native plant species. If the non-native Spartina spp. are the only species that cover more than 10% of the wetland, then the wetland should be given a dual Dual rating (UM. The area of Spartina would be rated a Category H while the rating relatively undisturbed upper marsh with native species would be a I/II Category 1. Do not, however, exclude the area of Spartina in determining the size threshold of 1 acre. — At least Ya of the landward edge of the wetland has a 100 ft buffer of shrub, forest, or un-grazed or un-mowed grassland. -- The wetland has at least 2 of the following features: tidal channels, depressions with open water, or contiguous freshwater wetlands. O Wetland Rating Form — western Washington 18 August 2004 version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 Wetland name or number H SC 2.0 Natural Heritage Wetlands (seep. 87) Natural Heritage wetlands have been identified by the Washington Natural Heritage Program/DNR as either high quality undisturbed wetlands or wetlands that support state Threatened, Endangered, or Sensitive plant species. SC 2.1 Is the wetland unit being rated in a Section/Township/Range that contains a Natural Heritage wetland? (this question is used to screen out most sites before you need to contact WNHP/DNR) S/T/R information from Appendix D — or accessed from WNHP/DNR web site YES — contact WNHP/DNR (see p. 79) and go to SC 2.2 NO _ SC 2.2 Has DNR identified the wetland as a high quality undisturbed wetland or as or as a site with state threatened or endangered plant species? YES = Category I NO not a Heritage Wetland SC 3.0 Bogs (seep, 87) Does the wetland unit (or any part of the unit) meet both the criteria for soils and vegetation in bogs? Use the key below to identify if the wetland is a bog. If you answer yes you will still need to rate the wetland based on its functions. 1. Does the unit have organic soil horizons (i.e. layers of organic soil), either peats or mucks, that compose 16 inches or more of the first 32 inches of the soil profile? (See Appendix B for a field key to identify organic soils)? Yes - go to Q. 3 No - go to Q. 2 2. Does the unit have organic soils, either peats or mucks that are less than 16 inches deep over bedrock, or an impermeable hardpan such as clay or volcanic ash, or that are floating on a lake or pond? Yes - go to Q. 3 No - Is not a bog for purpose of rating 3. Does the unit have more than 70% cover of mosses at ground level, AND other plants, if present, consist of the "bog" species listed in Table 3 as a significant component of the vegetation (m6re than 30% of the total shrub and herbaceous cover consists of species in Table 3)? Yes — Is a bog for purpose of rating No - go to Q. 4 NOTE: If you are uncertain about the extent of mosses in the understory you may substitute that criterion by measuring the pH of the water that seeps into a hole dug at least 16" deep. If the pH is less than 5.0 and the "bog" plant species in Table 3 are present, the wetland is a bog. 1. Is the unit forested (> 30% cover) with sitka spruce, subalpine fir, western red cedar, western hemlock, lodgepole pine, quaking aspen, Englemann's spruce, or western white pine, WITH any of the species (or combination of species) on the bog species plant list in Table 3 as a significant component of the ground cover (> 30% coverage of the total shrublherbaceous cover)? 2. YES = Category I No_ Is not a bog for purpose of rating Cat. I Cat. I Wetland Rating Form — western Washington 19 August 2004 version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 Wetland name or number H SC 4.0 Forested Wetlands (seep. 90) Does the wetland unit have at least 1 acre of forest that meet one of these criteria for the Department of Fish and Wildlife's forests as priority habitats? Hyou answer yes you will still need to rate the wetland based on its functions. — Old -growth forests: (west of Cascade crest) Stands of at least two tree species, forming a multi -layered canopy with occasional small openings; with at least 8 trees/acre (20 trees/hectare) that are at least 200 years of age OR have a diameter at breast height (dbh) of 32 inches (81 cm) or more. NOTE: The criterion for dbh is based on measurements for upland forests. Two -hundred year old trees in wetlands will often have a smaller dbh because their growth rates are often slower. The DFW criterion is and "OR" so old -growth forests do not necessarily have to have trees of this diameter. — Mature' forests: (west of the Cascade Crest) Stands where the largest trees are 80 — 200 years old OR have average diameters (dbh) exceeding 21 inches (53cm); crown cover may be less that 100%; decay, decadence, numbers of snags, and quantity of large downed material is generally less than that found in old -growth. YES = Category l NO ,_....not a forested wetland with special characteristics SC 5.0 Wetlands in Coastal Lagoons (seep. 91) Does the wetland meet all of the following criteria of a wetland in a coastal lagoon? --- The wetland lies in a depression adjacent to marine waters that is wholly or partially separated from marine waters by sandbanks, gravel banks, shingle, or, less frequently, rocks -- The lagoon in which the wetland is located contains surface water that is saline or brackish (> 0.5 ppt) during most of the year in at least a portion of the lagoon (needs to be measured near the bottom) YES = Go to SC 5.1 • NO_.._., not a wetland in a coastal lagoon SC 5.1 Does the wetland meets all of the following three conditions? — The wetland is relatively undisturbed (has no diking, ditching, filling, cultivation, grazing), and has less than 20% cover of invasive plant species (see list of invasive species on p. 74). — At least a/4 of the landward edge of thewetland has a 100 ft buffer of shrub, forest, or un-grazed or un-mowed grassland. — The wetland is larger than 1/10 acre (4350 square feet) YES = Category I NO = Category II Cat. I Cat. I Cat.11 Wetland Rating Form — western Washington 20 August 2004 version 2 Updated with new WDFW dennitions Oct. 2008 Wetland name or number H SC 6.0 Interdunal Wetlands (seep. 93) Is the wetland unit west of the 1889 line (also called the Western Boundary of Upland Ownership or WBUO)? YES - go to SC 6.1 NO T not an interdunal wetland for rating Ifyou answeryes you will still need to rate the wetland based on its functions. In practical terms that means the following geographic areas: o Long Beach Peninsula- lands west of SR 103 c Grayland-Westport- lands west of SR 105 o Ocean Shores-Copalis- lands west'of SR 115 and SR 109 SC 6.1 Is the wetland one acre or larger, or is it in a mosaic of wetlands that is once acre or larger? YES = Category H NO — go to SC 6.2 Cat. II SC 6.2 Is the unit between 0.1 and 1 acre, or is it in a mosaic of wetlands that is between 0.1 and 1 acre? YES = Category III Cat. III ` Category of weand�ibased on Spe.. clal ,Characteristics g�Choose the '(Hh iest "prat r g if ,wetland falls infd seueral categai�ies, ;and � cord�ori, 'If ou"answered'NO for.all'' 0 es enters"Not'%A` licatile on :1_: . �`�J Wetland Rating Form — western Washington 21 August 2004 version 2 Updated with new W©FW definitions Oct. 2008 Wetland name or number I WETLAND RATING FORM — WESTERN WASHINGTON Version 2 - Updated July 2006 to increase accuracy and reproducibility among users Updated Oct 2008 with the new WDFW definitions for priority habitats Name of wetland (if known) : Wetland I Date of site visit: 06/19/2009 Rated by Adam Gale and Joe Pursley Trained by Ecology? YesXNo_ Date of trainingMay ay 2007 SEC: 29 TWNSHP: 24N RNGE: 5E Is SfTIR in Appendix D? Yes_ NoX Map of wetland unit: Figure 2 Estimated size 0'05 Awe SUMMARY OF RATING Category based on FUNCTIONS provided by wetland I II IIIX- IV. Score for Water Quality Functions 18 Category I = Score >=70 Category H = Score 51-69 Score for Hydrologic Functions 16 Category III = Score 30-50 Score for Habitat Functions 9 CateRory IV = Score < 30 TOTAL score for Functions 43 Category based on SPECIAL CHARACTERISTICS of wedand I II Does not Apply i< Final Category (choose the "highest" category from above) III Rumrnary of hasir infnrmatinn ahnut the wetland unit Wetland Uidt has Special, '°" �. -° 'WetlandrHGIvi. Chss , ' uded fo Ra tin Estuarine De ressional Natural Heritage Wetland Riverine Bog Lake -fringe Mature Forest Slope Old Growth Forest Flats Coastal Lagoon Freshwater Tidal Interdunal None of the above X Check if unit has multiple HGM classes resent Wetland Rating Form — western Washington 1 August 2004 version 2 To be used with Ecology Publication 04-06-025 Wetland name or number � Does the wetland unit being rated meet any of the criteria below? - If you answer YES to any of the questions below you will need to .protect the wetland according to the regulations regarding the special characteristics found in the wetland. Check List for Wetlands That May Need Additional 'Protectiob, YES-s : NO in addition to theprotection recommended for its cate o SP 1. Has the wetland unit been documented as a habitat for any Federally listed Threatened or Endangered animal or plant species (TIE species) ? For the purposes of this rating system, "documented" means the wetland is on the appropriate state or federal database. SP2. Has the wetland unit been documented as habitat for any State lasted Threatened or Endangered animal species? For the purposes of this rating system, "documented" means the wetland is on the appropriate state database. Note: Wetlands with State listed plant species are categorized as Category I Natural Heritage Wetlands (see p. 19 of data form). SPI Does the wetland unit contain individuals of Priority species listed by the WDFW for the state? X— SP4. Does the wetland unit have a local significance in addition to its functions? For example, the wetland has been identified in the Shoreline Master Program, the Critical Areas Ordinance, or in a local management plan as having special significance. To com fete the next art of the data sheet you will need to determine the H dro eomo hic Class of the wetland being rated. The hydrogeomorphic classification groups wetlands into those that function in similar ways. This simplifies the questions needed to answer how well the wetland functions. The Hydrogeomorphic Class of a wetland can be determined using the key below. See p. 24 for more detailed instructions on classifying wetlands. 0 Wetland Rating Form -- western Washington 2 August 2004 version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 Wetland name or number I Classification of Wetland Units in Western Washington lf;the hjriirolagic ariterla listed iin each gUeslion !do.not apply to the entire unit.being rated., you probably have a unit with multiple HGM classes. 'In this case, identify which hydrologic eriteriain questiods 1=7 apjy,,+and go to Question 8. <` 1. Are the water levels in the entire unit usually controlled by tides (i.e, except during floods)? NO — go to 2 YES — the wetland class is Tidal Fringe If yes, is the salinity of the water during periods of annual low flow below 0.5 ppt (parts per thousand)? YES — Freshwater Tidal Fringe NO — Saltwater Tidal Fringe (Estuarine) If your wetland can be classified as a Freshwater Tidal Fringe use the forms for Rlverine wetlands. Ifit is Saltwater Tidal Fringe it is rated as an Estuarine wetland. Wetlands that were called estuarine in the first and second editions of the rating system are called Salt Water Tidal Fringe in the Hydrogeomorphic Classification. Estuarine wetlands were categorized separately in the earlier editions, and this separation is being kept in this revision. To maintain consistency between editions, the term "Estuarine" wetland is kept. Please note, however, that the characteristics that define Category I and H estuarine wetlands have changed (see p. ). 2. The entire wetland unit is flat and precipitation is the only source (>90%) of water to it. Groundwater and surface water runoff are NOT"sources of water to the unit. NO — go to 3 YES — The wetland class is Flats If your wetland can be classified as a "Flats" wetland, use the form for Depressional wetlands. 3. Does the entire wetland unit meet both of the following criteria? The vegetated part of the wetland is on the shores of a body of permanent open water (without any vegetation on the surface) at least 20 acres .(8 ha) in size; At least 30% of the open water area is deeper than 6.6 ft (2 m)? NO — go to 4 YES — The wetland class is Lake -fringe (Lacustrine Fringe) - 4. Does the entire wetland unit meet all of the following criteria? The wetland is on a slope (slope can be verygradua4, The water flows through. the wetland in one direction (unidirectional) and usually comes from seeps. It may flow subsui face, as sheetflow, or in a swale without distinct banks. The water leaves the wetland without being impounded? NOTE: Surface water does not pond in these type of wetlands except occasionally in very small and shallow depressions or behind hummocks (depressions are usually <3ft diameter and less than 1 foot deep). NO - go to a YES — The wetland class is Slope Wetland Rating Form — western Washington 3 August 2004 version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 Wetland name or number 5. Does the entire wetland unit meet all of the following criteria? 11 The unit is in a valley, or stream channel, where it gets inundated by overbank , flooding from that stream or river The overbank flooding occurs at least once every two years. NOTE. The riverine unit can contain depressions that are oiled with water when the river is not flooding. NO - go to 6 YES — The wetland class is Riverine 6. Is the entire wetland unit in a topographic depression in which water ponds, or is saturated to the surface, at some time during the year. This means that any outlet, if present, is higher than the interior of the wetland. NO —go to 7 YES — The wetland class is Depressional 7. Is the entire wetland unit located in a very flat area with no obvious depression and no overbank flooding. The unit does not pond surface water more than a few inches. The unit seems to be _ maintained by high groundwater in the area. The wetland may be ditched, but has no obvious natural outlet. NO — go to 8 YES — The wetland class is Depressional 8. Your wetland unit seems to be difficult to classify and probably contains several different HGM clases. For example, seeps at the base of a slope may grade into a riverine floodplain, or a small stream within a depressional wetland has a zone of flooding along its sides. GO BACK AND IDENTIFY WHICH OF THE HYDROLOGIC REGIMES DESCRIBED IN QUESTIONS 1-7 APPLY TO DIFFERENT AREAS IN THE UNIT (make a rough sketch to help you decide). Use the following table to identify the appropriate class to use for the rating system if you have several HGM classes present within your wetland. NOTE: Use this table only if the class that is recommended in the second column represents 10% or more of the total area of the wetland unit being rated. If the area of the class listed in column 2 is less than 10% of the unit; classify the wetland using the class that represents more than 90% of the total area. HGM Classes within the wetland writ being rated HGM Class to Use fir Kafiri Slope + Riverine Riverine Slope + Depressional Depressional Slope + Lake -fringe Lake-frin e Depressional + Riverine along stream within boundary Depressional De` ressional + Lake -fringe De sessional Salt Water Tidal Fringe and any other class of freshwater wetland Treat as ESTUARINE under wetlands with special characteristics If you are unable still to determine which of the above criteria apply to your wetland, or if you have more than 2 HGM classes within a wetland boundary, classify the wetland as Depressional for the rating. Wetland Rating Form — western Washington 4 August 2004 version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 Wetland name or number I uepressiot�3Eu,ana�r,iats,vyeiu , s ana rMts W.AT4R,QU;4LM_F,uN1C.TiQNs, - -indjC4PDf3,dWt the wetland unit furfetions to. (Ody+ scam Pff Mon , �TOVAJW* 400 YY D D 1. Does the wetland unit have the potential to improve water quality? (see p. 38) D 1.1 Characteristics of surface water flows out of the wetland: Figure Unit is a depression with no surface water leaving it (no outlet) points = 3 D Unit has an intermittently flowing, OR highly constricted permanently flowing outlet points = 2 Unit has an unconstricted, or slightly constricted, surface outlet (permaneadydowing) points = I Unit is a "flat" depression (Q. 7 on key), or In the Flats class, with permanent surface outflow and no obvious natural outlet and/or outlet Is a man-made ditch. points = 1 (ffditch Is not permanently flowing treat unit as "intennittentlyflowing'I 2 Provide photo or dravidnq S 1.2 The soil 2 inches below the surface (or duff layer) is clay or organic (use NRCS definitions) D YES points = 4 0 NO paints = 0 D 1.3 Characteristics of persistent vegetation (emergent, shrub, and/or forest Cowardin class) Figure Wetland has persistent, ungrazed, vegetation > = 95% of area points = 5 D Wetland has persistent, ungrazed, vegetation > = 1/2 of area points = 3 Wetland has persistent, ungrazed vegetation > = 1/10 of area points = 1 Wetland has persistent, ungrazed vegetation 4/10 of area points = 0 3 Map of Cowardin vegetation classes D1.4 Characteristics of seasonal ponding or inundation. Figure This is the area of the wetland unit that is ponded for at least 2 months, but dries out D sometime during the year. Do not count the area that is permanently ponded. Estimate area as the average condition 5 out of 10 yrs. Area seasonally ponded is > 1h total area of wetland points = 4 Area se ' asonally ponded is > V4 total area of wetland points = 2 Area seasonally ponded is < Y4 total area of wetland points = 0 4 Map of Hydroperiods D Total for D 1 Add the points in the boxes above 1 9 D D 2. Does the wetland unit have the opoortu= to improve water quality? (see P. 44) Answer YES if you know or believe there are pollutants in groundwater or surface water coming into the wetland that would otherwise reduce water quality in streams, lakes or groundwater downgradient from the wetland. Note which of the following conditions provide the sources of pollutants. A unit may have pollutants coming from several sources, but any single source would qualify as opportunity. Grazing in the wetland or within 150 ft Untreated stormwater discharges to wetland Tilled fields ororchards within 150 ft of wetland A stream or culvert discharges into wetland that drains developed areas, residential areas, farmed fields, roads, or clear-cut logging Residential, urban areas, golf courses are within 150 ft of wetland multiplier Weiland is fed by groundwater high in phosphorus or nitrogen 2 Other YES multiplier is 2 NO multiplier is I TOTAL - Water. QtWlty Functio'nis'Mdtiply the score from DI by D2 — 18 F Add score to table on P. I Wetland Raft Form — western Washington 5 version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 August 2004 Wetland name or number I = pressions/ and �F�a ' De ' HYDROLOGIC FUNCTI NS =- - Indicators that the wetlandtuhltfuncoi !is, reduce f.o�odin and str M, de adadon ," iu3 �� v n.:.."•;.' of =' D 3. Does the wetland unit have the otp ential to reduce flooding and ero, �� w .�-.'-�ri"tea �. • .;�� _ . in? R.. (seep.46) D 3.1 Characteristics of surface water flows out of the wetland unit Unit is a depression with no surface water leaving it (no outlet) points = 4 Unit has an intermittently flowing, OR highly constricted permanently flowing outlet points = 2 Unit is a "flat" depression (Q. 7 on key), or in the Flats class, with permanent surface outflow and no obvious natural outlet and/or outlet is a man-made ditch points =1 Qf ditch is not permanently flowing treat unit as "intermittently flowing'I Unit has an unconstricted, or sli tl constricted, surface outlet ermanen tlowinpoints = 0 D D 3.2 Depth of storage during wet periods Estimate the height of portding above the bottom of the outlet. For units with no outlet measure from the surface of permanent water or deepest part (if dry). Marks of ponding are 3 ft or more above the surface or bottom of outlet points = 7 The wetland is a "headwater" wetland" points = 5 Marks of ponding between 2 ft to < 3 ft from surface,orbottom of outlet points = 5 Marks are at least 0.5 ft to < 2 ft from surface or bottom of outlet points = 3 Unit is flat (yes to Q. 2 or Q. 7 on key) but has small depressions on the surface that trap water points = 1 Marks of pending less than 0.5 ft points = 0 D D 3.3 Contribution of wetland unit to storage in the watershed Estimate the ratio of the area of upstream basin contributing surface water to the wetland to the area of the wetland unit itself: The area of the basin is less than 10 times the area of unit points = 5 The area of the basin is 10 to 100 times the area of the unit points = 3 The area of the basin is more than 100 times the area of the unit points = 0 Entire unit is in the FLATS class points = 5 D Total for D 3 Add the points in the boxes above D D 4. Does the wetland unit have the opportunity to reduce flooding and erosion? Answer YES if the unit is in a location in the watershed where the flood storage, or reduction in water velocity, it provides helps protect downstream property and aquatic resources from flooding or excessive and/or erosive flows. Answer NO if the water coming into the wetland is controlled by a structure such as flood gate, tide gale, flap valve, reservoir etc. OR you estimate that more than 900/6 of the water in the wetland is from groundwater in areas where damaging groundwater flooding does not occur. Note which of the following indicators of opportunity apply. --- Wetland is in a headwater of a river or stream that has flooding problems — Wetland drains to a river or stream that has flooding problems X Wetland has no outlet and impounds surface runoff water that might otherwise flow into a river or stream that has flooding problems — Other YES multiplier is 2 NO, multi tier is 1 TOTAL - Hydrologic Functions Multiply the score from D 3 by D 4 Add score to table on p. I 2 3 3 Q—�j 1 8 1 em©em (see p. 49) multiplier 2 �. Wetland Rating Form -- western Washington 6 August 2004 version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 Wetland name or number i stinis app. to ,wetlands of°alb HGM,tlasses: 'Pours. ; HAB_IATFLIN�G'�I'TONS'.-'i dlcatoirslhat:unitfuuctlons.t rovi" d {0 . o.�p de_important -habitat * t,°;� . _ H 1. Does the wetland unit have the otP ential to provide habitat for many species? H 1.1 Ve etation structure (seep. 72) Figure Check the types of vegetation classes present (as defined by Cowardin)- Size threshold for each class is 4 acre or more than 10% of the area if unit is smaller than 2.5 acres. Aquatic bed )Emergent plants _X-Scrublshrub (areas where shrubs have >30% cover) Forested (areas where trees have >30% cover) If the unit has a forested class check if - The forested class has 3 out of 5 strata (canopy, sub -canopy, shrubs, herbaceous, moss/ground-cover) that each cover 20% within the forested polygon Add the number of vegetation structures that qualify. Ifyou have: 4 structures or more points = 4 Map of Cowardin vegetation classes 3 structures points = 2 2 structures points = 1 0 1 structure *ts = 0 H 1.2. Hydraperiods (seep. 73) Figure Check the types of water regimes (hydraperiods) present within the wetland The water regime has to cover more than 10% of the wetland or N acre to count. (see text for descriptions ofhydroperiods) Permanently flooded or inundated 4 or more types present points = 3 X Seasonally flooded or inundated 3 types present points = 2 ,_ CX Occasionally flooded or inundated 2 types present point = 1 X Saturated only 1 type present points = 0 Permanently flowing stream or river in, or adjacent to, the wetland Seasonally flowing stream in, or adjacent to, the wetland Lake -fringe wetland = 2 points Freshwater tidal wetland = 2 points Map of hydropedods 2 H 1.3. Richness of Plant Species (seep. 75) Count the number of plant species in the wetland that cover at least 10 ftZ. (different patches of the same species can be combined to meet the size threshold) You do not have to name the species. Do not include Eurasian M11fad, reed canarygrass, purple loosestrife, Canadian Thistle If you counted: a 19 species points = 2 List species below ifyou want to: 5 -19 species points = 1 < 5 species points = 0 0 Total for page Wetland Rating Form -- western Washington 13 August 2004 version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 Wetland name or number I H 1.4. Interspersion of habitats (seep. 76) Figure Decide from the diagrams below whether interspersion between Cowardin vegetation classes (described in H 1.1), or the classes and unvegetated areas (can include open water or mudflats) is high, medium, low, or none. CD 0 ( D None = 0 points Low = 1 point Moderate = 2 points I p y_ [riparian braided channels] High 3 points NOTE: If you have four or more classes or three vegetation classes and open water the r ng is always "high". Use map of Cowardin vegetation classes H 1.5. Special Habitat Features: (seep. 77) Check the habitat features that are present in the wetland. The number of checks is the number ofpolnts you put into the next column. Large, downed, woody debris within the wetland (>41n. diameter and 6 ft long). Standing snags (diameter at the bottom > 4 Inches) in the wetland Undercut banks are present for at least 6.6 ft (2m) and/or overhanging vegetation extends at least 3.3 ft (1m) over a stream (or ditch) in, or contiguous with the unit, for at least 33 ft (10m) Stable steep banks of fine material that might be used by beaver or muskrat for denning (>30degree slope) OR signs of recent beaver activity are present (cut shrubs or trees that have not yet turned gmy/brown) At least y4 acre of thin -stemmed persistent vegetation or woody branches are present in areas that are permanently or seasonally inundated. (structures for egg -laying by amphibians) Invasive plants cover less than 25% of the wetland area in each stratum of plants NOTE.• The 20 % stated in early printings of the manual on page 78 is an error. 0 H 1. TOTAL Score - potential for providing habitat p f Add the scores from H1.1, H1.2, H1.3, H1.4, H1.5 1 3 Comments o Wetland Rating Form — western Washington 14 August 2D04 version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 Wetland name or number I H 2. Does the wetland unit have the opportunity to provide habitat for many species? H 2.1 Buffers (seep. 80) Figure Choose the description that best represents condition of buffer of wetland relit. The highest scoring criterion that applies to the wetland is to be used in the rating. See team for del. Mition of "undisturbed. " — 100 m (330ft) of relatively undisturbed vegetated areas, rocky areas, or open water >95% of circumference. No structures are within the undisturbed part of buffer. (relatively undisturbed also means no -grazing, no landscaping, no daily human use) Points = 5 — 100 m (330 ft) of relatively undisturbed vegetated areas, rocky areas, or open water > 50% circumference. Points = 4 — 50 m (170ft) of relatively undisturbed vegetated areas, rocky areas, or open water >95% circumference. Points = 4 — 100 m (330ft) of relatively undisturbed vegetated areas, rocky areas, or open water > 25% circumference, . Points = 3 — 50 m (170ft) of relatively undisturbed vegetated areas, rocky areas, or open water for > 50% circumference. Points = 3 If buffer does not meet any of the criteria above --- No paved areas (except paved trails) or buildings within 25 m (80ft) of wetland > 95% circumference. Light to moderate grazing, or lawns are OK. Points = 2 — No paved areas or buildings within 50m of wetland for >50% circumference. Light to moderate grazing, or lawns are OK. Points = 2 --- Heavy grazing in buffer. Points = 1 — Vegetated buffers are <2m wide (6.6ft) for more than 95% of the circumference (e.g. tilled fields, paving, basalt bedrock extend to edge of wetland Points = 0. Buffer does not meet any of the criteria above. Points = 1 Aerial ohoto showing buffers H 2.2 Corridors and Connections (seep. 81) H 2.2.1 Is the wetland part of a relatively undisturbed and unbroken vegetated corridor (either riparian or upland) that is at least 150 ft wide, has at least 30% cover of shrubs, forest or native undisturbed prairie, that connects to estuaries, other wetlands or undisturbed uplands that are at least 250 acres in size? (dams in riparian corridors, heavily used gravel roads; paved roads, are considered breaks in the corridor) . YES = 4 points (go to H 2.3) NO = go to H 2.2.2 H 2.2.2 Is the wetland part of a relatively undisturbed and unbroken vegetated corridor (either riparian or upland) that is at least 50ft wide, has at least 30% cover of shrubs or forest, and connects to estuaries, other wetlands or undisturbed uplands that are at Ieast 25 acres in size? OR a Lake -fringe wetland, if it does not have an undisturbed corridor as in the question above? YES = 2 points (go to H2., j NO = H 2.2.3 H 2.2.3 Is the wetland: within 5 mi (8km) of a brackish or salt water estuary OR within 3 mi of a large field or pasture (>40 acres) OR within 1 mi of a lake greater than 20 acres? 1 - YES =1 point NO = 0 points Total for page 2 Wetland Rating Form — western Washington 15 August 2004 version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 Wetland name or number i H 2.3 Near or adjacent_ to other priority habitats listed by WDFW (see new and complete descriptions of WDFW priority habitats, and the counties in which they can be found, in the PHS report http://wdfw. wa.aov/hab/nhsllst.htm ) Which of the following priority habitats are within 330ft (100m) of the wetland unit? NOTE: the connections do not have to be relatively undisturbed. Aspen Stands: Pure or mixed stands of aspen greater than 0.4 ha (1 acre). X Biodiversity Areas and Corridors: Areas of habitat that are relatively important to various species of native fish and wildlife (full descriptions in WDFW PHS report p. 154. Herbaceous Balds: Variable size patches of grass and forbs on shallow soils over bedrock. Old-growthfMature forests: (Old -growth west of Cascade crest) Stands of at least 2 tree species, forming a multi -layered canopy with occasional small openings; with at least 20 trees/ha (8 trees/acre) > 81 cm (32 in) dbh or > 200 years of age. (Mature forests) Stands with average diameters exceeding 53 cm (21 in) dbh; crown cover may be less that 100°/0; crown cover may be less that 100%; decay, decadence, numbers of snags, and quantity of large downed material is generally less than that found in old -growth; 80 - 200 years old west of the Cascade crest. Oregon white Oak: Woodlands Stands of pure oak or oak/conifer associations where canopy coverage of the oak component is important (full descriptions in 14DFW PHS report p. 156). T, Riparian: The area adjacent to aquatic systems with flowing water that contains elements of both aquatic and terrestrial ecosystems which mutually influence each other. Westside Prairies: Herbaceous, non -forested plant communities that can either take the form of a dry prairie or a wet prairie (1411 descriptions in WDFW PHS report p. 161). Instream: The combination of physical, biological, and chemical processes and conditions that interact to provide functional life history requirements for instream fish and wildlife resources. Nearshore: Relatively undisturbed nearshore habitats. These include Coastal Nearshore, Open Coast Nearshore, and Puget Sound Nearshore. (full descriptions ofhabitats and the definition of relatively undisturbed are in WDFW report: pp.167-169 and glossary in Appendix A). Caves: A naturally occurring cavity, recess, void, or system of interconnected passages under _ the earth in soils, rock, ice, or other geological formations and is large enough to contain a human. Cliffs: Greater than 7.6 m (25 ft) high and occurring below 5000 ft. _ Talus: Homogenous areas of rock rubble ranging in average size 0.15 - 2.0 m (0.5 - 6.5 ft), composed of basalt, andesite, and/or sedimentary rock, including riprap slides and mine tailings. May be associated with cliffs. Snags and Logs: Trees are considered snags if they are dead or dying and exhibit sufficient decay characteristics to enable cavity excavation/use by wildlife. Priority snags have a diameter at breast height of > 51 cm (20 in) in western Washington and are > 2 m (6.5 ft) in height. Priority logs are > 30 cm (12 in) in diameter at the largest end, and > 6 m (20 ft) - long. If wetland has 3 or more priority habitats = 4 points If wetland has 2 priority habitats = 3 points If wetland has 1 priority habitat = 1 point No habitats = 0 points Note. All vegetated wetlands are by dellnition a priority habitat but are not included in this l list. Nearby wetlands are addressed in question H 2.4) Wetland Rating Form -- western Washington 16 August 2004 version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 Wetland name or number H 2.4 Wetland Landscape (choose the one description of the landscape around the wetland that hest frts) (seep. 84) There are at least 3 other wetlands within'h mile, and the connections between them are relatively undisturbed (light grazing between wetlands OK, as is lake shore with some boating, but connections should NOT be bisected by paved roads, fill, fields, or other development. points = 5 The wetland is Lake -fringe on a lake with little disturbance and there are 3 other lake -fringe wetlands within % mile points = 5 There are at least 3 other wetlands within Vi mile, BUT the connections between them are disturbed points = 3 The wetland is Lake -fringe on a lake with disturbance and there are 3 other lake -fringe wetland within % mile points = 3 There is at least 1 wetland within VZ mile. points = 2 There are no wetlands within viz mile. points = 0 3 H 2. TOTAL Score - opportunity for providing habitat I e e 6 I Add the scores from H2.I,H2.2, H2.3, H2.4 TOTAL for H 1 from page 14 e 3 Total Score for Habitat Functions -- add the points for H 1, H 2 and record the result on .1 Wetland Rating Form — western Washington 17 August 2004 version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 Wetiand name or number CATEGORIZATION BASED ON SPECIAL CHARACTERISTICS Please determine if the wetland meets the attributes described below and circle the appropriate answers and Category. Wetland Type Category Check off any criteria that apply to the wetland. Circle the Category when the gRplopriate criteria are met. SC 1.0 Estuarine wetlands (seep. 86) Does the wetland unit meet the following criteria for Estuarine wetlands? — The dominant water regime is tidal, -- Vegetated, and — With a salinity greater than 0.5 ppt. YES = Go to SC 1.1 NO X SC 1.1 Is the wetland unit within a National Wildlife Refuge, National Park, National Estuary Reserve, Natural Area Preserve, State Park or Educational, Cat. I Environmental, or Scientific Reserve designated under WAC 332-30-151? YES = Category I X NO go to SC 1.2 SC 1.2 Is the wetland unit at least 1 acre in size and meets at least two of the following three conditions? YES = Category I NO = Category II Cat. I — The wetland is relatively undisturbed (has no diking, ditching,. filling, Cat. II cultivation; grazing, and has less than 10% cover of non-native plant species. If the non-native Spartina spp. are the only species that cover more than 10% of the wetland, then the wetland should be given a dual Dual rating (MM. The area of Spartina would be rated a Category II while the rating relatively undisturbed upper marsh with native species would be a lJli Category I. Do not, however, exclude the area of Spartina in determining the size threshold of 1 acre. -- At least 3/4 of the landward edge of the wetland has a 100 ft buffer of shrub, forest, or un-grazed or un-mowed grassland. — The wetland has at least 2 of the following features: tidal channels, depressions with open water, or contiguous freshwater wetlands. Wetiand Rating Form — western Washington 18 August 2004 version 2 Updated with new WDIiW definitions Oct. 2008 Wetland name or number SC 2.0 Natural Heritage Wetlands (seep. 87) Natural Heritage wetlands have been identified by the Washington Natural Heritage Cat. I Program/DNR as either high quality undisturbed wetlands or wetlands that support state Threatened, Endangered, or Sensitive plant species. SC 2.1 Is the wetland unit being rated in a Section/Township/Range that contains a Natural Heritage wetland? (this question is used to screen out most sites before you need to contact WNHP/DNR) Sif/R information from Appendix D — or accessed from WNHP/DNR weft site YES — contact WNHP/DNR (see p. 79) and go to SC 2.2 NO X SC 2.2 Has DNR identified the wetland as a high quality undisturbed wetland or as or as a site with state threatened or endangered plant species? YES = Category I NO X_not a Heritage Wetland SC 3.0 Bogs (seep. 87) Does the wetland unit (or any part of the unit) meet both the criteria for soils and vegetation in bogs? Use the key below to identify If the wetland is a bog. If you answer yes you will still need to rate the wedand based on its functions. 1. Does the unit have organic soil horizons (i.e. layers of organic soil), either peats or mucks, that compose 16 inches or more of the first 32 inches of the soil profile? (See Appendix B for a field key to identify organic soils)? Yes - go to Q. 3 X No - go to Q. 2 2. Does the unit have organic soils, either peats or mucks that are less than 16 inches deep over bedrock, or an impermeable hardpan such as clay or volcanic ash, or that are floating on a lake or pond? Yes - go to Q. 3 X No - Is not a bog for purpose of rating 3. Does the unit have more than 70% cover of mosses at ground level, AND other plants, if present, consist of the "bog" species listed in Table 3 as a significant component of the vegetation (more than 30% of the total shrub and herbaceous cover consists of species in Table 3)? Yes — Is a bog for purpose of rating X No - go to Q. 4 NOTE: If you are uncertain about the extent of mosses in the understory you may substitute that criterion by measuring the pH of the water that seeps into a hole dug at least 16" deep. If the pH is less than 5.0 and the "bog" plant species in Table 3 are present,the wetland is a bog. 1. Is the unit forested (> .30% cover) with sitka spruce, subalpine fir, western red cedar, western hemlock, lodgepole pine, quaking aspen, Englemann's spruce, or western white pine, WITH any of the species (or combination of species) on the bog species plant list in Table 3 as a significant component of the ground cover (> 30% coverage of the total'shr'ub/herbaceous cover)? 2. YES = Category I No X Is not a bog for purpose of rating I Cat. I Wetland Rating Farm — western Washington 19 August 2004 version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 Wetland name or number SC 4.0 Forested Wetlands (seep. 90) Does the wedand unit have at least 1 acre of forest that meet one of these criteria for the Department of Fish and Wildlife's forests as priority habitats? Ifyou answer yes you wdll still need to rate the wetland based on its functions. — Old -growth forests: (west of Cascade crest) Stands of at least two tree species, forming a multi -layered canopy with occasional small openings; with at least 8 trees/acre (20 trees/hectare) that are at least 200 years of age OR have a diameter at breast height (dbh) of 32 inches (81 cm) or more. NOTE: The criterion for dbh is based on measurements for upland forests. Two -hundred year old trees in wetlands will often have a smaller dbh because their growth rates are often slower. The DFW criterion is and "OR" so old -growth forests do not necessarily have to have trees of this diameter. -- Mature forests: (west of the Cascade Crest) Stands where the largest trees are 80 — 200 years old OR have average diameters (dbh) exceeding,21 inches (53cm); crown cover may be less that 100%; decay, decadence, numbers of snags, and quantity of large downed material is generally less than that found in old -growth. YES = Category I NO X not a forested wetland with special characteristics I Cat. I SC 5.0 Wetlands in Coastal Lagoons (seep. 91) Does the wetland meet all of the following criteria of a wetland in a coastal lagoon? — The wetland lies in a depression adjacent to marine waters that is wholly or partially separated from marine waters by sandbanks, gravel banks, shingle, or, less frequently, rocks — The lagoon in which the wetland is located contains surface water that is saline or,brackish (> 0.5 ppt) during most of the year in at least a portion of the lagoon (needs to be measured near the bottom) YES = Go to SC 5.1 NO_K not a wetland in a coastal lagoon SC 5.1 Does the wetland meets all of the following three conditions? — The wetland is relatively undisturbed (has no diking, ditching, filling, cultivation, grazing), and has less than 20% cover of invasive plant species (see list of -invasive species on p. 74). -- At least 3/4of the landward edge of the wetland has a 100 ft buffer of shrub, forest, or un-grazed or un-mowed grassland. — The wetland is larger than 1/10 acre (4350 square feet) YES = Category I NO = Category Il Cat. I Cat. II — Wetland Rating Form — western Washington 20 August 2004 version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 Wetland name or number I SC 6.0 Interdunal Wetlands (seep. 93) Is the wetland unit west of the 1889 line (also called the Western Boundary of Upland Ownership or WBUO)? YES - go to SC 6.1 NO X not an interdunal wetland for rating Ifyou answer yes you will still need to rate the wedand based on its functions. In practical terms that means the following geographic areas: c Long Beach Peninsula- lands west of SR 103 o Grayland-Westport- lands west of SR 105 o Ocean Shores-Copalis- lands west of SR 115 and SR 109 SC 6.1 Is the wetland one acre or larger, or is it in a mosaic of wetlands that is once acre or larger? YES = Category II X NO — go to SC 6.2 Cat. II SC 6.2 Is the unit between 0.1 and 1 acre, or is it in a mosaic of wetlands that is between 0.1 and 1 acre? YES = Category III Cat. III �° �Cat�gory'of:wefland�based-on�Special`':Cla�acterlst�cs �;' - �:n ., - --``: - -:� X Gnoose. .higjiest. ,rahng'' f wedghd falls into.severul ediegories, °and record'on; v 'If'�u,answered N :for,?all es�enter'"Note able" on :,1f - x' L Wetland Rating Form — western Washington 21 August 2004 version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 Wetland name or number J WETLAND RATING FORM — WESTERN WASHINGTON Version 2 - Updated July 2006 to increase accuracy and reproducibility among users Updated Oct 2008 with the new WDM definitions for priority habitats Name of wetland (i€ known) : Wetland J Rated by Adam Gale and Joe Pursley Date of site visit: 06/19/2009 Trained by Ecology? Yes%"No_ Date of training May 2007 SEC: 29 TWNSHP: 24N RNGE: 5E Is S/T/R in Appendix D? Yes.,..,—,. No.X Map of wetland unit: Figure 2 Estimated size 0.1 Acre SUMMARY OF RATING Category based on FUNCTIONS provided by wetland I II III IV Category I =Score >=70 Score for Water Quality Functions Category H = Score 51-69 Score for Hydrologic Functions Category III = Score 30-50 Score for Habitat Functions Category IV = Score < 30 TOTAL score for Functions Category based on SPECIAL CHARACTERISTICS of wetland I II Does not Apply x Final Category (choose the "highest" category from above) Summary of basic information about the wetland unit 14 10 14 38 N klarid Unitihas� Special' ` ;. "� = . "Cfiara a ct ristics� Wetl'and�HGM Class , ' used f©r -R_adn �} Estuarine De ressional Natural Heritage Wetland Riverine 499 Lake-frin e Mature Forest I slope Old Growth Forest Flats Coastal Lagoon Freshwater Tidal Interdunal None of the above X Check if unit has multiple HGM classes resent X Wetland Rating Form — western Washington 1 August 2004 version 2 To be used with Ecology Publication 04-06-025 Wetland name or number 'i Does the wetland unit being rated meet any of the criteria below? If you answer YES to any of the questions below you will need to protect the wetland according to the regulations regarding the special characteristics found in the wetland. Check,List for Wetlands That May Need Additional Protection YES (in addition to the protection recommended for its cats o SP 1. Has the wetland unit been documented as a habitat for any Federally listed Threatened or Endangered animal or plant species (TIE species)? For the purposes of this rating system, "documented" means the wetland is on the appropriate state or federal database. SP2. Has the wetland unit been documented as habitat for any State listed Threatened or Endangered animal species? For the purposes of this rating system, "documented" means the wetland is on the X appropriate state database. Note: Wetlands with State listed plant species are categorized as Category I Natural Heritage Wetlands (see p. 19 of data form). SP3. Does the wetland unit contain individuals of Priority species listed by the 14DFW for the state? I X SP4. Does the wetland unit have a local significance in addition to its fumcdons? For example, the wetland has been identified in the Shoreline Master Program, the Critical Areas Ordinance, or in a local management plan as having special significance. To com lete the next art of the data sheet you will need to determine the H dro eomo hic Class of the wetland being rated. The hydrogeomorphic classification groups wetlands into those that function in similar ways. This simplifies the questions needed to answer how well the wetland functions. The Hydrogeomorphic Class of a wetland can be determined using the key below. See p. 24 for more detailed instructions on classifying wetlands. F Welland Rating Form — western Washington 2 August 2004 version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct 2008 Wetland name or number i Classification of Wetland Units in Western Washington t,If rthwhydiblagl ci3te ia=Iisfed''irilteachrq-u tion,.do not°apply.toi he entire,urdt being,.. �F 1 Tated}; you sprobably •have a urdt with multiple HGM' classes.. In this case, identify which i :hydro_logic criteria inF gpestioris_ ; 1, .7 apply;rand goAQ Q'ue§tJdn ,8: [ ...,s�� o.a.,+.' 7i4-a..,-n's •.•.�_. _ K.._:..- .�-"s.YSFr� .wF 4 Wam ' ; r7c ..:.id ., a 4r :' _ L"�'t� :.i_' ..i•. �, k' -K+s �... :i 1. Are the water levels in the entire unit usually controlled by tides (i.e. except during floods)? NO -- go to 2 YES — the wetland class is Tidal Fringe If yes, is the salinity of the water during periods of annual low flow below 0.5 ppt (parts per thousand)? YES — Freshwater Tidal Fringe NO — Saltwater Tidal Fringe (Estuarine) If your wetland can be classified as a Freshwater Tidal Fringe use the forms for Riverine wetlands. If it is Saltwater Tidal Fringe it is rated as an Estuarine wetland. Wetlands that were called estuarine in the first and second editions of the rating system are called Salt Water Tidal Fringe in the Hydrogeomorphic Classification. Estuarine wetlands were categorized separately in the earlier editions, and this separation is being kept in this revision. To maintain consistency between editions, the term "Estuarine" wetland is kept. Please note, however, that the characteristics that define Category I and II estuarine wetlands have changed (see p. ). 2. The entire wetland unit is flat and precipitation is the only source (>90%) of water to it. Groundwater and surface water runoff are NOT sources of water to the unit. NO — go to 3 YES — The wetland class is Flats If your wetland can be classified as a "Flats" wetland, use the form for Depressional wetlands. 3. Does the entire wetland unit meet both of the following criteria? The vegetated part of the wetland is on the shores of a body of permanent open water (without any vegetation on the surface) at least 20 acres (8 ha) in size; At least 30% of the open water area is deeper than 6.6 ft (2 m)? NO —go to 4 YES — The wetland class is Lake -fringe (Lacustrine Fringe) 4. Does the entire wetland unit meet all of the following criteria? x The wetland is on a slope (slope can be very graduab, The water flows through the wetland in one direction (unidirectional) and usually comes from seeps. It may flow subsurface, as sheetflow, or in a swale without distinct banks. The water leaves the wetland without being impounded? NOTE: Surface water does not pond in these type of wetlands except occasionally in very small and shallow depressions or behind hummocks (depressions are usually <3R diameter and less than 1 foot deep). NO - go to 5 YES — The wetland class is Slope Wetland Rating Form — western Washington 3 August 2004 version 2 Updated with new WDFW defmitions Oct. 2008 Wetland name or number j 5. Does the entire wetland unit meet all of the following criteria? The unit is in a valley, or stream channel, where it gets inundated by overbank C-1_ flooding from that stream or river The-overbank flooding occurs at least once every two years. NOTE; The riverine unit can contain depressions that are filled with water when the river is not i7ooding. NO - go to 6 YES — The wetland class is Riverine 6. Is the entire wetland unit in a topographic depression in which water ponds, or is saturated to the surface, at some time during the year. This means that any. outlet, if present, is higher than the interior of the wetland. NO — go to 7 YES — The wetland class is Depressional 7. Is the entire wetland unit located in a very flat area with no obvious depression and no overbank flooding. The unit does not pond surface water more than a few inches. The unit seems to be _ maintained by high groundwater in the area. The wetland may be ditched, but has no obvious natural outlet. NO -- go to 8 YES — The wetland class is Depressional 8. Your wetland unit seems to be difficult to classify and probably contains several different HGM clases. For example, seeps at the base of a slope may grade into a riverine floodplain, or a small stream within a depressional wetland has a zone of flooding along its sides. GO BACK AND IDENTIFY WHICH OF THE HYDROLOGIC REGIMES DESCRIBED IN QUESTIONS 1-7 APPLY TO DIFFERENT AREAS IN THE UNIT (make a rough sketch to help you decide). Use — the following table to identify the appropriate class to use for the rating system if you have several HGM classes present within your wetland. NOTE: Use this table only if the class that is recommended in the second column represents 10% or more of the total area of the wetland unit being rated. If the area of the class listed in column 2 is less than 10% of the unit; classify the wetland using the class that represents more than 90% of the total area. HGM Classes within the wetland unit being rated, < HGM Class to Mil- Rath . -- a Slope + Riverine Riverine Slope + Depressional. Depressional Slope + Lake -fringe Lake -fringe Depressional + Riverine along stream within boundary Depressional Depressional + Lake -fringe Depressional Salt Water Tidal Fringe and any other class of freshwater wetland Treat as ESTUARINE under wetlands with special characteristics If you are unable still to determine which of the above criteria apply to your wetland, or if you have more than 2 HGM classes within a wetland boundary, classify the wetland as Depressional for the rating. Wetland Rating Form — western Washington 4 August 2004 version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 Wetland name or number i D D,epressloilal and Feats wetlands Points. WATER QUALITY FUNCTIONS ; Indicators,thatthe wetland unit functions to (owy, J'.'' par tmx) . >.im rove water= uali. - - D D 1. Does the wetland unit have the potential to improve water quality? (see p.38) D 1.1 Characteristics of surface water flows out of the wetland: Figure Unit is a depression with no surface water leaving it (no outlet) points = 3 D Unit has an intermittently flowing, OR highly constricted permanently flowing outlet points = 2 Unit has an unconstricted, or slightly constricted, surface outlet (permanemlyilowing) points = 1 Unit is a "flat" depression (Q. 7 on key), or in the Flats class, with permanent surface outflow and no obvious natural outlet and/or outlet is a man-made ditch points =1 (If ditch is notpermanently flowing treat unit as "intermittently flowing'I 2 Provide photo or drawing S 1.2 The soil 2 inches below the surface (or duff layer) is clay or organic (use MRCS definitions) D YES points = 4 0 NO points = 0 D 1.3 Characteristics of persistent vegetation (emergent, shrub, and/or forest Cowardin class) Figure Wetland has persistent, ungrazed, vegetation > = 95% of area points = 5 D Wetland has persistent, ungrazed, vegetation > = 1/2 of area points = 3 Wetland has persistent, ungrazed vegetation > = 1/10 of area points = 1 Wetland has persistent, ungrazed vegetation <1/10 of area points = 0 3 Map of Cowardin vegetation classes D1.4 Characteristics of seasonal ponding or inundation. Figure _ This is the area of the wetland unit that is ponded 1br at least 2 months, but dries out D sometime during the year. Do not count the area that is permanently ponded Estimate area as the average condition 5 out of I D yrs. Area seasonally ponded is > % total area of wetland points = 4 Area seasonally ponded is > i/a total area of wetland points = 2 Area seasonally ponded is < V4 total area of wetland points = 0 2 Map of H droeriods D Total for D 1 Add the points in the boxes above I 7 D D 2. Does the wetland unit have the opportunity to improve water quality? (seep. 44) Answer YES if you know or believe there are pollutants in groundwater or surface water coming into the wetland that would otherwise reduce water quality in streams, lakes, or groundwater downgradient from the wetland. Note which of the following conditions provide the sources of pollutants. A unit may have pollutants coming from several sources, but any single source would qualify as opportunity. — Grazing in the wetland or within 150 ft Untreated stormwater discharges to wetland Tilled fields or; orchards within 150 ft of wetland X A stream or culvert discharges into wetland that drains developed areas, residential areas, farmed fields, roads, or clear-cut logging -- Residential, urban areas, golf courses are within 150 ft of wetland multiplier — Wedand is fed by groundwater high in phosphorus or nitrogen — Other Z a<. YES multiplier is 2 NO multi lfei • ii I D TOTAL - Water Quality Functions Multiply the score from D1jbyD214Add score to table Wetland Rating Form — western Washington 5 August 2004 version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 Wetland name or number i D, Depressional aid Flats Wetlands : �- Tows HYDROLOGIC FUNCTIONS � Indicators that, tfie, wetland `unit}iftmc: ons ta` r " ' _ "(6�Ysi sore reduce floodingand stream degradation- p 1t1, D 3. Does the wetland unit have the potential, to reduce flooding and erosion? (see p.46) D D 3.1 Characteristics of surface water flows out of the wetland unit Unit is a depression with no surface water leaving it (no outlet} points = 4 Unit -has an intermittently flowing, OR highly constricted permanently flowing outlet points = 2 Unit is a "flat" depression (Q. 7 on key), or in the Flats class, with permanent surface outflow and no obvious natural outlet and/or outlet is a man-made ditch points — 1 (if ditch is not permanently flowing treat unit as "intermittently flowing'I Unit has an unconstricted, or slightly constricted, surface outlet(permanently fioal4ff points = 0 D D 3.3 Depth of storage during wet periods Estimate the height ofponding above the bottom of the outlet. For units with no outlet measure from the surface of permanent water or deepest part (if dry). Marks of ponding are 3 ft or more above the surface or bottom of outlet points = 7 The wetland is a "headwater" wetland" points = 5 Marks of ponding between 2 ft to < 3 ft from surface or bottom of outlet points = 5 Marks are at least 0.5 ft to < 2 ft from surface or bottom of outlet points = 3 Unit is flat (yes to Q. 2 or Q. 7 on key) but has small depressions on the surface that trap water points = 1 Marks of ponding less than 0.5 ft points = 0 D D 3.3 Contribution of wetland unit to storage in the watershed Estimate the ratio of the area of upstream basin contributing surface water to the wetland to the area of the wetland unit itself. The area of the basin is less than 10 times the area of unit points = 5 The area of the basin is 10 to 100 times the area of the unit points = 3 The area of the basin is more than 100 times the area of the unit points = 0 Entire unit is in the FLATS class Dints = 5 D Total for D 3 Add the points in the boxes above D D 4. Does the wetland unit have the opuortunily to reduce flooding and erosion? Answer YES if the unit is in a location in the watershed where the flood storage, or reduction in water velocity, it provides helps protect downstream property and aquatic resources from flooding or excessive and/or erosive flows. Answer NO if the water coming into the wetland is controlled by a structure such as flood gate, tide gate, flap valve, reservoir etc. OR you estimate that more than 90% of the water in the wetland is from groundwater in areas where damaging groundwater flooding does not occur. Note which of the following indicators of opportunity apply. — Wetland is in a headwater of a river or stream that has flooding problems -- Wetland drains to a river or stream that has flooding problems X Wetland has no outlet and impounds surface runoff water that might otherwise flow into a river or stream that has flooding problems X Other primary hydrology source from WSDOT pond YES multiplier is 2 NO multiplier is 1 D TOTAL - Hydrologic Functions Multiply the score from D 3 by D 4 Add score to table on p. I F 3 5] ti�me�ms p 5 1 (seep. 49) multiplier 2 10 Wetland Rating Form — western Washington 6 August 2004 version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 Wetland name or number J -_.^�•.. ,, e'R-4`.'e"r"v �,f!L;,; "... _� ..-..� -. ,. ., .,, o 7 , .. w:''e'r,- .1j-. ... .s ..-., a. .,- These gt est ores; apply fo xwedands of aU HAM classes. ° . y , Poin#s ` ` 'score! Eonlys! �_!,� -.Inds atorsEtha�t�tunit #'unctians'to provide impartant4habi#at: _ITAT`,"EUNCTIONS - - - H 1. Does the wetland unit have the R2Lential to provide habitat for many species? H 1.1 Vegetation structure (seep. 72) Figure Check the types of vegetation classes present (as defined by Cowardin)- Size threshold for each class is N acre or more than 10% of the area if unit is smaller than 2.5 acres. Aquatic bed Emergent plants Scrub/shrub (areas where shrubs have >30% cover) Forested (areas where trees have >30% cover) If the unit has a forested class check if- -The forested class has 3 out of 5 strata (canopy, sub -canopy, shrubs, herbaceous, moss/ground-cover) that each cover 20% within the forested polygon Add the number of vegetation structures that qualify. Ifyou have: 4 structures or more points = 4 Map of Cowardin vegetation classes 3 structures points = 2 2 structures points = 1 1 structure points = 0 H 1.2. Hydroperiods (seep. 73) Figure Check the types of water regimes (hydroperiods) present within the wetland. The water regime has to cover more than 10% of the wetland or Y44 acre to count. (see text for descriptions ofhydroperiods) X Permanently flooded or inundated 4 or more types present points = 3 _LSeasonally flooded or inundated 3 types present points = 2 _.Occasionally flooded or inundated 2 types present point = 1 X Saturated only 1 type present points = 0 Permanently flowing stream or river in, or adjacent to, the wetland Seasonally flowing stream in, or adjacent to, the wetland Lake -fringe wetland = 2 points Freshwater tidal wetland = 2 points Map of hydroperiods H 1.3. Richness of Plant Species (seep. 75) Count the number of plant species in the wetland that cover at least 10 ftZ. (different patches of the same species can be combined to meet the size threshold) You do not have to name the species. Do not include Eurasian Milfoil, reed canarygrass, purple loosestrife, Canadian Thistle If you counted: > 19 species points = 2 List species below Ifyou want to: 5 - 19 species points = 1 < 5 species points = 0 1 Total for page Wetland Rating Form —western Washington 13 August 2004 version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 Wetland name or number i H 1.4. Interspersion of habitats (seep. 76) Figure Y Decide from the diagrams below whether interspersion between Cowardin vegetation classes (described in H 1.1), or the classes and unvegetated areas (can include open water or mudflats) is high, medium, low, or none. o None = 0 points Low =1 point Moderate = 2 points [riparian braided channels] High = 3 points NOTE: If you have four or more classes or three vegetation classes and open water the rating is alwa s "hilt". Use map of Cowardin vegetation classes H 1.5. Special Habitat Features: (seep. 77) Check the habitat features that are present in the wetland The number of checks is the number of points you put into the next column. Large, downed, woody debris within the wetland (>4in. diameter and 6 ft long). X Standing snags (diameter at the bottom > 4 inches) in the wetland Undercut banks are present for at least 6.6 ft (2m) and/or overhanging vegetation extends at least 3.3 ft (1m) over a stream (or ditch) in; or. contiguous with the unit, for at least 33 ft (10m) Stable steep banks of fine material that might be used by beaver or muskrat for denning (>30degree slope) OR signs of recent beaver activity are present (cut shrubs or trees that have not yet turned greylbrown) X At least V4 acre of thin -stemmed persistent vegetation or woody branches are present in areas that are permanently or seasonally inundated. (structures for egg -laying by amphibians) Invasive plants cover less than 25% of the wetland area in each stratum of plants NOTE: The 20 % stated in early printings of the manual on page 78 is an error. H 1. TOTAL Score - potential for providing habitat p Add the scores from H1.1, H1.2, H1.3, H1.4, HI.5 Comments C�_ Wetland Rating Form — western Washington 14 August 2004 version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 Wetland name or number i H 2. Does the wetland unit have the opportunity to provide habitat for many species? H 2.1 Buffers (seep. 80) Figure Choose the description that best represents condition of buffer of wetland unit. The highest scoring criterion that applies to the wetland is to be used in the rating. ,See text for definition of "undisturbed " — 100 m (330ft) of relatively undisturbed vegetated areas, rocky areas, or open water >95% of circumference. No structures are within the undisturbed part of buffer. (relatively undisturbed also means no -grazing, no landscaping, no daily human use) Points = 5 — 100 in (330 ft) of relatively undisturbed vegetated areas, rocky areas, or open water > 50°% circumference. Points = 4 — 50 m (170ft) of relatively undisturbed vegetated areas, rocky areas, or open water >95% circumference. Points = 4 — 100 m (330ft) of relatively undisturbed vegetated areas, rocky areas, or open water > 25°% circumference, . Points = 3 — 50 m (170ft) of relatively undisturbed vegetated areas, rocky areas, or open water for > 50% circumference. Points = 3 If buffer does not meet any of the criteria. above — No paved areas (except paved trails) or buildings within 25 in (80ft) of wetland > 95% circumference. Light to moderate grazing, or lawns are OK. Points = 2 — No paved areas or buildings within 50m of wetland for >50% circumference. Light to moderate grazing, or lawns are OK. Points = 2 — Heavy grazing in buffer. Points = 1 — Vegetated buffers are <2m wide (6.6ft) for more than 95% of the circumference (e.g. tilled fields, paving, basalt bedrock extend to edge of wetland Points = 0. Buffer does not meet any of the criteria above. Points = 1 Aerial photo showing buffers H 2.2 Corridors and Connections (seep. 81) H 2.2.1 Is the wetland part of a relatively undisturbed and unbroken vegetated corridor (either riparian or upland) that is at least 150 ft wide, has at least 30% cover of shrubs, forest or native undisturbed prairie, that connects to estuaries, other wetlands or undisturbed uplands that are at least 250 acres in size? (dams in riparian corridors, heavily used gravel roads, paved roads, are considered breaks in the corridor). YES = 4 points (go to H2.3) NO = go to H 2.2.2 H 2.2.2 Is the wetland part of a relatively undisturbed and unbroken vegetated corridor (either riparian or upland) that is at least 50ft wide, has at least 30% cover of shrubs or forest, and connects to estuaries, other wetlands or undisturbed uplands that are at least 25 acres in size? OR a Lake -fringe wetland, if it does not have an undisturbed corridor as in the question above? YES = 2 points (go to H2.3) NO = H 2.2.3 H 2.2.3 Is the wetland: within 5 mi (8km) of a brackish or salt water estuary OR within 3 mi of a large field or pasture (>40 acres) OR within 1 mi of a lake greater than 20 acres? 1 YES =1 point NO = 0 points Total for page 2 Wetland Rating Form— western Washington is August 2004 version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 Wetland name or number J H 2.3 Near or adjacent to other priori!yhahltats listed by WDFW (see new and complete descriptions of WDFW priority habitats, and the counties in which they can be found, in the PHS report h ://wdfw. wa. ov/hab/ list.htm ) Which of the following priority habitats are within 330ft (100m) of the wetland unit? NOTE: the connections do not have to be relatively undisturbed. Aspen Stands: Pure or mixed stands of aspen greater than 0.4 ha (1 acre). X Biodiversity Areas and Corridors: Areas of habitat that are relatively important to various species of native fish and wildlife (full descriptions in 14DFW PHS report p.154. Herbaceous Balds: Variable size patches of grass and forbs on shallow soils over bedrock. — Old-growth/Mature forests: (Old -growth west of Cascade crest) Stands of at least 2 tree species, forming a multi -layered canopy with occasional small openings; with at least 20 trees/ha (8 trees/acre) > 81 cm (32 in) dbh or > 200 years of age. (Mature -forests Stands with average diameters exceeding 53 cm (21 in) dbh; crown cover may be less that 100%; crown cover may be less that 100%; decay, decadence, numbers of snags, and quantity of large downed material is generally less than that found in old -growth; 80 - 200 years old _ west of the Cascade crest. Oregon white Oak: Woodlands Stands of pure oak or oak/conifer associations where canopy coverage of the oak component is important (full descriptions in 14DFW PHS report p. 158) . Riparian: The area adjacent to aquatic systems with flowing water that contains elements of both aquatic and terrestrial ecosystems which mutually influence each other. Westside Prairies: Herbaceous, non forested plant communities that can either take the farm of a dry prairie or a wet prairie (full descriptions in WDFW PHS report p. 161). Instrearn: The combination of physical, biological, and chemical processes and conditions that interact to provide functional life history requirements for instream fish and wildlife resources. Nearshore: Relatively undisturbed nearshore habitats. These include Coastal Nearshore, Open Coast Nearshore, and Puget Sound Nearshore. (full descriptions ofhabliats and the - dellnidon of relatively undisturbed are in 14DFW report: pp. 167169 and glossary in Appendix A). Caves: A naturally occurring cavity, recess, void, or system of interconnected passages under _ the earth in soils, rock, ice, or other geological formations and is large enough to contain a human. Cliffs: Greater than 7.6 m (25 ft) high and occurring below 5000 ft. Talus: Homogenous areas of mck rubble ranging in average size 015 - 2.0 m (0.5 - 6.5 ft), composed of basalt, andesite, and/or sedimentary rock, including riprap slides and mine tailings. May be associated with cliffs. Snags and Logs: Trees are considered snags if they are dead or dying and exhibit sufficient decay characteristics to enable cavity excavation/use by wildlife. Priority snags have a diameter at breast height of > 51 cm (20 in) in western Washington and are > 2 m (6.5 ft) in height. Priority logs are > 30 cm (12 in) in diameter at the largest end, and > 6 m (20 ft) — long. If wetland has 3 or more priority habitats = 4 points If wetland has 2 priority habitats = 3 points If wetland has 1 priority habitat = 1 point No habitats = 0 points Note: All vegetated wetlands am by de&itlon a priority habitat but are not included in this 1 list. Nearby wetlands are addressed in question H 2.4) Wetland Rating Form — western Washington - 16 August 2004 version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 r Wetland name or number H 2.4 Wetland Landscape (choose the one description of the landscape around the wetland that bestfts) (seep. 84) There are at least 3 other wetlands within 1h mile, and the connections between them are relatively undisturbed (light grazing between wetlands OK, as is lake shore with some boating, but connections should NOT be bisected by paved roads, fill, fields, or other development, points = 5 The wetland is Lake -fringe on a lake with little disturbance and there are 3 other lake -fringe wetlands within % mile points = 5 There are at least 3 other wetlands within % mile, BUT the connections between them are disturbed points = 3 The wetland is Lake -fringe on a lake with disturbance and there are 3 other lake -fringe wetland within 1/2 mule points = 3 There is at least 1 wetland within % mile. points = 2 There are no wetlands within'h mile. points = 0 3 err me�• H 2. TOTAL Score - opportunity for providing habitat 0 Add the scores from H2.I,H2.2, H2.3, MA a 6 � TOTAL for H 1 from page 14 $ Total Score for Habitat Functions - add the points for H 1, H 2 and record the result on 14 - = - - - - -- - p. 1 Wetland Rating Form — western Washington 17 August 2004 version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 Wetland name or number CATEGORIZATION BASED ON SPECIAL CHARACTERISTICS Please determine if the wetland meets the attributes described below and crrcie the appropriate answers and Category. Wetland Type Category Check otfany criteria that apply to the wetland. Circle the Category when the.., appropfiate criteria are met. SC 1.0 Estuarine wetlands (seep. 86) Does the wetland unit meet the following criteria for Estuarine wetlands? — The dominant water regime is tidal, -- Vegetated, and F — With a salinity greater than 0.5 ppt. YES = Go to SC 1.1 NO X SC 1.1 Is the wetland unit within a National Wildlife Refuge, National Park; National Estuary Reserve, Natural Area Preserve, State Park or Educational, Cat. I Environmental, or Scientific Reserve designated under WAC 332-30-15.1? YES_= Category I X NO goto SC 1.2 SC 1.2 Is the wetland unit at least 1 acre in size and meets at least two of the following three conditions? YES W Category I NO = Category lI Cat. I — The wetland is relatively undisturbed (has no diking, ditching, filling, Cat. II cultivation, grazing, and has less than 10% cover of non-native plant species. If the non-native Spartina spp. are the only species that cover more than 10% of the wetland, then the wetland should be given a dual Dual rating (10 - The area of Spartina would be rated a Category II while the rating relatively undisturbed upper marsh with native species would be a UII Category I. Do not, however, exclude the area of Spartina in determining the size threshold of I acre. — At least % of the landward edge of the wetland has a 100 ft buffer of shrub, forest, or un-grazed or un-mowed grassland. — The wetland has at least 2 of the following features: tidal channels, depressions with open water, or contiguous freshwater wetlands. Wetland Rating Form — western Washington 18 August 2004 version 2 Updated with new WDFW det3nitions Oct. 2008 Wetland name or number i SC 2.0 Natural Heritage Wetlands (seep. 87) Natural Heritage wetlands have been identified by the Washington Natural Heritage PrograntlDNR as either high quality undisturbed wetlands or wetlands that support state Threatened, Endangered, or Sensitive plant species. SC 2.1 Is the wetland unit being rated in a Section/Township/Range that contains a Natural Heritage wetland? (&is question is used to screen outmost sites before you need to contact WIMPIMR) S/T/R information from Appendix D — or accessed from WNHP/DNR web site YES — contact WNHP/DNR (see p. 79).and go to SC 2.2 NO X SC 2.2 Has DNR identified the wetland as a high quality undisturbed wetland or as or as a site with state threatened or endangered plant species? YES = Category I NO X not a Heritage Wetland SC 3.0 Bogs (seep. 87) Does the wetland unit (or any part of the unit) meet both the criteria for soils and vegetation in bogs? Use the key below to identify if the wetland is a bog. If you answer yes you will still need to rate the wetland based on its functions. 1. Does the unit have organic soil horizons (i.e. layers of organic soil), either peats or mucks, that compose 16 inches or more of the first 32 inches of the soil profile? (See Appendix B for a field key to identify organic soils)? Yes - go to Q. 3 X No - go to Q. 2 2. Does the unit have organic soils, either peats or mucks that are less than 16 inches deep over bedrock, or an impermeable hardpan such as clay or volcanic ash, or that are floating on,a lake or pond? Yes - go to Q. 3 X No - Is not a bog for purpose of rating 3. Does the unit have more than 70% cover of mosses.at ground level, AND other plants, if present, consist of the "bog" species listed in Table 3 as a significant component of the vegetation (more than 30% of the total shrub and herbaceous cover consists of species in Table 3)? Yes — Is a bog for purpose of rating X No - go to Q. 4 NOTE: If you are uncertain about the extent of mosses in the understory you may substitute that criterion by measuring the pH of the water that seeps into a hole dug at least 16" deep. If the pH is less than 5.0 and the "bog" plant species in Table 3 are present, the wetland is a bog. 1. Is the unit forested (> 30% cover) with sitka spruce, subalpine fir, western red cedar, western hemlock, lodgepole pine, quaking aspen, Englemann's spruce, or western white pine,. WITH any of the species (or combination of species) on the bog species plant list in Table 3 as a significant component of the ground cover (> 30% coverage of the total shrub/herbaceous cover)? 2. YES = Category I No X is not a bog for purpose of rating Cat. I Cat. I Wetland Rating Form — western Washington 19 August 2004 version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 Wetland name or number `l SC 4.0 Forested Wetlands (seep. 90) Does the wetland unit have at least I, acre of forest that meet one of these criteria for the Department of Fish and Wildlife's forests as priority habitats? If you answer yes you will still need to rate the wedand based on its functions. — Old -growth forests: (west of Cascade crest) Stands of at least two treespecies, forming a multi -layered canopy with occasional small openings; with at least 8 trees/acre (20 trees/hectare) that are at least 200 years of age OR have a diameter at breast height (dbh) of 32 inches (81 cm) or more. NOTE: The criterion for dbh is based on measurements for upland forests. Two -hundred year old trees in wetlands will often have a smaller dbh because their growth rates are often slower. The DFW criterion is and "OR" so old -growth forests do not necessarily have to have trees of this diameter. -- Mature forests: (west of the Cascade Crest) Stands where the largest trees are 80 — 200 years old OR have average diameters (dbh) exceeding 21 inches (53cm); crown cover may be less that 100%; decay, decadence, numbers of snags, and quantity of large downed material is generally less than that found in old -growth. YES = Category I NO j Cat. I X not a forested wetland with special characteristics I SC 5.0 Wetlands in Coastal Lagoons (see p. 91) Does the wetland meet all of the following criteria of a wetland in a coastal lagoon? -- The wetland lies in a depression adjacent to marine waters that is wholly or partially separated from marine waters by sandbanks, gravel banks, shingle, or, less frequently, rocks — The lagoon in which the wetland is located contains surface water that is saline or brackish (> 0.5 ppt) during most of the year in at least a portion of the lagoon (needs to be measured near the bottom) YES = Go to SC 5.1 N0_K not a wetland in a coastal lagoon SC 5.1 Does the wetland meets all of the following three conditions? — The wetland is relatively undisturbed (has no diking, ditching, filling, cultivation, grazing), and has less than 20% cover of invasive plant species (see list of invasive species on p. 74). — At least a/4 of the landward edge of the wetland has a 100 ft buffer of shrub, forest, or un-grazed or un-mowed grassland. — The wetland is larger than 1/10 acre (4350 square feet) YES = Category I NO = Category II Cat. I Cat. II Weiland Rating Form — western Washington 20 August 2004 version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 Wetland name or number i SC 6.0 Interdunal Wetlands (seep. 93) Is the wetland unit west of the 1889 line (also called the Western Boundary of Upland Ownership or WBUO)? YES - go to SC 6.1 NO X not an interdunal wetland for rating If you answer yes you will still need to rate the wetland based on its functions. In practical terms that means the following geographic areas: o Long Beach Peninsula- lands west of SR 103 o Grayland-Westport- lands west of SR 105 o Ocean Shores-Copalis- lands west of SR 115 and SR 109 SC 6.1 Is the wetland one acre or larger, or is it in a mosaic of wetlands that is once acre or larger? YES = Category H X NO —go to SC 6.2 Cat. II SC 6.2 Is the unit between 0.1 and I acre, or is it in a mosaic of wetlands that is between 0.1 and 1 acre? YES = Category III `Category of wetl&fd,based.on,Sped; ' Glioose the "highest" rrg if Weddn, �Characte , st es.... �dlls, irit6,sever61-categories;7dW"record;on. ; N6 `Appficatile" —on p'cl w` Cat. III Wetland Rating Form — western Washington 21 August 2004 version 2 Updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 APPENDIX F SITE PHOTOGRAPHS Appendix F - Site Photographs Photograph 1 Wetland A Facing West Photograph 2 Wetland B Facing South Wetland and Ordinary High Water Mark Delineation Reporr September 2OW QuendaY Terminal F-I 1170c= Appendix F-- Site Photographs 'p'r •y, �. r ti Or pj Ilk ey. J .'fit :��• r. �', r., ymS•%.'1J <t + 4, f.x�p :,�f._� Illy[ -.,li,° ��f � . ''�.• 5 ��� c� �w a Photograph 3 Wetland C Facing East Photograph 4 Wetland D-Facing North o_ Wetland and Ordinary High WaterMark Delineation Repoxt September 2009 Quendall Terminal F 2 Appendix F—Site Photographs Photograph S Wetland E Facing South Photograph 6 Wetland F Facing South Wetland and Ordinary High Water Mark Delineation Report September 2009 Quendall Terminal F3 Appendix F— Site Photographs -;-^^�-�--�i�•r1 �:n,�Y`1y1- �A ��tww •; j . 1' .-r• per{••- ;.•,---': 4 / , "i' F!fl l� ,�',i ,�t ,�i�' �y(, /..,f'.: �Cr- .✓�� �, = r i�. r},� ,i`w • ♦1 • `�"'ll,. � ' h\� ' 1 h'l,� l % (jS /ryy r. ` .' `� � � � p � di < J S s � � IC:' r i �„ 1' �`l�'; �f f!�' .� y, ,i�'.Y r� i.?',�i•�Jt •LI4 IN i �• c ��. �v��r �� �. , 4 J1. nA. ���' Ilk 'A INS IZ ,` ,�r ♦F 5., U r ' �Al Photograph 7 Wetland G Emergent Community 'a ,`� •` t M1 ` 14 M v `, X1. ''1' �� ��� ��H - '�• i��tl'�' _ ... 14 � . 1 <<•��_. �` � . '!� 1 h ' :�C� ti.4, �.` ram' � G- ., ,has 4 wig! a�mt,'�00 Ilk � �ry�, �i��" �r K � f ° c .✓ Af -��yJ �- ram.; ,..{ • 1'3`s�i•b'$r�k,`y'a� � �l'.' ' .�� U � 1'c�.��r( ��r � > .iri . , Photograph 8 Wetland G Soil Plot Location sr. - t \� r�r K f Wedand and OrdinaryHigh Water Mark Delineation Report September 2009 QuendO Terminal F-4 aorz= c Appendix F- Site Photographs C', Photograph 9 Wetland H Facing West Photograph 10 Wetiand H Soils (not touched or keyed due to known contaminants) Wetland and Ordinary High Water Mark Delineation Report September 2009 QuendaD Terminal F-5 xxxxxx Appendix F- Site Photographs a s 11" qy�"•' �' r„ R —,I Nnotograpn 11 OHWM Delineation; Southern Half of Property OHWM Delineation; Southem Half of Property Wedand and OrdinaryHigh Water Mark Delineation Report September26199 QuendaB Terminal F-b � ,. •tom; J tie �' ,i 1 '� • r�-' �'. Appendiu F- Site Photographs Wetland C Facing East Wetland D Facing North Wedand and Ordinary High Water Mark Delineation Report September 2009 Quendall Terminal F-2 T _ A,ppeaadtirF- Site Photographs Photograph 7 Wetland G Emergent Community Photograph 13 Wetland G Soil Plot Location Wetland and Ordinary High Water Mark Delmesdan Report September 2009 Quendall Terminal F 4 xa xIA7" t OP F- Site Photographs Photograph 11 OHWM Delineation; Southern Half of Property OHWM Delineation; Southern Half of Property Wetland and Ordinary High Water Mark Delineation Report Quendall Terminal F-6 September 2009 r F- Site Photographs Photograph 13 OHM Delineation; Northam Half of Property Photograph U Wetland J Facing Southeast Wedand and Ordinary High Water Mark Dieleneatian Report September 2W9 Quend rB Terminal F-7 A Appendix F -.Site Photographs Photograph 15 Wetland l Facing Southeast Wetland and Ordinary High Water Mark Delineation Report September 2009 Quendall Terminal F-8 aarxxxx APPENDIX G MITIGATION ANALYSIS MEMORANDUM, QUENDALL AND BAXTER PROPERTIES APPENDIX G MITIGATION ANALYSIS MEMORANDUM, QUENDALL AND BARTER PROPERTIES �1 nW&g MMESCIENCE84 ONO EARTH Mec dum 911 Fifth Avenue, Suite 100, Kirkland, Washington 98003 FEB 2 3 28a0 Phone (425) 827-7701 Fax (425) 827-5424 DATE: February 17, 2000 PROJECT NO.: KB99142A PROJECT NAME: Quendall/Baxter Mitigation Analysis Memorandum TO: Lary Martin, Chuck Wolfe, John Ryan, Grant Hainsworth, Ron Straka, Susan Carlson, Jennifer Henning, Bill Joyce, Catherine Petito Boyce, Elizabeth River Higgins, Jim Green, Erik Stockdale, Brian Sato, Gail Colbum, Martha Turvey, Sarah Suggs, Lary Fisher, David Bortz, Carol Cloen, Karen Walter, Glen St. Amant, Jim Hanken, and Lynn Manolopoulos FROM: Andy Kindig, Judith Light, and Carl Hadley REGARDING: Notes from the November 17, 1999 Meeting and The Final Remddiation Mitigation Analysis Memorandum. The third and final meeting on the Quendall Terminals and Baxter Remediabon Mitigation Plan was held on November 17, 1999 in Renton. Handouts from that meeting were sent to your attention on November 18, 2000. Those included: 1. The agenda, 2. A Memorandum dated November 17, 1999 summarizing the comments received on the draft (October 19) Mitigation Analysis Memorandum and a brief description of how they were handled, and 3. A revised Mitioation Analysis Memorandum, dated November 17, 1999. A summary of discussion during the November 17" meeting is attached in this package. That summary was not sent earlier, so that we could include the final results of discussions with Ecology on minor changes to the November 17, 1999 Mitigation Analysis Memorandum. The final changes were minor, and have been incorporated into a final Mitigation Analysis Memorandum report dated February 17, 2000. That report,is also attached. The final changes agreed with Ecology included the following: 1. Any main north -south pedestrian trail connector proposed by subsequent development would be landward and outside of the buffer along Lake Washington and the two wetland mitigation areas at Baxter Cove and the southwest corner of Quendall Terminals. Access would be controlled by signage, and any combination of fencing or dense/thomy native vegetation, 2. The final Consent Decrees will provide for assurance that the mitigation described in the Mitigation Analysis Memorandum will be implemented, and that the contractor overseeing the Implementation and the subsequent success monitoring will be made known in advance to Ecology. 3. Monitoring would occur five times over 10 years, not over 5 years as previously proposed. 4. Water derived from the dewatering of Baxter Cove to allow remediation would be treated as necessary and discharged to the sanitary sewer, not to Lake Washington. 5. An error in Figure 4-4 was corrected, so that the tree cover was correctly referenced as 50 percent. All of these changes.were minor. Thank you very much for participating in the _ preparation of this mitigation plan. In combination with contamination remediation, implementation of this plan will greatly enhance the southeastern Lake Washington shoreline. _ ACKAd KB0014?A55 LD-D:V=-Oo - VQK QuendaWBaxter Mitigation Analysis Memorandum Third Meeting List of Attendees on November 17, 2000: Larry Fisher, Washington Department of Fish and Wildlife Martha Turvey, Washington Department of Ecology Gail Colburn, Washington Department of Ecology Grant Hainsworth, ThermoRetec Carol Cloen, Washington Department of Natural Resources Andy Kindig, Associated Earth Sciences, Inc. Judith Light, Associated Earth Sciences, Inc. Carl Hadley, Associated Earth Sciences, Inc. Darlene Madenwald, Orion Group Lynn Manolopoulos, Davis Wright Tremaine Sill Joyce, City of Renton; Ogden, Murphy & Wallace Ron Straka, City of Renton Chuck Wolfe, Vulcan Northwest; Foster Pepper & Shefelman Jennifer Henning, City of Renton Meeting Notes from November 17, 2000: These notes are based on notes taken by Andy Kindig, Judith Light, and Carl Hadley. As you might expect, they reflect major topics and points, and are not intended to be a transcript of the meeting. i [Light] Described the 1.5:1 wetland mitigation ratio basis as consistent with City of Renton policy given the proposed enhancement; and that the elimination of vertical and bare dirt banks at the Lakeshore will actually create more lake -side wetlands than are being counted for acreage at the northern and southern ends of the mitigation area. Buffer averaging was discussed as up to the subsequent development to determine the need for; any implemented averaging would have to make biological sense given the restoration objectives of the mitigation plan. That determination would be made at the time of the final planting plan preparation, which Ecology and the Army Corps would review through the NWP 3$ permitting process. [Suggs, Colburn, Fisher] While Sarah Suggs indicated that she felt there should be no trails anywhere in the mitigation area, Larry Fisher indicated that he would prefer the main north -south trail spine be outside the mitigation area. [Light response] Public access is one part of the City's comprehensive plan for the property, and could be controlled with perpendicular extensions to the main north -south spine extending .to outlooks landward of the ordinary high - water mark of Lake Washington. It was agreed that placement of the main north -south trail spine outside of Febnu" 17, 2= ASSOCIATED EARTH SCIENCE'S, INC. Acxrra - Ulf l4zAM - r v-0.102-W - wax Page 1 the mitigation area would be presented to those deriving development concepts for the f� properties. f [Light] 50 percent forest cover was being proposed to maintain and*,enhance the bird habitat along the shoreline. Greater tree cover would decrease the bird habitat value. [Suggs] Can tree type/placement be specified at this time? She wants; full consideration to habitat, not to creating views. [Light response] Not at this time. Specifications would be prepared for Army Corps and Ecology review at the time of the final planting plan. [Suggs and Colburn] Enquired about placing vertical tree snags within the mitigation area. [Light response] Snags need to be buried up to at least 30 percent of their height to stay upright, and this would interfere with the capping objectives of the site, as well as potentially interfere with ground water flow. The objectives of the contaminant — remediation team need to take priority, but will be consulted during preparation of the final planting plan to see if any snags could be safely placed. [Suggs] Requested 10 years of monitoring, rather than the 5 years proposed. Would the contractor guarantee planting success? [answer: yes for immediate success in fast yam] [Madenwald] Who will get the reports, and will the Muckelshoots be involved? [Light response] _ We expect the mitigation reports will be distributed to anyone with an interest, but Ecology would likely be the lead to make the initial determination for a . mailing list. The Muckleshoots have participated in the process since its first inception years ago, and receive all information as a listed participant. It is our understanding from Karen Walters that the Muckleshoot Indian Tribe views the remediation as a positive action, and are directing their resources in other directions at present. [Hadley] Described fisheries assessment and mitigative elements as being directed at all fish species in Lake Washington, not just sockeye. In response to questions about the accounting method for measuring linear extent of bulkheads, clarified that initial work looked south onto the Barbee Mill where genuine bulkheads occur, but that property is not now included. The category stayed nonetheless". Bollards were separately accounted from bulkheads in the report tables, _ although they both have the same fisheries habitat effect. The 33 percent of area with bank protections in place included bollards, rip -rap, log skids, and other reinforcements. There are no true bulkheads on the Quendall or Barbee properties. February 17, 2000 - ASSOCIATED EARTH SCIENCES, INC. ACxr1d - KM14 6 - LO-D.W12-W . w2K Page 2 [Colburn] The question is procedural. [Suggs] Her experience with other municipalities does not give her assurance. She would like bonding. [Joyce] Doesn't see need for bonding, but it could be discussed further. [Colburn] Assurance is not documented in this mitigation report. [Wolfe and Joyce] We can consider an inclusion by reference to the Consent Decree obligations. [Suggs] What type of temporary irrigation would be used for the mitigation plantings? Would there be a diversion from Lake Washington? [Light] City water would be the source. [Suggs] In the early 1990s, portions of the Baxter site were cleared without a permit. [Colburn] The owners were required to mitigate at that time [City added that a permit was granted after the fact as an administrative matter]. Mitigation consisted of a silt fence, straw cover on the cleared areas, and winter wheat planting (occurred in November). [Suggs] Then the site had more habitat value than at present. Is the comparison of enhancement to how it appears now, or then? [Hadley] To how it appears now. 50 years ago it was a forested river delta. [Light] The issue is moot. Vegetation will still be removed by remediation. and this mitigation proposal will replace it with greater value. [Kindig] Practically speaking, there are no data on the past 1990 action to apply a valuation to the alder that were removed, nor would it change the mitigation plan. The site exists as we see it at present, and that condition is documented. [Wolfe] In the 1960s. to 1980s. it had less value while industrial activity was active. The discussion closed at that point. February 17, 2000 ASSOCUTM EARTH SCIENCES, INC. ACxaa - x "I-OZUO - rD-o: W12-W . W2x Page 4 MITIGATION ANALYSIS MEMORANDUM All 1V 11 ONO WASBU1 G $, O r PREPARED FOR Vulcan Northwest City of Renton PROJECT NO. KB99142A February 17, 2000 CORPORATE OFFICE 411 Filch Amon, Suite 100 ASSOCIATED Kerlcl v4 vft4agftn gem (425) 817-7701 EARTH FAX (425) 027-5424 SCIENCES, 9MC MNBMDGE ISLAND OFFICE 179 Modrone lane North Bainbridge Island, WA 98110 (206} 780-9370 FAX (206) 780-9438 PORT QUENDALL MITIGATION ANALYSIS MEMORANDUM Prepared for: Vulcan Northwest 110 110`b Avenue NE, Fifth Floor Bellevue, WA 98004 and The City of Renton 1055 South Grady Way, Sixth Floor Renton, WA 98055 Prepared by: Associated Earth Sciences, Inc. 911 Fifth Avenue, Suite 100 Kirkland, Washington 98033 February 17, 2000 Project No. KB99142A Quendall and 3aver Properties Mitigation Analysis Memorandum TABLE OF CONTENTS 1.0 INTRODUCTION ............. -----------,--------'.^------------''( 1.1 Objectives........................................................................................... 1 1.2 Disclaimer i 2/0 DESCRIPTION OF AFFECTED RESOURCES .................................................................... 2 2'1 Water Quality '—'—''---''—.'—'''_—.—..--...—.....—...--....,.—....2 2.1.1 South Lake Washington ..—.—...—.—.......—^..--.'—..'.—.--..'% 2.1.2 Gypsy SubbasiQDrainage ................. ...... ............................... ....... 9 2.2 Plants and Animals .... .................................................. ................ .... l2 2.3 Fisheries Affected Environment .......................... .................................... l6 2.3.1 Introduction ................................... ............................................ ld 2'3.2 Lake Washington Biology ............................................................. 17 Pelagic Species —..—^..—.—...—.....—.—~—..------..—.—..... 17 BeoMh*z Species ...--.—.,...—....^—.—.--.--.—..—.--..—..-.. Il 2.3.3 Lake Washington Shoreline ........................................................... Zl Survey Methodology ',..—.'—..',..—....---..----...—..— %l On -Site Habitat and VabumC6on---......--.—....—......—..—......—.... 21 Off -Site Habitat —..--.^.—...—..—.--....—.........—,^.—..-......... 27 2.3.4 Lake Washington Omen Water ........................................................ 29 Benthic,--'.—..--.—..—..--.—..,.--..--.—..---..—...... Zg WaterColumn. -^...—........................................ ......................... 30 Surface............................................................................. ......... 30 2.3.5 Habitat 5JaYuqtion.--.--.^...--..--.--.....—...—..—..—.—... 30 2/4 Recreational .'....—.....---...----...---..--.--.--....—..... Jl 2.5 Cultural .—..--...—.—..----^—..—.-^.......----..--......—.—.. 31 2.6 Ec000mic—..--.—.---.----.—.—.--.....—.—.--..—..—.—.— 31 3]8 IMPACTS ...................................................................................................... ........................ 32 3.l Plants and Animals —.--.—....---...—......—.--..—^.....—...-- 32 3.1.1 Disturbance 0JShoreUe...................................................... ........ 3Z 3.1.2 Dredge Offshore Polycyclic Aromatic Hydrocarbons (PAH) ................... 32 3.1.3 In -Water Or%:'FootSedbxeot Cap .................................................... 37 3.1.4 Dredge Offshore Areas with Greater Than 50 Percent Wood Chips ........... 37 3.1.5 Upland Soil Excavation and Capping ................................................ 37 �� ~.� Fisheries Iupa.=.....---.----..—..'^.'^^^^'^^`^''^^'^^''^^^`'^^'~ l7 3.2.8 Shoreline Disturbance ..-----.—..-....----.—.—..—.—..—..' 37 3.2.2 Dredge Offshore (PAH) .............................................................. ^ 38 3'2.3 Dredge Offshore Chips\..—..--..—.—.—.—.—.—.,....,..'. 38 3.2.4 Upland Soil Excavation and Capping ................................................ 40 4]] MITIGATION —.--_—..—.....—,,--...'-'.---__-----_-----...._—' 41 4.1 P�N%�'aDd Animals -....--------.—''—.---.'—.--'—'.—'^'''''' 43 4'1.1 Disturbance to Quendall Shoreline and Loss mfWetland C...................... 43 4.1.2 Excavation of Baxter Cove (Wetland E) and Loss of Wetland 1) ............... 49 FebruaryJ7, 2000 A8S7CUJEJEARTH SCIENCES INC Quendall and Baxter Properties Mitigation Analysis Memorandum TABLE OF CONTENTS (continued) Page 4.1.3 Dredge Offshore Areas with Greater Than 50 Percent Wood Chips , . , ........ 49 4.1.4 Dredge Offshore PAH Areas :....................... .................................. 50 4.1.5 Upland Soil and Excavation and Capping ........................................... 50 4.2 Fisheries Mitigation.,........................................................................... 50 4.2.1 In -Water Work Timing ........... . ....... .............................................. 50 4.2.2 Shoreline Disturbance.................................................................. 51 4.2.3 Dredge Offshore (PAH and Wood Chips) .......................................... 51 4.2.4 Upland Soil Excavation and Capping ................................................ 51 4.3 Water Quality..................................................................................... 53 4.4 Mitigation Implementation Schedule......................................................... 53 4.4.1 Baxter Property .................................................... . ..................... 53 4.4.2 Quendall Property . ...................................................................... 53 4.5 Monitoring and Contingency................................................................... 55 4.5.1 Performance Standards................................................................. 55 4.5.2 Maintenance.............................................................................. 56 4.5.3 Monitoring...................................................... . ......................... 56 4.5.4 Monitoring Schedule.................................................................... 57 4.5.5 Monitoring Reporting................................................................... 57 4.5.6 Contingency Plans............................................................... I....... 58 5.0 REFERENCES..................................................... ..... ............. .......................... I.................... 59 LIST OF FIGURES Page Figure 2-1. Metro Water Quality Sampling Stations in Lake Washington ............................... 3 - Figure 2-2. Wetlands and Shoreline Vegetation...................................................................... 13 Figure 2-3. Aerial Overview of Port Quendall Remediation Site ........................................... 14 Figure 2-4. 1994 beach seining results at Kennydale Park ...................................................... 18 - Figure 2-5. Wetlands and Shoreline Structure......................................................................... 24 Figure 2-6. Wetlands and Shoreline Substrate and Depth ............................... __.................... 25 Figure 2-7. Lake Washington Shoreline Composition along a 14-Mile Reach of Lakeshore on Both Sides of Quendall and Baxter in September 1995.............................................................. 28 Figure 3-1. Wetlands and Shoreline Vegetation with Remediation Overlay .......................... 34 Figure 3-2. Wetlands and Shoreline Structure with Remediation Overlay " Figure 3-3. Wetlands and Shoreline Substrate and Depth with Remediation Overlay ........... 36 Figure 4-1. Conceptual Shoreline and Wetland Mitigation Plan ............................................. 42 Figure 4-2. Shoreline Enhancement Concept (shrub -dominated cross-section) ..................... 46 Figure 4-3. Shoreline Enhancement Concept (tree -dominated cross-section) ........................ 47 Figure 4-4. Conceptual Wetland Design for Lake Washington Shoreline .............................. 48 - February 17 2000 ASSOCIATED EARTH SCIENCES, INC. ACK,YW xMMW7u t.a-o:udu-W -wzx Page ii Quendall and $aster Properties Mitigation Analysis Memorandum LIST OF TABLES Pge Table 2-1. Nearshore Lake Washington Total Metals Concentrations for a Water Sample Collected South of the Gypsy Subbasin Culvert Outfall on the Baxter Parcel ............................................ 4 Table 2-2. Lake Washington Surface Water Quality near the Port Quendall Property ........................................................................................... 5 Table 2-3. Lake Washington Water Quality Data Collected near the May Creek Mouth ............................ Table 2-4. Water Quality Measured in the Lower Gypsy Subbasin Drainage Outfall to Lake Washington.................................................................. 10 Table 2-5. Results of Metals Screen for Lower Gypsy Subbasin Drainage at the Culvert Outlet to Lake Washington ............................................. 1 I Table 2-6. Wetlands to be Dredged or Filled by the Port Quendall Remediation Actions..................................................................... 15 Table 2-7. Fish Species in Lake Washington ....................... .. 19 ................................................ Table 2-8. Benthic Biota Present in Lake Washington.......................................................... 22 Table 2-9. Lake Washington shoreline characteristics for the Quendall and Baxter Properties . .......... ................................................................. 26 Table 2-10. Comparison of Shoreline Conditions within the Remediation Area and the Surrounding Shoreline ............................................... 27 Table 2-11. Comparison of Overwater Pier Coverage within the Remediation Area (1997) and the Surrounding Shoreline (1989) ........................ 28 Table 3-1. Shoreline Vegetation Disturbance Resulting from Upland Excavation and/or Capping...................................................................... 32 Table 3-2. Impacts to Wetlands to be Dredged or Filled by the Quendall and Baxter Remediation Actions (Refer to Figure 3-1) .........................33 Table 3-3. Valuation of Physical Shoreline Characteristics as Fish Habitat and Mitigated Condition Following Remediation (3,130 feet surveyed April 11, 1997).................................................................... 39 Table 4-1. Plant Species Proposed for Planting within the Wetland and Shoreline Buffers............................................................................. 45 Table 4-2. Mitigated Lake Washington Shoreline Characteristics (3,130 ft. surveyed April 11 1997)...........................................................---.......... 52 Table 4-3. , Mitigation of Short -Term Impacts Related to Site Cleanup ................................. 54 February I Z 2000 ASSOCIATED EARTH SCIENCES, INC. ACKrhIrd - K89 14W7- tD-D:IW2-ao - w2K Page iii Quendall and Baxter Properties Mitigation Analysis Memorandum 1.0 INTRODUCTION 1.1 Objectives Mitigation analysis has been prepared for remediation of the Quendall Terminals (Quendall) and Baxter sites under Prospective Purchases Consent Decrees as provided for under the Model Toxics Control Act (MTCA). The remediation areas include the Quendall and Baxter properties, as well as areas offshore of the Quendall property. The Washington State Department of Natural Resources (DNR) is a landowner offshore of the Quendall and Baader properties. Use authorization will be obtained from DNR prior to remediation activities on its property. Under a Consent Decree in conformance with MTCA (RCW 70.105D), remediation actions are exempt from procedural requirements of permits under RCW Chapters 70.94 [Air], 70.95 [Solid Waste], 70.105 [Hazardous Waste], 75.20 [Hydraulic Permit], 90.49 [Water Quality], and 90.58 [Shorelands], and the procedural requirements of any laws requiring .or authorizing local government permits or approvals for the remedial action (RCW 70.105D.090). For the mitigation action, this would include such procedural requirements as Hydraulic Permit Approval (HPA), National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) permit issuance, and City of Renton wetland mitigation requirements and shorelands permits under the Renton zoning regulations. The Washington Department of Ecology (Ecology) will ensure compliance with the substantive provisions of these laws and regulations through issuance of the Consent Decrees for the Quendall and Baxter remediation projects, and will make the final decision regarding which substantive provisions are applicable. The substantive requirements will be incorporated into the Consent Decrees as Ecology deems appropriate, or into other remedial action documents. The Consent Decrees would provide assurance that the mitigation proposed in this document will be performed. The Consent Decrees would also require that the mitigation installation, oversight, and monitoring contractor be identified in advance to Ecology. In this document, references to City of Renton wetland buffer requirements, buffer widths, and shoreline setbacks are made for the purpose of comparing substantiveelements of the proposed remediation under MTCA with the local procedural requirements for the Quendall and Baxter properties. Resources potentially impacted by the site remediation plans are described in Section 2.0, and impacts to those resources from remediation are described in Section 3.0. Conceptual mitigation plans are provided in Section 4.0. 1.2 Disclaimer The City of Renton has an interest in the Quendall property, and Vulcan Northwest, Inc. has an interest in the Baxter property. The DNA is a landowner of record for areas offshore of both properties that would be affected by some of the proposed remediation work. The City of Renton, and Vulcan Northwest, Inc. are submitting this document with the understanding- that no independent liabilities shall be assumed by any party under the Model Toxics Control Act (MTCA) or any comparable federal or state environmental laws should any party elect not to complete purchase of the- subject properties; nor shall the current owners of the Quendall or Baxter project areas be in any way obligated to undertake any mitigation approach or recommendation contained herein. February 17, 2000 ASSOCUTW EARTH SCIENCE'S. INC. ACKIjklid - K89914W7- LD-D:1142-W- W2K Page I Quendall and Barter Properties Mirigarion Analysis Memorandum 2.0 DESCRIPTION OF AFFECTED RESOURCES 2.1 Water Quality Lake Washington is the largest lake in King County with a drainage area of 472 square miles and an area of 21,500 acres. The lake has a volume of 2.35 million acre-feet, a mean depth of 108 feet, and a maximum depth of 214 feet. The Lake Washington watershed is urban, and approximately 63 percent of its area was developed by 1989 (Metro 1989). The basin is much more urbanized today. The main inflows to the lake are the Cedar River in the south end (57%) and the Sammatnish River in the north end (27%). The Cedar River contributes 25 percent and the Sammamish River contributes 41 percent of the phosphorus load to the lake, respectively. The lake outlet is the ship canal, which flows through Portage Bay and Lake Union to Puget Sound near Shilshole. Metro has established numerous water quality monitoring stations for nutrients and conventional - parameters throughout Lake Washington (Figure 2-1). Most of the historic water quality data available for Lake Washington are from 5 nearshore stations established in Juanita Bay, Yarrow Bay, Newport, Meydenbauer Bay and Kenmore, which are all north of the remediation site. However, additional nearshore and offshore stations were added to the monitoring effort beginning in 1992, which included three near the Port Quendall remediation site. These three lake stations are located at the mouth of May Creek (stations 0839 [shallow] and 0840 [deep]), and near Renton (station 0831). Lake Washington is listed as water quality limited for sediment under the 1972 Clean Water Act �J (Section 303(d) Segment No. 08-9350). Six sediment bioassay studies are cited as the basis for the listing. Three of the six bioassays were conducted on sediment collected near the Port Quendall site (Norton 1991; Norton 1992, Bennett and Cubbage 1992). Lake Washington (Waterbody . Segment Number WA-08-9350) is listed as impaired for wildlife habitat as a result of industrial point source pollution. Contamination of the Quendall and Baxter properties, and cleanup standards agreed under Consent Decrees for each, are not the subject of this water quality section. Conventional water quality parameters are described, mainly from existing literature, to allow evaluation of habitat suitability following remediation. _ 2.1.1 South Lake Washington Beak Consultants Incorporated collected one on -site shoreline water sample on March 21, 1997 from Lake Washington approximately 200 feet south of the lower Gypsy Subbasin Drainage outfall to augment the Metro data, which lacked information on heavy metals. This sample was analyzed for metals (e.g., cadmium, copper, lead, and zinc) and hardness (Table 2-1). Cadmium and zinc exceeded the acute State water quality standards, and lead exceeded the chronic water quality standard. The exceedences were based on State standards (WAC 173-201 A) for metals at the ambient hardness of 32 mg CaCO,lL. February 17, 2000 ASSOCIATED EARTH SCIENCES. INC. ACK/jhl& - X89914W7 - LD-D:102.A0 - %7K Page 2 - LEGEND 4W, Historic water quality stations Shallow station NORTH Deep station r ' ` NO SCALE g METRO WATER (QUALITY SAMPLING FIGURE 2.1 STATIONS IN LAKE WASHINGTONI QUENDALL AND BARTER PROPERTIES DATE 9/24199 lecermpimme, REMEDIATION MITIGATION PROJECT PROJ, NO. KS99142A Quendall and Baxter Properties Mitigation Analysis Memorandum Table 2.1. Nearshore Lake Washington Total Metals Concentrations for a Water Sample Collected South of the Gypsy Subbasin Culvert Outfall on the Baxter Parcel. ' ii A Metal Result (mg/L) Lake Ciao Criteria (WAC 173-201A) mg/L '1 Standard Met? j Cadmium: 0.0010 Acute 0.0009 NO Chronic 0.0004 NO Copper. 0.002 Acute 0.0052 YES Chronic 0.0038 YES Lead: 0.001 Acute 0.0132 YES Chronic 0.0005 NO Zinc: 0.054 Acute 0.0397 ;r NO Chronic 0.0360 i NO Water sample collected from Baxter parce! shoreline by Beak Consultants on March 21, 1997. Metals standards shown for hardness of 32 mg/L as CaCO3 in the sample. Metro has monitored two Lake Washington stations near the mouth of May Creek and an offshore station near Kennydale Park in Renton (Table 2-2). The sampling frequency varied, but was from approximately 1992 to the present, with samples collected bimonthly. Parameters monitored were temperature, D.O., pH, conductivity, transparency, turbidity, alkalinity, nitrate + nitrite -nitrogen, ammonia nitrogen, total nitrogen, orthophosphate, total phosphate, chlorophyll -a, phaeophytin, fecal coliform, and enterococcus. The lake water quality near the Quendall and Baxter sites can be described as moderate for a mesotrophic urban lake. The remediation actions are expected to improve sediment quality and _ decrease risk of exposure of aquatic organisms to contaminants originating on the two sites. Water quality for the whole lake is rated by Metro as good, except for algal blooms in periods of warm weather. Average transparency for the south lake stations was 3.8 m. Fecal coliforms were high _ at the May Creels nearshore station (average of 128 MPN), as was chlorophyll -a (9.6 mg/m' in 1996). Nutrients were low at the Kennydale Paris and May Creek lake stations, With the average nitrate + nitrate nitrogen value less than 0.25 mg/L and the average orthophosphate was less than _ 0.010 mg/L. Transparency, total phosphorus, and chlorophyll -a trends for METRO station 0839 during water years 1992 through 1994 indicate decreased transparency, slightly increased phosphorus, and slightly decreased chlorophyll -a (Table 2-3). Chlorophyll -a peaked annually from 1992 through 1994 in April or May offshore of May Creek, which may be reflective of nutrient loading from the February 17, 2000 ASSOCM7ED EARTH SCIENCES. INC. — Acxi;Ar+d - U9914US7 - La—D. ire -W - wzx Page 4 Quendall and Baxter Properties Mitigation Analysis Memorandum creek coincident with increased sunlight in the spring. Table 2-2. Lake Washington Surface Water Quality near the Port Quendall Property. 'i"e ,;.p; c^ :..p'�• 00 cbldity .'° `i c{144i ' Entm. Yeac: �+ Secclyi.{m}' ' T K,4�Ii'IUj t•,'.: es,CaCE}�; :: �T r�� ...:, . i.tcF 'i:, .if. .q'�.:�y.. s3=S�.+; ..10 1992- 13.68 10.43 7.86 96 4.2 1.2 36.4 1996 / 0831 1992- 15.55 11.11 7.83 97 4.4 1.3 36.0 54 1996 / 0839 1995 / 14.24 11.34 8.29 97 3.5 0.9 38.0 1 0840 1996 / 13.72 10.23 7.79 97 3.2 1.4 36.0 to 0940 19970/ 12.44 9.40 7.54 94 3.7 0.6 38.1 19 0840 �'�•': �:"; 4l< a : ��' ' `:#.Lr4 � '�i:':�r s'-1 l..ta�: � .Total Nitrtafe ':�OFttio{�r '=�Tots1P'y�� ;C6�o ll� r .Fecal Coltform jtri' p6�.rr� `+@ 1fb!1f'l�ft':a /-��/� .1W6.��-'�IIi11L1. EM>�i ��4:'•.�ynf .`' ,:. ?n'ti ''-;. "t..=r..:',"«x c : c"? .iIR..:;w 'i .r',i�" @.. •'" .� • •?` �00 `+� t -.;I::?.= 1992- 0.157 0.022 0.296 0.009 0.022 4.4 1.5 25 1996 / 0831 1992- 0.117 0,029 0.31 0.008 0.017 4.2 3.4 128 1996 / 0839 1995 / 0.190 tun 0.32 0.006 0.020 9.6 1.0 2 0840 1996 / 0.181 0.031 0.324 0,007 0.020 am nm 25 0840 1997' / 0.226 0.021 0.289 0.008 0.017 nm nm' 52 0840 Notes: Lalte Washington water quality data collected near Renton from 1992 to 19% (Maim station 0831) Lake Washington water quality data collected from t992 to 1995 offshore of May Creek mouth (Source Metro station 0839). Lake Washington water quality data collected hear May Creek mouth (Metro station 0840 - Deep fake Station). Monthly average of water quality data collected at a depth of 1 meter. tun - not monitored • 1997 dam includes only October, November and December •/ Field measurement February 17. 2000 ASSOCIATED EARTH SCIENCES, INC. ACtu1rtfre . XM14W7 - tD-, :102-M • W2K Page 5 Quendall and Baxter properties Mitigation Anatysis Memorandum Table 2-3. Lake Washington Water Quality Data Collected Near the May Creek Moutb. ;� IDate . :. ... SK ('hatesparency }: (meter) '-:�:' TowPleasphate {mglL) _ • �'�'' Chrosophpfl-a (mElm� . �.. , '. May 1192 5.0 am 21.0 May 18 92 3.4 0.011 1.5 May 26 92 4.6 am nm June 01 92 6.0 0.006 1.6 June 15 92 5.7 0.001 am June 22 92 5.8 0.023 am July 06 92 5.5 0.0009 2.1 July 20 92 4.4 0.010 am Aug 03 92 4.7 0.010 0.9 Aug 10 92 4.4 0.008 am Aug 17 92 4.1 0.017 am Aug 24 92 4.5 0.028 nm Aug � 1 92 4.3 0.020 nm Sep 08 92 3.6 0.029 2.9 Average: 4.7 0.014 5.0 nin = not monitored Source: Metro Station 0839 (shallow) February 17, 20W ASSOCUTW EARTH SCIENCES, INC. ACKrjjh& - KB99142AS7 - fd-D: um2-W - w2K Page 6 Quendall and Baxter Properties Mitigation Analysis Memorandum Table 2-3. Lake Washington Water Quality Data Collected near the May Creek Mouth. (Continued) Dot ,; ;;• ; , f"ensle�rencY�'.. TotatPlkasphgteon .E),'blarop&yil�.{mg,/m'j Oct 05 92 5.0 0.014 2.5 Oct 20 92 4.2 0.015 nm Nov 02 92 6.5 0.017 1.8 Nov 17 92 4.6 0.022 2.3 Dec 0192 4.5 0.02-7 2.8 Jan 04 93 6.0 0.035 3.2 Feb 0193 3.3 0.012 2.7 Mar 0193 3.3 0.025 7.6 Mar 16 93 2.4 0.021 0.7 Apr 15 93 2.1 0.024 21.0 Apr 19 93 2.1 0.019 11.0 May 03 93 3.0 0.009 4.0 May 25 93 3.3 0.036 4.5 Jun 07 93 5.0 0.014 2.0 Jul06 93 4.0 0.019 0.5 Aug 02 93 3.0 0.059 0.1 Sep 0193 4.2 0.009 0.4 Average: 3.9 0.022 4.2 nm = not monitored Source: Metro Station 0839 (shallow) February 17, 20U0 ASSOCIATED EARTH SCIENCES. INC. ACxrihIm - xW914u57 - td-o: W2-ago - +nK Page 7 Quen"I and Barter Properties 1Viligadon Analysis Memorandum Table 2-3. Lake Washington Water Quality Data Collected Near the May Creek Mouth. (Continued) Date Tow P ri-,,Cwropbyfl-a (MgIM3) Oct 04 93 7.0 0-009 0.4 Nov 01 93 5.0 0.011 2.4 Dec 08 93 5.5 0.018 0.5 Jan 05 94 5.0 0.081 0.4 Feb 15 94 3.8 0.011 4.1 Mar 07 94 3.2 0.023 4.5 Mar 2194 2.5 0.020 6.1 Apr 04 94 2.8 0.045 18.0 Apr 18 94 3.0 0.012 7.7 May 02 94 3,8 0.020 6-3 May 23 94 2.7 0.017 6.9 Jun 06 94 3.5 0.013 7,2 Jul 05 94 4.0 0.018 3.6 Aug 04 94 5.0 0.031 2,0 Sep 06 94 4.5 0.017 2.0 Average: 4.1 I.023 4.8 rum = not monitored Source- Metro Station 0839 (shaUow) February 17, 2000 ASSOCIATED EARTH SCIENCES, INC A CKI]AIld - 099 1 4W I - LD-D. Ud1 X - WK Page 8 Quench![ and Barter PMernes Mitigation Analysis Memorandum Table 2-3, Lake Washington Water Quality Data Collected Near the May Creek Mouth. (Continued) Secchi Disc ('hwaparemy) (meter) Total Phosphate (mg ) CbloroFhyll-a (mg/M) Oct 03 94 6,0 0.011 2.5 Nov 02 94 5.0 0.027 2.4 Dec 05 95 4.0 0.028 2.3 !an 23 95 5.5 0.027 5.0 Average: 4.8 0.028 3.7 nm = not monitored Source: Metro Station 0839 (shallow) 2.1.2 GypU Subbasin Drainage No historic water quality data were available for Lower Gypsy Subbasin Drainage. The Lower Gypsy subbasin flows from the east side of I-405 through an approximately 125-foot open channel before entering a culvert in the northern area of the project site that discharges directly to Lake Washington. Lower Gypsy subbasin water discharges via tightline directly to Lake Washington and is thus classified as Class A (extraordinary) by WAC 173-201A. This drainage is distinct from Gypsy Creek, which joins May Creek at RM 1.15. Limited water quality monitoring of the Lower Gypsy subbasin occurred on March 28, 1997 by Beak Consultants, Inc. (Table 24). The results were consistent with an urban stream and show some influence of upstream wetlands. Waters were neutral, cool, with low dissolved oxygen, high conductivity, and high total dissolved solids relative to most regional waters. Oil and grease were below detection, fecal coliforms were moderate (41 CFU/ 100 mL) and hardness was moderate. Nutrients were moderately elevated: nitrate and nitrite oxygen was 1.0 mg/L and total phosphorus was .038 mg1L. All metals met the chronic toxicity standard (WAC 173-201A) adjusted for the ambient hardness (Tables 2-4 and 2-5); however, while cadmium, lead, mercury, and silver were all below detection, the detection levels for these metals were above their respective standard. Based on the limited water quality data (one sampling event), dissolved oxygen was below the Class AA standard (> 9.5 mg/L). Turbidity may not meet the standard, but compliance was not determined because of lack of baseline data. It is likely that temperature would not meet the standard (G 16°C) during the summer months due to the low elevation and the wetland component of the stream system. During some site visits, a strong sewer odor was noticed where Gypsy February 17, 20040 ASSOCUITED EARTH SCIENCES. INC. ,scxtfh& - x099IO2A57 - cD-D: W12-M - w2x Page 9 Quendali and Barter Properties Mitigation Analysis Memorandum subbasin enters the site from the east; however, this odor was not apparent during the single monitoring event reported here. Origin of this odor is not obvious. Table 24. Water Quality Measured in the Lower Gypsy' Subbasin Drainage Outfall to Lake Washington. ,'l7ia►e?� Water pH Dlmlved Osygem Coadwdvity * Total 00 Grease; Tlr'H Tiezi3VrztnrQr (mIl %) (Oh— We) (mgtL) 10:21 9.85 7.15 =8�On 180 < I Filtrate+ Total . Total l'hwphom OrthaPhMbate Fecal Colitbm (ml;Q (avg. 3 repo.) 0.028 1.0 0.5 0.038 0,025 41 ',`•TototZead°..- -;ei Tmtt tq" Tota,>`,',Corppa ;rota ° Zinc Hatfaess (ice (Dill-) fngf4l . 110 5 6.3 <0.02 < 0.002 0.06 74 <0.02 (dissolved) <0.002 (dissolved) 0.0105 (dissolved) Monitoring Date: March 28, 1997 24-hour rainfall recorded at Sea-Tac was 0.10' on March 27. 1997. ° See Table 2-5 for a complete listing of the mewls screening analysis. . February 177, 20M ASSOCIATED ElRTH SCIENCES, INC. ACxrWU - KM14 sr - LD-D, vel2-M - Dix Page -10 Quendall and Baxter Properties Mitigation Analysis Memorandum AI�i16A1�1 III'1RA --- -- Table 2-5. Results of Metals Screen for Lower Gypsy Subbasin Drainage at the Culvert Outlet to Lake Washington >" March 213 Rcaalt Aluminum 0.26 0.01 Antimony <0.02 0.02 Arsenic <0.03 0.03 Boron <0.1 0.1 Barium 0.015 0.003 Beryllium <0.005 0.005 Calcium 18.0 0.1 Cadmium < 0.002 0.002 Cobalt < 0.003 0.003 Chromium <0.006 0.006 Copper <0.002 0.002 Iron 1.6 0.01 Mercury <0.01 0.01 Potassium 2.2 1.0 Lithium <0.02 0.02 Magnesium 7.2 0.1 Manganese 0.320 0.002 Molybdenum <0.01 0.01 Sodium 8.9 0.1 Nickel <0.01 0.01 Phosphorus 0.08 0.05 Lead < 0.02 0.02 Sulfur 3.3 0.1 Selealum <0.03 0.03 Silicon 1.0 0.10 Silver <0.01 0.01 Tin 0.02 0.02 strontium 0.120 0.003 Titanium <0.01 0.01 Thallium <0.03 0.03 Vanadium <0.002 0.002 Ynrium <0.001 0.001 zinc 0.060 0.002 Samples collected on Mardi 29, IM, Lower Gypsy Creek subbasin outfall at lake Washington. Note: Total metals. All values are in mg1L. EPA Method 200.7. Italics indicate results which exceed or may exceed the WAC 173-201A surface water standard (chronic). the ambiguity occurs when the standard is lower than the detection limit and the result is below detection. Bold italics indicate a result which may exceed the acute standard (silver). February 17, 2000 ASSOCUTED EARTH SCIENCES, INC. ACKIfAIM - KB4414W7- LD-D:102-W - W2K Page i 1 QuendaU and Batter Properties Mitigation Analysis Memorandum '1��� ilgil�l 2.2 Plants and Animals The Port Quendall and Baxter parcels are sparsely vegetated. Five wetland areas were delineated within the QuendalVBaxter remediation area (David Evans and Associates 1997, Figure 2-2). The Port Quendall parcel is currently an active log yard; vegetation on the site is primarily limited to the shoreline (Figure 2-3, Table 2-6). Two of the wetlands (Wetlands A and B) are found along the Quendall shoreline. Wetland A is a palustrine forested wetland dominated by immature red alder (Alnur rubra) and Himalayan blackberry (Rubus discolor), with a sparse herbaceous layer of w reed cmmggrass (Phalaris arundinacea), buttercup (Ranunculus repens) and yellow flag iris (Iris pseudacorus). Wedand B is a palustrine forested wetland comprised of red alder with a hardhack (Spiraea douglasit) and Pacific willow (Salir lasiandra) shrub layer. Hydrology in Wetlands A _ and B is controlled by the lake level. Only minor surface discharge enters these areas. Vegetation and embedded logs help stabilize the shoreline. These wetlands provide little flood control, base flow support or water quality improvement, because they lie along the shoreline and receive little _ surface discharge. A third wetland (Wetland C) located on the Quendall parcel is a remnant of an old industrial lagoon which currently supports a permanent open water component, emergent vegetation dominated by cattails (7�pha latifolia) and a black cottonwood (Populus balsamifera) _ sapling shrub layer. Wetland C detains some drainage from the adjacent log yards and therefore provides some water quality function by diverting this runoff from the lake. However, no outlet was observed and the area appears to be isolated from ground water, therefore, no base flow support is provided by this wetland. The remaining vegetated shoreline along the Quendall parcel is dominated by red alder, willow and Himalayan blackberry. Industrial activities on the Baxter parcel ended in the early 19$0s; a portion of the site is currently used to store bark mulch. The compacted fill soils on the Baxter parcel support sparse stands of non-native grasses and patches of sapling- and seedling -size black cottonwood and soft rush - (Juncus e,,dusus). Baxter Cove (Wedand E) is found along the southern Baxter shoreline and appears to have been created by shoreline fill or fill and dredge activities. Baxter Cove supports an open water component, cattails and a shrub layer comprised of Himalayan blackberry, red alder saplings and red -osier dogwood (Cornus stolonifera) and a few willow (Salix spp.) and Pacific Madrone (Arbutus menziesit). The second wetland area (Wetland D) on Baxter is an old industrial pond isolated from Lake Washington that is dominated by cattail, Pacific willow and red -osier dogwood. The floodwater control, base flow support and water quality functions provided by Baxter Cove and Wetland D are limited due to the small area that drains each wetland area. A narrow band of vegetation, approximately 25 feet wide, along the remaining Baxter shoreline is comprised of Scotch broom (Cyrisus scoparius) (also frequently referred to as Scott's broom) and Himalayan blackberry. A short open channel section of the Gypsy Subbasin Drainage is also located on the Baxter parcel. The Baxter site was cleared in 1999. Sapling red alder and willow are present on the steep banks of the channel. However, only extremely limited habitat value is currently provided by this vegetation. _ February 17, 2000 ASSOCIATED EARTH SCIENCES. INC. ACK11W - XM14W7 - W-DAW12-M - W2K Page 12 mole 00 Q cc W � ° WETLAND z o A GYPSY SUBBASIN DRAINAGE (UNAFFECTED BY REWDIAT1ON) E WETLLAAND r a WIErLAND C VVETuND MD D i LEGEND Blackberry Shrubs Trees NOTE: ALL HABITAT, WETLAND, AND PROJECT FEATURE LOCATIONS AND QUANTITIES ARE APPROXIMATE. G�. NORTH a sm �o aao 4W APPRGXNATE SCALE IN FEET ®�,ATE® WETLANDS AND SHORELINE VEGETATION FIGURE 2-2 QUENDALL AND BAXTER PROPERTIES DATE 9124199 JbIz�2==mw0002momot INCH REMEDIATION FOOTPRINT REI4M VMHINGTON PROJ. NO. KB gmA •r• +may`. `�,- A�� . �$� .y I. yin r!Y)� o • � � � o .: f D Q 'r-'`r�L ;•t.r r Ip' ffiY'e c fr t' � n.:�fSY;;.!` r o� y �, •�aa �, BSI•{. nti'3' .,�}a�,. •_.. _.._.. V�yy�.���"r R' .,�q_Q'j,�U'Qpc4 va v � r `;�., . - .L f ,'{�.��n�u •�, `� �_,� �� Y �'• '.`".Q, ktix:'.:�,..1. .- . :"'rJ � '� r "^i `5 Cyr., '+i F� �' f } ,,_"�- �'�{' . T'v�7�yt .I1S ..�: ., �:; ,µ1,{_r (��jjj►a.J yl�r , "' n '' > r, r 1"Y +�R[1r. • l.q�✓. q} J "t f5 • • i 'S " Y,'y ' y��Fi ,-'t"" ��'+� i � R 9 U ID �+=+°4, y j 47, rg •43"r4- +.-•'� y _ '7•,�Jf1 :r W*. .� '(. , .<"*i r�:• �' 'r n - /7 .a b Sipe. dj♦ �t p�S' �• i r. � - ! � Lr' �,,,� "°�." �] � h �,,. F � � fir•' � ..' 4�-`4 !. u- ;v AFt r�. [ ,.�,+� • "`yd r�- i . � Sri,• �%• • • Jar'{f `t t .� ' r 'pose. ' LL • 2 � r � �-itf`� `,._. .Ti r• ,{ '. '` :'• off -�'. r .j ^'•^ �!`� {f. ��:�.. „-_ is• r ,, f•..--pr-' �i IM• r-. do .:•lt .r y�g _rx r tY.:'l'y ...,•. R :h r ` - 1 ,�.. ••-.t�^f ••i.e.� ' -r'� '4; 4 • t. 4lx •� Mpctit,,�[ � J �. *. � r$' t! 5 • r t ; �'�� �\ �r ;�p �� ' '��r• � €!� r iyrri.' �:'- _ r ��r �q.;�C��y� �"s .' ! '�' � 7 •.i `' �" to ,• 1 R'� �' • v. � , �: � i < � �� J jai iYr, f`� �� � �r ....._.--•--�-�+�'� • �� •..�'i�r, r ��}• �,!' rim. ` iY"^i4• - •kti` CyRYS"'. "'- . A }' .�y' r r' •�� r �� j/(1 o� .• r i 4. QUENDALL. AND BAXTER PROPERTIES REMEDIATION RENTON, WASHINGTON FIGURE 2-3 Quendali and Baxter Aerial View (Barbee MM in right Foreground) Aerial photo is believed 10 1r � ' ' .l ti ► ' date summer 1995. !t ncEie►�o 11199 ssd �E.Aswrre KB99142A Quendall and Baxter Properties Mitigation Analysis Memorandum J Table 2-6. Wetlands to be Dredged or Filled by the Port Quendall Remediation Actions Physical Biaiogltd Conditfon and ,.: Characteristics Habitat Supported A 0.20 Wetland along Lake Washington PFO - immature red alder with a Himalayan shoreline, minor surface discharge from blackberry understory and a sparse herbaceous project site; some shoreline protection cover of cattail, reed canarygrass, buttercup provided by vegetation and logs and flag iris; habitat value is moderate due to embedded nearshore; little flood control, adjacency to the lake; provides potential base flow support or water quality habitat for amphibians, passerine birds and improvement is provided. limited waterfowl nesting - observed wildlife -use includes Canada goose, beaver. several species of passerine birds. B 0.37 Wetland along Lake Washington PFO - red alder with a hardback and Pacific shoreline, minor surface discharge from willow shrub layer; habitat value is moderate project site; some shoreline protection due to adjacency to the lake; provides provided by vegetation and logs potential habitat for amphibians, .passerine embedded nearshore; little flood control, birds and limited waterfowl nesting; observed base flow support or water quality wildlife use includes Canada goose, beaver. improvement is provided. several species of passerine birds. C 0.17 The wetland resulted from excavation in PSS/PEMIPOW - black cottonwood saplings, fill material; detains drainage from log cattails and soft rush; perennial open water; yards; no outlet was observed and the low habitat value due to low vegetative area appears to be isolated from ground diversity and isolated nature of area: observed water, therefore no base flow support is wildlife use includes Canada goose, mallards, provided by this wetland; water quality and green heron. improvement provided by detention of log yard runoff. D 0,08 Old industrial settling pond isolated From PSS - small wetland within former industrial Lake Washington, little flood control or area dominated by cattail, Pacific wil low and base flow support is provided; no water red -osier dogwood; overall habitat value' is quality improvements provided. low; observed wildlife use includes red - winged blackbird, snipe. E 0.23 Cove created by fill along the lake PEMIPOW/PSS - cattail. Himalayan (Baxter Cove) shoreline; some shoreline protection blackberry, red -osier dogwood and red alder provided by vegetation and logs sapling; emergent vegetation established after embedded nearshore; flood control. base 1990: habitat value is moderate due to flow support and water quality adjacency to the lake; provides potential improvement are limited due to the habitat for amphibians, passerine birds and small area that drains into the cove. water fowl: observed wildlife use includes turtles (painted and sliders); beaver..red-wing blackbird, mallards. PFO - Paiustriawn Forested Wedand PSS - Palosaian Scrub -Scrub Weiland PEM . Paluarian Emergent Wedarw POW # Patusaian Open Water February 17, 2000 ASSOCUT ED EAR771 SCIENCES, INC. ACrlhe - XBW14W7 - td-D. ud+2.ao - wax Page 15 Quendall and Baxter Properties Mitigation Analysis Memorandum In general, the habitat value of the remediation area is Iow due to the disturbed nature of the former and active industrial areas which support limited vegetation. Oily sheens were observed on the surface of the open water wetland areas and areas along the lake shoreline. The shoreline areas provide the highest habitat value in the remediation project area, but the habitat value of these areas are limited due to the dominance of non-native invasive plant species, lack of vegetative diversity and structure, and lack of special habitat features such as snags and woody _ debris. Most of the wildlife use observed on the site occurs along the Quendall and southern Baxter shoreline. Canada geese (Branta canadensis) were observed in both the vegetated and hardscape shoreline areas. The geese were observed nesting along the vegetated shoreline and in the osprey nest located on the Quendall Cable Station nesting platform. Puget Sound Energy moved an osprey nest from a retired distribution pole on the Baxter site to a new nest pole platform erected on the south side of the cable station in 1993. Puget Sound Energy also placed a perch on top of the first transmission pole leading away from the station to provide a safe place for the birds to perch. The osprey (Pandion haliaetus) have successfully nested on the platform since the transfer of the nest in 1993 until 1997, when the osprey built a new nest at the top of the wood chip elevator.located on the Barbee Mill site to the south of the Quendall property. The osprey are present in the area from mid -March through August. Osprey have been observed hunting small mammals (likely mice) on the north Baxter site as well as fishing the lake. Canada geese and bald eagles (Haliaeetus leucophalus) have occasionally been observed perching on the nest platform during the winter months. It is assumed the bald eagles used the perch site to forage for fish and waterfowl along the lake shoreline. The closest known bald eagle nest site is located approximately 0.75 mile west of the remediation area (WDFW, May 1997 PHS database). Numerous duck species also use the Baxter offshore area. Beaver (Castor canadensis) have been observed in the wetland habitat along the lake shoreline. Pond sliders (Pseudemys scripta) are present in Baxter Cove and have been observed on floating logs off of the southern Baxter and northern Quendall shoreline. Red -winged blackbirds (Agelaius phoeniceus) were observed using cattail habitat along the shoreline and isolated patches of cattails away from the shoreline (Wetland D). Snipe (Capella gallinago) were observed in the Wetland D area and in the cottonwood sapling -dominated areas on the Baxter parcel. Other species of passerine birds and amphibians could be supported by the shoreline wetlands and the narrow red alder -dominated upland shoreline area. 2.3 Fisheries Affected Environment 2.3.1 Introduction' - This section describes existing fish habitat conditions within the area that would be impacted by remediation activities, and provides an assessment of the various components that make up this habitat. A description of known fish use of the habitat is also provided. February 17, 2000 ' ASSOC14TED EARTH SCIENCES. INC ACK/I►1!d • X999142A57- LD-D,W12-AD • M Page 16 Quendall and Baxter Properties Mitigation Analysis Memorandum The remediation activities are being implemented with a primary intent of enhancing sediment and water quality in Lake Washington. Improving the uplands portion of the sites is also a critical component of the remediation project. This will benefit all species rearing and migrating along the project shoreline. Existing conditions for the shoreline and nearshore areas are described in the following text. 2_3.2 Lake Washington Biology Pelagic Species Lake Washington supports a variety of anadromous salmonids, including chinook (Oncorhynchus tshawytscha), coho (O. kisutch), and sockeye salmon (O, nerka), and steelhead (O, mykiss) and cutthroat trout (O. clarki). Runs of non-anadromous kokanee (O. nerka) salmon are also present (King County, 1993), Lake Washington contains a wide variety of non-salmonid species, some of which are considered "warm water" species. These include both native and non-native species such as speckled dace (Rhinichthys osculus), three -spine stickleback (Gasterosteus aculeatus), northern squawfish (Ptychocheilus oregonensis), yellow perch (Perca fIavescens), black crappie (Pomoxis nigrontaculatus), largemouth bass (Micropterus salmoides), smallmouth bass (Micropterus dolomiew), mountain whitefish (Prosopium williamsom), largescale sucker (Catostomus macrocheilus), longfin smelt (Spirinchus thaleichthys), and prickly sculpin (Coitus asper) among other species (Pfeifer and Weinheimer 1992, King County 1993, Wydoski and Whitney, 1979). A more complete list of fish species potentially found near the project is provided in Table 2-7. Of particular importance to the project is the presence of chinook salmon in Lake Washington. On March 16, 1999, the National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS) listed the Puget Sound evolutionarily significant unit of chinook salmon as a threatened species under the federal Endangered Species Act (ESA). Adult chinook salmon migrate past the site on their way to the Cedar River each summer. Juvenile chinook pass the site on their trip back out to the Puget Sound and may spend some time rearing in the site vicinity. Beach seining surveys by the Muckleshoot Indian Tribe in Kennydale Park found chinook fry rearing nearshore from March through June (Figure 2-4). February 1 Z 2000 ASSOCIATED EARTH SCIENCES. INC. ACK10l1e - xB9911W7 - LV-v: U412-oo - W2K Page 17 Quendall and Butter Properties Mitigation Analysis Memorandum Figure 2-4. 1994 beach seining results at Kennydale Park. 70 DAY SURVEYS 60 50 40 I W 30 i 20 j i t0 0 Feb Mar Apr May Jun 1994 60 50 l� 40 w 30 W 20 10 0 Feb Mar Apr May 1994 -0-SOCKEYE FRY -.Cl--SOCKEYE PRESMOLTS-6-COHO �*--C1CN00K --D--YELLOW PERCH -C-LM BASS j—I SQUAWFISH SM BASS Jun February 17, 2OW ASSOCIATED EARTH SCIENCES, INC. - ACKIJA e - A2W 1+2AS7 - L": W2-W - W2x Page 18 Quendall and Baxter Properties Mitigation Analysis Memorandum Table 2-7. ]Nish Species is Lake Washington yxoaddae Western brook lamprey Lamperra richardsom 7LAampreys Pacific lamprey Entosphenus tridentatus 7 River lamprey Lamparo ayresi pseridae White sturgeon Acipenser transmontanus Sturgeons Clupeidae American shad Alosa sapidissima Herrings Salmonidae Mountain whitefish Prosopium williamsoni Trouts Cutthroat trout Oncorhynchus ctarki Rainbow trout (steelhead) Oncorhynchus ntykiss Brook trout Salvelinus fontinatis Lake trout Salvelinus namaycush Coho salmon Oncorhynchus kisutch Chinook salmon Oncerhynchus tshawyischa Chum salmon Oncorhynchus keta Pink salmon Oncorhynchus gorbuscha Sockeye salmon (kokanee) Oncorhyachus nerka Osmerldse Longfin smelt Spirinchus thaleichthys Smelt Cyprinidae Carp Cyprinus carpio Minnows Peamouth Mylocheiha caurinus Northern squawfish Ptychocellus oregonensis Speckled dace Rhinichthys osculus Redside shiner Richardsonius balteatus Tench ?Inca tinca Catostomidae Largescale sucker Catostomus macrocheitus Suckers ietaluridae Brown bullhead lctalurus nebulosus Catfishes Channel catfish letalurus punctancs Gastera"dae Threespine stickleback Gasterosteus aculeams Stickleback Centmrthidae Smallmouth bass Micropterus dolomleui Sunfishes Largemouth bass Micropmrus salmoides Black crappie Poxomis nigromaculatus Pemidae Yellow perch Perca flavescens Perches Cottidae Coastrange sculpin Comte aleuticus $cujpins Shorthead sculpin Coats confuses Torrent sculpin Coitus rhotheus Prickly sculpin Cotrus asper Riffle sculpin Coats gulosus Pacific staghorn sculpin Leptocottus amatus Source: Shepard and Hoeman 1979. Also of importance to the project is the population of sockeye salmon juveniles which rear in Lake Washington. These fish may utilize the shoreline and offshore habitat along the project for rearing. The majority of sockeye outmigrate from the Cedar River, although a smaller number February 17, 2000 ASSOCIATED EARTH SCIENCES, INC. GKlih4d-xe9914zd57-ID-n.-UM-o-w2x Page 19 Quendall and Baxter Properties Mitigation Analysis Memorandum may be the result of beach spawners. The Cedar River sockeye is a non-native species originating predominately from Baker River stock and introduced in 1935 (WDFW et al. 1994). The stock is currently believed to be depressed based on a long-term negative escapement trend (WDFW et al. _ 1994). Sockeye are not known to have spawned historically along the Quendall and Baxter project sites (Muckleshoot Indian Tribe, 1997). Areas of suitable substrate were looked for during diver and video surveys for this project. It was assumed that any area with large sand to medium sized gravels and evidence of upwelling may be used for sockeye spawning; however, little suitable habitat was found and there was not any evidence of redds. One small upwelling site was noted by divers in about 30 feet of water off the mouth of May Creek. Similar small upwellings may exist off the Quendall and Baxter shorelines that were not observed by divers, however geohydrology studies and modeling do not suggest concentrated points of upwelling should be expected to occur. Naturally spawned fry begin leaving the Cedar River each year starting in late December. Millions more hatchery fry are released into the river starting in March. The fry migrate downstream to Lake Washington where they may spend from one to two years before emigrating to the sea. Recent studies in southern Lake Washington found the majority of sockeye fry migrate into deep water soon after reaching the lake and head north (Burgher, 1991; UW, 1996)_ A few fry were found in the nearshore environment for up to one month after emerging. By late summer, sockeye densities are highest at the north end of the lake (Burgner, 1991). Predation of sockeye fry in Lake Washington is believed to be a major cause of low recruitment (University of Washington, 1996). A considerable amount of research is currently being- undertaken by the Muckleshoot Tribe, U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service (USFWS), University of Washington (UW), Washington Department of Fish and Wildlife (WDFW) and King County to better understand the early life history of sockeye in Lake Washington and the various factors influencing predation. Currently northern squawfish and cutthroat trout are believed to be the major predators of fry (UW, 1996). Estimates of sockeye consumption by squawfish in Lake Washington range between 3,000,000 and 11,000,000 fry per year (UW, 1996). Smallmouth and largemouth bass, prickly sculpin, yellow perch, rainbow trout and coho salmon also consume sockeye juveniles but in much fewer numbers. _ Although bass were once believed to be major sockeye predators, recent evidence indicates this is not entirely true (UW, 1996). Life history studies of the two bass species and sockeye in Lake Washington show few opportunities for the three species to interact. Gut analysis confirmed the studies (UW, 1996). Each spring when juvenile salmon are most abundant, less than 10 percent of the diet of smaUmouth bass is made up of this prey item. Most sockeye consumed by largemouth bass are taken in the ship canal where they are concentrated during the outmigration period. Total bass cottsutnption of sockeye fry is estimated at less than 100,000 fish per year (UW, 1996). Ten beach seining surveys at Kennydale Park, approximately 0.7 miles south of the remediation site, were conducted by the US Army Corps of Engineers and the Muckleshoot Indian Tribe between February and June, 1994 (Muckleshoot, 1997). One survey was completed during the February 17, 2000 ASSOCUTED EARTH SCIENCES, INC. ACxrand - KM142AS7 • rD-n:+Afiz.m . anx Page 20 T Quendall and Baxter Properties Mitigation Analysis Memorandum day and one survey at night each month. Relatively high numbers of sockeye fry, chinook fry, coho fry, and yellow perch were captured (Figure 24). Lesser numbers of sockeye presmolts, smallmouth bass, and squawf sh were caught. Most sockeye were observed in May during the daytime surveys. A high number of yellow perch were also captured during the same survey. Fewer sockeye fry were captured in June but a higher number of chinook were netted. Again, an abundant yellow perch population was also netted. The coho population peaked in April. Benthic Species Crayfish (Pacifasticus spp.) and freshwater shrimp (Ostracods and Mysids) are relatively abundant benthic biota in the vicinity of the project. Numerous individuals were observed in.diver and video surveys within the outer harbor line. Most crayfish were associated with larger pieces of wood where many were noted protecting the entrance to dens under logs. Freshwater clams (Pelecypods) were also noted in several places on the lake bed. Other benthic species potentially found in Lake Washington, within and around the remediation bounds are listed in Table 2-8. No site specific benthic studies were completed as part of the assessment for this project. 2.3.3 Lake WashLngton Shoreline Survey Methodology Physical surveys of the Lake Washington shoreline along the project boundary were undertaken to characterize existing conditions affecting fish habitat. A total of 3,130 feet of shoreline was walked from the northern edge of the Baxter property to the southern edge of the Quendall parcel. A tip -chain was pulled to treasure distances. Five variables (riparian vegetation, bank type, bank protection, substrate, and water depth) were assessed at roughly five-foot intervals. The dominant characteristic in each five-foot interval was noted on a spreadsheet. Substrate and water depth were measured approximately five feet from shore. Overwater structures were also noted and measured. Existing literature was reviewed to describe shoreline characteristics in the immediate vicinity of the project. This information is provided for comparison with project site conditions. On -Site Habitat and Valuation Project shoreline characteristics are shown in Figures 2-2, 2-5 and 2-6. Features within the remediation area are summarized in Table 2-9, February 17, 20M ASSOCIATED EARTH SCIENCES, INC Acxrhe- xe9914Ms7. ID•o:uetiz-o. srsx Page 21 Quendall and Barter Properties Mitigation Analysis Memorandum Table 2-8. Benthic Blota Present in Lake Washington. Chironomidae Macropelopia, Eukiefferfella, Neterotrissocladius, parakleffererfella, Chironomus, Cladopelma, Tanytarsus Cryptochironomous, Dicrotendipes, Einfeldia, Phaenopsectra, Potypedilum Midges Ceratopogonidae biting midges Oligochaeta Tubificidae, Naididae aquatic earthworms Nematoda roundworms Ostracoda seed shrimp Pelecypoda Pisidium freshwater clams Tricoptera caddisflies Copepoda mainly harpacticoids Hydracarina Piona water mites Gastropoda Plwwrbella Snails Amphipoda Nyalelia azteca scuds and sideswimmers Ephemeroptera Mayflies Plecoptera Perlodidae stoneflies Collembola springtads Mysidacea Tephromysis seed shrimp HinWinea Ieeches Tardigrada water bears Porifera sponges Brachiopoda daphnia Isopoda Caecidotea aquatic sowbugs Coleoptera Psephenus beetles Sources: Shepard and Hoeman, 1979, Bennet and Cubbage, 1992. The shoreline riparian vegetation is dominated by Himalayan blackberry (46%) which grows up to, and in places, over the lake. The remaining area is split about evenly between shrubs (primarily Scotch broom) and an unvegetated condition (Table 2-9). Approximately 25 percent of the shoreline is also overhung with a sparse tree canopy layer. Most trees are young alder (to about 4 inches diameter at breast height [DBH]). The trees are typically set back from the shoreline five to ten feet and associated with the four lakeshore wetlands (Figure 2-2). No trees large enough to provide large woody debris (LWD) were noted. Wetland habitat influences approximately 17 percent of the shoreline. February 17, 20M ASSOCIATED EARTH SCIENCES, INC. ACKIfh/ta-X99914Z457-LD-D,,WZ-W-W?K Page 22 C- Quendall and Barter Properties Mitigation Analysis Memorandum The existing shoreline vegetation provides little visual, refuge for fish, bank stability, insect habitat, or shading, because the lack of diversity and non-native characteristics of the existing vegetation are not well suited for these, purposes. The young, sparse hardwood stand currently growing along the banks do not provide any of the above functions or serve as a source of large woody debris or bank refuge beneath undercut rootballs. The majority of the bank (56%) is unsupported and consists of steep dirt banks from one to four feet high (30%), or relatively low gradient "beach" like shoreline (26%) (Figure 2-5). Manmade structures and protection features (rip -rap, log bollards, piers, buildings, log skids) cover 33 percent of the shoreline (Table 2-9). Eleven percent of the bank could not be surveyed due to heavy blackberry coverage. Four percent of the bank (110 feet) is undercut by wave action. Large logs floating or sitting on the lake bottom near the shore protect 81 percent of the shoreline. These logs not only shelter the banks from wave action, they provide excellent rearing and shelter habitat for fish and macroinvertebrates. Historically the lake shoreline was primarily low -gradient beach habitat formed as the delta of May Creek. Over time, erosion caused by industrial landfilling, riparian vegetation removal, and wave action has created oversteepened banks. Other banks are artificially protected with rip -rap and log bollards. Neither condition is conducive to habitat formation. Cull logs and stringers from the mill effectively provide many of the habitat functions and diversity normally associated with large woody debris (LWD). Various manmade structures provide some diversity and overhead cover, and may be used by juvenile salmonids (Ratte and Salo, 1985; Heiser and Finn, 1970). Inlets, or coves make up approximately 26 percent of the shoreline. Most have a few pieces of LWD floating or sitting on the bottom. These areas of meandering shoreline add diversity to the relatively straight shore elsewhere. Shallow coves filled with LWD could provide nursery areas for many species of fish and benthic organisms. Surficial substrate along the shoreline is dominated by sands (54%) with relatively equal proportions of mud/silt and gravel in other areas. None of the substrates are free of silts; a muddy layer underlies most areas. A large amount of woody debris including wood chips covered the substrate in several areas (Figure 2-6). Clean gravels can provide spawning habitat for sockeye as well as macroinvertebrate habitat. Finer materials anchor vegetation and are preferentially inhabited by other aquatic species. Dense wood chip coverage leads to anaerobic conditions and a relatively sterile environment. No benefit is derived from the wood chip coverage_ Water depths five feet from shore are typically less than one foot (57 %). Only 15 percent of the shoreline has a slope greater than about 3:1. These areas are usually heavily disturbed by nearshore activities and may have resulted from past filling of the lake. February 17. 2000 - ASSOCIATED EARTH SCIENCES, INC. Acx9W)d • "W14W7. W-P.-W2-W- ►rrx Page 23 Nj J rj ol el lf WETLAND D D ot 0 WETLAND A GYPSY SUSSAMN DRAINA03E (UNAFFECTED ElY REMEDIATIDI WETLAND 8 WETLAND c LEGEND Beach Vertical dirt Rip -yap 'Lor,17, =— Log bollard Logs in take NOTE: ALL HABITAT WETLAND, AND PROJECT FEATURE LOCATIONS AND QUANTITIES ARE APPROXIMATE. NORTH 0 M Sb Sb 4M ZROMATE SCALE IN FEET A88=00AMrSo WETLANDS AND SHORELINE STRUCTURE FIGURE 2-5 rmwr m QUENVALl- AND BAXTER PROPER71ES DATE 9124M ONO REMEDIATION F007MNT RENTON. WASHINGTON PROD. NO. K1399142A /I a t WLFTLAND, A WETLAND C GYPSY SUBBASIN DRAINAGE (UNAFFECTED BY REMEMATION) 4/o WETLAND D ND E WETLAND � LEGEND Mud silt Sand Gravel >50% wood chips DEE!D 0-1 foot 1 -2 feet >2 feet NOTE: ALL HABITAT, WETLAND, AND PROJECT FEATURE LOCATIONS AND QUANTITIES ARE APPROXIMATE. NORTH 0 1oa m = 4m APPROXIMATE SCALE IN FEET WETLANDS AND SHORELINE SUBSTRATE AND DEPTH FIGURE 2-6 QUENVALL AND BAXTER PROPERTIES DATE 9124M REMEDIATiON FOOTPRINT RENTON, WASHINGTDN PROD. NO. KB99142A Quendall and Baxter Properties Mitigation Analysts Memorandum Table 2-9. Lake Washington shoreline characteristics for the Quendall and Baxter Properties. Vegetation none sm blackbe 1,425 shrubs 905 trees 770 wetland 535 26% 46% 29 % 25 % 17 % Bank type/Protection beacb 805 26% vertical dirt 930 30% rip -rap 4I5 13 % bulkhead 0 0% log bollard 515 16% pier 55 2% building 35 1 % 10 skid 35 1 % undercut 110 4 % inlet 820 26% logs 2,550 81 % Substrate' mud/silt 755 24 % sand 1,685 54% gra yet_ 690 22 % woodwaste' 500 16% Depth' 0-1 ft. 1,775 57 % 1-2 ft. 870 28% > 2 ft. 485 15 % ej 3,130 feet, surveyed 11 April 1997 " Measured or sampled approximately five feet out from shoreline. b Woodwaste = areas where chips and bark exceed 50% surface coverage. Anthropogenic structures are found in several areas along the shoreline. Two boat sheds (one sunken), half a dozen docks, a barge, three boats, two log skids and several other smaller structures impact approximately 5 percent of the shoreline. All of these structures overhang shallow water habitat in Lake Washington. No floating log rafts were present offshore of Baxter or Quendall the' day of the survey, although aerial photographs indicate this practice was historically common. The Gypsy Subbasin Drainage enters the Baxter property via a 24-inch concrete culvert beneath the Burlington Northern railroad tracks (Entranco, 1995). The culvert is 55 feet long, has a gradient of approximately 2 percent, and is likely a barrier to upstream fish passage. Upon entering the property, the drainage is discharged to a small (approximately 10 foot diameter), quarry-spall lined pond. From the pond, the drainage enters a 24-inch, 46-foot long concrete culvert beneath a dirt haul road before daylighting again to an open channel. The open channel is Febnwiry I Z 2000 ASSOCL47ED EARTH SCIENCES, INC. AcxW-xMtt2.t52-taw:W2-W-Wire Page 26 Quendall and ,Baxter Properties Mitigation Analysis Memorandum Figure 2-7. Lake Washington Shoreline Composition along a 14-Mile Reach of Lakeshore on Both Sides of Quendall and Baxter in September 1995. 100% 90% 0 0 0 0 0 ; 80% o 70% T i 60% t n o So% Remediation area 40% } j 30% 0 ❑ p O 20% i 10% p O Q e o% A© 9-7 -�-8 f 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 LAKE M ILE p % BULKHEAD 0 % SLOP® p % VEGETATED source reference: Muckleshoot Indian Tribe 1995 Pier coverage of the water surface within 100 feet of the shoreline was estimated from 1989 aerial photographs and a review of environmental documents published between September 1991 and July 1995 (Muckleshoot, 1997). The values are believed to underestimate the real coverage due to an incomplete database and unauthorized development. For the eleven mile reach surveyed (which includes the remediation reach) a total of 517 piers were counted (47 piers/mile). This compares with 4 piers, or 7 piers/mile within the remediation reach (Table 2-11). Overall surface coverage averages 4.2 percent of the first 100 feet of lake for the eleven mile reach. Within the remediation area, only 0.6 percent of the lake surface is covered with piers. Table 2-11. Comparison of Overwater Pier Coverage within the Remediation Area (1997) and the Surrounding Shoreline (1989). 1989 data supplied by the Muckleshoot Indian Tribe (Muckleshoot, 1997). February 17, 2000 . ASSOCIATED EARTH SCIENCES, INC. ACX1;hM - KB9914W7- tD-o;102-00 - Wlx Page 28 C71 Quendall and Barter ferries Mitigation Anahsis Memorandum 2.3.4 Lake Washington „Open Water Benthfc In general, the Quendall and Baxter offshore lake bottom drops off gently at slopes between approximately 20:1 and 9:1. Small localized areas with slopes in excess of 3:1 are present. After dropping relatively quickly to 15 to 20 foot depths within 250 feet from shore, the gradient flattens into a broad plateau sloping gently for another 400 to 600 feet offshore. Approximately 5 to 10 additional feet in depth are gained over this plateau. Additional topographylbathymetry information and a map is provided in the Sediment Quality Memorandum, Section 4.1 (RETEC, 1997). The vast majority of remediation activities will take place in 10 or less feet of water, although dredging near the old T-dock would occur in about 30 feet of water. The surface of the lake bottom substrate was characterized in terms of particle size and organic material (e.g., wood chips). The subsurface composition was examined via sediment -profile imaging (SPI). The surficial layer was surveyed with video by both towed and diver operated cameras, and during the SPI surveys. In general the lake bottom consists of very fine particles. Occasional sandy areas were also noted. No graveled areas were noted. A more complete description is provided in Section 4.2 (RETEC, 1997). SPI images provide a measurement of the substrate depth in which aerobic activity is occurring (RETEC, 1997). These data are useful in assessing the quality of habitat for epifauna and infauna. A thin redox potential discontinuity (RPD) is indicative of a stressed environment. Stress can occur physically (e.g., prop wash) or chemically (e.g., high biological oxygen demand or chemical contamination). RPD depths of less than 0.4 cm are indicative of an anaerobic condition. The shallowest RPD depths in the remediation area (< 0.2 cm) were measured off the southern end of the Port Quendall parcel and were associated with areas with high wood waste (RETEC, 1997, Figure 6-2). Intermediate RPD levels (0.2 to 0.8 cm) were observed over much of the rest of the lake bottom off Port Quendall. These levels are indicative of a disturbed environment where benthic stress is present but likely varies. Both scattered wood debris and chemical contamination are likely present. The rest of the remediation area has RPD depths over 0.8 cm, which is considered to be a relatively undisturbed benthic condition in terms of overall animal -sediment interactions for nearshore environs in this portion of Lake Washington (RETEC, 1997). A complete description of the SPI process, wood and chemical contamination extents, and associated maps are provided in the Sediment Quality Memorandum, Section 6 (RETEC, 1997). Sunken logs are present throughout the remediation area with the highest densities (3 to 5 logs/acre) mapped along the Quendall shoreline. Much of the aquatic organisms observed during video surveys (e.g., crayfish, sculpin, perch) were associated with the logs. Milfoil was noted during the side -scan sonar and video surveys (RETEC, 1997). Areas of dense milfoil are mapped in Figure 2-2. Milfoil is common throughout most of the remediation area at water depths from about 4 to approximately 15 feet. Only in the dense woodwaste area at the south end of the remediation area was milfoil relatively absent. February 17, 2000 ASSOCIATED EARTH SCIENCES, INC. ACK#h& • X099142As7. tn-D• 402-W- W2K Page 29 QuendaU and Baxter Properties M" ation Analysis Memorandum Water Column Pilings and dolphins (tied piling cluster) are scattered throughout the remediation area with 64 percent located off the Port Quendall parcel. A total of 73 vertical structures, mainly dolphins, have been mapped to date. These structures provide vertical habitat which many species utilize, including some salmonid predators, (e.g., bass). Several hundred individual upright pilings, many _ not rising above the water surface, also likely exist but have not been mapped. The pilings also provide attachment and focal points for aquatic organisms such as freshwater mussels. Several sunken structures along the Quendall shoreline are also present in the water column including the — old boat house and several partially sunken pier sections. Surface A number of anthropogenic structures and objects exist on the surface of Lake Washington which _ have an influence on aquatic habitat quality. A varying quantity of logs have been stored as log rafts off the shoreline of Barbee Mill, Baxter and Quendall. Vessels including tugs, barges and recreational boats have been anchored in the area. Numerous docks are present in either a permanent (i.e., mounted on pilings) or temporary (i.e., floating) basis. Structures on the lake surface provide overhead refuge cover for numerous aquatic species as well as their predators. Sahmnids in particular prefer overhead cover, especially when near shore. A number of small oily slicks have been observed nearshore and are believed to be coming from old creosote deposits (Figure 4-6 in RETEC, 1997). These slicks impact aquatic habitat'via both chemical and physical processes. Chemically, various components of the creosote are toxic to aquatic life. Physically, the slicks present a barrier at the airlwater interface. Fish feeding at the surface can become contaminated. Prey items stuck in the sheen are not consumable. 2.3.5 Habitat Valuation Numerous protected alcoves, abundant woody debris, overhanging trees, and relatively low human disturbance along the shoreline offer good potential rearing and migrating structure for fish, especially when compared to the adjacent Lake Washington shoreline. Although a number of beneficial habitat features exist, they are compromised by the constant seepage of chemicals and oily residues. Under existing conditions, therefore, habitat value of the remediation site for fish is low. Offshore habitat in the remediation area ranges from good to poor. Those areas contaminated with chemicals and wood chips offer poor to negligible benthic habitat. The majority of the lake bottom is relatively clean, however, and the numerous sunken logs provide good structural diversity for a number of aquatic species. The vertical and floating structures benefit some species (e.g., smallmouth bass) to the possible detriment of others (e.g., juvenile salmoruds). February 1 Z 2000 ASSOCUTD EARTH SCIENCES, INC. ACK# ae . XM14 tr. L". UGl2-00 - w1K Page 30 Quendall and Baxter Pro ernes Mitigation Analysis Memorandum Fish habitat value of the Gypsy Subbasin Drainage within the project boundary is minimal. The two short open stretches offer some potential rearing habitat, however, shallow depths, a muddy substrate, no instream structure, and little instream cover limits the overall habitat value. With little protection from high velocities, winter storm events likely flush many fish from the system. Summer conditions produce extremely low flows which may also limit the habitat quality. 2.4 Recreational There is one private dock and boathouse located over Lake Washington at the extreme northern boundary of the Baxter parcel. No other recreational opportunities and no public access are currently provided on the site. - Recreational resources are not discussed further. 2.5 Cultural See Larson Anthropological/Archaeological Services, 1997, for a cultural resource assessment of the Quendall and Baxter sites, as well as for recommendations for cultural monitoring based on the assessment findings. 2.6 Economic A portion of the Baxter parcel is used for storage of "beauty bark. " The southern portion of the Quendall parcel is used for log sorting. Both of these uses would be curtailed by remediation. A utility right-of-way separates the Baxter and Quendall parcels, however use of this right-of-way is not affected by remediation. Economic resources are not discussed further. February 17, 2000 AssoCUTID EARTH scwNCEs. INC. ACrJJhlld - KB9914W7 - LD-D: I Q-W • ►nx Page 31 Quendall and Baxter Properties Mitigation Analysis Memorandum 3.0 IMPACTS 3.1 Plants and Animals 3.1.1 Disturbance to Shoreline Land -based remediation will result in the excavation and/or capping of 1,150 feet of the Quendall shoreline (Figures 3-1 through 3-3). Approximately 660 linear feet of vegetated shoreline, including Wetlands A and B, will be impacted (Table 3-1 and Table 3-2). The capping activities on the Baxter Parcel are not expected to directly impact shoreline vegetation. All wildlife use of the shoreline areas will be eliminated where vegetation is removed, or severely curtailed where it remains, during active remediation. Remediation is likely to require an 18-month period. Nesting waterfowl and passerine bird use will be the greatest wildlife use impacted during shoreline remediation activities. Table 3-1. Shoreline Vegetation Disturbance Resulting from Upland Excavation and/or Capping - -c.N �iiiieltiie'� �lr Idnpac#ed-tip -. ;` 11:iue`ac Distaticc (Peet) - Total shoreline impacted 1, 150 feet Non -vegetated shoreline 490 feet Vegetated shoreline 660 feet Blackberry 425 feet Upland shrubs (non -blackberry) 235 feet Upland trees 345 feet Wetland 280 feet 3.1.2 Dredge Offshore Po-ycyclic Aromatic_ Hydrocarbons (PAH) Wetland E (Baxter Cove) will be dredged to remove polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbon (PAH) sediments, which will remove all vegetation and woody debris in the wetland and most of the adjacent vegetated area. Turtles will be displaced from this shoreline area during the dredging activities. Red -wing blackbird nesting habitat will be eliminated. (7- PAH' dredging offshore of the Quendall parcel will remove 106,200 ftZ of milfoil, which is considered to be a positive impact. The positive impact will likely be short-lived, as the milfoil _ would be expected to recolonize. February 17, 2000 ASSOMTED EARTH SCIENCES, INC. ACxgWra . X999142A37 - to-D: 02-ago • wuc Page 32 Quendall and Baxter Properties Mitigation Analysis Memorandum Table 3-2. Impacts to Wetlands to be Dredged or Filled by the Quendall and Baxter Remediation Actions (Refer to Figure 3-1) 41. -alder 7A 0.20 Wetland along Lake PF0 - immature red with a A portion to be Washington shoreline, minor Himalayan blackberry understory and excavated and surface discharge from project a sparse herbaceous cover of cattail, replaced with clean site, some shoreline protection reed canarygrass, buttercup, and flag material-, remainder to provided by vegetation and iris; habitat value is moderate due to be capped with 3 feet logs embedded nearshore; little adjacency to the lake; provides of clean material. Floodcontrol, base flow potential habitat for amphibians, support or water quality passerine birds and limited waterfowl improvement is provided. nesting - observed wildlife use includes Canada goose, beaver, several species of passerine birds. B 0.37 Wetland along Lake PFO - red alder with a hardtack and A portion to be Washington shoreline, minor Pacific willow shrub layer-, habitat excavated and surface discharge from project value is moderate due to adjacency to replaced with clean site; some shoreline protection the take, provides potential habitat for material; remainder to provided by vegetation and amphibians, passerine birds and be capped with 3 feet logs embedded nearshore; little limited waterfowl nesting, observed of clean material. flood control, base flow wildlife use includes Canada goose, support or water quality beaver, several species of passerine imErovement is provided. birds. C 0.17 Excavation in fill material; PSS/PEM/POW - black cottonwood Excavated and demins drainage from log saplings, cattails and soft rush; replaced with clean yards, no outlet was observed perennial open water; low habitat material. and the area appears to be value due to low vegetative diversity isolated from ground water, and isolated nature of area-, observed therefore no base flow support wildlife use includes Canada goose. is provided by this wetland-, and mallards. water quality improvement provided by detention of log and runoff. D 0.08 Old industrial settling pond PSS - small wetland within former A portion to be isolated from Lake industrial area dominated by cattail, excavated and Washington; little flood Pacific willow and red -osier replaced with clean control or base flow support is dogwood; overall habitat value is low: material-, remainder to provided: no water quality observed wildlife use includes red- be capped with 3 feet i improvements provided. winged blackbird, snip!. of clean material. E 0,23 Cove created by rill along the PEM/POWIPSS - cattail, Himalayan Most to be excavated (Baxter lake shoreline, some shoreline blackberry, red -osier dogwood and 3 to 6 feet and Cove) protection provided by red alder sapling; emergent vegetation replaced with clean vegetation and logs embedded established after 1990; habitat value is material, remainder nearshore; flood control, base moderate due to adjacency to the lake; excavated to 3 feet flow support and water quality provides potential habitat for - and replaced with improvement are limited due amphibians, passerine birds and water clean material. Minor to the small area that drains fowl; observed wildlife -use includes portion to south along into the cove. turtles (painted and sliders), beaver, shoreline may be red -wing blackbird, mallards. retained. February 17, 2000 ASSOCIATED EARTH SCIENCES, INC, ACKIJhIW - X099142AS7 - LD-DVd12-00 - W2K Page 33 r ,o LEGEND %^*4*% e Area of remediation impact along the shoreline GYPSY SUSBASIN DRAINAGE (UNAFFECTED BY REMEDIATION) -- � - J Wood waste >50°% removed with dredging Potential 1-foot sediment cap Dredge to 6' and replaced with clean material 5 y to original grade O Dredge to 3' and replaced with Gean material i I i �' to original grade with dean material or cap with :f. redevelopment Excavated to required depth to remove contaminants and replaced with clean material to capped grade Shrubs Trees NOTE: ALL HABITAT, WETLAND, AND PROJECT FEATURE LOCATIONS AND QUANTITIES ARE APPROXIMATE. �— �41!j:: f �• r f �� r I a Of NORTH ii r j Y j rY,' 0 VO 2M 330D 400 APPROMMA.TE SCALE IN FEET WETLANDS AND SHORELINE VEGETATION FIGURE 3-1 �L��•Q� QUENDALL AND BARTER PROPERTIES DATE 9124199 06i�J(+� tiEMEDIATION FOOTPRINT RENTON, WASHINGTON PROJ. NO. KBN142A of O 0 C2 0 m 0 �I 4' fk GYPSY SUMASIN DRAINAGE (UNAFFECTED BY RWEDIATION)!, LEGEND Area of remediation impact along the shoreline Wood waste >50% removed with dredging Potential 1-foot sediment cap Dredge to Wand replaced with clean material to original grade ® Dredge to 3' and replaced with clean material to original grade 3' cap with dean material or cap with redevelopment Excavated to required depth to remove ® contaminants and replaced with clean material to capped grade Beach Vertical dirt Rip -rap Undercut Log bollard Logs in lake NOTE: ALL HABITAT, WETLAND, AND PROJECT FEATURE LOCATIONS AND QUANTITIES ARE APPROXIMATE. NORTH = = 4M APPl CAMTE SCALE IN FEET WETLANDS AND SHORELINE STRUCTURE FIGURE 3-2 �A ?b QUENDAtLAND SAXTER PROPERTIES DATE W4M9 ROMEWTION FOOTPRINT 0002INIC12ma ONCE RENWN.VMSHINGTON PRO.I.NO KBAAIA?A fr. 0 O to 0 GYPSY SUBBASIN DRAINAGE (UNAFFECTED BY REMEDIATION) S-�e ff�fr k e�•..�.. iJ ��t... .ate. � / � /% � 1 1 _ Cyr �/` % ��i .-• rr• cr y i.� • � WETLANDS AND SHORELINE SUBSTRATE AND DEPTH QUENDALL AND BAXTER PROPERTIES REMEMATION FOOTPRINT RENWN, WASHINGTON LEGEND WWV Area of remediation impact along the shoreline �} Wood waste >50°% removed with dredging Potential 1400t sediment cap 7 Dredge to V and replaced with clean material to original grade 1 I; Dredge to 3' and replaced with clean material to original grade © 3' cap with dean material or cap with redevelopment Excavated to required depth to remove contaminants and replaced with clean material to capped grade SUBSTRATE - Mud silt Sand Gravel >50% wood chips DEPTH 0-1 loot 1 2 feet >2 feet NOTE: ALL HABITAT, WETLAND, AND PROJECT FEATURE LOCATIONS AND QUANTITIES ARE APPROXIMATE. � .,e'111� NORTH Q = n AM APPROXIMATE SCALE IN FEE FIGURE 3-3 DATE W4199 PROJ. NO. K899142A Quen&ll and Barter Properties Witigarion Analysis Memorandum 3.1 3 In -Water One -Foot Sediment Cap If Ecology determines that less than 50 percent woodwaste areas require remediation, these areas would be capped with one foot of clean sand. These areas are indicated as a "potential" one -foot cap in Figure 3-1. No impact to nears hore, partially submerged logs that provide resting platforms for waterfowl and turtles, or to other features along the shoreline and water interface, are expected due to this potential action, other than the staging areas within the impact zones shown in Figure 3- 1. 3.1.4 Dredge Offshore Areas with Greater Than 50_ Percent Wood Chios No impact to plants or animals will result from the removal of material with greater than 50 percent wood chips. Although approximately 7,666 square feet of milfoil will be removed, This is considered to be a positive impact. 3.1.5 Upland Soil Excavation and Ca in In addition to the removal of shoreline vegetation shown in Figures 3-1 through 3-3, all upland vegetated areas on the Quendall and Baxter parcels, including Wetlands C and D, will be eliminated with this action (Table 3-2 and Figures 3-1 through 3-3). The narrow band of existing shoreline vegetation on the Baxter site that is excluded from the shoreline impact zones in Figures 3-1 through 3-3 will be retained. The upland vegetation removal will eliminate all current wildlife use of the Quendall and Baxter parcels upland of the shoreline areas. Snipes, Canada geese, and some passerine birds have been observed using these sparsely vegetated areas. Osprey nesting in the area could be impacted by the remediation activities. However, the osprey successfully nested on the adjacent active mill site in 1997, indicating that high levels of activity and construction -level noise would not necessarily impact osprey nesting in this area. The occasional use of the osprey nest platform on the Puget Sound Energy cable station pole by bald eagles during the winter could be eliminated during remediation activities. As a result of this very limited use, remediation should not affect bald eagle foraging. The closest known bald eagle nest site is approximately 'A mile west of the site; therefore, the project will not impact nesting bald eagles. Capping over the piped section of Gypsy subbasin drainage on the Baxter site would not preclude any mitigation potential the drainage may represent to future development after remediation. Gypsy subbasin drainage is not included or needed to reasonably mitigate remediation as proposed in Section 4.0. 3.2 Fisheries impacts 3.2.1 Shoreline Disturbance Shoreline disturbances affecting fish habitat include complete removal of all vegetation along 660 feet of shoreline, removal of all nearshore woody debris along 1,045 feet of shoreline, 100 percent filling of Wetlands A and B, the two wetlands adjacent to the lake, and dredging of "Baxter Cove". Onshore capping activities are not expected to impact shoreline vegetation, February 17. 2000 ASSOCMTED EARTH SCIENCES, INC. ACKlj&m-K099I .+sr.LD-n;Iwsr-oa.wsx Page 37 Quench!! and Baxter Properties Mitigation Anatysis Memorandum I 4.0 MMGATION The wildlife habitat within the remediation area is primarily found along the shoreline. The goal of the wildlife mitigation is to expand and enhance the plant communities and other habitat features j (e.g., down woody debris) along the Quendall and Baxter shorelines. All wetlands on the ' Quendall and Baxter parcels are Class 3 wetlands (per City of Renton categorization) that require replacement at a 1:1.5 (impact: restoration) ratio by the City of Renton. Wetland communities �. would be replaced with higher value Class 2 forested wetlands in two areas. The northern area would include the present location of Baxter Cove (Wetland E). The southern wetland mitigation site would be a large complex along the southern Quendall shoreline. Wetland hydrology would be primarily controlled by Lake Washington. Vegetation and logs would provide, shoreline protection as found under current conditions. Water quality functions would be limited in these wetland systems due to the limited area that would drain into these wetlands, similar to existing wetland conditions. The biological support provided by the wetland mitigation areas is expected to be greater than currently provided by the five wetland areas (A through E) that would be impacted by the remediation because two large and enhanced wetland areas would be linked by a restored 100-foot vegetated shoreline. The resulting habitat would also support greater vegetative diversity and structure than current conditions, including an overstory conifer component. — Conceptual mitigation actions are summarized in Figure 4-1 and discussed below for each remediation action. Wetland mitigation is not proposed along intact portions of the shoreline - unaffected by remediation (for example, northern Baxter) or in areas of Quendall with extensive monitoring requirements under the cleanup action plan. Shoreline enhancement and restoration has been placed where the shoreline will be impacted by the remediation (Quendall shoreline north to Baxter cove). A trail north to south with perpendicular extensions to controlled outlooks landward of the OHWM is expected with subsequent development of the site. A trail is not proposed as part of the remediation mitigation. Nonetheless, mitigation enhancement for the remediation is considered to constrain any future trail and public access as follows: 1. The main north to south trail would be landward of the buffer. 2. Perpendicular trail extensions to controlled Lake Washington outlooks would be allowed to extend into the buffer, with buffer widths extended to make up the area lost to the trail. 3. All access would be controlled to within the trail and outlook system, using some combination of dense or thorny native vegetation or fencing. Signs would be posted indicating the wildlife value of the buffer, indicating ownership, and restricting access. 4. The buffer perimeter may be averaged. February 17, 2000 ASSOCUTED EARTH SCIENCES. INC Acxiihlm - KM9142 ts7. td-D.-w2-00 - mx Page 41 LAKE WASHING TOIV {":yN 100 200 300 400 APPROXIMATE SCALE IN FEET CONCEPTUAL SHORELINE AND WETLAND MITIGATION PLAN FIGURE 4-1 QUENDACLAND BAXTER PROPERTIES DATE 9/24M eloocaNQ.maj, 11mc REM EDIATION FOOTPRINT PRO1. NO. K899142A RENTnN wASHINGTDN Quendalt and Baxter Properties Mitigation Analysis Memorandum 4.1 Plants and Animals 4 _i I Disturbance to Quendall Shoreline and Loss of Wetland C The goal of the Quendall shoreline mitigation is to replace existing vegetated shoreline areas (including Wetlands A & B) and Wetland C with similar or enhanced vegetated/habitat conditions. The following actions will be conducted to mitigate for shoreline wildlife habitat impacts: • Establishment of an averaged 100-foot-wide zone of native plant communities along the impacted shoreline that is currently only poorly vegetated or lacking vegetation. Shrub species will be established along most of the revegetated shoreline (Figure 4- 2). Trees will be established along at least 50 percent of the shoreline and cover at least 50% of the wetland restoration areas (Figure 4-3). • Plant diversity will be increased from current conditions. A list of plants proposed for the restoration plantings are provided in Table 4-1. Wetlands A, B, and C will be replaced with enhanced functions on a 1:1.5 area Ompact:restoration) in one wetland complex associated with Lake Washington in the current location of Wetland A, totaling approximately 1.11 acres (Figure 4-4). The length of the wetland complex along the shoreline will at least equal current shoreline wetland area (approximately 395 feet). The creation of one larger system comprised of more diverse communities (e.g., conifers) will increase wetland value. Wetland hydrology will be controlled by lake level during the summer and stormwater release from the developed project during the winter, and is thus guaranteed. Vegetation species composition and diversity will be increased in the wetland buffer from the current condition. The wetland buffer will be expanded from 25 feet to 50 feet because the newly created wetlands associated with the lake would be classified by the City as Class 2 wetlands, rather than having the existing Class 3 status. The increase in buffer width reflects Renton's requirements for the improved wetland values. • Woody debris will be placed in all re-created shoreline habitats, including replacement of logs as necessary along the shoreline. • Wetland and buffer slopes would average 4:1 or less in most areas, although some banks may rise more steeply to provide diversity in limited areas so long as erosion risk can be avoided. • If contaminated material removal coincides with wetland placement, one or two snags could be installed where clean fill is placed. February 17, 2000 ASSOCATE'D EARTH SCIENCES. INC. ACKfjW C-1aW14W7 - i.D-D:11&2-W - WX Page 43 Quendall and Barter Properties Mirigalion Analysis Memorandum Table 4-1. Plant Species Proposed for Planting within the Wetland and Shoreline Buffers SG> 'II C NAM '. tl CU&1TMON NAA�,►; r . ; ��; Shallow Emergent Wetland Carer obnupta slough sedge Carex stipata saw -beaked sedge Eleoc►taris ovata ovid spike -rash Juncus arymeris pointed rush Sagittarra latifolia broadleaf arrowhead Scirpus ►nicrocarpus small -fruited bulrush Veronica Americana american brooklime Deep Emergent Wetland Alisma plantago-aquatica water plantain Scirpus acutus hardstem bulrush Scirpus validus softstem bulrush Scrub -Shrub Wetland Cornus sencea red -osier dogwood Lonicera involucrate black twinberry Physocarpus capita= Pacific ninebark Pyres ftrsca western crabapple Rhamnur purshiana cascara Ribes lacustre swamp gooseberry Rosa nutkarta Nutka rose Rosa pisocarpa pea -fruit rose Rubus spectabilis salmonberry Salix luc&a var. lasiandra Pacific willow Salix sitchenris Sitka willow February 17, 2000 ASSOCIATED EARTH SCIENCES, INC. ACxiJtnd - tt099142A57 - tD-0:102.%) • wix Page 44 Quendall and Baxter Properties Mitigation Analysis Memorandum Table 4-1. Punt Species Proposed for Planting within the Wetland and Shoreline \ Buffers'(continued). SCI@fMC NAME COMMON NAMg;=.. Forested Wetland Frarinus latifoGa Oregon ash Picea silchensis Sitka spruce Populus trichocarpa black cottonwood 7huja plicata western redcedar Upland Forest (trees and shrubs) Acer circinatum vine maple Acer macrophyllum bigleaf maple Arbutus meneesii Pacific madrone Berberis [Mahonial spp. Oregon grape Cormus nuttallii Pacifc dogwood Caultheria shallan salal Oemleria cerasiformis Indian plum Pinus contorta shorepine Popular tremuloides quaking aspen Pruners emarginata bitter cherry Pseudetsuga menziesii Douglas -fir 77uya plicara western redcedar Tsuga heterophylla western hemlock Upland Shrub Acer circinatum vine maple Amelanchier alnifolia serviceberry Corylus cornura hazelnut Rosa spp. rose Rubus parviflorus thimbleberry Salix spp. willow 4mphoricarpos albus snowberry Febrwry 17, 2000 ASSOCLlTED EARTH SCIENCES. INC. ACpjhRd - 09914W7- t D-D. 02-W - w2x Page 45 1l0-Foof Averaged Shoreline Buffer I Shrub plantings interspersed with grassy openings & maWanal upright deciduous tree (i.e. quaking aspen). Overhang at sharefine edge frith red osier dagwod dmelop shallow & deep ertargent plant mmmunities as lake leap hluawflon allm 1 s FIGURE 4-2 [��E4tl�p (U®I� DATE 10199 :.. macurmNCES, INC �s>l7F7t��aUVlU�� e) PROJ. NUMBER K899142A r 1 i i i 1 1 I WFoot Averaged Shoreline Buffer 1 Plant native species near the shoreline and transition to horticultural/non-notice species as seeded to blend into the overall site landscape plan r 1 i A ' r NORM -SOUTH TRAIL (Outside Outer Edge of Huffer) OBSERVATIONIAREA . VIEWPOINT I (Typical, Reached By Perpendicular Extensions From fain Trail) Seledh* plate voody debris Within the nwr shore native spec) s planting area to provide additiorml wr1ft habitat structure using both dedduous and coniferous logs ranging from 40 to 36" dbh. Snags could aho be installed. Provide overhang 1 1 I 1 1 1 1 r , r �I at shoreline edge with rmtke erilloers and red osier dogwood (Develop area of emergent vegetation pia bulrush, arrowroot) as alloww by lake level fluduadom FIGURE 4-3 ASSOCIA17r5o omflw 110mmuffiffry office 1 DATE 10199 EARTH a���, INC a��ff-MOMMY � MUM c PROJ. NUMBER KB99142A S _# r r r 1 4 Quendall and Baxter Pro ernes Mitigation Analysis Memorandum 4.1.2 Excavation of Baxter Cove ffetland E and Loss gf Wetland D The following actions will restore wetland habitat in an area centered around Baxter Cove: Turtles currently existing in Baxter Cove will be live -trapped and removed to nearby areas in Lake Washington containing suitable habitat. Dispersal areas will be identified in conjunction with County and WDFW wildlife biologists. When remediation has been completed and Baxter Cove has been replanted, attempts will be made to capture turtles from the dispersion areas and return a small population (6-12 individuals) to Baxter Cove. • Dredged areas will be filled with clean material of a similar grain size and to elevations similar to current conditions. This will recreate a hydrologic regime that supports open water and emergent vegetation components. The area will be replaced with suitable clean fill material. • The Baxter Cove wetland area will be expanded by excavating additional areas (to a total of approximately 0.46 acre) to provide a 1:1.5 forested wetland replacement for the Baxter Cove wetland (Wetland E) and Wetland D. • Logs will be partially, buried and/or anchored along the lake shoreline at the mouth of Baxter Cove to stabilize the shoreline and provide resting platforms for turtles and waterfowl. • Logs will be floated across the open water mouth of Baxter Cove. Large down logs will be placed in the wetland perimeter. • Shallow and deep emergent wetland species will be planted to establish an emergent plant community with greater diversity than is currently found in Baxter Cove; a bench to appropriate depth for shallow emergents will be constructed during regrading with clean fill after the excavation is complete. • Obligate and facultative wetland tree and shrub species will be planted at the wetland perimeter. A 50-foot forested and shrub upland buffer will be planted, with a slope of 4:1 or less throughout most of the buffer. Trees will comprise at least 50 percent of native canopy cover in areas where tree and shrub communities are established. An osprey nest piatfotm will be erected in the buffer if the cable station nest platform is removed during remediation. 4.1.3 R[eft Offsho Areas with Greater Than 50 Percent Wood Chi s No mitigation action required. The remediation will improve the existing condition and restore the lake bottom to its original contours. February I Z 2000 ASSOCUTED EARTH SCIENCES, INC. ACK/jW-lC99914W7-LD-D:Udl2-W-W29 Page 49 Quendall and Baxter Properties Mitigation Anatysis .Vemoum 4.1.4 Dredge Offshore PAH Areas No mitigation action required, other than replacement to original contours with clean material of a n similar grain size. 4.1.5 U land Soil and Excavation and Ca in Wildlife habitat impacts will be compensated by habitat created along the shoreline. This will include: Replacement of Wetlands C and D on a 1:1.5 area basis in the two wetland complexes associated with the shoreline restoration (as discussed above); Enhancement of the vegetation species composition and diversity of the wetland and wetland buffer from the current condition (Table 4-1 and as discussed above); Placement of woody debris in wetland and associated buffers. As a result of these mitigations, the following improvements would result: 1.05 acres of existing degraded Class 3 wetland replaced by 1.58 acres of replaced - Class 2 forested wetland hydrologically supported by Lake Washington; • Approximately 53,500 fe of degraded shoreline vegetation (including wetlands and ._ buffers replaced/enhanced by approximately 115,000 ft of shoreline vegetation and buffers; an average 100-foot Lake Washington enhanced shoreline buffer, in excess of the Renton minimum code requirements of 50 feet (commercial) or 25 feet (residential) . 4.2 Fisheries Midgadon Fish habitat mitigation for remediation impacts would take place along the shoreline and is closely integrated with wetland mitigation activities. Mitigation planning was directed towards creating a high quality nearshore rearing environment as the first priority. Physical shoreline characteristics and the final mitigated condition are shown in Table 4-2. 4.2.1 In -Water Work Timin To minimize impacts to sensitive fisheries resources, the timing of work in Lake Washington and along the shoreline below the ordinary high water mark will avoid the annual migration of juvenile salmonids (see Section 3.2.2). To protect the juvenile runs from physical disturbance and short - terns turbidity, the Washington Department of Fish and Wildlife recommends no in -water work in southern Lake Washington during the period from February 1 through June 15. Therefore, February 17, 2000 ASSOCIATED EARTH SCIENCES, INC. arxrjhM • xsWt4w7 • LD-D: udUz W Page 50 Quendall and Baxter Properties Mitigation Anatvsis Memorandum dredging and clean sediment replacement on the lake bottom and all work below the OHWM along the shoreline, including Baxter Cove, would be conducted between June 16 and January 31. Water quality protection measures are described in Section 4.3. Additional details required to protect species listed under the federal Endangered Species Act will be provided as necessary during the biological review process for those species. 4.2.2 Shoreline Disturbance Vegetation removal resulting from the remediation activities would be mitigated by replanting the nearshore environment as described in Section 4.1. The riparian width would vary, but would average 100 feet. A minimum of 50 percent of the remediation shoreline buffer would be planted with low growing native groundcovers and shrubs. Together with the existing shrubbery remaining outside the remediation area, the total linear distance of shrubs would include 1,490 feet of shoreline. Plants along the shore would be selected to maximize overhanging vegetation and provide bank stability. Compatible species would be planted in those areas converted to wetland from the existing conditions. A minimum of 50 percent of the remediation shoreline would be replanted with trees for a total of 1,135 feet (tree planting would be concurrent with other shrub and groundcover vegetation). Trees close to the waterline would be selected to provide similar functions to those described for the shrubs. Mitigation for loss of nearshore wetlands was described in Section 4.1. Enhanced wetland habitat along the Baxter shoreline will replace areas with relatively poor fish habitat conditions (e.g., vertical dirt banks, abandoned structures, rip -rap) with a vegetated gently sloped shoreline. Wetland replacement would result in increased low -gradient shoreline and a more diverse shoreline structure. Reductions in the extent of vertical dirt bank, rip -rap, log bollards, and several industrial structures would be accomplished (Table 4-2). 4.2.3 D ed a Offshore (PAH and Wqgd Chips) No direct habitat mitigation is proposed for offshore dredging undertaken to remove PAH and wood chip contamination except for re-establishing and enhancing the Baxter Cove shoreline. 4.2.4 !!gland Soil Excavation and Ca in Potential upland soil excavation and capping impacts would be mitigated to the greatest extent practicable with implementation of an erosion and sediment control plan. No other mitigation is proposed. ' February 17, 2000 ASSOCUTED EARTH SCIENCES, INC. ACKlj'INfd - X999142457 - tD-D:102-W - WZK Page 51 QuendWl and Baxter Properties Mitigation Analysis Memorandum Table 4-2. Mitigated Lake Washington Shoreline Characteristics (3,130 ft. surveyed April 11, 1997) �r.• 7[,y ,r. i' , •, Yj7,y J RanedWW COMMO l i ' i�= it 4 C�'1"1 IJEA>mCe Ga6aia Change ' , YL ti 'Y•'r-D�-�� •�p.��.yy-j�p��i�al• zJ- f�) .i7j Dbtanrs a�utffiAjj " Carerage /��-�o� ''.Si"� Remidinfed (�".h.��..8�'� Vegetation none 800 269a 1460 47% +93% 75 2% -95% -91% blackberry 1425 46% 1000 32% .30%6 540 17% 46% -62% shrubs 905 29% 670 21% -26% + 1490 48% +122% +65% uses 770 25 % 425 14 % 45%b + 1135 36% + 167 % +47% wetland 535 17% 255 8% .52% -1+ 1070 34% +320% +I00% Bads type Protection beach 805 26% 485 IS% -40% + 1120 36% +131 % +39%6 vertical dirt 930 30% 750 24% -19% - 660 21 % -12% -29% riprap 415 13% 335 11% -19% 335 11% +0% -19% bulkhead 0 0% 0 0% +0% 0 0% +0% +0% log bollard 515 16% 435 14% -16% 295 9% -34% 45% pier 55 2% 35 1 % -36% 35 1 % +0% -36% building 35 1 % 35 is +0% 35 1 % +0% +0%b log skid 35 19b 20 1 % 43% 0 0% -100% -100% undercut 110 4% 110 4% +0% =I- 80 3% .279 .27% inlet 820 26% 690 22% -16% =1+ 920 26% +19% +0% fogs 2550 81 % 1505 49% 41% + 2550 81 % +69% +0% Substrate' mudisilt 755 24% 325 109E -57% —1. 325 10% +0% -57% sand 1685 54% 1090 35% .36% —1. 35% +09% -36% gravel 690 22% 1725 55% +150% �/+ 17J25 55% +0% +150% wood waste' 500 16% 0 0% -100%6 0% +0% -100%6 Depth' 0-1' 1775 57% 1775 57% +0% r=1+ 1775 57% +0% +0%6 1-2- 970 28% 970 29% +0% =1+ 970 2890 +0% +0% >2' 485 15%% 485 15% +0% —1. 485 15% +0% +0% ` Bank type assumes capping clots non affect existing bank. ' Measured or sampled approximately five feet out from shoreline; ' Woodwaste - areas where chips and barb exceed 50% surface coverage. Remtdialcd CoMdoll am= lake bed Capped to original elevation with material sized similar to existing condition. &Ctigated condition assumes 50% of dredged shoreline would be replanted with frees, 50% with shrubs, and wetland areas would be recreated as beach. February I Z 2000 ASSOCIATED EARTH SCIENCES. INC. AC1rljhiU- KB9M142A37- l p-D.Ud12.00 - w2X Page 52 i — Quendall and Baxter Properties Mitigation Analysis Memorandum 4.3 Water Quality J Water quality impacts will not accrue from the proposed remediation and mitigation in the long term. These combined actions are expected to improve water quality over the existing condition. However, impacts in the short-term from implementation of the remediation action could occur if proper temporary erosion and sediment control (TESC) measures are not taken. A synopsis of likely TESC measures that would be proposed as part of the Consent Decree under the Model Toxics Control Act (MICA) is provided in Table 4-3. 4,4 Mitigation implementation Schedule 4.4.1 Baxter Propgrty Based on the current projected schedule, the remediation activities could start on the Baxter property sometime in the fourth quarter of 2000. Upland excavation activities, including soil treatment, are projected to be completed within an 80-day period, Baxter Cove remediation activities are estimated to take approximately one month. Capping activities on the Baxter site should be completed within a 90-day period. Under a start date of the fourth quarter of 2000, the Baxter Cove excavation and fill activities would need to be completed prior to January 31, 2001 to accommodate the recommended fisheries window for in -water work of June 16" to January 3161. This would allow for completion of remediation activities on the Baxter site to be completed by the first quarter of 2001. 'The wetland restoration 1 mitigation activities in Baxter Cove would begin with the excavation of the areas adjacent to Baxter Cove that would be converted to wetland habitat. This excavation would at least include over -excavation of the planned grade for topsoil placement or whatever depth may be necessary to accommodate remediation excavation. Baclfill of Baxter Cover and the adjacent wetland expansion area would include a least 12 inches of topsoils. If remediation is initiated in the last quarter of 2000, the wetland mitigation area and shoreline areas disturbed by remediation activities on the Baxter parcel would be planted in the spring of 2001. if the remediation is conducted under an alternative schedule the area should be planted late fall, winter, or early spring, if possible. Temporary watering of the plantings would be conducted as necessary to establish the plants. Long-term watering would not be required for these plantings. 4.4.2 Ouendall PrpzM Remediation activities on the Quendall property would likely begin after June 16, 2000, Remediatioll of the Quendall site involves much more extensive in -water dredging than the Baxter site, where in -water dredging is limited to Baxter Cove. Upland excavation activities are also more extensive on the Quendall site than the Baxter site. The materials dredged from Lake Washington would be transported to the upland areas of the Quendall property to be treated on -site or off -site. These materials would likely be brought onto the site just south of Wetland A. February 17, 2000 ASSOCMTED EARTH SCIENCES. INC. ACK/jh/ld - K899143A57- LD-DAW12-M- *7K Page 53 Quendall and Barter Properties Mitigation Analysis Memorandum Table 4-3. Mitigation of Short -Term Impacts Related to Site Cleanup uap'Activiip' :; ,.r, ' Pbadble Mitt Ion Apptromh General Site Controls Where possible a vegetative buffer will be left between upland activities and the lake. In all places, silt fencing will be installed to prevent sediment from entering the lake. In addition, the site will be graded. as necessary, to prevent stormwater discharge to the lake (Chapter 173-201A WAC establish water quality criteria). Measures recommended in the 1999 draft Volume It w m Washinglon State will be considered representative of "typical" best management practices (BMPs) for much of the upland site work. Excavation and Dewatering Excavations wil I be dewatered, as necessary. to prevent handling of saturated soil excavated from below the water table. Water will be treated and preferentially discharged to the local sanitary sewer with prior permission. If lake discharge is necessary, specific testing regimes and criteria for lake discharge would be agreed with the Washington State Department of Ecology (Ecology). Surgecapacity will be provided by the use of rented storage tanks. Excavated soil will be stockpiled and provided with appropriate erosion and sedimentation controls. Dredging - Baxter Cove Baxter Cove will be hydraulically isolated from the lake using steel sheet piles or similar. Free water will be pumped off for discharge to the sanitary sewer. Excavation will be performed using land -based ui ment. Dredging - Quendall Silt curtains or screens will be used to control the spread of turbidity from dredging. Turbidity criteria under WAC 173-201A-030 can be modified to allow a temporary mixing zone during dredging of lake bottom sediments, however the point of compliance would not be further than 150 feet from the dredging activity pursuant to WAC 173-201A-110(3)(d), Dredging will be performed using specialized equipment (e.g., CabteArm'), techniques, and dredge rates that limit the potential for generating turbidity and that do not cause exceedances of surface water quality criteria outside the work area. Most chemicals present on -site will be strongly associated with sediment particles. Surface water quality monitoring will be performed during dredging to ensure no impacts are occurring beyond the work area. This plan would be develo ed as a part of U.S. AMy CoEps of Engineers (COE) Permitting. Sediment Transport and Haut barges for mechanically dredged sediment would be welded water tight to prevent discharge of free Offloading - Mechanical water back into the lake. Offloading will occur by placing the haul barge as near to shore as possible. (Spillage Prevention! Offloading will occur with a clamshell or similar. A spilt apron barge may be used under the crane swing area to collect any incidental spillage. Sediment Transport and Any sediment dredged hydraulically will be pumped directly to the upland portions of the site using a Offloading - Hydraulic pipeline. (Spillage Prevention) sediment Staging and Dredged sediment will be contained in barges or upland dewatering cells or ponds. Free water will be Dewatering collected and treated prior to discharge to the sanitary sewer. Dewatering from hydraulic dredging would require discharge to Lake Washington after treatment due to the large volumes it would generate. Upland cells or ponds will be lined, will have a water collection system, and will be constructed with berms to prevent run-on or tun -off. Off -Site or On -Site Hauling Entry points to the site will be upgraded with crushed rock or quarry spalls. All trucks leaving the site will proceed through a wheel wash and any soil tracked onto public roads will be addressed through occasional street washing. Process waste water could be controlled and k t narate from storm water. Soil Capping A clean soil cap will be placed over large portions of the site. The soil will consist of imported clean or treated soil. As for general site activities, a vegetative buffer will be left between the soil cap and shoreline to the maximum extent practicable. Other erosion and sedimentation controls, noted above under general site controls, will remain in place until redevelopment activities commence. Water Treatment Any water collected from soil or sediment dewatering will be treated using some combination of equalization, free -phase hydrocarbon separation, coagulation/flocculation (for cxample, polymer treatment), or filtration. Discharge water would conform to standards required by its receiving location, If discharged to Lake Washington, Chapter 173-201A WAC would apply. If discharged to the sanitary sewer. I[ing Coup !Metro standards would apply.__ Permitting Treated dewatering water and stormwater discharge will be permitted under a Consent Degree in conformance with MTCA (Chapter 70-105D WAC). Under RCW 90.48.039. remediation actions do not require a separate National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) construction -phase permit; however, there must be compliance with substantive requirements of an NPDES permit. A detailed Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP) will be developed prior to implementation of the final clam plan. February 17, 2000 ASSOCIATED EARTH SCIENCES. INC. tCKrhQ - IaWl sz- cn-a, vMz-00 - wza Page 54 Quendall and Baxter Properties Mitigation Analysis Memorandum If all of the remediation activities on the Quendall site are completed within a single fish window opening (June 16, 2000 to January 31, 2001), the wetland mitigation and shoreline plantings could be conducted in the second quarter of 2001 (assuming a June 16, 2000 start date). if the remediation dredging activities cannot be completed within a single fish window period, the dredging activities would be Halted from February V through June 15" and be completed in the following fish window opening. Wetland mitigation could not be completed until the dredging activities are completed since the materials would be brought onto the site in the proposed wetland mitigation area (southern Quendall shoreline), If the remediation activities in the northern portion of Quendall are completed in the first season, the shoreline mitigation plantings, north of the wetland mitigation area, could be implemented in the first or early second quarter of 2001, and the wetland mitigation implemented after the dredging is completed the second year (project first / second quarter of 2002. If not, all wetland and shoreline mitigation activities would be initiated when all remediation activities are completed. Again, plantings would be irrigated on a temporary basis as needed to successfully establish the plants. 4.5 Monitoring and Contingency This section outlines post -construction performance standards, a monitoring schedule, maintenance requirements, and contingencies for the proposed buffer and wetland enhancement project. As proposed, monitoring to document plant survival would occur five times over a 10-year period. Each monitoring survey would be conducted by a qualified biologist. 4.5.1. Performance Standards The success of the remediation mitigation effort would be based on the following standards: Survival of 90 percent of the tree and shrub species plantings and 10 to 15 percent cover for emergent wetland plantings after one growing season. Percent survivorship would be calculated through a direct count of all dead rooted and severely stressed stock plantings within permanent sample plots. If necessary, the reason for the failure of plantings would be determined (i.e., soil conditions, herbivory, moisture conditions, etc.), and recommendations to rectify the problem(s) provided. Survival of 80 percent of the tree and shrub plantings and 30 percent cover of emergent wetland plantings after two growing seasons within the representative petxnatlent sample plots. Fifteen percent cover for the tree and shrub plantings and 60 percent cover of emergent wetland plantings within the representative sample plots after three growing seasons. February 17, 2000 ASSOCMTED EARTH SCIENCES, INC. .4CXIjVU-IMM14W7-tn-D:Ud12-M. W2x Page 55 Quendall and Baxter Properties Mitigation Analysis Memorandum Thirty to 40 percent cover for the tree and shrub plantings and 75 percent cover of emergent wetland plantings within the representative sample plots after five growing seasons. Forty to 55 percent cover for the tree and shrub plantings and 75 percent cover of emergent wetland plantings within the representative sample plots after 7 and 10 years. For all years less than or equal to 5 percent cover of non-native, invasive herbaceous species. 4.5.2 Maintenance A goal of this plan is to establish communities of native plant species that require little planned scheduled maintenance to become established, and require no routine maintenance after the plants have become successfully established. The planting contractor would be responsible for maintaining all plantings for a one-year period after installation before the final project acceptance is issued to the contractor. A temporary irrigation system would be used as needed during plant establishment. No permanent 'irrigation system would be required once the plants have successfully become established. 4.5.3 Monitoring During the first monitoring survey, randomly selected 5-meter radius plots would be permanently established within the restored habitats to provide a representative sampling of the tree and shrub plantings. One -meter square plots would be established to monitor the emergent wetland plantings. The entire area would be visually inspected at the time of sample plot establishment to ensure that the plots are representative of site conditions. Information on survivorship and percent cover would be collected from inside the permanent sample plots to judge the success of the restoration plantings. Information collected during each monitoring survey would not be of sufficient quantity or complexity to provide a statistical analysis for the project. However, it would be sufficient to adequately assess the success of the restoration efforts. Photo documentation stations would be permanently established either at the center of the permanent sampling plots, or at other locations that provide representative views of the mitigation areas. Photographs taken at these photo stations would be used to document the establishment of — planted materials and to illustrate plant community changes within the restored areas. Percent survivorship for the project would be calculated through a direct count of all dead and — severely stressed plantings within the permanent sample plots. Plant vigor would be evaluated using the following categories: live; stressed; tip die -back; and dead. Live plants would be judged to be those with healthy, vigorous stems, and adequate succulent foliage. Plants having sparse or desiccated foliage, significantly damaged twigs, sunburn or sunscald, etc. would be assigned to the stressed category. Plants suffering from significant stem mortality, especially the leader and/or February I Z 20M ASSOCIATED EARTH SCIENCES, INC. ACxrtine. xe9914Z457. cD-n:142-W- W2K Page 56 Quendall and Baxter Propertr'es Mitigation Analysis Memorandum train stem, would be placed within the tip die -back category. Plants found to support no foliage or live stems would be assigned to the dead category. Severely stressed plants- and plants with tip die -back and no healthy basal sprouts or side branches would be considered dead for that monitoring period. During the first year following restoration, monitoring would occur during early spring before lake water levels rise and late summer before lake water levels are lowered. The focus of the initial spring monitoring survey would be to assess the suitability of the planting location selected for a particular plant species in relation to the lake water levels during the early growing season. Additionally, general observations of wildlife use of the enhanced habitat would also be noted. Photographs would be taken at each of the permanent photo stations during each monitoring survey, and current photographs from these photo stations would be included in the report prepared for that particular monitoring survey. 4.5.4 Monitoring Schedule All monitoring surveys would be conducted by a qualified biologist. Monitoring and reporting would be conducted over a 10-year period as follows: 1) immediately after plant installation to provide an as -built plan. The as -built review would include the establishment of the photo stations and documentation of the distribution of plant materials. 2) Early spring (i.e., March, April) and late summer (e.g., September) of the first growing season. 3) Late summer of the second growing season. 4) Late summer of the fifth growing season. 5) Late summer of the seventh growing season. 6) Late summer of the tenth growing season. 4.5.5_Monitoring Reporting. The as -built report for the restored habitats would be submitted to the reviewing agency when completed, and all subsequent written reports would be submitted to the reviewing agency no later than October 15* of the monitoring year for review and approval. The written reports would include: • Condition of plants, including survivorship, percent cover, health, and vigor. Rationale for poor condition of plants, if present, would be determined and recommendations to rectify these conditioris would be provided in the report. A February 17, 2000 ASSQCUTED EARTH SCIENCES. INC. ACKOW • XW147A57 - t.D-D:11dl2-W - w2x Page 5? Quendall and Baxter Pro ertiex Mitigation Analysis Memorandum discussion of the natural establishment of species not included in the planting plants (desirable and weedy species) would also be provided. Observations of wildlife use. Photo documentation from the permanently established photo stations. Overall condition of the restored habitats and nearshore habitat, including indications of erosion, human disturbance, etc. 4.5.6 Continkemy Plans Appropriate contingency plans would be developed as necessary to correct problems identified during the monitoring (i.e., planting failures, shoreline erosion, etc.). If plant survivorship does not meet the established criteria, replanting would be conducted only after the reason for failure has been identified (e.g., poor planting stock, incorrect moisture regime, herbivory, disease, shade/sun conditions, hydrologic conditions, vandalism, plant competition, etc.). Any replanting effort required would occur between October 1511 and March 15m, or the following spring. All contingency plans would be submitted to the reviewing agencies for their approval prior to implementation. Therefore, timing of implementation would be dependent upon agency staff availability and scheduling. A report would also be submitted to the reviewing agencies following the implementation of any contingency plans. February , 17 2000 ASSOCIATED 8ARMSCIENCES, INC. Acxrw - XM14 esr - tn-n: umz-aa - W2K Page 58 -- Quendall and Baxter Propenies Mingation Analysis Memorandum 5.0 REFERENCES Bennett, J. and Cubbage, J. 1992. Effects of polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons' from Lake Washington on freshwater bioassay organisms and benthic macroinvertebrates: Ecology Report, 28 p. plus -appendices. Burgner, R.L. 1991, Life history of sockeye salmon (Oncorhynchus nerka). Pages 3-117 in: Groot, C. and L. Margolis, eds. 1991. Pacific salmon life histories. UBC Press, Vancouver, British Columbia, Canada. Entranco. 1995. Gypsy subbasin analysis, technical memorandum No. 2. Prepared for the City of Renton, Washington. David Evans and Associates, Inc. 1997. Wetland determination report on the JAG Development Property, Renton, Washington. Prepared for CNA Architecture Group, Bellevue, WA. Fisher, L., Washington Department of Fish and Wildlife. Personal communication to Andy Kindig (Beak), June 6, 1997. Heiser, D. W. and E. L. Finn, Jr. 1970. Observations of juvenile chum and pink salmon in marina and bulkheaded areas. Supplemental progress report, Washington State Department of Fisheries. September 1970. 28 p. King County. 1993. Sammamish River corridor conditions and enhancement opportunities. King County Surface Water Management, Seattle, WA. 54 p. plus appendices. Larson Anthropological/Archeological Services, 1997, Cultural Resonance Assessment JAG Development, King County, Washington. Technical Report 97-7, March 27, 1997. Muckleshoot Indian Tribe. 1997. Draft summary of Lake Washington studies completed by the Muckleshoot Indian Tribe in the vicinity of the Port Quendall project. Provided by Rod Malcom, habitat biologist. Muckleshoot Indian Tribe, Environmental Division, Auburn, WA. Municipality of Metropolitan Seattle (Metro). 1989. Quality of local lakes and streams 1987- 1988 status report, Municipality of Metropolitan Seattle, Water Resources Section, Water Pollution Control Department, Seattle, WA. Norton, 1991. Distribution and Significance of Polycyclic Aromatic Hydrocarbons in Lake Washington Sediments Adjacent to Quendall Terminals/ J.H. Baxter site. Ecology Report, 73 p. Norton, 1992. Results of Sediment Sampling in the J.H. Baxter Cove, Lake Washington - June 1991. Ecology Technical Document, 18 p. February 17, 2000 ASSOCL47W EARTH SCIENCE'S, INC. ACK/JU4-KBP914U57.LDZ:Ud1?-W.W21C Page 59 Quendall and Baxter Properties Mini ation Analysis Memorandum Pfeifer, B. and J. Weinheimer. 1992. Fisheries investigations of Lakes Washington and Sammamish, 1980-1990. VI Warmwater fish in Lakes Washington and Sammamish (draft report). Washington Department of Fish and Wildlife, Olympia, WA. Ratte, L. D. and E. 0, Salo. 1985. Under -pier ecology of juvenile pacific salmon (Oncorhynchus spp.) in Commencement Bay, Washington. Final report prepared by the University of Washington, Fisheries Research Institute for the Port of Tacoma. FRI-UW-8508. December 1985. Shepard, M.F. and J.C. Hoeman. 1979. Some comparisons of benthis biota in control areas and areas affected by sewage effluent in Lake Washington, 1977 - 1978. U.W. College of Fisheries, Wa. Coop. Fish. Res, Unit, Seattle, WA. citation from EVS Consultants, 1990. Aquatic Resources of Lake Washington. Report prepared for Woodward -Clyde Consultants, Seattle, WA. November 19, 1990. Thermoretec (RETEC). 1997. Sediment quality memorandum. Consultant report prepared for Port Quendall Company. April 29, 1997. Remediation Technologies, Inc., Seattle, Washington. University of Washington. 1996. U.W. Lake Washington Sockeye Workshop. Notes from presentations by Roger Tabor (USFWS), Roland Viera (U.W.) and Tom Sibley (U.W.) at U.W. conference held November 19, 1996. Washington Department of Ecology. 1995. 1994 Washington state water quality assessment, [305(b)] report companion document. Olympia, WA. Washington Department of Ecology. 1996, 303(d) Department of Ecology draft decision matrix for surface waters listed under section 303(d) included in 305b Report of the Federal Clean Water Act (CWA). Washington Department of Ecology, Olympia, WA. Washington Department of Fish and Wildlife and Western Washington Treaty Indian Tribes. 1994. 1992 Washington State salmon and steelhead stock inventory, Appendix 1, Puget Sound stocks, South Puget Sound volume. WDFW, Olympia, Washington. Wydoski, R.S. and R.R. Whitney. 1979. Inland fishes of Washington. University of Washington Press, Seattle, WA. 220 p. -r February 17, 2000 ASSOCZ47W EARTH SCIENCES. INC. ACKlihrld-1BW1.2As2-L&D:W2u W. w2x Page 60 APPENDIX H 1990 AERIAL PHOTOGRAPH -c t' 1 ` � w w m m C. Q m O C� Q a 2 Iz NIx 0 0 c p a W w AWL 4Zi � Iij(fl�r i n i H ddV OMP'4MdLhL064;0090kL06S0080111tlQNano-es00901sqoP1-N -BPI-PO wdOC: L 60OZ 'Co daS _ = ro-= Em b 0- 0 H a-=cu a E co c :3 OD N Q 0 ul CD V CL ca rJ L. A. A S LARSON ANTHROA.OLOGICAL ARCHAEOLOGICAL SERVICES S P.O. BOX' 70106 SEAME r WASHiNGTON III 98107 + TEi: (2061 782 0980 FAX: (206] 783 2d59 i , JAG Development Cultural Resource Assessment INTRODUCTION Larson AnthropologicWArchaeological Services (LAAS) was retained by CNA Architecture in December 1996 to conduct a cultural resource assessment of the proposed JAG Development Project. The proposed -JAG Development Project would occupy a 60-acre parcel on the eastern shore of Lake. Washington, west of Interstate 405 at Exit 7, NE 44th Street, North Renton. The proposed JAG Development project area is comprised of four properties: the Barbee Mill, the Port Quendall Log Yard, the Pan Abode, Cedar Domes property, and the Baxter Property. The Baxter Property has been divided into the South Baxter Property and the North Baxter Property. The North Baxter Property contains the northerntnost portion of the Baxter property along the shore of Lake Washington and a small wedge of property east of the shoreline properties, called the north Baxter Property East Wedge. The project area is in Sections 19 and 32, Township 24 North, Range 5 East, Bellevue South Quadrangle, King County, Washington (Figures 1 and 2). The cultural resource assessment consisted of an archival and literature review, field reconnaissance, consultation with the Muckleshoot Tribe and the Duwamish, and preparation of this report. Published and unpublished environmental, ethnographic, historic, ,and archaeological documents were gathered and reviewed. Environmental, ethnographic, and historic information was collected from Special Collections, Allen Library, University of Washington; Renton Historical Society and Museum; and the Renton. Library. Archaeological site forms and project reports were obtained from the Washington ,state Office of Archaeology and Historic Preservation, Field reconnaissance consisted of the excavation of subsurface shovel probes to determine the potential for buried archaeological deposits in the proposed JAG Development project area. No cultural resources were identified that may be eligible for listing on the National Register of Historic Places. However, fill and development of the area precluded investigation. of at least 90 percent of the project area. Because ethnographic literature suggests portions of the project area have a high probability for cultural resources, we recommend that a professional archaeologist monitor subsurface activities, e.g. geotechnical testing, remediation of hazardous and dangerous waste, and construction, clearing, grading, and excavation. in areas of the proposed JAG Development Project with a high probability for cultural resources. PROJECT DESCRII?'IZON The proposed JAG Development would be a mixed -use area containing office space, i conference facilities, restaurants, a marina, recreational spaces, retail shops, a hotel, parking areas, and residential properties (CNA Architecture 1997). The proposed development is projected to begin by 1999 and be completed by approximately 2010 (CNA Architecture 1997). 2 c 0 1000 sip i , ..� N wFeet .:Al ------ Project Area Boundaries Shovel Probe #1 Location North Baxter a f,ell •' : Property , r 1 ✓�y�� �,'�r South Baxter ' �!1► A.� �r� .� . Propertyrr.=s .�• . i • ` if r � � �2 `! /ry ,' � �� North Baxter Property East Wedge ,Creek f Port Quendafi i i� Log Yard t #Til 410 oil. Pan Abode Sta Cedar Homes Property der 7 Barbee Mill Ar r ip = Base Map From USGS Bellevue South. WARhinntnn. 199A Figure .2. Project area map showing individual properties and shovel probe locations 3 JAG Development Cultural Resource Assessment ENVIRONMMNT The proposed JAG Development project area is on the eastern shore of Lake Washington in a small valley where May Creek enters the lake. Prior to historic manipulation of the channel, May Creek dropped from a narrow meandering stream in upland locations to a braided stream at the mouth which formed a delta. Historic and modern maps of the area show that the mouth of May Creek naturally moved over time but was also altered to its present course by 1940 (Figure 3) (Kroll Map Company 1940). Most of the proposed JAG Development project area was probably inundated or subject to periodic flooding prior to the completion of the Lake Washington Ship Canal in 1916 (Chrzastowski 1983). The mean water level of Lake Washington was almost nine feet higher than its current level before the Lake Washington Ship Canal was built (Cluzastowski 1983.3). The mean water level of the lake probably fluctuated as much as seven feet, however, due tb seasonal and periodic fluctuation in rainfall. prior to completion of the Lake Washington Ship Canal (Chrzastowski 1983:3). An article in the Town Crier (1917) describes archaeological and botanical remains along the shoreline of Lake Washington at the mouth of May Creek after the Lake Washington Ship Canal was completed and the water level had dropped. This corroborates Chrzastowski's (1983) statement regarding the lake's fluctuation long before the Lake Washington Ship Canal was built. Periodic advance and retreat of glaciers over the last 37,000 years is largely responsible for the topography and soils present is the Puget Sound basin. The glacial. event responsible for the current topography of the Seattle area was the Vashon Stade of the Fraser Glaciation (Mullineaux 1970:27). The Vashon glacier Originated in British Columbia and brought rocks and minerals typical of that area southward into the Puget Sound area (Mullineaux 1970,27) The Vashon glacier began a retreat approximately 1'4000 BP (years before present) and allowed marine waters into Puget Sound (Crandell 1963). The glacier had fully retreated approximately 13000 BP leaving deposits collectively known as the Vashon Drift (Galster. and Laprade.1991:252). Lake Washington is one of several glacially scoured lakes in the Seattle area (Galster and Laprade 1991:247). The Lake Washington vicinity was a glacially scoured trough prior to 14000 BP. Marine water filled what was to become. Lake Washington as the Vashon Stade retreated northward around 13500 BP, The Cedar River deposited an alluvial fan across the south end of the marine embayinent to form Lake Washington by 13400 BP (Dragovich et al. 1994; Leopold et al. 1982, Mullineax 1970). The shoreline of Lake 'Washington also fluctuated several times over the past 7,000 years because of earthquakes (Karlin and Abella 1992, 1993). Large earthquakes triggered underwater slumping on steep submerged trough walls and landslides on shoreline bluffs. Over 14 earthquake events were identified in cores from the lake bottom (Karlin and Abella 1992, 1993). The sediment record coincides with dates obtained from submerged forests that slid into the lake as parr of landslide debris. A forest that slid into Lake Washington during an 1100 BP earthquake along the Seattle Fault, is off the southeast corner of Mercer Island, just west of the proposed JAG Development project area. The landslides and underwater slumping 4 _•• •• o Shoreline Boundary • A ■ . �Y 4 it (United States Surveyor General 1864) ' �,, ,� A t A i -•--�- May Creek " (United States Surveyor General t 864) CNIV .............. Trail (United States Surveyor General 1864) ••��•.••� Shoreline Boundary B (United States Army Corps of Engineers 1920)j ..,.,,.,...,�. May Creek (United States Army Corps of Engineers 1920) �` f E Former Railroad ; i �r . �► rk ' (United States Army Corps of Engtneers 1920) ! Present May Creek • _ 7• t Marsh,,' rpa !a R v Y7il;r (United States Army Corps of Engineers 1920) r ' r Ar l • r 1920 Shoreline,-r , �+ ,r•' +•- 'PIZ J , : r : lam• 1864 Shoreline 01 6 0 TMOY �.� �, �(�•JJ([j y�,I7, �a� f • e May Creek I in 1920 nil Marsh in 1920 � � °f KE � � � BM Sty ` i A r� May Creek v 11 Till r — jar May Greek ' 1864 Trail . in 1997 (r f _ SL 1, 1'r7ut—I 0 1000 �• N Peet b `{ flet r �Base Map from USGS } South, WaBellevue shgton, 983 f Figure 3. Historic features, shoreline changes, and former beds of May Creek in proposed TAG Development Project vicinity. 5 JAG Development Cultural Resource Assessment caused large amplitude changes in the lake level (Karlin and Abella 1992:1619). Sudden landslides coupled with ground subsidence from an earthquake probably produced large waves that scoured the Lake Washington shoreline, causing additional landslides and -depositing sediment. Large waves and earthquake -induced elevation changes in ground surface elevations probably modified the outfall' of Lake Washington at the Black River, south of the proposed JAG Development project area. The proposed JAG Development project area is approximately three miles south of the Seattle Fault and would have been uplifted during an earthquake about 1,100 years ago. The geological history of the proposed JAG Development project area is complex. Changing ground surface elevations and fluctuating levels of Lake Washington caused the project area to be exposed above the Lake Washington shoreline, washed by waves, and/or inundated by rising lake levels. Hunter -fisher -gatherer sites in the area were alternately raised and/or inundated. Cultural deposits were probably covered by landslide debris and/or silt during periods of submergence. The contemporary ground surface of the project area is probably at a higher elevation than prior to 1,100 years ago, when the area was uplifted during an earthquake. This suggests that pre-1100 BP shorelines may exist inland from the contemporary shoreline in the eastern portion of the project area. Pre-1100 BP hunter -fisher - gatherer occupations may occur in the eastern portion of the project area and may be buried beneath landslide debris or alluvial deposits. Prior to European contact, the Puget Sound basin was home to animals typical of the Pacific Northwest inland forest environment such as deer (Odocoileus spp.), elk (Cer-vus canadensis), black bear (Ursus americanus), coyote (Canis latrans), fox (Vulpes); mountain lion (Felis concolor), bobcat (Lynx rufus), raccoon (.Procyon lotor), mink (Mustela vison), rivet otter (Lutra canadensis), beaver (Castor canadensis), and muskrat (Ondatra ziethica). Various species of salmon were also abundant in the Puget Sound basin and were a large part of the diet of native inhabitants of the region. The Puget Sound basin is part of the Western hemlock (Tsuga heterophyUa) physiographic zone. The overstory vegetation includes Douglas fir, bigleaf maple, Westernred cedar and red alder. Understory vegetation of particular importance to the native inhabitants of the Puget Sound area included a variety of berries such as salmonberry, blackberry, strawberry, and red elderberry, camas and other lilies, ferns, and numerous other plants. used for economic purposes (Gunther 1981). CULTURAL BACKGROUND PREVIOUS CULTURAL RESOURCE STUDIES Most of the property on Lake Washington has been privately owned for several decades, consequently, few archaeological studies have been conducted along the lake. Aa archaeological site has never been recorded on Lake Washington. despite :many references to Duwamish villages along the shores of the lake in hiStQrical documents (Harrington ca. 1909; 6 m JAG Development Cultural Resource Assessment Waterman ca. 1920). Residential and commercial development of the Renton area has prompted several archaeological projects, however, and the data from those surveys and excavations offers evidence of the nature of hunter -fisher -gatherer archaeological sites in the region. The Sbabidid Site (45KI51) is on the west side of Hardie Avenue SW in Renton along a remnarii channel of the Black River and was recorded by the Office of Public Archaeology (OPA), University of Washington, as part of a survey for the Earlington Woods Planned Unit Development (Chatters 1981:1). The site contained the remains of at least three structures and midden deposits which dated from AD 1790 to AD 1856 although radiocarbon dates were not obtained for several portions of the site (Chatters 1981:1). Archaeological deposits were buried approximately one meter below the'surface and backhoe trenches were excavated to help determine the depth of buried deposits (Chatters 1981:31). The precise nature of the site has been disputed (Butler 1990), but it appers that the site was either a Duwarnish village or a fishing camp. Subsequent monitoring by Reid (1991:22) during the construction of the Earlington Woods Development revealed the presence of seven additional midden areas at the Sbabidid Site. The Ozbblt property, adjacent and north of the Sbabidid Site, was surveyed by LAAS in 1988 but no cultural resources were identified despite site maps for the Sbabidid site that suggest midden deposits were recorded on this property (Larson 1988:1,13). The survey was conducted using surface reconnaissance and shovel testing and Larson (1988:1,13) attributed the absence of cultural materials identified during this survey to their probable depth below the fill. BOAS conducted a cultural resource assessment of the Ozbolt property in. 1990 and produced a letter report that indicated the presence of a possible burial on the property (Stump 1990:1). Trade beads, buttons, twisted cedar thread, a fragment of cloth, fragments of woven cedar bark, cedar wood, and a human bone fragment were identified in a subsurface survey of the property (Stump 1990:1). LAAS later surveyed the Ozbolt property for a proposed apartment complex and relocated the northernmost midden deposits identified by Chatters (1981) and additional midden deposits in the eastern portion of the property (Lewarch et al. 1996:16). The Tualdad Altu Site (451CI59) was recorded by OPA in-1980 when archaeologists surveyed the planned development of the Black River Corporate Park located downstream from the Sbabidid Site on the former Black River (Chatters 1988:2). Chatters (1988:50) believed the site was occupied approximately 1600 BP (before present) but corrected radiocarbon dates for the Tualdad.Altu Site suggest that the site was occupied approximately 1400 BP (Lewarch et al. 1996:3-5). The Tualdad Alta Site is buried below more than one meter of sterile alluvium (Chatters 1988:37, 47). Chatters (1988:134) believed that the pattern of artifacts, hearths, and midden deposits at the Tualdad Altu Site represented a similar way of life to that of the occupants of the Sbabidid Site despite approximately 1600 years between occupations. 45KI439 was recorded by LAAS in, 1994 and is approximately 200 feet east of the Sbabidid Site on the east side of Hardie Avenue SW in Renton (Lewarch et al. 1994:Appendix 2). The site was identified in backhoe trenches and is approximately one meter below the surface (Lewarch 1994.1). Four hearths containing fire modified rock, midden deposits three to eight 7 JAG Development Cultural Resource Assessment centimeters' thick, calcined bone, charcoal, and historic period rnidden deposits were identified in three trenches (Lewarch 1994:7). The site was identified in association with archaeological montioring of the proposed location of a Fred Meyer Corporation store (Lewarch 1994:1). The site is deeper than proposed construction would have taken place so no impacts to the site were expected and no further evaluationn of the site was undertaken (Lewarch 1994:10). The Marymoor Site (45KI9) is on the Sammamish River one half mile from its source at the north end of Lake. Sammamish (Greengo 1966:6). The Sammamish River and Lake SammaMish were occupied by the Sammamish band of the Duwamish (Greengo 1966:2). The Marymoor Site was excavated by Robert Greengo (1966) and students from the University of Washington in 1964 (Greengo 1966:vi). The site contained numerous lithic tools recovered from two layers of midden deposits. A Cascade Phase lithic assemblage with leaf -shaped Cascade points, large stemmed points, and basalt cobble tools was mixed with later'cultural materials such as small projectile points. Two radiocarbon dates from the site had corrected age ranges between 1648 and 2741 BF (Lewarch et al. 1995:Table 1.2). Site deposits were probably. mixed during one or more earthquake events that liquefied sand beneath cultural strata and forced the sand through cracks to the ground surface (Lewarch et al, 1995:1-23). Marymoor occupations probably date between 3500 BP and 1000 BP based on stratigraphy, radiocarbon dates, and diagnostic artifacts (Lewarch et al. 1995-1-23). The Marymoor Site may have been a hunting camp whose inhabitants also lived along the shore of Lake Washington at other tinges of the year (Forsman and Larson 1995:7). Dther archaeological surveys have been conducted near the proposed JAG Development project area that failed to identify archaeological sites. 4PA conducted a survey of an extension of sanitary sewers along May Creek which terminated at May Creek's intersection with Interstate 405, No archaeological remains were identified but Lorenz (1976:1) noted that an ethnohistoric village was resorted at the mouthW May Creek. Archaeological and Historic Services (AHS), Eastern Washington University, conducted a pedestrian survey of State Road 900 in the upper May Creek Valley but no archaeological resources were identified (Robinson 1990:1). AHS conducted two surveys for highway development along interstate 405 in the Bellevue area but determined that prior disturbance due to original highway construction had significantly disturbed native soils and no intact archaeological deposits would be encountered (Robinson 1982a, 1982b). A14S also conducted a survey of a proposed park and ride lot in northeast Retiton approximately .7 miles southwest of May Creek but no archaeological, resources were identified (Robinson 1983:3), The Sbabidid Site, the Tualdad Alta Site, and 45K1439 are within five miles of the,proposed JAG Development project ayes: and were probably occupied by the Duwamish. Sites such as these and the May Creek village location, Sbal'V, were identified by Harrington (ca. 1909) and Waterman. (ca. 1920) along the shores of. Lake Washington and in upland locations in several places. Archaeological features and artifacts such as those found at the Sbabidid Site, the Tuaadad Altu site, 45EJ439, and the Marymoor Site may also be present within the proposed JAG Development project area and may be deeply buried below the surface. JAG Development Cultural Resource Assessment ETHNOGRAPHY The proposed JAG Development project area is within the territory of the Duwandsh, a Salish- speaking group who lived in the general vicinity of Seattle. The Duwamish lived in a series of villages, loosely allied through kinship and political alliances, that consisted of individual or multiple cedar longhouses on Elliott Bay, Lake Washington, Lake Union, Salmon'Bay, and, on the Duwamish, Green. (formerly White), and Cedar Rivers (Duwamish et al. 1933; Harrington ca. 1909; Larson 1986; Waterman ca. 1920). The Duwamish, who were named for a group that Iived on the Cedar River known as the Dua'b§, prospered by efficiently procuring food resources from the rivers, takes, and marine waters within their territory. The Duwamish were primarily dependent on.salmon for food and'seasonally harvested and processed various salmon species as the hash returned to local bays, lakes, streams, and rivers during spawning migrations. Salmon were harvested in these waters with nets,.weirs, traps, hook. and line, seines and spears. Some of the salmon were consumed fresh, but most were dried in -smokehouses for winter storage or trade. Other marine fishes such as trout, flounder, octopus, and cod were taken for similar purposes. Lake'Washington hosted.an especially abundant variety of freshwater, non salmonid species including chub, squawfish, bass, perch and suckers. Shellfish, such as clams, mussels, and crabs, were also taken from local Puget Sound shorelines; and freshwater mussels were gathered from lakes and streams. Waterfowl were snared in aerial duck nets or Bunted from canoes. Plant resources, especially berries and roots, were harvested in the warmer months and processed for winter consumption. Wapato and camas were two important plant resources used by the local native groups living on or visiting Lake Washington (Indian Claims Commission 1955.16, 25; Lewarch et al. 1996.3.16). Wa ato is apotato-like tuber that ows in flooded areas and camas is a lily -like flowering bulb that grows in prairie environments. A visitor to Lake Washington witnessed Duwamish canoers carrying strings of dried clams aiid cakes shade from roots while he was • transported across Lake Washington in 1871 (Cawley 1994:3). This observation demonstrates the accuracy of later ethnographic' research and shows the tenacity of local native culture several decades after initial contact with non -Indians. The Duwamish focused their late summer and fall seasonal food gathering and preservation activities towards support of their extended residence in the winter houses. Winter ceremonials, social events, repair and maintenance of fishing equipment, and leisure were -the main activities reserved for the winter season. Several of the winter settlements on Lake Washington were inhabited by people that spoke the Duwamish language and intermarried with the neighboring Duwamish villages. Despite the cultural similarities this group maintained a separate identity from their Duwamish kia and neighbors (Smith 1940:16) and have been collectively referred to as: the S'Ke'tehl'mish, meaning people of the Skatelbs village near the former outlet of Lake "Washington at its southerly end (Gibbs 1.877; Larson 1986); the Ka'tco'abc meaning "Lake Washington Indians" (Ballard 1929:38; Harrington ca. 1909:Frame 314; Smith 1940.17); or simply the Lake Indians (Paige 1836b), The Duwamish 9 JAG Development Cultural Resource Assessmexit of Lake Washington lived in winter houses at Kirkland, Juanita,,' Yarrow Point, Mercer Slough, Union Bay, Thornton Creep, Bryn Mawr, May Creek and McAleer Creek (Duwamish et al. 1933; Harrington ca, 1909:31.4, •421; Larson 1986:31.-37; Waterman ca. 1920). The original shoreline of Lake Washington, and the original mouth of May Creek are within the proposed JAG Development project area (United States Surveyor General 1864), May Creek was known to the Duwamish of Lake Washington as Sbal'tu meaning "place where things are dried" (Waterman 1922:191). The name referred to the "great quantities of redfish" that were harvested at a point of land which was the mouth of May Creek (Waterran 1922:191). "Redfish" were the run of sockeye salmon that were taken here each year. It is unclear if the "redfish" noted by Waterman. (1922:191) are the resident "lake salmon" recorded by Smith (1940:236) or a "select race" of sockeye salmoa that migrated to outside marine waters (Williams et al, 1.975:8,601). May Creek was the site of a Duwamish village consisting of "two medium houses" mown as Shub-alugh each measuring "8 by 16 fathoms" (48 feet by 96 feet) (Duwamish et al. 1933). This name, which is an anglicized approximation of the term Sbal'tl recorded by Waterman (1922:191), originates from testimony given by Duwamish informants for the Indian Claims Commission in 1927 (Duwamis4 et al. 1.933). Harrington (ca. 1909: Frame 421) recorded a group of Duwamish called the Subaltuabs, who took their name from May Creek, an obvious reference to the people who lived in the May Creek village. The Subaltuabs probably caught the sockeye and the smaller resident salmon using a combination of traps, weirs, and dipnets. The matinee run of sockeye salmon were' probably smoked in the customary way, either in a cedar planked smokehouse or dried on racks using a combination of sunlight and. a small, smoky fire (Smith 1940:238). "Lake salmon" spawned in the small drainages of Lake Washington, such as May Creek (Smith 1940:236). They were cleaned with the backbone left in, smoked and stoned for later use. The Subaltuabs of May Creels had strong contacts with the neighboring villages of Skatelbs, Tuwo'b-qo and the other Auwamish villages at the confluence of the Black and Cedar Rivers. This connection is also suggested by a historic trail from. the Black River to the mouth of May Creek, documented by U.S. territorial government surveyors in 1864 and 1865 (Figure 3) (United States Surveyor General 1864, 1865). The largest concentration of Duwamish villages was on the Black and Cedar Rivers, giving the May Creek villagers incentive to maintain the trail as an overland route between villages for economic and social purposes. The trail was also part of a system that included the trail over Naches Pass used by the Klickitat and other plateau groups for trade missions with the Duwamish and other Puget Sound groups. The Puget Sound groups also used the trail to gain access to upland hunting and berrying grounds (Prater 1981:9-11). The Subaltuabs lived at their homes on May Creels continuously until events related to the increased Euroametican settlement of the Seattle area began to affect aboriginal settlement patterns. Introduced diseases, such as smallpox, were the first effects of non-native contact felt by the Duwamish. In addition, settlers began to occupy gathering sites and fishing places, 10 JAG Development Cultural Resource Assessment causing the Duwamish great concern about the increasing population of non -natives in their territory (Lewarch et al. 1996:5.162). The United States Government attempted to address their fears by negotiating treaties with the Duwamish and other Puget Sound tribes in 1855, The Treaty of Point Elliot was signed in January of 1855 by Chief Seattle for the Suquamish and Duwamish Tribes (Lane 1975:22-23). Original surveys of the area record the village on the Black River but fail to note any houses on May Creek (United States Surveyor General 1864, 1865). The absence of houses at May Creek in the 1860s suggests that the Subaltuabs had moved from their winter village and perhaps resettled at other Duwamish villages or on nearby reservations such as the Muckleshoot or Port Madison Indian Reservations. The Subaltuabs and the other "Lake Indians," were considered part of the larger Duwarish Tribe by the United States Government. The Treaty assigned the Duwamish to live on the Port Madison Indian Reservation on the YJtsap Peninsula, far from their aboriginal territory. Some Duwamish moved to the Port Madison Indian Reservation while others found the notion of living in Sucluamish territory unsatisfactory and stayed in their homes on the Cedar and Black Rivers. The treaty terms and occupation of usual and accustomed fishing and gathering places motivated some of the more aggressive tribal groups to engage in skirmishes with regular army troops and volunteers. These were called the Indian War of 1855-56.. Federal officials were fearful that the Duwamish would engage in hostile activities. They were especially concerned about the Duwamish on Lake Washington, because they had marital and trade ties to the plateau groups like -the Yakama, who maintained a strong stance against the military. Indian agency officials attempted to restrain the Duwamish from joining the conflict through removal to a temporary reservation in Seattle and'by monitoring their movements. It appears that the Subaltuabs remained at or near their village at May Creels for several months after the Indian Wax ended according to the local Indian Ageat in his December 1856 letters. He stated that "on the eastern shore of the Lake there are three large houses containing 38 persons" (Paige 1856a) and "the band of Lake Indians are encamped on the east side of the Lake near the South end" (Paige 1856b). Most of the Subaltuabs and'the other "Lake Indians" eventually moved to either the Port Madison or Muckleshoot Indian Reservations with other Duwamish people. Relocation to the reservations was probably complete by 1930, after it became ,obvious to the remaining Duwamish that a reservation was not going to be established for their exclusive use. Today, the Muckleshoot Tribe exercises Treaty fishing rights in Lake Washington as successors to the aboriginal rights of the "Lake Indians" and other Duwamish groups. The types of hunter -fisher -gatherer resources expected in the JAG Development project area would primarily relate to food gathering activities and permanent winter settlement. Remnants of weirs, traps, smokehouses, and drying racks built for harvesting the annual sockeye rans may be preserved beneath the ground surface. Middens and fire hearths from fish processing and consumption of marine and freshwater resources may also be present, The project area may also contain house posts, post molds, depressions and other remnants of former winter l ) JAG Development Cultural Resource Assessment . houses. Projectile points, scrapers, debitage, and adze blades related to hunting and processing land game, fish processing, and winter house maintenance and construction may also be expected. HISTORY Isaac Ebey was the first non-native to observe Lake Washington while he ascended the Duwamish River in 1850, in search of a homestead (Bagley 1929;1:27). After following the Black River into Lake Washington, Ebey described the lake as "surrounded principally with woodland, consisting of cedar, fix', ash, oak, etc. ..the water is clear and very deep" (Bagley 1929:1:27). Ebey named the body of.water Lake Geneva, a short-lived appellation (McDonald 1979:15-19). r Lake Washington was permanently renamed Lake Washington in 1854 (McDonald 1979:15-19). Lake Washington was also known as Labe Dawamish (sic) in early United States territorial surveys (United States Surveyor General 1864,1865). Ebey may have passed May Creek, called Honeydew Creek in the 1860s (United States Surveyor General 1864), during his investigation of Lake Washington. The proposed JAG Development project.area was first settled by James Madison Colman in 1875 (Bagley 1929:1.413, Fawcett 1979). Colman, who is also listed as James Manning Colman by a local historian (McDonald 1979:75), should not be confused with ,tames Murray Colman, who was a prominent Seattle sawmill operator, railroad financier and coal mine developer. James Murray Colman originally came to Puget Sound in 1861 to operate the Port Madison Mill (Bagley 1929:2:48r55). James Murray Colman was very active in the development of the Columbia and Puget Sound Railroad, a line that went from Seattle to the Newcastle coal mines 2.2 miles east of the project area. The historical occurrence of two J. M. Colmans in close proximity to each other has caused the men to be mistakenly identified. The J, M. Colman of May Creek will be referred to as J. Madison. Colman to avoid further confusion. J. Madison Colman, who was born in Kentucky., carve to Seattle from his home in Georgia by ship with his wife Clarissa in approximately 1875 (Fawcett 1979, McDonald 1979:75). Shortly after his arrival, J. Madison Colman acquired a 160-acre parcel of land bisected by May Creek, formerly the homestead of Jeremiah Sullivan, who, in turn, had acquired the property from the United. States Government in 1873 (Remediation Technologies, Incorporated 1996:1.1). He cleared one acre of his property and built a house where he lived with his wife and four children (McDonald.1979:75-77). J. Madison Colman was elected to a position as King County Commissioner in 1880 and 1882 (McDonald 1979:77). He was murdered in 1886 while rowing to Seattle to testify in a land claim dispute. The suspect in the murder was a neighbor that Colman had accused of illegally obtaining title to his lands. The suspect was tried three times and finally convicted, however, his sentence was later overturned (Bagley 1929:1:413-414; McDonald 1979:77-78), Coleman Point at Kennydale, approximately one- half mile south of the project area, was named for J. Madison Colman (McDonald 1979.75). 12 JAG Development Cultural Resource Assessment J. Madison Colman',s widow, Clarissa, maintained ownership of the homestead after his death but the property remained unused for several years. Lands near the northern boundary of the project area were used for access to coal fields in the Newcastle Hills. The 1864 survey of the area in which the JAG Development project area is located shows an unfinished wagon road one -quarter mile northeast of the project boundary. Thd mad runs east to west from the shoreline of Lake Washington parallel to the northern boundary, but is entirely outside the project area. This road was built to haul coal to Lake Washington from Newcastle for shipment to Seattle (Bagley 1929:1:285; United States Surveyor General 1864). In 19m, the timber on the Colman property, which still encompassed the entire project area, was sold (Remediation Technologies, Incorporated 1996:1.1). A year later, the Northern Pacific Railroad acquired a right-of-way through. the Colman property for construction of a railroad spur along the eastern shore of Lake Washington that connected Woodinville and Renton. The Lake Washington Belt Line Railroad had attempted to build the same spur in 490, but this railroad was only partially completed (McDonald 1979:53). The Lake Washington Belt Line Railroad was intended to unite iron ore from the Cascades with coal from near the Carbon River for processing purposes. The railroad route along the eastern shore was later built by the Northern Pacific Company around 1905 (O'Hare 1905; Siauson 1976.182, inlay 1989.37-' 38) with five stations along Lake Washington: Kirkland, Houghton, Northrup, Wilburton, and May Creek (Scott and Turbeville 1983:53). The Colman family began selling parts of their 160-acre homestead after 1908. In 1916, Peter Reilly purchased a waterfront portion of the original Colman property (Remediation Technologies, Incorporated 1996:1.1). This parcel of land became the Quendall Terminals Property where Reilly established the Republic Creosote Company in 1917; later, the company was known as the Reilly Tar and Chemical Corporation (McDonald 1979:78; Remediation :3.1). Lake Washitaton was lowered lust a• Reilly purchased his parcel when the Lake Washington Ship Canal and the Hiram Chittenden Locks were constructed in the summer of 1916. The project was initiated to provide improved navigation to Puget Sound, to help control flooding, and to provide moorage for Naval ships (Ballard News Tribune 1988:88; Chrzastowski 1983:7). Lowering Lake Washington's water level expanded Reilly's holdings to over 29 acres (Kroll Map Company 1926). The Quendall area received its name from a mistaken creosote order from England addressed to a plant at Port Quendall and a variation of the name is still used -on modern maps and by current owners (McDonald 1979:78). The Reilly Tar Company used the tar by-products generated by the Lake Union 'Gas Works to produce creosote and other refined products (McDonald 1979:78; Remediation Technologies, Incorporated 1996:3.2). The plant was operational from 1917 to 1969_ Another parcel of the Colman property, which was eventually owned by the Baxter Company, was sold in approximately 1914 for establishment of a shingle production facility (Remediation Technologies, Incorporated 1996:4.1). The property was owned by Sound Timber Company in 1926 which owned and operated the shingle trill (Kroll Map Company 1926). The shingle mill was just outside the project area and was demolished between 1936 and 1946 (Remediation Technologies, Incorporated 1996:4.1). The remaining property was owned by 13 JAG Development Cultural Resource Assessment Peter Reilly and two other individuals, a Mr. Falk and Emil Gaupholm, who built residences on the property, according to Remediation Technologies, Incorporated (1996.2.1). The property was owned by J. B. Polk in.1936 (Metsker 1936) but was sold to Mr. Rydeen by 1940 (Kroll Map Company 1940), The property may have changed hands many times over the years or county atlases were .not frequently or reliably updated resulting in the contradictions between title records and county atlases. The property was finally leased to the Baxter Company in 1955 which established a wood treatment facility where logs were debarked and treated for use for telephone poles and pilings (McDonald 1979:18; Remediation Technologies, Incorporated 1996:4.2). A few years later the Baxter Company purchased the property. The majority of facility operations has recently been transferred to another site in Arlington, Washington. The last parcel of the Colman property within the proposed JAG Development project area was held by the Colman family through 1940. From 1926 to 1936 the land was owned by James Colman, possibly one of J. Madison Colman's descendants, or the name is a reflection of the persistence of the deceased Colman's name in land records (Kroll Map Company 1926), In 1940, the land was owned by George Lathrop Coleman (sic), a son of .1. Madison Colman (Fawcett 1979). The land was sold by toe Colmans to the Barbee Marine 'Yards in. 1943, a company that built ships for the military during World War � (Remediation Technologies, Incorporated 1996:2.2). A sawmill was built on -site to process wood for shipbuilding. After the war ended, the Barbee Mill abandoned shipbuilding and concentrated on, sawmill operations.' The Barbee Mill is in operation today. Most of the remaining lands around the project area were sold by the Colmans to C. D. Hillman, a real estate developer who established the Garden of Eden tracts in the early 1900s. The Garden of Eden tracts were the stimulus for the development of Kennydale, named for Hillman's brother-in-law and best salesperson (Kroll Map Company 1926; McDonald- 1979:78; Slauson 1976:180-181), Hillman's development attracted several families which established homes and small farms. Many others were employed in logging .local timber that was transported to Lake Washington on the May. Creek Lumber Company's log railroad along May Creek (Slauson 1976:180-181). The first road along the lake shore was built in 1918 and is now known as Lake Washington Boulevard (Slauson 1976:181). Interstate 405 was completed in the early 1960s as part of the expanding interstate highway network. Historic archaeological resources which may be expected in the JAG Development project area would be associated with early residential and industrial development. Types of resources would be structural remnants of early creosote refinery -structures and equipment, remains of the first northern Pacific Railway tracks, evidence of the May Creek Lumber Company's logging railroad, and/or other early sawmill activity. Indications of these occupations would be railroad timbers and trackage, historic refuse, machinery parts and components, and roadbeds. Evidence of early residential development would be indicated by house foundations, root cellars, structural remnants, and historic artifact assemblages. 14 JAG Development Cultural Resource Assessment FIELD RECONNAISSANCE FIELD METHODS The proposed JAG Development properties are currently developed as the Barbee Mill, Port Quendall Log Yard, the Baxter Property, and the Pan Abode Cedar Homes Property. The Baxter Property is divided into two parcels; one of the parcels contains two areas. The North Baxter Property includes the northem end of the Baxter Property and a small wedge of property east of Ripley Lane (Hazelwood Lane) and west of interstate 405 called the North Baxter Property East Wedge (Figure 2). The South Baxter Property contains the area where the Baxter Wmd Treating facility was located (Figure 2). These properties were historically occupied and recently modified to such an extent that few surfaces or exposures of native soil were available throughout the proposed JAG Development site for field investigation. The Fatx Abode Cedar Homes Property and the Barbee Mill Properties are paved with asphalt and subsurface investigation was only possible at the extreme margins of the properties. The Baxter Property is currently undeveloped but the southern portion of the property was a wood treating plant between 1955 and the early .1960s (Remediation Technologies, Incorporated 1996:4-2). Contamination of the soil on the South Baxter Property from creosote forbade subsurface archaeological investigation (.Mike .Paulson, personal communication 1997). Creosote and other chemicals were manufactured on the Port Quendall Property between the late 1910s and late 1960s and could not be shovel -probed due to contamination of the soil (Remediation Technologies, Incorporated 1996:3-5; Mike Paulson, personal -communication. 1997). The North Baxter Property and the North Baxter Property East Wedge were the only large parcels that were available for subsurface investigation. The field reconnaissance was conducted by LAAS archaeologist Bradley Bowden on March 4, 5, and 7, 1997. Joe Gibbons and Mitre Paulson of Remediation Technologies, Incorporated, monitored Bradley Bowden.'s movements throughout the project area to insure that no potentially hazardous materials were encountered during the field reconnaissance. Joe Gibbons monitored fieldwork on March 4, between 8:30 a.m. and 10:30 a.m. and on March 5, between 8:00 a.m. and 2:30 p.m., and Mike Paulson monitored fieldwork on March 4, between. 10:30 a.m. and 4:30 p..m. and on March 7, between 8:30 a.m. and 2:30 p.m. Shovel probes were placed in areas of the proposed JAG Development parcels that appeared to exhibit minimal disturbance based on historic traps and information relating to the previous and current use of the properties. Reconnaissance was focused primarily on the eastern portion of the JAG Development project area because most of the western portion of the properties was under water prior to the construction of the Lake Washington Ship Canal and because no soil contamination was in these areas. Shovel probes were approximately 35 centimeters in diameter and were an average of 80 centimeters deep, Two shovel probes were excavated to depths below one meter and two shovel probes were terminated between 20 and 30 centimeters below the surface because large cobbles related to fill episodes were encountered. The shoveled portion of the probes was 15 JAG Development Cultural Resource Assessment :r terminated at approximately 65 centimeters below the surface and a five and one quaiter-inch (13 centimeter) diameter auger was used to complete the probe. ' All sediments excavated in the shovel probes were passed through. 1/4" .and 118" screen, Field notes, photograph i records, and photographs are stored in LAAS project sties. LLD RESULTS One cobble -sized, possibly fire modified rock, (FMR), was identified in Shovel Probe #9 on the Pan Abode Cedar Homes Property (Figure 2). This rock was recovered in pebble -sized stream deposits and may have been broken naturally. The possible FMR was recovered from soils buried 90 to 100 centimeters below the,surface. No other cultural materials were identified in Shovel Probe #9. Shovel Probe #12, at the southeast comer of the Port Quendall Log Yard, contained small charcoal deposits within the soil at a depth of 90 to 100 centimeters that may have been related to human activities in the area. No other cultural materials or archaeological sites were identified during the field reconnaissance, Fill was encountered in all but two of the shovel probes and was between 30 and 90 centimeters in depth. The most shallow fill episodes were noted in the eastern portion of the North Baxter Property near the railroad tracks. The deepest fll episode was in the southeastern portion of the Port Quendall Log Yard, near the old channel of May Creek. Four of the 12 shovel probes were terminated because the fill was impenetrable. Approximately 10 percent of the proposed JAG Development Project area was shovel -probed for buried archaeological deposits. The remaining 90 percent of the project area was not field assessed because access to buried deposits was not possible. The Barbee Mill and the Pan Abode Cedar Homes Properties were mostly paved with asphalt or contained existing structures. Three shovel probes were successfully excavated in these areas, comprising 27 acres of the 60-acre JAG Development Project area. The Port Quendall Log Yard and the South Baxter Property were identified as having hazardous and dangerous materials on and below ground surface by Remediation Technologies, Incorporated (Mark Larsen, personal communication 1997). Access to the majority of these properties was not possible due to contamination of soils below the surface. One shovel probe was excavated at the extreme. southeast corner of the Port Qdendall Log Yard within one meter of a Remediation Technologies, Incorporated, soil probe that was free of contaminants (Mike Paulson., personal communication 1997). The Port QuendaIl Log Yard Property and the South Baxter Property comprise 20 acres of the 60-acre JAG Development project area. The North Baxter Property is divided into two parcels; the larger is adjacent to the South Baxter Property and is 19 acres in area. Three of four shovel probes in this parcel encountered impenetrable fill and were terminated before native soils could .be observed. The smaller North Baxter Property is the North Baxter Property East Wedge, a one -acre wedge-shaped parcel east of Ripley (Hazelwood) Lane and west of Interstate 405 (Figure 2). Three shovel probes were excavated in this area and native soils were encountered in all three shovel probes: 16 JAG Development Cultural Resource Assessment Soils that appeared to be native and undisturbed ranged from sand to loam and contained abundant waterworn pebbles and cobbles. The soil identified in shovel probes in the eastern portion of the project area tended to be a mixture of sandy loam and sandy silts and contained moderate amounts of pebbles and small cobbles. These soils appeared to be remnant alluvial deposits from flboding and movement of May Creek. Soils in the western portion of the proposed JAG Development project area tended to be fine to coarse sands with abundant waterworn, pebbles and cobbles. These deposits were suggestive of beach deposits associated with the changing shoreline of Lake Washington. CONCLUSIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS No cultural resources eligible for listing on the National Register of Historic Places were identified in the proposed JAG Development project area during archival review or field reconnaissance. Literature review indicated that the mouth of May Creek was in the Port Quendall Log Yard portion of the proposed JAG Development Project area prior to modern channelization. Waterman (ca. 1920) identified the Duwamish site Sbal't" at this location, a village with two winter houses known as a good place for fishing and drying redfish (sockeye or kokanee salmon). The village was recorded by two anthropologists shortly after the tarn of the century and was occupied at least until the Treaty of Point Elliot was signed in 1855. No Duwamish *village occupations or any type of archaeological sites have been recorded on Lake Washington. Environmental factors and the location of archaeological sites south of Lake Washington on the old Black River channel suggest that archaeological remains are probably extant under fill and or pavement associated with the proposed. JAG Development. However, field reconnaissance of the propose eve opment project area was limited by modern and historic changes to the area, including fill episodes, asphalt and concrete paving, and potentially hazardous materials on and below the ground. surface.' Lake fluctuations from earthquakes and historic modifications have alternately submerged and uplifted the Lake Washington shoreline, burying and/or eroding hunter -fisher -gatherer deposits over time. In addition, the mouth of May Creek has moved across the landscape leaving alluvial deposits or scouring earlier surfaces. Predicting the location of high probability areas for cultural resources becomes a challenge. Nevertheless, it is entirely likely that archaeological remains are extant on the proposed JAG Development project area. MONITORING Monitoring for archaeological materials is recommended in all future subsurface activities in high probability areas within the proposed JAG Development project area. Monitoring should be included in any future activities relating to the cleanup of the potentially hazardous materials in high probability areas of the project area as well as during any construction activities related to the proposed JAG Development. -High probability areas are those that are most likely to contain archaeological deposits'(Figure 4). A professional archaeologist should be .on -site to monitor any subsurface activities to insure that no intact archaeological materials 17 1000 = ti • * R �.11 Feet Project Area Boundaries -�--� Shoreline i �'i" n Recommended Cultural `_;Resource Monitoring Locations ��r' f' f +` J y'.'r�✓i+ ,. t•. ter'' '`!, '� ll� l i� • ' i �,� .- :.+ • :,;:� f ti - North Baxter X r ,+x �,, "'�: ,�%� ''" �`•�,� J Property/ vSo6th Baxter er P roperty + ` �♦ J ! •r' i •,{� f {r ! ' .A �c� !/ g ram• North Baxter Property t ! ♦ f East Wedge . 1 r� ' •r � �� `y x dt ,=f Barbee Milk Port Quendafi Log Yard f a • � � I > Pan Abode r— Cedar Homes Property i I.. a E �. Base Map From USGS Bellevue South, Wastiington, 1903 Figure 4. Recommended monitoring areas in the SAG Development project area. 18 JAG Development Cultural Resource Assessment �I or features are adversely affected during such. activities • If any archaeological materials or features are identified during monitoring of subsurface activities, the activity should be halted immediately in areas large enough to maintain the integrity of the remains to allow the archaeologist to determine the integrity and significance of the materials and/or features. If the archaeologist determines that a probably significant archaeological site is present, a testing strategy for evaluation should be developed through consultation with the Washington State Office of Archaeolojyy and Hisforid'Preservation and the Muckleslzodt Tribe. - If humarj ' remains Are identified during subsurface activities, construction must halt in an area large enough to maintain integrity of the remains and the Washington State Office of Archaeology and Historic Preservation and the Muckleshoot Tribe contacted immediately. HIGH PROBABILITY AREAS Areas that are most likely to contain archaeological deposits within the JAG Development project area are those that border old channels of May Creek, areas that border the trail shown on the U. S. Surveyor General map from 1864, areas adjacent to the 1864 shoreline and areas near the current shoreline in the May Creek mouth vicinity that may have been exposed and inundated repeatedly over time because of water Ievel fluctuations. High probability areas in the JAG Development project area include all of the Port Quindall Log Yard, a portion of the South Baxter Property, the central portion of the North Baxter Property, and northern portions of the Pan Abode Cedar Homes and Barbee -Mill Properties (Figure 4). The Port Quendall Log Yard contains the old channel of May Creek visible on the 1864 GLO map and the 1920 DNR map (United States Army Corps of Engineers 1920; United States Surveyor General 1864). It also contains the end of the historic trail shown on the 1864 GLO map. The 1920 DNR map' shows a marsh in the eastern portion of the Port Quendall Log Yard where the mouth of,Ray Creek formeda eta(Figure is area was ufnZoubtedly usea by tne inhabitants of the Duwamish village 8bal'O to gather plants such as wapato and to fish. The South Baxter Property borders the Port Quendall Log Yard on the north and was probably also occupied by hunter -fisher -gatherers. The 1920 DNR map of the project area shows two small promontories that were probably formed when. stream -born alluvial deposits entered the lake (Figure 3). The early historic period shoreline shown in.the 1864 United States Surveyor General Map traverses the North Baxter Property and may have been used by hunter -fisher - gatherers after 1,1.00 years ago. Non -village, lacustrine sites may be adjacent to the shoreline. It is likely that an old channel of May Creek was in the southern portion of the South Baxter Property and that native inhabitants of the JAG Development project area used the area for fishing and gathering. The northern portion of the Barbee Mill also borders the fort Quendall Log Yard and may contain archaeological resources related to the activities mentioned previously, The northern portion of the Pan Abode Cedar Homes Property contains old channels of May Creek that were several meters east of fluctuating lake shorelines. The ! property was probably not subject to inundation and may have been occupied when lake levels were high and the Port Quendall Log Yard was under water. The historic trail shown on the 1864 GLO map intersected with May Creek M" the northern portion of the Pan Abode Cedar Homes Property which suggests that an archaeological site may be in'the immediate vicinity. 19 JAG Development Cultural Resource Assessment Low FROBABrury A REAs The North Baxter Property and the North Baxter Property Bast Wedge were successfully shovel probed below fill and contained no archaeological deposits, however; areas near the early historic period shoreline may have undiscovered cultural deposits, Likewise, the southern portion of the Pan. Abode Cedar Homes Property was successfully shovel probed and contained no archaeological deposits. These areas may have been slightly outside the use area of the iuhabitants of the DuWarnish village Abaft, The North Baxter Property East Wedge, portions of the forth Baxter Propertyaway from the early historic period shoreline, and the southern portion of the Pan Abode Cedar Homes Property are considered to have a low probability of containing archaeological deposits. Shovel probes were attempted in the southern portion of the Barbee Mill but were completely inundated with ground water and appeared to contain several feet of fill. This portion of the project area may have been under water prior to historic use of.the JAG Development project area and is considered to be a low probability area as well. The current shoreline of the JAG Development project area is fill material that was placed from 100 to 1,000 feet west of the 1864 shoreline (Figure 3). Contemporary offshore bathymetry with water depth in two meter contours (Figures 1 and 3) shows a broad submarine platform west of the project area to a depth of 10 meters. below the low water elevation of Lake Washington. This is probably the submarine portion of the May Creek delta. Higher elevations of this offshore platform may have been exposed during low stands of Lake Washington during the past 1,100 years, but were probably not available for hunter -fisher -gatherer use before then, when the landform *as probably uplifted during an earrhquake. The current shoreline is therefore considered low probability in all areas of the JAG Development project area. In areas that are considered to be high probability and have shoreline portions, e.g. the Port Quendall Log 'Yard, the South Baxter Property, and the northerm portion of the Barbee Mill Property, a 100 foot (approximately 30 meter) area from the shoreline east should be considered to be low probability. 20 JAG Development Cultural Resource Assessment BIBLIOGRAPHY Bagley, Clarence B. 1929 History of King County. 4 vols. S.J. Clarke Publishing Company, Seattle. Ballard News Tribune - 1988 Passport to Ballard: The Centennial Story, Ballard News Tribune: A Division of Newspaper Enterprises of Washington State Company, Seattle. Ballard, Arthur C. 1929 Mytlxology of Southern Puget Sound. University of Washington Publications in Anthropology 3(2):131-150. University of Washington Press, Seattle. Butler, Virginia L. 1990 Fish Remains from the Black River sites (45KI59 and 45KI51-D). Archaeology in Washington 2:49-65. Carter, M. J. 1917 Lake Washington's New Beach Line. Town Crier 14 April, 1917. Cawley, Martinus 1994 Indian Journal of Rev. R. W. Summers. Guadalupe Translations, Lafayette, Oregon. Chatters, Jaynes C. 1981 Archaeology of the Sbabadid Site 45MI, King County, Washington. Office of Public Archaeology, Institute for Environmental Studies, University of Washington. On file Washington State Office of Archaeology and Historic Preservation, Olympia. 1988 Tualdad Altu (45I759), a 4th Century Village on the Black River, King County, Washington. First City Equities, Seattle. Chrzastowski, Michael 1983 Historical Changes to Lake Washington and Route of the .Lake Washington Ship Canal, King County, Washington. Water Resources Investigation Open File Report 81-1182. CNA Architecture 1997 Port Quendall Planned Action EIS Information, Proposed Conditions. CNA Architecture, Seattle. 21 JAG Development Cultural Resource A.stessment Cmndell, Dwight R. 1963 Surficial Geology and Geomorphology of the Lake Tapps Quadrangle, Washington. Geological Survey Professional Paper 388-A. ' Department of the Interior. Washington, D.C. Dragovich, Joe D., Patrick T. Pringle, and Timothy J. Walsh 1994 Extent and Geometry of the Mid -Holocene Osceola Mud -flow in the Puget Lowland: Implications for Holocene Sedimentation and Paleography. Washington Geology 22(3):3-26. Duwarriish et al. Tribes of Indians Y. The United States of America 1933 Testimony before the Court of Claims of the United States. Proceedings of the Indian Court of Claims, No. F-275. Fawcett, Clarissa M. 1979 Colman. Family History. Letter from Clarissa M. Fawcett to Rentog Museum, 3 March. On file at the Renton Historical Society, Renton, Washington, Forsman, Leonard and Lynn Larson 1995 Regional Wastewater Services Plan Cultural Resource Management Overview Draft Technical Memorandum. LAA.S Technical Report 95-12. Submitted to CH2M Hill, Bellevue, Washington. Galster, Richard W. And William T. Laprade 1991 Geology of Seattle Washington, United States of America. Bulletin of the Association of Engineering Geologists, Volume XXVM, Number 3:235-302. Gibbs, George 1877 Tribes of Western Washington and Northwestern Oregon. Contributions to North American Ethnology 1(2):157-361. John Wesley Powell, editor. U. S. Geographical and Geological Survey of the Rocky Mountain Region. Reprinted. Shorey Books, Seattle, 1970. Greengo, Robert E. 1966 Archaeological Excavations at the Marymoor Site (45YI9). A Report to the National Park Service Region 4, Order Invoice Voucher 34-703 Sammarnish Flood Control Project. Department of Anthropology, University of Washington, Seattle. Gunther, Erna '1981 Ethnobotany of Western Washington, the Knowledge and Use of Indigenous Plants by Native Americans: University of Washington Press, Seattle. 22 JAG Development Cultural Resource Assessment Harrington, John P, ca. John P. Harrington Papers. National Anthropological Archives, Smithsonian 1909 Institution. Reel 15, 1907-1957, on microfilm at SuzzaIlo Library, University of Washington, Seattle, Indian Claims Commission 1955 Defendant's'Request for. Findings of Fact, Objections to Findings of Fact requested by Petitioner, and Brief, Docket No. 109, The Duwamish Tribe of Indians v. The United States of America. Indiaa Claims Commission, Washington, D.C. Frederick W. Post collection, Box 23. On file Suquamish Tribal Archives, Suquamish, Washington. Karlin, Robert E. and Sally B. Abella 1992 Paleoearthquakes in the Puget Sound Region Recorded. in Sediments of Lake Washington, U.S.A. Science 258:1617-1620. 1993 A History of Past Earthquakes Recorded in Lake Washington Sediments. Paper presented in the U.S. Geological survey and Quaternary Research Center, University of Washington Conference on Large Earthquakes and Active Faults in the'Puget Sound Region. Kroll Map Company 1926 Kroll's Atlas of King County. Kroll Map Company, Seattle. 1940 Kroll's Atlas of King Counry. Kroll Map Company, Seattle. Lane, Barbara 1975 Identity and Treaty Status of the Duwamish Tribe of Indians. Report prepared for the US Department of the Interior and the Duwamish Tribe. Ms, on file at Special Collections, Allen Library, University of Washington, Seattle. Larson, Lynn L. 1986 Ethnographic and Historic Duwamish Land Use. On file at Larson Anthropological/ Archaeological Services, Seattle. 1988 Cultural Resource Investigation of a Proposed Warehouse to Renton, King County, Washington. Submitted to Public -Storage, Incorporated, Renton, Washington. Letter report on file Washington State Office of Archaeology and Historic Preservation, OIympia. Leopold, Estella B., Rudy J. Nickman, John 1. Hedges, and John R. Ertel 1982 Pollen and Lignin Records of Late Quaternary Vegetation, Lake Washington. Science 218:1305-1307. 23 JAG Development Cultural Resource Assessment Lewarch, Dennis E. 1994 Cultural Resources Field Assessment of the Fred Meyer Corporation Building Project Area, Renton, King County, .Washington. Submitted to Fred Meyer Corporation, Portland, Oregon. Letter report on file Washington State Office of Archaeology and Historic Preservation, Olympia. Lewarch, Dennis E., Lynn L. Larson, and Leonard A. Forsman 1995 Introduction. In The Archaeology of West Point, Seattle, Washington, 4, 000 Years of Hunter -Fisher -Gatherer Land Use its Southern Puget Sound, 2 vols, pp, 1-1-1-39. Edited by Lynn L. Larson and Dennis E. Lewarch, Larson Anthropological/ Archaeological Services, Seattle. Submitted to the King County Department of Metropolitan Services, Seattle. Lewarch, Dennis E., Lynn L. Larson, Leonard A. Forsman, Guy F. Moura, Eric W. Bangs, and Paula Mohr Johnson 1996 Ding County Department of Natural Resources, Water Pollution Control Division, AIN Transfer/CZ Project Allentown Site (45KI431 ) and White Lake Site (45KI438 and 45KI4384) Data Recovery..LAAS Technical Report #95-8. Larson Anthropological/Archaeological Services, Seattle. Submitted to HDR Engineering, Bellevue, Washington and King County Department of Natural Resources, Water Pollution Control Division, Seattle_ Lorenz, Thomas H. 1976 Archaeological Assessment, Army Corps of Engineers, Permit Number 071- OYB-1 �. 002916, Phase 17 May Creek Interceptor,, METROIKing County Water District Number 107. Letter report submitted to Moore, Wallace and Kennedy, Incorporated, Seattle. On file Washington State Office of Archaeology and Historic Preservation, Olympia. McDonald, Lucile 1979 The Lake Washington Story. -Superior Publishing Company, Seattle. Metsker, Charles 1936 Metsker's Atlas of Ding County. Metsker Map Company, Seattle. Mullineaux, Donald R. 1970 Geology of the Renton, Auburn, and Black Diamond Quadrangles, King County, Washington. Geological Survey Professional Paper 672, United States Government Printing Office, 'Washington, D.C. O'Hare, Daniel 1905 State of Washington. Compiled from the' Official Records of the General Lazed Office and other sources. In Early Washington. Atlas, 1981, Ralph Preston, Binford and Mort, Portland, Oregon. 24 JAG Development Cultural Resource Assessment Paige, George 1856a Report to Isaac I. Stevens, Superintendent of Indian Affairs, Washington Territory. December 29, 1856, Fort Kits ap, Washington Territory. On microfilm, U.S. National Archives, Records of the Washington Superintendency of Indian Affairs, Letters received from Puget Sound, Microcopy 5, Roll 10. 1856b Report to Isaac I. Stevens, Superintendent of indiark Affairs, Washington Territory. December 31, 1856, Fort Kitsap, Washington Territory. On microfilm, U,S. National Archives, Records of the Washington Superintendency of Indian Affairs. Letters received from Puget Sound, Microcopy 5, Roll 10. Prater, Yvonne 1981 Snoqualmie Pass, From Indian Trail to Interstate. The Mountaineers, Seattle. Reid, Al 1991 Archaeological Monitoring at Sbabadid Site (45KI51) During the Earlington Woods Development Project, 1990. Submitted to the Holly Corporation, Tacoma, Contract Job No. 947001. Remediation Technologies, Incorporated 1996 Review of Historical Information and Environmental Records for the Baxter, Quendall and Barbee Mills Properties. Prepared for JAG Development Corporation, Bellevue, Washington. Joan 1982a SR 405: Factoria to Northup Way-HOV, Archaeological and Historical Services, Eastern Washington University, Cheney. Prepared for Washington State Department of Transportation, Seattle. Letter report on file Washington State Office,of Archaeology and Historic Preservation, Olympia. 1982b SR 90: Bellevue Access Study, Archaeological and Historical Services, Eastern Washington University, Cheney. Prepared for Washington State Department of Transportation, Seattle. Letter report on file Washington State Office of Archaeology and Historic Preservation, Olympia. 1990 A Cultural Resources Survey of SR 900. Junction SE May Valley Road, King County, Washington. Archaeological and Historical Services, Eastern Washington University, Cheney. Prepared for Washington State Department of Transportation, Seattle. Letter report on file Washington State Office of Archaeology and Historic Preservation, Olympia. Scott, James W, and Daniel Turbeville III 1983 Whatcom County in Maps 1832-1837 Center for Pacific Northwest Studies and the Fourth Corner Registry, Bellingham, Washington. 25 JAG Development Cultural Resource Assessment Slauson, Morda C. 1971 One Hundred Years Along the Cedar River. Maple Valley Historical Society, Maple Valley, Washington, 1976 Renton, From Coal to .lets. Renton Historical Society, Renton, Washington.. Smith, Marian W. 1940 The Puyallup Nisqually. Columbia University Contributions to Anthropology, Volume 32.. Columbia University Press, New "York. United States Army Corps of Engineers 1920 Survey of Lake Washington Shoreline at May Creek. On file at Washington State Department of Natural Resources, Olympia, United States Geological Survey . 1983 Bellevue South, Washington 7.5 Quadrangle, United States Geological Survey, Reston, VA. United States Surveyor General 1864 General Land Office Map, Township 24 North, Range 5 East, Willamette Meridian. Washington State Department of Natural Resources, Olympia. 1865 General Land Office Map, Township 23 North, Range 5 East, Willamette Meridian, Washington State Department of Natural Resources, Olympia. 1864- .General Land Office Surveyor's Notes, Township 24 North, Range 5 East, 1865 Willamette Meridian, Washington State Department of Natural Resources, Olympia. Waterman, T. T. ca. Puget Sound Geography. Unpublished manuscript on file Pacific Northwest 1920 Collection, Allen Library, University of Washington, Seattle, 1922 Geographic Names Used by Indians of the Pacific Coast. Geographical Review 12.175-194. Way, Nancy 1989 Our Town Redmond. Publishers Press; Salt Lake City, Utah, Williams, R. Walter, Richard M. Laramie, and James J. Ames 1975 Catalog of Washington Streams and Salmon Utilization, Volume 1, Puget Sound Region. Washington State Department of Fisheries, Olympia. Ire a Appendix 1 Agencies and Individuals Contacted ME Agencies and Individuals Contacted Jim Spitze, Director, CNA Architecture, telephone, 9 January, 1997, 17 January, 1997, 21. January, 1997, 11 March, 1997, 12 March 1997. Mark Larsen, Redevelopment Specialist, Remediation Technologies, Incorporated, telephone, 10; March 1997. Joe Gibbons, Hydrogeologist, Remediation Technologies, Incorporated, in person, 4 and 5 March, 1997. Mike Paulson, Environmental Scientist, Remediation Technologies, Incorporated, in person, 4 and 7 March, 1997. Stay Greene, Researcher, Renton Historical Society and Museum, in person, 7 and 8 March, 1997, Jason Wear, Administrative Assistant, Duwamish Tribe, telephone, 21 February, 1997, Walter Pacheco, Community Services Director, Muckieshoot Tribe, telephone, 26 March, 1997. Appendix 2 Tribal Correspondence (7* C, A A LARSON A N T H R 0 P 0 t 0 G I C A L ASCHAEOt0GICAI Sc ZVICcS January 17, 1997 Virginia Cross Chairperson Muckleshoot Indian Tribe 39015 172rzd Avenue S.E. Auburn, WA 98002 Dear Ms. Cross: CNA Architecture Group, Incorporated, bas retained Larson AnthropologicaUArchaeological Services to conduct a cultural resource assessment for a Planned Action Environmental Impact Statement for JAG Development's proposed redevelopment of the puendall TeziriinaI Site. The project area is a 69 acre site on the southeastern shoreline of Lake Washington at May Creels, a quarter mile north of Kennydale, Washington (Figure 1). JAG Development has'prelzzmnarily proposed development of office buildings, residential housing, a�hotel/conference center, a marina, and restaurant space on the property to be phased over a 10-15 year period, LAAS' cultural resource assessment includes identification of archaeological sites and potential traditional cultural use areas within the boundaries of the JAG Development. A field survey will be conducted on the 69 acre parcel to determine the existence or probability for significant cultural resources. LAAS is currently gathering existing archaeological, historic, ethnographic, and ethnohistoric data from the State Office of Archaeology and Historic Preservation, University of Washington Libraries, and pertinent local King County repositories. However, we believe that the Muckleshoot Tribe may have information gathered from elders and/or the Tribe may currently use areas for traditional cultural activities. We encourage a cultural representative from the Muckleshoot Tribe to contact LAAS if the Tribe has information that might be useful in the assessment. We understand that traditional cultural use areas. are private, but LAAS welcomes the opportunity to work with the Tribe regarding incorporation of this type of information in a secure and respectful manner. Please phone Lynn Larson or Leonard Forsman ai LAAS at your earliest convenience if you would like to discuss the matter further. Otherwise, Leonard Forsman will phone your cultural representative within a week of your receipt of this letter. Sincerely, Lynn L. Larson Principal Investigator LLL/LF enclosure cc: Walter Pacheco, Community Service Coordinator P O BOX 70106 SEATTLE WA SHINGTON 90107 '.L A A S LARSO.N ANTHROPOLOGICAL ARCHAEOLOGICAL SERVICES January 17, 1997 Cecile Maxwell -Hansen Chairperson Duwamish Indian Tribe 212 Wells Avenue South, Suite. C Renton, WA 98055 Dear Ms. Maxwell -Hansen: CNA Architecture Group, Incorporated, has retained Larson Anthropological/Archaeological Services to conduct a cultural resource assessment for a Planned Action Environmental Impact Statement for JAG Development's proposed redevelopment of the Quendall Terminal SiT The project area is a 69 acre site on the southeastern shoreline of lake Washington at May Creels, a quarter mile north of Kennydale, Washington (Figure 1). JAG Development has preliminarily proposed development of office buildings, residential housing, a hotel/conference center, a marina, and restaurant space on the property to be phased over a 10-15 year period. LAAS' cultural resource assessment includes ,identification of archaeological sites and potential traditional cultural use areas within the boundaries of the .LAG Development. A field survey will be conducted on the 69 acre parcel to determine the existence or probability for significant cultural resources. LAAS is currently gathering existing archaeological, historic, ethnographic, and edmohistoric data from the State Office of Archaeology and Historic Preservation, University of I�rrgte�rLil�rs�ies;-an�pe�rtenFleeal-1��Eo��r-+aposita�ie�---�cu�v�c,--ice-�eli�the Duwarnish Tribe may have information gathered from elders and/or the Tribe may currently use areas for traditional cultural activities. We encourage a cultural representative from the Duwatnish Tribe to contact LAAS if the Tribe has information that might be useful in the assessment. We understand that traditional cultural use areas are private, but LAAS welcomes the opportunity to work with the Tribe regarding . incorporation of this type of information in a secure and respectful manner. Please phone Lynn Larson or Leonard Forsman at LAAS at your earliest convenience if you would like to discuss the matter further, Otherwise, Leonard Forsman will phone your cultural representative within a week of your receipt of this letter. Sincerely, Lynn L. Larson P ri=ipal Investigator LLL/LF enclosure cc: James Rasmussen, Tribal Council Member 0 BOX 70I06 SEAME WASHINGTON n C I A 7 Appendix 3 Washington State Office of Arrchaeolo" and Historic Preservation Cultural Resources Survey Cover Sheet Cultural Resources ,survey Cover Sheet Author: Bm&y Bowden.e e &esburce e u t Date: March 27. 1997 - - - - --�- - - .- — ----- - County: Kiu& Sections: 1 Township: M Range: SE Quad: Bellevue South. Wgghinglan Total Pages: 31 Acres:f-Q Site No. (For Author's review) This report: X_ Describes the objectives & methods. ^X _ Summarize the results of the survey. —X_ ,Reports where tFie survey records and data are stored. _X_ Has a Research Design that: Details survey objectives Details specific methods Details expected results Details area surveyed Details how results will be feedback in the planning Pluvraz --- ._---- ----- ---- ------------ ------- -------------- OAHP Use Only NADB Document No; OAHP Log No: My review results in the opinion this survey report does does not conform with the Secretary of the interior's Standards for Identification. r Signed: I Date: t i eni d M yLaw:. 1 City 0 �Y or February 3, 2016 �:, �.+ �N4 Community & Economic Development Department C.E."Chip"Vincent, Administrator Campbell Mathewson Century Pacific, L.P. . 1201-Third Avenue #1680: Seattle, WA 98101 South End, Gives Back . Brad Nicholson, President ' 2302 N.E. 28`h Street Renton,, WA 98056 SUBJECT: "Off Hold" Notice Quenda11 Terminals] L.UA09-151, EIS, ECF, BSP, SA-M, SM Dear Mr. Mathewson and Mr. Nicholson: The additional. materials, requested in. the September 2, 2015 letter from the City have now been submitted.by'the applicant for"the.sUbject project.:.,.'Therefore,,the'Quendall Terminals project has been taken off hold and the City will continue review the project:' The EIS �App'eal and Master Site..Plan, Binding Site- Plan; and Shoreline- Permit have been tentatively scheduled to'go. before -the Hearing. Examiner on -April 19,'.2016 at 10:00 a.m. If necessary the public -hearing may be.continued to April 26, 2016 at'10;00 am:' If you have any, questions, please contaame at (425) 430-7314 or.vdoibee@rentonwa.go_v. Sincerely, Vanessa Dolbee Current Planning Manager cc: Altino Properties, Inc. and JH Baxter & Co. / owners Phli olbrechts, City of Renton Hearing Examiner Hillis Clark Martin & Peterson P.S., Amit D. Ranade and Ann M. Gygl Parties of Record Renton City Hail • 1055 South Grady Way , Renton, Washington 98057 , rentonwa.gov Hillis H C M P Clark Martin & ioworricE-s Peterson P.S. May 20, 2016 Via Email (olbrechtslaw(ogmail.com) Phil A. Olbrechts Heating Examiner City of Renton Renton City Hall 1055 S. Grady Way Renton, WA 98057 Re: Rtguest far Hearing Continuance onQuendall Terminals Master Plan Application Package: Renton File # LUA09-151; ECF; SAM, SM, BSP Dear Hearing Examiner Olbrechts: On behalf of the Applicant, Queudall Terminals, we request a further continuance of the rescheduled heating date for the above -referenced applications. On April 19, you approved the applicant's request for a hearing continuance, and rescheduled the heating on the above - referenced Quendall Terminals applications to May 31, 2016. The applicant has since met with City staff and is in the process of preparing and evaluating site plan revisions and other project .responses to address items raised in to the Staff Report issued on April 12. The applicant believes that with additional time we should be able to narrow the issues for hearing. Rather than request a specific dare now, we propose to get back to the Examiner again in 45 — 60 days to request a new hearing date. We have coordinated with the City attorney on this request, and the City concurs with the applicant's request for a continuance. We respectfully request your approval of this request. Thank you. Very truly pouts, 4�� -/W-I, Ann M. Gygi AMG:kah EMdZ- a"-gygi@hcrnp.ccm Direct Disk (206) 470-7638 Fax (206) 623-7789 cc: Larry Warren Vanessa Dolbee Jason Seth Campbell Mathewson 1221 Second Avenue, Suite 500 1 Seattle, WA 98101 1 206.623.1745 1 f: 206.623.7789 1 hcmp.com IF M E R ITA S Denis Law Cl of Mayor `J Y Community & Economic Development Department May 23, 2016 C.E."Chip"Vincer' " Inistrator Campbell Mathewson Century Pacific, L.P. 1201 Third Avenue #1680 Seattle, WA 98101 SUBJECT: "On Hold" Notice Quendall Terminals / LUA09451, ElS, ECF, BSP, SA-M, SM Dear Mr. Mathewson: On May 20, 2016 the Planning Division of the. City of Renton and the .City's Hearing, Examiner, Phil Oibrechts, received a request for further continuance of the public hea.ring scheduled for. May 31, 2016:' for the subject project. The request: was received from Hillis Clark Martin& Peterson P.S. on behalf of - the applicant (enclosed)., The Hearing Examinergranted the -requested in an e-mail-dated May 20, 2016,.to an indefinite date, canceling the hearing scheduled for May 31, 2016. In the enclosed letter the applicant has: indicated that they are in the process of preparing and evaluating site plan..revisions and other project. responses to address items ,raised in the Staff .Report issued on April 12, 2016. The -applicants have requested 45 — 60 days prior to re -scheduling a new hearing. Staff concurs with the applicant request for additional time and requests thattany new and/or updated materials be submitted to the Planning Department prior to ALiFust 29-2016 so that we may continue the review of the subject application. . At this .time; your project has been placed "on hold" until further notice. Please contact me at (425) 430-7314 if you have any questions. Sincerely, Vanessa Dolbee Current Planning Manager Enclosure: Request for Hearing Continuance dated May 20, 2016 cc: Altino Properties, Inc. and JH Baxter & Co. / owners Phil Qlbrechts, City of Renton Hearing Examiner Hillis Clark Martin & Peterson P.S., Amit D. Ranade and Ann M. Gygi/ Parties of Record Renton City Hall • 1055 South Grady Way . Renton, Washington 98057 • rentonwa.gov +. Yp Denis Law Mayor October 28, 2016 Community & Economic Development C. E. "Chip" Vincent, Administrator Campbell Mathewson Century Pacific, L.P. 1201 Third Avenue #1680 Seattle, WA 98101 SUBJECT: "On Hold" Notice Quendall Terminals / LUA09-151, EIS, ECF, BSP, SA-M, SM Dear Mr. Mathewson: On May 23, 2016 the Planning Division of the City of Renton and the City's Hearing Examiner, Phil Olbrechts, received a request for further continuance of the public hearing scheduled for May 31, 2016 for the subject project. The Hearing Examiner granted the requested in an e-mail dated May 20, 2016, to an indefinite date, canceling the hearing scheduled for May 31, 2016, Following the Hearing Examiner's approval, the city sent an "On Hold" letter requesting materials from the applicant prior to August 29, 2016, On Tuesday, September 20, 2016 the City received an e-mail requesting an extension of the previously approved project hold deadline of August 29, 2016. The e-mail indicated that they have made "good progress and would appreciate another extension". The applicant requested an additional 60.days. Staff concurs with the applicant's request for additional time and requests that any new and/or updated materials be submitted to the Planning Department prior to December 19 2016 so that we may continue the review of the subject application. At this time, your project remains "on hold" until further notice. Please contact me at (425) 430-7314 if you have any questions. Sincerely, Vanessa Dolbee Current Planning Manager cc: Altino Properties, Inc. and JH Baxter & Co. / Owners Phil Olbrechts, City of Renton Hearing Examiner Hillis Clark Martin & Peterson P.S., Amit D. Ranade and Ann M. Gygi/ Parties of Record 1055 South Grady Way, Renton, WA 98057 • rentonwa.gov Denis Law Mayor Community & Economic Development C. E. "Chip" Vincent, Administrator March 16, 2017 Campbell Mathewson Century Pacific, L.P. 1201 Third Avenue, Suite 1680 Seattle, WA 98101 SUBJECT: "Off Hold" Notice Quendall Terminals / LUA09-151, EIS, ECF, BSP, SA-M, SM, DA Dear Mr. Mathewson: The applicants for the subject project have requested that the City consider entering into a Development Agreement, which would establish an Enhanced Alternative proposal, in combination with the already applied for Land Use applications. The original Quendall Terminals proposal for a Mixed -Use Development, including the Preferred Alternative Development Plan has completed State Environmental Policy Act (SEPA) review. To date, the City has issued a Draft Environmental Impact Statement (EIS), EIS Addendum (establishing the Preferred Alternative), and a Final EIS and associated Mitigation Document; however, these documents did not specifically evaluate the proposed Development Agreement establishing an Enhanced Alternative. The proposed Development Agreement and associated Enhanced Alternative primarily include the following: o The addition of 1.3 acres of public parking space; o Additional retail/restaurant/office space and street activation (fountains, artwork, etc.) o The addition of either a public dock/pier and/or an alternative approved by the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) to allow for public access to Lake Washington; o Building SW4 would be 4-stories, building SW3 would 5-stories, and all the remaining buildings would be 6-stories; o Extension of Land Use Permit approval term to 10-years with possible extension opportunities in which development regulation vesting would be maintained. The above -referenced changes to the Preferred Alternative and the associated Development Agreement are required to go through SEPA Review. As such, the Development Agreement and Enhanced Alternative is scheduled to be considered by the City's SEPA Responsible Office, the Quendall terminals "Off -Hold" Notice Page 1 1055 South Grady Way, Renton, WA 98057 • rentonwa.gov Environmental Review Committee (ERC) for a Consistency Determination with the already issued EIS documents on March 20, 2017. Therefore, per the applicant's request, the Quendall Terminals project (LUA09-151) has been taken Off -Hold and the City will continue review of the project. The Development Agreement, Master Site Plan, Binding Site Plan, and Shoreline Permit have been tentatively scheduled for a public hearing before.the City of Renton Hearing Examiner on April 18, 2017 at 10:00 a.m. If you have any questions, please contact me at (425) 430-7314 or vdol bee@ rentonwa.gov. Sincerely, Vanessa Dolbee Current Planning Manager cc: Altino Properties, Inc. and JH Baxter & Co. J Owners Hillis Clark Martin & Peterson P.5., Amit D. Ranade and Ann M. Gygi Parties of Record Quendall terminals "Off -Hold" Notice Page 2 u 1055 South Grady Way, Renton, WA 98057 • rentonwa.gov